ÈS
=
È
AU i
yest al atest
The Vain
nu
Pino
HR
PDO
. 4 Li i Q Ads, v LI
hai nt RR,
EN I ae
VU Si Nose
USL
PASTI Zend
DCE
PREKEN
Fira thoes
in Nahe
N
RN
Bene
EP are
Bus Pompes
DORE EHRT
EPE Vus Ve pr ta
Veh Aad
EER
DAT vals Sayed ©
ponte
Ray A Seins ie
DAL,
aa Vera notai
BO
fi
Unna
zh ip stean el
MP
Vader
“res
tee stay gl
4
5
ni
<
n
GEMEEND
AURA
LAC?
dl
fe
aes
ened ae
pepiutne
CAE
CITES
CORPS
Arch
Lara The à
RE ere era
ha hu
CE
AE
PRICE ACER
PMR
ASE
SE Mn M ETES
MONA
ti
EP
i
ne PIE
Hard raden
ioe!
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
È
Library of the
Museum of
Comparative Zoology
VOIUITIÉ 150, NO. I, 1775 i ~~" ISSN 0040-749%
Tijdschrift
voor
Entomologie
A journal of systematic and ER
entomology since 1858
Published by the Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging ne |
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary entomology since 1858
Scope
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ (Netherlands Journal of Entomology) has a long
tradition in the publication of original papers on insect taxonomy and systematics.
The editors particularly invite papers on the insect fauna of the Palaearctic and
Indo-Australian regions, especially those including evolutionary aspects e.g.
phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and ecology as far as meaningful for
insect taxonomy. Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines related to
taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morphology, ethology, ecology and applied
entomology, are requested to contact the editorial board before submitting.
Usually, such papers will only be published when space allows.
Editors
E. J. van Nieukerken (elected 1986) and J. van Tol (1985)
Co-editors
A. W. M. Mol (1990) and R. T. A. Schouten (1990)
Advisory board
M. Brancucci (Basel), N. E. Stork (London) and M. R. Wilson (Cardiff).
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ is published in two issues annually by the
‘Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging’ (Netherlands Entomological Society),
Amsterdam.
Editorial address
c/o National Museum of Natural History,
Postbus 9517, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands.
Correspondence regarding membership of the society, subscriptions and
possibilities for exchange of this journal should be addressed to:
Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
c/o Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie
Plantage Middenlaan 64
1018 DH Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Subscription price per volume Hfl. 300, (postage included).
Special rate for members of the society. Please enquire.
Instructions to authors
Published with index of volume 137 (1994).
Graphic design
Ontwerpers B.V., Aad Derwort, ’s-Gravenhage
A. J. DE BOER
MCZ
FIBRARY
Institute for Systematics and Population Biology Zon Museum), University of Amsterdam
THE TAXONOMY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY RRVAE
CICADA GENUS PAPUAPSALTRIA GEN; Ni VERSITY
(HOMOPTERA, TIBICINIDAE)
fi )
Boer, A.J. de, 1995. The taxonomy and biogeography of the cicada genus Papuapsaltria gen. n.
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 1-44, figs. 1-190, table 1 [ISSN
0040-7496]. Published 15 June 1995.
The genus Papuapsaltria is erected for 18 species, distributed in New Guinea and several near-
by islands. Three species (Thaumastopsaltria nana (Jacobi, 1903), Baeturia phyllophora Blöte,
1960, and Baeturia ustulata Blöte, 1960) are transferred to Papuapsaltria and redescribed, while
15 species (P. angulata, P. baasi, P. bidigitula, P. brassi, P. dioedes, P. dolabrata, P. goniodes, P
lachlani, P. novariae, P. plicata, P. stoliodes, P. spinigera, P. toxopei, P. ungula, and P. woodlar-
kensis) are described as new. Baeturia famulus Myers is brought into the synonymy of P. nana
(Jacobi). The phylogeny of Papuapsaltria is discussed and some remarks are made on its phylo-
genetic relationships with some other New Guinean and Australian genera. A very short prox-
imal spine on the fore femur is regarded an autapomorphy for the genus. Several monophylet-
ic subgroups are recognised. Two species (P. woodlarkensis and P. phyllophora), missing the
apomorphy of the genus and not clearly belonging to any of the subgroups, are preliminarily in-
cluded. A key to the males and maps of distribution are presented.
A. J. de Boer, Instituut voor Systematiek en Populatie Biologie (Zoölogisch Museum),
University of Amsterdam, P.O. Box 94766, 1090 GT Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Papuapsaltria, taxonomy, new genus, new species, biogeography, New Guinea.
The great majority of the tibicinid cicadas of New
Guinea belong to the ‘Baeturia and related genera
complex’ as defined earlier (De Boer 1990) by an S-
curved aedeagus with winged lateral crests. The genus
Papuapsaltria is erected for 18 species, clearly belong-
ing to that complex, that could not comfortably be
accommodated in any of the existing genera. The spe-
cies of Papuapsaltria are supposed to be closely relat-
ed, which is corroborated by the distributions of a
number of presumed apomorphous characters. Sev-
eral monophyletic subgroups can be recognized,
based upon apparently sound apomorphies. An un-
ambiguous apomorphy for Papuapsaltria as a whole
could not be found, however. Nevertheless, one char-
acter, a very short proximal spine on the fore femur, is
shared by most of its species. Furthermore, this char-
acter is unique for Papuapsaltria.
The phylogenetic position of P. phyllophora (Blöte,
1960) and P. woodlarkensis sp. n. is very uncertain.
These species are included in the genus, since they are
more similar to the species of Papuapsaltria than to
any other species of the ‘Baeturia and related genera
complex’.
The phylogenetic relationships of Papuapsaltria are
discussed; similarities in male operculum suggest a
possible sister group relationship with the genus
Guineapsaltria De Boer.
Papuapsaltria is distributed in New Guinea, in-
cluding the nearby islands of Yapen, Normanby, and
Waigeu, and has an endemic species on Woodlark is-
land. One species, otherwise found in western New
Guinea and on Yapen Island, is also recorded from
Wetar island near Timor, but not known from any
other islands of the Banda area. Papuapsaltria has
most of its species in Papua New Guinea and seems to
be absent from Cendrawasih and the most southern
parts of central New Guinea.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
The material examined for this study is deposited
in the following collections:
AMNH American Museum of Natural History, New
York
AMSA Australian Museum, Sydney
BMNH Natural History Museum [formerly: British
Museum (Natural History)], London
BPBM _ Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu
CAS California Academy of Sciences, San Francis-
co
Institut Royale des Sciences Naturelles de
Belgique, Bruxelles
ISNB
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Baeturia
Gymnotympana
Scottotympana
Venustria
Chlorocysta
Glaucopsaltria
Owra
Guineapsaltria
Papuapsaltria
one Aedeastria
5 Mirabilopsaltria
Thaumastopsaltria
Cystopsaltria
‚Cystosoma
Prasiini
Fig. 1. Phylogenetic relationships of Papuapsaltria. Num-
bers refer to characters discussed in the text.
MCSN Museo Civico di Storia Naturale ‘G. Doria’,
Genova
Moul Personal collection Mr M.S. Moulds, Sydney
MVMA Museum of Victoria, Melbourne
NCSU North Carolina State University Insect Col-
lection, Raleigh
NMWC National Museum of Wales, Cardiff
RMNH Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum (for-
merly: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histo-
rie), Leiden
SMFD Natur Museum und Forschungs Institut
‘Senkenberg Frankfurt am Main
SMNS Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde, Stutt-
gart
SMTD Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde, Dresden
TMB _ Természettudomány Múzeum, Budapest
ZILS Zoologiska Institutionen Zoologiska Museet,
Lund
Instituut voor Systematiek en Populatie Bio-
logie (Zoölogisch Museum), Amsterdam
ZMAN
The following sources have been used for tracing
localities: ‘Atlas van tropisch Nederland’ (1938), “The
Times Atlas of the World Comprehensive Edition’
(1968), ‘Papua New Guinea a travel survival kit
(Wheeler 1988) and a ‘List of New Guinea localities’
published by the Bernice P. Bishop Museum (1966).
To examine the male genitalia, the pygofer was
pulled out, after overnight softening, with a sharp
needle inserted between the pygofer and the 8th ab-
dominal segment. The aedeagus was pulled out at the
same time, by inserting the needle between the clasp-
ers. Some of the terms used in the descriptions are ex-
plained in figs. 12 and 17. Body and tegmen lengths of
all specimens were measured, other measurements are
based on a maximum of ten specimens, when avail-
able.
PHYLOGENY
Papuapsaltria is a fairly heterogeneous genus, which
forms part of a larger monophyletic group, defined ear-
lier as the “Baeturia and related genera complex’ (De
Boer 1990). A phylogenetic analysis of this complex,
using the computer program PAUP (Swofford 1993) is
in preparation. The oriental Prasiini as defined by De
Jong (1985), which form the most likely sister group of
that complex, will be included as outgroup in this ana-
lysis. Preliminary results of the computer analysis indi-
cate that the species of Papuapsaltria are closely related,
that the genus is probably monophyletic and that it
forms the sister group (or groups) of the monophyletic
genus Guineapsaltria (De Boer 1993a).
The cladograms presented here, showing the phy-
logenetic position of Papuapsaltria within the
‘Baeturia and related genera complex’ (fig. 1) and a
tentative reconstruction of the relationships of the
species of the genus (fig. 2), comply to a large extent
with the afore mentioned PAUP analysis. Minor differ-
ences are due to the influence of several strongly ho-
moplasious characters, as a result of which the most
parsimonious trees do not recognize some of the ob-
vious synapomorphies as such.
The phylogenetic position of Papuapsaltria
The presumed apomorphous characters indicated
angulata
6 goniodes
4 5 brassi
7 lachlani
plicata -
Zi 11 1213 stoliodes
9 10 nana
14 ungula
8 -bidigitula
spinigera
baasi
dolabrata
15 novariae
ustulata
dioedes
toxopei
.phyllophora
woodlarkensis
Fig. 2. Phylogenetic reconstruction of Papuapsaltria. Num-
bers refer to characters discussed in the text.
by numbers in the cladogram of fig. 1 are discussed in
short. Many of these characters have been discussed
earlier (De Boer 1990; 1991; 1992b; 1993a).
1. — Aedeagus S-curved and provided with wing-
shaped lateral crests. This is the supposed apomorphy
of the ‘ Beaturia and related genera complex’ (De Boer
1990). The Prasiini have a C-curved aedeagus with-
out lateral crests, which is regarded as plesiomor-
phous.
2. — Surfaces of head and pronotum fairly smooth;
pronotum generally without a distinct medial furrow.
This could be two separate characters. Other genera
of the complex and the Prasiini have a more wrinkled
head and pronotum, while the pronotum generally
has a distinct medial furrow, which is regarded as ple-
siomorphous. This character is not absolutely dis-
criminating; anomalies sporadically occur in both
subgroups.
3. — A fairly broad hyaline border along the hind mar-
gin of the tegmen. Other genera of the complex and
the Prasiini have a very narrow border along the hind
margin of the tegmen, which is regarded as plesio-
morphous. This character too, is not absolutely dis-
criminating. Furthermore, in Baeturia Stal, 1866, this
border is quite narrow again, somewhat intermediate
relative to the plesiomorphous state.
4. — A large male operculum; the medial margin of
the operculum lies medially of the meracanthus. The
phylogenetic relationships between the four genera
that have this character are discussed in more detail
elsewhere (De Boer 1995a). Other genera of the com-
plex and the Prasiini have a generally smaller male op-
erculum, of which the medial margin lies laterally of
the meracanthus. Such small opercula are regarded as
plesiomorphous. The larger opercula of P. plicata and
P. stoliodes (see below) form two exceptions (see figs
59 & 73) which must be explained by paralellism.
5. — Tegmina with more than 8 apical areas and a
more or less continuous band of subapical areas (see
plate 22 figs. 2, 3, 6, and 7 in Moulds 1990).
6. — A very small male operculum with a rounded dis-
tal part. The distal part is often shorter than the basal
part of the operculum. Though this character is not
found in all species, it might indicate a sister group re-
lationship between Papuapsaltria and Guineapsaltria.
Such a relationship is in compliance with the most
parsimonious computer analyses.
7. — A narrow tymbal cavity. This character is not
present in all species of the group it is supposed to de-
fine.
8. — The absence of a distinct ridge along the tergite
margin bordering the tymbal cavity. This character is
also not present in all species of the group it is sup-
posed to define.
9. — A very long first apical area of the tegmen (see
figs. 4-5 De Boer 1992b). This character is shared by
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
most species of Thaumastopsaltria Kirkaldy, 1900,
and some species of Mirabilopsaltria De Boer, 1995,
and is supposed to be synapomorphous for these two
genera together, or for Thaumastopsaltria and a part
of Mirabilopsaltria. In the latter case Mirabilopsaltria
cannot be regarded as monophyletic (see De Boer
1995b).
10. — Apically pointed tegmina.
11. — Tegmina with reticulate venation (see plate 23
figs. 1-3 Moulds 1990).
The phylogenetic position of Aedeastria is ambigu-
ous, as expressed by the question marks in fig. 1.
Aedeastria, Mirabilopsaltria, and Thaumastopsaltria
share a very similarly shaped angular male operculum
and generally very distinct diverging fissures on the
vertex. The distinct diverging fissures are possibly
synapomorphous for these three genera together.
However, nearly all species of Mirabilopsaltria,
Cystosoma, Cystopsaltria, and Thaumastopsaltria share
a strongly bent proximal spine on the fore femur, a
character that is also widely distributed in the Prasiini
and presumably plesiomorphous. This spine is gener-
ally more erect in Aedeastria and other genera of the
complex, which could be a synapomorphy.
Ingroup phylogeny
A tentative cladogram of Papuapsaltria is given in
fig. 2. Only characters that are supposed to be apo-
morphous are discussed here; these are indicated by
numbers in the cladogram. The cladogram presented
here differs in details from the most parsimonious re-
constructions currently calculated by PAUP; differen-
ces are caused by a more parsimonious distribution of
homoplasious characters. Such homoplasious charac-
ters, in which the species of Papuapsaltria differ from
each other, and which are mentioned in the species
descriptions, (e.g., postclypeus shape, number of
tymbal ridges, size of auditory capsules, and presence
or absence of apical lobes on the aedeagus) are not
discussed, since they are presumably of a limited phy-
logenetic importance. These characters will be inclu-
ded in a final data matrix, which forms the basis for
the current computer analysis. The most parsimo-
nious solutions will be published later.
1.- A reduced, knobby, proximal spine on the fore
femur (figs. 8-9). This character is regarded as a prob-
able apomorphy for the genus Papuapsaltria as a
whole, though possibly excluding P. phyllophora and
P. woodlarkensis (see remark below). However, even
when these two species are excluded from the genus,
this character is not found in all species. P. bidigitula,
P. nana, and to a lesser extent P. baasi, P. dolabrata,
and P. ustulata, have a fairly long and generally point-
ed proximal spine on the fore femur. In these latter
species the proximal spine is always distinctly shorter
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
ere Zu en ; ; ; i Fig. 3. Localities of Papua-
RES i ebidigitula || psaltria bidigitula, P. nana,
6 nana P. plicata, P. spinigera, P.
D à 40) @plicata stoliodes, and P. ungula.
6 A spinigera
FAR sstoliodes © x
“a N vungula FAC
BN, ce
than the distance to the middle spine, however, and it
possibly represents just another state of the very same
character. Only P. phyllophora and P. woodlarkensis
have a distinctly longer spine; longer than the distance
to the middle spine. This latter character is also found
in related genera, and therefore presumably plesiomor-
phous. A reduced spine is unique for Papuapsaltria.
2.— A strongly convex distal margin of the pygofer,
forming a sometimes weakly incurved distal lobe. The
character is less clear in P. angulata and considered
lost in P. bidigitula and P. nana. A similar, but small-
er and more distinctly incurved, lobe was described
for Scottotympana biardae De Boer, 1991 and S.
huibregtsae De Boer, 1991, which must be explained
by parallelism. The pygofer of P. phyllophora also has
a distinctly convex, though much longer, distal mar-
gin, and it is not clear whether this fact indicates a
close relationship between P. phyllophora and the
group of 8 species defined by the here discussed apo-
morphy. The distal margin of the pygofer is only
weakly convex the remaining species of
Papuapsaltria and in most of the related genera,
which is supposedly the plesiomorphous state.
3. — A squarish clasper, without distinct dorsal
crest, but with an angular distodorsal corner. This
character is not recognized in P. nana and P. ungula,
presumably caused by the development of a globular-
ly rounded dorsodistal protrusion on the clasper
(character 14).
4, — A distinct and inwards curving rectangular
corner below the lateral protuberance of the pygofer.
Due to this incurving corner the ventral part of the
pygofer opening is somewhat horseshoe-shaped, with
concave margins (fig. 22). The character is unique for
four species, but not found in all specimens of one of
these four (P. angulata).
in
r — : a L- I = === = — == I
abc mdioedes
RSS e phyllophora no
- Sr MOR v toxopei
Len, >: x ae ||
E nc XE
TT dA v = N 4
Di CSI ) ° Q x a Po - Hu
B n Woon 7 4
L 4 B 0° N \
SP È UU] n °
er ©
Ha off { N © © ge
a LA ~ x o ant En |
DS da ze. ne N Fig. 4. Localities of Papua-
ae È, na psaltria dioedes, P. phyllo-
iL 4 on, ee ne phora, P. toxopei, and P.
= I LE
1322 136° 140°
woodlarkensis.
5. — A square-shaped laminiform clasper, with a
single, sharply pointed and outcurving, distoventral
protrusion. The character is unique for four species.
6. — A nearly triangular distal part of the male op-
erculum, with a very long and straight medial margin
(figs. 17, 29). This operculum shape presumably in-
dicates a sister group relationship between P. angula-
ta and P. goniodes. Similarly shaped opercula occur in
P. dioedes (fig. 163), Guineapsaltria chinai (Blöte,
1960), Chlorocysta vitripennis Westwood, 1851 and
Cystosoma saundersii Westwood, 1842, which must
be explained by parallelisms.
7. — A very long and stout aedeagus. Several other
species of this genus (P. angulata, P. baasi, P. dolabra-
ta, P. novariae, and P. spinigera) have a fairly long ae-
deagus as well, which stands erect between the clasp-
ers and reaches with its curved apical part well beyond
the pygofer and anal valves. Similarly exposed aedea-
gi were also found in several species of
Gymnotympana. The aedeagi of P. brassi and P. lach-
lani are extremely long, however, and presumably in-
dicate the monophyletic origin of these two species.
8.- A thorn-shaped lateral protrusion on the clasp-
er. The bluntly rounded lateral swelling in the clasper
of P. nana is supposed to be homologous with this
protrusion, while a slight swelling on the clasper of P.
woodlarkensis might also be homologous, and thus in-
dicate a relationship of that species to the species with
this apomorphy. The more lobate lateral protrusions
described for the claspers of some species of the genus
Thaumastopsaltria (see De Boer 1992b) are consid-
ered to be non-homologous.
9. — A flattened and distinctly posteriorly project-
ing protuberance on the lateral lobes of the pygofer.
The character is presumed to be lost in P. nana,
though that species still has a fairly stout protu-
berance, compared to other species of the genus.
10. — The medial part of the clasper forming an al-
most transparent membrane, arching from the apex
to the base of the clasper. This character is presumed
lost by a reversal in P. plicata.
11.—A fairly large male operculum, with the medi-
al margin of its distal part reaching medially of the
meracanthus. Opercula that extend to medially of the
meracanthus are synapomorphous for the genera
Baeturia, Gymnotympana, Scottotympana, and
Venustria (see above), but in these genera the distal
part of the operculum is generally larger and of a dif-
ferent shape than in the two species of Papuapsaltria
which share this apomorphy. Similarities with the
four genera mentioned above must be explained by
parallelism.
12. — A very stout and bicuspidate caudodorsal
beak, separated from the pygofer by a distinct fold at
its base (figs. 58, 69). A bicuspidate, though differ-
ently shaped, caudodorsal beak was found in two spe-
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
cies groups of Baeturia: the B. nasuta group and the
B. viridis group (De Boer 1982; 1992a), which must
be explained by parallelism or convergence. The fold
at the base of the beak is unique for these two species
of Papuapsaltria.
13. — An aedeagus with a pair of distinct and angu-
lar dorsal ridges. Less well-developed dorsal ridges, ei-
ther single or paired, occur in many other species of
Papuapsaltria and in many related genera.
14. — A globularly rounded dorsodistal protrusion
on the clasper (figs. 77, 89). A similar protrusion was
found in Aedeastria hastulata De Boer, 1993, and sev-
eral species of Gymnotympana, which must be ex-
plained by parallelisms.
15. Claspers of which the dorsal crests closely en-
circle the aedeagus as a short shaft. The claspers of the
four species with this character are very similar in
other respects, mainly differing in the angle between
their apical and basal parts. The character is unique
for these four species.
Remark: The phylogenetic positions of P. phyllo-
phora and P. woodlarkensis are very uncertain. The
shape of the head and the operculum of these species
suggest that they either belong to Papuapsaltria or to
Guineapsaltria. In spite of the fact that these two spe-
cies have a fairly long proximal spine on the fore fe-
mur, they are preliminary included in Papuapsaltria,
since their ocelli are more closely together than is
common in Guineapsaltria and they do not share the
distinct subapical lobe on the aedeagus, which is re-
garded synapomorphous for that genus (De Boer
1993a). The inclusion of these two species in
Papuapsaltria is supported by the preliminary results
of the computer analysis; in several of the most parsi-
monious reconstructions these species appear at vari-
ous places between the other species of the genus.
Discussion of other characters of possible
phylogenetic relevance
Several other characters, not included in the phylo-
genetic discussion, are discussed below, since they are
supposed to be indicative of a close relationship be-
tween species of Papuapsaltria:
Cicadas generally have eight apical areas in the teg-
men, but several species of Papuapsaltria have a differ-
ent number of apical areas, a number which often
even varies between the right and left tegmen of indi-
viduals. P. novariae has 9 apical areas, this number
varies between 8-9 in P. nana, between 8-10 in P.
lachlani and P. plicata, and between 9-12 in P. gonr
odes. P. stoliodes has generally 8-9 apical areas in the
tegmen, but 11-12 in one specimen, and one speci-
men of P. baasi has 7 apical areas in the right tegmen.
Such variations only sporadically occur in related
genera and the fact that it occurs relatively often in
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 5-11. — 5, head in dorsal view P. goniodes, holotype; 6, head in dorsal view P. nana, Popondetta; 7, female genital seg-
ment in lateral view P. goniodes, Daulo; 8, fore femur P. goniodes, holotype; 9, detail fore femur P. goniodes, holotype; 10, fore
femur P. woodlarkensis, holotype; 11, head in lateral view P. goniodes, holotype.
Papuapsaltria might indicate a close relationship
between its species.
Tegmina with a more strongly variable number of ap-
ical areas (10-15), are characteristic for Thaumasto-
psaltria (De Boer 1992b), a monophyletic group of four
Gymnotympana species (De Boer 1995a), a presumed
monophyletic group consisting of Chlorocysta, Glauco-
psaltria, and Owra (for figs. see Moulds 1990), and for
two species of Mirabilopsaltria (De Boer 1995b).
Apical and ulnar areas are generally long and slen-
der in Papuapsaltria (figs. 21, 65), but distinctly
shorter in P. baasi, P. dolabrata, P. novariae, P. phyl-
lophora and P. ustulata (fig. 137). The tegmina of
these five species resemble those of Guineapsaltria.
P. dioedes and P. woodlarkensis have very similar
opercula, which might indicate a close relationship
between these species; the lateral margin of the distal
part runs almost straight to the distolateral corner of
the basal part (figs. 163, 172).
Apart from P. plicata, P. phyllophora, P. stoliodes, P.
toxopei, P. woodlarkensis, and some specimens of P.
bidigitula the species of Papuapsaltria have a very
slender caudodorsal beak (compare figs. 12 and 53),
often with concave margins in dorsal view (cf. fig.
44). Such an extremely slender caudodorsal beak on-
ly sporadically occurs in related genera.
BIOGEOGRAPHY
Papuapsaltria is widely distributed throughout the
greater part of New Guinea and further recorded
from the islands of Normanby, Roon, Waigeu,
Woodlark, and Yapen (figs. 3-4, 32, 129). The genus
appears to be absent from Cendrawasih (the
Vogelkop peninsula), the southern parts of central
New Guinea, and the central mountain ranges of
western New Guinea. A record of P. bidigitula from
Wetar island is considered doubtful, since that species
is not known from any of the other Banda islands.
The cicada genera that occur on New Guinea are
not evenly distributed over the island. The various
genera are generally concentrated with most, and of-
ten endemic, species in different parts of the island.
Most of these parts, thus recognised as areas of en-
demism, coincide with fragments of a historic volcan-
ic island arc, known as the Outer Melanesian Arc.
Over the last 25 million years or so these fragments
have collided at various times and localitions with the
northern craton of the Australian continent (for geo-
logical information see Pigram & Davies 1987).
These facts suggest that the various New Guinean
genera evolved on different island arc fragments,
prior to the collision of these fragments with
Australia. It was inferred (De Boer 1994; 1995a), that
the genera Diceropyga, Gymnotympana, and Thauma-
stopsaltria probably evolved on the East Papua
Composite terrane, which collided about 15 My ago
with New Guinea and now forms the greater part of
the Papuan peninsula (Pigram & Davies 1987).
Similarly Rhadinopyga and possibly also Aedeastria
might originate from any of two microcontinents
now forming Cendrawasih, these genera concentrate
in western New Guinea (De Boer 1992b; 19936;
1994). The occurrences of such genera outside their
presumed area of origin is supposed to have resulted
from dispersal since the time of collision of these are-
as. Such a hypothesis is corroborated by the fact that
those species that do occur outside the areas of pre-
sumed origin generally have a relatively wide distribu-
tion.
The distribution of the genus Papuapsaltria does
not readily suggest an origin on any of the arc-frag-
ments or microcontinents that collided with
Australia. Certainly, most species of Papuapsaltria are
found in Papua New Guinea. Of its 18 species, eleven
occur in Papua New Guinea, and nine are endemic
there. Five of these endemics are restricted to the
Papuan peninsula. These numbers of endemics seem
to indicate that Papuapsaltria, or at least part of that
genus, also originates from the East Papua Composite
terrane. Several species may have dispersed from the
Papuan peninsula to the mountains of western Papua
New Guinea. It is remarkable that many species of
Papuapsaltria were collected from montane altitudes
(table 1), so that such a dispersal, from one montane
area to another, might have been easily achieved.
However, Papuapsaltria has no less than five en-
demic species in northwestern New Guinea, four of
which presumably form a monophyletic group.
Furthermore, disregarding the record from Wetar, P.
bidigitula could also be an endemic of northwestern
New Guinea. The distribution of these endemics can-
not easily be explained by a dispersal from the Papuan
peninsula and a different area of origin, on another
fragment of the historic island arc, must certainly be
considered for these species. The endemics of north-
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
Table 1. Altitudinal ranges of the species of Papuapsaltria
P. angulata 700-2070 m
P. baasi 100-750 m
P. bidigitula 0-1350 m
P. brassi 1650-1950 m
P. dioedes 2280-2950 m
P. dolabrata 0-2500 ft
P. goniodes 700-3000 m
P. lachlani 400-1400 m
P. nana 0-150 m
P. novariae 1200-2530 m
P. phyllophora 0-1800 m
P. plicata 2070-2800 m
P. spinigera 700-1550 m
P. stoliodes 1100-2000 m
P. toxopei 1800 m
P. ungula 450 m
P. ustulata 1300-1500 m
P. woodlarkensis 100 m
ern New Guinea, or at least some of them, could orig-
inate either from the Gauttier or Torricelli terranes,
or from both. These terranes formed a, probably
more or less continuous, part of the Outer
Melanesian Arc and collided at about 10 My ago with
New Guinea (Pigram & Davies 1987).
As explained above, the monophyly of Papua-
psaltria is far from certain. The apparent dual origin
of the genus, on different parts of the Outer
Melanesian Arc, is another factor shedding doubt on
its assumed monophyly.
TAXONOMY
Genus Papuapsaltria gen. n.
Type species. — P. angulata sp. n.
Description
The species of Papuapsaltria are mostly fairly small.
Males generally have a body length shorter than 2 cm
and, more often, do not exceed 1.5 cm. Only P. dioe-
des is distinctly larger, with a body length of 20.0-
26.5 mm. Body generally ochraceous to reddish
brown and often with traces of green, but without
special colour markings, though abdomen sometimes
with reddish segmental hind margins. Many of the
species possibly entirely green when alive. Females of
most species, on average, slightly smaller than males
but with more robust head and thorax and slightly
longer tegmina. Tegmina of males 1.0-1.3 X as long
as body length, of females 1.5-1.6 X. Male abdomen
distinctly longer (1.2-2.2 X) than head and thorax, of
females 1.0-1.3 X. Head fairly broad and short (figs.
5-6), only slightly narrower than anterior part of pro-
notum, 2.3-2.9 X as wide as long and 1.2-1.5X as
wide as distance between eyes. Postclypeus 2.0-3.3 X
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
as wide as long, oblong in dorsal view and weakly
protruding, and not swollen ventrally; anterior mar-
gin (lateral view) straight or weakly concave (fig. 11).
Sides of postclypeus fairly smooth, but often with
some weak furrows and with about 6 rows of short
parallel ridges in a narrow band along the lorum.
Vertex fairly broad and smooth, though with distinct
medial fissure. Diverging fissures from center of head
to corners of postclypeus generally weakly developed,
almost obsolete. Vertex 1.5-2.2X as wide as long;
1.3-2.1 X as wide as postclypeus and 1.9-2.5X as
wide as eye. Ocelli small and fairly close together.
Distance between lateral ocelli 1.2-2.6 X the width of
frontal ocellus and about as long as (0.8-1.2X) dis-
tance between lateral ocellus and eye. Pronotum 2.2-
2.9 X as wide as long and smoothly vaulted, without
distinct medial furrow. Pronotal collar laterally angu-
larly amplified, and slightly curving down at its ante-
rior margin. Tegmina and wings hyaline, venation
ochraceous. Tegmina generally with 8, but fairly of-
ten more (9-12) apical areas, though rarely with sub-
apical areas. Tegmen with distinct hyaline costal area
and generally a broad hyaline border along hind mar-
gin. Wings with G apical areas, a distinctly broader
hyaline border, and large anal fields. Legs ochraceous
and unmarked. Fore femur long and slender, with
row of 3 erect spines. Proximal spine in most species
very short and apically rounded, only slightly longer
than middle spine and generally distinctly shorter
than distance to middle spine (figs. 8-9). Tymbal
with 5-9 parallel sclerotized ridges. Short intercalary
ridges can often be discerned, forming a darkened
band at half-width across the tymbal. Opercula gene-
rally very small. Basal part of operculum slightly
vaulted with two rounded elevations, and upcurved at
distolateral corner into distinct crest rounding that
corner. Lateral part of that crest often short and
knobby, distal part generally fairly long and gradually
amplifying into distal part of operculum (cf. fig. 17),
though in some species shorter and abruptly ampli-
fying into distal part (cf. fig. 29). Distal part of oper-
culum angularly oblong, in most species shorter than
basal part. Male operculum not, or only partly, cover-
ing tymbal cavity in ventral view, often leaving
greater part of folded membrane exposed. Its lateral
margin straight and slightly directed mesiad.
Operculum shorter than meracanthus and generally
not extending medially beyond meracanthus. P. pli-
cata and P. stoliodes with distinctly larger opercula.
Female operculum shorter, but generally of same sha-
pe as that of male. Male abdomen very delicate, in the
larger sized species distinctly inflated, in small sized
species not notably inflated and then of almost the
same shape as that of female. First tergite in male fairly
short medially, sometimes hidden under metanotum.
Medial part of second tergite less than 1.5 X as long
as lateral parts, proximal margin of second tergite
weakly convex, sometimes slightly concave medially
(figs. 68, 177) and almost straight between auditory
capsules and sternite 2, forming a distinct ridge along
tymbal cavity (cf. fig. 17). Lateral parts of 2nd tergite
weakly swollen at anterior margins and almost ad-
jacent to tymbals, leaving a narrow gap between tym-
bal and 2nd tergite. First sternite swollen and bluntly
rounded posteriorly. Female abdomen more robust
than that of male, with slender pygofer. Ovipositor
sheaths reaching beyond apex of bluntly rounded
caudodorsal beak. Male pygofer globularly rounded,
convexly rounded dorsally, and often with distinctly
convex distal margins. Caudodorsal beak short and
straight, not curved over basal part of claspers or anal
valves (much larger and strongly bent in P. plicata
and P. stoliodes). Claspers fairly short and directed
downwards, fused, or nearly fused, at base, forming a
ring-shaped collar around base of anal valves. Clasper
generally sharply pointed at apex, and sometimes
with sharply pointed lateral protrusion. Apical part of
clasper generally with slender and sharply edged clas-
per hollow. Aedeagus S-curved with winged lateral
crests, often with 1 or 2 dorsal ridges, and sometimes
with small subapical lobe (aedeagus of P. phyllophora
strongly deviating). Aedeagal pore round.
Gender: Feminine.
Key to the males
1. Clasper distinctly bicuspidate, with sharply poin-
ted apical protrusion and distinct, pointed or
rounded, lateral protrusion. (cf. fig. 56) .......... 2
— Clasper not bicuspidate, with only one pointed
and, generally apical protrusioni ttt. i,
2. Opercula reaching medially of meracanthus (figs.
59, 73). Pygofer with sharp fold at base of caudo-
dorsal beak (figs. 54, 66). Caudodorsal beak bi-
cuspidate (figs. 58, 69); broad in lateral view.
Aedeagus with short and broad lateral crests and
distineedorsalmdeesi(ties102 WA ne 3
Opercula not reaching medially of meracanthus
(cf. fig. 82). Pygofer without sharp fold at base of
caudodorsal beak. Caudodorsal beak not bicuspi-
date; slender in lateral view (cf. figs. 78-79).
Aedeagus with long and slender lateral crests and
either without, or with weak, dorsal ridges ...... 4
3. Operculum reaching beyond apex of meracan-
thus (fig. 73). Claspers very broad towards apex,
ending in two short thorn-shaped protuberances;
medial part of clasper not membranous (fig. 72).
Auditory capsules weakly swollen. Body length
under Sme ee P. plicata
— Operculum not reaching beyond apex of mera-
canthus (fig. 59). Claspers with very long and
slender apical protrusion and shorter lateral pro-
trusion; medial part of clasper membranous (fig.
56). Auditory capsules distinctly swollen. Body
lenethrovent Simi P. stoliodes
Clasper with globularly swollen dorsodistal pro-
trusion and a very long spiny apical protrusion;
medial part of clasper membranous (figs. 77, 89
arrow). Tegmen with fairly narrow hyaline bor-
deualoneihindimargn an wenn. anna. 5
Clasper without globularly swollen dorsodistal
protrusion and a fairly short apical protrusion;
medial part of clasper not membranous (figs.
100, 104). Tegmen with broad hyaline border
along hind margin
Caudodorsal beak very long and slender in lateral
view, more than 3X as long as broad (fig. 78).
Distal margin of pygofer strongly convex. Lateral
lobe of pygofer with long, slender, and distinctly
posteriorly projecting protuberance. Clasper with
sharply pointed lateral spine (fig. 77). Folded
membrane visible in ventral view. Tymbal with 8
ridges. Auditory capsules distinctly swollen.
Anterior margin of postelypeus almost continu-
ous with anterior margins of vertex lobes. Body
leneth under Sy nn... P. ungula
Caudodorsal beak fairly short, about 2X as long
as broad (fig. 84). Distal margin of pygofer weak-
ly convex. Lateral lobe of pygofer with broadly
rounded, hardly protruding protuberance. Clas-
per with bluntly rounded lateral protrusion (fig.
89). Folded membrane not visible in ventral
view. Tymbal with 5 ridges. Auditory capsules
hardly swollen. Anterior margin of postelypeus
angularly curving back at lateral corners, forming
a right angle with anterior margins of vertex
lobes. Body length over 15 mm ............ P. nana
Clasper base forming broad ring-shaped collar
with two finger-shaped dorsomedial protrusions
around base of anal valves (fig. 100). Lateral pro-
trusion of clasper shorter, or as long as, apical
protrusion. Tymbal with 6 ridges. Folded mem-
brane visible in ventral view. Caudodorsal beak
pointed at apex. Lateral protuberance on pygofer
lobe broad; pygofer forming a distinct angular
corner under lateral protuberance (fig. 93) .........
Bn eee P. bidigitula
Clasper base not forming a distinct collar around
base of anal valves (fig. 104). Lateral protrusion of
clasper distinctly longer than apical protrusion.
Tymbal with 8 ridges. Folded membrane not visible
in ventral view. Caudodorsal beak rounded at apex.
Lateral protuberance on pygofer lobe narrow; py-
gofer forming a very small angular corner under lat-
eral protuberance (fig. 105) ................ P. spinigera
Claspers parallel, only weakly diverging near api-
ces (cf. fig. 162)
Claspers strongly diverging towards apices (cf.
E aa 12
10.
11.
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
Tymbal with 6 ridges. Caudodorsal beak slender
in lateral view (cf. fig. 157)
Tymbal with 7 or 9 ridges. Caudodorsal beak
fairly broad in lateral view (cf. fig. 183) ......... 11
Body length over 19.5 mm. Distal part of opercu-
lum fairly long, longer than basal part, and with
long medial margin (fig. 163). Pygofer with nar-
row protuberance on lateral lobe (fig. 157).
Auditory capsules hardly swollen. Aedeagus not
incised at apex (fig. 158). Tegmina with long and
slender apical and ulnar areas and a broad hyaline
border along hind margin (cf. fig. 21)
rdt RAR NOR er P. dioedes
Body length under 16.5 mm. Distal part of oper-
culum shorter than basal part, and with short me-
dial margin (fig. 136). Pygofer with broad protu-
berance on lateral lobe (cf. fig. 134). Auditory
capsules distinctly swollen. Aedeagus weakly in-
cised at apex (cf fig. 131). Tegmina with short ap-
ical and ulnar areas and a fairly narrow hyaline
border along hind margin (cf. fig 137) .......... 10
Tegmina with 9 apical areas. Sternites 1 and 2
not adjacent (fig. 136). Dorsal margin of clasper
in lateral view forming a right angle with ring-
shaped elaspenbasem nenn een P. novariae
Tegmina with 8 apical areas. Sternites 1 and 2 al-
most adjacent (fig. 145). Dorsal margin of clasp-
er in lateral view almost continuous with ring-
shapediclasperjbase nur Anna. na P. dolabrata
Body length under 15 mm. Tegmina with short
apical and ulnar areas (cf. fig. 137), costa distinct-
ly swollen at pentagonal first ulnar area (fig. 176).
Anterior margin of postclypeus almost continu-
ous with anterior margins of vertex lobes.
Proximal spine of fore femur fairly long, as long
as, or longer than distance to middle spine.
Tymbal with 9 ridges. Folded membrane
between abdomen and operculum not visible in
ventral view. Aedeagus very broad in lateral view
and pick-shaped, with long and slender down-
wards directed apical part, square-shaped mem-
branous dorsal part, and short and broad lateral
crests (fig. 186). Clasper with straight and round-
ed apical part, and forming incurving dorsodistal
protuberance over aedeagus (fig. 185)
nee ae pee RE ee, era ii eae P. phyllophora
Body length over 19 mm. Tegmina with long and
slender apical and ulnar areas (cf. fig. 21), costa
not swollen at quadrangular first ulnar area (cf.
fig. 175). Anterior margin of postclypeus angu-
larly curving back at lateral corners, forming a
right angle with anterior margins of vertex lobes.
Proximal spine of fore femur very short, distinct-
ly shorter than distance to middle spine. Tymbal
with 7 ridges. Folded membrane between abdo-
men and operculum visible in ventral view.
12%
15°
14.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Aedeagus slender S-curved with long and slender
lateral crests. Clasper with recurving and pointed
apical part, not forming dorsodistal protuberance
ver ae eus (it 52) P. toxopei
Distal margin of pygofer weakly convex between
base of caudodorsal beak and lateral protu-
berance. Angular corner under lateral protu-
berance of pygofer not curved inwards or absent,
or strongly folded inwards and then thorn-
shaped; ventral half of pygofer opening generally
not horseshoe-shaped (cf. fig. 167) ................ 13
Distal margin of pygofer strongly convex between
base of caudodorsal beak and lateral protu-
berance. Angular corner under lateral protu-
berance of pygofer strongly curved inwards; ven-
tral half of pygofer opening somewhat
horseshoesshapedh(fie 22. 16
Body length over 17 mm. Folded membrane
between operculum and abdomen visible in ven-
tral view. Tegmina with long and slender apical
and ulnar areas, and a broad hyaline border along
hindimarpin (ffe Re 14
Body length under 15 mm. Folded membrane
between operculum and abdomen not visible in
ventral view. Tegmina with short apical and ulnar
areas, and a fairly narrow hyaline border along
hindkmarein (erstem a) hen 15
Clasper squarish, laminiform, with thorn-shaped
outcurving protrusion on ventral margin (fig. 15).
Pygofer with distinct rectangular corner under lat-
eral lobe (fig. 12). Distal part of operculum almost
triangular, with very long medial margin; lateral
margin concave to distolateral corner of operculum
base (fig. 17). Proximal spine of fore femur short,
much shorter than distance to middle spine.
Auditory capsules distinctly swollen. Caudodorsal
beak slender in lateral view (fig. 12) … P. angulata
Clasper hook-shaped, with sharply pointed
downwards directed apical part (fig. 171).
Pygofer with thorn-shaped, inwards curving, pro-
tuberance under lateral lobe (fig. 167). Distal
part of operculum oblong, with short medial
margin; lateral margin almost straight to disto-
15?
lateral corner of operculum base (fig. 172).
Proximal spine of fore femur fairly long, longer
than distance to middle spine. Auditory capsules
weakly swollen. Caudodorsal beak broad in later-
AMIENS RICO) Bn P. woodlarkensis
Pygofer with distinct rectangular corner under
lateral lobe. Tymbal with 7-8 ridges. Anterior
margin of postclypeus almost continuous with
anterior margins of vertex lobes. Sternites 1 and 2
adjacent. Aedeagus with small subapical lobe (fig.
Kae ee P. ustulata
Pygofer without rectangular corner under lateral
lobe. Tymbal with 6 ridges. Anterior margin of
postclypeus angularly curving back at lateral cor-
ners, forming a right angle with anterior margins
of vertex lobes. Sternites 1 and 2 not adjacent.
Aedeagus without subapical lobe (fig. 124) .........
ee, inner lues P. baasi
16. Body length over 18 mm. Distal part of opercu-
lum fairly long, longer than basal part. Sternites 1
and 2 widely separated. Aedeagus reaching not,
or only just, beyond apex of anal valves (fig. 24)
P. goniodes
Body length under 16 mm. Distal part of opercu-
lum shorter than basal part. Sternites 1 and 2 al-
most adjacent. Aedeagus reaching far beyond
apextof/analiyalyesi(efafien 34) ar ee. 17
17. Pygofer lobe with broad laminiform lateral protu-
berance (fig. 34). Clasper with concave distal
margin (fig.42). Claspers strongly diverging to-
wards apices (fig. 38). Clsaper base forming a low
collar around base of anal valves … … P. lachlani
Pygofer lobe with narrow lobate lateral protu-
berance (fig. 45). Clasper with convex distal mar-
gin (fig. 47). Claspers weakly diverging towards
apices (fig. 46). Clasper base forming a broad col-
lar around base of anal valves … … … …. P. brassi
Papuapsaltria angulata sp. n.
(figs. 12-20, 32)
Type material. — Holotype d: ‘N Guinea: NE
Bulldog Rd. 2070 m 60 km S. Wau [print]; ‘22-
Figs. 12-20. Papuapsaltria angulata sp. n. — 12, pygofer in lateral view, paratype; 13, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view,
paratype; 14, pygofer from aslant, paratype; 15, claspers, paratype; 16, female operculum, Nami Creek; 17, male operculum,
paratype; 18, detail aedeagus apex, holotype; 19, aedeagus in lateral view, holotype; 20, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal
view, Nami Creek.
Lettering: bp = basal part of operculum; c = crest around distolateral corner of basal part of operculum; cb = caudodorsal beak;
di = distal margin of pygofer; dm = distomedial margin of operculum; do = dorsal margin of pygofer; dp = distal part of op-
erculum; fm = folded membrane; lm = lateral margin of operculum; m = medial margin of operculum; me = meracanthus; pr
= protuberance on lateral lobe of pygofer; rc = rectangular corner below lateral protuberance of pygofer; ve = ventral margin
of pygofer.
Figs. 22-31. Papuapsaltria goniodes sp. n. — 22, pygofer from behind, Ayura; 23, pygofer from aslant, Ayura; 24, pygofer in
lateral view, Daulo, arrow indicating distal lobe; 25, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Daulo; 26, claspers, Daulo; 27, ae-
deagal apex, holotype; 28, aedeagus in lateral view, holotype; 29, male operculum, Daulo; 30, female caudodorsal beak in dor-
sal view, Daulo; 31, female operculum, Daulo.
Lettering: st 1 = sternite 1; st 2 = sternite 2.
10
DE Boer: The genus Papuapsaltria
1
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
31.v.1969° [print]; ‘J. Sedlacek Collector Bishop
Mus.’ [print], BPBM. — Paratypes: PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
same data as holotype, 19, BPBM; Nami Ck., Wau,
1700-1800 m, 17.ix.1965, J. Sedlacek, 16, ZMAN;
Nami Ck., 6 km W. Wau, 1700 m, 12.vi.1962, J.
Sedlacek, 12, BPBM.
P. angulata is the type species of Papuapsaltria.
Males are easily recognized by the broad and rectan-
gular clasper, with slender, sharply pointed, and later-
ally bending ventral protrusion.
Description
Body light brown and unmarked. Females slightly
larger than males, with distinctly longer tegmina.
Tegmina of males 1.1 X as long as body length, of fe-
males 1.4. Male abdomen 1.7-1.8X as long as
head and thorax, of females 1.2 x.
Head: Ochraceous brown, without setae. Postcly-
peus angularly protruding, anterior margin angularly
bent medially, and almost continuous with anterior
margins of vertex lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; an-
terior margin (lateral view) weakly concave. Distance
between lateral ocelli 0.9-1.0 as long as distance
between lateral ocellus and eye, and 1.9-2.3 X as wide
as frontal ocellus.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 long and slender apical
areas, a broad hyaline costal area and a very broad
hyaline border along hind margin.
Legs: Fore femur with three very short, about
equally long, erect spines. Proximal spine finger-
shaped and distinctly shorter than distance to middle
spine.
Tymbal: Five parallel transverse sclerotized ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin
and a 6th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ven-
tral margin. Intercalary ridges can hardly be dis-
cerned.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 17) not covering
tymbal cavity in ventral view, leaving a wide gap
between operculum and abdomen; folded membrane
clearly visible in ventral view. Distal part of opercu-
lum longer than basal part and almost triangle-
shaped, medially elongate. Lateral margin bending
12
Fig. 21. Papuapsaltria goni-
odes sp. n. Left tegmen,
male Mt. Otto.
convexly into straight distal margin and concavely
into crest of basal part. The lateral part of this crest
short and knobby. Distomedial corner rectangular.
Medial margin long and straight. Meracanthus long-
er than operculum, but not reaching to abdomen.
Female operculum (fig. 16) much shorter than that of
male, with oblong shaped distal part.
Abdomen: Male abdomen inflated. First tergite
short, partly hidden under metanotum. Medial part
of 2nd tergite less than 2X as long as lateral part.
Anterior margin of 2nd tergite distinctly concave me-
dially. First and 2nd sternite adjacent. Auditory cap-
sules weakly developed, not visible in dorsal view.
Female abdomen very slender. Female caudodorsal
beak (fig. 20) slender, pointed at apex. Ovipositor
sheaths just reaching to apex of caudodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig. 12.
Dorsal margin weakly convex, continuous with short
and very slender caudodorsal beak. Distal margin
weakly convex between caudodorsal beak and lateral
protuberance, forming a weakly developed distal
lobe. Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 13) short
and slender, triangle-shaped and rounded at apex.
Lateral lobe of pygofer curving outwards towards ven-
tral margin, forming a weakly developed, but broad
and rectangular laminiform protuberance. Pygofer
forming a very distinct rectangular and slightly in-
curving corner just below this protuberance (figs. 12,
14). Ventral margin of pygofer angularly convex.
Ventral half of pygofer opening in holotype horse-
shoe-shaped (seen from behind cf. fig. 22), with
broad, rounded, basal margin and concave lateral
margins, incurving towards rectangular corners, but
narrower, V-shaped with converging margins, in
paratype. Clasper (fig. 15) laminiform, with almost
rectangular dorsodistal corner and straight distal mar-
gin, and with a sharply pointed thorn-shaped protru-
sion at half-length of ventral margin. Protrusion of
clasper bending strongly outwards and reaching later-
ally beyond pygofer margin. Rectangular dorsodistal
corner of clasper bending mesiad, distally of aedeagus
and supporting aedeagus in upright position.
Claspers strongly diverging towards ventrodistal cor-
ners. Clasper base forming a smoothly rounded,
though discontinuous ring around base of anal valves;
with dorsal parts of clasper bases curving mesiad,
proximally of aedeagus, and almost touching each
other. Aedeagus standing erect between claspers, fair-
ly close to anal valves, but with apical part curving
away, reaching beyond distal margins of claspers.
Aedeagus (fig. 19) long and slender, weakly S-curved,
with long slender lateral crests and a pair of weakly
developed dorsal crests, restricted to its distal half.
Aedeagus strongly curved near apex. Aedeagal pore
round (fig. 18).
Measurements: Body length d: 17.5 & 18.6 mm,
2 19.5 mm; tegmen length d: 21.2 mm, 9: 28.1
mm; head length d: 1.2 mm, ?: 1.2 & 1.5 mm; pro-
notum length d: 1.7 mm, 9: 2.0 mm; mesonotum
length d: 3.5 mm, 9: 5.7 mm; head width d: 3.1 &
3.3 mm, 2: 3.9 mm; width of pronotal collar d : 4.3
& 4.8 mm, 9: 6.2 mm.
Distribution (fig. 32). — Central Papua New
Guinea, the most western part of the Papuan penin-
sula.
Etymology. — Angulatus (Latin) means angular and
refers to the angular claspers.
Papuapsaltria goniodes sp. n.
(figs. 5, 7-9, 11, 21-32)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘NEW GUINEA (NE)
Mt. Otto, 2200 m, June 24, 1955’ [print]; J.L.
Gressitt collector’ [print], BPBM. — Paratypes: PAPUA
NEW GUINEA: Aiyura, nr Kainantu, 1700-2200 m,
6.1.1965, J.L. Gressitt, 1d, ZMAN; Daulo Pass, 2400
m, 15.v.1963, J. Sedlacek, 16, BPBM; Daulo Pass,
Asaro-Chiambu Div., 3000 m, 13.vi.1955, J.L.
Gressitt, 1d, BPBM; same data but 8500 ft, J.J.M.
Scent-Ivany, 19, MVMA; Mt. Hagen, 1959, E.
Reiner, 14, SMED; Mt. Piora, 6°45’ S 146°00’ E,
2100 m, 12.vi.1966, G.A. Samuelson, 19, BPBM.
P. goniodes is slightly larger than P. angulata. These
two species share a similar, almost triangularly elon-
gate operculum but the male genitalia differ consider-
ably. P. goniodes can be recognized by its variable teg-
men venation and its deviating shape of the head,
with the lateral ocelli somewhat wider apart than in
other species of Papuapsaltria.
Description
Body light brown to dark reddish brown, unmar-
ked. Females slightly smaller than males, but with
more robust head and thorax, and longer tegmina.
Tegmina of males 1.2-1.3 X as long as body length,
of females 1.4-1.5X. Male abdomen 1.5-1.9X as
long as head and thorax, of females 1.2-1.3 X.
Head (fig. 5): Reddish brown, without setae.
Postclypeus much broader than in P. angulata and
De BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
bluntly rounded, anterior margin weakly convex, al-
most continuous with anterior margins of vertex
lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; anterior margin (later-
al view) straight or weakly concave (fig. 11). Distance
between lateral ocelli distinctly longer (1.1-1.2) than
distance between lateral ocellus and eye, and 2.0-
2.6 X the width of frontal ocellus.
Tegmina: Hyaline. Venation variable (fig. 21), of
ten differing between left and right tegmen of indi-
viduals, with 9-12 apical areas and, rarely, a subapical
area between ulnar and apical areas. Only 9-10 apical
areas reach the ulnar or basal areas, others are formed
by a more distal splitting of veins. Tegmen generally
with a very broad hyaline costal area and a very broad
hyaline border along hind margin.
Legs: Fore femur with three very short, about
equally long, erect spines. Proximal spine finger-
shaped and distinctly shorter than distance to middle
spine (figs. 8-9).
Tymbal: Five parallel transverse sclerotized ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin, a
6th ridge almost reaching ventral margin and a 7th,
most proximal, ridge only partly separated from prox-
imal tymbal margin, reaching to about half the tym-
bal width. Six short intercalary ridges clearly visible.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 29) not covering
tymbal cavity in ventral view, leaving a wide gap
between operculum and abdomen; folded membrane
sangulata 0°
vbrassi
e goniodes
Alachlani
4°
8 (e)
122
140° 144° 148°
Fig. 32. Localities of Papuapsaltria angulata, P. brassi, P.
goniodes, and P. lachlani.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
clearly visible in ventral view. Distal part of opercu-
lum longer than basal part and medially elongate, al-
most triangle-shaped, as in P. angulata, but wich lat-
eral margin often bending more angularly from crest
of basal part. Lateral margin convexly bent into al-
most straight distal margin. Distomedial corner of
operculum almost rectangular, medial margin long
and straight. Meracanthus slightly longer than oper-
culum, but not reaching abdomen. Female opercu-
lum (fig. 31) much shorter than that of males. Distal
part shorter than basal part, oblong. Distal margin
straight, in one specimen slightly convex at half-
length, distomedial corner rectangular, medial mar-
gin short and straight.
Abdomen: Male abdomen inflated. First tergite
short, partly hidden under metanotum. Medial part of
2nd tergite less than 1.5X as long as lateral part.
Anterior margin of 2nd tergite very weakly concave
medially. First and 2nd sternite generally adjacent, but
sometimes separated. Auditory capsules well devel-
oped, protruding and visible in dorsal view. Female ab-
domen slender. Female caudodorsal beak (fig. 30) slen-
der and sharply pointed at apex. Ovipositor sheaths not
reaching to apex of caudodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig. 24.
Dorsal margin weakly convex, continuous with short
caudodorsal beak. Distal margin distinctly convex
between caudodorsal beak and lateral protuberance,
forming a weakly protruding lobe on pygofer (fig. 24
arrow). Caudodorsal beak fairly slender in lateral
view, but broader at its base than in P. angulata, tri-
angular with concave margins and pointed at apex
(fig. 25). Lateral lobe of pygofer with narrow, round-
ed, and outcurving lobate protuberance. Pygofer
forming a distinct rectangular and slightly incurving
corner just below this protuberance (figs. 23-24).
Ventral margin of pygofer angularly convex. Ventral
half of pygofer opening horseshoe-shaped (fig. 22),
with broad, rounded basal margin and concave later-
al margins; in curving towards rectangular corners.
Clasper (fig. 26) very broad and short, square-shaped
in lateral view. Rectangular distodorsal corner of
clasper bending mesiad, distally of aedeagus and sup-
porting aedeagus in upright position. Distal margin
of clasper straight, but slightly recurving to sharply
pointed, downwards directed, thorn-shaped apex.
Claspers slightly diverging towards apices. Clasper
base forming a low ring-shaped collar around base of
anal valves. This collar is medially indented around
aedeagus, and less distinct than in foregoing species.
Aedeagus standing erect between claspers, close to
anal valves, but with apical part curving away, reach-
ing well beyond distal margins of claspers. Aedeagus
(fig. 28) weakly S-curved, most strongly curved and
distinctly narrowing near apex, its most apical part al-
most rectangularly bent. Aedeagus with long and dis-
tinct lateral crests, a rounded middorsal ridge and a
pair of weakly developed dorsal crests near apical
bending point. Apex of aedeagus with slight medial
incision (fig. 27).
Measurements: Body length d: 18.9-20.5 mm
(x 19.9 mm), 2: 17.8 & 18.0 mm; tegmen length d:
23.0-25.3 mm (x 24.0 mm), 2: 26.0 & 27.1 mm;
head length d: 1.2-1.5 mm, 9: 1.5 mm; pronotum
length d: 1.9-2.0 mm, 9: 2.1 & 2.2 mm; mesono-
tum length d: 4.0-4.7 mm, 9: 4.7 & 4.8 mm; head
width d: 3.6-3.9 mm, 9: 4.0 mm; width of pronotal
collar &: 4.7-5.5 mm, 9: 5.6 & 5.7 mm.
Distribution (fig. 32). — P. goniodes is distributed in
central northern Papua New Guinea, just west of the
Huon peninsula.
Etymology. — Goniodes (Greek) means angular
and refers to the angular claspers.
Papuapsaltria lachlani sp. n.
(figs. 32-42)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Wau 28 Dec 1970 R.B. Lachlan [print]; AMSA. —
Paratypes: IRIAN JAYA: Ifar, Cyclops Mts., 400-800
m, 7-9.ix.1962, J. Sedlacek, 16, BPBM; PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: Kiambavi vill., Saidor, Finisterre Range, 1-
28.viii.1958. W.W. Brandt, 1d, ZMAN; Wau, Big
Wau Creek, 1200 m, Thomas W. Davies, 19, CAS;
Wau, Morobe Distr., 20.x.1969, James E. Tobler,
19, cas; Wau, Morobe Distr., Mt. Missim, 2080 m,
17.111.1966, Gressitt, 16, BPBM.
P. lachlani closely resembles P. goniodes in shape of
male genitalia, but is distinctly smaller and has almost
oblong-shaped opercula. Some specimens have an
aberrant tegmen venation.
Description
Body red-brown to greenish. Females slightly smal-
Figs. 33-42. Papuapsaltria lachlani sp. n. — 33, pygofer from aslant, holotype; 34, pygofer in lateral view, holotype; 35, male
caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, holotype; 36, pygofer in lateral view, Ifar; 37, aedeagal apex, holotype; 38, claspers from be-
hind, holotype; 39, male operculum, holotype; 40, female operculum, Big Wau Creek; 41, female caudodorsal beak in dor-
sal view, Big Wau Creek; 42, claspers, holotype.
Figs. 43-52. Papuapsaltria brassi sp. n. — 43, pygofer from aslant, paratype; 44, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, holo-
type; 45, pygofer in lateral view, paratype; 46, claspers from behind, holotype; 47, claspers, holotype; 48, aedeagus in lateral
view, paratype; 49, aedeagal apex, paratype; 50, male operculum, holotype; 51, female operculum, Purosa Camp; 52, female
caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Purosa Camp.
14
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
15
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
ler than males, but with more robust head and thorax.
Tegmina of males 1.1-1.3X as long as body length,
of females 1.3-1.4X. Male abdomen 1.4-1.7X as
long as head and thorax, of females 0.9-1.2 x.
Head: Reddish brown, often with some short red-
brown setae on postclypeus and anterior parts of ver-
tex. Diverging fissures on vertex fairly distinct in
holotype, almost obsolete in paratypes. Postclypeus of
holotype and females oblong and angularly protrud-
ing beyond vertex lobes, with almost straight anterior
margin, angularly bending back at lateral corners and
forming an almost right angle with anterior margins
of vertex lobes. Postclypeus of other material with
weakly convex anterior margin, almost continuous
with anterior margins of vertex lobes. Postclypeus
slightly swollen; anterior margin (lateral view) weakly
convex. Distance between lateral ocelli in males as
long as, in females slightly longer than distance
between lateral ocellus and eye, and 2.0-2.3X the
width of frontal ocellus.
Thorax: Pronotum with weak medial furrow.
Tegmina: Hyaline, venation sometimes variable,
forming 8-10 long and slender apical areas and a very
distinct hyaline costal area. Tegmen with a broad
hyaline border along hind margin.
Legs: Fore femur with three very short, about
equally long, erect spines. Proximal spine often ex-
tremely short and finger-shaped, though fairly long
and pointed in specimen from Saidor, and always
shorter than distance to middle spine.
Tymbal: Six parallel transverse sclerotized ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin
and a 7th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ven-
tral margin. Six short intercalary ridges can hardly be
discerned.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 39) very short, not
covering tymbal cavity in ventral view; leaving a wide
gap between operculum and abdomen; folded mem-
brane partly visible in ventral view. Distal part of op-
erculum distinctly shorter than basal part and angu-
lar, almost oblong-shaped. Lateral margin almost
straight, bending gradually into crest of basal part and
angularly into long and straight distal margin. Distal
margin forming a sharp angle with short and straight
medial margin. Meracanthus reaching well beyond
operculum, but not reaching abdomen. Female oper-
culum (fig. 40) as in male, but shorter.
Abdomen: Male abdomen not inflated. First ter-
gite short, partly, or completely, hidden under meta-
notum. Medial part of 2nd tergite less than 1.5 X as
long as lateral part. Anterior margin of 2nd tergite
weakly convex medially. First and 2nd sternite not
adjacent. Auditory capsules swollen and clearly visible
in dorsal view. Female caudodorsal beak (fig. 41) tri-
angular, almost pointed at apex. Ovipositor sheaths
reaching just beyond apex of caudodorsal beak.
16
Male genitalia: Very similar to P. goniodes. Pygofer
in lateral view as in fig. 34. Dorsal margin weakly
convex, continuous with short and slender caudodor-
sal beak. Distal margin strongly convex between cau-
dodorsal beak and lateral protuberance, forming an
almost rectangular and incurving lobe. Caudodorsal
beak in dorsal view broad, almost rectangularly pro-
truding in Saidor specimen, but narrower and apical-
ly rounded in others (fig. 35). Lateral lobe of pygofer
with distinct, angularly rounded, lobate, outcurving
laminiform protuberance. Pygofer forming a distinet
rectangular and slightly incurving corner just below
this protuberance (fig. 33). Ventral margin of pygofer
straight. Ventral half of pygofer opening horseshoe-
shaped (cf. fig. 22), with broad, rounded basal margin
and concave lateral margins; incurving towards rec-
tangular corners. Claspers (fig. 42) as in P. goniodes,
very broad and short, square-shaped in lateral view.
Dorsal margin of clasper straight or weakly convex.
Rectangular distodorsal corner of clasper bending
mesiad, distally of aedeagus and supporting aedeagus
in upright position. Distal margin of clasper straight,
but slightly concave to sharply pointed, downwards
directed, thorn-shaped apex. Claspers strongly di-
verging towards apices (fig. 38). Clasper base forming
a low ring-shaped collar around base of anal valves.
This collar medially indented around aedeagus.
Aedeagus standing erect between claspers, close to
anal valves, with its apical part curving away, reaching
well beyond distal margins of claspers. Aedeagus of
holotype very long, reaching far beyond apex of cau-
dodorsal beak (fig. 34), in other specimens much
shorter, curved directly above dorsal margins of clasp-
ers (fig. 36). Aedeagus weakly S-curved, angularly but
slightly bent at about 3/4 its length (fig. 33) and
strongly curved near apex, with short straight subapi-
cal part. Lateral crests long and distinct. Apex of ae-
deagus slightly dilated, with round pore (fig. 37).
Measurements: Body length d: 13.7-14.0 mm, 9:
13.3 & 13.7 mm; tegmen length d: 16.6-20.1 mm,
2:18.2 & 18.4 mm; head length d: 1.3-1.4 mm, 9:
1.4 mm; pronotum length d: 1.4-1.7 mm, 9: 1.6 &
1.7 mm; mesonotum length d: 2.3-3.1 mm, 9: 3.1
mm; head width &: 3.1-3.3 mm, 9: 3.3 mm; width
of pronotal collar d: 3.7-4.1 mm, 2: 4.2 & 4.3 mm.
Distribution (fig. 32). — P. lachlani is widely dis-
tributed in northern New Guinea and the western
part of the Papuan peninsula.
Etymology. — This species is named in honour of
Mr R.B. Lachlan who collected the holotype.
Papuapsaltria brassi sp. n.
(figs. 32, 43-52)
Type material. — Holotype d: ‘No 10, Purosa
Camp, Okapa area, 1950 m, ix-25-1959° [print];
‘Eastern Highlands District L.J. Brass coll’ [print];
‘sixth Archbold Exped. to Papua New Guinea’ [print];
‘AMNH New York’ [print], AMNH. — Paratypes: PAPUA
NEW GUINEA: same data as holotype but 29.ix.1959,
16,19, AMNH; Okapa, 13 km SE, 1650-1870 m, 26.-
viii.1964, J. & M. Sedlacek, 1, BPBM; Okapa, 1900
m, 3.vi.1967, G.A. Samuelson, 1 9, BPBM.
P. brassi strongly resembles P. lachlani, but is
slightly larger and has slightly shorter and less strong-
ly diverging claspers. P. brassi is most easily separated
from P. lachlani by a more oval-shaped male opercu-
lum, a narrower gap between operculum and abdo-
men and smaller protrusions on the lateral lobes of
pygofer.
Description
Body yellow-brown or olive green. Females larger
than males. Tegmina of males 1.3 X as long as body
length, of females 1.4X. Male abdomen 1.4-1.6X as
long as head and thorax, of females 1.2-1.3 x.
Head: Reddish brown, with some short red-brown
setae on postclypeus and vertex. Postclypeus hardly
protruding, anterior margin weakly convex, almost
continuous with anterior margins of vertex lobes, and
not swollen; anterior margin (lateral view) weakly
concave. Distance between lateral ocelli 1.0-1.2 X as
long as distance between lateral ocellus and eye and
1.9-2.3 X the width of frontal ocellus.
Legs: Fore femur with row of three erect spines.
Most proximal spine very short, hardly longer than
middle spine and much shorter than distance to mid-
dle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 apical areas, a narrow
but distinct costal area and a fairly narrow hyaline
border along hind margin.
Tymbal: Six parallel transverse sclerotized ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin
and a 7th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ven-
tral margin. Six short intercalary ridges can hardly be
discerned.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 50) very short, not
covering tymbal cavity in ventral view, but leaving
only a narrow gap between operculum and abdomen;
folded membrane not visible in ventral view. Distal
part of operculum distinctly shorter than basal part
and oval-shaped. Lateral margin very short, bending
gradually into crest of basal part and convexly curving
into long and weakly convex distal margin.
Distomedial corner broadly rounded, medial margin
weakly convex. Meracanthus reaching well beyond
operculum and beyond anterior margin of abdominal
segment 2. Female operculum (fig. 51) much shorter
than that of males. Distal part much shorter than ba-
sal part, nearly oblong, with weakly convex distal
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
margin. Distolateral corner rounded, distomedial
corner almost rectangular. Medial margin short and
straight.
Abdomen: Male abdomen not inflated. First ter-
gite short, either partly, or completely, hidden under
metanotum. Medial part of 2nd tergite hardly longer
than lateral parts. Anterior margin of 2nd tergite
weakly convex medially. First and 2nd sternite not
adjacent. Auditory capsules swollen and clearly visible
in dorsal view. Female abdomen of same shape as in
male. Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig.
52) slender triangular, narrowly rounded at apex.
Ovipositor sheaths just reaching beyond apex of cau-
dodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view (fig. 45)
closely resembling that of P. lachlani. Caudodorsal
beak very slender and straight, dorsally not continu-
ously rounded with convex dorsal margin of pygofer.
Distal margin of pygofer strongly convex between
caudodorsal beak and lateral protuberance, forming a
fairly distinct inwards curving lobe. Caudodorsal
beak narrowly triangular with concave margins, and
apically rounded (fig. 44). Lateral lobe of pygofer
with distinct, narrowly rounded lobate outcurving
protuberance. Pygofer forming a rectangular and
slightly incurving corner just below this protu-
berance, which is smaller than in P. /achlani and
hardly visible in lateral view (figs. 43, 45). Ventral
margin of pygofer straight. Ventral half of pygofer
opening horseshoe-shaped (cf. fig. 22), with broad,
rounded basal margin and concave lateral margins;
incurving towards rectangular corners. Claspers (fig.
47) as in P. lachlani, but reaching less far beyond py-
gofer margin. Dorsal margin of clasper straight.
Rectangular distodorsal corner of clasper bending
mesiad, distally of aedeagus and supporting aedeagus
in upright position. Distal margin of clasper weakly
convex towards thorn-shaped apex. Claspers weakly
diverging towards apices (fig. 46). Clasper base form-
ing a very distinct ring-shaped collar around base of
anal valves. This collar is medially indented around
aedeagus. Aedeagus standing erect between claspers,
close to anal valves, but with apical part curving away,
reaching well beyond distal margins of claspers.
Aedeagus (fig. 48) weakly S-curved, with short, but
distinct, lateral crests restricted to its proximal half,
and a distinct and slender dorsal crest. Aedeagal pore
almost round (fig. 49).
Measurements: Body length d : 14.6-15.5 mm, ©:
15.6 & 16.1 mm; tegmen length d: 19.1-19.6 mm,
9: 22.3 & 22.4 mm; head length d: 1.1-1.2 mm, 9:
1.3 mm; pronotum length d: 1.6 mm, 9: 1.8 mm;
mesonotum length d: 3.1-3.5 mm, 9: 3.5 & 4.2
mm; head width d: 3.1-3.2 mm, ®: 3.3 & 3.4 mm;
width of pronotal collar d: 3.9-4.3 mm, 9: 4.2 &
4.9 mm.
17
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Distribution (fig. 32). — All specimens come from
Okapa, in the Fastern Highlands of Papua New
Guinea.
Etomology. — This species is named in honour of
Mr L.J. Brass who collected the holotype, and many
other specimens on which the current revision of the
‘Baeturia and related genera complex’ is based.
Papuapsaltria stoliodes sp. n.
(figs. 3, 53-64)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘NEW GUINEA: PAPUA
/ Owen Stanley Range / Goilala: Bome, 1950 m /
iv.16-30.1958° [print]; “W.W. Brandt / Collector /
BISHOP’ [print], BPBM. — Paratype: PAPUA NEW GUIN-
EA: Wau, 1100-1300 m, 2.1.1966, L. & M. Sedlacek,
1d, BPBM.
Other material: PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Mt. Kaindi,
30.iv.1962. J.L. Gressitt, 19, BPBM; Edi Creek, 2000 m,
31.v.1962, J. Sedlacek, 18, BPBM; Mt Missim, 2100 m,
21.11.1968, J.H. Sedlacek, 19, BPBM; Wau, 9-12.1.1962, J.,
J.H., & M. Sedlacek, G. Monteith & native collectors, 19,
BPBM.
Males of P. stoliodes are easily recognized by the
folded pygofer and the long and slender clasper, with
a thorn-shaped lateral protuberance. Three females
from the same area presumably belong to this species
but are not included in the type series.
Description
Body light brown. Females smaller than males, but
with more robust head and thorax, and longer tegmi-
na. Tegmina of males 1.2-1.3X as long as body
length, of female 1.6 X. Male abdomen 1.5-1.9X as
long as head and thorax, of females 1.1-1.3 X.
Head: Postclypeus angularly protruding, smoothly
rounded anteriorly, its anterior margin weakly con-
vex, almost continuous with anterior margins of ver-
tex lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; anterior margin
(lateral view) concave (fig. 53). Distance between lat-
eral ocelli 0.8-0.9 X as long as distance between later-
al ocellus and eye and 1.5-2.2 X the width of frontal
ocellus.
Legs: Fore femur (fig. 57) with row of three erect
spines. Most proximal spine very short, hardly longer
than middle spine and much shorter than distance to
middle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, venation in holotype with 11-
12, in other material with 8, long and slender apical
areas. Tegmen with a distinct costal area and a broad
hyaline border along hind margin.
Tymbals: Six slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin,
and a 7th, most proximal, ridge spanning only about
3/4 of tymbal width. Lateral band of seven intercalary
ridges weakly developed.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 59) quite large,
covering greater part of tymbal cavity; folded mem-
brane not visible in ventral view. Distal part of oper-
culum angularly oval-shaped, medially distinctly
reaching beyond meracanthus. Lateral margin short
and straight, angularly bending into long and angu-
larly convex distal margin and angularly bending into
crest of basal part. Medial margin angularly bent at
half-length. Meracanthus reaching beyond opercu-
lum, and just beyond anterior margin of abdominal
segment 2. Distal part of female operculum (fig. 63)
shorter than basal part and angularly rounded, sickle-
shaped.
Abdomen: Male abdomen distinctly inflated. First
tergite very short and medially hidden under metano-
tum. Medial part of 2nd tergite fairly long, about
twice as long as lateral parts. Anterior margin of 2nd
tergite weakly concave medially. Auditory capsules
distinctly swollen. First and 2nd sternites adjacent.
Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 64)
broad, triangular, and bluntly rounded at apex.
Ovipositor sheaths reaching just beyond apex of cau-
dodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view (fig. 54) with
sharp fold at base of caudodorsal beak. Dorsal margin
of pygofer convex, though weakly concave towards
proximal end, and continuously curved with broad
and stout caudodorsal beak. Distal margin forming
an obtuse angle with margin of beak, and an angular-
ly rounded, inwardly curved lobe just above lateral
protuberance. Ventral margin straight, but angularly
bent near lateral protuberance, though not forming a
distinct or protruding corner (figs. 54-55). Ventral
margins weakly converging to base of pygofer; basal
part of pygofer opening broad, U-shaped.
Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 58) very broad
and stout, bicuspidate; medially incised at distal mar-
gin. Lateral lobe of pygofer strongly curving inwards
towards end of distal margin, forming a short, dorso-
ventrally flattened, and distinctly posteriorly project-
Figs. 53-64. Papuapsaltria stoliodes sp. n. — 53, postclypeus in lateral view, holotype; 54, pygofer in lateral view, holotype; 55,
pygofer from aslant, holotype; 56, claspers, holotype; 57, male fore femur, Wau; 58, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view,
holotype; 59, male operculum, holotype; 60, aedeagus in dorsal view, holotype; 61, aedeagal apex in lateral view, holotype;
62, aedeagus in lateral view, holotype; 63, female operculum, Wau; 64, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Wau.
Figs. 66-75. Papuapsaltria plicata sp. n. — 66, pygofer from aslant, Mt. Missim; 67, pygofer in lateral view, Mt. Missim; 68,
male first and second tergites in dorsal view, Mt. Missim; 69, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Mt. Missim; 70, aedea-
gal apex, Bulldog Road; 71, aedeagus in lateral view, Bulldog Road; 72, claspers, Mt. Missim; 73, male operculum, Mt.
Missim; 74, female operculum, Mt. Missim; 75, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Mt. Missim.
18
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
19
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
ing protuberance. Claspers (fig. 56) very slender, la-
miniform and slightly diverging towards apices.
Dorsal margin straight, curving down at rounded dis-
todorsal corner. Clasper slightly bending inwards dis-
tally of aedeagus. Apical part very long and slender,
with almost membranous and transparent medial
part, arching between apex and base of clasper.
Clasper forming a short, sharply pointed thorn-
shaped lateral protrusion at its base, in paratype dis-
tinctly longer than in holotype. Aedeagus (fig. 62)
short and almost straight, most strongly curved near
apex. Lateral crests broadening, almost angularly am-
plified, towards proximal ends and curving upwards
at distal ends, fusing to a small ridge at apical bending
point of aedeagus. Pair of distinct dorsal ridges (fig.
60) abruptly ending at angularly protruding distal
corners. Aedeagal pore almost round (fig. 61).
Remark: The male from Edi Creek lacks the great-
er part of its abdomen.
Measurements: Body length d: 18.6 & 19.1 mm,
2: 17.6-18.7 mm; tegmen length d': 20.0-25.0 mm,
? : 28.8 mm; head length d: 1.2-1.3 mm, 2: 1.5-1.6
mm; pronotum length d: 1.8-2.0 mm, 9: 2.0-2.4
mm; mesonotum length ó: 3.8-4.1 mm, 9: 4.6-5.0
mm; head width d: 3.1-3.4 mm, 9: 3.7-3.9 mm;
width of pronotal collar d: 5.0-5.2 mm, 9: 5.7-5.8
mm.
Distribution (fig. 3). — P. stoliodes is endemic to the
central western part of the Papuan peninsula.
Etymology. — Stoliodes (Greek) means folded and
refers to the peculiarly folded pygofer.
Papuapsaltria plicata sp. n.
(figs. 3, 65-75)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘ NEW GUINEA (NE)
/ Mt. Kaindi, 16 km / SW of Wau, 2200 m / 8-
9.vi.1962 [print]; ‘Light Trap / J. Sedlacek / BISHOP?
[print], BPBM. — Paratypes: PAPUA NEW GUINEA: same
data as holotype 16, BPBM; Bulldog Rd., c 14 km S.
Edie Creek, 2450 m, 4-10.vii.1966, G.A. Samuelson,
1d, BPBM; Mt. Kaindi, 2400 m, 27.1.1963, J. Sedla-
20
Fig. 65. Papuapsal-
tria plicata sp. n. Left
tegmen, male Bull-
dog Road.
cek, 16, BPBM; Mt. Kaindi, 2350 m, 26.v.1967, J.L.
Gressitt, 16, BPBM; Mt. Kaindi, 9.vi.1962, J. & M.
Sedlacek, 1 ®, BPBM; Mt. Missim, 2400-2800 m, 22-
30.v.1968, J.L. Gressitt, R.C.A. Rice & J. Sedlacek,
1d, BPBM; Mt. Missim, 2400 m, 21.iv.1968, J. & M.
Sedlacek, 15, ZMAN; Mt. Missim, Morobe Prov.,
2400 m, 23.iv.1968, J. Sedlacek, 16, BPBM; same
data 1d, ZMAN; Mt. Missim, Wau, Morobe Distr.,
1200-1800 m, 8.xii.1963, H. Clissold, 19, ZMAN;
Mt Strong, 2600-3000 m, 8-10.1.1968, J. & M.
Sedlacek, 1 4, BPBM.
P. plicata closely resembles P. stoliodes, sharing a
very similarly folded pygofer, but is distinctly larger.
Males have a larger operculum and a shorter, bicuspi-
date, clasper.
Description
Body light brown. Females smaller than males, but
with more robust head and thorax, and longer tegmi-
na. Tegmina of males 1.2-1.3X as long as body
length, of females 1.6 X. Male abdomen 1.7-2.2 X as
long as head and thorax, of females 1.1-1.3 X.
Head: Postclypeus fairly narrow, angularly pro-
truding, anterior margin weakly convex, almost con-
tinuous with anterior margins of vertex lobes.
Postclypeus weakly swollen; anterior margin (lateral
view) almost straight. Ocelli large and fairly close to-
gether; distance between lateral ocelli 0.6-0.9 X as
long as distance between lateral ocellus and eye and
1.2-2.0 X the width of frontal ocellus.
Legs: Fore femur with row of three erect spines.
Most proximal spine very short, though longer than
middle spine, much shorter than distance to middle
spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, venation variable, generally
with 8, but sometimes with 9-10 long and slender ap-
ical areas (fig. 65); additional areas often caused by
splitting of the 8th apical area. Tegmen with distinct
costal area and fairly broad hyaline border along hind
margin.
Tymbals: Six slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin,
and a 7th, most proximal, ridge spanning only about
3/4 of tymbal width. Lateral band of seven intercalary
ridges weakly developed.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 73) larger than in
P. stoliodes, almost completely covering tymbal cavity;
folded membrane not visible in ventral view. Distal
part of operculum angular and oblong, medially dis-
tinctly reaching beyond meracanthus. Lateral margin
long and straight, forming a distinct and obtuse angle
with crest of basal part and with distal margin. Distal
margin long and straight, sometimes weakly concave
at about half-length. Medial margin angularly con-
vex. Meracanthus not reaching distal margin of oper-
culum. Distal part of female operculum (fig. 74)
about as long as basal part and oblong-shaped, with
convex distal margin and rounded corners.
Abdomen: Male abdomen distinctly inflated.
Medial part of 2nd tergite fairly long, about twice as
long as lateral parts (fig. 68). Anterior margin of 2nd
tergite weakly concave medially. First and second
sternites adjacent. Auditory capsules weakly inflated.
Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 75) nar-
row triangular and bluntly rounded at apex.
Ovipositor sheaths not reaching beyond apex of cau-
dodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view (fig. 67) with
sharp fold at base of caudodorsal beak. Dorsal margin
almost straight, convexly bent into stout caudodorsal
beak. Distal margin making an obtuse angle with
margin of beak, and forming an angularly rounded,
inwardly curved lobe just above lateral protuberance.
Ventral margin angularly bent at half-length. Pygofer
from behind with almost parallel ventral margins; ba-
sal part of pygofer opening broad, U-shaped (fig. 66).
Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 69) very broad
and stout, bicuspidate; medially incised at distal mar-
gin. Lateral lobe of pygofer strongly curving inwards
towards end of distal margin, forming a long and
slender, dorsoventrally flattened and upwards curv-
ing, but distinctly posteriorly projecting, almost la-
miniform protuberance. Claspers (fig. 72) very slen-
der, almost laminiform, slightly diverging towards
apices. Dorsal margin straight, curving down at
rounded distodorsal corner and slightly bending in-
wards distally of aedeagus. Apical part shorter and
broader than in P. stoliodes, and bicuspidate; ending
in two, often darkly sclerotized, small thorns.
Aedeagus (fig. 71) angularly upcurved at half-length,
but weakly recurving near apex. Lateral crests slightly
broadening towards proximal ends. A small, weakly
developed collar at apical bending point of aedeagus,
not clearly connected to lateral crests. Distinct dorsal
ridge, abruptly ending in angularly protruding distal
corner. Aedeagal pore oval (fig. 70).
Measurements: Body length d: 20.0-22.5 mm
(x 21.2 mm), 2: 16.4-19.1 mm; tegmen length d:
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
24.3-29.3 mm (x 26.0 mm), 9 : 28.8-30.8 mm; head
length d: 1.3-1.5 mm, 2: 1.5-1.6 mm; pronotum
length d: 1.9-2.2 mm, 9: 2.0-2.5 mm; mesonotum
length d: 3.7-4.7 mm, 9: 4.8-5.2 mm; head width
3: 3.3-3.7 mm, 2: 3.7-4.1 mm; width of pronotal
collar &: 5.0-6.0 mm, ®: 5.8-6.2 mm.
Distribution (fig. 3). — This species appears re-
stricted to the western part of the Papuan peninsula,
all specimens were collected in the viscinity of the
town of Wau.
Etymology. — Plicata (Latin) means folded and re-
fers to the peculiarly folded pygofer.
Papuapsaltria ungula sp. n.
(figs. 3, 76-82)
Type material. — Holotype à : ‘NEW GUINEA: PAPUA
Kokoda-Pitoki 450 m, iii-24-1956 [print]; ‘J. L.
Gressitt Collector’ [print], BPBM. — Paratype: PAPUA
NEW GUINEA: British New Guinea, 1921, R. Neil
(Rothschild Bequest BM 1939 1), 36, BMNH.
Only two males are available of this species. P. un-
gula is presumably closely related to P. stoliodes, as is
suggested by the shared transparent medial part of the
clasper. The species can be recognized by its claw-
shaped clasper, with a very long and spiny apical part
and a sharp lateral protrusion. P. ungula can further
be recognized by its long and curved caudodorsal
beak.
Description
Body greenish brown. Tegmina 1.1 X as long as
body length. Abdomen 1.5-1.6 X as long as head and
thorax.
Head: Vertex and postclypeus with short red-
brown setae. Postclypeus angularly protruding, ante-
rior margin almost continuous with anterior margins
of vertex lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; anterior
margin (lateral view) concave. Ocelli large and fairly
close together. Distance between lateral ocelli 0.7-
0.8 X as long as distance between lateral ocellus and
eye and 1.4-1.7 X the width of frontal ocellus.
Legs: Fore femur with row of three erect spines.
Most proximal spine fairly short, hardly longer than
middle spine and much shorter than distance to mid-
dle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 apical areas, a narrow
but distinct costal area and a fairly narrow hyaline
border along hind margin.
Tymbals: Seven slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin,
and an 8th, most proximal, ridge spanning only
about 3/4 of tymbal width. Lateral band of seven
intercalary ridges weakly developed.
Di
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 76-82. Papuapsaltria ungula sp. n., holotype: 76, py-
gofer from aslant; 77, claspers; 78, pygofer in lateral view;
79, caudodorsal beak in dorsal view; 80, aedeagus in lateral
view; 81, aedeagal apex; 82, operculum.
Operculum (fig. 82): Very small, not covering
tymbal cavity; folded membrane hardly visible in ven-
tral view. Distal part of operculum shorter than basal
part, angularly oblong, and erect, not reaching medi-
ally of meracanthus. Lateral margin short and
straight, concavely curving into crest of basal part and
forming an obtuse angle with long and straight distal
margin. Medial margin straight, distomedial corner
almost rectangular. Meracanthus just reaching anteri-
or margin of abdomen.
Abdomen: Not inflated. First tergite short, not
hidden under metanotum. Medial part of 2nd tergite
only slightly longer than lateral parts. Anterior mar-
gin of 2nd tergite convex dorsally, but weakly concave
medially. First and 2nd sternites almost adjacent.
Auditory capsules strongly inflated.
Genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig. 78. Dorsal
margin straight at base, but broadly convex, continu-
ous with long and slender, convexly bent caudodorsal
beak. Distal margin angularly convex, forming a dis-
22
tinct and angular distal lobe on pygofer, and forming
an almost right angle with weakly concave margin of
beak. Ventral margin almost straight. Ventral margins
weakly converging towards base of pygofer; basal part
of pygofer opening broad, V-shaped (fig. 76).
Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 79) long, trian-
gular, and rounded at apex. Lateral lobe of pygofer
weakly curving inwards towards end of distal margin,
forming a short and conically shaped, dorsoventrally
flattened, and distinctly posteriorly projecting protu-
berance. Claspers (fig. 77) distinctly bifurcate, claw-
shaped, and slightly diverging towards apices. Dorsal
part of clasper forming a globularly rounded protu-
berance adjacent to aedeagus and supporting aedeagus
in upright position. Apical part of clasper very long and
slender, strongly curved down and sharply pointed.
Medial part of clasper membranous as in P. stoliodes
and P. nana, and almost transparent between apex and
base. Clasper forming a short, thorn-shaped, sharply
pointed and downwards curving lateral protuberance
at the base of its globular dorsal protuberance. This lat-
eral protuberance shorter than the apical part of clasp-
er. Aedeagus (fig. 80) shorter than in most foregoing
species, just reaching beyond clasper, and angularly up-
curved at half-length, but weakly recurving near apex.
Lateral crests very slender, slightly broadening towards
their proximal ends and upcurving at their distal ends.
Crests fused to a small collar around apical bending
point of aedeagus (fig. 81), though connection
between collar and crests very vague. Aedeagus with
rounded dorsal ridge and distinct ventral crest.
Aedeagal pore oval-shaped.
Measurements: Body length: 13.2 & 14.8 mm;
tegmen length: 15.0 & 16.8 mm; head length: 1.0 &
1.1 mm; pronotum length: 1.5 mm; mesonotum
length: 2.7 & 2.9 mm; head width: 2.8 & 2.9 mm;
width of pronotal collar: 3.5 & 3.7 mm.
Distribution (fig. 3). — P. ungula is probably en-
demic to the Papuan peninsula.
Etymology. — The name ungula (Latin claw) refers
to the claw-shaped clasper.
Papuapsaltria nana (Jacobi, 1903) n. comb.
(figs. 3, 6, 83-91)
Baeturia beccarii. — Distant 1892: Tab xiv figs. 27, 27a-b
only (non Distant, 1888).
Acrilla nana Jacobi, 1903: 13, fig. 5.
Baeturia famulus Distant, 1906: 157. — Kato 1931: 74; Kato
1932: 184; Blöte 1958: 266; Metcalf 1963: 245-250;
Duffels & Van der Laan 1985: 252; De Boer 1986: 176;
De Boer 1993a: 16. (syn. n.).
Thaumastopsaltria nana. — Distant 1906: 160; Metcalf
1963: 259; De Boer 1992b: 17-18.
The following references to famulus refer to other
species: Baeturia famulus Stäl MS; Distant 1892: 149
in synonymy of Baeturia beccarii is Muda virguncula,
Baeturia famulus, Myers 1928: fig. 18 is Aedeastria
latifrons (Blöte, 1960), and Baeturia famulus, Lalle-
mand 1931: 78, the specimen indicated is a female
belonging to Baeturia macgillavryi De Boer, 1989.
Lectotype designation. — The type series of Acrilla
nana comes from Milne Bay, but the number of type
specimens is not known (Jacobi 1903). In the
Dresden museum I found 34 and 5? from Milne
Bay from the collection of A. Jacobi; 1d and 19 are
labelled ‘typus’ and one 9 ‘cotypus’. One male in the
BMNH from the same locality and from the Distant
collection, is also labelled ‘typus’. All these specimens
belong to the same species. The male with the ‘typus’
label from the Dresden collection is hereby designat-
ed lectotype, the other specimens with typus/cotypus
labels are regarded as paralectotypes, but the remain-
ing 26 and 39 should possibly also be regarded as
paralectotypes.
Nomenclature and synonymy. — Baeturia famulus
is a manuscript name of Stäl which was regarded as a
synonym of Baeturia beccarii Distant, 1888, when it
was mentioned in Distant’s ‘Monograph of Oriental
Cicadidae’ (1892). Some years later Baeturia beccarii
was transferred to the genus Muda Distant, 1897
(Distant 1906), and brought into the synonymy of
Muda virguncula (Walker, 1857) by Moulton (1923).
Distant’s type of Baeturia beccarii in the BMNH cer-
tainly belongs to the genus Muda. The specimen de-
picted by Distant (1892) as Baeturia beccarii (table
xiv figs 27, 27 a-b) is not a Muda however. Distant re-
alized this and in his ‘Synonymic Catalogue of
Homoptera’ (1906) he presents Baeturia famulus sep-
arately from Muda beccarii. Distant does not give a
description of B. famulus, he merely refers to Stâl MS
and Baeturia beccarii (fig only) in his monograph of
1892.
From that moment the name Baeturia famulus
Distant became valid, with as its description the fig-
ure published in 1892 and the depicted specimen as
its holotype, B. famulus Stäl never having been pub-
lished than as a junior synonym (see Int. code art. 11
e). This depicted specimen was identified by Blöte as
one from Bujakori, S New Guinea, and is now in the
BMNH. Though the specimen does not bear any iden-
tification labels of Distant, it can be recognized by the
9 apical areas in its left tegmen. As Blöte realized, this
specimen could not be the one indicated as famulus
Stäl MS, since it was collected in 1890 and Stäl died
in 1878. Apart from some doubt it sheds on the cor-
rectness of Blöte’s identification of the Bujakori spec-
imen as the one depicted in 1892, this is of no further
consequence.
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
I here follow Blöte and regard the Bujakori speci-
men as the holotype of Baeturia famulus Distant,
1906. Comparison of types revealed that B. famulus
Dist. is a junior synonym of Thaumastopsaltria
nana (Jacobi, 1903), originally described as Acrilla
nana.
Both Metcalf (1963) and Duffels & Van der Laan
(1985) incorrectly regarded Myers as the author of B.
famulus, originating from an incorrect interpretation
of Distant, 1906. Metcalf falsely stated that Distant
(1906) regarded B. famulus to be a synonym of
Baeturia beccarii.
Myers (1928) mentioned ‘an undoubtedly distinct
species B. famulus Dist.’ and depicted its aedeagus.
Depicted however, is not the holotype of B. famulus
Distant, but a specimen of an altogether different spe-
cies. This specimen could be traced in the BMNH and
is labeled ‘Aru; Wallace; 67/66’ and has on a separate
pin, labeled ‘famulus in pencil in Myers hand, a
preparation of part of its abdomen and pygofer glued
on yellow mika. Though these parts are heavily
crushed, the aedeagus is in good condition and
matches Myers’ drawing. The specimen belongs to
Aedeastria latifrons (Blôte, 1960) which will remain
its valid name, the name B. famulus Myers being a
homonym.
Material examined. — Neu Guinea, Staudinger, 19 det.
Acrilla nana, SMFD; PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Bujakori, viii.1890,
L. Loria, 16 det. beccarii, 34, 12, MCSN; same data 1d
holotype Baeturia famulus Distant, 29, BMNH; Finschhafen,
250 ft, 9.ix.1944, H. Hoogstraal, 2 , NCSU; Menapi, Cape
Vogel peninsula, 0-30 m, 25.iv.1953, G.H.H. Tate, 1d,
AMNH; same data but Geoffrey M. Tate, 2d, AMNH; Milne
Bay, 6 typus Acrilla nana paralectotype, BMNH; Milne Bay,
Coll. A. Jacobi 1911-5, 1d Typus Acrilla nana lectotype,
12 typus Acrilla nana paralectotype, 12 cotypus Acrilla na-
na paralectotype, SMTD; Milne Bay, 2d, 32, (paralect-
otypes?) SMTD; Milne Bay, 12, ZILS; Peria Creek, Kwagira
riv., 50 m, 14.viii-6.ix.1953, Geoffrey M. Tate, 5d, 19,
AMNH; same data 1d, ZMAN; Popondetta, 25 m, v.1966,
Shanahan-Lippert, 8d, 12, BPBM; same data but vi.1966,
56,39, BPBM; same data 2d, 12, ZMAN; Popondetta, 60
m, 1-4.ix.1963, J. Sedlacek, 93, 3, BPBM; same data 24,
12, ZMAN; Popondetta, Buka-Bara, 23.ix.1963, P.
Shanahan, 16, BPBM; Pt. Glasgow, Mamai Plnt., 150 m,
6.11.1965, R. Straatman, 1d, BPBM; without locality label:
Sayer, 1d, 19 det. famulus MS Stal, 19, BMNH:
D’ENTRECASTEAUX ISLANDS: Normanby I., Wakaiuna, Sewa
Bay, 15-30.x.1956, W.W. Brandt, 1d, BPBM; same data but
21-30.xi.1956, 19; 11-20.xii.1956, 12, both BPBM.
P. nana lacks the distinctly convex distal margin of
the pygofer, shared by many of the foregoing species.
The clasper of P. nana, however, strongly suggests a
close relationship with P. ungula. The claspers of
these species share a similar apex and a similarly trans-
parent medial part. However, the clasper of P. nana
has a larger dorsal protrusion and a much smaller lat-
23
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
24
eral protrusion, the latter forming a bluntly rounded
lobe.
Description
Body yellowish brown or olive green. Females
smaller than males, but with more robust head and
thorax and longer tegmina. Tegmina of males 1.0-
1.2X as long as body length, of females 1.2-1.3 X.
Male abdomen 1.4-1.8 X as long as head and thorax,
of females 1.1-1.4X.
Head (fig. 6): Vertex and postclypeus practically
bald. Postclypeus broad and sharply edged, distinctly
protruding beyond vertex lobes, forming an obtuse
angle anteriorly. Anterior margin of postclypeus
sharply curving back at lateral corners, forming al-
most right angles with anterior margins of vertex
lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; anterior margin (later-
al view) concave. Vertex with weak furrows between
ocelli. Distance between lateral ocelli fairly variable,
0.9-1.3 X as long as distance between lateral ocellus
and eye and 1.6-3.2 X the width of frontal ocellus.
Thorax: Pronotum often with distinct medial furrow.
Legs: Fore femur with row of three erect spines.
Most proximal spine generally distinctly longer than
middle spine, but much shorter than distance to mid-
dle spine.
Tegmina: Generally with 8, occasionally with 9-
10, apical areas, a distinct costal area and a broad hya-
line border along hind margin.
Tymbals: Four slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin,
and a 5th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ven-
tral margin. Lateral band of four intercalary ridges
weakly developed.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 87) very small, not
covering tymbal cavity, leaving a wide gap between
operculum and abdomen; folded membrane com-
pletely visible in ventral view. Distal part of opercu-
lum shorter than basal part, angularly oblong, and
erect, not reaching medially of meracanthus. Lateral
margin short and straight, concavely curving into
crest of basal part and forming an obtuse angle with
long and straight distal margin. Medial margin
straight, distomedial corner almost rectangular.
Meracanthus reaching beyond operculum and just
beyond edge of folded membrane. Female operculum
(fig. 90) very similar to that of males, with angularly
oblong distal part.
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
Abdomen: Male abdomen distinctly inflated. First
tergite short, not hidden under metanotum. Medial
part of 2nd tergite nearly twice as long as lateral parts.
Anterior margin of 2nd tergite concave medially.
Auditory capsules weakly inflated. First and 2nd ster-
nites not adjacent. Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal
view (fig. 91) narrow triangular and rounded, almost
pointed at apex. Ovipositor sheaths reaching just be-
yond apex of caudodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig. 84.
Dorsal margin straight, though concave at base of
caudodorsal beak and angularly bent into short and
straight beak. Distal margin weakly convex, not form-
ing a lobe on pygofer, and concavely bent into margin
of beak. Ventral margin almost straight. Pygofer from
behind with almost parallel ventral margins; basal
part of pygofer opening broad U-shaped (fig. 83).
Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 88) short trian-
gular, and rounded or truncate at apex. Lateral lobe of
pygofer gradually curving inwards towards end of dis-
tal margin, forming a fairly large, distinctly swollen
and bluntly rounded lateral protuberance. Claspers
(fig. 89) closely resembling those of P. ungula, with
dorsal part forming a globularly rounded, but larger,
protuberance adjacent to aedeagus, and supporting
aedeagus in upright position. Apical parts of claspers
strongly curved down and slightly diverging towards
apices, forming a long, slender, and sharply pointed
ridge along their convex distal margins. This ridge
arches into a small, lobate lateral protuberance at the
base of clasper. Medial part of clasper membranous
and almost transparent between apex and base.
Aedeagus (fig. 85) weakly upcurved, abruptly narrow-
ing and strongly curved down near apex. Aedeagus
with very slender lateral crests and a distinct pair of
dorsal ridges. Aedeagal pore round (fig. 86).
Measurements: Body length d: 15.5-21.0 mm
(x 17.5 mm + 1.1), 2: 14.9-17.0 mm (x 15.9 mm +
0.7); tegmen length d : 16.5-21.0 mm (x 18.8 mm +
1.0), 2: 18.7-21.0 mm (x 19.8 mm + 0.7); head
length d: 1.5-1.9 mm (x 1.6 mm), 9: 1.5-1.8 mm
(x 1.7 mm); pronotum length d : 1.6-2.2 mm (x 1.8
mm), 2: 1.8-2.2 mm (x 1.9 mm); mesonotum
length d: 3.1-4.1 mm (x 3.4 mm), 9: 3.2-3.9 mm
(x 3.4 mm); head width d : 3.0-3.9 mm (x 3.4 mm),
2: 3.5-4.0 mm (x 3.8 mm); width of pronotal collar
d: 4.0-5.4 mm (X 4.4 mm), 2: 4.5-5.0 mm (x 4.8
mm).
Figs. 83-91. Papuapsaltria nana (Jacobi, 1903): 83, pygofer from aslant, Peria Creek; 84, pygofer in lateral view, Peria Creek;
85, aedeagus in lateral view, Popondetta; 86, aedeagal apex, Popondetta; 87, male operculum Popondetta; 88, male caudo-
dorsal beak in dorsal view, Popondetta; 89, claspers, Peria Creek, arrow indicating membranous medial part; 90, female op-
erculum, Kwagira River; 91, female caudodorsal beak, Kwagira River.
Figs. 92-101. Papuapsaltria bidigitula sp. n.: 92, pygofer in lateral view, holotype; 93, pygofer from aslant, Feramin; 94, ae-
deagus in lateral view, holotype; 95, aedeagal apex in lateral view, holotype; 96, aedeagus in lateral view, Wetar; 97, male cau-
dodorsal beak in dorsal view, holotype; 98, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Wetar; 99, male operculum, holotype;
100, claspers, Wetar; 101, female operculum, Wetar.
25
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Distribution (fig. 3). — P. nana is recorded from the
Huon- and Papuan peninsulas of New Guinea, and
from Normanby Island of the D’Entrecasteaux
Islands.
Papuapsaltria bidigitula sp. n.
(figs. 3, 92-101)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘NEW GUINEA: (NE)
/ Feramin, 150-120 m / June 15-18, 1959’ [print],
‘W. W. Brandt / Collector / BISHOP’ [print], BPBM. —
Paratypes: IRIAN JAYA: Ansus, A.B. Mayer, 1893, 1d,
BMNH; Jobie, R.H.F. Rippon, N.M.W., 1918.93.
16, NMWC; PAPUA NEW GUINEA: same data as holo-
GPe ENsamendatambuar 23 312195, Peg IE
6.vi.1959, 29; 7-14.vi.1959, 14; all BPBM; Damanti,
Finisterre Mts., Morobe Dist., 2-11.x.1964, M.E.
Bacchus, 1d, 49, BMNH; Eliptamin Valley, 1200-
1350 m, 16-30.viii.1959, W.W. Brandt, 1d, ZMAN;
same data but 19-30.viii.1959, 12, BPBM; WETAR IS-
LAND: Wetter near Timor, W. Doherty, 1903.31,
16,19, BMNH.
P. bidigitula shares a bifurcate clasper with P. plic-
ata, P. stoliodes, and P. ungula. The species is easily
recognized by the shape of its clasper base, forming a
broad, ring-shaped collar, often with two distinct par-
amedian protrusions at the base of the anal valves.
The shapes of the clasper and, especially, of the aedea-
gus are variable, suggesting that the material might
belong to several species.
Description
Body reddish brown. Females smaller than males,
but with more robust head and thorax, and longer
tegmina. Tegmina of males 1.2-1.3 X as long as body
length, of females 1.3-1.5X. Male abdomen 1.2-
1.7X as long as head and thorax, of females 1.1-
110308
Head: Vertex and postclypeus with short red-
brown setae. Postclypeus broad, distinctly protrud-
ing beyond vertex lobes and smoothly rounded ante-
riorly. Anterior margin of postclypeus weakly
convex, but sharply curving back at lateral corners,
forming almost right angles with anterior margins of
vertex lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; anterior mar-
gin (lateral view) concave. Distance between lateral
ocelli 1.0-1.4X as long as distance between lateral
ocellus and eye and 1.8-3.0 X the width of frontal
ocellus.
Legs: Fore femur with row of three spines. Most
proximal spine generally very short and strongly bent,
almost adjacent to femur, but longer and more erect
in specimens from Wetar and Ansus. Proximal spine
much shorter than distance to middle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 apical areas, a distinct
26
costal area and a fairly broad hyaline border along
hind margin.
Tymbals: Six slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin.
Lateral band of seven intercalary ridges weakly devel-
oped.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 99) very small, not
covering tymbal cavity in ventral view and generally
leaving folded membrane exposed, but covering most
of folded membrane in specimen from Ansus. Distal
part of operculum shorter than basal part, angularly
oblong and erect, not reaching medially of meracan-
thus. Lateral margin long and straight, concavely
curving into crest of basal part and forming an obtuse
angle with long and straight distal margin. Medial
margin short and straight, distomedial corner almost
rectangular. Meracanthus reaching beyond opercu-
lum, but not reaching to margin of abdominal seg-
ment 2. Female operculum (fig. 101) very similar to
that of male, with angularly oblong distal part.
Abdomen: Male abdomen hardly inflated. First
tergite short, almost completely hidden under meta-
notum middorsally. Medial part of 2nd tergite slight-
ly less than 2X as long as lateral parts. Anterior mar-
gin of 2nd tergite weakly concave medially. First and
2nd sternites generally not adjacent, but adjacent in
specimen from Ansus. Auditory capsules distinctly
inflated. Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig.
98) triangular and pointed at apex. Ovipositor
sheaths reaching just beyond apex of caudodorsal
beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig. 92.
Dorsal margin almost straight and angularly concave
at base of caudodorsal beak. Distal margin weakly
convex, forming an obtuse angle with margin of beak.
Ventral part of pygofer lobe forming an angular cor-
ner under lateral protuberance. Ventral margin
straight. Ventral margins converging to base of pygo-
fer; basal part of pygofer opening broad, V-shaped
(fig. 93). Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 97)
short triangular, almost pointed at apex. Lateral lobe
of pygofer weakly curving inwards towards end of dis-
tal margin, but recurving near ventral margin, form-
ing a broad, rectangular and weakly swollen lamini-
form protuberance. Claspers (fig. 100) distinctly
bifurcate, very short and broad, angular in lateral
view, and slightly diverging towards apices. Dorsal
margin straight, curving down at rounded distodorsal
corner. Clasper weakly inflated around aedeagus, and
forming a thorn-shaped and sharply pointed apical
protrusion and a generally more rounded lateral pro-
trusion. In some specimens the lateral protrusion is
the longest, in others the apical protrusion. Basal
parts of claspers fuse to a broad and smoothly round-
ed collar around base of anal valves. This collar gener-
ally with two, almost finger-shaped, paramedian pro-
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
Figs. 102-109. Papuapsaltria spinigera sp. n. — 102, pygofer in lateral view, Korop; 103, aedeagus in lateral view, paratype;
104, claspers, holotype; 105, pygofer from aslant, holotype; 106, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, holotype; 107, male
operculum, holotype; 108, female operculum, Okapa; 109, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Okapa.
Figs. 110-118. Papuapsaltria ustulata (Blôte, 1960). — 110, pygofer from aslant, holotype; 111, male caudodorsal beak in dor-
sal view, holotype; 112, pygofer in lateral view, holotype; 113, aedeagus in lateral view, Kutsime; 114, aedeagal apex, Kutsime;
115, claspers, holotype; 116, male operculum, holotype; 117, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Kutsime; 118, female
operculum, Kutsime.
trusions at its dorsal margin, which are only weakly
developed in the specimens from Damanti and
Feramin, and absent in the specimen from Eliptamin.
Aedeagus quite long, slender, and S-curved, with
broad and angular lateral crests and a distinct dorsal
crest. Aedeagus in the western part of the distribution
area (Ansus, Jobi and Wetar) with slender dorsal crest
and gradually curving down to apex (fig. 96), but in
all other specimens, with more angular dorsal crest
and more angularly bent near apex (fig. 94). Aedeagal
pore weakly incised, almost round (fig. 95).
Measurements: Body length d: 13.1-16.2 mm
LA Dr ER Ben
1.3); tegmen length d: 15.7-20.4 mm (x 19.0 mm +
27
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
1.9), 2: 15.5-22.4 mm (x 20.6 mm + 2.3); head
length d: 1.1-1.4 mm (x 1.2 mm), 9: 1.1-1.4 mm
(x 1.3 mm); pronotum length d: 1.4-1.7 mm (x 1.6
mm), 9: 1.5-2.0 mm (x 1.8 mm); mesonotum
length d: 2.7-3.8 mm (x 3.2 mm), ?: 3.0-3.5 mm
(x 3.2 mm); head width 6: 3.2-3.4 mm (x 3.3 mm),
9: 3.0-3.8 mm (x 3.5 mm); width of pronotal collar
d:3.6-4.4 mm (X 4.0 mm), 9: 3.7-4.9 mm (X 4.5
mm).
Distribution (fig. 3). — P. bidigitula has a very pe-
culiar distribution. The species is recorded from
northern and central Irian Jaya, Yapen Island, and
from Wetar Island. Since the species has not been re-
corded from any of the intermedate Banda islands,
the record from Wetar is considered dubious.
Etymology. — Digitulus is the diminutive form of
digita (Latin) finger; the name refers to the two small
finger-shaped protuberances on the ring-shaped dor-
sal parts of the claspers.
Papuapsaltria spinigera sp. n.
(figs. 3, 102-109)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘E Highlands Dist.,
Okapa c 5000 ft. 20.xii.1964 R.H. Hornbrook’ [-
print]; ‘M.E. Bacchus BM 1965-120’ [print]; ‘British
Museum’ [print], BMNH. — Paratypes: PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: same data as holotype 1d, 19, BMNH;
Korop Upper Jimi R. 1300 m, 12.vii.1955, J.L.
Gressitt, 1d, BPBM.
P. spinigera is presumably closely related to the five
foregoing species, sharing a similarly bifurcate clasper.
P. spinigera is distinctly smaller than these species and
is easily recognized by the long lateral protrusion of its
clasper, which is longer than the apical part of clasper.
Description
Body greenish brown. Female smaller than males,
but with more robust head and thorax, and longer
tegmina. Tegmina of males 1.2-1.3 X as long as body
length, of female 1.5 X. Male abdomen 1.2-1.4 X as
long as head and thorax, of female 1.0 x.
Head: Vertex and postclypeus with short red-
brown setae. Postclypeus broad,
distinctly protruding beyond vertex lobes and
smoothly rounded anteriorly. Anterior margin of
postclypeus almost straight, but sharply curving back
at lateral corners, forming almost right angles with
anterior margins of vertex lobes. Postclypeus not
swollen; anterior margin (lateral view) concave.
Diverging fissures on vertex weakly developed.
Distance between lateral ocelli in males 1.0 x, in fe-
males 1.2 x, as long as distance between lateral ocellus
and eye and 1.6-1.8 X the width of frontal ocellus.
28
Legs: Fore femur with row of three erect spines.
Most proximal spine very short, hardly longer than
middle spine and much shorter than distance to mid-
dle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 long and slender apical
areas, a distinct costal area, and a fairly broad hyaline
border along hind margin.
Tymbals: Seven slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin,
and an 8th, most proximal, ridge spanning only
about 3/4 of tymbal width. Lateral band of seven
intercalary ridges weakly developed.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 107) very small, not
covering tymbal cavity, but leaving only a narrow gap
between operculum and abdomen; folded membrane
not visible in ventral view. Distal part of operculum
shorter than basal part, angularly oblong, and erect,
not reaching medially of meracanthus. Lateral margin
short and straight, concavely curving into crest of basal
part and forming an obtuse angle with long and
straight distal margin. Medial margin straight, disto-
medial corner almost rectangular. Meracanthus reach-
ing beyond anterior margin of abdominal segment 2.
Female operculum (fig. 108) very similar to that of
males, with angularly oblong distal part.
Abdomen: Male abdomen not inflated. First ter-
gite very short. Medial part of 2nd tergite only slight-
ly longer than lateral parts. Anterior margin of 2nd
tergite straight medially. First and 2nd sternites adja-
cent. Auditory capsules strongly inflated. Abdomen
of the only female specimen available dried in and
twisted. Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig.
109) narrow, triangular, and bluntly rounded at apex.
Ovipositor sheaths reaching distinctly beyond apex of
caudodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
102. Dorsal margin almost straight and almost con-
tinuous with straight margin of short and stout cau-
dodorsal beak. Distal margin angularly convex, form-
ing a distinct distal lobe on pygofer, and concavely
bending into margin of beak. Ventral margin straight.
Pygofer from behind with almost parallel ventral
margins; basal part of pygofer opening broad, U-
shaped (fig. 105). Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view
(fig. 106) short triangular, with concave margins and
rounded apex. Lateral lobe of pygofer weakly curving
inwards towards end of distal margin, forming a
small, lobate, almost laminiform protuberance, pro-
jecting beyond pygofer margin. Claspers (fig. 104)
distinctly bifurcate, very short and broad, angular in
lateral view, and slightly diverging towards apices.
Dorsal margin straight, curving down at rounded dis-
todorsal corner and slightly bending inwards distally
of aedeagus. Apical part of clasper short, thorn-
shaped, directed downwards, with a small inwards di-
rected clasper hollow. Clasper forming a long, spiny,
but apically rounded lateral protuberance near its
base. This lateral protuberance is longer than the api-
cal part of clasper. Clasper base not forming a distinct
collar around base of anal valves. Aedeagus (fig. 103)
very long, reaching far beyond apex of caudodorsal
beak, weakly S-curved, narrowing and strongly curv-
ing down near apex. Lateral crests short and restricted
to proximal half of aedeagus. Aedeagal pore round.
Measurements: Body length d: 11.8-12.7 mm, 2:
11.5 mm; tegmen length d : 14.3-16.2 mm, Q: 16.7
mm; head length d': 1.0-1.1 mm, 2: 1.1 mm; prono-
tum length d: 1.4-1.5 mm, 2: 1.5 mm; mesonotum
length d: 2.6-3.0 mm, 2: 3.0 mm; head width d:
2.7-3.0 mm, 2: 3.1 mm; width of pronotal collar d:
3.3-3.8 mm, 2: 4.0 mm.
Distribution (fig. 3). — P. spinigera is probably re-
stricted to northeastern Papua New Guinea.
Etymology. — Spinigera (Latin) means spiny and
refers to the lateral spine on the clasper.
Papuapsaltria ustulata (Blöte, 1960) comb. n.
(figs. 110-118, 129)
Baeturia ustulata Blôte, 1960: 75, fig. 32; Duffels & Van der
Laan 1985: 255; De Boer 1993a: 16.
P. ustulata is a small species with sharply pointed
pick-shaped claspers, males can further be recognized
by a very short distal part of the operculum and an ex-
tremely long meracanthus.
Description
Body bicolorate: head and thorax ochraceous, tin-
ged with green, abdomen more reddish brown.
Females larger than males. Tegmina of males 1.1-
1.2X as long as body length, of females 1.2 x. Male
abdomen 1.4-1.5 X as long as head and thorax, of fe-
males 1.1-1.4X.
Head: Ochraceous. Postclypeus and anterior part
of vertex lobes with some short red-brown setae.
Postclypeus slightly protruding, almost oblong-
shaped and smoothly rounded anteriorly. Anterior
margin of postclypeus weakly convex, almost contin-
uous with anterior margins of vertex lobes.
Postclypeus not swollen; anterior margin (lateral
view) concave, strongly concave in holotype. Lateral
parts of postclypeus very smooth, with some weak
furrows, but almost without rows of parallel ridges.
Ocelli fairly close together. Distance between lateral
ocelli 1.5-1.8 as long as distance between lateral
ocellus and eye and 0.8-1.1 the width of frontal
ocellus.
Thorax: Pronotum with weak medial furrow.
Mesonotum greenish, cruciform elevation ochra-
ceous.
DE Borr: The genus Papuapsaltria
Legs: Femora ochraceous, tibiae and tarsi reddish.
Fore femur with row of three erect spines. Proximal
spine fairly long in holotype, longer than middle
spine and almost as long as distance to middle spine,
but in other specimens only slightly longer than mid-
dle spine and distinctly shorter than distance to mid-
dle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 apical areas and a dis-
tinct hyaline costal area. Hyaline border along hind
margin of tegmen fairly narrow in holotype, distinct-
ly broader in other specimens.
Tymbals: Holotype with seven transverse sclero-
tized ridges from dorsal to ventral margin and an 8th,
most proximal, ridge almost reaching ventral margin.
Other specimens with one complete ridge less.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 116) very short,
but partly covering tymbal cavity in ventral view,
leaving a narrow gap between operculum and abdo-
men; folded membrane hardly visible in ventral view.
Distal part of operculum very short and erect, hardly
more than a continuation of the crest along distolate-
ral corner of basal part, only slightly amplifying me-
siad to less than 1/3 as long as basal part. Lateral mar-
gin convexly bent into straight distal margin. Distal
margin forming a sharp angle with short medial mar-
gin. Meracanthus very long and slender, reaching be-
yond anterior margin of abdominal segment 3.
Female operculum (fig. 118) as in male.
Abdomen: Red-brown, distal part green in holo-
type. One specimen with row of dark ventrolateral
spots on segments 3-7. Male abdomen very slender,
not inflated. First tergite very short and middorsally
almost completely hidden under metanotum. Medial
part of 2nd tergite slightly longer than lateral parts.
Anterior margin of 2nd tergite straight medially. First
and 2nd sternites adjacent. Auditory capsules very
large, bulgy, clearly visible in dorsal view. Female ab-
domen even more slender than in male. Female cau-
dodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 117) triangular,
rounded at apex. Ovipositor sheaths just reaching be-
yond apex of caudodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
112. Dorsal margin weakly concave, convexly bent
into straight and slender caudodorsal beak. Distal
margin weakly convex between caudodorsal beak and
lateral protuberance, concavely bent into margin of
beak, not forming a distal lobe on pygofer.
Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 111) very slen-
der, with concave margins, rounded or pointed at
apex. Lateral lobe of pygofer sharply bent inwards, es-
pecially in holotype, forming a large angular, slightly
posteriorly protruding and distinctly swollen protu-
berance. Pygofer forming an angular, in holotype
more rounded, corner just below this protuberance.
Ventral margin of pygofer weakly convex. Ventral
half of pygofer opening narrow U-shaped (fig. 110),
29
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 119-128. Papuapsaltria baasi sp. n.: 119, pygofer in lateral view, Mokai; 120, pygofer from aslant, Mokai; 121, male
caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Tor River; 122, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Mokai; 123, claspers, Mokai; 124, ae-
deagal apex, Mokai; 125, aedeagus in lateral view, Bodem; 126, male operculum, Mokai; 127, female operculum, Bodem;
128, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Bodem.
with weakly concave basal margin; ventral margins al-
most parallel. Claspers (fig.115 ) very short, hardly
reaching beyond pygofer margin, and weakly diverg-
ing towards apices; pick-shaped, with rectangular
square-shaped dorsal part and slender, slightly recurv-
ing, sharply pointed, and downwards directed apical
part. Dorsal part of clasper curving mesiad, as a shaft
encircling aedeagus, and supporting aedeagus in up-
right position. Apical part of clasper with large and
sharply edged clasper hollow. Basal parts of claspers
curving inwards, but not fusing, forming an almost
continuous collar around base of anal valves.
Aedeagus standing erect between claspers, adjacent to
anal valves. Aedeagus (fig. 113) weakly S-curved, al-
most straight, but angularly bent near apex, with dis-
tinct lateral crests and a weak dorsal ridge. Apical part
of aedeagus abruptly broadening, and forming a
small and angular protrusion at apical bending point.
Aedeagal pore oval, almost round (fig. 114).
Measurements: Body length d: 13.2-13.7 mm, 2:
14.5 & 16.4 mm; tegmen length d: 15.1-16.4 mm,
2: 19.9 mm; head length d: 1.0-1.2 mm, 2: 1.3 &
1.5 mm; pronotum length d: 1.5-1.6 mm, 9: 1.9
mm; mesonotum length d: 2.8-3.0 mm, 2: 3.4 &
3.6 mm; head width d: 2.9-3.3 mm, 9: 3.4 & 3.7
mm; width of pronotal collar d : 3.6-3.9 mm, 9: 4.7
& 4.8 mm.
30
Material examined. — IRIAN JAYA: Bernhard Camp, 100
m, 10.iv.1939, Neth Ind. — American New Guinea
Expedit., LJ. Toxopeus, & holotype Baeturia ustulata,
RMNH; Karubaka, Swart vall., 1300 m, 1.x1.1958, J.L.
È abaasi 5
À i mdolabrata ||0
{ Ze a vnovariae
= © SS eustulata
LS a SEZ}
1322
136° 140°
Fig. 129. Localities of Papuapsaltria baasi, P. dolabrata, P.
novariae, and P. ustulata.
Gressitt, 24, BPBM; Kutsime, West of Swart vall., 1500 m,
14.x1.1958, J.L. Gressitt, 22, BPBM.
Distribution (fig. 129). — P. ustulata is endemic to
central western New Guinea, north of the central
mountain ranges.
Papuapsaltria baasi sp. n.
(figs. 119-129)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘NEW GUINEA NETH.
/ Bodem, 100 m, 11 km / SE Oerberfaren / July 7-17,
1959 [print]; “T.C. Maa / Collector / Bishop’ [print],
BPBM. — Paratypes: IRIAN JAYA: same data as holotype
18,49, BPBM; same data 1d, 19, ZMAN; Tor river
(mouth), 4 km E of Hol Maffen, 1.vii.1959, T.C.
Maa, 16, BPBM.
Other material. — PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Mokai vill.,
Torricelli Mts., 700 m, 16-31.xii.1958, W.W.
Brandt, 1d, BPBM; same data but 750 m, 1-
23.1.1959, 16, BPBM.
P. baasi closely resembles P. ustulata and is of about
the same size, but has distinctly larger opercula. Males
can be easily separated from P. ustulata by the clasp-
ers, which are fused to a high and smoothly rounded
collar around the base of anal valves. A similar collar
is found in P. novariae and P. dolabrata, which are de-
scribed below.
Description
Body reddish brown. Females of about the same si-
ze as males, with relatively slightly longer tegmina and
a more robust head and thorax. Tegmina of males
1.1-1.3X as long as body length, of females 1.2-
1.3 X. Male abdomen 1.2-1.5 X as long as head and
thorax, of females 1.1-1.4X.
Head: Reddish brown, with short red-brown setae.
Postclypeus oblong, distinctly protruding beyond
vertex lobes and smoothly rounded anteriorly.
Anterior margin of postclypeus weakly convex, but
sharply curving back at lateral corners, forming al-
most right angles with anterior margins of vertex
lobes. Dorsal surface of postclypeus weakly undulat-
ed; laterally slightly indented. Postclypeus not swol-
len; anterior margin (lateral view) concave. Lateral
parts of postclypeus very smooth, with some weak
furrows, but almost without rows of parallel ridges
along lorum. Distance between lateral ocelli 1.0-
1.2 X as long as distance between lateral ocellus and
eye and 2.1-2.8 X the width of frontal ocellus.
Thorax: Pronotum with weak medial furrow.
Mesonotum greenish, cruciform elevation ochra-
ceous.
Legs: Femora ochraceous, tibiae and tarsi reddish.
Fore femur with row of three erect spines. Proximal
De BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
spine fairly long, often slightly longer than middle
spine, but much shorter than distance to middle
spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 apical areas and a very
narrow costal area; specimen from Tor River with 7
apical areas in right tegmen. Hyaline border along
hind margin of tegmen fairly narrow as in holotype of
P. ustulata, but distinctly broader in one female.
Tymbals: Five transverse sclerotized ridges span-
ning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin and a
6th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ventral
margin. Intercalary ridges weakly developed.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 126) small, but
distinctly longer than in P. ustulata, only partly cover-
ing tymbal cavity in ventral view, leaving a narrow
gap between operculum and abdomen; folded mem-
brane hardly visible in ventral view. Distal part of op-
erculum almost as long as basal part. Lateral margin
long and straight, forming an obtuse angle with crest
of basal part and with straight distal margin. Medial
margin weakly convex; distomedial corner rounded.
Meracanthus not reaching to anterior margin of ab-
domen. Female operculum (fig. 127) as in male, but
with shorter distal part.
Abdomen: Red-brown. Male abdomen very slen-
der, not inflated. First tergite very short, almost com-
pletely hidden under metanotum middorsally.
Medial part of 2nd tergite less than 1.5 X as long as
lateral parts. Anterior margin of 2nd tergite weakly
concave medially. First and 2nd sternites adjacent.
Auditory capsules very large, bulgy, clearly visible in
dorsal view. Female abdomen even more slender than
in male. Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig.
128) triangular and pointed at apex. Ovipositor
sheaths just reaching beyond apex of caudodorsal
beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
119. Dorsal margin weakly concave to base and angu-
larly bent into slender caudodorsal beak. Caudodorsal
beak straight in type specimens, but recurved in
Mokai specimens. Distal margin weakly convex
between caudodorsal beak and lateral protuberance,
but not forming a distal lobe on pygofer; and con-
cavely, in Mokai specimens angularly, bent into mar-
gin of beak. Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view apically
rounded, broadly triangular in type specimens (fig.
121), very slender and with a sharp medial ridge at its
base in Mokai specimens (fig. 122). Lateral lobe of
pygofer slightly curved inwards, but recurved towards
ventral margin, forming a broad, rounded, lamini-
form protuberance. Pygofer of specimen from Tor
River forming an angular corner just below this pro-
tuberance, such a corner is absent in other specimens.
Ventral margin of pygofer almost straight. Ventral
half of pygofer opening narrow V-shaped (fig. 120);
ventral margins converging to a sharp angle at the
al
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
<® 146
Figs. 130-136. Papuapsaltria novariae sp. n. — 130, aedeagus in lateral view, holotype; 131, aedeagal apex, holotype; 132, py-
gofer from aslant, holotype; 133, claspers, holotype; 134, pygofer in lateral view, holotype; 135, caudodorsal beak in dorsal
view, holotype; 136, operculum, paratype.
Figs. 138-146. Papuapsaltria dolabrata sp. n. — 138, pygofer from aslant, holotype; 139, pygofer in lateral view, holotype; 140,
aedeagus in lateral view, Etna Bay; 141, aedeagal apex, Etna Bay; 142, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, holotype; 143,
female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Roon; 144, claspers, holotype; 145, male operculum, paratype Waigeu; 146, female
operculum, Roon.
base of pygofer opening. Claspers (fig. 123) very shaped, with rectangular square-shaped dorsal part
short as in P. ustulata, hardly reaching beyond pygof- and slender, downwards directed, slightly recurving
er margin, and slightly diverging towards apices; pick- and sharply pointed apical part. Dorsal part of clasp-
32
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
Fig. 137. Papuapsaltria dolabrata sp. n.: left tegmen, male, Waigeu .
er curving mesiad, as a shaft encircling aedeagus, and
supporting aedeagus in upright position. Apical part
of clasper broader than in P. ustulata, with large and
sharply edged clasper hollow. Basal parts of claspers
fused at distinct medial ridge, forming a high and
smoothly rounded continuous collar around base of
anal valves. Aedeagus standing erect between claspers,
adjacent to anal valves. Aedeagus (fig. 125) almost
straight, but strongly curved down, and abruptly nar-
rowing near slightly incised apex (fig. 124), with slen-
der lateral crests and a weak dorsal ridge. Aedeagus in
one specimen from Mokai distinctly broader than in
other specimens.
Measurements: Body length d: 11.7-14.5 mm
(rl Otmm 019); OE 121137 mm & 12:9 mm
+ 0.5); tegmen length d: 13.7-17.5 mm (X 15.5
mm + 1.4), 2: 15.6-16.9 mm (x 16.3 mm + 0.6);
head length d: 1.1-1.3 mm (x 1.2 mm), 9:1.2-1.5
mm (x 1.4 mm); pronotum length d: 1.4-1.6 mm
(x 1.5 mm), 9: 1.5-1.7 mm (x 1.6 mm); mesono-
tum length G : 2.3-3.2 mm (x 2.8 mm), 9: 2.6-3.0
mm (x 2.8 mm); head width &: 2.8-3.3 mm (x 3.0
mm), 2: 3.0-3.3 mm (x 3.2 mm); width of prono-
tal collar d: 3.4-4.1 mm (& 3.7 mm), 9: 3.5-4.1
mm (x 3.8 mm).
Distribution (fig. 129). — P. baasi is endemic to the
mountain ranges of northern New Guinea.
Etymology. — This species is named in honour
of Hendrik Baas in acknowledgement of our long
discussions on the paleogeography of New Gui-
nea.
Papuapsaltria novariae sp. n.
(figs. 129-136)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘NEW GUINEA NE /
Eliptamin Valley / 1200-1350 m / July 16-31, 1959
[print]; “W.W. Brandt / Collector / Bishop’ [print],
BPBM. — Paratype: IRIAN JAYA: same data as holotype
but 1665-2530 m, 9.vi.1959, 1d, BPBM.
Only two males are known of this species. P. no-
variae closely resembles P. baasi in the shape of the
genitalia: its clasper base forming a similarly high col-
lar around the base of the anal valves. The dorsal cor-
ner of the P. novariae clasper is more rounded, how-
ever. P. novariae is distinctly larger than the two
foregoing species and shows a much wider gap
between operculum and abdomen. The species shares
the latter character with P. dolabrata described next.
P. novariae can further be recognized by its 9 apical
areas in the tegmina.
Description
Body reddish brown. Tegmina 1.2-1.3 X as long as
body length. Abdomen 1.4-1.6 X as long as head and
thorax.
Head: Reddish brown, with short red-brown setae.
Postclypeus oblong, slightly protruding beyond ver-
tex lobes and smoothly rounded anteriorly. Anterior
margin of postclypeus weakly convex, but sharply
curving back at lateral corners, forming almost right
angles with anterior margins of vertex lobes.
Postclypeus not swollen; anterior margin (lateral
view) straight. Lateral parts of postclypeus very
smooth, with some weak furrows, but almost without
rows of parallel ridges along lorum. Distance between
lateral ocelli slightly longer than distance between lat-
eral ocellus and eye and 1.7-1.9 X the width of fron-
tal ocellus.
Legs: Femora ochraceous, tibiae and tarsi reddish.
Fore femur with row of three erect spines. Proximal
spine very short, slightly longer than middle spine,
but much shorter than distance to middle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 9 apical areas, a distinct
and hyaline costal area, and a fairly narrow hyaline
border along hind margin.
33
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Tymbals: Five transverse sclerotized ridges span-
ning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin and a
6th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ventral
margin. Intercalary ridges hardly visible.
Operculum (fig. 136): Very short. Distal part more
than half as long as basal part, not covering tymbal
cavity, and leaving a very wide gap between opercu-
lum and abdomen; folded membrane clearly visible in
ventral view. Lateral margin long and straight, form-
ing an obtuse angle with crest of basal part and angu-
larly or convexly bending into straight distal margin.
Medial margin straight, forming a sharp angle with
distal margin. Meracanthus reaching to about half-
way the gap between operculum and abdomen.
Abdomen: Red-brown, more inflated than in the
two foregoing species. First tergite very short, almost
completely hidden under metanotum middorsally.
Medial part of 2nd tergite almost 2 X as long as later-
al parts. Anterior margin of 2nd tergite distinctly con-
cave medially. First and 2nd sternites not adjacent.
Auditory capsules weakly swollen and not visible in
dorsal view.
Genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig. 134.
Dorsal margin concave, but convexly, almost angu-
larly, bent into straight and slender caudodorsal beak.
Distal margin weakly convex between caudodorsal
beak and lateral protuberance, but not forming a dis-
tal lobe on pygofer, and concavely bent into margin
of beak. Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 135)
broadly triangular and bluntly rounded at apex.
Lateral lobe of pygofer slightly curved inwards, but
recurved towards ventral margin, forming a broad,
rounded, and laminiform protuberance. Pygofer
forming a small rectangular corner just below this
protuberance. Ventral margin of pygofer almost
straight. Ventral half of pygofer opening narrow V-
shaped (fig. 132); ventral margins converge to a sharp
angle at base of pygofer opening. Claspers (fig. 133)
closely resembling those of P. baasi, but almost par-
allel, only slightly diverging near apices. Claspers
hardly reaching beyond pygofer margin, their basal
parts fused at distinct medial ridge, forming a high
and smoothly rounded continuous collar around base
of anal valves. Dorsal part of clasper more rounded
than in P. baasi, curving mesiad, as a shaft encircling
aedeagus. Apical part of clasper recurving, directed
downwards and sharply pointed, with a large and
sharply edged clasper hollow. Aedeagus standing erect
between claspers, adjacent to anal valves, in holotype
reaching far above claspers, in paratype just reaching
above dorsal margin of clasper. Aedeagus (fig. 130) al-
most straight, but strongly, almost angularly, curved
down towards its distinctly incised apex (fig. 131).
Aedeagus with slender lateral crests and a weak dorsal
ridge.
Measurements: Body length: 16.0 & 16.4 mm;
tegmen length: 19.3 & 21.1 mm; head length: 1.2
mm; pronotum length: 1.7 & 1.8 mm; mesonotum
length: 3.4 & 3.8 mm; head width: 3.3 & 3.5 mm;
width of pronotal collar: 4.3 & 4.4 mm.
Distribution (fig. 129). — P. novariae is only known
from Eliptamin valley, in the central mountain rang-
es of western Papua New Guinea.
Etymology. — The name novariae is derived from
the latin words novem (nine) and ariae (areas) and re-
fers to the nine apical areas of tegmen.
Papuapsaltria dolabrata sp. n.
(figs. 129, 137-146)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘INDONESIA / Irian
Jaya / A.J. de Boer / A.L.M. Rutten & / R. de Vos’
[print]; © Roon Island / YENDE / 60 m. at light /
7.x1.1993 [print], ZMAN. — Paratypes: IRIAN JAYA:
same data as holotype 26, ZMAN; Etna baai,
25.xi.1939, Nieuw Guinea Exp., KNAG 1939, 2d,
RMNH; Roon, Fruhstorfer, 16, 19, BMNH; Waigeu,
Camp Nok, 2500 ft., iv.1938, L.E. Cheesman, 36,
59, BMNH; same data 1d, 19, ZMAN; same data but
v.1938, 39.
P. dolabrata closely resembles P. baasi in size and
shape of body, but shares a wide gap between opercu-
lum and abdomen with P. novariae. P. dolabrata is
easily separated from these two species by its sharply
downwards directed dorsal margin of the claspers; the
distal margin of the clasper is almost continuous with
the ring-shaped clasper base (lateral view). P. dolabra-
ta has an extremely narrow hind margin of tegmen.
Description
Body olive green to light brown. Females smaller
than males, but with more robust head and thorax,
and longer tegmina. Tegmina of males 1.1-1.2X as
long as body length, of females 1.3-1.4X. Male ab-
Figs. 147-155. Papuapsaltria toxopei sp. n.: 147, pygofer in lateral view; 148, pygofer from aslant; 149, aedeagus in lateral
view; 150, aedeagal apex; 151, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view; 152, claspers; 153, male operculum; 154, female oper-
culum; 155, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view.
Figs. 156-164. Papuapsaltria dioedes sp. n.: 156, pygofer from aslant, holotype; 157, pygofer in lateral view, holotype; 158,
aedeagus in lateral view, holotype; 159, male fore femur, Pengagl; 160, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, holotype; 161,
female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Pengagl; 162, claspers, holotype; 163, male operculum, holotype; 164, female oper-
culum, Pengagl.
34
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
“TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
domen 1.4-1.7 X as long as head and thorax, of fe-
males 1.1-1.5 X.
Head: Olive green, with short red-brown setae.
Postclypeus oblong, distinctly protruding beyond
vertex lobes and smoothly rounded anteriorly.
Anterior margin of postclypeus weakly convex, but
sharply curving back at lateral corners, forming al-
most right angles with anterior margins of vertex
lobes. Dorsal surface of postclypeus weakly undulat-
ed; laterally slightly indented. Postclypeus not swol-
len; anterior margin (lateral view) concave. Lateral
parts of postclypeus very smooth, with some weak
furrows, but almost without rows of parallel ridges
along lorum. Distance between lateral ocelli 1.0-
1.2 X as long as distance between lateral ocellus and
eye and 1.7-2.6 X the width of frontal ocellus.
Legs: Femora ochraceous, tibiae and tarsi reddish.
Fore femur with row of three erect spines. Proximal
spine fairly long, slightly longer than middle spine,
but much shorter than distance to middle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 apical areas and distinct
and hyaline costal area. Venation often dark red-
brown. Hyaline border along hind margin of tegmen
extremely narrow, hardly visible.
Tymbals: Five transverse sclerotized ridges span-
ning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin and a
6th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ventral
margin. Intercalary ridges weakly developed.
Operculum: Male operculum (fig. 145) not cover-
ing tymbal cavity, leaving a very wide gap between
operculum and abdomen; folded membane clearly
visible in ventral view. Distal part of operculum short,
less than half as long as basal part. Lateral margin
straight, forming an obtuse angle with crest of basal
part and angularly or convexly bent into straight dis-
tal margin. Medial margin straight, forming a nar-
rowly rounded corner with distal margin.
Meracanthus not reaching beyond folded membrane.
Female operculum (fig. 146) as in male, but much
shorter. Distal part as in P. ustulata, erect and hardly
more than a continuation of the crest along distolate-
ral corner of basal part, and only slightly amplifying
mesiad to less than 1/5 X as long as basal part.
Abdomen: Male abdomen hardly inflated. First
tergite very short, almost completely hidden under
metanotum middorsally. Medial part of 2nd tergite
about 2 X as long as lateral parts. Anterior margin of
2nd tergite weakly concave medially. First and 2nd
sternites not adjacent. Auditory capsules weakly swol-
len, and hardly or not visible in dorsal view. Female
caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 143) broadly tri-
angular and rounded, almost pointed, at apex.
Ovipositor sheaths almost reaching to apex of caudo-
dorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
139. Dorsal margin straight, continuous with, or
36
concavely bent into, slender caudodorsal beak. Distal
margin weakly convex between caudodorsal beak and
lateral protuberance, and concavely bent into margin
of beak. Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 142)
broad and triangular, almost rectangular at apex.
Lateral lobe of pygofer slightly curved inwards, but
recurving towards ventral margin, forming a very
large, weakly indented, and lobate laminiform protu-
berance, almost triangular in lateral view. Pygofer
forming a small but distinct rectangular corner just
below this protuberance. Ventral margin of pygofer
straight. Ventral half of pygofer opening narrow V-
shaped (fig. 138), ventral margins converging to a
sharp angle at base of pygofer opening. Claspers quite
different from the three foregoing species. Whereas in
these three species the dorsal margin of the clasper
part, which bends around aedeagus, ends in almost
right angle on the fused ring-shaped clasper base (see
fig. 144), in P. dolabrata this margin merges with the
basal ring under a very slight angle (fig. 152).
Moreover, the apical part of clasper is less strongly
bent down than in the three foregoing species.
Claspers pick axe-shaped almost parallel, only slightly
diverging near apices. Apical part of clasper recurved
and sharply pointed, with a large and sharply edged
clasper hollow. Claspers closely encircling aedeagus at
their bending point. Aedeagus, unlike the three fore-
going species, not erect between claspers, but slightly
directed posteriad. Aedeagus (fig. 149) weakly S-
curved, with slender lateral crests and a very distinct,
rounded dorsal ridge. Aedeagus weakly incised at
apex; aedeagal pore almost round (fig. 150).
Measurements: Body length d: 14.1-14.9 mm (x
14.4 mm = 0:3); SETA rn Ge 1228 imma
0.6); tegmen length d: 16.1-17.2 mm (x 16.8 mm +
0.5), 2: 16.0-18.6 mm (x 17.1 mm + 0.8); head
length d: 1.2-1.5 mm (x 1.3 mm), 9: 1.2-1.6 mm
(x 1.4 mm); pronotum length d': 1.5-1.7 mm (x 1.6
mm), 9: 1.4-1.8 mm (x 1.7 mm); mesonotum length
di: 2.7-3.1 mm & 2.9 mm); 9:2732 mm (& 2:9
mm); head width 6: 3.1-3.3 mm (x 3.2 mm), 2:
3.1-3.5 mm (x 3.3 mm); width of pronotal collar d:
3.7-4.1 mm (x 3.9 mm), 2: 3.8-4.4 mm (x 4.1 mm).
Distribution (fig. 129). — P. dolabrata is distribut-
ed in western New Guinea, recorded from Etna Bay,
Roon Island, and Waigeu Island, but not from the
intermediate Birds Head peninsula.
Etymology. — Dolabrata means shaped as a dolabra
(Latin) pickaxe. The name refers to the shape of the
claspers.
Papuapsaltria toxopei sp. n.
(figs. 4, 147-155)
Type material. — Holotype: ‘Neth. Ind.-American /
New Guinea Exped. / Mist Camp 1800 m /
23.1.1939 LJ. Toxopeus’ [print]; ‘Paratype’ (print,
orange label]; ‘Baeturia | toxopeusî [written]; ‘Mus.
Leiden’ [print], d, RMNH. Paratype: IRIAN JAYA: same
data as holotype but 19.1.1939 and without identifi-
cation label, 19 paratype B. toxopeusi, RMNH.
P. toxopei presumably belongs to this genus, as is
indicated by the small male opercula and short femo-
ral spines, but its phylogenetic position within the ge-
nus is not clear. P. toxopei is very similar, and presum-
ably closely related, to the four foregoing species. The
hook-shaped and sharply pointed claspers of P. toxo-
pei somewhat resemble those of P. woodlarkensis, but
similar claspers occur in several related genera.
Description
Body reddish brown, mesonotum greenish. Female
smaller than male, but with more robust head and
thorax, and longer tegmina. Tegmina of male 1.3 X
as long as body length, of female 1.5 X. Male abdo-
men 1.5X as long as head and thorax, of female
Xe
Head: Vertex and postclypeus with short red se-
tae. Postclypeus angularly protruding. Anterior mar-
gin of postclypeus almost continuous with anterior
margins of vertex lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; an-
terior margin (lateral view) concave. Vertex with
fairly distinct diverging fissures. Distance between
lateral ocelli 0.9-1.0 X as long as distance between
lateral ocellus and eye and 1.5-1.9 X the width of
frontal ocellus.
Legs: Fore femur with row of three erect spines.
Most proximal spine very short, slightly longer than
middle spine, but much shorter than distance to mid-
dle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 long and slender apical
areas, a distinct hyaline costal area, and a broad hya-
line border along hind margin.
Tymbals: Six slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin,
and a 7th, most proximal, ridge almost reaching ven-
tral margin. Lateral band of seven intercalary ridges
weakly developed.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 153) very small,
not covering tymbal cavity in ventral view, leaving a
wide gap between operculum and abdomen; folded
membrane exposed in ventral view. Distal part of op-
erculum narrow, and angularly oblong, shorter than
basal part. Operculum not reaching medially of mer-
acanthus. Lateral margin very long and straight, grad-
ually curving into crest of basal part and forming an
obtuse angle with short and straight distal margin.
Medial margin straight, distomedial corner angularly
rounded. Meracanthus very long, reaching beyond
anterior margin of abdomen. Female operculum (fig.
De BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
154) very similar to that of male, but with shorter and
broader distal part.
Abdomen: Male abdomen long and slender, weak-
ly inflated. First tergite not hidden under metano-
tum. Medial part of 2nd tergite less than 2 X as long
as lateral parts. Anterior margin of 2nd tergite straight
medially. First and 2nd sternites not adjacent.
Auditory capsules strongly inflated and protruding,
visible in dorsal view. Female caudodorsal beak in
dorsal view (fig. 155) long and slender, rounded at
apex. Ovipositor sheaths not reaching to apex of cau-
dodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
147. Dorsal margin convex, concave near base, and
continuous with convexly bent caudodorsal beak.
Distal margin weakly convex, forming an obtuse an-
gle with concave margin of beak. Ventral margin
straight. Ventral margins weakly converging to base
of pygofer; basal part of pygofer opening V-shaped
(fig. 148). Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 151)
slender, triangular, narrowly rounded at apex. Lateral
lobe of pygofer strongly curving inwards towards end
of distal margin, forming a bluntly rounded and dis-
tinctly swollen protuberance. Claspers (fig. 152)
hook-shaped and parallel, only slightly diverging near
sharply pointed apices. Dorsal part of clasper forming
an angularly protruding corner, bending around ae-
deagus. Apical part of clasper smoothly rounded, lo-
bate, with large and sharply edged clasper hollow.
Aedeagus (fig. 149) weakly S-curved, strongly curved
down near apex, with long and slender lateral crests
and distinct dorsal ridge. Lateral crests curving up-
wards at their distal ends and fusing to a very small
collar at apical bending point of aedeagus. Aedeagal
pore round.
Measurements: Body length d: 19.4 mm, 2: 17.2
mm; tegmen length d: 23.5 mm, 2: 25.0 mm; pro-
notum length d: 1.7 mm, 2: 2.1 mm; mesonotum
length d: 3.8 mm, 9: 3.0 mm; head length d: 1.2
mm, ®: 1.5 mm; head width 6: 3.4 mm, 9: 3.9
mm; width of pronotal collar d: 4.8 mm, 2: 5.7
mm.
Distribution (fig. 4). — P. toxopei is known from
only one locality in northern Irian Jaya.
Etymology. — This species is named in honour of
Mr L.J. Toxopeus who collected the holotype, and
the types of several other species on which the current
revision of the ‘ Baeturia and related genera complex’
is based.
Papuapsaltria dioedes sp. n.
(figs. 4, 156-164)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘New Guinea: NE /
Mur Mur P. 2800 m / 28.xii.67-6.1.68 [print]; “Tawi
/ Collector / BISHOP’ [print], BPBM; Paratypes: PAPUA
37
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 165-174. Papuapsaltria woodlarkensis sp. n.: 165, female genital segment in lateral view, paratype; 166, pygofer in later-
al view, holotype; 167, pygofer from aslant, holotype; 168, aedeagal apex, paratype; 169, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal
view, holotype; 170, aedeagus in lateral view, paratype; 171, claspers, holotype; 172, male operculum, holotype; 173, female
operculum, paratype; 174, female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, paratype.
NEW GUINEA: 5°15’ S/ 141°05’ E, 2280 m, 4.v.1970,
O. McCaw, 1d, Moul; Bosavi Mt. 2300 m,
7.x.1973, J.L. Gressitt & Goya, 1d, BPBM; Giluve,
2700 m, J. & M. Sedlacek, 16, ZMAN; Giluve Mt.,
2500-2650 m, 28.v.1963, J. Sedlacek, 16, BPBM;
same data but 2500-2750 m, 30.v.1963, 19, BPBM;
Kepilam, 2420-2540 m, 21.vi.1963, J. Sedlacek, 19,
BPBM; same data but 2450-2600 m, 22.vi.1963, 19,
ZMAN; Kiunga, 5°15’ S / 141°05° E, 7500 ft,
4.v.1970, O. McCaw, 16, Moul; Kubor Range, W
Highlands, 2950 m, 23.v.1966, J.L. Gressitt, 1d,
BPBM; Wilhelm Mt., east slopes, Pengagl Camp, 2770
m, 17.vii.1959, sixth Archbold Exped. to Papua New
Guinea, L.J. Brass, 16, AMNH; same data but
26.vii.1959, 22, AMNH.
The generic allocation of this species is somewhat
uncertain. P. dioedes shares the supposed synapomor-
phous very short proximal spine on the fore femur
with most species of Papuapsaltria, while the tegmina,
with very long and slender apical areas and a very
38
broad hyaline border, also indicate a relation with this
genus. For these reasons the species is preliminary in-
cluded in Papuapsaltria. However, its claspers are very
similar to those of Guineapsaltria pennyi. The male
opercula somewhat resemble those of Guineapsaltria
chinai and those of P. goniodes and P. angulata.
Description
Body light yellowish brown to reddish brown.
Females smaller than males, but with more robust
head and thorax, and longer tegmina. Tegmina of
males 1.1-1.4X as long as body length, of females
1.5-1.6X. Male abdomen 1.4-2.0X as long as head
and thorax, of females 1.1-1.4X.
Head: Vertex and postclypeus with short red setae.
Postclypeus angularly protruding beyond vertex
lobes. Anterior margin of postclypeus sharply curving
back at lateral corners, forming almost right angles
with anterior margins of vertex lobes. Postclypeus not
swollen; anterior margin (lateral view) concave.
Vertex with fairly distinct diverging fissures. Distance
between lateral ocelli 0.9-1.3X as long as distance
between lateral ocellus and eye and 1.4-2.5X the
width of frontal ocellus.
Legs: Fore femur very slender (fig. 159) with row
of three erect spines. Most proximal spine extremely
short, rudimentary, often shorter than middle spine
and much shorter than distance to middle spine.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 long and slender apical
areas, a distinct hyaline costal area and a very broad
hyaline border along hind margin.
Tymbals: Six slightly sclerotized parallel ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin.
Lateral band of seven intercalary ridges weakly devel-
oped.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 163) quite large,
but only partly covering tymbal cavity and leaving a
wide gap between operculum and abdomen; folded
membrane only partly visible in ventral view. Distal
part of operculum fairly long, more than twice as long
as basal part, and medially elongate, with greatest
length at medial margin. Operculum not reaching
medially of meracanthus. Lateral margin long and
straight, forming an obtuse angle with crest of basal
part, close to distolateral corner of basal part, and
convexly bent into much shorter, straight distal mar-
gin. Medial margin long and straight, distomedial
corner almost rectangular. Meracanthus reaching be-
yond operculum. Female operculum (fig. 164) very
short, its distal part shorter than basal part and angu-
larly oblong. Distolateral corner rounded, distomedi-
al corner rectangular, medial margin very short.
Abdomen: Male abdomen strongly inflated. First
tergite very short, partly hidden under metanotum.
Medial part of 2nd tergite about twice as long as lat-
eral parts. Anterior margin of 2nd tergite strongly
concave medially. First and 2nd sternites generally
not adjacent. Auditory capsules weakly inflated.
Female caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 161)
narrow triangular and bluntly rounded, almost point-
ed at apex. Ovipositor sheaths almost reaching to
apex of caudodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
157. Dorsal margin weakly convex, concavely bent
into straight, erect and very slender caudodorsal beak.
Distal margin weakly convex, concavely bent into
margin of beak. Ventral margin convex, forming a
small angular corner under lateral protuberance.
Ventral margins converging towards base of pygofer;
basal part of pygofer opening V-shaped (fig. 156).
Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 160) very slen-
der, oblong, and rounded at apex. Lateral lobe of py-
gofer strongly curving inwards towards end of distal
margin, forming a weakly swollen, bluntly rounded
lateral protuberance. Claspers (fig. 162) very different
from other species of this genus, almost straight and
parallel towards rounded apices. Claspers adjacent,
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
but diverging at half-length, curving around aedea-
gus. Aedeagus not adjacent to base of anal valves.
Claspers almost fused, dorsally separated by narrow
furrow between aedeagus and base of anal valves.
Apical part of clasper weakly curved down, with large
and sharply edged ventral hollow. Aedeagus (fig. 158)
weakly S-curved, with long and slender lateral crests.
Aedeagal pore round.
Measurements: Body length d: 20.0-26.5 mm (x
22.3 mm + 2.3), ®: 18.2-21.1 mm (x 20.0 mm
+ 0.9); tegmen length d: 23.6-31.4 mm (x 27.1 mm
+ 2.4), 2: 29.1-33.3 mm (x 31.0 mm + 1.5); head
length d: 1.3-1.7 mm (x 1.4 mm), 2: 1.5-1.8 mm
(x 1.7 mm); pronotum length d: 1.8-2.5 mm (x 2.1
mm), 9: 2.3-2.8 mm (x 2.5 mm); mesonotum length
d: 4.2-5.2 mm (X 4.7 mm), 9: 4.7-5.8 mm (x 5.1
mm); head width d: 3.4-4.1 mm (X 3.7 mm), ©:
4.1-4.3 mm (x 4.2 mm); width of pronotal collar d:
5.3-7.0 mm (x 5.8 mm), ®: 6.5-7.3 mm (x 6.8 mm).
Distribution (fig. 4). — P. dioedes is found in the
central mountain ranges of western Papua New
Guinea, at high altitudes, and on Mt. Bosavi, just
south of these mountain ranges.
Etymology. — Dioedes (Greek) means swollen and
refers to the swollen abdomen of this species.
Papuapsaltria woodlarkensis sp. n.
(figs. 4, 10, 165-174)
Type material. — Holotype d : ‘NEW GUINEA: PAPUA
/ Woodlark (Murua) / Kulumandau Hill / Feb. 3.
1957’ [print]; “W.W. Brandt / Collector’ [print],
BPBM. — Paratypes: WOODLARK ISLAND: same data as
holotype 18, 19, ZMAN; 29, BPBM; same data but
28301.19574.12:2101119572.12:216:1419579235
DMSA ENIS ul 05745 EN 57E
16-22.iv.1957, 18, 19, all BPBM; Kulumandau, 0-
100 m, 3.xi.1956, 5th Archbold Exped. to New
Guinea, L.J. Brass, 19, AMNH; same data but
10.x1.1956, 16, 19, AMNH.
P. woodlarkensis is easily recognized by the conical,
thorn-shaped, and inwardly curved protuberances at
the ventral margin of the pygofer.
Description
Body of males almost uniformly ochraceous-
brown, but tinged with green. Females more reddish
brown or bicolorate, with greenish head and thorax
and reddish brown abdomen. Females distinctly
smaller than males, but with more robust head and
thorax, and longer tegmina. Tegmina of males 1.0-
1.1 X as long as body length, of females 1.2-1.3 x.
Male abdomen 1.5-1.6 X as long as head and thorax,
of females 1.2-1.3 X.
39
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 175-181. 175. Papuapsaltria spinigera sp. n.: first ulnar area of right tegmen, holotype. 176-181. Papuapsaltria phyllo-
phora (Blöte, 1960): 176, first ulnar area of right tegmen, Bokondini; 177, male first and second tergite in dorsal view,
Bokondini; 178, male head in dorsal view, Bokondini; 179, female genital segment in lateral view, Bokondini; 180, female
caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Bokondini; 181, female operculum, Bokondini.
Head: Postclypeus slightly angularly protruding,
smoothly rounded anteriorly, its anterior margin
weakly convex, almost continuous with anterior mar-
gins of vertex lobes. Postclypeus not swollen; anterior
margin (lateral view) straight. Rows of short parallel
ridges form a broad, though weakly developed, band
along lorum. Distance between lateral ocelli 0.9-
1.2 X as long as distance between lateral ocellus and
eye and in males 2.0-2.2 X, in females 2.2-3.1 X,
the width of frontal ocellus.
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 long and slender apical
areas, a fairly distinct costal area, and a very broad
hyaline border along hind margin.
Legs: Fore femur (fig. 10) with row of three or four
erect spines, diminishing in length towards tibia.
Proximal spine fairly long, distinctly longer than mid-
dle spine and only slightly shorter than distance to
middle spine.
Tymbals: Five parallel transverse sclerotized ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin
40
and a Gth ridge almost reaching ventral margin. Six
short intercalary ridges clearly visible.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 172) not covering
tymbal cavity in ventral view, leaving a wide gap
between operculum and abdomen; folded membrane
clearly visible in ventral view. Distal part of opercu-
lum angularly oblong and distinctly longer than basal
part. Lateral margin long and straight, convex to base,
ending in almost right angle on crest of basal part and
reaching that crest close to lateral corner. Distal part
of basal crest very short, and lower than its lateral
part. Distolateral corner rounded, distal and medial
margins straight, distomedial corner rectangular.
Meracanthus longer than operculum, but not reach-
ing to margin of abdominal segment 2. Female oper-
culum (fig. 173) resembling that of male, but much
shorter, with its distal part shorter than basal part,
and oblong. Lateral margin as in male. Distal margin
weakly convex, medial margin short and straight.
Abdomen: Male abdomen strongly inflated. First
tergite rather long; medially about half as long as 2nd
tergite. Anterior margin of 2nd tergite weakly convex
medially. First and 2nd sternites not adjacent.
Auditory capsules weakly developed, hardly protrud-
ing and not visible in dorsal view. Female abdomen
stout. Female caudodorsal beak (fig. 174) oblong and
rounded at apex. Ovipositor sheaths reaching dis-
tinctly beyond apex of caudodorsal beak (fig. 165).
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
166. Dorsal margin concave, but convexly, almost
angularly, bent into straight, short, and stout caudo-
dorsal beak. Distal margin weakly convex between
caudodorsal beak and lateral protuberance, forming
an obtuse angle with straight margin of caudodorsal
beak. Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view (fig. 169)
short and broad, weakly convex, almost truncate at
apex. Lateral lobe of pygofer with large swollen and
bluntly rounded protuberance. Ventral part of pygo-
fer lobe strongly curving inwards towards ventral
margin, forming a slender conically rounded, almost
thorn-shaped and inwardly directed, protrusion just
below lateral protuberance (fig. 167). This protrusion
is not visible in lateral view. Ventral margin of pygo-
fer in lateral view weakly concave below lateral protu-
berance, but convex to base. Ventral half of pygofer
opening narrowly oblong, forming a distinctly swol-
len ridge along its margins (fig. 167). Claspers (fig.
171) very short, hardly reaching beyond pygofer, di-
verging towards sharply pointed and downwardly di-
rected apices. Clasper forming a weak dorsal crest.
Rectangular distodorsal corner of that crest bending
mesiad, distally of aedeagus and supporting aedeagus
in upright position. Distal margin of clasper almost
straight. Apical part of clasper with large, sharply
edged hollow, ending at base in weak lateral swelling.
Clasper base forming a ring-shaped collar around
base of anal valves, which is medially sharply indent-
ed around aedeagus. Aedeagus standing erect between
claspers, close to anal valves, its apical part slightly
curving away from anal valves. Aedeagus (fig. 170)
strongly S-curved, with long and distinct lateral crests
and a weak dorsal ridge. Apex of aedeagus weakly
pointed in lateral view, with oval, almost round, pore
(fig. 168).
Measurements: Body length d: 19.7-21.0 mm (x
20.3 mm + 0.5), 2: 18.0-19.8 mm (x 18.9 mm +
0.6); tegmen length d : 20.5-21.8 mm (x 21.2 mm +
0.5), 2: 22.6-24.5 mm (x 23.3 mm + 0.6); head
length d: 1.4-1.6 mm (x 1.5 mm), 9: 1.6-1.8 mm
(x 1.7 mm); pronotum length d: 2.2-2.3 mm, 9:
2.2-2.5 mm (X 2.3 mm); mesonotum length d: 4.0-
4.4 mm (x 4.2 mm), 2: 4.2-4.7 (x 4.4 mm); head
width G : 4.0-4.4 mm (x 4.2 mm), 9 : 4.3-5.0 mm (x
4.8 mm); width of pronotal collar d: 5.2-5.7 mm (x
5.5 mm), 2: 5.7-6.4 mm (x 6.0 mm).
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
Distribution (fig. 4). — P. woodlarkensis is presum-
ably endemic to Woodlark Island of the
D’Entrecasteaux islands.
Etymology. — The name of this species is derived
from the type locality: Woodlark island.
Papuapsaltria phyllophora (Blöte, 1960) comb. n.
(figs. 4, 176-190)
Baeturia phyllophora Blöte, 1960: 79, figs. 45, 46; Duffels &
Van der Laan 1985: 254; De Boer 1993a: 16.
The generic allocation of this species is dubious. P.
phyllophora shares none of the apomorphies on which
any of the genera of the ‘Baeturia and related genera
complex’ are based. Furthermore, the apomorphy of
that complex as a whole, an S-curved aedeagus with
wing-shaped lateral crests, can hardly be recognized
in the strongly deviating aedeagus of P. phyllophora;
this deviating shape is here regarded as autapomor-
phous. The small male opercula and smoothly vault-
ed vertex suggest that the species either belongs to
Guineapsaltria or to Papuapsaltria. The species is pre-
liminary included in Papuapsaltria since its ocelli are
more closely together than is generally the case in
Guineapsaltria. Current phylogenetic analysis con-
cerning all species of the ‘Baeturia and related genera
complex’ indicate that P. phyllophora either as the sis-
ter group of Guineapsaltria, or as part of Papua-
psaltria both belong to the most parsimonious solu-
tions. Males and females of P. phyllophora can easily
be recognized by a swelling of the costa at the distal
end of the first radial area, and by the quintangular-
shaped second ulnar area. Males are unmistakable by
their peculiar aedeagus.
Description
Body of males unicoloured red-brown or olive
green, of females often darker brown or greenish.
Females on average slightly longer than males, but
with distinctly more robust head and thorax and lon-
ger tegmina. Tegmina of males 1.2-1.4X as long as
body length, of females 1.3-1.5X. Male abdomen
1.2-1.5 X as long as head and thorax, of females 1.0-
122
Head (fig. 178): Reddish brown or greenish, often
reddish along anterior margins of postclypeus and
vertex lobes. Vertex and postclypeus with short red-
brown setae. Postclypeus very broad in dorsal view,
3.0-4.3 X as broad as long and oblong-shaped, hard-
ly protruding beyond vertex lobes. Anterior margin of
postclypeus almost continuous with anterior margins
of vertex lobes. Postclypeus not swollen, its anterior
margin (lateral view) concave. Lateral surface of post-
clypeus quite smooth, with only weakly developed
rows of parallel ridges. Distance between lateral ocelli
41
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 182-190. Papuapsaltria phyllophora (Blöte, 1960): 182, pygofer from aslant, Bokondini; 183, pygofer in lateral view,
Bokondini; 184, male operculum, Bokondini; 185, claspers and aedeagus, Bokondini; 186, aedeagus in lateral view, Wau;
187, aedeagus from aslant, Wau; 188, male caudodorsal beak in dorsal view, Bokondini; 189, male fore femur, Bokondini;
190, detail male fore femur, Bokondini.
0.8-1.2 X, though in most specimens practically 1.0
X, distance between lateral ocellus and eye and 2.2-
3.5 X the width of frontal ocellus (1.3X in one fe-
male).
Thorax: Red-brown or olive green. Pronotum with
very weak medial furrow. Lateral corners of pronotal
collar often slightly swollen proximally.
Legs: Ochraceous, fore tibiae and tarsi reddish.
Fore femur with row of three erect spines, dimin-
ishing in length towards tibia. Proximal spine slightly
longer than middle spine, but shorter than distance to
middle spine (figs. 189-190).
Tegmina: Hyaline, with 8 fairly short apical areas,
a distinct costal area and a broad hyaline border along
hind margin. Costa distinctly inflated towards distal
end of first radial area. Second ulnar area definitely
quintangular shaped, practically quadrangular in all
related species (compare figs. 175 and 176).
Tymbals: Eight darkly sclerotized transverse ridges
spanning the tymbal from dorsal to ventral margin,
sometimes with a partly developed 9th ridge, closely
along proximal tymbal margin. Eight short and much
lighter coloured intercalary ridges seem to form a
42
band across the tymbal.
Opercula: Male operculum (fig. 184) very small
and angular, not covering tymbal cavity, and leaving
a narrow gap between operculum and abdomen; fold-
ed membrane hardly visible in ventral view. Distal
part of male operculum angular, oblong-shaped, and
erect. Lateral margin of distal part straight, forming
an obtuse angle with straight distal margin, and with
crest around distolateral corner of basal part. Medial
margin straight, distomedial corner angularly round-
ed. Meracanthus reaching well beyond operculum, to
sternite 2. Female operculum (fig. 182) very similar
to that of male, but slightly shorter. Distal part ob-
long-shaped and erect, with straight margins and al-
most rectangular distomedial corner.
Abdomen: Male abdomen ochraceous brown or
greenish, not inflated. Segmental hind margins some-
times reddish. First tergite short and broad, partly
hidden under metanotum. Medial part of 2nd tergite
about 1.5X as long as lateral parts (fig. 177).
Anterior margin of second tergite almost straight me-
dially. Auditory capsules distinctly swollen and visible
in dorsal view (fig. 177). First and 2nd sternites adja-
cent. Female abdomen more slender than that of
males. Female pygofer (fig. 179) robust, in lateral
view broader than long. Female caudodorsal beak in
dorsal view (fig. 180) stout, broadly rounded at apex.
Ovipositor sheaths reaching just beyond apex of cau-
dodorsal beak.
Male genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view as in fig.
183. Dorsal margin slightly convex, concavely bent
into stout, straight and erect caudodorsal beak. Distal
margin convex between base of beak and lateral pro-
tuberance. Ventral margin almost straight. Ventral
margins converge to a sharp angle at base of pygofer
opening; ventral part of pygofer opening V-shaped
(fig. 182). Pygofer lobe curved inwards towards distal
margin and forming a small, globularly rounded, lat-
eral protuberance. Caudodorsal beak in dorsal view
(fig. 188) short, stout and broadly rounded at apex.
Claspers very slender and parallel to rounded apices
(fig. 185). Proximal part of clasper very long and
straight, adjacent to membranous part of aedeagus.
Apical part of clasper long and slender, with very shal-
low ventral hollow, strongly bent downwards. Dorsal
part of clasper base forming a broad rounded ridge at
base of anal valves. Dorsal ridges of both claspers dis-
tally elongated. Elongated parts curving mesiad, al-
most fusing, and forming a small hood over aedeagus.
Clasper forming a rounded medial protrusion, sup-
porting aedeagus. Aedeagus (figs. 186-187) very pe-
culiar in shape, resembling a pick-axe; consisting of a
stem ending in long and slender, recurving, dorsal
and ventral protrusions. A square-shaped, semi-trans-
parent membrane connecting dorsal protrusion with
stem. This membrane strengthened by a crest along
its proximal margin. Ejaculatory duct following ven-
tral protrusion, ending in posteriorly directed pore.
Aedeagus with pair of short, semi-circular, wing-
shaped crests ventrally along the stem. Aedeagal crests
bending slightly laterad and resting on medial protru-
sions of claspers.
Measurements: Body length d: 12.0-15.0 mm (x
13.3 mm + 0.8), 2: 11.6-15.8 mm (x 14.0 mm +
1.0); tegmen length d: 14.6-18.2 mm (x 16.8 mm +
0.7), 2: 15.6-23.0 mm (x 19.1 mm + 1.7); prono-
tum length d: 1.4-1.7 mm (x 1.5 mm), 9: 1.5-2.0
mm (x 1.7 mm); mesonotum length d: 2.5-3.2 mm
(x 2.8 mm), 9: 2.8-4.1 mm (x 3.4 mm); head length
4: 1.0-1.3 mm (x 1.1 mm), 2 1.1-1.6 mm (x 1.3
mm); head width d: 3.0-3.4 mm (x 3.2 mm), 2:
3.1-4.1 mm (x 3.5 mm); width of pronotal collar d:
3.6-4.2 mm ( 3.9 mm), 2: 4.2-5.4 mm (X 4.6 mm).
Material examined. — IRIAN JAYA: Bewani R. territ., 1200
m, 1939, W. Stüber leg., 19, RMNH; Bokondini, 10 km E,
40 km N of Baliem Val., 1300 m, 24.xi.1961, L. & S.
Quate, 166, 119, BPBM; same data 2d, 29, ZMAN;
Waigeu, Camp Nok, 2500 ft, iv.1938, L.E. Cheesman, 34,
DE BOER: The genus Papuapsaltria
19, BMNH; same data but iv-v.1938, 26, 59, BMNH; 1d,
1, ZMAN; PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Arau, 40 km E of Kainantu,
1400 m, 15.x.1959, T.C. Maa, 19, BPBM; Arau, Kratke
Mts., Valley of Upper Wanton R., 1400 m, 7.x.1959, L.J.
Brass, 19, AMNH; Baiyer River, 14.1.1978, R.B. Lachlan,
19, Moul.; Big Wau Creek, Wau, 1200 m, xii.1965, J.
Sedlacek, 14, BPBM; Coviak Rdg., Wau, 763 m, 7.xii.1963,
H. C., 1d, 59, BPBM; Damanti, Finisterre Mts., Madang
Dist., 3550 ft, 2-11.x.1964, M.E. Bacchus, 18, 19, BMNH;
Kumur, Upper Jimi V., 1000 m, 12.vii.1955, J.L. Gressitt,
16, BPBM; same data but 13.vii.1955, 12, BPBM; Garaina S,
900-1800 m, 8-14.x.1968, 19, BPBM; Loloipa, Goilala,
Owen Stanley Range, 11-20.xii.1957, W.W. Brandt, 19,
BPBM; Mafulu, 4000 ft, i.1934, L.E. Cheesman, d holotype
Baeturia phyllophora Blöte, 19 paratype, 19 allotype,
BMNH; Mt. Missim, Wau, 950-1300 m, xii.1965, J.
Sedlacek, 19, BPBM; Mt. Missim, Wau, Morobe Dist.,
1200-1800 m, 8.xii.1963, H. Clissold, 16, 19, ZMAN;
same data but 1600 m, 17.11.1963, Gressitt, 19; 1800 m,
22.11.1966, 19, both BPBM; Mt. Missim, 7°16° S 146°48’
E, 1500-1800 m, 7.1.1970, M. Sedlacek, 16, BPBM;
Moroka, 1300 m, vii-xii.1895, Loria, 19 paratype Baeturia
phyllophora Blôte, BMNH; Nakata Ridge, Wau, 1800 m,
18.xii.1963, H. Clissold, 16, 19, BPBM; Sattelberg, Huon
Golf, 1898, Biré, 38, 29, TMB; Upper Baiane, Nr.
Bulowat, 1100 m, 3.vi.1979, J.L. Gressitt, 19, BPBM;
Wanuma, Adelbert Mts., 800-1000 m, 26.x.1958, J.L.
Gressitt, 2d, 59, BPBM; Wau, 1200 m, 21.xi.1963, J.L.
Gressitt, 19, BPBM; same data but 25-30.ix.1964, J. & M.
Sedlacek, 19; 1-9.ix.1965, J. Sedlacek, 19; 11.xii.1965, J.
& M. Sedlacek, 16; 14.iii.1966, Gressitt & Wilkes, 14,
19, all BPBM; Wau, 1150-1250 m, 17.11.1966, J. Sedlacek,
19, BPBM; same data but 1100-1300 m, 12.1.1966, 16,
BPBM; Wau Area, Morobe P., iii-iv.1984, T.R. New, 16,
Moul; Wau, 10 km S, st. 054, 22.v.1988, J. van Stalle, 19,
ISNB; Wau, Ecology Inst., 1220 m, 18-20.vi.1981, J. van
Goethem, 19, ISNB; Wau, Hospital Ck., 1200 m,
17.11.1965, J. Sedlacek, 19, BPBM; same data but 1250-
1300 m, 7.iii.1965, 19, BPBM; Wau, Morobe Distr., 14.-
viii.1972, G.G.E. Scudder, 16, BPBM; same data but 1000
m, 1.111.1963, H.W. Clissold, 18; 1090 m, 25.1.1963, J.
Sedlacek, 19; 1100 m, 26.x.1961, J. Sedlacek, 19, all
BPBM; Wau, Morobe Distr., 1200 m, 1-20.xi.1961, J.
Sedlacek, 12; same data but 2-10.xi.1961, J. & M.
Sedlacek, 1 9 ; 19.xi.1961, J.H. Sedlacek, 1 d ; 22.xi.1961, J.
& J.H. Sedlacek, 16; 2.xii.1961, J. Sedlacek, 19; 20-
26.v.1962, J. Sedlacek, 19; 10.11.1963, J. Sedlacek, 19;
15.1.1963, J. Sedlacek, 16, all BPBM.
Remark: The female paratype from Kokoda, mentioned
by Blôte (1960) does not belong to this species but to
Guineapsaltria stylata (Blöte, 1960) (see De Boer 1993a).
Distribution (fig. 4). — P. phyllophora is distributed
throughout northern New Guinea, including the is-
land of Waigeu, and the Huon and Papuan peninsu-
las, but is not recorded from Cendrawasih.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
For the loan of material I am indebted to: Dr R. T. Schuh
(AMNH); Dr W. J. Knight and Mr M. D. Webb (BMNH); Mr
G. M. Nishida and Mr K. Arakaki (BPBM); Mr J. van Stalle
(ISNB); Dr A. Neboiss (MVMA); Dr L. L. Deitz (NCSU); Dr A.
43
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
H. Kirk Spriggs (NMWC); Mr J. van Tol (RMNH); Dr H.
Schröder (SMFD); Mr F. Heller (SMNS); Dr R. Emmrich
(SMTD); Dr T. Väsärhelyi (TMB); Dr R. Danielson (ZILS);
and to Mr M. S. Moulds for the loan of specimens from his
private collection.
I would like to thank Mr G. Verlaan for technical assis-
tance and and Mr D.A. Langerak for preparing the maps
(figs. 3-4, 32 and 129). I am indebted to Professor Dr F. R.
Schram and Dr J. P. Duffels (Instituut voor Systematiek en
Populatie Biologie, University of Amsterdam) for their crit-
ical reading and comments on the manuscript. My special
thanks go to the ‘Uyttenboogaart-Eliasen stichting’ for the
grant I recieved to visit New Guinea during the months of
October and November 1994. This trip enabled me to col-
lect the holotype of P. dolabrata.
REFERENCES
Anonymous, 1938. Atlas van tropisch Nederland: [i-ix],
maps 1-31b, legenda 1-31b, 1-17. Koninklijk Nederlands
Aardrijkskundig Genootschap & Topografische Dienst
in Nederlandsch-Indie, Amsterdam/Batavia.
Anonymous, 1966. List of New Guinea localities: 1-19. —
Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.
Anonymous, 1968. The Times atlas of the world: i-xliii, 1-
272, pls. 1-123. Times Newspapers Ltd., London.
Blöte, H.C., 1958. On the history of the genus Baeturia Stäl
(Insecta, Homoptera, Cicadidae). — Archives néerlan-
daises de Zoologie 13 (Suppl. 1): 262-269.
Blöte, H.C., 1960. The genus Baeturia Stäl as represented in
New Guinea (Homoptera, Cicadidae). — Zoölogische
Mededelingen, Leiden 37: 61-80.
Boer, A.J. de, 1982. The taxonomy and biogeography of the
nasuta group of the genus Baeturia Stäl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 32 (4): 57-78.
Boer, A.J. de, 1986. The taxonomy and biogeography of the
conviva group of the genus Baeturia Stäl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 36 (7): 167-182.
Boer, A.J. de, 1990. Aedeastria, a new cicada genus from
New Guinea, its phylogeny and biogeography
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae), preceded by a discussion on
the taxonomy of New Guinean Tibicinidae. — Beaufortia
40 (3): 63-72.
Boer, A.J. de, 1991. Scottotympana, a new cicad genus from
New Guinea, with the description of three new species,
their taxonomy and biogeography (Homoptera, Tibi-
cinidae). — Beaufortia 42 (1): 1-11.
Boer, A.J. de, 1992a. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the viridis group of the genus Baeturia Stäl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde
61 (3): 163-183.
Boer, A.J. de, 1992b. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the genus Thaumastopsaltria Kirkaldy, 1900, (Homo-
ptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 43 (3): 17-44.
Boer, A.J. de, 1993a. Guineapsaltria, a new genus of the
Australian-New Guinean region, with notes on the tax-
onomy and biogeography (Homoptera, Tibicinidae). —
Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde 63 (1): 15-41.
Boer, A.J. de, 1993b. Ten new species of the genus
44
Aedeastria De Boer, 1990, with notes on the taxonomy
and biogeography (Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Beau-
fortia 43 (9): 140-167.
Boer, A.J. de, 1994. The taxonomy and biogeography of the
guttulinervis group of the genus Baeturia Stäl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde
64 (2): 87-100.
Boer, A.J. de, 1995a. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the genus Gymnotympana Stal, 1861, (Homoptera, Tibi-
cinidae). — Invertebrate Taxonomy (in press).
Boer, A.J. de, 1995b. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the genus Mirabilopsaltria (Homoptera, Tibicinidae). —
Tropical Zoology (in press).
Distant, W. L., 1892. A monograph of Oriental Cicadidae,
Parts 5-7: i-xiv, 97-158; Pls. x-xv. — Trustees Indian Mu-
seum, Calcutta.
Distant, W. L., 1906. A synonymic catalogue of Homo-
ptera. Part 1. Cicadidae: 1-207. — Trustees British Mu-
seum, London.
Duffels, J.P. & P.A. van der Laan, 1985. Catalogue of the
Cicadoidea (Homoptera, Auchenorhyncha) 1956-1980.
— Series Entomologica 33: i-xvi, 1-414.
Jacobi, A., 1903. Singcicaden von Ost-Neuguinea. — Gesell-
schaft naturforschender Freunde Berlin, Sitzungsbericht
1903: 10-15.
Jong, M.R. de, 1985. Taxonomy and biogeography of
oriental Prasiini 1: The genus Prasia Stal, 1863
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomo-
logie 128: 165-191
Kato, M., 1931. Notes on the distribution of Cicadidae in
Japanese Empire. — Bulletin de la Société Biogeogra-
phique de Japan 2: 36-76.
Kato, M., 1932. Monograph of Cicadidae. 1-450.
Lallemand, V., 1931. Hemiptera-Homoptera. Résultats
Scientifiques du Voyage aux Indes Orientales Néerlan-
daises de LL. AA. RR. le Prince et la Princesse Léopold de
Belgique. — Mémoirs du Musée Royal d'Histoire Natu-
relle de Belgique 4 (1): 71-85.
Metcalf, Z. P., 1963. General catalogue of the Homoptera,
VII. Part 2. Tibicinidae. — North Carolina State College,
Raleigh, N.C.: i-iv + 1-492.
Moulds, M.S., 1990. Australian cicadas. — New South
Wales University Press, Kensington: 1-217.
Moulton, J. C., 1923. Cicadas of Malaysia. — Journal
Federated Malay States Museum 11: 69-182 + pls. 1-5.
Myers, J. G., 1928. Cicadidae. Insects of Samoa and other
Samoan terrestrial Arthropoda 2 (2): 55-65. — Trustees of
the British Museum, London.
Pigram, C. J. & H. L. Davies, 1987. Terranes and the accre-
tion history of the New Guinea orogen. — BMR Journal of
Australian Geology and Geophysics 10: 193-212.
Swofford, D.L., 1993. PAUP: Phylogenetic Analysis Using
Parsimony, version 3.1.1. — Computer program distributed
by the Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, Illinois.
Wheeler, T., 1988. Papua New Guinea a travel survival kit.
— Lonely Planet Publications, Victoria, Australia: 1-340.
Received: 9 January 1995
Accepted: 4 April 1995
P. E. BRAGG
Ilkeston, United Kingdom
A REVIEW OF THE SUBFAMILY KORINNINAE
(PHASMIDA: PSEUDOPHASMATIDAE), WITH THE
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES
Bragg, P. E., 1995. A review of the subfamily Korinninae (Phasmida: Pseudophasmatidae),
with the description of a new species. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 45-50, figs. 1-9.
[ISSN 0040-7496]. Published 15 June 1995.
The subfamily Korinninae is reviewed. A key to genera and species is provided. Kalocorinnis
pulchella (de Haan), was previously placed in a different suborder, was found to be the senior
synonym of Kalocorinnis calopteryx Günther. Variation in the males of K. pulchella is discussed
and illustrated. A new species, Kalocorinnis wegneri, from Borneo, is described and illustrated.
The female of Korinnis errans Günther is illustrated. The egg of K. wegneri is the first egg to be
described and illustrated from this subfamily.
P.E. Bragg, 51 Longfield Lane, Ilkeston, Derbyshire, DE7 4DX, United Kingdom.
Key words. — Phasmida, Korinninae, Korinnis, Kalocorinnis, new species, Borneo.
This paper is produced as the result of a visit to
Leiden (RMNH) to examine the type specimens of de
Haan. During this visit it was discovered that one of
de Haan’s species appeared to be the same as the par-
atype of a species described by Günther in 1944
which is also in the RMNH collection. According to
the literature however the two species were consid-
ered to be in different suborders. Careful cleaning
and examination of de Haan’s type specimen showed
that it had been placed in the wrong suborder by
Redtenbacher in 1908.
The RMNH collection has a large number of un-
identified specimens, many from Borneo. These were
examined and several more specimens of this subfam-
ily were located, including one species which is de-
scribed here for the first time.
KORINNINAE
Korinninae Günther 1953: 550. — Type genus: Korinnis
Günther 1932.
The subfamily belongs to the suborder Areolatae
and family Pseudophasmatidae. This is a small sub-
family which is restricted to south east Asia. The sub-
family contains only four species which fall into two
genera. The two suborders of Phasmida are distin-
guished by the presence of a triangular depression on
the underside of the apex of the middle and hind tib-
iae in the Areolatae, and the absence of this feature in
the Anareolatae. The use of Bradley & Galil’s key to
families (1977: 178) places these species in the
Pseudophasmatidae because the tarsi have five seg-
ments, the first abdominal segment is longer than
metanotum, the metanotum is longer than it is wide,
and the antennae are long and filiform. The key to
subfamilies of Pseudophasmatidae (Bradley & Galil
1977: 200) refers these species to the Korinninae be-
cause they possess normally formed elytra, four un-
armed carinae on the femora, and they lack ocelli.
The following key serves to distinguish the genera
and species of the subfamily.
Key to the subfamily
1. Base of fore femora curved, mesonotum with lar-
ge tubercules, wings not coloured, or only tinted
(Korinnis spp.)
— Base of femora straight, mesonotum smooth,
wings strongly coloured (Kalocorinnis spp.) ..... 3
2. Mesonotum evenly tapering and not armed with
bluntispines mesa Korinnis errans Günther
— Mesonotum tapers in two distinct stages and is
armed with eight blunt spines … nen.
bgn CI DIM I) È, Korinnis potameis Günther
3. Mesonotum evenly tapering and not armed with
blunt spines ..... Kalocorinnis pulchella (de Haan)
— Mesonotum tapers in two distinct stages and is
armedawithtsixablumbspines ren
PO Pe, Se EE Kalocorinnis wegneri sp.n.
Ragge (1955), in his study of wing venation in
Phasmida, did not examine any representative of the
Korinninae. The wing venation agrees with the gen-
eral pattern which Ragge found in all groups that he
examined (1955: 390). In the Korinninae the costa,
subcosta, radius, cubitus, and first anal are all un-
45
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
branched, the media branches near the base to form
the anterior and posterior media. Ragge considered
an unbranched radius to be unusual, this state occur-
ring only ‘in isolated genera (or even species) in two
subfamilies (Aschiphasminae and Necrosciinae)’. The
only difference within the Korinninae is the length of
the subcosta; this is between three quarters and four
fifths of the wing length in Korinnis but only about
two thirds in Kalocorinnis. The females of all four
members of the subfamily have an operculum with a
deep notch in the apex. This condition is rare in
Aschiphasmatinae (present in one out of 13 species
examined) although not unusual in the Pseudophas-
matinae.
The distribution of the subfamily is probably limit-
ed to the islands of the East Indies and the Malay
Peninsula. All four species occur in Borneo; reliable
records from outside Borneo refer to only one species,
Kalocorinnis pulchella (de Haan).
SYSTEMATIC PART
Kalocorinnis Günther
Kalocorinnis Günther, 1944: 77. — Type species Kalocorinnis
calopteryx Günther 1944 by original designation [= K.
pulchella (de Haan, 1842)].
Kalocorinnis pulchella (de Haan) comb.n.
(figs. 1-4)
Phasma (Necroscia) pulchellum de Haan, 1842: 120, pl. XV
fig. 5. — Holotype d, Sumatra, Batang Singalang
(RMNH) [examined].
Necroscia pulchella (de Haan). — Westwood 1859: 152;
Kirby 1904: 377.
Tagesoidea pulchella (de Haan). — Redtenbacher 1908: 565.
Kalocorinnis calopteryx Günther, 1944: 78, fig. 5. —
Holotype: ©, Nordborneo (RMNH) [examined],
Paratypes: 9, Central-Borneo (SMTD); d, Peninsular
Malaysia, Selangor, Bukit Kutu, 1100m, 13-iii-1931,
H.M. Pendlebury (RMNH) [examined]. Syn. n.
Material examined. — Holotypes: Phasma (Necroscia) pul-
chellum, &; Kalocorinnis calopteryx, 2. Paratype:
Kalocorinnis calopteryx, 3. — Others: Midden O-Borneo,
14.viii.1925, H. C. Siebers, 19 (RMNH); E. Borneo, 125m
Tabang, Bengen River, 28.x.1956, A.M.R. Wegner, 3d
(RMNH); Sarawak, J.E.A. Lewis, 1d (BMNH, 1910-116);
Sarawak, Wallace, 168 (OXUM); Sabah, Danum Valley,
220m, light trap sample, roadside, secondary forest,
10.ix.1987, A.H. Kirks-Spriggs, 19 (NMWC,
NMW.Z.1987.094).
Examination of the holotype of pulchella showed
that it belongs in the subfamily Korinninae; the orig-
inal description makes no mention of the characteris-
tic which is used to distinguish the two suborders.
Direct comparison of de Haan’s male holotype, and
46
Günther’s male paratype leave no doubt that they are
the same species.
Rather unusually for phasmids, the wings of this
species are brightly coloured and have a distinctive
pattern. In view of the fact that the species had al-
ready been described and well illustrated (de Haan
1842), and had been recorded from Borneo
(Westwood 1859: 152), Günther’s description of
Kalocorinnis calopteryx as a new species from Borneo
might appear strange. However some research into
the background suggests a rational explanation of
this.
The most recent comprehensive work on Phasmida
is the three part monograph by Brunner von
Wattenwyl (1907) and Redtenbacher (1906, 1908),
this is still used as the basis for identification of phas-
mids by most workers. Redtenbacher (1908) placed
pulchella in his “Tribus Necrosciini (now the subfam-
ily Necrosciinae). This was presumably based only on
de Haan’s description and illustration; the species is
not represented in Redtenbacher’s collection. De
Haan’s description is quite brief and makes no men-
tion of the feature which distinguishes the two subor-
ders of Phasmida: the sunken triangular area on the
middle and hind tibiae. It appears that Günther had
not seen de Haan’s type specimen; Leiden Museum
records show no evidence of a visit by Günther. The
illustrations in de Haan’s publication (1842) are very
accurately drawn but are hand coloured; examination
of two copies (RMNH and Oxford University library)
has shown that the pattern on the wings varies (al-
though less than can occur in the insects themselves).
Westwood (1859: 152) correctly identified Wallace’s
specimen although it differs considerably from de
Haan’s specimen (figs. 1, 4). Günther probably did
not consider the possibility that Redtenbacher had
placed the species in the wrong suborder, the species
is so distinctive that he would almost certainly have
recognised it despite variations in de Haan’s illustra-
tions.
The type specimens have suffered damage since
they were originally described. The holotype of put
chella has only two legs remaining, the right fore leg
and left mid leg; the tarsi of both these legs are miss-
ing. Günther illustrated the calopteryx holotype
(1944: 75, fig. 5) at which time it had one antenna
missing, it has since lost both front and both middle
legs; the male paratype lacks both front legs, the left
mid leg, both antennae, and the end of the abdomen.
This species shows variation in both colour and
pattern of the wing patches. There is considerable
variation in the shape of the patches of the males (figs.
1-4), this is particularly noticeable in Wallace’s speci-
men which has greatly reduced patches. The wing
patches of all three females which have been exam-
ined, and the two male types, are cream coloured.
One of the three Tabang males has pale blue-green
patches, the other two have white patches with a blue-
green tinge to the veins. Wallace’s male also has blue-
green patches. The BMNH specimen has yellow
patches. Table 1 gives measurements of the female
collected by Siebers and one of the males collected by
Wegner, part of the abdomen of the male is missing.
This species appears to be quite widespread, having
been recorded from Borneo, peninsular Malaysia and
Sumatra. Within Borneo it has been recorded from
Sabah (Günther’s male paratype and NMWC speci-
men), Sarawak (Westwood, 1859: 152, and Lewis)
and Kalimantan (Wegner, Siebers, and Giinther’s fe-
male paratype).
Kalocorinnis wegneri sp.n.
(fig. 5)
Type material. — Holotype © : East Borneo, 125m
Tabang, Bengen River, 3.ix.1956, A.M.R. Wegner
(RMNH). — Paratype 9: Sabah, Sepilok, 23-11-1983,
Shinji Nagai (C.L. Chan).
The holotype is in poor condition; all the internal
parts of the head and thorax have been eaten, as have
all thoracic sternites; the one remaining antenna is
broken; the left hind and mid legs are missing and on-
ly one tarsus remains; the abdomen is shrunken and
distorted. Despite the poor condition, the wings are
very distinctive and this species is unlikely to be con-
fused with any other.
The paratype is in better condition than the holo-
type, but lacks any front legs, antennae, left mid leg
and right mid tarsus. It differs from the holotype by
being slightly longer (57 mm), and by being more
brightly coloured. It is likely that the colour of the
holotype was originally similar to the paratype. The
abdomen is much fatter, while some of this is due to
dorso-ventral compression during preservation, it
clearly shows that the abdomen of the holotype is
badly shrunken.
Measurements of the holotype and paratype are
given in table 1. Figure 5 is based on the holotype but
has been modified to take some account of the dam-
age and distortion of the specimen; the right wing has
been omitted.
Head globular, longer than wide, smooth. Eyes
prominent. Antennae filiform; light brown at the
base, becoming darker (broken off).
Pronotum mid brown, lateral surfaces green in the
paratype; smooth, with a deep transverse indentation
about one third of the way from the front margin.
Mesonotum granulose; narrow, with parallel sides at
the anterior; widening and swelling suddenly one
third of the way back; with two pairs of laterally
pointing blunt spines near the front edge, and one
BRAGG: Review of Korinninae
blunt spine on each side, slightly in front of the mid
point of the swelling. Anterior third of holotype light
brown, posterior portion mid to dark brown; para-
type evenly mid brown dorsally and green on lateral
surfaces. Metanotum and abdominal segments light
brown; paratype with green lateral surfaces. It is pos-
sible that when live the whole of the paratype’s abdo-
men may have been green.
Abdominal segments of the holotype are shrunken
and distorted, those of the paratype are flattened, but
the abdomen appears to narrow evenly along its
length. Segments 1-7 becoming evenly shorter, 8th
segment noticeably shorter than 7th; 9th and 10th
much shorter and of equal length. The slender lami-
na supraanalis is as long as the 10th segment and ta-
pers to a point. Operculum covered in bristles, with a
deep notch at the apex.
Elytra almost circular; with an obvious hump near
the outer margin; evenly covered in prominent fine
veins.
Wings well rounded. Holotype with costal region
chocolate brown, anal region of the wing tessellated
dark brown and white, with an arc of large white
patches about one two thirds of the way from the base
of the wing, and small white triangular spots on the
margin between the veins. Paratype with costal region
of wings green in front of the main vein and mid
brown behind; anal region dark brown with very few
white tessellations; an arc of pale blue patches corre-
sponds to the white patches of the holotype; the white
triangles on the margin are present but some have a
pale blue tint.
Femora all with four carinae; smooth, apart from
fine bristles mainly on the carinae. The fore femora
are straight and narrow only slightly at the base. Hind
femora slightly enlarged and laterally compressed.
Tibiae with four indistinct carinae; only slightly
widened at the apices. Fore and mid tarsi with five
segments; first tarsomere one third of the total; fourth
tarsomere very short. (Middle tarsi missing from both
specimens).
Male: Unknown.
Egg. — Several eggs (figs. 7-9) were removed from
the body of the paratype by rehydration and partial
dissection of the abdomen. While some eggs appear
to be fully developed, there may be some slight differ-
ences in surface detail between these and eggs which
are laid. Some of the eggs have been slightly damaged
during the original preservation or by their subse-
quent rehydration; this has caused some distortion of
the ventral surface, as a consequence the true curva-
ture of the ventral surface may differ slightly from
that shown in the illustration (fig. 8).
Whole of capsule mid brown. Capsule twice as
47
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
6
DEN ETSER
FA LL TE I
DEEE
DER De
rx
Een
IT
Katar > Bere en
=
LEAD
ANS
; : SSS == 2
N x =
n N <a = I TT
d INI PI Si e =
II N —
i ROS = Son
I SS È
| Le \ NN : NT n > È
N x
IE NOR NC
4 \ \ \ \
SR
SLA
eenen
ORC mare ES
RES
7
ET —=
Figs. 1-9. Korinninae. — 1-4. Wing patterns of male Kalocorinnis pulchella (de Haan): 1, De Haan’s holotype; 2, Giinther’s
paratype; 3, One of Wegner’s specimens; 4, Wallace’s specimen. — 5. Kalocorinnis wegneri sp. n., holotype 2. — 6. Korinnis
errans Günther, 2. — 7-9. Egg of Kalocorinnis wegneri n.sp. (removed from paratype): 7, dorsal view; 8, lateral view; 9, inter-
nal view of dorsal surface. Scale line A (1 cm) for figs. 5 and 6, scale line B (1 mm) for figs. 7-9.
48
long as wide, tapering slightly at polar end, dorsal
surface sloping steeply towards the ventral surface at
the anterior end; ventral surface longitudinally al-
most flat, laterally sharply convex; dorsal surface
strongly convex. A sharp ridge circles the egg, separ-
ating the dorsal and ventral surfaces; a similar ridge
runs from the micropyle to the polar end.
Operculum circular; at the anterior end of the dor-
sal surface. Micropylar plate indistinct externally;
internally the plate is almost circular, open, with a
triangular notch at the polar end (fig. 9). Typical
measurements: length 3.8 mm, height 1.5 mm,
width 2.0 mm.
Etymology. — Wegneri, after the collector A.M.R.
Wegner.
Korinnis Günther
Korinnis Günther, 1932: 66. — Type species K. potameis
Günther, 1932 by original designation.
Korinnis potameis Günther
Korinnis potameis Günther, 1932: 67, fig. 1. — Holotype 9,
Kalimantan, Noesa Djangkai on the lower reaches of the
River Serawai, 19-xi-1924.
Korinnis potameis. — Günther 1943: 151.
Material examined. — Kalimantan, Mahakam, ex-
pedition of Dr Nieuwenhuis, 1894 [det. Günther,
1943: 151], 12 (RMNH); same data [det. Günther,
but not mentioned in Günther 1943], 2 nymph
(RMNH); Kalimantan Tengah, Sungai Ratu Miri,
Ratu Miri logging camp, to lights, 22-viii-1993, P.E.
Bragg, 19 (P.E. Bragg, PEB-1999).
Table 1. Measurements of specimens examined in detail
BRAGG: Review of Korinninae
Table 1 gives measurements of the two adult spec-
imens which have been examined. The specimen col-
lected by the author was kept alive for four days but
did not lay any eggs. Colour transparencies (Koda-
chrome 64 ASA film) were taken and used in con-
junction with the preserved specimen for the follow-
ing description of the coloration of the insect.
Head, pronotum, mesonotum and leading edge of
elytra a glossy mid brown. Spines on the mesonotum
with black tips. Head with a large almost round pea-
green spot between the eyes. Sides and underneath of
body, and whole of abdomen, blueish-green; final
three abdominal segments with a chocolate brown
longitudinal stripe. Costal and subcostal areas of wing
blueish-green, radial and medial areas pea-green; radi-
al vein distinctly orangy-brown with a narrow white
line on the hind margin of the subcostal area. The
anal region of the wing pale rose-pink. Elytra blueish-
green on the leading edge, glossy mid-brown on the
humped portion, pea-green on the outer trailing edge
and bright yellow on the inner trailing edge. All fe-
mora, fore tibiae and fore tarsi glossy mid-brown, fore
femora yellowish green at the base. Mid and hind tib-
iae very pale green, brown at apices. Mid and hind
tarsi very pale green at the base becoming mid brown
at the apices. Antennae very dark brown, almost
black, with some pale bands towards the apices.
Remarks. — Maps of Kalimantan are of limited val-
ue for finding precise localities, they are often marked
‘data incomplete’ and not all rivers and villages are
named. Attempts to locate Noesa Djangkai on avail-
able maps have been unsuccessful, however a village
called Nanga Serawai has been located on the conflu-
ence of the rivers Melawei and Serawai; this suggests
Total >28
Length (mm) 3 pulchella
Antennae >26
Head 2.5
Pronotum 1.5
Mesonotum 4
Metanotum & median segment 6.5
Elytra IS
Wing 21
Fore femora 6.5
Fore tibiae 5
Fore tarsi 5
Mid femora 5
Mid tibiae 4
Mid tarsi 4
Hind femora 8
Hind tibiae 6.5
Hind tarsi 5
Kalocorinnis Korinnis
9 pulchella 3 wegneri 9 potameis © errans
38 53-57 58-59 48
>16 >6 25 >13
3 4.5-5 4 3.5
? 2 2.5 1.5
5 5.5-6 6.5-7 4.5
5 10-11 9-10 8
2.5 4-4.5 4.5-5 4
27 40 40-41 35
Y 9 10.5-11.5 9.5
4.5 7 7-9 7,
4.5 6 6-7 6
5 VS 7.5-8.5 7
3.5 5 5-6.5 5
3.5 - 4.5-5.5 4.5
8 10.5-11 11.5-13 11
6 9 8-10.5 8
5 7 5.5-7 6
49
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
that Noesa Djangkai is probably in the region around
0° 15°S, 112° 45°E. The specimens from Dr. Nieu-
wenhuis’ expedition give ‘Mahakam’ as the locality;
this is rather vague as the Mahakam, in eastern Kali-
mantan, is one of the longest rivers in Borneo.
Neither the Ratu Miri logging camp, or the River
Ratu Miri are marked on any available maps; the
camp is estimated to be approximately 0° 30’S, 113°
35E.
Korinnis errans Günther
(fig. 6)
Korinnis errans Günther, 1938: 125. — Holotype 9, Borneo?
[Günther stated that the specimen was incorrectly label-
led ‘Sibsagar, Nordost Assam, S.E. Peal’] (NZSI).
Material examined. — [from Siebers’ collection],
1® (RMNH); Sabah, Mt Kinabalu, Silau Silau trail, c.
1580m, 10.xi.1991, C. L. Chan (C. L. Chan) 9;
Sabah, Sepilok, 13.vi.1982, C. L. Chan & S. Nagai,
12 (C. L. Chan).
The female from RMNH which has been examined
has no original data label other than the number 181
written in pencil. However there are two labels added
by Klante in 1965; the first is a determination label,
the second is a note that the specimen is ‘without
doubt from box 39 of the Siebers collection’. The
RMNH collection contains a large number of phasmids
collected in Borneo by Siebers in 1925. This supports
Günther’s suspicions about the locality of the holo-
type. This is confirmed by the two specimens in the
collection of Mr C.L. Chan of Kota Kinabalu, Sabah.
The RMNH specimen agrees with Günthers de-
scription. Although the total length is only 3 mm
shorter, there are three measurements notably differ-
ent from those given by Günther: the length of the
mesonotum is shorter (4.5 mm compared to 6.5 mm
in Günther’s description), the fore femora are shorter
(9.5 mm compared to 11 mm), and the elytra are
larger (4 mm compared to 3 mm); other size differen-
ces are minor. The length of the fore femora agree if
it is assumed that Günther included the trochanter in
his measurement. A complete set of measurements of
Siebers’ specimen is given in table 1, and the speci-
men is illustrated in figure 6.
The two specimens from the collection of C.L.
Chan appear to differ considerably from each other.
The Mt Kinabalu specimen, length 40 mm, is much
smaller than the other specimens although the gener-
al proportions agree closely with the RMNH speci-
men. The Sepilok specimen, length 48 mm, has a
more slender appearance due to the longer mesotho-
50
rax (5.5 mm), and longer legs; its proportions agree
closely with those given by Günther.
In most respects these specimens agree closely with
Günther’s description; the differences may be due to
intraspecific variation. There is a possibility that there
are two species represented here but at present insuf-
ficient material is available to determine this with
confidence.
It is worth noting that although the other members
ofthe Korinninae have a few hairs on the radius of the
wing, these specimens have numerous hairs all over
the costal region; although those of the Sepilok speci-
men are less densely packed than the RMNH and
Sepilok specimens.
REFERENCES
Bradley, J. C. & Galil, B. S., 1977. The taxonomic arrange-
ment of the Phasmatodea with keys to the subfamilies
and tribes. — Proceedings of the Entomological Society of
Washington 79 (2): 176-208.
Brunner von Wattenwyl, K., 1907. Die Insektenfamilie der
Phasmiden, Volume 2. Leipzig.
Günther, K., 1932. Die von Professor Dr. H. Winkler
1924/25 in Zentralborneo gesammelien Phasmoiden. —
Zoologischer Anzeiger 101 (3/4): 65-73.
Günther, K., 1938. Neue und wenig bekannte Phasmoiden
aus dem Indian Museum, Calcutta. — Records of the
Indian Museum 40: 123-141.
Günther, K. 1943. Die Phasmoiden (Orthoptera) der
‘Borneo-Expedition Dr. Nieuwenhuis’ aus dem
Stromgebiet des oberen Mahakam. — EOS Madrid 19:
149-172.
Günther, K., 1944. Bemerkungen über indomalayische
Stabheuschrecken (Orth.), besonders die Gattung
Haaniella Kby. — Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung 105:
68-79.
Günther, K., 1953. Über die taxonomische Gliederung und
die geographische Verbreitung der Insektenordnung der
Phasmatodea. — Beiträge zur Entomologie 3 (5): 541-
563.
Haan, W. de., 1842. Bijdragen tot de kennis Orthoptera. —
in: C. J. Temminck, Verhandelingen over de natuurlijke
Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche overzeesche Bezittingen
2: 95-138.
Kirby F.W., 1904. A synonymic catalogue of Orthoptera.
Volume 1. London.
Ragge, D.R., 1955. The wing-venation of the order
Phasmida. — Transactions of the Royal Entomological
Society of London 106: 375-392.
Redtenbacher J., 1906. Die Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden,
Volume 1. Leipzig.
Redtenbacher J., 1908. Die Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden,
Volume 3. Leipzig.
Westwood, J.O., 1859. Catalogue of the Orthopterous in-
sects in the collection of the British Museum. Part I:
Phasmidae. British Museum, London.
Received: 15 April 1994
Accepted: 20 January 1995
NILS MOLLER ANDERSEN’ & PING PING CHEN’
‘Zoological Museum, University of Copenhagen, Denmark &° Beijing Academy of Agriculture &
Forestry Sciences, Beijing, P.R. China
A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF THE PTILOMERINE
GENUS RHYACOBATES ESAKI (HEMIPTERA:
GERRIDAE), WITH FIVE NEW SPECIES FROM CHINA
AND ADJACENT COUNTRIES
Andersen, N.M. & P.P. Chen, 1995. A taxonomic revision of the ptilomerine genus
Rhyacobates Esaki (Hemiptera: Gerridae), with five new species from China and adjacent coun-
tries. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 51-67, figs. 1-37, table 1. [ISSN 0040-7496].
Published 15 June 1995.
The taxonomy of the lotic-adapted water strider genus Rhyacobates Esaki, 1923, is revised, all
previously known species redescribed, and five new species described from China and adjacent
countries: R. abdominalis sp. n. from Guangdong, À. edentatus sp. n. from Guangdong and
Guangxi, À. recurvus sp. n. from Jiangxi, R. scorpio sp. n. from Sichuan, all in China, and R.
malaisei sp. n. from Burma, Thailand, and China (Yunnan). R. esakii Miyamoto & Lee, 1963,
syn. n. is synonymized with À. chinensis Hungerford & Matsuda, 1959. A key to all species of
the genus is provided. The status of ‘Rhyacobates imadatei Miyamoto, 1967, is discussed.
Finally, the results of a cladistic analysis of relationships between species of Rhyacobates and re-
lated genera of Ptilomerinae are given.
Correspondence: Dr. Nils M. Andersen, Zoological Museum, Universitetsparken 15, DK-
2100 Copenhagen, Denmark
Key words. — Gerridae; Ptilomerinae; Rhyacobates; taxonomy; key; new species; China, Korea,
Burma, Thailand.
The subfamily Ptilomerinae Bianchi, 1896 com-
prises medium-sized or large water striders which all
are strongly adapted to life on the water surface of lot-
ic habitats including torrents and fast-flowing streams
and rivers. Except for one genus from Madagascar,
the ptilomerines are confined to the eastern Palearctic
Region and the Oriental Region including New
Guinea (Andersen 1982). Matsuda (1960) presented
a very useful account of the taxonomic morphology
and generic taxonomy of the Gerridae including most
genera of the Ptilomerinae. Apart from the taxonom-
ic revision by Hungerford & Matsuda (1965) of the
large genus Ptilomera Amyot & Serville and the revi-
sion of the genus Potamometropsis Lundblad by Zettel
(1994), the species taxonomy of the ptilomerine gen-
era is still incompletely known.
The following account of the genus Rhyacobates
Esaki (1923) is the first part of a series of studies of
the classification and phylogeny of ptilomerine gene-
ra undertaken by the senior author. It is also a contri-
bution towards improving the knowledge about the
fauna of semiaquatic bugs (Heteroptera, Gerromor-
pha) of China and adjacent countries.
All measurements are in millimeters. ‘Length’ has
been measured from the anterior margin of the head
along the central body axis to the posterior margin of
the last visible abdominal tergum in apterous (wing-
less) specimens, or to the apex of the forewings in
macropterous (winged) specimens. ‘Dealated’ speci-
mens are macropterous specimens which have shed
their wings by self-inflicted damage or autotomy (see
Andersen 1982). ‘Width’ is the maximum width of
the body and is measured across the middle pair of
acetabula (coxal cavities). Measurement of the femur
does not include the trochanter. Measurements of the
distal leg segments (tibia and/or tarsus) are usually in-
accurate since these segments are extremely thin and
usually coil up when the specimen is dried.
The genital segments of female Rhyacobates (seg-
ments 8-10) are usually completely withdrawn into
the tubular, pregenital abdomen (e.g., figs. 6-7) and
difficult to remove for examination and dissection. In
order to examine the genital segments (segments 8-
10) of the male (fig. 8), the segments are detached
from the abdomen (dry specimens may be softened
by placing them in alcohol for a few hours), macerat-
ed in hot 10% potassium hydroxide (KOH) for about
ten minutes, and cleared in lactic acid (50% aqueous
51
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
solution) for a couple of hours. The phallic organ is
pulled out of the pygophore (segment 9) and the dis-
tal part of the phallus (vesica) pushed out of the basal
part (phallotheca) with fine needles.
The specimens dealt with in this paper were bor-
rowed from or deposited in the following collections
(with abbreviations used in the lists of material exam-
ined): Entomological Laboratory, Kyushu University,
Fukuoka, Japan (ELKU); the Natural History Museum
(formerly British Museum, Natural History),
London, U.K. (BMNH); the John T. Polhemus collec-
tion, Englewood, Colorado, U.S.A. (JTPC); the Nico
Nieser collection, Tiel, the Netherlands (NC); Natural
History Museum, Stockholm, Sweden (NHMS);
Natural History Museum, Vienna, Austria (NHMV);
Nankai University, Tianjin, China (NUC); Snow Mu-
seum of Entomology, Kansas University, Lawrence,
Kansas, U.S.A. (SEMK); National Museum of Natural
History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington,
D.C., U.S.A. (USNM); Zoological Institute, Acade-
mia Sinica, Beijing, China (ZIB); Zoological
Museum, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
(ZMUC).
SYSTEMATIC PART
Genus Rhyacobates Esaki
Rhyacobates Esaki, 1923: 387 (descr.). Type species by ori-
ginal designation: Rhyacobates takahashii Esaki, 1923;
Hungerford & Matsuda, 1960: 8 (key); Matsuda, 1960:
273-276; Andersen, 1982: 424 (key; many further refe-
rences throughout book).
Esakobates Lundblad, 1934: 22. Type species by monotypy:
Esakobates svenhedini Lundblad, 1934. Synonymized by
Hungerford & Matsuda (1959: 69).
Description. — Chiefly black dorsally and pleurally,
covered by silvery pubescence (fig. 1). Head yellowish
with median black spot. Pronotum with large median
pale spot; pronotal lobe (macropterous form) dark
with brownish lateral margins. Mesonotum (apterous
form) with median pale stripe not reaching anterior
margin. Mesosternum chiefly black, rest of venter yel-
lowish.
Female larger than male, not modified ventrally.
Head with anterior margin not bent ventrad; eyes
globular. Antenniferous tubercles prominent; anten-
nae almost as long as body in male, slightly shorter in
female: first antennal segment longer than three fol-
lowing segments together (fig. 2); second segment
not longer than third; fourth segment shortest,
curved and with elongate, impressed whitish hair-pad
ventrally on distal two fifths (fig. 3). Pronotum of
apterous form short, subquadrangular, with lateral
margins slightly converging posteriorly. Mesonotum
about three times as long as pronotum in male, slight-
52
ly longer in female. Pronotum of macropterous form
large, covering mesonotum and wing bases; posterior
margin broadly rounded. Fore leg longer than body
(fig. 1); femur robust, slightly tapering apically; tibia
with inner apical process more distinct in female than
in male; first tarsal segment 1.6-2x as long as second
segment in male, longer in female. Middle femur
about twice or a little less than twice as long as tibia;
femur in male without dense fringe of long hairs on
inner margin, with scattered dark pegs or spines ven-
trally, not forming a distinct row of spines; middle
tibia about half as long as femur, with distinct hair-
fringe ventrally; middle tarsus less than half as long as
tibia, first tarsal segment much longer than second
segment. Hind coxae longer than wide, without spine
on apical margin; hind femur slightly longer than
middle femur; hind tibia about one third as long as
femur, without hair-fringe; hind tarsus less than one
tenth as long as tibia, first tarsal segment shorter than
second segment. Claws absent from both middle and
hind legs. Forewing venation very similar to that of
Ptilomera (Andersen, 1982: fig. 430), with M and Cu
separated from near base, connected by a cross-vein
before middle of wing.
Male abdomen shortened, seventh segment about
1.5x sixth segment ventrally. Eighth segment reduced
in length ventrally (fig. 8), hind margin slightly pro-
duced. Pygophore prolonged, rounded on apical mar-
gin. Proctiger widened (fig. 10), sometimes expanded
laterally in basal parts. Parameres large (fig. 9), sym-
metrical and falciform, not conspicuously setose.
Phallotheca cylindrical but weakly sclerotized; con-
junctivum with two pairs of lobes; endosoma with
dorsal vesical sclerite only partly sclerotized (fig. 11),
bifurcated apically and fused to slender ventral scler-
ite basally; there are no well-defined lateral sclerites.
Female abdomen moderate in length in most spe-
cies, posterior segments curved dorsad (fig. 6; apter-
ous form), in some species to oblique or even vertical
position. Seventh segment about twice or over twice
as long as sixth segment ventrally (fig. 4), tubular,
prolonged and enclosing genital segments. Connexi-
vum with postero-lateral corners more or less distinct-
ly prolonged. Hind margin of seventh sternum pro-
duced medially but without distinct median lobe.
Ovipositor illustrated by Matsuda (1960: fig. 680, À.
lundbladi).
Type species by original designation and monoty-
py: Rhyacobates takahashii Esaki, 1923.
Biology. — Species belonging to the genus
Rhyacobates live on the surface of swift streams or
small rivers. Esaki (1923: 389-390) aptly characteriz-
es the habitat and behaviour of Rhyacobates takahashii
as follows: ‘This curious water strider was found at
first on a very rapid stream in a rocky ravine at Sozan
MOLLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
EEL = e D nn |
— o
SSI
Ss
Fig. 1. Rhyacobates scorpio; apterous male, dorsal habitus (Reproduced with permission from Andersen, 1982: fig. 448).
53
“TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
[in Taiwan]. The insects glide swiftly on the surface
of the water in all directions and are hardly recog-
nizable owing to the disturbance of the water. They
look, however, somewhat like whirligig beetles. Some
of them were found climbing on the rocks near by.
Numerous of specimens in copula were also captured.
Numerous examples were found on the Shinten River
which is a very much larger stream than the Sozan.
Here also they live on a rapid current, but at Shinten
only the males and the nymphs of the last instar were
found. The nymphs were not seen at Sozan.’
The last observation seems to indicate that the spe-
cies is protandrous, i.e., that males complete their last
moult before the females. The modifications of the
female abdomen with genital segments withdrawn
into a tubular seventh abdominal segment may be an
adaptation to discourage copulation except when the
female is newly emerged and teneral.
Comparative notes. — Rhyacobates is most closely
related to Heterobates Bianchi (1896) and Pleciobates
Esaki (1930). Matsuda (1960: 264-265) pictured
these genera as a (presumably monophyletic) group
with unresolved mutual relationships in his diagram
of ‘evolutionary relationships of genera of the
Ptilomerinae. The genus Potamometroides Hunger-
ford (1951) from Madagascar was also included but is
not considered in the following discussion.
Rhyacobates shares the following characters with
Heterobates and Pleciobates: (a) meso- and metanotum
chiefly dark, covered with a dense layer of silvery pu-
bescence; (b) first antennal segment much longer
than three following segments together; (c) fourth an-
tennal segment short, curved and with elongate ovate,
impressed whitish area in distal two fifths to half, (d)
male fore femora relatively slender, without ventral
modifications before apex; (e) claws absent from mid-
dle and hind tarsi; (f) male parameres moderate in
size, falciform, not conspicuously setose; (g) apical
segments of female pregenital abdomen strongly
modified. According to Matsuda (1960: 204), the ba-
sally strongly reflexed connexiva (female abdomen)
also unites the three genera. This character, however,
is not present in all Rhyacobates species.
Rbyacobates differs from both Heterobates and
Pleciobates in the following characters: (h) middle fe-
mur of male without ventral row of black spines; (i)
eighth abdominal segment of male reduced ventrally,
shorter than seventh sternum; (j) posterior segments
of female abdomen usually curved dorsad (apterous
form); (k) seventh segment of female abdomen tube-
like prolonged, completely enclosing the genital seg-
ments.
The genus Heterobates is above all characterized by
the distinctly demarcated, flattened area on the ven-
tral surface of the female body (Matsuda 1960: fig.
54
684). The hind margin of female abdominal sternum
7 has a square, median lobe (absent in Rhyacobates
and Pleciobates).
The genus Pleciobates was not available to Matsuda
(1960) for direct study but its affinity was discussed
based on the original description by Esaki (1930). In
females of the type species, P. tuberculatus Esaki,
1930, the seventh abdominal segment is prolonged,
with a finger-like process arising from the hind corner
of the sixth connexival segment (see also Cheng &
Fernando 1969). More recently, Thirumalai (1986)
has described two species of Pleciobates from southern
India in which the females lack this connexival pro-
cess.
Key to the species of Rhyacobates
(male of R. recurvus sp. n. not available)
ldRemalesf Leti eo e o 2
i MAIS ET te Tee MELIA 10
2. Seventh abdominal segment abruptly turned dor-
sad at an angle of about 90 degrees (fig. 28).
Posterolateral corners of segment with very short
process (figs. 29-30). China (Sichuan) ...............
Dee R. scorpio sp. n.
— Seventh abdominal segment not modified as
above asen e RER URN LE 3
3. Abdomen distinctly curved dorsad towards the
end (figs. 6, 12, 16, 33). Posterolateral corners of
seventh abdominal segment either blunt or trian-
gularly produced, but never bilobate … … … … 4
— Abdomen almost straight or only faintly curved
dorsad towards the end (fig. 18). Posterolateral
corners of seventh abdominal segment more or
lessidlistinetyabilobate ns 8
4. Dorsal margin of seventh abdominal segment dis-
tinctly shorter than ventral margin when viewed
from the side (fig. 16). Posterior margin of sev-
enth abdominal sternum with median, recurved
process (fig. 17). China (Guangdong) ................
a ae ei R. recurvus sp. n.
— Dorsal margin of seventh abdominal segment al-
most as long as ventral margin when viewed from
the side (figs. 6, 12, and 33). Seventh abdominal
sternum at most with a median, pointed but not
recuivedi process (el) re 5
5. Posterior margin of seventh segment (figs. 34-35)
without any projections. China (Guangdong,
Guanda R. edentatus sp. n.
— Posterior margin of seventh segment with one or
two pairs of lateral projections and one median,
ventral'processü...:.. ttes er tn 6
6. Posterior margin of seventh segment (fig. 12)
with a blunt, angular projection above laterad of
which is a faint process (fig. 13). China (Guang-
dong) ito R. abdominalis sp. n.
— Posterior margin of seventh segment with one or
10.
Il
12.
15;
14.
two pairs of prominent, lateral projections. Dor-
sal margin of segment usually furnished with a
rowiofierectidarkdhrairspes sets 7
. Posterior margin of seventh segment (fig. 4) with
one triangular projection above which is directed
obliquely downward. First abdominal tergite
swollen. Length 9.1-9.5 mm. Taiwan
pale tals ne à TR he LEN RER R. takahashii Esaki
Posterior margin of seventh abdominal segment
(figs. 6-7) with two projections: one short, trian-
gular projection above laterad of which is a long-
er, postero-ventrally directed projection. First ab-
dominal tergite with two, distinctly separated
swellings. Length 8.0-9.3 mm. China (Neimeng-
gu, Hebei, Hubei, Hunan, Tianjin), Korea … …
EAN R. chinensis Hungerford & Matsuda
Small species, length 7.0-7.6 mm. Posterior mar-
gin of seventh abdominal segment with two pro-
jections (figs. 18-19): one long, triangular projec-
tion above laterad of which is a short, pointed
process. Burma, China (Yunnan), Thailand … …
Pee bode enen R. malaisei sp. n.
Larger species, length 11-12.2 mm. Posterior end
of abdomen not modified as before … … … … …. 9
Posterolateral corners of seventh abdominal seg-
ment (figs. 26-27) with two lobes; inner lobe nar-
row and pointed, outer lobe broad and rounded
at tip. Length 12.2 mm. China (Zhejiang) .........
Ee nnen Rhyacobates lundbladi Hungerford
Posterolateral corners of seventh abdominal seg-
ment as above, but inner lobe very small (figs. 24-
25) and outer lobe broad and obliquely cut off at
tip. Length 11-12 mm. China (Fujian, Sichuan)
ENE Rhyacobates svenhedini Lundblad
Small species, length 6.0-7.2 mm .................. 11
Large species, length 7.5 mm or more ........... 13
Middle and hind femora subequal in length.
Proctiger with small, hook-shaped process on
each side (fig. 21). Length 6.0-6.5 mm ..............
NEE rite Ah Portes ILE R. malaisei sp. n.
Middle femur shorter than hind femur. Proctiger
laterally widened (fig. 10), but without hook-
shapedsprocessesiin Ben PA. nue 12
Parameres rather broad in middle one-third, with
apices more or less suddenly narrowed (fig. 9) …
TEN R. chinensis Hungerford & Matsuda
Parameres slender and falciform, with distinctly
hook-shaped apices (as viewed from behind) ......
RR R. takahashii Esaki & R. abdominalis sp. n.
Eighth segment distinctly impressed ventrally,
with transverse ridge in basal part. Length 8.4
DOD A AL ia R. svenhedini (Lundblad)
Eighth segment not modified ventrally as before
RE ARIA REA Aura «Brin SUES de duna Soria: 14
Eensch7.5:mm...... R. lundbladi (Hungerford)
Kensth18.0-8°lemmer mn er R. scorpio sp. n.
MOLLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
Rhyacobates takahashii Esaki
(figs. 2-5)
Rhyacobates takahashii Esaki, 1923: 388, pl. 1. Holotype fe-
male [not examined] from Taiwan, Sosan near Taihoku
(ELKU); Esaki, 1925: 60; Matsuda, 1960: 273-276, figs.
656-658, 660, 663, 674-676, 678.
Material. — TAIWAN: 2d 2% (apterous), Formosa,
Keishinryo, 15.iv.1965, leg. T. Saigusa (det. S. Miyamoto)
(rec); 1d (apterous), Ural, Taipei, Taiwan, July 1957, leg.
L.C. Chen (TPC); 16 19 (apterous), Taiwan, Shinten near
Taihoku, 7.vi.1940, leg. S. Miyamoto (R. takahashii, det.
Esaki) (USNM).
Descriptive notes. — The original description
(Esaki, 1923) of the apterous male and female of À.
takahashii is excellent and well illustrated, and
leaves no doubt about the identity of this species.
The length is given as 6.5 mm (male) and 9.5 mm
(female). Matsuda (1960) offers useful illustrations
of both sexes of this species including details of
head, appendages, male genitalia, and female abdo-
men.
The apterous specimens examined by us have the
following dimensions: length 6.8, 2 9.1; width of
head d 1.2 mm, @ 1.4; width of thorax d 1.8, ©
2.6. Colour pattern as in generic description.
Antennal segments 1-4 of male measure: 3.52 : 0.98 :
1.05 : 0.82. Relative lengths of leg segments (femur:
tibia: first tarsal segment: second tarsal segment): fore
leg: 3.60 : 3.00 : 1.00 : 0.62; middle leg: 10.05 : c. 4.9
: c. 2.0 (segment 1+2); hind leg: 10.92 : c. 3.2 : 0.10
:0.20.
Male genital segments have the following structure
(Matsuda 1960: figs. 658, 674): eighth segment
slightly impressed ventro-laterally; pygophore large,
ovate; proctiger with small, angular projection on
each side; parameres (fig. 5) slender and falciform,
with distinctly hook-shaped apices (as viewed from
behind). Miyamoto & Lee (1963: fig. 5) illustrated
the vesical sclerites and Miyamoto (1967: fig. 58) the
structure of the male endosomal conjunctivum.
Abdomen of apterous female curved upward to-
wards the end. First abdominal tergite with a me-
dian, yellowish brown swelling. Connexiva reflect-
ed, margins of third to fifth segment almost meeting
each other above the tergites. Seventh abdominal
segment slightly longer than two preceding seg-
ments together ventrally; dorsal margin describing a
regular curve when viewed from the side (fig. 4),
furnished with dense, erect pubescence; posterior
margin with a triangular projection above which is
directed obliquely downward; median, ventral pro-
cess small but sharp, continued as a low carina on
seventh sternum.
Esaki (1925: 60, figs. 11-12) described and illus-
trated the macropterous form.
55
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
N
RARES
9
Figs. 2-11. — 2-5. Rhyacobates takahashii, 2 left antenna, 3 fourth antennal segment, ventral view, 4 abdominal end of female,
lateral view, 5 left paramere of male, two different views. Scales 2, 4 0.5 mm, 3 0.2 mm, 5 0.1 mm. — 6-11. Rhyacobates chi-
nensis, 6 female body, lateral view (mn mesonotum, pn pronotum, t1 first abdominal tergum), 7 abdominal end of female,
lateral view (s7 seventh abdominal sternum), 8 abdominal end of male, ventral view (pa paramere, py pygophore, s7 seventh
abdominal sternum, s8 eighth abdominal sternum), 9 left paramere of male, two different views, 10 proctiger of male, dorsal
view, 11 vesical sclerites of male, lateral view (ds dorsal sclerite, vs ventral sclerite). Scales 6 1 mm, 7, 8 0.5 mm, 9, 11 0.1 mm,
10 0.2 mm.
56
Rhyacobates chinensis Hungerford & Matsuda
(figs. 6-11)
Rhyacobates chinensis Hungerford & Matsuda, 1959: 69.
Holotype [not examined] from China, Neimenggu
[Inner Mongolia], Djalantun, Great Khingan Mts.
(SEMK).
Rhyacobates esakii Miyamoto & Lee, 1963: 43. Holotype male
[examined]: Korea (S), Nam Te Cheon (ELKU). Syn. n.
Rhyacobates takahashii Esaki; Esaki, 1940: 128 (Miyamoto
& Lee, 1963: 43)
Material. — CHINA: Paratypes 1d 19 (apterous)(R. chi-
nensis), Djalantun, Gr. Khingan, VI.38, Bot. from M.
Weymarn (JTPC). — Hebex 76 319 (apterous), 12 (mac-
ropterous), Wu-Ling Shan (40.6N, 117.4E), VIII.29.1973,
leg. Liu Shengli (NUC, ZMUC); 6% (apterous), same locality,
VIII.1974 (nuc); Huber: 19 (apterous), Shen-Nong-Jia
Nat. Res., Song-Bai (31.7N, 110.6E), VII.17.1977, leg.
Zou Huan-guang (NUC); Hunan: 68 69 (apterous),
Zhang-jia-jie Nat. Res. (29.1N, 110.4E), Jin-bian Stream,
X.14.1985, leg. Zou Huan-guang (NUC); 1d (apterous),
NW-Hunan, Bez. Dayong, Wulingvuan, Zhiangjiajie,
Forest NP, Shuiraosinum, X.30.1993, 600 m, leg. H.
Schönmann (NHMV); Neimenggu [Inner Mongolia]: 11ó
10 (apterous), Xilin Gol Meng (43.9N, 116.0E), livestock
breeding farm, VIII.1974, leg. Jiang Zhong-ming (NUC);
Tianjin: 28 32 (apterous), Ji County (40.0N, 117.3E),
Xia-Ying Xiang, Chang-zhou Village, VII.29, 1985, leg. Liu
(NUC). KOREA: Holotype d (apterous) (R. esakii): Nam Te
Cheon, Sam Bangcheon, Ham Nam, 31.vii.1937, leg. K.
Doi (ELKU); 3d 39 (apterous), S. Korea, Seolak Mt.
8.9.1976, collector unknown (ex Lee coll.) (R. chinensis, det.
P. Chen & J.T. Polhemus) (JTPC).
Description. — Apterous form: Dimensions.
Length d 6.4-6.8, 2 8.0-9.3; width of head d 1.2-
1.3 mm, ® 1.4-1.5; width of thorax d 1.9-2.1, ©
2.8-3.2.
Colour as in generic description. Median black
spot of head posteriorly bifurcated. Antennae dark
brown. Pronotum with a large, triangular brownish
yellow spot in middle. Median, brownish yellow
stripe of mesonotum extends onto metanotum and
first abdominal tergite in female. Connexival margin
brownish in female. Prosternum, legs and distal parts
of acetabula light brown. Mesosternum chiefly dark
with a median subtriangular, yellowish spot.
Male elongate with relatively short abdomen.
Relative lengths of antennal segments (1-4): 3.50 :
0.93 : 0.98 : 0.83. Relative lengths of leg segments
(femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second tarsal seg-
ment); fore leg: 3.50 : 3.00 : 0.90 : 0.56; middle leg:
10.30 : 5.80 : c. 3.5 (1st + 2nd tarsal segment); hind
leg: 11.20 : c. 3.6 : 0.11 : 0.21. Eighth segment ven-
tro-laterally impressed (fig. 8); pygophore large,
ovate; proctiger (fig. 10) with a small angular projec-
tion on each side. Parameres (fig. 9) rather broad in
middle one-third, with apices more or less suddenly
narrowed. Phallic conjunctivum with two pairs of
lobes, of which the anterior one is sclerotized on dor-
MOLLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
sal wall; dorsal sclerite of vesica partly sclerotised (fig.
11), with a hook-shaped distal part; ventral sclerite
short and elongate leaf-like (see also Miyamoto &
Lee, 1963: 44 and fig. 2).
Female robust. Relative lengths of antennal seg-
ments (1-4): 4.50: 1.15 : 1.20 : 0.93. Relative lengths
of leg segments (femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: sec-
ond tarsal segment); fore leg: 4.40 : 3.80 : 1.75 : 0.93;
middle leg: 12.30 : 7.20 : c. 3.9 (1st + 2nd tarsal seg-
ment); hind leg: 13.00 : c. 5.0 : 0.16 : 0.24. Abdomen
relatively short, with distal half distinctly curved up-
ward to oblique (fig. 6) or nearly vertical position.
First abdominal tergite swollen and with a pair of
prominent, widely spaced tubercles. Connexiva erect
on first two segments, converging along dorsal mid-
line of third through sixth segments. Tube-like sev-
enth abdominal segment (fig. 7) as long as three pre-
ceding segments together ventrally; dorsal margin
describing a regular curve; posterior margin with a
short, triangular projection above terminating each
connexivum, laterad of which is a longer, postero-
ventrally directed projection; median, ventral process
slender and sharp, sometimes continued as a low, lon-
gitudinal carina on ventral surface of seventh ster-
num.
Comparative notes. — Miyamoto & Lee (1963) de-
scribed Rhyacobates esakii from Korea, seemingly
without knowing À. chinensis Hungerford & Matsu-
da (1959) described from Neimenggu, China. A
comparison between a pair of paratypes of the former
species and the holotype male and a topotypical fe-
male of the latter species, lead us to the conclusion
that they are conspecific. R. chinensis can be separated
from À. takahashii by the slightly larger size, paired
swellings of the first abdominal tergite of female,
more distinctly curved female abdomen, and especial-
ly by having five instead of three apical projections on
the seventh abdominal segment of the female. The
parameres of R. chinensis males are more robust and
less curved, and the structure of the vesical sclerites is
different (see Miyamoto & Lee, 1963: figs. 2 and 5).
While males of R chinensis are rather uniform in
structure throughout the geographical range of the
species, the shape and relative size of the apical pro-
jections of the female abdomen seem to be quite var-
iable although characteristic of the species.
So far, R. chinensis has been recorded from Nei-
menggu Province [Inner Mongolia] (Hungerford &
Matsuda, 1959), Hebei, Hubei, and Hunan
Provinces, China, and from North, central and South
Korea (Miyamoto & Lee, 1963). The records by
Esaki (1940) of R. takahashii from Kullin, Kiangsi
[Jiangxi] and Jehol, Manchuria [Heilongjiang], both
localities in China, and from Korea, probably refer to
R. chinensis.
57
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Rhyacobates abdominalis sp. n.
(figs. 12-15)
Type material. — CHINA: Holotype © (apterous):
Guangdong Province, Ruyang Nat. Res., Lao-Peng Stream,
1100 m, VIII.14. 1990, leg. P.P. Chen, C9012 (NUC). —
Paratypes 96 89 (apterous), same label data as above (NC,
NHMV, NUC, ZMUC).
Description. — Apterous form. Dimensions. Length
d 6.2-6.8, 2 8.6-9.3; width of head d_1.2-1.3, 2
1.47-1.52; width of thorax 1.9-2.2, 9 3.1-3.3.
Colour as in generic description. Median black
spot of head posteriorly bifurcated. Antennae dark
brown to blackish. Pronotum with a large, triangular
brownish yellow spot in middle. Median, brownish
yellow stripe of mesonotum extends onto metanotum
el
and first abdominal tergite in female. Connexival
margin brownish yellow in female. Prosternum, legs
and distal parts of acetabula light brown. Mesoster-
num chiefly dark with a median subtriangular, yel-
lowish spot.
Male elongate with relatively short abdomen.
Relative length of antennal segments (1-4): 3.15 :
0.89 : 1.05 : 0.84. Relative lengths of leg segments
(femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second tarsal seg-
ment); fore leg: 3.37: 2.64 : 0.95 : 0.62; middle leg:
9.20 : 5.20 : c. 3.0 (lst + 2nd tarsal segment); hind
leg: 8.98 : c. 3.84 : 0.12 : 0.18. Eighth segment ven-
tro-laterally impressed; pygophore large, ovate; proc-
tiger with a small angular projection on each side.
Parameres (fig. 15) relatively slender, broad on basal
2/5, tapering towards hook-shaped apices.
16
Figs. 12-17. 12-15. Rhyacobates abdominalis, 12 female body, lateral view, 13 abdominal end of female, lateral view, 14 ab-
dominal end of female, ventral view, 15 left paramere of male, two different views. Scales 12 1 mm, 13-14 0.5 mm, 15 0.1
mm. — 16-17. Rhyacobates recurvus, 16 female body, lateral view, 17 abdominal end of female, lateral view. Scales 16 1 mm,
17 0.5 mm.
58
Female robust. Relative length of antennal seg-
ments (1-4): 4.06 : 1.10 : 1.31 : 0.96. Relative lengths
of leg segments (femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: sec-
ond tarsal segment): fore leg: 4.24 : 3.51 : 1.95 : 0.91;
middle leg: 12.55 : 7.09 : c. 4.23 (1st + 2nd tarsal seg-
ment); hind leg: 12.38 : c. 6.1 : 0.14 : 0.18. Abdomen
relatively short, with distal half distinctly curved up-
ward to oblique position (fig. 12). First abdominal
tergite slightly swollen. Connexiva erect, only con-
verging distally along mid-line of seventh segment, or
never converging. Tube-like seventh abdominal seg-
ment (fig. 13) ventrally as long as two preceding seg-
ments together; dorsal margin describing a regular
curve; posterior margin with a short, angular projec-
tion above terminating each connexivum, laterad of
which is a blunt projection; median ventral process
(fig. 14) slender and sharp, sometimes continued as a
low, longitudinal carina on ventral surface of seventh
sternum.
Etymology. — abdominalis refers to the structure of
the female abdomen.
Comparative notes. — Females of R. abdominalis sp.
n. share the distinctly curved abdomen with the two
preceding species, but the projection terminating
each connexivum is much shorter. The median pro-
cess of seventh sternum is slender and sharp, but not
recurved as in the following species.
Rhyacobates recurvus sp. n.
(figs. 16-17)
Type material. — CHINA: Holotype ® (apterous): Lushan
[Lu Shan in Jiangxi Province], 9.VIII.30, leg. Chenfu Wu
(BMNH).
Description. — Apterous form. Dimensions.
Length ® 7.7; width of head ® 1.4; width of thorax
QD
Colour as in generic description. Head with one
large, median spot and two smaller, posterior black
spots. Antennae dark brown to blackish. Pronotum
with a large, triangular brownish yellow spot in mid-
dle. Median, brownish yellow stripe of mesonotum
extends onto metanotum and first abdominal tergite
in female. Connexival margin brownish yellow in fe-
male. Prosternum, legs and distal parts of acetabula
light brown. Mesosternum chiefly dark with a me-
dian subtriangular, yellowish spot.
Female stout. Relative lengths of antennal seg-
ments (1-4): 3.70 : 1.10 : 1.22 : 0.88. Relative lengths
of leg segments (femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: sec-
ond tarsal segment); fore leg: 4.18 : 3.35 : 1.48 : 0.88;
middle leg: 11.50 : ? : 2 : 2; hind leg: 12.12 : c. 4.0: ?
: ?. Abdomen very short, with distal half distinctly
M@LLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
curved upward to oblique or nearly vertical position
(fig. 16). First abdominal tergite slightly swollen.
Connexiva erect on first two segments, converging
along dorsal mid-line of third through sixth seg-
ments, reflexed above abdominal tergites. Tube-like
seventh abdominal segment (fig. 17) longer than
three preceding segments together ventrally; dorsal
margin distinctly shortened; posterior margin angular
above, almost straight below, ventrally produced into
a median, hook-shaped process.
Male unknown.
Etymology. — recurvus refers to the recurved me-
dian process of the female seventh abdominal ster-
num.
Comparative notes. — The short, distinctly curved
abdomen and recurved median process of seventh
sternum separates the female of À. recurvus sp. n.
from those of other Rhyacobates species known to us.
Rhyacobates malaisei sp. n.
(figs. 18-23)
Type material. — BURMA: Holotype d (apterous): N.
Burma, Bumgahtuang-Hpungan, river, 17.11.1934, leg. R.
Malaise (NHMS). — Paratypes 24 49 (apterous), same label
data as holotype (NHMS, ZMUC). THAILAND: 4d 39 (apter-
ous), Chiang Mai Prov., Nam Chai R. above hydro station
intake at Fang Hort. Stat, CL 2197, 15.xi.1985, leg. J.T. &
D.A. Polhemus (JTPC). CHINA: 26 dé (apterous), Yunnan,
100 km W Kunming, Diaolin Nat. Res. V.22-VI.6.1993,
leg. E. Jendek & O. Sousa (NHMV).
Description. — Apterous form. Dimensions.
Length d 6.0-6.5, ® 7.0-7.6; width of head d 1.1-
1.2 9711 9o-Fswidchroßthorax CLEO ROME
DD,
Colour as in generic description. Median black
spot of head posteriorly bifurcated. Antennae dark
brown. Pronotum with a broad, triangular brownish
yellow spot in middle. Median, brownish yellow
stripe of mesonotum does not extend onto metano-
tum and first abdominal tergite. Connexival margin
chiefly blackish, connexival processes of female light
brownish. Prosternum, legs and distal parts of aceta-
bula light brown. Mesosternum chiefly dark with a
median subtriangular, yellowish spot.
Male elongate with relatively short abdomen.
Relative lengths of antennal segments (1-4): 2.70 :
0.78 : 1.05 : 0.75. Relative lengths of leg segments
(femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second tarsal seg-
ment); fore leg: 2.90 : 2.28 : 0.75 : 0.48; middle leg:
8.60 : 4.45 : 1.85 : 0.35; hind leg: 8.82 : 2.10: 0.10:
0.18. Eighth segment ventro-laterally impressed; py-
gophore large, ovate; proctiger widened (fig. 21),
with a small hook-shaped projection on each side.
DI,
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Parameres (fig. 22) rather broad, almost spatulate, in ments (1-4): 2.85 : 0.70 : 0.92 : 0.75. Relative lengths
distal part. Armature of phallic vesica as illustrated of leg segments (femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: sec-
(fig. 23). ond tarsal segment); fore leg: 2.80 : 2.30 : 1.10 : 0.72;
Female elongate. Relative lengths of antennal seg- middle leg: 8.20 : 4.65 : 1.92 : 0.28; hind leg: 8.10 :
271]
Figs. 18-27. — 18-23. Rhyacobates malaisei, 18 female body, lateral view, 19 abdominal end of female, dorsal view, 20 abdom-
inal end of female, lateral view, 21 proctiger of male, dorsal view, 22 left paramere of male, two different views, 23 vesical
sclerites of male, lateral view. Scales 18 1 mm, 19, 20 0.5 mm, 21, 23 0.1 mm, 22 0.2 mm. — 24-25. Rhyacobates svenhedini,
24 abdominal end of female, dorsal view, 25 abdominal end of female, lateral view. Scale 24, 25 0.5 mm. mm. — 26-27.
Rhyacobates lundbladi, 26 abdominal end of female, dorsal view, 27 abdominal end of female, lateral view. Scale 26, 27 0.5
mm.
60
2.18 : 0.12 : 0.15. Abdomen relatively long, almost
straight in lateral view (fig. 18). First abdominal ter-
gite not modified. Connexiva erect on first segment,
reflexed upon abdominal tergites, running parallel to
each other for most of the abdominal length, meeting
each other towards the end. Tube-like seventh ab-
dominal segment shorter than two preceding seg-
ments together ventrally; dorsal margin describing a
regular curve (fig. 20); posterior margin (fig. 19) with
a long, triangular projection above terminating each
connexivum, laterad of which is a small, pointed pro-
cess; hind margin of seventh sternum straight, with-
out median process.
Etymology. — Named for the Swedish entomolo-
gist René Malaise, the collector of the type series from
northern Burma.
Comparative notes. — This is the first Rhyacobates
species known from outside China and Korea (the
status of ‘Rhyacobates’ imadatei Miyamoto from
Borneo and Thailand is discussed below). Apterous
females of R. malaisei sp. n. can be separated from
other species by their nearly straight abdomen and
very characteristic structure of the abdominal end.
The shape of the male proctiger and parameres is also
unique.
Rhyacobates svenhedini (Lundblad)
(figs. 24-25)
Esakobates svenhedini Lundblad, 1934: 23-25, fig. 10, plate
2. Holotype male [examined]: China, N.E. Szechuan
[Sichuan] (NHMS).
Material. — CHINA: Holotype d (apterous): Kina
[China], N.O. Szechuan [Sichuan], Sven Hedin Exp. Cır.
Asien, leg. Dr. Hummel (NHMS). — Paratypes 1d 29 (ap-
terous), same label data as holotype (NHMS, JTPC, ZMUC). —
1? (apterous), Fukien [Fujian], S. China, Kienow: Fengio,
leg. T. Maa (JTPC); 3? (apterous), Ku-ling, Sichuan, collec-
tor unknown (ZIB).
Descriptive notes. — Lundblad (1934) gave excel-
lent descriptions and illustrations of both the apter-
ous male and female of R. svenhedini. He gives the
length as about 9 mm (male) and 12 mm (female),
but the apterous specimens examined by us have the
following dimensions: length d 7.5, ® 11.0; width
of head d 1.3, 2 1.6; width of thorax 2.2, 2.7.
Colour pattern (see Lundblad 1934: plate 2, fig. 4) as
in generic description except that the dark mark on
the dorsal head surface is reduced, distinctly bifid or
dissolved in smaller spots posteriorly (Lundblad
1934: fig. 10A). Antennal segments 1-4 of male
measure: 4.46 : 1.18 : 1.22 : 0.97. Relative lengths of
leg segments (femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second
MOLLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
tarsal segment): fore leg: 4.60 : 3.78 : 1.25 : 0.67;
middle leg: 12.85 : 6.42 : 2.71 : 0.46; hind leg: 12.64
: 3.38 : 0.12 : 0.19.
Male genital segments have the following structure:
eighth segment slightly impressed ventro-laterally;
pygophore large, ovate; proctiger slightly expanded
on each side; parameres slender and falciform
(Lundblad 1934: figs. 10H-I), with hook-shaped api-
ces (as viewed from behind).
Abdomen of apterous female relatively long, mod-
erately curved upward towards the end. First abdom-
inal tergite not swollen. Connexiva reflected with
margins converging posteriorly as in the female illus-
trated by Lundblad (1934: plate 2, fig. 4) or the con-
nexiva are meeting each other above the tergites.
Seventh abdominal segment shorter than two preced-
ing segments together ventrally; dorsal margin only
moderately curved when viewed from the side (fig.
25); posterolateral corners of each connexivum (fig.
24) usually produced into two lobes: one long, poste-
riorly directed outer lobe and a much smaller, point-
ed inner lobe (lacking in one paratype); posterior
margin of seventh sternum angularly produced in
middle, but without a median tooth.
Comparative notes. — When describing Esakobates
svenhedini, Lundblad (1934) compared it with
Rhyacobates takahashii Esaki (1923). The structure of
the female abdomen, however, are quite different in
the two species. R. svenhedini seems to be closest to
the A. lundbladi Hungerford but separated by the
shape and size of the lobes arising from the posterola-
teral corners of each connexivum (compare figs. 25
and 27).
Rhyacobates lundbladi (Hungerford)
(figs. 26-27)
Esakobates lundbladi Hungerford, 1957: 33-36, pls 1-2.
Holotype male [not examined]: China, Zhekiang, Tien
um Shan (SEMK).
Rhyacobates lundbladi (Hungerford); Matsuda, 1960: 274-
276, figs. 659, 661, 671, 672, 677, 679, 680.
Type material. — CHINA: Paratype 1d (dealated macro-
pterous), Tien um Shan, China, 9.21.37, leg. E. Suenson
(JTPC).
Descriptive notes. — The original description of À.
lundbladi Hungerford (1957) is excellent and well il-
lustrated and leaves no doubt about the identity of
this species. The type series is only composed of
macropterous, although dealated, males and females,
which makes it difficult to compare with other
Rhyacobates species which usually are known only in
the apterous adult form. Matsuda (1960) offers useful
illustrations of structural details of head, female abdo-
61
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
men and ovipositor, and male terminalia. Hunger-
ford (1957) gives the following dimensions of the
apterous form: length d 8.4, 2 12.2; width across
pronotum d 2.6, 9 2.64. Colour as in generic de-
scription except as follows for the pronotum of the
macropterous form (Hungerford, 1957: plate 1); pro-
notum black, margined on the sides and rear with yel-
lowish brown, a large triangular or nearly round yel-
lowish brown spot on anterior part of pronotum with
a median line of same colour on pronotal lobe which
may surpass humeri. Antennal segments 1-4 of male
measure: 4.30 : 1.10 : 1.32 : 1.00. Relative lengths of
leg segments (femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second
tarsal segment): fore leg: 4.40 : 3.52 : 1.32 : 0.84;
middle leg: 12.25 : 6.30 : 2.42: 0.46; hind leg: 12.36
: c. 4.3 : 0.13 : 0.22.
The male genital segments have the following
structure (Hungerford, 1957: plate 2; Matsuda,
1960: figs. 672, 679): eighth segment distinctly im-
pressed ventrally, with transverse ridge basally; pygo-
phore large, ovate; proctiger slightly expanded on
each side; parameres slender and falciform, with
faintly hook-shaped apices.
Abdomen of apterous female relatively long, only
slightly curved upward towards the end. First abdom-
inal tergite not swollen. Connexiva more or less verti-
cal but on last segment reflected and meeting each
other above the seventh tergite. Seventh abdominal
segment shorter than two preceding segments togeth-
er ventrally; dorsal margin almost straight when
viewed from the side (fig. 27); posterolateral corners
of each connexivum (fig. 26) produced into two, pos-
teriorly directed lobes: outer lobe broad and rounded
at tip; inner lobe narrow and pointed; posterior mar-
gin of seventh sternum only slightly produced in mid-
dle.
Comparative notes. — Hungerford (1957) placed
this species in Lundblad’s genus Esakobates together
with E. svenhedini (see above), but later (Hungerford
& Matsuda, 1959) synonymized this genus with
Rhyacobates. The relatively long and moderately
curved female abdomen unites R. lundbladi and sven-
hedini, but the relative size and shape of the connexi-
val lobes is quite different in the two species (compare
figs. 25 and 27). The ventral modifications of the
eighth abdominal segment may be helpful in distin-
guishing the males.
Rbyacobates scorpio sp. n.
(figs. 1, 28-32)
Type material. — CHINA: Holotype 2 (apterous): Sze-
chuan [Sichuan], Song Ch’i, Kuanhsien, 3500-5000’,
August 1938, leg. D.C. Graham (USNM). — Paratypes 1d
6® (apterous), same label data as holotype (JTPC, USNM,
62
ZMUC); 36 69 (apterous), Song Ch’i Hsien, July 1938, leg.
D.C. Graham (JTPC, USNM); 38 49 (apterous), 1 nymph,
Wen Chuan, 4000-6000’, August 1938, leg. D.C. Graham
(USNM); 48 59 (apterous), Ku-ling, collector unknown
(z1B); 58 3@ (apterous), 1 nymph., Mt. Emei (29.5N,
103.3E), Jie-Yin Temple, VII.14, 1957, leg. Zheng Le-yi
(NUC, ZMUC).
Description. — Apterous form. Dimensions.
Length d 8.0-8.1, 2 9.7-9.9; width of head d 1.5,
Q 1.6-1.7; width of thorax d 2.6-2.7, 9 3.4-3.5.
Colour as in generic description. Median black
spot of head posteriorly bifurcated. Antennae dark
brown. Pronotum with an elongate triangular brown-
ish yellow spot in middle. Median, brownish yellow
stripe of mesonotum extends onto metanotum and
first abdominal tergite of female. Connexival margins
brownish yellow in female. Prosternum, legs and dis-
tal parts of acetabula light brown. Mesosternum
chiefly dark with a median subtriangular, yellowish
spot.
Male rather stout with relatively short abdomen.
Relative lengths of antennal segments (1-4): 4.60 :
1.45 : 1.55 : 1.15. Relative lengths of leg segments
(femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second tarsal seg-
ment); fore leg: 4.90 : 4.20 : 1.40 : 0.90; middle leg:
12.95726379.2€.3.0:.052: hindlee il 3 502e55E
0.18 : 0.25. Eighth segment ventro-laterally im-
pressed; pygophore large, ovate; proctiger with a nar-
row, angular projection on each side. Parameres slen-
der and falciform (fig. 31), with weakly hook-shaped
apices (as viewed from behind). Armature of phallic
vesica as illustrated (fig. 32).
Female stout with relatively short abdomen.
Relative lengths of antennal segments (1-4): 4.98 :
1.45 : 1.68 : ?. Relative lengths of leg segments (fe-
mur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second tarsal seg-
ment); fore leg: 5.12 : 4.30 : 2.28 : 1.15; middle leg:
13:90: 8:52 > 472 +058; hindileg: 14°42 5:30::
0.20 : 0.28. Abdomen relatively short, curiously
bent upwards towards end (fig. 28). First abdominal
tergite distinctly swollen. Connexiva narrow, erect
on first to sixth segment, reflexed upon seventh ter-
gite. Sixth sternum depressed medially toward pos-
terior margin. Seventh abdominal segment (fig. 29)
dorso-ventrally flattened, about as long as two pre-
ceding segments together, bent upwards at a right
angle to the preceding abdominal segments (fig. 28);
posterior margin (fig. 30) with a short, pointed
process terminating each connexivum; hind mar-
gin of seventh sternum distinctly produced in mid-
dle.
Etymology. — scorpio refers to the peculiar, up-
turned abdominal end of the female, resembling the
way a scorpion carries its tail.
Comparative notes. — Females of À. scorpio sp. n.
are immediately recognized by the very characteristic
shape of the abdomen. Males can be separated from
those of other Rhyacobates species by their larger size
and slender parameres.
\ we Mall tite,
MOLLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
Rhyacobates edentatus sp. n.
(figs. 33-36)
Type material. — CHINA: Holotype ® (apterous):
Guangdong Province, Lian County (24.7N, 112.3E), Yao-
An Xiang, X.28.1962, leg. Zheng Le-yi & Cheng Han-hua
li
il
\ n ag 007 il,
DRE (LI STADIO I N EAN A
;
TN,
Ji
Figs. 28-36. — 28-32. Rhyacobates scorpio, 28 female body, lateral view, 29 abdominal end of female, lateral view, 30 abdom-
inal end of female, ventral view, 31 left paramere of male, two different views, 32 vesical sclerites of male, lateral view. Scales
28 1 mm, 29, 30 0.5 mm, 31, 32 0.1 mm. — 33-36. Rhyacobates edentatus, 33 female body, lateral view, 34 abdominal end of
female, lateral view, 35 abdominal end of female, ventral view, 36 left paramere of male, two different views. Scales 33 1 mm,
63
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
(NUC). — Paratypes 54 39 (apterous), 16 (macropterous),
1 nymph, same label data as holotype (NUC, ZMUC); 19 (ap-
terous), Guangxi, Bez. Lipu, 120 km S Guilin, 80 km E
Liuzhou, Siuren, XI.12.1993, 360 m, leg. H. Schillhammer
(NHMV).
Description. — Apterous form. Dimensions.
Length d 6.0-6.6, 2 7.6-8.0; width of head d 1.2-
1.3, 2 1.5; width of thorax d 1.7-1.8, 2 3.0-3.1.
Colour as in generic description. Median black
spot of head posteriorly bifurcated. Antennae dark
brown. Pronotum with a large, triangular brownish
yellow spot in middle. Median, brownish yellow
stripe of mesonotum extends onto metanotum and
first abdominal tergite in female. Connexival margin
brownish in female. Prosternum, legs and distal parts
of acetabula light brown. Mesosternum chiefly dark
with a median subtriangular, yellowish spot.
Male elongate with relatively short abdomen.
Relative lengths of antennal segments (1-4): 3.00 :
0.77 : 0.93 : 0.65. Relative lengths of leg segments
(femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: second tarsal seg-
ment); fore leg: 3.18 : 2.63 : 0.95 : 0.53; middle leg:
9.05 : 4.58 : c. 2.3 (1st + 2nd tarsal segment); hind
leg: 9.08 : c. 2.93 : 0.10 : 0.15. Eighth segment ven-
tro-laterally impressed; pygophore large, ovate; proc-
tiger with a small angular projection on each side.
Parameres (fig. 36) slender with broader base; apices
hook-shaped.
Female robust. Relative lengths of antennal seg-
ments (1-4): 3.70 : 1.00 : 1.20 : 0.90. Relative lengths
of leg segments (femur: tibia: first tarsal segment: sec-
ond tarsal segment); fore leg: 3.86 : 3.16 : 1.90 : 0.90;
middle leg: 13.05 : 6.10 : c. 2.50 (1st + 2nd tarsal seg-
ment); hind leg: 13.3 : c. 4.40 : 0.14 : 0.18. Abdomen
relatively short, with distal half distinctly curved up-
ward to oblique or nearly vertical position (fig. 33).
First abdominal tergite not swollen. Connexiva erect
on first two segments, converging along dorsal mid-
line of third through sixth segments. Seventh abdom-
inal sternum (fig. 35) half as long as three preceding
sterna together; dorsal margin straight, posterior mar-
gin slightly arched, without any projections or pro-
cesses (fig. 34).
Etymology. — edentatus refers to the absence of any
projections or processes on the female abdominal
end.
Comparative notes. — The female abdomen of A.
edentatus is relatively short and wide and the seventh
abdominal segment is lacking any of the projections
or processes found in most of the other Rhyacobates
species
64
Classification of Rhyacobates imadatei Miyamoto
Miyamoto (1967: 238-241) described Rhyacobates
imadatei from Brunei (N. Borneo) and northern
Thailand. Through the courtesy of Drs S. Miyamoto
and O. Tadauchi (ELKU), we have been able to exami-
ne the holotype d and allotype © (both apterous) la-
belled ‘Amo, Brunei, 24.11.1962, leg. G. Imadaté’.
The following brief description will serve to clarify
the taxonomic position of this species.
Dimensions. Length d 6.7-7.2, 2 9.5-10.0; width
of head d 1.8-1.2, 2 1.3-1.4; width of thorax d
21052 10218310)
Colour. Head yellowish brown with median black
markings. Pronotum black with large yellow marking
in middle. Mesonotum all black.
Female bigger than male, not modified ventrally.
Antenna with first segment much longer than the
three following segments together; second segment
distinctly shorter than third segment; fourth segment
curved, with elongate, impressed whitish area in dis-
tal two thirds. Middle femur of male with distinct
row of dark spines along ventral margin. Middle and
hind legs with small but distinct claws. Eighth ab-
dominal segment of male shorter than seventh ster-
num; pygophore prolonged, narrowed posteriorly;
proctiger widened with angular lateral projections.
Parameres long and slender but not conspicuously se-
tose. Female abdomen relatively long. Seventh seg-
ment prolonged but not enclosing genital segments;
connexival corners with a short spinose process.
Seventh sternum flattened but otherwise simple,
without median lobe or process.
The completely dark mesonotum, the distinct row
of dark spines ventrally on middle femur of male, and
the distinct claws on middle and hind tarsus, excludes
R. imadatei from the genus Rhyacobates as defined here.
However, the classification of ‘Rhyacobates imadatei
Miyamoto cannot be settled until the generic taxono-
my of the Ptilomerinae has been further clarified.
PHYLOGENY
A cladistic analysis of phylogenetic relationships
between the species of Rhyacobates was performed
using the parsimony program Hennig86 (Farris
1988). The species ‘ Rhyacobates imadatei (see above)
and the genera Heterobates and Pleciobates were also
included as well as a hypothetical ‘ancestor’ compo-
sed of character states common in other ptilomerine
gerrids (Matsuda 1960; Andersen 1982).
The following characters and character states were
considered:
1. Colour of meso- and metanotum: uniformly
dark (0), dark with median pale stripe (1).
2. Relative length of first antennal segment: sube-
qual to or shorter than three distal segments together
M@LLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
ù Rhyacobates Fig. 37. Cladogram
© S & el showing phylogenetic
Ss no, © ss N | È é SD 26 © relationships between
oe x 20 € S we RS RN we x se the species of Rhyacoba-
DE CARS cite OMO, NAMES Oe Ae SS SS se tes, the genera Heteroba-
Ÿ aA N N se > 9 5 © tes and Pleciobates, and
“Rhyacobates’ imadatei.
15-2 10-0 15-0 :
Numbers on internodes
13-1 8-2 refer to apomorphic
11-0 character states. See text
> 12-1 12-2 72 for further explanations.
7-1
8-1
15-1
10-1
4-1
6-1 6-1
9-1
14-1
11-1
Sail
wn
ì
RIA
(0), much longer than the three distal segments to-
gether (1).
3. Ventral surface of fourth antennal segment: with
an elongate ovate, impressed whitish area in distal
two fifths to one half (1), impressed area shorter than
before (0).
4. Ventral row of dark spines on middle femur of
male: present (0), absent (1).
5. Middle and hind tarsal claws: present (0), absent
(1).
6. Ventral length of eighth abdominal segment of
male: longer than seventh sternum (0), shorter than
seventh sternum (1).
7. First abdominal tergite of apterous female: not
modified (0), slightly swollen (1), distinctly swollen
(2).
8. Shape of dorsal abdomen of apterous female (la-
teral view): almost straight (0), distinctly curved dors-
ad towards apex (1), abruptly turned dorsad to nearly
vertical position towards apex (2).
9. Abdominal laterotergites (connexiva) of apte-
rous female: almost parallel throughout (0), reflexed
and converging towards each other along dorsal mid-
line (1).
10. Seventh abdominal segment of female: prolon-
ged, longer than fifth and sixth sterna together, al-
most completely enclosing the genital segments (1),
shorter, at least distal parts of genital segments visible
(0).
11. Posterior margin of seventh abdominal seg-
ment of female: not modified or at most with a small
process (0), modified, with angular projections (1).
12. Posterior margin of seventh abdominal seg-
ment of female (if modified): with one large, angular
projection (0), with one small and one large projec-
tion (1), with one small, angular projection (0).
13. Posterolateral margin of seventh abdominal
segment of female: simple or slightly produced (0),
with triangular process (1).
14. Posterior margin of seventh abdominal ster-
num of female: simple, straight (0), angularly produ-
ced in middle (1), with square median lobe (2).
15. Posterior margin of seventh abdominal ster-
num of female (if angularly produced): simple (0);
pointed (1), pointed and recurved (2).
The character state matrix is shown in Table 1. The
states of all characters were coded as additively (or-
dered) except for the characters 8, 12, and 14 where
the states were coded as non-additively (unordered).
Using the hypothetical ‘ancestor’ as outgroup, the
Hennig86-analysis found only one most parsimoni-
ous tree, 25 steps long (Consistency Index = 0.80 and
Retention Index = 0.86). This tree (or cladogram) is
shown in fig. 37 with synapomorphies (given as char-
acter number and state) inserted on the internodes.
The cladogram supports the monophyly of the genus
Rhyacobates, excluding ‘Rhyacobates’ imadatei. Four
monophyletic species-groups are delimited in
Rhyacobates: (1) svenhedini + lundbladi, (2) malaisei,
(3) abdominalis + recurvus, and (4) takahashii + chi-
nensis + scorpio + edentatus. Finally, the genus
Heterobates is placed as the sister-group of
65
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Table 1. Character state matrix for the species of Rhyacobates, ‘Rhyacobates’ imadatei, the genera Heterobates and Pleciobates,
and a hypothetical ‘ancestor’. ? = missing observation, - = character not applicable. Further explanation in text.
Character
no
Taxon
A]
Rhyacobates
takahashii
chinensis
abdominalis
recurvus
malaisei
svenhedini
lundbladi
scorpio
edentatus
R. imadatei
Pleciobates
Heterobates
Ancestor
OO Fe mm
Oe sO TC pd rr
One ei ei id di pi
oooom Ke ee He tv eS
On On i nm on Y
OO On Va mi
Rhyacobates. It must be emphasized, however, that the
relationships between Rhyacobates and other ptilome-
rine genera depicted in fig. 37 are preliminary, await-
ing a more comprehensive cladistic analysis of the
genera of Ptilomerinae.
As here defined, Rhaycobates has a predominantly
East Asian distribution with one species (R. malaisei
sp. n.) found in the border region between SE
China, Burma, and Thailand. Until a more compre-
hensive cladistic analysis of the genera of Ptilo-
merinae is available, speculations about the histori-
cal biogeography of Rhyacobates and its allies are
premature.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Liang Aiping, Beijing (ZIB); Le-
yi Zheng, Tianjin (NUC); John T. Polhemus,
Englewood, Colorado (JTPC); the late Peter D.
Ashlock, Lawrence, Kansas (SEMK); M.D. Webb,
London (BMNH); R.C. Froeschner, Washington,
D.C. (USNM); Per Lindskog, Stockholm (NHMS);
Herbert Zettel, Vienna (NHMV); and S. Miyamoto
and O. Tadauchi, Fukuoka, Japan (ELKU) for making
types and other material available for study. We also
thanks Dan A. Polhemus, Honolulu, for offering use-
ful comments on an earlier version of the manuscript.
REFERENCES
Andersen, N.M., 1982. The Semiaquatic Bugs (Hemiptera,
Gerromorpha). Phylogeny, adaptations, biogeography,
and classification. — Entomonograph 3: 1-455.
Cheng, L. & C.H. Fernando, 1969. A taxonomic study of
the Malayan Gerridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with
notes on their biology and distribution. — Oriental Insects
3: 97-160.
Esaki, T., 1923. An interesting new water strider from
Formosa. — Philippine Journal of Science 22(4): 387-391.
66
SCOOONN'VYOOrRFKNN
„m
o
m
nN
| mr © NN à © ©
EE
| or OON im
SISTSZSEIDIDEIISESE Rea
OOO? Bey ee ne
SeeSee EEE
OO OFTEN gr er AE
SISISISTISISHSESESHSESE ES
oONOO mn nm
| ©
Esaki, T., 1925. New or little-known water striders from the
Oriental region. Philippine Journal of Science 26(1): 57-
65.
Esaki, T., 1927. Revision of the Ptilomera-group of the
Gerridae, with descriptions of three new species
(Heteroptera). — Eos 3: 251-268.
Esaki, T., 1930. New or little-known Gerridae from the
Malay Peninsula. — Journal of the Federated Malay States
Museum 16: 13-24.
Esaki, T., 1940. Some aquatic and semiaquatic Heteroptera
from China. — Notes d’Entomologie Chinoise 7: 123-
130.
Farris, J.S., 1988. Hennig86, version 1.5. Program and doc-
umentation. — J.S. Farris, Port Jefferson Station, New
York.
Hungerford, H.B., 1951. An interesting new gerrid from
Madagascar (Hemiptera). — Journal of Kansas
Entomological Society 24: 131-133.
Hungerford, H.B., 1957. A new Gerrid from China
(Gerridae, Hemiptera). — Journal of Kansas
Entomological Society 30: 33-36.
Hungerford, H.B. & R. Matsuda, 1958. Another new ge-
neric entity of the Gerridae. — Entomological News 69:
258-260.
Hungerford, H.B. & R. Matsuda, 1959. Synonymy of the
genera Rhyacobates Esaki 1923 and Esakobates Lundblad
1934, and a description of a new species of Rhyacobates
from China (Hemiptera: Gerridae). — Journal of Kansas
Entomological Society 32: 69-72.
Hungerford, H.B. & R. Matsuda, 1960. Keys to subfami-
lies, tribes, genera and subgenera of the Gerridae of the
World. — Kansas University Science Bulletin 41: 3-23.
Hungerford, H.B. & R. Matsuda, 1965. The genus
Ptilomera Amyot and Serville (Gerridae: Hemiptera). —
Kansas University Science Bulletin 45: 397-515.
Lundblad, O.M., 1934. Schwedisch-Chinesische Wissen-
schaftliche Expedition nach den Nordwestlichen
Provinzen Chinas. — Arkiv för Zoologie 27A (14): 1-31,
pls. 1-2.
Matsuda, R., 1960. Morphology, evolution and a classifica-
tion of the Gerridae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). — Kansas
University Science Bulletin 41: 25-632.
Miyamoto, S., 1967. Gerridae of Thailand and North
Borneo taken by the Joint Thai-Japanese Biological
Expedition 1961-62. — Nature and Life in Southeast Asia
5: 217-257.
Miyamoto, S. & C. Lee, 1963. Water striders of Korea
(Hemiptera, Heteroptera). — Kontyü 31: 33-47.
Thirumalai, G., 1986. On Gerridae and Notonectidae (Hete-
roptera: Hemiptera: Insecta) from the Silent Valley, Kerala.
— Records of the Zoological Survey of India 84: 9-33.
MOLLER ANDERSEN & CHEN: Revision of Rhyacobates
Zettel, H., 1994. Revision der Gattung Potamometropsis
Lundblad (Insecta: HeteropteraL Gerridae). — Annalen
des Naturhistorischen Museums Wien (B) 86: 75-98.
Received: 20 June 1994
Revised and accepted: 27 September 1994
67
ende vide rm ee
A ur sn |
i mea È pi i Pune eres
1 Su re oy chen .
ae À
te a
En
Lies *
u Tomi);
i iy te on FU
una A "MS Hou ir wong
era
À Dre ra of ie ade
entr “ado Giu he gi
La Pod nnen ii Let
Moma (Cr igh ate i j À
tuer Hubs 1 « dr
a m AS Bag
Nico NIESER
Tiel, The Netherlands
NINE NEW SPECIES OF PSEUDOVELIA AND A NEW
XIPHOVELIA (HETEROPTERA: VELIIDAE) FROM
SULAWESI (INDONESIA) AND MINDANAO (PHILIPPINES)
Notes on Malesian aquatic and semiaquatic bugs (Heteroptera), V.
Nieser, N., 1995. Nine new species of Pseudovelia and a new Xiphovelia (Heteroptera: Veliidae)
from Sulawesi (Indonesia) and Mindanao (Philippines). Notes on Malesian aquatic and semi-
aquatic bugs (Heteroptera) V. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 69-87, figs. 1-58, table 1
[ISSN 0040-7496]. Published 15 June 1995.
Nine new species of Pseudovelia from Sulawesi (including the northern islands of Sangihe and
Karakelong) and Mindanao are described: P. aflia sp. n., P. afrofila sp. n., P. epimekta sp. n.,
P. koutali sp. n., P. mystax sp. n. and P. pyrokrene from Sulawesi; P. sangihe sp. n. from Sangihe;
P. argyropardala sp. n. from Karakelong and Mindanao and P. kalami from Mindanao.
Additional data on two species and a revised key to Pseudovelia of the Oriental Region are also
given. Finally a new species of Xiphovelia: X. skoteina sp. n. from Sulawesi is described.
Dr. N. Nieser, Htg. Eduardstr. 16, 4001 RG Tiel, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Sulawesi, Karakelong, Sangihe, Mindanao; Veliidae; Pseudovelia, key, new spe-
cies; Xiphovelia, new species.
P
The present paper belongs to a series on the
Nepomorpha and Gerromorpha of Sulawesi started
by P. P. Chen and N. Nieser (papers listed in Nieser
& Chen 1993). The series is a contribution to the
Fauna Malesiana programme and is based on speci-
mens mainly collected by the staff members of the
Zoological Museum Amsterdam and the National
Museum of Natural History Leiden, Dr. G.
Zimmermann (Marburg, FRG) and the author.
Veliidae constitutes the second largest family of
Gerromorpha but as its species are on average dis-
tinctly smaller and often more cryptic than Gerridae
they are less well known. There are six subfamilies of
which five are represented in the Oriental region.
Most often encountered are the Rhagoveliinae with
its principal genus Rhagovelia. Its representatives live
on streams, often on exposed sites. The Sulawesi fau-
na has been revised recently by Nieser & Chen
(1993). Veliinae, which are with Velia the predomi-
nant subfamily in Europe are represented with 1 spe-
cies only in the Oriental Region (Andersen 1982).
The endemic subfamily Perittopinae consists of a few
cryptic species rare in collections. Haloveliinae with
an Oriental-Papuan distribution live mostly on shel-
tered sites in mangrove or on coral banks.
Pseudovelia belongs to the large cosmopolitan
subfamily Microveliinae. Representatives of this
subfamily are characterized by having one segment-
ed fore tarsi and two segmented middle and hind
tarsi. They are small to very small insects many of
which have more or less cryptic habits. Due to this
they have been relatively little studied. On the other
hand it is a species rich taxon with considerable
morphological differentiation. Expectations are that
detailed Studies in the future will reveal that there
are several more genera to be distinguished.
Especially the large genus Microvelia as conceived at
present appears to be polyphyletic; from time to
time a distinct group in Microvelia is split off as a ge-
nus. This is the way in which Pseudovelia came to
existence. The key to genera below may serve sort
out oriental Microveliinae.
METHODS
Measurements are in mm, and are presented as the
range or mean of five specimens, taken from the
sample containing the holotype (if available). Length
and width refer to the maximum value of the speci-
fied body part, if unspecified they refer to body length
and width. Length is measured in dorsal view from
anterior margin of head to apex of abdomen (inclusi-
ve genital segments) in apterous and to apex of he-
mielytra in macropterous specimens. If the tibial
comb projects, length of tibia is measured to apex of
comb, leg measurements are presented in Table 1.
Width of head is measured across eyes. Antennal me-
asurements have been lumped for sexes due to consi-
derable overlap, on average the means in males tend
to be 0.01 mm below and those in females 0.01 mm
69
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
above the lumped mean for each segment. Angles are
given in radians (TV).
The apical tarsal segments have, apart from the
claws, a dorsal and a ventral arolium placed in the
ventral incision. Of these the dorsal one is always bris-
tle shaped and, except for fig. 10, not drawn in the
figures. The ventral arolium is usually narrow but
may be broad, blade-like, as in figs. 45 and 52.
Pilosity is omitted in the drawings except when it is
striking or diagnostic.
Depositories registered according to Arnett,
Samuelson & Nishida (1993): BMKB (Kota Batu,
Brunei), JTPC (Englewood, Co., U.S.A.), MBBJ (Bo-
gor, Indonesia), MUDH (The Hague, The Nether-
lands), NHMW (Wien, Österreich), NMSC (Singapore),
RMNH (Leiden, The Netherlands), SEMC (Lawrence,
Kan. U.S.A), uscP (Cebu City, Philippines), ZMAN
(Amsterdam, The Netherlands), ZMUC (Kobenhavn,
Danmark). Not registered: BPUH (Bagian Pertanian
Universitas Haluoleo, Kendari, Sulawesi), NC (Nieser
Collection, Tiel, The Netherlands), PCHC (P. P.
Chen Collection, Beijing, P. R. China), ZC (Zimmer-
mann Collection (Goßfelden (Marburg) B.R.D.).
Some additional data on the localities in Sulawesi
Tenggara sampled by N. Nieser can be found in
Nieser & Chen (1991). Specimens collected by
Nieser are in NC unless otherwise specified.
SYSTEMATIC PART
Key to Oriental genera of Microveliinae
Adapted from Andersen 1982.
1. Claws all subterminal, inserted very close to the
apexioßtarsusillrian)gee en Velohebria
— Claws all preterminal, inserted distinctly before
APEK Of TAFSUS ET D
2. Larger species, length at least 3.5 mm. First an-
tennal segment slender and very long, at least 3/4
tnewidthiofshead\berweenieyest nn 3
— Smaller species, length less than 3.5 mm. First
antennal segment shorter and stouter .............. 5)
3. Femora modified (with hair tufts, tubercles etc.)
on posterior surface (at least in males).............. 4
— Femora not modified on posterior surface
(Oriental. Be rm eee Neoalardus
4. Eyes distinctly removed from lateroanterior an-
gles of pronotum (W Malaysia) ...... Lathriovelia
— Eyes touching or very close to anterolateral angles
Ofpronotuiml Oriental) eee Baptista
5. First antennal segment incrassate, extending
more than 2/3 of its length beyond apex of head.
Apical cells of forewings reduced (or macropter-
QUSHO LIU IO VI) E: es eee eee 7
— First antennal segment more slender and usually
70
much shorter; if not, then with normal forewing
venation or shortened pronotal lobe (apterous
FOR e ne 6
6. Middle tarsi with three leaflike structures subapi-
cally (claws and ventral arolium, fig. 52) (Orien-
tal) ER Eee DI Nea Xiphovelia
— Middle tarsi not modified as above (Cosmopoli-
FAT) cee ere cece eer AE Microvelia
7. Parameres very small, segment 8 of male strongly
modified ventrally (Palaeotropical and Far East-
EEN) ee Pseudovelia
— Parameres large, segment 8 in male not strongly
modified (Hlımalayan) en Geovelia
Genus Pseudovelia Hoberlandt, 1950
The genus Pseudovelia was erected somewhat la-
conically by Hoberlandt (1950 p. 38: ‘Stout antennae
and chiefly long first antennal joint, extending by
more than 2/3 of its length beyond the apex of head
are the characters on the basis of which it is possible
to establish for these species a separate subgenus,
Pseudovelia subg. n.°). Recently the genus has been
thoroughly redescribed in a revision of the Oriental
species by Andersen (1983). For practical purposes
characteristics mentioned in the key to genera above
will serve to recognize the genus. Apart from body
size and relative length of (parts of) appendages good
diagnostic characteristics on the species level are
mainly found in secondary sexual characteristics of
males. The parameres which are very small and look
more or less the same in different species (fig. 2) in
this genus are of little use. However, the ventral struc-
ture of first genital segment and the length of the well
developed tibial combs on fore leg, which curve
around the apical spur-like process on tibia provide
excellent characteristics.
The following key is based on that in Andersen
(1983) with insertion of the new species. P. tjurupen-
sis (Lundblad), which is only known in female sex, is
not included.
Key to males of Pseudovelia in the Oriental
Region
1. Eyes densely hairy. Ventral arolium leaflike flatte-
ned !(fig 525) AEN EEE NIE 2
— Eyes naked except for two ocular setae. Ventral
aroliumibristleslile Aen 3
2. Length (apterous form) d 2-2.2, ? 2.5-2.8 mm.
male hind tarsus distinctly shorter than tibia; tar-
sal segment 1 with a row of long bristles along its
entire length [Indian Subcontinent to Thailand
and! Sumatera eee ae RENEE
nee P. sexualis (Paiva) [= P. crassipes (Lundblad)]
— Length (apterous form) d 2.8, 2 3.0-3.2 mm.
Male hind tarsus as long as tibia; tarsal segment 1
10.
with a basal tuft of long bristles [S. China (Fu
Tar). ea 0 P. longitarsa Andersen
Ventral lobes of head strongly produced back-
wards (fig. 46). Hind tarsus of male distinctly
longer than tibia; tarsal segment 1 modified,
twice as long as segment 2 [Thailand]
moti EINE P. buccula Andersen
Ventral lobes of head not produced backwards.
Elinditarsustnotasfabovenen en, 4
Fore tibia swollen proximally and distally, result-
ing in a strongly sinuate posterior margin (Fig.
56) [N. Mindanao] … P. kalami sp. n.
Fore tibia less broad, its posterior margin evenly
andigentivicumedhia. satana nn 5
First genital segment of male with 2-5 spine-like
Processestontuberelessvenerallyernr. ern. en. 6
Remark: under strong magnification the spine-like
processes turn out to consist of a basal tubercle with
a small acute tuft of closely packed bristles on top.
First genital segment of male not as above ..... 11
Head apart from the silvery hairs at inner margins
of eyes also with a patch of silvery hairs medio-
caudally
Head mediocaudally at most with very few isola-
ted silvery hairs not forming a patch
Segment 1 of male hind tarsus distinctly shorter
than segment 2, ventral side of first genital seg-
ment of male anteriorly with a suboval cup sha-
ped structure (fig. 50) [W. Malaysia]
Rete ek Tan P. lundbladi Andersen
Segment 1 of male hind tarsus subequal to or
slightly longer than segment 2, segment 8 vent-
rally without cup shaped structure
First genital segment of male with one large me-
dian triangular process at base of ventral depres-
sion, in addition one slender median anda pair of
lateral process near its posterior margin [Suma-
Cerda eo P. hypodonta Lundblad
First genital segment of male with two small tu-
bercles at base and three near caudal margin of
ventral depression (fig. 9) [N. Borneo] ...............
Br ben alle lan Palani eek P. borneensis Andersen
Larger and relatively more slender species , d L
2.4, W 0.83 mm. Apical comb on fore tibia of
male about half as long as tibia (fig. 22), ventral
impression of first genital segment bordered by fi-
ve elongate and sharp processes (consisting of
densely packed bristles) (figs. 20, 21) [N. Sula-
Wes nn P. epimekta sp. n.
Shorter and relatively chubbier species, 4 L 2.0-
2.15, W 0.80-0.84 mm. Tibial comb of male
about one third the length of tibia (fig. 1), ventral
impression of first genital segment bordered by 4-
bishorterprocessesi(fio sto 90) VA 10
Ventral impression of first genital segment
bordered by five processes, two pairs laterally and
Jar
122
US:
14.
SE
16.
170
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
a single mediocaudally (figs. 3, 8) [N. Sulawesi] .
ER P. aflia sp.n.
Ventral impression of first genital segment borde-
red by four processes, a mediocaudal one absent
(figs. 39, 40) [Sangihe 1.] .......... P. sangihe sp. n.
Trochanter of male fore leg distally with a short
stout process (fig 25), first genital segment vent-
rally with a large spoon-shaped process (fig. 26)
INAS ul amesi eee oe P. koutali sp. n.
Trochanter of male fore leg more or less rounded,
first genital segment ventrally at most with a cus-
hion-like plate, no distinct ventrally directed pro-
JECTION. RME i LR aas 12
Segment 1 of male hind tarsus with ventral row of
long (as long as segment, fig. 44) bristle-like hairs
Segment 1 of male hind tarsus without distinct
ventral row of long hairs which are as long as seg-
mente ts Etes MEERN ME oe aes 14
Tibial comb 3/4 the length of fore tibia (fig. 16),
length of antenna 2/3 body length (1.4/2.2)
[Karakelong I., SE Mindanao]
RAN ER P. argyropardala sp. n.
Comb on fore tibia of male 2/3 the length of tibia
(fig. 19), length of antenna slightly less than 2/3
body length (1.18/2.0) [Philippines]
zn ee bi a P. reiseni Polhemus
Smaller (length of d up to 2.2 mm) grey-blackish
species, with a distinctly contrasting transverse
orange patch anteriorly on pronotum ............ 15
Larger (length d 2.2mm or more), brownish spe-
cies, anterior orange pronotal mark not strongly
EOntrasting NE RE met 16
Comb on fore tibia of male about one third the
length of tibia, impression ventrally on first geni-
tal segment with a transverse rim in caudal part
(Giese) Sulawesi tr... P. afrofila sp. n.
Comb on fore tibia of male slightly more than
half the length of tibia, ventral impression on first
genital segment simple [Sri Lanka]
PR RE ER is. PA TIERE VE P. gnoma Polhemus
Second genital segment of male with a tuft of
bristles on each side; first genital segment ventral-
ly with a broad cushion reaching across the seg-
ment in apical half (figs. 30, 31). [Hind tarsus +
half as long as tibia] [N. Sulawesi]
ONE EEE Ei QAR. rt re re P. mystax sp. n.
Second genital segment of male without tufts of
bristles laterally; first genital segment ventrally
with a less strongly chitinized impression in api-
Canal (He TIC) een ee 1%
Length of antenna in male about 2/3 the length
of body, hind tarsus 2/3 the length of hind tibia
ISESSulamesi een P. pyrokrene sp. n.
Length of antenna in male less than half the body
length, hind tarsus about half the length of hind
Val
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
tibia. [Thailand, West Malaysia to Jawa] ............
RR nn P. feuerborni Lundblad
Pseudovelia aflia sp. n.
(figs. 1-6, 8)
Type material. — Holotype apterous à , INDONESIA,
Sulawesi Utara, near Danau Mooat, temporary
stream in hills (W of Desa Kankenturan), 21. Nov.
1985, leg. G. Zimmermann (RMNH). Paratypes 14d
72 apt, 18 29 macr., same data as holotype, dis-
tributed as follows: 1d (macr.) 19 (allotype) RMNH;
26 22 pere; 1d rees 1d) MBBJ; 46) 32 (12
macr.) NC; 4d 39 (19 macr.) zc; 16 ZMAN; 14
ZMUC.
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions.
Length d 2.00-2.13, 2 2.40-2.52; width of head 3
0.50-0.52, 9 0.52-0.54; width of pronotum d 0.68-
0.72, 2 0.73-0.78; width (across metanotum/first
abdominal tergite) d 0.80-0.84, 2 0.92-0.98.
Colour and pilosity. Generally pale brownish with a
greyish tinge, suture between body sclerites blackish,
legs and antennae light brown. Patches of silvery hairs
along inner margins of eyes rather inconspicuous; lat-
erally on first abdominal tergite and mediocaudally
on tergites 2-6, variable and indistinct in some speci-
mens. Body clothed with rather short and sparse,
erect brownish pilosity.
Length of antennal segments I-IV, 0.40: 0.25:
0.24: 0.42. Anterior quarter of pronotum and swol-
len anterolateral angles smooth, posterior three quar-
ters coarsely punctate. Lateral margins distinctly in-
dented about halfway on anteroposterior line,
greatest width just anterior of indentation. Ventral
arolia bristle like. Middle tibia with about six long
erect hairs on inner side of apical half. Hind tibia with
slightly denser and thicker pilosity apically.
Male. Elongate, connexiva roughly horizontal, lat-
eral margins parallel to slightly diverging in anterior,
converging in posterior half. Length of antenna two
thirds of body length (1.3/2.1). Pronotum one and
three quarters as wide as its median length
(0.74/0.42), distinctly narrower than width across
metanotum. Anterior trochanter rounded. Apical
comb on fore tibia relatively short, + one third
(0.2/0.6) tibial length (fig. 1), consisting of about 90
teeth of equal width except for a small group of nar-
rower teeth in the middle. First segment of hind tar-
sus apart from the normal pilosity with about 7 long
(longer than diameter of segment) cilia ventrally.
Abdominal tergite 1 large, coarsely punctate, tergites
1 and 2 nearly flat, in lateral view level with or raised
slightly above connexiva. Pregenital tergite + one fifth
the dorsal median length of abdomen. First genital
segment with a large ventral impression with five
72
spine-like processes on its margin (figs. 3, 4, 8).
Female. Oval shaped, bulkier than male. Con-
nexiva slanting + 0.257 upward, their lateral margin
evenly curved with its greatest width on tergite 4.
Length of antenna slightly over half the length of
body (1.30/2.45). Pronotum twice as wide as long as
its median length (0.78/0.41), distinctly narrower
than width across metanotum. Abdominal tergites 1-
2, only slightly convex dorsally, in lateral view hardly
rising above the margin of connexiva. Caudal apices
of connexiva remaining considerably removed from
each other, leaving tergite 7 visible. Tergite 8 orient-
ed horizontally, fully visible in dorsal view. Pregenital
segment large, its sternite slightly more than one
fourth the median length of abdominal venter
(0.50/1.75). Genital segments relatively large and
protruding caudally, more or less U-shaped in caudal
view (figs. 5, 6).
Macropterous form. — Structurally essentially as
apterous form except for the usual modifications of
macropters in the subfamily. Length d 2.2, 9 2.3-
2.5; humeral width of pronotum d 1.00, 9 1.00-
1.10. Hemielytra light grey-brown with an, usually ill
defined, elongate sordid white stripe at base.
Venation rather indistinct, two elongate basal cells, of
which the one near hind (inner) margin seems two be
divided. In addition two shorter apical cells. Base of
abdomen with distinct lateral (near connexival su-
tures) keels on tergites 1-3 and a sorter, less distinct
sublateral pair on tergites 1 and 2.
Etymology. — Aflios (Greek adjective meaning
poor, meagre) refers to the comparatively poor pilos-
ity on body.
Comparative notes. — The male genitalia are some-
what similar to those of P. borneensis Andersen (figs.
8, 9) but P. aflia lacks the patch of silvery hairs me-
diocaudally on head, and the detailed structure of Ist
genital segment in d is different in that the rim of the
impression is thicker in P. aflia and the warts on
which the ventral groups of bristles are placed are less
strongly developed. Females of P. borneensis have ter-
gite 8 somewhat more produced caudally and abdom-
inal segment 7 somewhat less pilose laterally (figs. 6,
7). The male genitalia also remind those of P. buccu-
la Andersen, an aberrant species with ventral lobe of
head strongly produced caudally (fig. 46) and first
segment of hind tarsus very long. For comparison
with P. epimekta see under that species.
Pseudovelia afrofila sp. n.
(figs. 10-13)
Type material. — Holotype apterous 9, INDONESIA:
Sulawesi Utara, Sungai Girian (NE slope of G.
Klabat, E of Manado), mountain stream with rapids,
bottom boulders to coarse sand, specimens collected
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
Figs. 1-6. Pseudovelia aflia. Paratypes: 1-4 male; 1 fore leg, 2 paramere, 3 first genital segment (segment 8) in ventral view, 4
detail of ventral impression of segment 8; 5-6 apex of abdomen of female, 5 caudal, 6 lateral view. — 7 lateral view of apex of
abdomen of female of P. borneensis 8-9 lateral view of segment 8 of male, 8 P. aflia, 9 P. borneensis. — 10-13. Pseudovelia af-
rofila. 10-12 male allotype, 10 fore leg, 11 genital segments, lateral view, 12 segment 8, ventral view, 13 female paratype, ap-
ex of abdomen, lateral view. — 14-16 Pseudovelia argyropardala. Male paratypes: 14 segment 8 lateral view, 15 segment 8
ventral view, 16 fore tibia. — 17-19 P. reiseni male: 17 segment 8 lateral view, 18 segment 8 ventral view, 19 fore tibia.
Scale line for figs. 3 and 5: 0.1mm; figs. 10-13, 16 and 19: 0.5mm; figs. 1, 6, 8, 14, 15, 17 and 18: 0.25 mm; figs. 2 and 4:
0.05mm. Figs. 7 and 9 after Andersen (1983).
73
TIJDSCHRIET VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
on patch of foam behind boulder, 23. June 1994,
N9452, leg. N. Nieser (ZMAN). Paratype 16 (allo-
type) and 1 ®, same data as holotype, (NC). All apter-
ous.
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions.
Length d 2.10, 9 2.35-2.40; width of head d 0.55,
2 0.58-0.60; width of pronotum d 0.72, 9 0.80-
0.85; width (across third abdominal tergite) & 0.90,
® 1.08-1.10. Colour and pilosity. Generally dull
dark grey, anterior third of pronotum pale orange,
one female with an indication of orange median line;
lateral halves of connexiva (dorsally and ventrally)
and distal rims of acetabula brownish; antennae and
legs pale yellowish to light brown, proximally lighter
than distally. Patches of silvery hairs along inner mar-
gins of eyes distinct, a narrow longitudinal stripe me-
dially on vertex shining black (due to lack of basic pi-
losity). Silvery hairs laterally on first abdominal
tergite and on posterior parts of remaining tergites in-
distinct. Body covered with velvety pilosity super-
posed with distinct erect brownish pilosity, giving the
specimens a hairy look more obvious dorsally than
ventrally.
Length of antennal segments I-IV, 0.41: 0.24: 0.29:
0.43. Anterior third of pronotum and anterolateral an-
gles smooth, posterior two thirds coarsely punctate.
Greatest width of pronotum about halfway anteropos-
terior line, lateral margins convex without pronounced
humeral angles or indentation. Ventral arolia bristle
like. Middle tibia with about 5 long (twice as long as
the width of tibia) hairs in apical half of inner side. First
segment of hind tarsus ventrally with a few longer cilia
twice as long as the width of segment.
Male. General shape elongate oval with a truncate
caudal apex, connexiva more or less horizontal, their
lateral margins convergent in posterior half. Length
of antenna 2/3 the length of body (1.4/2.1).
Pronotum less than twice as broad as its median
length (0.7/0.4). Anterior trochanter rounded. Fore
tibia with grasping comb one third the length of tibia
(0.2/0.6, fig. 10), consisting of about 80 coarse teeth.
Hind tibia with ciliation apically denser but not mod-
ified. First abdominal tergite large, flat dorsally, raised
about as high as the edge of connexiva. Pregenital seg-
ment about one fifth the length of abdomen. First
genital segment ventrally with a large impression with
strongly chitinized margin in posterior half, otherwise
little modified (fig. 11, 12). Second genital segment
lying within first, without special features.
Female. General shape broadly oval, connexiva
nearly horizontal, distinctly tapering in posterior 3/5
of abdomen. Length of antenna more than half the
length of body (1.4/2.4). Pronotum nearly twice as
wide as its median length (0.80/0.45), distinctly nar-
rower than width across metanotum. Abdominal ter-
74
gites 1-3, somewhat convex dorsally, in lateral view
first three rising above the margin of connexiva.
Caudal apices of connexiva remaining considerably
removed from each other, leaving tergite 7 visible,
tergite 8 slanting ventrally 0.16 7, tergites 8 and 9 ful-
ly visible in dorsal view. Segment 7 large, its tergite
two thirds as long as wide (0.22/0.33),its sternite
slightly more than one third the median length of ab-
dominal venter (0.42/1.10). Genital segments well
developed, basal part of gonocoxa retracted into ab-
domen (fig. 13).
Macropterous form unknown.
Etymology. — Afrofilos (aphrophilos) is a greek
composite adjective meaning ‘foam loving’.
Comparative notes. — The general shape (especially
in females) and colour of this species is not similar to
any species known from Sulawesi. It is apparently
similar to P. gnoma Polhemus from Sri Lanka, which
is unknown to me, the characteristics in the key will
suffice to distinguish the species.
Remarks. — The species was found together with P.
koutali in a patch of foam behind some boulders at an
edge of the stream. Andersen (1983) reports the ap-
parently related P. gnoma also from ‘in foam in river’
other species have, however, also been found on
patches of foam.
Pseudovelia argyropardala sp. n.
(figs. 14-16, 44, 48-49)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d , INDONESIA:
Sulawesi Utara, Pulau Karakelong, Sungai Ambela at
inlet of irrigation canal for desa Ambela, large open
river bed in disturbed rain forest, transition from
mountain to lowland stream, only a little water (sluic-
es in dam open), actual stream about 2m wide, 0.3-
0.5m wide, water turbid, 30 Nov. 1994, N9493, leg.
N. Nieser (RMNH). — Paratypes (adults only), same
data as holotype 68 119 apterous, 38 52 macrop-
terous, 8 lvIV-V, distributed as follows: 1 9 apt. (allo-
type), 18 12 macr. RMNH, 16 19 NHMW, 1d 12
NMSC, 18 19 PCHC, 1d apt., 12 macr. SEMG; P.
Karakelong, Sungai (at desa) Pampalu, about 200 m
upstream of mouth, open lowland stream through ag-
ricultural area, mostly some shade, bottom sand and
pebbles, 1. XII. 1994, N9495, leg. N. Nieser, 2d
19; P. Karakelong, Sungai Ambela at foot of water-
fall, mountain stream in primary rainforest,
Pseudovelia under overhanging rocks at edges of
pond, 2. XII. 1994, N9497, leg. N. Nieser, 48 129
apt, 1d 29 macr., 20 lv IV/V (re me 192 MBB),
VP Mur, Io Save, WL ze, WS WL AUS 1.
Karakelong, Sungai Sawang, lowland stream through
agricultural area, very turbid after rain, Pseudovelia on
patch of foam at edge, 3. XII. 1994, N9498, leg. N.
Nieser, 18 12 apt., 6 IvIV/V. Pulau Salibabu,
Lirung, narrow stream on very steep rocks draining,
small shallow pools with much plant debris connect-
ed by trickles of water, shaded by remnants of forest,
+ 350m asl., 24. XII. 1994, N9483, leg. N. Nieser
54 119 apt, 19 macr. — PHILIPPINES, Mindanao:
Sarangani (S. Cotabato) prov. Siquel River, pool (ar-
ea + 20 m’, 0.2 m deep) at edge of river bed, slightly
turbid stagnant water, under overhanging grassy
bank, 23. XI. 1993, N9351, leg. N. Nieser, 29 apt.,
2d 22 macr. (ld 12 macr. USCP); Lake Sebu area,
stream at Bakdolong, lowland stream aspect, sand/
mud bottom, Pseudovelia at edge, 3.X11.1993,
N9364, leg. N. Nieser, 19 apt; Stream at Bakdo-
long, mountain stream aspect, bottom with well sized
pebbles, Pseudovelia at edge, 3 & 4. XII. 1993,
N9366, leg N. Nieser, 5d 10% apt, 1d 29
macr.(16 2% apt to resp: NHMW, RMNH, USCP,
ZMAN, 1d 19 apt. & 1d 1% macr. JTPC); stream at
Bakdolong, upstream across the agricultural area, be-
ginning of hilly area, narrow stream in limestone,
shaded by shrubs and trees on the banks, Pseudovelia
from pools mostly under overhanging ridges or tree
roots, 10. XII. 1993, N9379, leg. N. Nieser, 298
379 apt., 2d 49 macr.; Lake Sebu area, just up-
stream of third waterfall, edge upstream of a large
boulder in mountain stream, slopes with remnants of
primary forest, 7. XII. 1993, N9371, leg. N. Nieser,
VNS Rape acid dal? ape EME MONS
apt. 1? macr. SEMC); Lake Sebu area, just down
stream of second waterfall at edge of spray area, shel-
tered edge downstream of boulders, 8. XII. 1993,
N9373, leg. N. Nieser, 18 19 apt.
Description. — Apterous specimens. General shape
elongate oval. Dimensions. Length d 2.18-2.40, 9
2.53-2.75; width of head & 0.56-0.59, £ 0.56-0.60;
width of pronotum d 0.77-0.80, 9 0.78-0.81; width
(d across posterior margin of thorax, 9 across ab-
dominal tergites 4-5) 4 0.88-0.92, 9 0.94-1.03.
Colour and pilosity. Generally dark grey to blackish
with striking silvery spots dorsally on abdomen.
Transverse band anteriorly, lateral margin and nar-
row median longitudinal stripe on pronotum and lat-
eral half of connexiva brick red. Legs pale yellowish,
bases and apices of segments usually darker, antennae
light brown, base of rostrum pale, apical segment
dark. Bands of silvery hairs along inner margins of
eyes distinct; patches of silvery hairs posterior margin
of metanotum, laterally on first abdominal tergite,
medially on tergites 2 and 3, mediocaudally on con-
nexiva 3-6, posterior part of tergite 6 and most of ter-
gite 7. Compared to other species in the region the
silvery patches are more strongly contrasting in this
species. Body clothed with long light brown pilosity
which is more erect and distinct dorsally than ventral-
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
ly, especially in lateral view the species appears hirsute
dorsally. Antennae and legs also rather hirsute.
Length of antennal segments I-IV, 0.38 : 0.30 :
0.32 : 0.44. Anterior quarter of pronotum slightly
swollen, smooth except for a row of pits along anteri-
or margin, coarse punctation on posterior three quar-
ters obscured by dense pilosity. Lateral margins of
pronotum smoothly curved, not or hardly indented,
greatest width about halfway. Ventral arolia bristle
like. Middle tibia with about six long erect hairs on
inner side of apical half, becoming distinctly shorter
apically. Denser and thicker pilosity apically not obvi-
ous.
Male. Connexiva roughly horizontal to slanting
0.257 upward, lateral margins nearly parallel in ante-
rior, converging in posterior half. Length of antenna
about two thirds of body length (1.45/2.2).
Pronotum less than twice as wide as its median length
(0.8/0.45 - 0.8/0.5), narrower than width across
metanotum (0.8/0.9). Anterior trochanter rounded.
Apical comb on fore tibia long, slightly over three
quarters (0.5/0.65) tibial length (fig. 16), consisting
of over 300 teeth of which the proximal and distal
groups are much finer than those from the central
interval. First segment of hind tarsus apart from the
normal pilosity with a group of about 20 long (about
as long as length of segment, fig. 44) cilia ventrally.
Abdominal tergite 1 large, smooth, sloping down-
ward posteriorly; tergites 2-7 flat, horizontal, in later-
al view concealed by the connexiva. Pregenital tergite
+ one fifth the dorsal median length of abdomen.
First genital segment with a pair of ventral impres-
sions, beset with cilia, dorsocaudal pilosity long (figs.
14915):
Female. Larger and bulkier than male but of same
general form. Connexiva slanting 0.3% upward to
nearly vertical (nearly horizontal in gravid speci-
mens), their lateral margins nearly parallel in anterior,
converging in posterior half. Length of antenna
slightly more than half the length of body (1.45/2.6).
Pronotum twice as wide as its median length
(0.9/0.45), distinctly narrower than width across
metanotum. Abdominal tergite 1 large, coarsely
punctate, + horizontal, in lateral view visible dorsally
of connexiva, tergites 2-3 gradually sloping down-
ward posteriorly, less distinctly punctate than tergite
1; tergites 4-8 flat, horizontal, in lateral view con-
cealed by the connexiva (except in gravid females).
Caudal apices of connexiva rounded, remaining con-
siderably removed from each other, leaving tergite 7
visible. Tergite 8 oriented horizontally, fully visible in
dorsal view. Pregenital segment large, its sternite
about one fourth the median length of abdominal
venter (0.35/1.4). Genital segments largely retracted
within abdomen, more or less U-shaped in caudal
view (figs. 48, 49).
75
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Macropterous form. — Structurally essentially as
apterous form except for the usual modifications of
macropters in the subfamily. Length d 2.55-2.60, 9
2.60-2.70; humeral width of pronotum d 1.06-1.08,
? 1.12-1.15. Pronotum dark grey-brown with a
lighter T-shaped mark, anterior transverse leg broad,
posterior longitudinal leg narrow, disc of pronotum
distinctly punctate. Hemielytra grey-brown with ba-
sal angles largely white, apical cells brownish with
lighter centres and membrane greyish. Venation dis-
tinct, two elongate basal cells and two shorter apical
cells. Lateral keels at base of abdomen long, reaching
base of tergite 4, medial pair less distinct, reaching
caudal margin of tergite 2; silvery pilosity on abdo-
men less developed especially anteriorly.
Etymology. — Argyropardalos, a greek adjective mean-
ing ‘with silvery spots’, referring to the distinct patches of
silvery pilosity on abdomen of most specimens.
Comparative notes. — Size in combination with pi-
losity, greyish colour and distinct patches of silvery
hairs on abdomen sets this species apart from other
Sulawesi species. This species is very similar to P. re-
iseni Polhemus from Luzon and Mindanao males of
which are, however, smaller and have a relatively
shorter fore tibial comb of somewhat over 200 teeth
which are all coarse distally (in argyropardala, which
has about 300 teeth in tibial comb, there is a row of
very fine teeth near the distal spur) and the ventral
impression on first genital segment of male less dis-
tinctly paired and much smaller (see key and figs. 14-
19). Females show considerable overlap and only the
smaller females of P. reiseni (L about 2.4) are reliably
distinguishable from the larger females of P. argyro-
pardala (L about 2.7).
Pseudovelia epimekta sp. n.
(figs. 20-24)
Type material. — Holotype apterous 4 , INDONESIA,
Sulawesi Utara, Dumoga Bone N. P., Tumpah, ru-
hige Abschnitt am Moos (quiet stretch at marshland),
28. Oct. 1985, leg. G. Zimmermann (RMNH).
Paratypes 29, same data as d (19 NC, 19 allotype
ZC). All apterous.
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions:
length d 2.40, ® 2.50-2.65; width of head d 0.53,
? 0.58-0.59; width of pronotum d 0.68, ® 0.72-
0.73; greatest width (across mesothorax) d 0.83, ©
0.86-0.89.
Colour. Generally dark grey to blackish, eyes very
dark brown. Head with grey stripes at inner margins
of eyes. Pronotum with strongly contrasting anterior
orange transverse band not interrupted in the middle,
disk of pronotum medium brown with a very narrow
76
median orange-like stripe. Connexiva somewhat
brownish, more distinctly so on ventral side. Anten-
nal segments 1-3 medium brown, segment 4 pale,
whitish. Segments 2-3 of rostrum largely yellowish
brown (in frontal view). Acetabula on both sides of
suture brownish, legs sordid white to light brownish,
apical part of femorae and basal part of tibiae medium
brown.
Silvery pilosity at lateral margins of abdominal ter-
gite 1, most of tergites 2-3,6, hind margin of tergite 5
and median part of tergite 7, quite variable especially
on 6 and 7. Sparse, scattered longer erect bristles dor-
sally. Venter with well developed medium long some-
what yellowish pilosity, slightly denser on genital seg-
ments. Tuft of bristles at end of metasternal scent
channels strongly developed. Pilosity of appendages
normal, first antennal segment with two distinct erect
bristles on anterior side.
Body elongate spindle-shaped, greatest width
across mesothorax, subequal to width across posterior
margin of abdominal segment 4 (depending on slant-
ing of connexiva this is narrower in 16 19 and very
little wider in 1 9). Head over three fourths as long as
wide (0.45/0.55), longer than median length of pro-
notum (0.45/0.40). Eyes small, width of an eye only
slightly more than one third the interocular space
(0.12/0.32). Length of antennal segments I-IV =
0.62: 0.31: 0.42: 0.64. First antennal segment dis-
tinctly longer than head, relatively slender, elongate
club-shaped and softly curved, with two distinct erect
bristles. Second slightly narrower, third and fourth
narrowest, subequal. Rostrum nearly reaching base of
metasternum. Pronotum more than half as long as
wide (0.4/0.7), covering meso and metanotum except
for lateroposterior angles of metanotum. Disk shal-
lowly and indistinctly pitted, with an indistinct trans-
verse impression halfway, somewhat more distinct in
the male than in the females. Anterior transverse
orange band of pronotum smooth, slightly swollen.
Propleura with some coarse punctures, most distinct-
ly a row at dorsal margin of acetabulum and another
near posterior margin. Fore femur somewhat flat-
tened on under surface in apical part. Arolia bristle-
like. Connexiva with lateral margins nearly straight,
subparallel on segment 1-4, converging in caudal
part, slanting upward about 0.167. Connexiva widest
on segment 4, about half as wide as corresponding
tergite. Median length of abdominal tergites 1-7 three
times the median length of pronotum (1.40/0.45) in
male, slightly more in female (1.60/0.45). Abdominal
tergite 1 large, raised above dorsal margin of connex-
iva in lateral view, somewhat more so in females than
in males, tergites 2-3 declivous, tergites 2-5 each
about half as long as tergite 1, tergites 6 and 7 pro-
gressively longer, especially in male. Abdominal vent-
er flattened in male, indistinctly so in female, with a
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
Figs. 20-24. Pseudovelia epimekta. 20-23 male holotype: 20 genital segments ventral view, 21 segment 8 lateral view, 22 fore
tibia, 23-24 apex of abdomen, 23 male, ventral view, 24 female, lateral view. — 25-28, Pseudovelia koutali, paratypes: 25-27
male 25 fore leg, 26-27 genital segments, 26 lateral view, 27 ventral view, 28 female apex of abdomen, lateral view. — 29-33,
Pseudovelia mystax. Paratypes: 29-31 male, 29 fore leg, 30-31 genital segments, 30 lateral view, 31 ventral view, 32-33 fema-
le apex of abdomen, 32 lateral view, 33 caudal view. Scales 0.5 mm. — 34-38 Pseudovelia pyrokrene. Paratypes, 34-36 male, 34
fore leg, 35 genital segments, lateral view, 36 segment 8 ventral view, 37-38 female apex of abdomen, 37 lateral view, 38 cau-
dal view. Scale line for figs. 20-25, 28-32, 34-35: 0.5mm; figs. 26-27, 36-38: 0.25mm.
Hil
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
narrow, shallow, mediolongitudinal groove on ster-
nites 5-7, sternites 6 and 7 progressively longer than
preceding ones.
Male. Length of antenna five sixth the length of
body (2.0/ 2.4). Comb on fore tibia long (fig. 22),
about half as long as tibia consisting of about 200
teeth which are distinctly stouter in apical part.
Otherwise legs without obvious characters, first seg-
ment of hind tarsi with a few longer hairs. Tergite 7
half as long as preceding abdominal tergites together.
Genital segments relatively large but segment 8 near-
ly fully retracted within abdomen. Sternite 8 with five
curved, sharply pointed processes, one, narrower, me-
diocaudal, one pair subcaudal and one pair halfway,
surrounding a ventral impression (figs. 20-21). Para-
meres very small, nearly vestigial.
Female. Length of antenna slightly over three quar-
ters the length of body (2.0/2.6). Abdominal tergite 8
horizontal, comparatively large, covering gonocoxae
in dorsal view, over half as long as tergite 7
(0.18/0.3), covering gonocoxae in dorsal view. Gono-
coxae large, well visible in ventral view. (figs. 23-24).
Macropterous form unknown.
Etymology. — Epimektes, a greek adjective meaning
elongate, referring to shape of body, especially of fe-
male.
Comparative notes. — This species belongs to the
hypodonta group of species (Andersen 1983). Seg-
ment 8 of male is most similar to that of P. borneen-
sis, especially in lateral view, the mediocaudal process
in P. borneensis ıs, however, stouter, more triangular.
P. borneensis is, moreover, smaller, of lighter colour
and has the first antennal segment relatively shorter
and stouter. The first genital segment of the male has
a similar form to that of P. aflia described above, but
it is longer (when isolated from body 0.55 in P. epi-
mekta, 0.44 in P. aflia) and has more solid ventral
warts with bristles (figs. 3, 8, 20, 21). P. epimekta is,
moreover, generally longer and relatively more slen-
der than ?. aflia with a distinctly longer first antennal
segment (0.6 and 0.4 respectively). P. aflia and P.
epimekta have a few silvery hairs at base of head but
these are not recognizable as a silvery patch.
Pseudovelia kalami sp. n.
(figs. 56-58)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d (only speci-
men known, right middle leg lacking, genitalia in mi-
crovial), PHILIPPINES; Mindanao, Surigao del Norte
prov., Oslao, narrow mountain stream through coco-
nut groove, bottom stones, pebbles and coarse sand,
water colourless, clear, sampled at quiet edges, 29
Mar. 1993, leg. N. Nieser, N9332 (RMNH).
Apterous specimen. — General shape elongate,
78
nearly parallel sided except anterior and posterior re-
gions. Dimensions. Length d 2.49, width (across
posterior half of mesothorax) 1.02, width of prono-
tum 0.96, width of head d 0.63.
Colour and pilosity. Generally blackish with strik-
ing silvery spots dorsally on abdomen. Transverse
band on anterior half of pronotum, and lateral rim of
connexiva dark orange brown. Legs, coxae trochant-
ers and basal part of femurs yellowish, remaining
parts brownish, antennae and rostrum also brownish.
Bands of silvery hairs along inner margins of eyes dis-
tinct, in addition a small spot of silvery hairs medio-
caudally on head; patches of silvery hairs: latero-
posterior angles of metanotum, laterally on first
abdominal tergite, mediocaudally on tergites 6 and 7,
mediocaudally on connexiva 3-5, posterior part of
tergite 6 and most of tergite 7. Compared to most
species in the region the silvery patches are more
strongly contrasting in this species. Body clothed
with long light brown pilosity which is more erect
and distinct dorsally than ventrally.
Length of antennal segments I : II : HI: IV, 0.55:
0.46 : 0.45 : 0.40. Length of antenna three quarters of
body length (1.86/2.49). Hind margin of ventral lobe
of head produced slightly backwards. Pronotum less
than twice as wide as its median length (0.96/0.6),
only slightly narrower than width across metanotum.
Anterior half of pronotum slightly swollen, smooth
except for some pits caudally, coarse punctation on
posterior half obscured by dense pilosity. Lateral mar-
gins of pronotum smoothly curved, not indentate,
greatest width about halfway.
Anterior trochanter rounded. Fore tibia proximally
and distally thickened, resulting in a sinuate posterior
margin, tibial comb runnig nearly the entire length of
tibia (fig. 56). Middle tibia without long erect hairs
on inner side. Denser and thicker pilosity apically not
obvious. First segment of hind tarsus apart from the
normal pilosity with a group of about 15 long (about
3 times as long as diameter of segment) cilia ventrally.
Ventral arolia bristle like.
Connexiva roughly horizontal, lateral margins par-
allel anteriorly, converging on segments 5-7.
Abdominal tergite 1 large, smooth, only slightly slop-
ing downward posteriorly; tergites 2-7 flat, horizon-
tal, in lateral view concealed by the connexiva. tergites
1 and 7 twice (0.3) as long as tergites 2-6 (0.15).
Abdominal venter with a large and broad median im-
pression. First genital segment with a large central im-
pression bordered by a very high rim caudally ending
in a pair of tufts of small bristles, surface of the im-
pression anteriorly and medially also with small bris-
tles (figs. 57-58).
Comparative notes. — General shape and colour
similar to P. argyropardala, which is slightly smaller.
The small but distinct spot of silvery hairs mediacau-
dally on the head reminds of P. pyrokrene and P. bor-
neensis. The form of the anterior tibia and the strong-
ly developed rim around the ventral depression of
first genital segment in male are, however, unique
within the genus. Females will probably be recogniz-
able by the relatively long antennal segments especial-
ly segment 2.
Etymology. — Kalami is a Greek noun, meaning
tibia, in apposition, referring to the characteristic fore
tibia of male.
Pseudovelia koutali sp. n.
(figs. 25-28)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d , INDONESIA,
Sulawesi Utara, Dumoga Bone River, downstream of
bridge, 22. Oct. 1985 leg. G. Zimmermann (RMNH).
Paratypes 11d 89, same data as type, distributed as
follows: 1 2, allotype, RMNH; 1d MBBJ; 26 29 PCHG;
46 29 NC; 36 39 zc; 16 ZMAN; Sulawesi Utara,
Sungai Girian (NE slope of G. Klabat, E of Manado),
mountain stream with rapids, bottom boulders to
coarse sand, specimens collected on patch of foam be-
hind boulder, 23. VI. 1994, N9452, leg. N. Nieser,
94 79 (16 19 prec, 16 12 MUDH, 16 12 NHMW,
1d 12 SEMC). All apterous.
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions.
Length d 2.32-2.40, 9 2.80-2.92, width of head d
0.54-0.56, 2 0.60-0.62; width of pronotum d 0.78-
0.80, 2 0.80-0.83; width (across metanotum/first
abdominal tergite) & 0.83-0.88, 2 0.97-1.03.
Colour and pilosity. Generally dark brown, antennae,
T-shaped mark on pronotum, lateral margin of con-
nexiva medium brown, legs medium to light brown,
coxae, trochanters and basal parts of femurs yellow-
ish. Patches of silvery hairs along inner margins of
eyes, caudolaterally on first abdominal tergite, the
disks of tergites 2 and 3 and small patches medially on
tergites 4 and 5. Body mostly covered with quite
long, erect brownish pilosity.
Length of antennal segments I-IV 0.43 : 0.30 :
0.30 : 0.40. Anterior quarter of pronotum smooth,
posterior three quarters coarsely punctate.
Anterolateral angles of pronotum only slightly swol-
len. Ventral arolia bristle like. Middle tibia with
about 6 long (twice as long as the width of tibia) hairs
in apical half of inner side.
Male. General shape elongate, connexiva slanting
to a variable angle, usually about 0.57, their lateral
margins convergent in posterior half. Length of an-
tenna over half the length of body (1.4/2.4).
Pronotum broader than its median length (0.7/0.5)
with lateral angles about midway, very broadly
rounded. Anterior trochanter with a distinct ventral
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
tubercle (fig. 25). Fore tibia with grasping comb oc-
cupying about two thirds of the length of tibia
((0.35/0.58), consisting of about 150 teeth of equal
thickness except for a group of about 25 very fine
ones just proximally of the tibial spur. Hind tibia
straight, with ciliation along inner margin denser in
apical part, with a patch of slightly thicker cilia at ex-
treme apex. Hind tarsal segments of subequal length,
first tarsal segment ventrally with normal pilosity on-
ly. First abdominal tergite large, raised about as high
as the edge of connexiva. Pregenital segment large,
about one third the length of abdomen. Genital seg-
ments largely retracted within abdomen, first genital
segment ventrally with a large spoon-shaped append-
age (figs. 26-27).
Female. General shape bulkier than male, with
connexiva tapering more strongly. Length of antenna
half the length of body (1.4/2.8) or very slightly less.
Pronotum wider than long (0.8/0.6), greatest width
relatively more posteriorly than in male and more dis-
tinctly narrower than width across metanotum.
Anterior trochanter without tubercle and tibia with-
out comb. Pilosity of hind tibia less conspicuous than
in male, basal segment of hind tarsus distinctly short-
er than apical (0.2/0.3). First abdominal tergite large,
convexly swollen dorsally, in lateral view distinctly
rising above the margin of connexiva. Connexiva ver-
tical, strongly converging posteriorly with apical pi-
losity meeting across midline and covering tergite 7.
Pregenital segment large, about two fifth the length of
abdomen. Genital segments small, retracted into ab-
domen with a distinct tuft of darker bristles, situated
dorsally on the vertically oriented tergite 8, pointing
caudally (fig. 28).
Etymology. — Koutali, a Greek noun meaning
spoon, refers to the spoon shaped ventral appendage
on first genital segment of male.
Comparative notes. — The male differs from other
species in the genus by the tubercle on fore trochant-
er and the characteristic spoon shaped appendage
ventrally on first genital segment. The female is char-
acterised by the short pregenital segment and the cau-
dal tuft of dark bristles. With the key to oriental spe-
cies by Andersen (1983) this species runs to P. gnoma
Polhemus from Sri Lanka, which is a smaller species
(6 2.1-2.2, 2 2.6-2.8) with different structure of
first genital segment of male. The male of Microvelia
magnifica Lundblad which might, judging from the
figures by Lundblad (1933), also be a Pseudovelia or a
related genus different from Microvelia s. str. also has
a ventral tongue on segment 8, but chis structure is
sharper apically (ventrally) and the anterior trochant-
er is rounded. The female of M. magnifica has the last
segment of connexiva meeting over the tip of abdo-
men.
79
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Pseudovelia mystax sp. n.
(figs. 29-33)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d, Sulawesi
Utara Danaus Aleam 22 Novanml 8D Meg IG:
Zimmermann (ZMAN). — Paratypes, 155 419, same
data as holotype, distributed as follows: 22 (includ-
ing allotype) ZMAN; 2? BPUH; 26 29 PCHG; 16 29
JTPC; 18 22 MBBJ; 36 82 NC; 16 29 RMNH; 6d
209 ze; 1d 19 ZMUC. All apterous.
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions.
Length d 2.20-2.26, 2 2.70-2.87, width (across
metanotum/first abdominal tergite) d 0.80-0.85, ?
0.95-1.003. Colour and pilosity. Generally brick red
to light castaneous, sutures between body sclerites
mostly blackish, coxae, trochanters and most part of
femurs yellowish. Patches of silvery hairs along inner
margins of eyes rather inconspicuous, more distinct
laterally on first abdominal tergite and lining the su-
tures between tergites. Body clothed with quite long,
erect brownish pilosity, more dense laterally and on
venter than on dorsum.
Length of antennal segments I-IV 0.49: 0.32: 0.33:
0.46. Anterior quarter of pronotum and swollen ante-
rolateral angles smooth, posterior three quarters
coarsely punctate. Greatest width of pronotum about
halfway anteroposterior line, lateral margins convex
without pronounced humeral angles or indentation.
Ventral arolia bristle like. Middle tibia with about 5
long (twice as long as the width of tibia) hairs in api-
cal half of inner side.
Male. General shape elongate with a truncate cau-
dal apex, connexiva usually more or less horizontal,
their lateral margins convergent in posterior third.
Length of antenna slightly less than 3/4 the length of
body (1.6/2.25). Pronotum twice as broad than its
median length (0.8/0.4). Anterior trochanter round-
ed. Fore tibia with grasping comb occupying some-
what more than half the length of tibia ((0.4/0.7, fig.
29), consisting of over 250 fine teeth except at the
spur where they are distinctly coarser. Hind tibia with
ciliation along inner margin apically denser but not
modified. First segment of hind tarsus ventrally with
normal pilosity only. First abdominal tergite large, to-
gether with second convex dorsally raised about as
high as the edge of connexiva. Pregenital segment
about one fifth the length of abdomen. First genital
segment ventrally strongly chitinized in posterior
half, otherwise little modified (figs. 30-31). Second
genital segment lying within first with a pair of tufts
(about 6 each) of laterally pointing whisker-like bris-
tles which are visible even when the segment is re-
tracted.
Female. General shape bulkier than male, with
80
connexiva usually more or less vertical, tapering only
slightly (but more distinctly than in male) posterior-
ly. Length of antenna more than half the length of
body (1.55/2.75). Pronotum twice as wide as its me-
dian length (0.82/0.42), distinctly narrower than
width across metanotum. Abdominal tergites 1-3,
convex dorsally, in lateral view 1 distinctly, 2 just ris-
ing above the margin of connexiva. Caudal apices of
connexiva remaining considerably removed from
each other, leaving tergite 7 visible, tergite 8 oriented
horizontally, fully visible in dorsal view. Pregenital
segment large, its sternite slightly less than one third
the median length of abdominal venter. Genital seg-
ments small, retracted into abdomen, more or less tri-
angular in caudal view (figs. 32-33).
Macropterous form unknown.
Etymology. — Mystax, a noun in apposition mean-
ing moustache or upper lip in Doric, referring to the
‘caudal whiskers’ of the male.
Comparative notes. — This species at first sight re-
sembles P. aflia and P. pyrokrene because of similar
general colour and shape. The bristles on segment 9
of the male separate P. mystax from other Pseudovelia
in tropical Asia. The apex of abdomen in caudal view
of the female is more broadly triangular than in other
species although the difference with P. aflia is very
slight.
Pseudovelia pyrokrene sp. n.
(figs. 34-38)
Type material. — Holotype 3, INDONESIA, Sulawesi
Tenggara, Kecamatan Mowewe, Sungai Mowewe,
lowland stream, 28 Feb. 1989, N8922, leg. N. Nieser
(ZMAN). Paratypes: same data als holotype 38 129
distributed as follows: 19 (allotype) ZMAN, 19 MBB},
19 BPUH, 26 49 NC, 1d 29 PCHC, 29 RMNH, 19
ZC. Road Kolaka-Kendari km 20, mountain stream,
under overhanging rock, 3. Mar. 1989, N8934, leg.
N. Nieser 1 9 ; Sungai Mokowu (+ 3°49’S 121°40’E),
30.198918; same CMOS PCM PIE
van Tol (RMNH). All apterous.
Additional specimens 1 lvV, same data as holotype;
P. Buton, lst mountain stream along road Bau-Bau
to Bunga, 8. III. 1989, N8935, leg. N. Nieser, 1?
apt.
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions.
Length d 2.30-2.44, 9 2.71-2.90, width (across
metanotum/first abdominal tergite) d 0.79-0.80, 9
0.91-0.93. Colour and pilosity. Generally brick red/-
light castaneous to dark brown, sutures between body
sclerites mostly blackish, rostrum, basal part of first
antennal segment, coxae, trochanters and basal half of
femurs lighter, yellowish to light brown. Patches of
silvery hairs, distinctly contrasting, along inner mar-
gins of eyes lateral and caudal margin of first abdom-
inal tergite, most of tergites 2, 3, 6 and 7 less distinct
on tergites 4 and 5. Body clothed with quite sparse
but distinct long pilosity, in addition to the dense
short pilosity covering body.
General shape elongate. Length of antennal seg-
ments I-IV 0.44 : 0.30 : 0.34 : 0.50. Anterior quarter
of pronotum and swollen anterolateral angles
smooth, posterior three quarters coarsely punctate.
Greatest width of pronotum about halfway antero-
posterior line, lateral margins convex without pro-
nounced humeral angles or indentation. Ventral aro-
lia bristle-like. Middle tibia with about 5 long (twice
as long as the width of tibia) hairs in apical half of in-
ner side. First abdominal tergite coarsely punctate.
Male. Connexiva slightly slanting upward lateral-
ly, their lateral margins moderately convex, inner
margins hardly convergent posteriorly. Length of an-
tenna about 2/3 the length of body (1.6/2.35).
Pronotum one and a third times as broad than its me-
dian length (0.74/0.55), slightly narrower than the
width across metanotum. Anterior trochanter with a
nearly perpendicular angle apically (fig. 34). Fore tib-
ia with grasping comb occupying half the length of
tibia ((0.3/0.6), consisting of nearly 150 coarse teeth
except a few proximal ones and a row of 20 just before
the spur, which are narrow. Hind tibia virtually
straight, with ciliation along inner margin apically
denser but a dark patch of small spines absent. First
segment of hind tarsus ventrally with normal pilosity
only. First abdominal tergite large, slightly convex
dorsally raised just above the edge of connexiva.
Pregenital segment about one fifth the length of ab-
domen. First genital segment ventrally with a large
subcircular impression with a chitinized margin in
posterior half, otherwise little modified (figs. 35-36).
Second genital segment lying mostly within first,
without structural peculiarities.
Female. Connexiva vertical in most specimens, dis-
tinctly converging posteriorly. Length of antenna
more than half the length of body (1.58/2.79).
Pronotum 1.4 as wide as its median length
(0.8/0.56), only slightly narrower than width across
metanotum. Abdominal tergites 1 large, somewhat
convex dorsally, in lateral view raised slightly above
the margin of connexiva, tergites 2 and 3 declining,
remainder of abdominal dorsum horizontal. Caudal
apices of connexiva remaining considerably removed
from each other, leaving tergite 7 visible, tergite 8
oriented horizontally, fully visible in dorsal view.
Pregenital segment large, its sternite slightly less than
half the median length of abdominal venter. Genital
segments small, retracted into abdomen, more or less
U-shaped in caudal view (figs. 37-38).
Macropterous form unknown.
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
Etymology. — Pyrokrene, a greek noun in apposi-
tion, refers to the similarity with P. feuerborni.
Comparative notes. — The ventral impression of
first genital segment of male is of similar shape, but
relatively larger, as in P. feuerborni Lundblad, in addi-
tion the male of P. feuerborni has a slightly curved
hind tibia with a group of small spines apically which
is lacking in P. pyrokrene which has hind tibia virtual-
ly straight and the fore tibial comb of P. feuerborni
consists of 45 coarse proximal and a ‘hardly countable
number’ of fine teeth in the distal part (lauter winzi-
gen, kaum zählbaren Dornen, Lundblad 1934: 335).
P. feuerborni is only known from macropterous spec-
imens but in sofar comparison with apterous speci-
mens gives clues, it appears quite related to P. pyro-
krene. In general shape the female reminds of P.
koutali but lacks the tuft of caudally directed dark
bristles on tergite 8.
Pseudovelia sangihe sp. n. (figs. 39-43)
Type material. — Holotype apterous male: INDONE-
SIA: Sulawesi Utara, Pulau Sangihe, Laine, Sungai
Laine at waterfall, at edge of pothole between plants
(Hydrilla) and floating plant debris, shade, ‘Pseu-
dovelia especially at spots with some foam’,
12.X1.1994, N9463, leg. N. Nieser (ZMAN).
Paratypes (adults only), same data as holotype 85 49
apt., 4d 22 macr., 22 larvae III/V distributed as fol-
lows; 12 apt. (allotype) 18 12 macr. ZMAN, 1d
apt., MBBJ, 1d apt. NMSC, Id 19 apt, 16 macr.
RMNH, 1d apt. SEMG; P. Sangihe, Lelepu, Sungai Le-
lepu, mainly lowland stream aspect, shaded pools
under overhanging vegetation, no foam, 13.X1.1994,
N9464, 16 59 apt, 16 macr., 2 lvV (19 MBBJ, 14
19 MUDH, 19 NHMW, 1d macr., 19 SEMC, 19
ZMUC); P. Sangihe, Desa Utaurano, Sungai Apanu-
kang, pothole, at edge between vegetation, no foam,
14.X1.1994, N9465A, 38 69 apt, 19 macr. [S.
Apanukang is an upstream tributary of S. Laine near
Naha, which is different from S. Laine at Laine]; P.
Sangihe, Sungai Masalihe, mountain stream in rather
deep (c. 20m) gorge, Pseudovelia from puddles at
edge of stream bed, 16.XI.1994, N9468, 4d 49
apt.( 14 19 JTPC, 1d NHMW, 19 SEMC, 1d 12 Zc,
1d 19 ZMUC); P. Sangihe, Sungai Kendahe, bridge
at Poto, mountain stream, pools at edge of stream
bed, 17.XI.1994, N9471, 3d 49 apt; P. Sangihe,
smaller stream near N9471, 17.XI.1994, N9473, 64
19 apt., 16 macr., 2 lvV; P. Sangihe, mountain
stream at Bowokulu, rather small stream with rocky
bottom and large boulders, parts with strong current
alternating with virtually stagnant pools, Pseudovelia
at edges under overhanging rocks, 19.X1.1994,
N9477, 26 89 apt. (1d 19 PCHC).
81
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 39-43. Pseudovelia sangihe. Paratypes: 39-43 male, 39-40 segment 8, 39 lateral view, 40 detail of rim of ventral impres-
sion on segment 8 ventrolateral view, 41 fore leg, 42-43 female apex of abdomen, 42 lateral view, 43 caudal view. — 44
Pseudovelia argyropardala. Male paratype hind tarsus. Scale 0.25 mm. — 45 Tarsal segment (P. sexualis) illustrating blade like
ventral arolium. — 46-47 Head of Pseudovelia in lateral view: 46 P. buccula illustrating caudally prolonged ventral lobe, 47 P.
lundbladi with normal ventral lobe. — 48-49 Pseudovelia argyropardala female paratype apex of abdomen, 48 lateral view, 49
caudal view. — 50 Pseudovelia lundbladi male segment 8 in ventral view. — 51-55 Xiphovelia skoteina. Male paratypes: 51 mid-
dle tarsus, 52 fore leg, 53 genital segments lateral view, 54-55 segment 9, 54 lateral view, 55 caudal view. — 56-58 Pseudovelia
kalami holotype male; 56 fore tibia and tarsus, 57-58 segment 8, 57 lateral view, 58 ventral view.
Scale lines for figs. 41, 48, 51: 0.5mm; 39-40, 42-58: 0.25 mm.
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions.
Length d 2.12-2.15, 2 2.36-2.45; width (across ab-
dominal tergites 4-5) & 0.72-0.76, 2 0.92-0.96;
width of head & 0.50-0.51, 2 0.52-0.56. Colour and
pilosity. Dorsally pale orange to pale brick red, head
darker, brownish, anterior third of pronotum lighter;
lateral and ventral parts lighter than dorsum. Coxae
82
and basal 3/4 of femurs yellowish, remainder of ap-
pendages darker, brownish; sutures between body
sclerites and spiracles blackish, especially on abdo-
men. Bands of silvery hairs along inner margins of
eyes distinct; patches of silvery hairs laterally on first
abdominal tergite, covering most of tergites 2 and 3
and mediocaudally on tergite 6. Body clothed with
rather short light brown pilosity which is more dis-
tinct ventrally than dorsally. Antennae and legs with
usual pilosity.
Length of antennal segments I-IV, 0.43 : 0.28 :
0.31 : 0.47. Anterior third of pronotum smooth,
coarse punctation on posterior two thirds sparse and
rather indistinct. Lateral margins of pronotum
smoothly curved, not or hardly indented, greatest
width on posterior third. Ventral arolia bristle like.
Middle tibia with about seven long erect hairs on in-
ner side of apical half, becoming distinctly shorter ap-
ically. Hind tibia with slightly denser and thicker pi-
losity apically.
Male. Elongate, connexiva roughly horizontal to
slanting slightly upward, lateral margins diverging in
anterior, converging in posterior half. Length of an-
tenna slightly more than two thirds of body length
(1.5/2.1). Pronotum one and a half times as wide as
its median length (0.6/0.4), narrower than width
across metanotum. Anterior trochanter rounded.
Apical comb on fore tibia relatively short, + one third
(0.2/0.6) tibial length (fig. 41), consisting of about
140 teeth of equal width. First segment of hind tarsus
apart from the normal pilosity with 2-3 long (longer
than diameter of segment) cilia ventrally. Abdominal
tergite 1 large, smooth, sloping downward posterior-
ly; tergites 2-7 flat, horizontal, in lateral view con-
cealed by the connexiva. Pregenital tergite + one fifth
the dorsal median length of abdomen. First genital
segment with a large ventral impression, anteriorly
and posteriorly with a pair of spine-like structures,
consisting of closely packed bristles (figs. 39, 40).
Female. More broadly oval than male. Connexiva
nearly horizontal to slanting 0.167 upward, their lat-
eral margin evenly curved with its greatest width on
tergite 4-5. Length of antenna slightly less than two
thirds the length of body (1.5/2.4). Pronotum slight-
ly over one and a half as wide as its median length
(0.65/0.4), distinctly narrower than width across
metanotum. Abdominal tergite 1 large, smooth, slop-
ing downward posteriorly; tergites 2-7 flat, horizon-
tal, in lateral view concealed by the connexiva (except
in gravid females). Caudal apices of connexiva round-
ed, remaining considerably removed from each other,
leaving tergite 7 visible. Tergite 8 oriented horizontal-
ly, fully visible in dorsal view. Pregenital segment
large, its sternite slightly more than one fourth the
median length of abdominal venter (0.3/1.1). Genital
segments relatively large and protruding caudally,
more or less U-shaped in caudal view (fig. 42, 43).
Macropterous form. — Structurally essentially as
apterous form except for the usual modifications of
macropters in the subfamily. Length d 2.15-2.36, 9
2.30-2.35; humeral width of pronotum ¢ 0.85-0.90,
? 0.90-0.92. Pronotum brown with a lighter T-
shaped mark, anterior transverse leg broad, posterior
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
longitudinal leg narrow, disc of pronotum indistinct-
ly punctate. Hemielytra grey-brown with basal cells
largely sordid white and apical cells brownish with
lighter centres and membrane greyish. Venation dis-
tinct, two elongate basal cells and two shorter apical
cells. Lateral keels on basal part of abdomen reaching
to the caudal margin of tergite 4, medial keels reach-
ing onto basal part of tergite 2.
Etymology. — Sangihe is the Sangirese name for the
island where this species was found (Sangir in bahasa
Indonesia).
Comparative notes. — (See key). The male genitalia
are of a similar shape as in P. aflia, P. borneensis and P.
epimekta. Of these P. borneensis has an additional me-
diocaudal ventral projection on first genital segment
(fig. 9); P.epimekta has the first genital segment and
first antennal segment distinctly longer and P. aflia has
the ventral spine-like groups of bristles less developed.
Pseudovelia borneensis Andersen
(figs. 7, 9)
Pseudovelia borneensis. — Andersen 1983: 264, figs. 35-38.
Material. — BRUNEI DARUSSALAM: Labi Road, Kota Teraja,
mountain stream, on foam upstream of log, 15. IV. 1993,
N9343A, 1d 69 apt, 3d 69 macr.(19 apt. 12 macr.
BMKB, 19 macr. NMSC, 19 macr. NHMW, 12 apt. RMNH,
12 apt. ZMAN); Kuala Belalong, small stream behind Field
Study Centre, 16. IV. 1993, N9345, leg. N. Nieser, 18 2?
apt.
Distribution. — Northern Borneo (Sarawak,
Brunei, Sabah).
Remarks. — P. borneensis was described from mac-
ropterous specimens. The apterous form agrees struc-
turally with the macropterous except for absence of
wings and reduction of thorax. Dimensions of apter-
ous form: L d 2.35, 2 2.43-2.52; width of head &
0.55, 2 0.56-0.60; width of pronotum d 0.70, 9
0.72-0.77; width d 0.81, 2 0.82-0.88. The connex-
iva of apterous females are nearly vertical whereas in
macropters they slant laterally. The pattern of silvery
hairs on head and pronotum is identical in both
forms, the patch medially on hind margin of head
may be rather insignificant in some specimens, both
apters and macropters. Apters have patches of silvery
hairs laterally on abdominal tergite 1, nearly the
whole of tergites 2 and 3 and the posterior 2/3 of ter-
gites 6 and 7.
Pseudovelia reiseni Polhemus
(figs. 17-19)
Pseudovelia reiseni Polhemus 1976: 272-273
Material. — PHILIPPINES: Luzon, Laguna, Los Banos,
83
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Table 1 Measurements of leg segments of Microveliinae described in this paper.
femur tibia tarsl tars2
Pseudovelia aflia
d fore leg 0.61 0.57 0.30
& middle leg 0.72 0.73 0.17 0.28
d hind leg 0.81 0.88 0.20 0.27
9 fore leg 0.65 0.53 0.32
? middle leg 0.73 0.71 0.18 0.29
9 hind leg 0.86 0.90 0.19 0.27
Pseudovelia afrofila
d fore leg 0.70 0.60 0.29
d middle leg 0.82 0.74 0.12 0.30
3 hind leg 0.88 0.92 0.16 0.28
9 fore leg 0.69 0.54 0.30
9 middle leg 0.78 0.90 0.14 0.26
2 hind leg 0.82 0.90 0.14 0.26
Pseudovelia argyropardala
3 fore leg 0.63 0.61 0.31
3 middle leg 0.83 0.80 0.15 0.30
3 hind leg 0.84 0.88 0.19 0.32
9 fore leg 0.66 0.60 0.34
® middle leg 0.82 0.81 0.15 0.30
© hind leg 0.91 1.00 0.17 0.31
Pseudovelia epimekta
d fore leg 0.85 0.82 0.40
d middle leg 0.96 1.00 0.25 0.30
8 hind leg 1.12 1.30 0.41 0.30
9 fore leg 0.88 0.83 0.40
2 middle leg 0.99 1.34 0.25 0.27
2 hind leg 1.21 1.34 0.42 0.31
Pseudovelia kalami*
d fore leg 0.80 0.75 0.30
d middle leg 1.03 1.04 0.20 0.38
3 hind leg 0.98 1.01 0.33 0.30
Pseudovelia koutali
3 fore leg 0.68 0.59 0.30
3 middle leg 0.82 0.82 0.20 0.30
d hind leg 0.86 0.87 0.24 0.26
9 fore leg 0.69 0.63 0.35
® middle leg 0.93 0.89 0.20 0.30
2 hind leg 0.98 1.06 0.20 0.30
Pseudovelia mystax
d fore leg 0.77 0.68 0.38
3 middle leg 0.93 0.94 0.19 0.33
3 hind leg 0.99 1.11 0.22 0.32
9 fore leg 0.81 0.70 0.38
? middle leg 1.01 0.98 0.20 0.36
2 hind leg 1.08 1.19 0.21 0.33
Pseudovelia pyrokrene
d fore leg 0.70 0.60 0.31
3 middle leg 0.89 0.83 0.19 0.30
3 hind leg 0.91 0.92 0.34 0.30
2 fore leg 0.71 0.59 0.33
? middle leg 0.87 0.82 0.19 0.28
? hind leg 0.98 0.99 0.23 0.31
84
femur
Pseudovelia sangihe
d fore leg 0.65
3 middle leg 0.83
d hind leg 0.87
9 fore leg 0.61
9 middle leg 0.78
9 hind leg 0.88
Xiphovelia skoteina
d fore leg 0.49
3 middle leg 0.56
d hind leg 0.54
? fore leg 0.52
? middle leg 0.61
9 hind leg 0.59
* Measurements based on single specimen.
stream from Tampalit Falls, 15. XI.1993, leg. H. Zettel, 3d
(25 NHMW, 1d NC); Luzon, Infanta, small pool (10x1.5m,
up to 0.2 deep) at edge of river bed near mouth of Agos
River, many gelatinous algae, 4. IV. 1993, N9335, leg. N.
Nieser, 18 19. Mindanao, Sarangani (S. Cotabato) prov.
Siquel River, pool (area + 20 m’, 0.2 m deep) at edge of riv-
er bed, slightly turbid stagnant water, under overhanging
grassy bank, 23. XI. 1993, N9351, leg. N. Nieser, 3d; Lake
Sebu area, just down stream of second waterfall at edge of
spray area, sheltered edge downstream of boulders, 8. XII.
1993, N9373, leg. N. Nieser, 88 19 (1d BMKB); stream,
just downstream of dam at Lopo, under low overhanging
grassy bank, 9. XII. 1933, N9377B, leg. N. Nieser, 36 19
(28 19 macr.; 1d apt., 1d macr. USCP); irrigation canal at
Lopo, rather fast current, 9. XII. 1993, N9378, leg. N.
Nieser, 1 2 macr. Apterous unless otherwise indicated.
Distribution. — Only known from Luzon and
Mindanao.
Genus Xiphovelia Lundblad
Xiphovelia was erected by Lundblad (1933) to ac-
commodate his X. ensis from Jawa. In addition there
are a few species known from the Far Fast (Esaki &
Miyamoto 1959) and one from Sri Lanka (Polhemus
1979). As these belong to the smaller Microveliinae,
the paucity of described species is probably due to
poor collecting. In specialisation of male genital seg-
ments they show some affınity to Pseudovelia (small
with small parameres) although the genital segments
are much smaller. On the other hand the structure of
antenna with a short stout first segment, slightly nar-
rower second and distinctly narrower third and
fourth and the thoracical structure are quite different.
In this genus the middle tarsus has a blade like ventr-
al arolium and meso- meta- notum and first abdomi-
nal tergite are fused medially, in the description me-
dial length of mesonotal area refers to the median
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
tibia tarsl tars2
0.58 0.28
0.79 0.17 0.30
0.95 0.21 0.26
0.57 0.29
0.78 0.15 0.29
0.96 0.18 0.25
0.39 0.20
0.51 0.18 0.26
0.64 0.13 0.19
0.39 0.24
0.53 0.19 0.28
0.69 0.13 0.22
length of these three tergites together. As stated by
Andersen (1982) character states of genera of
Microveliinae have not yet sufficiently been studied
to get a clear picture about their relationship.
Xiphovelia skoteina sp. n.
(figs. 51-55)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d INDONESIA:
Sulawesi Utara, Lakes I, Quellbereich (source area),
PPA Bungalow, Nov. 1985, leg. G. Zimmermann
(RMNH). (The PPA bungalow is just N of the W tip of
Danau Mooat). Paratypes, 516 16% all apterous,
same data as holotype, distributed as follows: 24 19
(allotype) RMNH; 24 BPUH; 2d 29 PCHG; 26 19
TEC 2S) IO IMBBT IS OM2P NC: 208 7.22 2673.5
19 ZMAN; 2d 19 ZMUC. Dumoga Bone N. P.
Tumpah River Beach, 19. Oct. 1985, leg. G.
Zimmermann, 4d (2d NC, 26 Zc).
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions.
Length d 1.80-1.90, 2 2.00-2.18, width (across
metanotum/first abdominal tergite) & 0.73-0.78, ®
0.90-0.99. Colour and pilosity. Generally dull dark
ash-grey (anthracite), eyes shining, base of first anten-
nal segment, segments 2 and 3 of rostrum , coxae, tro-
chanters and basal part of femurs yellowish, remain-
der of appendages castaneous. Pronotum with an
uninterrupted lighter band, about as wide as head, in
most specimens only slightly contrasting with back-
ground. Body covered with well developed pilosity,
yellowish, appressed, relatively fine and short on
body, longer, more erect and somewhat darker on ap-
pendages, eyes bare.
Head slightly less than twice as wide as its median
length (0.5/0.3). Length of antennal segments I-IV,
0.19: 0.19: 0.22: 0.31. Width of third antennal seg-
85
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
ment two third that of fourth (0.02/0.03). Body wall
with shallow punctures, posteriorly more shallow and
hence less distinct than anteriorly. Pronotum short,
about five times as wide as long. median length of
mesonotal area one fourth the median length of body
(8 0.45, 9 0.52). Ventral arolia of fore and hind tar-
sus bristle like. Ventral arolium of middle tarsus leaf-
like (fig. 52). Middle and hind trochanter of subequal
length. Middle tibia with about seven long hairs
(apart from normal pilosity) in apical half of inner
side, their length compared to the width of tibia
(which is stout in both sexes) varying from slightly
longer more distally to slightly shorter apically.
Male. General shape elongate oval, greatest width
at posterior margin of metanotum, connexiva more
or less horizontal, their lateral margins only slightly
convergent posteriorly. Apical part of genital seg-
ments in dorsal view visible as a small caudal button
(in most alcohol specimens genital segments expand-
ed). Length of antenna slightly less than half the
length of body (0.89/1.86). Measurements of leg seg-
ments, table 1. Anterior trochanter with an ventro-
apical knob (fig. 51). Dorsal margin of fore femur
straight in apical three fourth. Dorsal (‘outer’) margin
of fore tibia convex, grasping comb about half as long
as tibia, more distinct in expanded apical part.
Genital segments (figs. 53-55) in caudal view with
comparatively low lateral ‘ears’.
Female. General shape broadly oval, connexiva
nearly vertical in most specimens, especially in poste-
rior half where they are distinctly converging. Legs
generally more slender than male, measurements of
leg segments table 1. Anterior trochanter rounded,
anterior tibia with an apical tuft os bristles, mimick-
ing the apex of tibial comb of male. Abdominal ter-
gite 7 somewhat longer than tergite 6, tergite 8 hori-
zontal. Sternite 7 large, its median length one third
the median length of abdominal venter. Genital seg-
ments retracted into abdomen.
Etymology. — Skoteinos, a Greek adjective meaning
dark, sombre, refers to the general colour of the spe-
cies.
Comparative notes. — In the key to Xiphovelia by
Esaki & Miyamoto (1959) this species runs to X. bon-
inensis Esaki & Miyamoto, due to the lack of shiny
(‘silvery’) pilosity. Males of X. skoteina differ from all
species described so far by the ventroapical tubercle of
fore trochanter. Females of X. boninensis have the
connexiva reflexed over the abdomen in caudal half,
whereas in X. skoteina these are at most vertical.
Moreover in X. skoteina the length of middle and
hind trochanter is subequal while in other species the
middle trochanter is distinctly longer than hind tro-
chanter.
86
DISCUSSION
Andersen (1983) deals with ten species of
Pseudovelia from the Oriental Region (in addition
seven taxa from the E. Palaearctic are listed). So in
this paper the number of Oriental species is nearly
doubled. In addition Dr. Zettel (NHMW) writes me
that he has several apparently undescribed species
from the Philippines. Apparently this is a, still under-
collected, species rich genus in the area. They are usu-
ally found in shaded places (including overhanging
banks or rocks) at the edges of streams or, more rare-
ly, lakes. They are quite often found at places where
some foam is assembled (probably because food is
trapped in the foam).
Considering primarily the development of the
male genital segments the genus Pseudovelia seems to
split into two groups. The first group is the hypodon-
ta-group of Andersen (1983), which is primarily
characterized by 4-5 spine-like processes along the
margin of the ventral impression of the first genital
segment of male. On closer examination, these pro-
cesses consist of a basal chitinous stump on which a
small, acute narrowly packed tuft of bristles is placed.
They also agree more or less in general colour pattern
and body shape. The hypodonta-group consists of P.
aflia, P. borneensis, P. buccula, P. epimekta, P. hypo-
donta and P. sangihe. Associated with this group is P.
koutali whereas P. lundbladi which has anteriorly a
broad ventral process which, although much shorter,
reminds somewhat of the process in P. koutali and
caudally three processes of the same type as found in
the hypodonta-group may be considered a link
between P. koutali and the hypodonta group. The sec-
ond group which could be named feuerborni-group
has the ventral impression on first genital segment of
male bordered by a more or less distinct chitinous rim
which can be fringed with hairs whereas the impres-
sion itself may also be clothed with hairs. This group
contains: P. afrofila, P. argyropardala, P. feuerborni, P.
gnoma, P. longitarsa, P. mystax, P. pyrokrene, P. reise-
ni, P. sexualis and according to Andersen (1983) P.
tjurpensis. Whereas the hypodonta-group is compara-
tively homogeneous, the feuerborni-group can be di-
vided in four pairs of similar species with P. mystax
with its rather simple first genital segment and whisk-
ers on the second as the odd one out. The first pair is
formed by P. longitarsa and P. sexualis which have in
common blade-like ventral arolia and strongly hairy
eyes. The second pair consists of P. argyropardala and
P. reiseni, which have in common a ventral impres-
sion of first genital segment without strong rim and
sublateral patches of hairs inside the impression. In
addition the males have the ‘swimming hairs’ on first
segment of hind tarsi more strongly developed than
in other species and both are dark grey with very con-
trasting patches of silvery hairs which are arranged in
roughly the same pattern. These two are also geo-
graphically more restricted than the other pairs, P.
Karakelong is closer to the Philippines than to the
main islands of Indonesia. P. feuerborni and P. pyro-
krene have the ventral impression on first genital seg-
ment somewhat similar to P.argyropardala/reisent (al-
though the chitinous rim is somewhat better
developed) but have the brick red colour of most
Pseudovelia and distinctly less developed ‘swimming
hairs’ on first segment of hind tarsi of male. Finally
P. afrofila and P. gnoma are both smaller and more
oval than the others and are generally of a dark grey
colour with a contrasting transverse rectangular
orange mark anteriorly on pronotum. P. kalami fi-
nally is quite aberrant, apart from the fore tibia the
antennal structure and the large depression in male
venter are different from other species. This species
might turn out to represent a distinct subgenus or
closely related genus.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Thanks are due to Drs: J. P. Duffels (ZMAN), J. van
Tol (RMNH), H. Zettel (NHMW) and G. Zimmer-
mann (ZC), for the loan of specimens. And Dr. J. T.
Polhemus (JTPC) for discussion of the identity of
some specimens.
REFERENCES
Andersen, N. M., 1982. The semiaquatic bugs (Hemiptera,
Gerromorpha). — Entomonograph 3: 1-455.
NIESER: New species of Veliidae
Andersen, N. M., 1983. The Old World Microveliinae
(Hemiptera: Veliidae) I. The status of Pseudovelia
Hoberlandt and Perivelia Poisson, with a review of Oriental
species. — Entomologica Scandinavica 14: 253-268.
Arnett, jr., R. H., Samuelson, G. A., & Nishida, G. M.,
1993. The insect and spider collections of the world. —
Flora & Fauna Handbook 11: i-v, 1-308.
Esaki, T., & Miyamoto, S., 1959. Veliidae of Japan and its
adjacent territory (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) II. Xiphovelia
Lundblad. — Sieboldia 2: 91-108, pls.10-13.
Lundblad, O., 1933. Zur Kenntnis der aquatilen und semi-
aquatilen Hemipteren von Sumatra, Java und Bali. — Archiv
fiir Hydrobiologie Supplement 12: 1-195, 263-488.
Nieser, N. & Chen, P. P., 1991. Naucoridae, Nepidae and
Notonectidae, mainly from Sulawesi and Pulau Buton
(Indonesia). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 134: 47-67.
Nieser, N. &2 Chen PR 91993) Ihe Rhagovelia
(Heteroptera: Veliidae) of Sulawesi (Indonesia). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 136: 259-281.
Polhemus, J. T., Pseudovelia reiseni Polhemus n. sp. p. 272-
273, fig. 2. — In J. T. Polhemus & W. K. Reisen, 1976.
Aquatic Hemiptera of the Philippines. — Kalikasan,
Philippine Journal of Biology 5: 259-294.
Polhemus, J. T., 1979. Results of the Austrian-Ceylonese
Hydrobiological Mission 1970. XIX: Aquatic and semi-
aquatic Hemiptera of Sri Lanka from the Austrian Indo-
Pacific Expedition, 1970-71. — Bulletin of the Fisheries
Research Station, Sri Lanka 29: 89-113.
Zimmermann, G., 1984. Heteroptera aus dem Nepal-
Himalaya. Geovelia n. gen. eine Gattung terrestrischer
Microveliinae (Insecta: Gerromorpha: Veliinae). —
Senckenbergiana Biologia 65: 65-74.
Received: 18 January 1995
Accepted: 7 March 1995
87
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
88
JOHN D. OSWALD
Department of Entomology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington D. C.
REVISION OF THE SOUTHEAST ASIAN SILKY
LACEWING GENUS BALMES (NEUROPTERA:
BSIXCHIORSIDAE)
Oswald, J. D., 1995. Revision of the southeast Asian silky lacewing genus Balmes (Neuroptera:
Psychopsidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 89-101, figs. 1-28, tab. 1. [ISSN 0040-
7496]. Published 15 June 1995.
The southeast Asian psychopsid genus Balmes is comprehensively revised for the first time. Four
species are recognized: birmanus, formosus, notabilis, and terissinus. Each species is redescribed,
illustrated, and keyed. Balmes notabilis is removed from the synonymy of birmanus and re-es-
tablished as a valid species. The four species are phylogenetically (cladistically) related as fol-
lows: (formosus + (terissinus + (notabilis + birmanus))).
Dr. John D. Oswald. Present address: Department of Entomology, 412 Minnie Belle Heep
Building, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX 77843-2475, United States of America.
Key words. — Oriental region, phylogeny, taxonomy, key.
The family Psychopsidae, silky lacewings, is a
monophyletic (=holophyletic) clade containing five
genera and 26 extant species (Oswald 1993). The dis-
tribution of extant psychopsids is relictual, being re-
stricted to southern Africa, Australia, and southeast
Asia. Fossil taxa attributed to this family are currently
known from North America, Europe, Asia, and
Australia. Psychopsids are of special interest because
of their highly disjunct present geographic distribu-
tion, their unusual female ovipositional habits, and
their phylogenetic position as the basalmost clade of
the neuropterous superfamily Myrmeleontoidea, i.e.,
as the sister-group to the Nymphidae + Nemopteri-
dae + Myrmeleontidae + Ascalaphidae (Mansell
1992; Oswald, unpublished data).
Since the publication of my earlier monograph of
this family (Oswald 1993), I have had the opportu-
nity to examine additional material of the little-
known Oriental genus Balmes Naväs. The recent tax-
onomic history of this genus can be summarized as
follows. Kimmins (1939) recognized three Balmes
species: birmanus (as ‘birmana [sic], with terissinus
and notabilis as synonyms), formosus (as ‘formosana
[sic]), and gallardi. New ([1989]) demoted Balmes to
a junior subjective synonym of the otherwise
Australian endemic genus Psychopsis, and treated bir-
manus, formosus, and gallardi as valid species of
Psychopsis. Oswald (1993) (1) re-erected the genus
Balmes on the basis of evidence supporting its mono-
phyly and the existence of a sister-group relationship
berween Balmesand Psychopsis, (2) established the va-
lidity of B. terissinus and removed it from the synony-
my of birmanus, and (3) noted the existence of a
fourth, at that time apparently undescribed, Balmes
species in China (the ‘bnsl’ of Oswald 1993).
The species ‘bnsl’ has since proven to be conspecif-
ic with notabilis, which is herein recognized as a valid
species and removed from synonymy with birmanus.
Thus, four valid species of Balmes are treated here: B.
birmanus (McLachlan), B. formosus (Kuwayama), B.
notabilis Naväs and B. terissinus Naväs. The current
revision contains redescriptions and illustrations of
each species, a key to distinguish among the species,
and a phylogenetic (cladistic) analysis of interspecific
relationships within Balmes. The latter extends the
prior analysis of Oswald (1993) through the incorpo-
ration of new data for the Taiwanese species B. formo-
sus.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Material and collection acronyms. — This study is
based upon approximately 40 adult Balmes specimens
in the following collections: BMNH, The Natural
History Museum, London, England; CUIC, Cornell
University Insect Collection, Ithaca, NY, U.S.A;
EIHU, Insect Collection, Hokkaido University,
Sapporo, Japan; MCZC, Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, MA, U.S.A; MNHP, Muséum
National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France; USNM,
National Museum of Natural History, Washington,
DC, U.S.A.
89
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Illustrations. — Line drawings were executed with the
aid of a drawing tube attached to a dissecting micro-
scope. Terminalic illustrations were made from cleared,
and generally stained, preparations temporarily mount-
ed in glycerin. Setae are not shown. In illustrations of the
gonarcus/mediuncus/9th gonocoxite complex, mem-
branes attached along the antextragonarcal commissure
and the venter of the 9th gonocoxites are shown
stretched in a manner calculated to best convey their
lines of attachment, not necessarily as zn situ.
Terminology. — General entomological terminolo-
gy follows Nichols (1989). Terms for terminalic
structures follow Oswald (1993).
Annotations. — The following annotations are used
in the synonymical listings: Dst, distribution; FT, fe-
male terminalia; FW, forewing; H, habitus; Lst, list
or listed; MT, male terminalia; Nom, nomenclature;
OD, original publication/description; RD, redescrip-
tion; Tax, taxonomy; W, wing. An asterisk (*) follow-
ing an annotation indicates a figure (e.g., FW*, fo-
rewing figure).
Miscellaneous. — Species are treated in alphabetical
order. Forewing lengths were measured from the
proximal margin of the tegula to the wing apex (4.1
mm). Unless otherwise cited, reported flight periods
are the earliest and latest dates of collection of adults
as indicated by label data. Bracketed collection local-
ity names and latitude and longitude coordinates
found in the material examined sections have been
taken principally from the Official Standard Names
Gazetteers of individual southeast Asian countries,
which were compiled by the U.S. Defense Mapping
Agency Topographic Center for the U.S. Board on
Geographic Names.
SYSTEMATIC PART
Genus Balmes Navás
Balmes Navás, 1910: 85 (Type species: Balmes terissinus
Navás, 1910: 85, by monotypy): Navás 1917 (Tax);
Kimmins 1939 (Tax); New [1989] (Nom); Oswald 1993
(RD, Tax).
Diagnosis. — The only extant genus of psychopsids
known from southeastern Asia. Distinguished from
the Australian genus Psychopsis (except P. gallardı) by
the absence in Balmes of a prominent dark macula sit-
uated distally on each hind wing (fig. 3). Based on il-
lustrations contained in New ([1989]), males of P.
IZ
B. birmanus
B. formosanus
B. notabilis
B. terissinus
Fig. 1. Geographic distributions of Balmes species and cladogram of interspecific relationships. Only accurately located re-
cords have been plotted.
90
gallardi (unique holotype in BMNH, not examined)
may be distinguished from males of Balmes species by
(1) the presence in gallardi of an elongate [not short]
Ith gonocoxite costa, and (2) the absence in gallardi
of the male 9th gonocoxite superprocesses modified
into a transverse tumulus.
Description. — Head: Ocelli absent, but vertex
bearing 2 well-developed ocellar/cranial pulvinae.
Forewing: length: 10.8 - ca. 21 mm; coloration:
brown mottling on a hyaline ground; forewing costal
gradate series absent or reduced (i.e, <6 crossveins),
except in formosus where it is well developed (>20
crossveins).
Hind wing: hyaline, without a dark distal macula.
Male terminalia: 8th sternite (fig. 6): without a
posteromedian lobe; 9th tergite (fig. 6): without free
posteroventral processes; Ith sternite (figs. 6, 7): apex
rounded (fig. 7) or emarginate (fig. 13), not narrow
and parallel-sided in ventral view; gonarcus (figs. 9,
10): intragonarcus present but narrow relative to ex-
tragonarcus; extragonarcus composed of a posteriorly
protruded dorsal plate, the extragonopons (egps), and
a pair of lateral narrow to broad extrahemigonarcus
(ehgs); mediuncus (med) weakly decurved, not recur-
ved; 9th gonocoxites (figs. 10, 11): fused medially in-
to a transverse sclerite which articulates with postero-
ventral angles of hemigonarcus; ventral costae (vc)
absent or reduced to short thickenings; superproces-
ses (spp) present but fused into a transverse elevation
on dorsal surface of conjoined gonocoxites (elevation
produced as an attenuate process in notabilis); ventro-
lateral lobes (vll) sometimes present; miscellaneous:
gonosaccal membrane bearing one (fig. 8) or two
(figs. 21, 22) sets of bilaterally paired spiculate lobes;
subanale (sa) present (figs. 9, 10).
Female terminalia: Posterior margin of 7th sternite
medially depressed and emarginate (figs. 26, 27); 7th
and 8th sternites fused, but path of fusion marked by
a suture; copulatory fovea approximately hemispheri-
cal, overhung posteriorly by anteromedian margin of
8th sternite (figs. 26, 27); 9th gonocoxites: without a
longitudinal row of stiff setae below each gonocoxal
costa, without a compact aggregation of setae borne
adjacent to insertion of stylus, suprastylar setae >50%
cochleariform; bursa without lateral corniform diver-
ticulae; spermatheca sigmoid in lateral view, lacking
distinct hollow ventrolateral lobes; two bursal acces-
sory glands present, but form and insertion of ducts
on bursa varies interspecifically.
Distribution (fig. 1). — Southeast Asia (reported here
from Taiwan, southern China, northeastern Burma,
northern Laos, and northern Vietnam). The three
southeast Asian species of Balmes appear to form a
complex of allopatric or parapatric species. The few el-
evation records available for Balmes species (all for
mainland species) range between 600 and 1825 me-
OSWALD: Revision of Balmes
ters, suggesting that Balmes species are montane. This
conclusion is also supported by the apparent geograph-
ic restriction of mainland Balmes species to the upland
areas of the countries in which they occur.
Biology and immature stages. — Unknown.
Species (4). — birmanus. Burma, China [Yunnan
Prov.]; formosus. Taiwan; notabilis China [Yunnan
Prov.], Laos, Vietnam; terissinus China [Sichuan
Prov.].
Classification. — The following sequenced classifi-
cation is recommended for this genus:
Genus Balmes Naväs
B. formosus (Kuwayama, 1927)
B. terissinus Navás, 1910
B. notabilis Navás, 1912
B. birmanus (McLachlan, 1891)
Etymology. — From the surname of Catalan philos-
opher Jaime Luciano Balmes [1810-1848], see Navás
1910: 85. Gender: Masculine, implied from the orig-
inal combination Balmes terissinus, Art. 30d.
Key to adult Balmes species
Notes: The male of formosus and the female of
notabilis are unknown.
1. Forewing (fig. 3): costal gradate series absent (<6
crossveins/wing), intraradial area crossed by 2 gra-
date series, innermost series not bordered by fus-
cous maculae (light brown shading or mottling
may be present) [continental southeast Asia]....... 2
— Forewing (fig. 2); costal gradate series present
(>20 crossveins/wing), intraradial area crossed by
3 well-developed gradate series, innermost series
bordered by fuscous maculae [Taiwan and conti-
nentallsouthease Asia] ee B. formosus
2. Forewing (figs. 4, 5): membrane immaculate or
evenly patterned with light brown mottling,
strongly contrasting darker brown maculae ab-
sent; Male Terminalia: ventrolateral lobes of male
Ith gonocoxites present (figs. 11, 18) [continen-
talksoutheastAstal m ee a 3
— Forewing (fig. 3): membrane marked with 2
prominent rows of brown maculae (one centered
on the ‘vena triplica’, the other on the mediocu-
bital and intracubital spaces), each row with 2 or
3 maculae that strongly contrast with the light
brown to hyaline ground colour of the membrane
(fig. 3); hind margin of wing also often with a
row of contrasting maculae; Male Terminalia:
ventrolateral lobes of male 9th gonocoxites absent
(figs. 24, 25) [China: Sichuan Province] ............
En HER die EB B. terissinus
3. Male 9th sternite: apex rounded (fig. 7); Male 9th
gonocoxites: ventrolateral lobes digitate and
bluntly pointed distally, apices not membrane
91
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 2-5. Balmes spp., wings. 2, B. formosus (paratype); 3, B. terissinus 4, B. notabilis 5, B. birmanus. Scale bars = 5 mm.
margined (fig. 11); superprocesses fused into a
broad transverse prominence (fig. 11) [Burma,
China: Yunnan Province] ............... B. birmanus
— Male 9th sternite: apex conspicuously emarginate
92
(fig. 13); Male 9th gonocoxites: ventrolateral
lobes plate like and broadly rounded distally, api-
ces membrane margined (fig. 18); superprocesses
fused and projecting medially as a short process
(figs. 16, 17) (China: Yunnan Province, Laos,
Vietnam eeeh Mens nes B. notabilis
Balmes birmanus (McLachlan)
(figs. 5-11)
Psychopsis birmana McLachlan, 1891: 320 (OD). — Krüger
1922 (Lst); New [1989] (RD, Dst, MT*, FT*, W*).
Balmes birmanus (-a [sicl). — Navás 1930 (Lst, Dst);
Kimmins 1939 (Lst, Dst); Oswald 1993 (Lst).
Diagnosis. — Distinguished from all other Balmes
OSWALD: Revision of Balmes
species by the following combination of characters:
(1) forewing intraradial area traversed by two [not
three] gradate series (fig. 5), (2) apex of male 9th ster-
nite rounded [not conspicuously emarginate] (fig. 7),
and (3) ventrolateral lobes of male 9th gonocoxites
present [not absent] (fig. 11).
Description. — Forewing (fig. 5): length: 11.2 -
15.7 mm (mean = 12.5 mm, n = 9 wings); markings:
light brown mottling on a hyaline ground, markings
somewhat darker along ‘vena triplica’ and along cubi-
tal and mediocubital spaces, distal margin often with
small brown patches bounded by narrow hyaline arcs
Figs. 6-11. Balmes birmanus, male terminalia. 6, abdominal apex, lateral; 7, 9th sternite, ventral; 8, ventral spiculate lobe of
gonosaccus, lateral; 9, medial portion of gonarcus, dorsal; 10, gonarcus / 9th gonocoxite complex, lateral; 11, fused 9th go-
nocoxites, posterodorsal. Abbreviations: 7s, 8s, 9s, sternites; 7t, 8t, It, tergites; Igcx, Ith gonocoxite(s); cc, cercal callus; ect,
ectoproct; ehgs, extrahemigonarcus; egps, extragonopons; mas, mediuncal accessory sclerite; med, mediuncus; sa, subanale;
spp, superprocessus; vc, ventral costa; vll, ventrolateral lobe.
93
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
1 mm 12-13
1mm 14-18
Figs. 12-18. Balmes notabilis, male terminalia. 12, abdominal apex, lateral; 13, 9th sternite, ventral; 14, ventral spiculate lobe
of gonosaccus, lateral; 15, medial portion of gonarcus, dorsal; 16, gonarcus / 9th gonocoxite complex, lateral; 17, medial pro-
cess of 9th gonocoxites, posterior; 18, fused 9th gonocoxites, posterodorsal.
(these lacking or inconspicuous in rubbed wings); co-
stal gradate series absent (1-2 adventitious costal
crossveins occasionally present); intraradial area tra-
versed by two gradate series.
Male terminalia (figs. 6-11): 9th sternite: posterior
margin rounded, not sagittally emarginate; gonarcus:
intragonarcus narrow dorsally, broadened toward an-
teroventral angles, anterior and ventral margins
marked internally by thickened costae; extrahemigo-
narcus broad; midline and posterior margin of extra-
gonopons marked by a T-shaped costa internally,
posterior margin transverse; mediuncus: length ap-
proximately twice average width, slightly constricted
basally; apex rounded or obtusely angulate with a nar-
94
row sagittal emargination; 9th gonocoxites: superpro-
cesses united sagittally to form a low transverse eleva-
tion; elevation bilobed in posterior view due to a shal-
low median emargination; ventrolateral lobes present
as a pair of free, attenuated, and medially convergent
lobes; spiculate gonosaccal lobes: one pair present on
ventral surface of bursa.
Female terminalia: 7th sternite: parafoveal lobes
weakly developed, not prominently projecting; 8th
sternite: reduced, transverse, expanded medially, at-
tenuate laterally, anterior margin not emarginate sa-
gittally; bursal accessory gland ducts: fused proximal-
ly, attached to sagittodorsal surface of bursa as a single
common duct.
Distribution (fig. 1). — Mainland southeast Asia
(reported here from northeastern Burma and the ad-
jacent portions of Yunnan Province, China).
Flight period. — 14 March - April (no day record-
ed).
Primary type. — Psychopsis birmana. Holotype ?
(BMNH), examined. Type locality: ‘Birmah’ [=BUR-
MA, precise locality unknown). Verbatim label data:
‘Type.’ [pink rectangle], Type [white circle with red
border], ‘Birmah’ [script, white rectangle],
‘McLachlan Coll. / B.M. 1938-674 [blue rectangle],
‘Psychopsis / birmana ML.’ [McLachlan script, white
rectangle], ‘Holotype / Psychopsis / birmana det. /
J.D. Oswald 1994 [red rectangle]. Condition: parts
of the following missing — both antennae, left fore-
and hind legs and right foreleg. Minor insect pest
damage. Pinned through thorax, wings spread.
Terminalia macerated in KOH by Oswald in 1994,
stained with Chlorazol Black, and placed in a glyce-
rin-filled microvial pinned below specimen. This is
the single specimen upon which the description of
birmana was based (McLachlan 1891: 321).
Other material examined (69, 3% = 9). — BURMA:
Mandalay divisioni 18, 29, Maymyo [22°02°N
96°28’E], iv.1912, Mackwood; 14.iii.[19]01, Bar-
row; no date, Scott (BMNH). Shan state 26, Kolaw, S.
Shan States, iv.1916, 1215m (4000’), Mackwood
(BMNH); 19, Loimwe [Loi Mwe, 21°11’N 99°46’E],
iv, 1520-1825m (5000-6000°), Kingford (MCZC).
CHINA: Yunnan province. 13, bet[ween]. Tengyueh
[=Tengchong, 25°02°N 98°28’E] and Nan Tien,
‘1909-10’, Brown (CUIC); 24 , Yun Hsien [=Yunxian,
24°25’N 100°06 E], iv.1942, Jellison (USNM).
Etymology. — Unexplained, probably derived from
the type locality “Birmah’ [=Burma].
Balmes formosus (Kuwayama)
(figs. 2, 27)
Psychopsis (Orientichopsis) formosa Kuwayama, 1927: 123
(OD, H*).
Balmes formosana [sic]. — Kimmins 1939 (Lst, Dst).
Psychopsis formosa. — New [1989] (RD, Dst, FT*, W*).
Balmes formosa [sic]. — Oswald 1993 (Lst).
Diagnosis. — Distinguished from all other Balmes
species by the presence of three [not two] gradate se-
ries traversing the intraradial area of the forewing (fig.
2).
Description. — Forewing (fig. 2): length: ca. 21 mm
(n = 1 wing); markings: predominantly hyaline, cen-
ter of disk with two fuscous maculae, one (proximal)
nearly circular and one (distal) elongate and contin-
ued anteriorly across ‘vena triplica’, an additional
small fuscous dot in middle of intraradial space just
beyond middle gradate series, also with scattered pal-
OSWALD: Revision of Balmes
er brown markings, particularly along cubital and
mediocubital spaces; costal gradate series with more
than 20 crossveins; intraradial area traversed by three
gradate series.
Male: Unknown.
Female terminalia (fig. 27): 7th sternite: parafoveal
lobes strongly developed, prominently projecting; 8th
sternite: a small cordate plate, anterior margin sagit-
tally emarginate; bursal accessory gland ducts: two
free ducts inserted bilaterally symmetrically on dorsal
surface of bursa at a pair of widely separated (more
than two duct diameters) points.
Distribution (fig. 1). — Taiwan.
Flight period. — August.
Primary type. — Holotype ® [not d] (EIHU), not
examined. Type locality: TAIWAN: ‘Rengechi, near
Horisha, Taichiu-district, Formosa’ [Horisha = TAI-
WAN: Nan-t'ou hsien: Pu-li, 23°58’N 120°57’E].
Material examined (19 paratype). — TAIWAN:
Chia-i hsien 19, ‘Kagi [=Chia-i, 23°29N
120°27’E], viii.1921, Hirayama (EIHU).
Etymology. — Unexplained, probably derived ei-
ther from Latin formosus, beautiful, or the island
name Formosa (=Taiwan). Name incorrectly treated
by Oswald (1993) as a noun in apposition, based on
the island name Formosa. Since ‘formosa’ is a valid
Latin adjective, the termination of a species-group
name based on this word must match the gender of
the genus-group name with which it is combined,
Art. 31b.
Comments. — Balmes formosus is known only from
the two females (not males as stated by Kuwayama) of
the type series.
Balmes notabilis Navas, stat. n.
(figs. 4, 12-18)
Balmes notabilis Navas, 1912: 197 (OD). — Navas 1917
(RD).
‘bnsl’. — Oswald 1993 (Lst).
Diagnosis. — Distinguished from all other Balmes
species by the following combination of characters:
(1) forewing intraradial area traversed by two [not
three] gradate series (fig. 4), (2) apex of male 9th ster-
nite conspicuously emarginate [not rounded] (fig.
3)
Description. — Forewing (fig. 4): length 12.5 - 14.0
mm (mean = 13.2 mm, n = 4 wings); markings: very
similar to birmanus, light brown mottling on a hya-
line ground, markings somewhat darker along ‘vena
triplica’ and along cubital and mediocubital spaces,
hyaline-bounded brown patches of distal margin (see
birmanus description) obscure to absent; costal gra-
date series absent; intraradial area traversed by two
gradate series.
95
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 19-27. Balmes terissinus, male terminalia. 19, abdominal apex, lateral; 20, 9th sternite, ventral; 21, dorsal spiculate lobe
of gonosaccus, lateral; 22, ventral spiculate lobe of gonosaccus, lateral; 23, medial portion of gonarcus, dorsal; 24, gonarcus /
9th gonocoxite complex, lateral; 25, fused 9th gonocoxites, posterodorsal. 26-27, Balmes spp., female 7th (medial portion)
and 8th sternites, ventral. 26, B. terissinus, 27, B. formosus.
Male terminalia (figs. 12-18): 9th sternite: posteri-
or margin prominently emarginate medially; gonar-
cus: intragonarcus narrow throughout, broadest at
anteroventral angle; extragonopons with a strong sag-
ittal costa internally, posterior margin with a pair of
96
rounded lobes divided by a broad medial excavation;
extrahemigonarcus composed of a broad proximal re-
gion and a narrower distal region, the two regions be-
ing continuous anteroventrally but separated distal to
this region by an approximately 60° angle in the pos-
terior margin of the hemigonarcus; mediuncus: apical
2/3 to 3/4 slender and nearly parallel sided, base
flared and broader; apex bifid (condition usually not
obvious because paired apical lobes usually lie parallel
with their medial margins adpressed); 9th gonocox-
ites: superprocesses united and produced medially to
form a short digitate process; apex of process distinct-
ly forked (as shown in fig. 17) to only slightly emargi-
nate; anterior margin of transverse gonocoxal bar lat-
eral to median process usually with a pair of low,
setose, convexities; ventrolateral lobes present as a
pair of shallowly concavo-convex, membrane-mar-
gined, spathulate lobes; spiculate gonosaccal lobes:
one pair present on ventral surface of bursa.
Female: Unknown.
Distribution (fig. 1). — Mainland southeast Asia
(reported here from southern China [Yunnan
Province], northern Laos and northern Vietnam).
Flight period. — 22 April - 2 June.
Primary type. — Lectotype d (BMNH), designated
by New ([1989]) by inference of holotype, examined.
Type locality: PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA: probably
Yunnan Province, see discussion below. Verbatim la-
bel data: ‘Type’ [white circle with red border], ‘ma-
munf[?], yuman [=? Yunnan] / H. E. Hobson / 1900-
192° [white rectangle, text in somewhat illegible
script], ‘Balmes | notabilis | Navläs].. [blue-lined
white notebook paper, rectangle with corners clipped,
in Naväs (?) script], “Lectotype / Balmes | notabilis
det. / J.D. Oswald 1994 [red rectangle]. Condition:
parts of left fore- and midlegs and right midleg miss-
ing, wings somewhat tattered. Stage mounted, wings
spread, probably formerly extracted from alcohol.
Terminalia macerated in KOH and placed in a glyce-
rin-filled microvial pinned below specimen.
Naväs (1912) cited two specimens in the type series
of notabilis, one in the British Museum and one in his
personal collection. The BMNH specimen cited by
New ([1989]:845) as the ‘holotype’ must, conse-
quently, be considered a lectotype, Art. 74b. The
specimen stated to have been in Naväs’ collection has
not been traced. The precise type locality of notabilis
is uncertain. In the original description Naväs cited a
single locality, ‘China, Junam’ (referred to by Naväs
1917 as ‘China: Yu-nam’), but this site does not
match the text of the lectotype’s locality label. It is
possible that this locality was taken from the unseen
specimen retained in Naväs’ collection. Attempts to
identify Junam’ or ‘Yu-nam’ in several Chinese gaz-
etteers have failed. In the present work I interpret the
word ‘yuman’ on the lectotype locality label to be a
variant or erroneous spelling of ‘Yunnan’, in reference
to the Chinese province of Yunnan, where notabilis
has been confirmed to occur. The significance of the
word ‘mamun[?]’ is unknown. It could not be traced
in the available gazetteers.
OSWALD: Revision of Balmes
Other material examined (34). — CHINA (Main-
land): Yunnan Prov: 18, Kunming [25°04’N
102°41’E], 2.vi.1941 (USNM). LAOS: Xieng khouang
Id, Xieng Khouang [19°20’N 103°22’E],
22.iv.1919, Salvaza (BMNH). VIETNAM: Hoang lien
sone» MChapaz ESP D22ENF10350EN
Tonkin, v.-vi.1916, Salvaza (BMNH).
Etymology. — Unexplained, probably derived from
Latin, notabilis, noteworthy.
Comments. — Based on its distinctive male termi-
nalia, B. notabilis is here recognized as a valid species
and is resurrected from the synonymy of birmanus,
where it was placed by Kimmins (1939) and subse-
quent authors.
Balmes terissinus Navás
(figs. 3, 19-26)
Balmes terissinus Navás, 1910: 85 (OD, FW*). — Navás 1917
(RD); Oswald 1993 (Lst).
Diagnosis. — Distinguished from all other Balmes
species by the following combination of characters:
(1) forewing intraradial area traversed by two [not
three] gradate series (fig. 3), (2) apex of male 9th ster-
nite rounded [not conspicuously emarginate] (fig.
20), and (3) ventrolateral lobes of male 9th gonocox-
ites absent [not present] (fig. 25).
Description. — Forewing (fig. 3): length 10.8 - 15.7
mm (mean = 13.1 mm, n = 22 wings); markings: pat-
tern similar to birmanus with brown mottling on a
hyaline ground, but markings along ‘vena triplica’
and cubital and mediocubital spaces usually strongly
contrasting with adjacent membrane, hyaline-bound-
ed brown patches of distal margin (see birmanus de-
scription) obscure to absent; costal gradate series ab-
sent (1 or 2 adventitious costal crossveins occasionally
present); intraradial area traversed by two gradate se-
ries.
Male terminalia (figs. 19-25): 9th sternite: posteri-
or margin rounded, not sagittally emarginate; gonar-
cus: intragonarcus expressed as a narrow internal cos-
ta following course of antextragonarcal commissure;
extragonopons not prominently produced, midline
marked internally by a thickened costa which divides
posteriorly, distomedial margin of extragonopons
narrowly emarginate; extrahemigonarcus broad dor-
sally, tapering toward articulation with 9th gonocox-
ites; postextragonarcal commissure often poorly de-
fined; mediuncus: length 1 1/2 to 2 times width,
nearly parallel-sided proximally, attenuated distally;
apex bifid with a narrow but distinct separation
between the tines; 9th gonocoxites: superprocesses
united sagittally to form a low transverse elevation;
ventrolateral lobes absent; spiculate gonosaccal lobes:
two pairs present — an inconspicuous pair on dorsal
97
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
surface of bursa adjacent to ventral margin of fused
9th gonocoxites, and a second larger pair on ventral
surface.
Female terminalia (fig. 26): 7th sternite: parafoveal
lobes weakly developed, not prominently projecting;
8th sternite: reduced, transverse, expanded medially,
attenuate laterally, anterior margin not emarginate sa-
gittally; bursal accessory gland ducts: two free ducts
inserted bilaterally symmetrically on dorsal surface of
bursa at a pair of closely adjacent (less than two duct
diameters) points.
Distribution (fig. 1). — Mainland southeast Asia
(reported here only from Sichuan Province, China
[some imprecise records may also refer to far northern
Yunnan Province]).
Flight period. — April (no date) - 21 July.
Primary type. — Holotype d ? (MNHP?), not exam-
ined. Type locality: ‘Tibet, Ta-Tsien-lou’ [=CHINA:
Sichuan province Lucheng (=Tatsienlu, Tatsientu,
Kangting, and Kangding, 30°03’N 102°02’E)].
The presumptive holotype of terissinus, stated by
Navás to reside in the Paris Museum, was not avail-
able for examination. The forewing maculation pat-
terns of the material attributed here to this species
closely match the maculation pattern shown in
Naväs’ (1910:86, fig. 24) figure of the forewing of te-
rissinus. Particularly apparent are: (1) the strong con-
trast between the wing’s dark macula and its light
ground colour, and (2) the well-developed row of ma-
cula along the hind margin of the forewing. The iden-
tification of this material is also supported by distrib-
utional evidence. All of the specimens attributed here
to terissinus were collected in China in either Sichuan
province or, possibly for some specimens, far north-
Table 1. Coded character state data for Balmes formosus.
Characters (left numbers) and states (right numbers) are
identical to those given by Oswald (1993:28-40), except as
noted in the text under ‘Phylogenetic Analysis: Characters’.
Matrix symbols: 0, 1, 2, 4 character state numbers; ?, mis-
sing data (i.e., missing female data [characters 7 and 49] and
unknown male data [characters 10-39]).
1 1 16.= 8 DIE 46 1
2 0 AR DR 47 1
3 0 18 DONNE 48 1
4 0 ID 8 34 ? 49 ?
5 1 20 3 op) 8 50 1
6 1 Al ie 3) 18 51 1
7 à DD 8 SA DO)
8 1 28 DO: a (1
9 0 24 ? SO. SAN?
10 ? DD 8 40 1 55 1
11 ? Zom: 41 0 56 "I
12 2 ZI 8 42 1 0
13 2 DS 8 43 wl DS 0
14 ? DD) 44 4 > O IO
15 g SV 8 45 0 60 1
98
ern Yunnan province. The combined distribution of
this material and the type locality of terissinus (from
Sichuan province) form a compact range which is al-
lopatric relative to the ranges of other Balmes species.
Material examined (18d, 39, 52). — CHINA: Sz-
chuan {=Szechwan] province 1?, Suifu [=Yibin,
28°46N 104°34’E], 30.v.1925, 610m (2000,
Graham (MCZC); 176 ,4?, Yunnan border S of Suifu,
iv.[19]29, Graham (MCZC, USNM); 19, Chengtu
[=Chengdu, 30°40’N 104°04’E], 21.v.1929, Parish?
(cuIC); 1d, 19, Chengtu, v.1934, Graham (MCZC,
USNM); 19, Mt. Omei [=Emei Shan, 29°32’N
103°21’E], 21.vii.[19]35, 1215m (4000), Graham
(USNM).
Etymology. — Derived from the surname of J.
Terisse, collector of the holotype (see Naväs
1910:85).
PHYLOGENETIC ANALYSIS
Overview. — A cladistic analysis was used to esti-
mate relative interspecific relationships within the ge-
nus Balmes and the position of Balmes within the
family Psychopsidae.
Computational methods. — Cladograms were gen-
erated by application of the ‘ie’ (implicit enumera-
tion) tree calculation option of HENNIG86 (Farris
1988) to the input data file described under Data be-
low. The ‘ie’ tree calculation option guarantees iden-
tification of the minimal length tree(s) for a given in-
put matrix.
Characters. — The characters and character states
used in the present analysis are identical to those used
in the earlier analysis of Oswald (1993), except for the
addition of a fifth state to character 44, see below. See
Oswald (1993) for detailed definitions and discus-
sions of characters and their states.
Character 44. Female 8th sternite. (state 4 [new
state]) present, a small cordate plate, emarginate ante-
romedially. Oswald (1993) attributed four unordered
states to this character. Because the female 8th ster-
nite state found in formosus does not fit well into any
of those states, the preceding state is added here to ac-
commodate formosus into the present analysis. This
state is an autapomorphy of formosus.
Data. — The input data matrix contained numeri-
cally-coded morphological character data derived
from: (1) Oswald (1993: Appendix 2), for 21 previ-
ously character-scored psychopsid species and the hy-
pothetical ancestor used to root the tree, and (2) a
row of newly coded data (Table 1) for B. formosus.
Characters 10-39 in table 1 pertain to the unknown
male of formosus and were coded as unknown data
(‘?’). The following two additional formosus characters
were coded as unknown: [1] Shape of forewing hu-
meral plate (character 7) — the humeral plates of the
OSWALD: Revision of Balmes
Southeast Asia
Zygophlebiinae Psychopsinae
Silveira Balmes
Cabralis Psychopsis © £ 6 ¢
Zygophlebius È È N È
(Sold piedi E È
© È È È
10,1-2
56,1-0
28
27,0-1
Lineage Symbol Key
24,0-1 the associated state change is:
unique within the Psychopsidae
unique, but later reversed,
within the Psychopsidae
of uncertain position on the
cladogram
parallelled elsewhere within the
Psychopsidae
a reversal parallelled elsewhere
within the Psychopsidae
NEO gps
Fig. 28. Cladogram showing relative interspecific relationships within Balmes, and the position of Balmes relative to the other
higher taxa of extant psychopsids. Character data are mapped only for Balmes and immediately adjacent lineages. Character
state changes are shown in the following format [left to right]: (1) number of occurrences on the cladogram, including those
on lineages not fully illustrated (see Phylogenetic Analysis Results), (2) lineage symbol, (3) character number, (4) state numbers
[ancestral state - derived state]. Male terminalic characters 21, 24, and 39 cannot be unambiguously mapped within Balmes
because the male of formosus is unknown.
available paratype of formosus are obscured, conse-
quently, this character could not be coded, and [2]
Distal apodemes of female 9th tergite (character 49) —
no distal apodemes could be located in formosus, how-
ever, because the membranous region where these ap-
odemes are located is poorly preserved in the available
paratype, the apparent absence of these structures
may be an artifact, particularly since they are fre-
quently difficult to observe even in well-preserved
material. In the analysis of Oswald (1993), distal ap-
odemes were shown to be a synapomorphy of the
Psychopsidae, and it is strongly suspected that they
will subsequently be found to be present in formosus.
To indicate the present unreliability of the coding of
this character in formosus, it has been coded as an un-
known datum in the present analysis.
Results. — A single most parsimonious tree (length
= 105, c.i. = 0.83, r.i. = 0.91) was found. This tree is
shown in fig. 28 in a reduced form that illustrates
character data only for lineages within Balmes and
those that immediately surround its attachment site
to the more general tree. The branching patterns and
character distributions of species within Psychopsis
and the Zygophlebiinae are identical to those present-
ed by Oswald (1993: 43, fig. 53). The tree shown in
fig. 28 places Balmes as the sister-group to the genus
Psychopsis and resolves relative interspecific relation-
ships within Balmes as follows: (formosus + (terissinus
+ (notabilis + birmanus))).
General discussion. — Oswald (1993) depicted the
southeast Asian species clade terissinus + notabilis [as
‘bnsl’] + birmanus as the monophyletic sister-group
99
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
of the Australian genus Psychopsis, and advocated tax-
onomic recognition of Balmes at generic rank.
Additionally, the Taiwanese species formosus (not ex-
amined for that analysis) was tentatively attributed to
Balmes. The finding here that formosus represents the
sister-group to the clade terissinus + notabilis + birma-
nus confirms the appropriateness of placing formosus
within Balmes.
The monophyly of Balmes is supported in the cur-
rent analysis by a single character: the fusion of the fe-
male 7th and 8th sternites (character 43; indepen-
dently derived in Psychopsis illidgei). However,
because the male of formosus is currently unknown,
this weak level of support may be misleading. Three
male terminalic characters (21, 24, 39) contain state
transformations that are synapomorphic for the three
non-formosus Balmes species; any or all of the derived
states of these transformations could be subsequently
identified in the male of formosus and lead to more ro-
bust support for the Balmes clade.
Character discussions. — [Character 6] Forewing,
crossveins of costal gradate series: (0) absent or few
[mean $ 5 crossveins/wing]; (1) numerous [mean > 5
crossveins/wing]. The previous analysis of Oswald
(1993) identified two equally parsimonious three-
step optimizations of this character, either (1) the
presence of a well-developed gradate series is plesio-
morphic within the Psychopsidae and secondarily re-
duced in Zygophlebius pseudosilveira Oswald [‘zns1° of
Oswald 1993] and Balmes, or (2) the absence of well-
developed gradate series is plesiomorphic within the
Psychopsidae and developed independently in
Psychopsis and the Zygophlebiinae, but subsequently
lost in the zygophlebiine species Zygophlebius pseudo-
silveira. The presence of a well-developed gradate se-
ries in Balmes formosus, and its inferred position here
as the sister-group to the three Balmes species treated
by Oswald (1993), now renders the first optimization
more parsimonious than the second. The current cla-
dogram unambiguously supports the first optimiza-
tion as the better interpretation of costal gradate series
evolution within the Psychopsidae, with the minor
modification that the loss of the costal gradate series
in Balmes is now seen as a synapomorphy of only the
three Indochinese Balmes species, rather than as a syn-
apomorphy of the entire genus.
[Character 39] Male gonosaccal membrane,
rounded spiculate lobes: (0) absent; (1) present. The
presence of a pair of spiculate lobes on the venter of
the eversible male gonosaccus is an interesting feature
of the male terminalia of the Indochinese species of
Balmes. A similar pair of lobes has been developed in-
dependently in Psychopsis insolens. These lobes prob-
ably function during copulation and insemination to
anchor the everted male gonosaccus within the female
bursa (Oswald 1993). Because the male of B. formosus
100
is unknown, it is currently uncertain whether the
presence of these lobes constitutes a synapomorphy of
Balmes in its entirety, or only of its mainland species.
A second, smaller, pair of lobes is present on the dor-
sal surface of the gonosaccus in B. terissinus. Because
terissinus is the sister-group of the one-pair-lobed
clade notabilis + birmanus, and the male of formosus is
unknown, it is presently impossible to infer the prop-
er cladogram positions of, and polarities among, the
three states (a) no lobes, (b) one pair of lobes, and (c)
two pairs of lobes. Discovery of the male of formosus
should resolve these questions.
[Character 56] Female bursa, number of inserted
bursal accessory gland ducts: (0) 1 unpaired duct; (1)
1 pair of ducts; (2) 2 pairs of ducts. One pair of bur-
sal accessory glands with ducts that insert at a pair a
widely separated, bilaterally symmetrical, points on
the dorsal/dorsolateral surface(s) of the female bursa
is plesiomorphic in the Psychopsidae (Oswald 1993;
state (1) above). This plesiomorphic condition under-
goes significant alteration in the Indochinese species
of Balmes. Balmes formosus exhibits the plesiomorphic
condition of two widely separated [>>2 times single
duct diameter] ducts. In B. terissinus two separate
ducts are present, but they are inserted very close to-
gether [<2 times single duct diameter]. In B. birma-
nus the ducts are partially fused distally, resulting in
only one, common, duct being inserted on the dor-
sum of the bursa. The intermediate state of terissinus
was not treated separately here, to maintain consis-
tency with the analysis of Oswald (1933); however,
were it to be considered as a separate state, the narro-
wing of the interduct insertion distance would map
on fig. 28 as another synapomorphy of the clade teris-
sinus + notabilis + birmanus. Since the female of nota-
bilis is unknown, it is uncertain whether the fusion of
the bursal accessory gland ducts should be considered
a synapomorphy of notabilis + birmanus, or simply an
autapomorphy of birmanus. The distal fusion of bur-
sal accessory gland ducts is an unusual condition,
which, to my knowledge, has not been reported in
any other neuropteran.
BIOGEOGRAPHY
The placement of formosus within Balmes is consis-
tent with the biogeographic hypothesis advanced by
Oswald (1993), which suggested that southeast Asian
psychopsids constituted a monophyletic group that
could be traced to a common ancestor that reached
Asia either by active dispersal from Australia or by
transport on an ancient rift fragment derived from the
northern margin of Gondwanaland in the vicinity of
present-day Australia. Additionally, the basal position
of formosus within Balmes correlates with the marked
disjunction between the known distributions of formo-
sus (Taiwan) and the mainland Balmes clade composed
of terissinus, notabilis, and birmanus (upland areas in
Burma, Laos, Vietnam, and south central China).
Although the precise significance of this disjunction is
unclear, its explanation is probably rooted in the his-
torical biogeography of southeastern Asia.
FUTURE RESEARCH
The genus Balmes is the most poorly known of the
five extant genera of the family Psychopsidae.
Distributional records for this genus are sparse and
additional collecting is needed to more fully docu-
ment the ranges of its species. It will be especially
interesting to see if the apparent allopatry of the
Indochinese species is corroborated by future collec-
tions. The adult female of notabilis and the adult male
of formosus, remain unknown. The discovery of the
male of formosus is particularly desirable.
The immature stages of Balmes species are com-
pletely unknown. Their discovery would be of con-
siderable interest because it would make possible
comparisons among the larvae of psychopsids from
southern Africa, Australia, and southeast Asia, the
three disjunct regions of the world in which living
silky lacewings are currently found.
Because the neuropterid fauna of southeast Asia is
poorly known, additional undescribed psychopsid
species may exist in this region. Any new living spe-
cies discovered in this region would be expected to fall
within, or as sister-groups to, the Balmes clade.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank the following curators, collection manag-
ers, and their staffs, for loaning specimens for this
study: Stephen Brooks and Peter C. Barnard (BMNH);
James K. Liebherr (CUIC); Sadao Takagi (EIHU);
David G. Furth (MCZC); Oliver S. Flint, Jr. (USNM).
The computer-generated map of southeast Asia was
produced by Dan Cole (USNM). Photographs were
produced by the Office of Photographic Services,
Smithsonian Institution. O. S. Flint, Jr. and G.
Miller kindly reviewed earlier drafts of the manu-
script. The research for this paper was supported in
part by two Smithsonian Postdoctoral Fellowships
and was undertaken while the author was in residence
OSWALD: Revision of Balmes
in the Department of Entomology at the National
Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian
Institution), Washington, DC, U. S. A.
REFERENCES
Farris, J. S, 1988. Hennig86 Reference. Version 1.5. —
Privately published.
Kimmins, D. E, 1939. A review of the genera of the
Psychopsidae (Neuroptera), with a description of a new
species. — Annals and Magazine of Natural History (11)4:
144-153.
Krüger, L, 1922. Psychopsidae. Beiträge zu einer
Monographie der Neuropteren-Familie der Psycho-
psiden. — Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung 83: 17-48.
Kuwayama, S, 1927. On a new species of Psychopsidae from
Formosa. — Insecta Matsumurana 1: 123-126.
Mansell, M. W, 1992. The systematic position of
Nemopteridae (Insecta: Neuroptera: Myrmeleontoidea).
— In: Canard, M., H. Aspöck & M. W. Mansell, eds.,
Current Research in Neuropterology. — Proceedings of
the Fourth International Symposium on Neuropterology,
pp. 233-241.
McLachlan, R, 1891. An Asiatic Psychopsis (Ps. birmana, n.
sp.). — Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 27: 320-321.
Naväs, L, 1910. Hemeröbidos (Ins. Neur.) nuevos con la
clave de las tribus y géneros de la familia. — Broteria
(Zoologica) 9: 69-90.
Navas, L, 1912. Insectos neurépteros nuevos o poco conoci-
dos. — Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes
de Barcelona (3)10: 135-202.
Naväs, L, 1917. Ensayo monogräfico de la familia de los
Sicöpsidos (Ins. Neur.). — In: Asociación Española para el
Progreso de las Ciencias, Congreso de Valladolid (Sth,
held October 1915) 6: 181-210.
Navás, L, 1930. Névroptères et insectes voisins. Chine et
pays environnants. Première [I] série. — Notes d’Entomo-
logie Chinoise 1(6): 1-12.
New, T. R, 1989. The Psychopsidae (Insecta: Neuroptera)
of Australia and the Oriental Region. — Invertebrate
Taxonomy 2 (1988): 841-883.
Nichols, S. W, 1989. The Torre-Bueno glossary of entomol-
ogy. Revised Edition, compiled by Stephen W. Nichols.
— New York Entomological Society, New York, 840 pp.
Oswald, J. D, 1993. Phylogeny, taxonomy and biogeogra-
phy of extant silky lacewings (Insecta: Neuroptera:
Psychopsidae). — Memoirs of the American Entomolo-
gical Society 40: 1-65.
Received: 27 September 1994
Accepted: 8 November 1994
101
Bun DI in TRA (Li
5 KUN Ava nas le Bye yah AI
aly anes Are tae Pi
a ne Lap
rar $ À |
E
ns 4 ut ek
N AAE dti aes
i Viti REN i
ne" BET CB
KR rat ee
Du du
an
kl si "wills RN TE
MN falla tht ne “y fera wit oye
ip RES WEE i LE malaria) Pai tritate |
aaa Mini the Li d sh vii È Wien il À colli
ol. À ibe lo JRE À 91 pr ST.
| a he
perte NT in pear ah pit
MAS haha Ve u me Hank
Lou Abano
Louis M. ROTH
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA 02138, U.S.A.
REVISION OF THE COCKROACH GENUS
HOMOPTEROIDEA SHELFORD
(BLATTARIA, POLYPHAGIDAE)
Roth, L.M., 1995. Revision of the cockroach genus Homopteroidea Shelford (Blattaria,
Polyphagidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 103-116, figs. 1-55. [ISSN 0040-7496].
Published 15 June 1995.
Eight species of Homopteroidea occur in Malaysia, Mentawai I., Philippines, Sabah, Sarawak,
Sulawesi, and Sumatra. Five species are redescribed, one is transferred from Ctenoneura, an-
other is resurrected from synonymy, and two new taxa are described. Diagnostic characters are
given for the genus and a key is presented to distinguish the adults.
Dr. L. M. Roth, 81 Brush Hill Road, P.O. Box 540, Sherborn, MA 01770, U.S.A.
Key words. — Homopteroidea; Blattaria, Polyphagidae; cockroaches; taxonomy; redescriptions,
new species.
Princis (1963: 104) listed four species of Homo-
pteroidea from Malaysia and Indonesia. In the present
paper eight taxa are considered to be valid: one species
is transferred from Ctenoneura, another is resurrected
from synonymy, five are redescribed, and two new
taxa are described.
The following museums and their curators or col-
lection managers kindly loaned me specimens: HECO
— Hope Entomological Collections, University of
Oxford, England; Dr. George C. McGavin & Mr. I.
Lansbury; MZZB — Museum Zoologi Bogoriense,
Bogor, Indonesia; MCZC — Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA,
U.S.A.; RMNH — National Museum of Natural His-
tory (Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie), Lei-
den, The Netherlands; Mr. J. van Tol; ZILS — Zoo-
logical Institute, Lund, Sweden; Dr. Roy Danielsson.
SYSTEMATIC PART
Genus Homopteroidea Shelford
Homopteroidea Shelford, 1906: 274. — Type species:
Homopteroidea nigra Shelford, by monotypy.
Fulmekia Karny, 1926: 152. — Type species: Homopteroidea
nodipennis (Karny) = Fulmekia nodipennis Karny, by mo-
notypy.
Diagnosis. — Eyes reduced, wide apart, lateral, loca-
ted behind the antennal sockets (fig. 19). Tegmina
and wings usually fully developed extending beyond
end of abdomen, or tegmina reduced and hind wings
vestigial (one species, fig. 53); venation and pigmen-
tation of right and left tegmina usually differ in fully
developed winged forms, the major veins thickened
or raised, the region of the presutural vein (Hanitsch’s
terminology) branches of the right tegmen colourless
hyaline (fig. 3, right, a; except in aberrans). Hind
wing without an intercalary vein between the radius
and media, cubitus vein with two (fig. 34) or three
(fig. 11), branches whose distal regions usually are
connected by cross veins (fig. 4; except in aberrans).
Front femur Type C,, the piliform spinules are prac-
tically contiguous and appear as a dense fringe (fig.
22); pulvilli absent, tarsal claws symmetrical, distinct-
ly toothed on their proximal halves, arolia usually ab-
sent (fig. 5), or if present small and ‘fleshy’ whitish
(fig. 6). Male: Abdomen unspecialized; the supraanal
plate usually with a large white or yellowish medial
nonsetose macula (fig. 13; absent in male aberrans
and all females; I do not consider this a tergal gland).
I have examined a pair of Homopteroidea nodipennis
that were collected joined end to end in copula with
the distal half of the male’s supraanal plate bent ante-
riorly and the female’s terminalia were inserted and
held by the male’s phallomeres in his genital cham-
ber. Apparently the unsclerotized membranous zone
on the male’s supraanal plate is more flexible than the
heavily sclerotized areas and allows the plate to be
bent so that the female’s genital segments can be in-
serted and grasped properly; some pinned specimens
have the distal half of the supraanal plate bent up-
wards even though they are not in copula. Subgenital
plate symmetrical with a pair of similar widely spaced
styli (fig. 14); the anterior margin of the plate often is
straight and usually lacks lateral apodemes (fig. 30).
103
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Female subgenital plate incised longitudinally (fig.
50).
Distribution checklist by species of
Homopteroidea
(Records for specimens from localities which I ha-
ve not seen are taken from the literature and are
shown in brackets.)
aberrans Hanitsch: Mentawai; Sabah; Sumatra … 115
(BIA HAD SDs UB Sumatranen en 112
brachyptera.sp..n. Sumatra. init 114
maculata Hanitsch: Mentawai; Philippines; Sabah.
Havas Sumatra mer ee: 112
minor Hanitsch: Sabah; Sumatra ....... 114
nigra Shelford: [Java]; Malaysia; Mentawai; Sabah;
Sarawak; Sulawesi; [Sumatra] … 109
nodipennis Karny: Malay Peninsula; Sabah; Sarawak;
Sumatra ie 106
shelfordi Hanitsch: Sabah; Sarawak. [Borneo;
Malacca Sumatra) MN 104
Geographical distribution checklist of
Homopteroidea species
(Specimens from localities I have not seen are taken
from the literature and are shown in brackets.)
Borneo: shelfordi. — Java: [maculata; nigra). —
Malacca: [shelfordi]. — Malayasia: nigra. — Malay
Peninsula: nodipennis. — Mentawai L.: aberrans; macu-
lata; nigra. — Philippine L.: maculata. — Sabah: aber-
rans; maculata; minor; nigra; nodipennis; shelfordi. —
Sarawak: nigra; nodipennis; shelfordi. — Sulawesi: nig-
ra. — Sumatra: aberrans; biramiata; brachyptera; mi-
nor; nodipennis; (maculata; nigra; shelfordi]
Key to species of Homopteroidea
Tegmina and wings fully developed extending
beyondendiofabdomen men ann 2
— Tegmina reduced, not reaching end of abdomen,
hind wings vestigial (fig. 53) ............ brachyptera
2. Left and right tegmina similar in colour and scle-
rotization. Hind wing branches of the cubitus
vein not connected by cross veins (fig. 1E in Roth
Ideen alia ln. aberrans
— Right tegmen with a clear hyaline presutural zone
which is coloured in the left one (fig. 3). Hind
wing branches of the cubitus vein connected by
erossiyeinsültig 14) fn 3
3. Tegmina with a pale hyaline macula on their
proximallhalyesilhie! 28)... maculata
— Tegmina without pale maculae ....................... 4
4. Hind wing with two cubitus branches (fig. 34)
— Hind wing with three cubitus branches (fig. 4)
eed 6
5. Hyaline presutural zone with four or five oblique
branches (fig. 43). Arolia absent … … … … minor
— Hyaline presutural zone with more than five
branches (fig. 34). Arolia present (fig. 33)
EEDE SE AE O biramiata
6. Pronotum dark reddish brown with the lateral
border regions lighter (fig. 20). Antennae brow-
nish or black with as many as 15 white terminal
antennomeres. Male genitalia as in fig. 25 … … …
DONA PAR LE PR Er EE RE NINNI nigra
— Pronotum with the distal lateral border regions
whitish or pale (figs. 1, 7). Antennae without
whitesterminalsseementse re 7
7. Arolia absent (fig. 5). Male genitalia as in fig. 2
arri ER Ao IE a an shelfordi
— Arolia present (fig. 6). Male genitalia as in fig. 8
LARA der ARRE RR waa dc + CERN Rae he oe nodipennis
REDESCRIPTIONS, AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES
Homopteroidea shelfordi Hanitsch
(figs. 1-5)
Homopteroidea shelfordi Hanitsch 1925: 99, fig. 12 (4 & 9)
(in part, 26 from Mt. Murud only); 1929: 266, fig. 6;
1932a: 52; 1932b: 6; 1933a: 328; 1933b: 235; Bruijning
1948: 146; Princis 1963: 104.
Fulmekia nodipennis (nec Karny). Princis, 1963: 105.
Type material. — Lectotype d (terminalia slide
276) (here designated; Princis labelled this specimen
lectotype, 1963 but apparently never published the
designation), Mt. Murud, Sarawak, 6500 ft., Dr. E.
Mjôberg, Sarawak Museum dd 1925; Type Orth.
206'/, in HECO. Paralectotypes. Sarawak. HECO: same
data as lectotype 16 (fragmented), Type Orth.
206°/,. Additional material. — SABAH. HECO: ® para-
lectotype of Homopteroidea minor Hanitsch, Type
Orth. 389°/,, B.N. Borneo, Mt. Kinabalu, Kenokok,
3300 ft., 22.iv.1929.
Two other paralectotypes in HECO with the follo-
wing data are not shelfordi: one with the same data as
the lectotype, Type Orth. 206°/,, has on the back of
the type label ‘Homopteroidea hanitschi sp. n., K.
Princis, 1963’, but the description was never publis-
Figs. 1-11. Homopteroidea spp. — 1-4. H. shelfordi Hanitsch, male lectotype: 1, pronotum; 2, genitalia (dorsal); 3, left and
right tegmina (a = presutural vein in right tegmen); 4, left hind wing; 5, tarsal claws. — 6-11. H. nodipennis (Karny) males: 6,
tarsal claws; 7, pronotum; 8, genitalia (dorsal); 9, left tegmen; 10, right tegmen; 11, right wing. (6, 9-11, from Singgalang,
Sumatra; 7, 8, from Sipitang, Sabah).
104
ROTH: Revision of Homopteroidea
105
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
hed. It is a new species, namely biramiata, described
below. The other specimen (Type Orth. 206°/,) is
Homopteroidea nodipennis (Karny) a species which
Princis incorrectly synonymized with shelfordi.
Redescription. — Male: Head slightly exposed, eyes
reduced, lateral, widely separated, interocular space
greater than the distance between antennal sockets,
ocellar spots well developed, elliptical. Pronotum
suboval, hind margin straight (fig. 1). Tegmina and
wings fully developed, extending beyond end of ab-
domen, left tegmen with seven oblique branches in
the presutural zone, the right one with seven or eight
branches (fig. 3). Hind wing cubitus vein with three
branches distally connected by cross veins (fig. 4).
Front femur Type C,, pulvilli and arolia absent, tarsal
claws symmetrical, serrated on their proximal halves
(fig. 5). Abdominal terga unspecialized, supraanal
plate hind margin convexly rounded, right and left
paraprocts similar simple plates. Genitalia as in fig. 2.
Female (based on the paralectotype of
Homopteroidea minor Hanitsch): Left tegmen dama-
ged, right tegmen presutural vein with seven oblique
branches. Cubitus vein of hind wing with three cur-
ved branches distally connected by cross veins. Front
femur Type C,, pulvilli and arolia absent, tarsal claws
serrated. Supraanal plate trigonal, apex broadly, shal-
lowly concave.
Colour. — Head blackish, clypeus, labrum, and
mandibles pale, ocellar spots white, maxillary palpi
black. Pronotum dark brown with about two thirds
of the lateral borders pale, hyaline (fig. 1). Tegmina
reddish brown, presutural area of the right one clear
hyaline (fig. 3). Hind wing infuscated (fig. 4).
Adomen brown, male supraanal plate with a medial
pale macula.
Measurements (mm) (? in parentheses). — Length,
4.7 (4.0); pronotum length X width, 1.6 X 2.0 (1.3
X 1.7); tegmen length, 6.4 (4.7); interocular width,
0.9 (0.7).
Comments. — So far shelfordi is found only on Mt.
Murud [3°52N 115°30’E], and Mt. Kinabalu
[6°05°N 116°33’E]. Most of the other records
(Hanitsch’s and Bruijning’s) apparently are nodipen-
nis. The two species are very close and are distinguis-
hed by the presence or absence of arolia, and differen-
ces in their male genitalia.
The female specimen from Mt. Kinabalu is smaller
than the male and is similar in size to specimens of
Homopteroidea minor which probably led Hanitsch to
designate it a syntype of that species.
Homopteroidea nodipennis (Karny)
(figs. 6-11)
Fulmekia nodipennis Karny, 1926: 158, figs. 151-155.
106
Syntypes 1d, 29, ‘Maryland’ in Sumatra, OK.
Lichtfang, v.1925, leg. Dr. L. Fulmek, No. 2; in MZZB
[not examined].
Homopteoidea nodipennis (Karny). — Princis 1963: 105 (in-
correctly listed as a synonym of Homopteroidea shelfordi
Hanitsch).
Material examined. — SABAH. ZILS: The following were
collected by S. Adebratt: Malaysia, Sabah, Sipitang,
Mendolong, T5/R, 1 (abdomen missing), 11.v.1988; 16
(terminalia slide 426), 19, 28.iv.1988, 16, 2.11.1989,
T1B/W4, 19, 10.11.1988, T6/R, 19, 14.11.1989, T3/W5,
1d, 20.11.1989, 19, 24.11.1989. One specimen retained in
MCZC. RMNH: Malaysia, Sabah, Long Pa Sia airstrip along S.
Pa Sia, 115°43’E 4°25’N, 1090 m, 1%, 14.x.1986, J.
Huisman; Beaufort, 105 km S. of Long Pa Sia area, Sg.
Ritan, 115°42’E 4°24’N, 1160 m, undisturbed evergreen
tropical rainforest, 1, 7.iv.1987, J. van Tol & J. Huisman.
— SARAWAK. RMNH: Borneo, Sarawak, 16km N. of Bario,
Long Rapun, Sg. Dapur, ML, 115°35’E 3°53’N, 1200 m,
16, 19-20.11.1987, J. Huisman. — [Indonesian] BORNEO.
HECO: O. Borneo, Pajau R., 19, Mjöberg. — SUMATRA.
RMNH: The following were collected by E. Jacobson: Fort de
Kock (Sumatra), 920 m, 2d, 22, 1925; Air Njuruk
Dempu, 1400 m, 16, 49, viii.1916; Gun. Teleman, Sum.,
1d, 12, 1917; Sungai Kumbang, Sum., 1d (terminalia sli-
de 208), viii.1915. Two retained in MCZC. HECO: Gunung
Singgalang (Sumatra’s Westkust), 1800 m, d & © in copu-
la, 58, 12, 1925, E. Jacobson. MALAY PENINSULA. HECO:
paralectotype of Homopteroidea shelfordi Hanitsch (Type
Orth. 206°/,), Perak, Larut Hills, 4000-5000 ft, capt. ii.-
iii.1905, & pres. by R. Shelford.
Redescription. — Male: Head globose, exposed, ey-
es wide apart, lateral, behind the antennal sockets.
Pronotum subparabolic the dark portions slightly rai-
sed (fig. 7). Tegmina and wings fully developed ex-
tending beyond end of abdomen; right and left teg-
mina with six to eight oblique presutural branches
(fig. 9-10). Hind wing with three subcostal veins, cu-
bitus vein with three branches distally connected by
cross veins (fig. 11). Front femur Type C;; pulvilli ab-
sent, tarsal claws symmetrical, serrated on proximal
halves, very small arolia present (fig. 6). Abdominal
terga unspecialized; supraanal plate with a large hya-
line whitish median macula, hind margin convexly
rounded, right and left paraprocts similar simple pla-
tes. Subgenital plate symmetrical with small, similar,
cylindical widely separated styli, interstylar margin
rounded. Cerci with a long terminal spine. Genitalia
as in fig. 8.
Female: Left tegmen presutural zone with four to
six oblique branches, right one with seven (one bran-
ched) or eight. Supraanal plate hind margin trigonal,
apex rounded. Subgenital plate divided mediolongi-
tudinally, distal margin in lateral view truncate.
Colour. — Head dark reddish brown, ocellar spots
whitish, distal part of clypeus yellowish, palpi dark
reddish brown to blackish; proximal segments of an-
tennae brown, remainder blackish. Pronotum with
ROTH: Revision of Homopteroidea
0.25 mm
Figs. 12-18. Homopteroidea nigra Shelford, males from Sipitang, Sabah. — 12, pronotum; 13, supraanal plate (dorsal); 14, sub-
genital plate (ventral); 15, left hind wing; 16, left tegmen; 17, right tegmen; 18, tarsal claws.
107
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 19-26. Homopteroidea nigra Shelford, male from Perak. — 19, head; 20, pronotum; 21, subgenital plate (ventral); 22,
front femur (anterior surface); 23, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 24, styli and interstylar margin of subgenital pla-
te (dorsal); 25, genitalia (dorsal). 26, left and right tegmina, and left hind wing.
raised portions dark brown, about two thirds of the
distal lateral zones yellowish white (in some females,
white) (fig. 7). Tegmina brown, raised veins on dorsal
surface dull yellowish, on ventral surface white, pre-
108
sutural zone on left tegmen brown, on right tegmen
clear hyaline. Hind wing with subcostal and apical
areas darkened, some veins distally white. Abdomen
brown, supraanal plate with a clear hyaline macula.
| 0.25 mm
Cerci brown. Legs brown, tarsi lighter.
Measurements (mm) (2 in parentheses). — Length,
4.6-5.5 (4.5-5.3); pronotum length X width, 1.4-1.6
x 1.6-1.9 (1.3-1.6 X 1.6-1.8; tegmen length, 5.3-
6.5 (5.0-6.7); interocular width, 0.7 (0.7-0.8).
Comments. — This species is very similar to shelfor-
di and Princis incorrectly synonymized it with that
taxon. Karny’s description of nodipennis is very com-
plete and the specimens I have identified as this spe-
cies agree closely with his description. One of the cri-
tical characters he mentioned (p. 160) was the
presence of ‘verkiimmerten Haftläppchen’ (rudimen-
tary arolia), a structure absent in shelfordi.
Homopteroidea nigra Shelford
(figs. 12-26)
Homopteroidea nigra Shelford, 1906: 274, pl. 16, figs. 13, 14
(2); Hanitsch 1915: 127; 1923: 466; 1928: 37, 43;
1932a: 52, 80; 1932b: 6; 1933a: 303, 328; 1933b: 235;
ROTH: Revision of Homopteroidea
Figs. 27-30. Homopteroidea
maculata Hanitsch: 27, ma-
le pronotum; 28-29, female
left and right tegmina, and
left hind wing; 30, subgeni-
tal plate and genitalia (dor-
sal). (27, 30, from Sipora;
28, 29, from holotype).
Hebard 1929: 96; Bruijning 1948: 44, 146; Princis 1950:
162.
Type material. — Holotype 2, Kuching, N.W.
Borneo [SARAWAK], 9.x.1899, pres. 1905 by the
Sarawak Museum; Type Orth. 205 in HECO [the spe-
cimen is fragmented with parts mounted on cards]. —
Additional material: MENTAWE[A]I. HECO: Sipora,
1d, 19, 1 (abdomen missing), v.-vi.1894, E.
Modigliani, Mus. Civico Genova. MALAYSIA. HECO:
Perak, F.M.S., Batang Padang, Jor Camp, 1800 ft.
Id (wing slide 272, terminalia slide 273),
31.v.1923, H.M. Pendlebury. — SULAWESI (Celebes).
HECO: Macassar, 1d, 1896, Doherty, M. Burr
Collection, pres. 1903 by M.B. — SABAH. ZILS:
Malaysia, Sipitang, Mendolong, T2A/W4, 16, 1
(abdomen missing), 8.xii.1987, T1B/W4, 1d (termi-
nalia slide 425), 15.iv. 1988, 19, 1 (abdomen mis-
sing), 20.11.1988, 1 (abdomen missing), 8.111.1989,
T4/R, 18. 13.v.1988, T5/R, 25, 28.iv.1988, 16,
109
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 31-36. Homopteroidea biramiata sp. n.. — 31-34. female: 31, pronotum; 32, supraanal plate (dorsal); 33, tarsal claws and
arolium; 34, left and right tegmina, and right hind wing; 35, ootheca (lateral); 36, male genitalia (dorsal). (31-33, from ho-
lotype; 34, 35, paratype from Fort de Kock, Sumatra; 36, paralectotype of Homopteroidea shelfordi from Mt. Murud,
Sumatra).
3.v. 1988, 2 (abdomens missing), 11.v.1988. Two re-
tained in MCZC.
Description. — Male (previously undescribed):
Head globose, eyes reduced, widely separated, lateral,
interocular space greater than the distance between
antennal sockets, ocellar spots transverse (fig. 19);
fifth maxillary palpomere swollen, about as long as
the fourth, each shorter than the third. Pronotum
suboval (figs. 12, 20). Tegmina and wings fully deve-
loped extending beyond end of abdomen; right teg-
men with seven or eight oblique branches in the clear
hyaline presutural zone (figs. 17, 26, top). Hind wing
110
cubitus vein with three branches that are distally joi-
ned by cross veins (figs. 15, 26, bottom). Front femur
Type C,, with a dense row of almost contiguous pili-
form spinuli (fig. 22); pulvilli and arolia absent, tarsal
claws symmetrical basal half serrated (fig. 18).
Abdominal terga unspecialized, supraanal plate hind
margin convexly rounded, apex weakly indented (fig.
13), right and left paraprocts similar simple plates
(fig. 23). Subgenital plate with a pair of small, similar,
cylindrical widely separated styli, interstylar margin
convexly rounded (figs. 14, 24). Cerci with a large
terminal spine. Genitalia with complex phallomeres
as in fig. 25.
ROTH: Revision of Homopteroidea
Figs. 37-43. Homopteroidea minor Hanitsch, male from Sipitang, Sabah. — 37, pronotum; 38, supraanal plate (dorsal); 39, cer-
cus; 40, right hind wing; 41, subgenital plate (ventral); 42, 43. left and right tegmina.
Female: Similar to male except for the subgenital
plate which is deeply, longitudinally incised, the mar-
gins of the incision contiguous, the distal margin in
profile truncate (as in figs. 50, 51).
Colour. — Head shiny black, clypeus, labrum, and
mandibles light brown, ocellar spots yellowish white
or white (fig. 19); antennae dark brownish or black
with about 15 terminal white segments (Shelford de-
scribed the antenna as being fuscous; the fragmented
holotype lacks antennae and they probably lacked the
distal antennomeres when it was originally described;
several specimens from Sabah had some white anten-
nomeres and one which appeared to have undamaged
antennae had 15 white segments but in most speci-
mens segments are missing and these have fewer or no
white antennomeres.); maxillary and labial palpi
black. Pronotum with raised portion black or dark
brown, broad lateral zones lighter reddish brown
(figs. 12, 20). Tegmina dark reddish brown except for
the clear zone in the presutural area of the right wing
cover (figs. 16, 17, 26 top). Hind wing with costal
veins and apical region infuscated (figs. 15, 26 bot-
tom). Abdomen dark brown, supraanal plate with a
large clear hyaline area (figs. 13, 23; absent in female).
Legs with femora brownish, tibiae and tarsi pale.
Measurements (mm) (® in parentheses). — Length,
111
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
5.2-6.1 (6.3); pronotum length X width, 1.8-2.0 X
2.1-2.3 (1.9-2.0 X 2.3); tegmen length, 5.6-6.3 (5.5-
5.8); interocular width, 0.9 (0.9-1.0).
Homopteroidea maculata Hanitsch
(figs. 27-30)
Homopteroidea maculata Hanitsch, 1929: 266, figs. 7-9 (2);
1932a: 81; Bruijning 1948: 147; Princis 1963: 105.
Material examined. — Holotype, 9, Lubuksikaping (SU-
MATRA’s Westkust), 450 m, 1926, E, Jacobson; Type Orth.
363 in HECO. — Additional material: SABAH. ZILS: Malaysia,
Sabah, Sipitang, Mendolong, T5/R, 19, 28.iv.1988, 19
(abdomen missing), 11.v.1988, S. Adebratt. — PHILIPPINE IS-
LANDS. HECO: Mt. Makiling, Luzon, 19, Baker. — MENTA-
wE[A]I Islands. HECO: Sipora, 14 (terminalia slide 275), v.-
vi.1894, Modigliani, Mus. Civ. Genova.
Redescription. — Female: Head slightly exposed, ey-
es wide apart, reduced, lateral, interocular space greater
than the distance between antennal sockets. Pronotum
suboval, the midregion shallowly cucullate, hind mar-
gin straight. Tegmina and wings fully developed exten-
ding well beyond end of abdomen, left tegmen with
four or five branches of the presutural vein, the right
one with six or seven rami (fig. 28). Hind wing cubitus
vein with three branches connected distally by cross
veins (fig. 29). Front femur Type C,, pulvilli and arolia
absent, tarsal claws symmetrical, their proximal halves
serrated. Supraanal plate with hind margin convexly
rounded, entire. Subgenital plate divided medially,
hind margin in profile truncate.
Male (previously undescribed). — Pronotum (fig.
27), tegmina and wings as in female (fig. 28, 29).
Abdominal terga unspecialized. Supraanal plate with
a hyaline area medially, hind margin convexly roun-
ded, entire, right and left paraprocts similar plates.
Subgenital plate with hind margin rounded, styli si-
milar, small, widely separated, interstylar margin
weakly curved (fig. 30). Genitalia as in fig. 30.
Colour. — Head dark brown, labrum and lower half
of clypeus lighter; antennae dark brown; maxillary
palpomeres grayish. Pronotal disk with cucullate por-
tion dark brown, about two thirds of the lateral re-
gions lighter or whitish (fig. 27). Left tegmen brown
with a brownish yellow hyaline macula on anterior
half; right tegmen similarly coloured except that the
presutural vein area is colourless-hyaline (fig. 28).
Abdomen brown. Legs brown, tarsi lighter.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 4.5 (5.0-5.2); pro-
notum length X width, 1.5 X 1.6 (1.4-1.6 X 1.6-
2.0); tegmen length, 4.5 (4.0-5.6); interocular width,
0.8 (0.7-0.8).
Comments. — The species is readily recognized by
the hyaline mark on the proximal half of each teg-
men.
112
Homopteroidea biramiata sp. n.
(figs. 31-36)
Type material. — Holotype, 2, Fort de Kock (SU-
MATRA), 920 m, E. Jacobson (det. by Bruijning as
Homopteroidea shelfordi Hanitsch); in RMNH. [I selec-
ted a female as the holotype because the one male is in
very poor condition]. — Paratypes. SARAWAK. HECO:
Mt. Murud, Sarawak, 6500 ft., 16 (terminalia slide
277) paralectotype of Homopteroidea shelfordi
Hanitsch (Type Orth., 206°/,). — SUMATRA. HECO:
Fort de Kock (Sumatra), 920 m, 1% (carrying an
ootheca in the vertical position), 1925, E. Jacobson.
Description. — Male: Head hidden, eyes reduced,
wide apart, lateral, ocellar spots very small, interocu-
lar width greater than the distance between antennal
sockets. Pronotum suboval, hind margin weakly
curved. Tegmina and wings fully developed exten-
ding beyond end of abdomen, the left tegmen with
about seven oblique branches in the presutural zone,
a similar number in the clear presutural zone of the
right wing cover. Hind wing with two curved bran-
ches of the cubitus vein, distally joined by cross veins.
Front femur Type C,, pulvilli absent, tarsal claws
symmetrical, serrated, arolia present. Abdominal ter-
ga unspecialized. Supraanal plate with hind margin
convexly rounded, apex very shallowly indented,
right and left paraprocts similar plates. Subgenital
plate with a pair of widely separated styli, interstylar
margin convex. Genitalia as in fig. 36.
Female: Head slightly exposed, eyes reduced, later-
al, wide apart, interocular width greater than the dis-
tance between antennal sockets, ocellar spots absent.
Pronotum suboval, hind margin straight, (fig. 31).
Tegmina and wings fully developed extending be-
yond end of abdomen both with seven or eight obli-
que branches in the presutural zones (fig. 34 top &
middle). Hind wing with two branches of the cubitus
vein, distally connected by cross veins (fig. 34 bot-
tom). Front femur Type C,, pulvilli absent, tarsal
claws symmetrical, serrated on their proximal halves,
arolia present (fig. 33). Supraanal plate subtrigonal,
apex rounded (fig. 32). Subgenital plate divided lon-
gitudinally the distal margin truncate in profile. Cerci
with a terminal spine (fig. 32).
Colour. — Head reddish brown, clypeus, labrum,
and mandibles yellowish brown, maxillary palpi
blackish; antennae brown. Pronotum dark reddish
brown, the lateral proximal two thirds whitish (fig.
31). Tegmina brownish hyaline, the presutural zone
of the right one clear hyaline (fig. 34 middle). Hind
wing infuscated darkest in the costal and apical zones
(fig. 34 bottom; d wing darker than the 9).
Abdomen brown, male supraanal plate with a hyaline
macula. Cerci and legs brown, tarsi lighter.
ROTH: Revision of Homopteroidea
Figs. 44-52. Homopteroidea minor Hanitsch. 44-47, male lectotype. — 44, left and right (damaged) tegmina; 45, right hind
wing; 46, genitalia (dorsal); 47, pronotum. — 48-52, female from Sipitang, Sabah: 48, supraanal plate (dorsal); 49, left and
right tegmina; 50, subgenital plate (ventral); 51, subgenital plate (lateral); 52, pronotum.
Ootheca. — The ootheca carried by the female (fig. keel. The serrations contain respiratory tubes that al-
35) measures 1.3 mm high and 2 mm long. It is white low air to reach the eggs. There is a yellowish (yolk-
and has about 40 variably shaped serrations in the like) swelling internally that distends part of the later-
113
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
al walls of the egg case but there are no longitudinal
lines demarking the egg cells. The shape of the serra-
tions resemble those of the polyphagid Latindia sp.
but in that species the teeth are more uniform (Roth
1971: figs. 12, 13). In most cockroach oothecae that
have toothed or serrated keels, each serration leads to
a single egg but this is not true in Homopteroidea or
Latindia spp.; the latter has about 60 serrations but
there are usually only eight eggs (Roth 1971: 128).
Measurements (mm) (@ in parentheses). — Length,
? (4.7-5.4); pronotum length X width, 1.6 X 1.9
(1.5 X 1.8); tegmen length, ca 7 (5.7-5.8); interocu-
lar width, 0.8 (0.7-0.8).
Etymology. — The specific name refers to the two
branches of the cubitus vein of the hind wing.
Comments. — The hind wings of Homopteroidea
biramiata (fig. 34, bottom), and minor (fig. 40) have
two cubitus branches (other species have three), but
their tegmina differ in the number of oblique
branches in the clear presutural zones (seven in bira-
miata, fig. 34, middle; five in minor, fig. 43).
Homopteroidea minor Hanitsch
(figs. 37-52)
Homopteroidea minor Hanitsch, 1933a: 303, 328 (d lecto-
type only; 2 paralectotype = Homopteroidea shelfordi).
Material examined. — Lectotype (here designated), d
(terminalia slide 274), Mt. Kinabalu, B.N. Borneo [SABAH],
Kenokok, 3300 ft., 22.iv.1929; Type Orth. 389 /,, in HECO.
— Additional material: SABAH. ZILS: The following were col-
lected by S. Adebratt: Malaysia, Sipatang, Mendolong, 16,
T4/R, 19, T6/R, 14. i.1989, T3/W5, 16, 19,
17.11.1989, T5/R, 19, 1 (abdomen missing), 28.iv. 1988,
19, 1.v.1988. One retained in MCZC. — SUMATRA. HECO: Si-
Rambé (Sumatra's Westkust, 1d, xii.90-iii.91, E.
Modigliani, Mus. Civ. Genova.
Redescription. — Male: Head largely exposed, eyes
lateral, very far apart, interocular space greater than
the distance between the ocellar spots or antennal
sockets. Pronotum suboval (figs. 37, 47). Tegmina
and wings fully developed extending beyond end of
abdomen; left tegmen with three or four oblique
branches in the presutural zone (figs. 42, 44 top), the
right tegmen with four or five rami in that area (figs.
43, 44 bottom). Hind wings with about three costal
veins (only their bases distinct), median vein with a
branch that reaches the anterior margin, cubitus vein
with two branches distally joined by cross veins (figs.
40, 45). Front femur Type C;; pulvilli and arolia ab-
sent, tarsal claws symmetrical, distinctly toothed.
Abdominal terga unspecialized. Supraanal plate
ample, the distal region turned upwards its apex
weakly indented (fig. 38). Subgenital plate symmetri-
cal with a pair of small, similar, widely separated sty-
li, interstylar margin not produced (fig. 41). Cerci
114
with a long terminal spine (fig. 39). Complex genital
phallomeres as in fig. 46.
Female: Pronotum as in fig. 52. Tegmina (fig. 49)
and hind wing are similar to the male. The supraanal
plate lacks a medial hyaline spot (fig. 48) and the asty-
lar subgenital plate is longitudinally divided with its
distal margin truncate in lateral view (figs. 50, 51).
Colour. — Brown. Head dark brown, clypeus and la-
brum lighter, maxillary palpi grayish. Pronotum with
broad lateral regions whitish subhyaline (darker in lec-
totype), the remainder dark brown (figs. 37, 47, 52).
Left tegmen entirely dark brown or reddish brown
(figs. 42, 44 top, 49 top), right tegmen with the presu-
tural region clear hyaline, the remainder dark brown or
reddish brown (figs. 43, 44 bottom, 49 bottom). Hind
wing with the apical region, and the costal vein zone
infuscated (figs. 40, 45). Abdomen brown, supraanal
plate with a white or yellowish macula across the mid-
dle (fig. 38). Legs and cerci lighter brown.
Measurements (mm) (2 in parentheses). — Length,
3.8-4.5 (3.8-4.6); pronotum length X width, 1.3-1.4
x 1.6-1.7 (1.3-1.4 X 1.7); tegmen length, 3.5-4.2
(4.1-4.4); interocular width, 0.7 (0.7).
Comments. — Hanitsch’s ‘description’ of this spe-
cies was as follows: ‘The two specimens [d and 9]
quite agree in colouring and structure with A. nigra
Shelford, but measure only 5 mm. in total length, as
against 7 mm. of the type of nigra. In the absence of
more material I must leave it uncertain as to whether
or not they represent a new species.’ The differences
in male genitalia, tegmen and wing structure (fewer
cubitus branches in minor) and size, leave no doubt
that both taxa are valid.
Homopteroidea brachyptera sp. n.
(figs. 53, 54)
Type material. — Holotype, d (right tegmen on sli-
de 271, genitalia on slide 278), SUMATRA, Si-Rambé,
xii.1890-iii.1891, E. Modigliani; in HECO. — Para-
type. SUMATRA. HECO: Wai Lima, 19.
Description. — Male: Head globose, slightly expo-
sed, eyes reduced, wide apart, interocular space greater
than distance between antennal sockets. Pronotum
suboval, widest behind the middle (fig. 53). All but one
hind leg missing: pulvilli absent, tarsal claws symmetri-
cal, proximal half of ventral margin serrated, arolia ab-
sent. Tegmina reduced, widely separated reaching to
about the sixth segment, venation indistinct; hind
wing vestigial (fig. 53). Supranal plate hind margin
convexly rounded (fig. 53), right and left paraprocts si-
milar simple plates. Genitalia as in fig. 54.
Female: The specimen is in very poor condition
and mounted on a card. Tegmina are reduced and
hind wings are vestigial. Only one hind leg is present
ROTH: Revision of Homopteroidea
Figs. 53-55. Homopteroidea spp. — 53-54. Homopteroidea brachyptera sp. n., holotype male: 53, habitus (dotted line on the
right tegmen shows the outline of the underlying vestigial wing); 54, genitalia (dorsal). — 55. Homopteroide aberrans
(Hanitsch), male genitalia (dorsal), from Wai Lima, Sumatra.
and it lacks pulvilli and an arolium and the tarsal
claws are serrated. Supraanal plate trigonal, apex
rounded.
Colour. — Head reddish brown. Pronotum with rai-
sed portion dark brown, lateral regions pale (fig. 53).
Both tegmina similar, light brown hyaline, veins indis-
tinct, right tegmen without a clear hyaline presutural
zone (fig. 53). Abdominal terga and sterna brown, ma-
le supraanal plate with a medial clear zone (fig. 53).
Measurements (mm) ( in parentheses). — Length,
4.1; pronotum length X width, 1.5 X 1.8 (1.2
X 1.8); tegmen length, 1.9 (2.1).
Etymology. — The specific name refers to the redu-
ced tegmina and wings.
Comments. — This is the only species of
Homopteroidea whose tegmina are reduced and wings
are vestigial.
Homopteroidea aberrans (Hanitsch) comb. n.
(fig. 55)
Ctenoneura aberrans Hanitsch. — Roth 1993: 86, fig. 1 (re-
described ® and described d).
Material examined. — SABAH. ZILS: Malaysia, Sabah,
Sipitang, Mendolong, T5/R, 1d, 6.v.1988, T4/R. 16,
14.iii.1989, AIL, 14, 8.iv.1988, 1d, 25.iv.1988, ld,
26.iv.1988, 1d, 5.v. 1988, S. Adebratt. One specimen re-
tained in MCZC. — SUMATRA. HECO: Wai Lima, Z. Sumatra,
Lampongs, 24,29, xi.-xii.1921, Karny & Siebers; Sumatra
Binjei, Deli Hoa, Kapala Roessu, 19, viii.1922, Toxopeus.
MCZC: Wai Lima, Sumatra, 16 (terminalia slide 275).
Measurements (mm) ( in parentheses). — Length,
4.0-4.3 (4.7); pronotum length X width, 1.0-1.2 X
1.6-1.8 (1.2 X 1.6); tegmen length, 4.0-4.5 (4.4); in-
terocular width, 0.7 (0.8).
Comments. — This species was originally in
Ctenoneura, and I considered it to be atypical from
other members of that genus because its tarsal claws
are serrated and its subgenital plate is symmetrical
with two small similar styles. These are diagnostic
characters of Homopteroidea and I am therefore
transferring aberrans to that genus. However, it may
be considered ‘aberrant’ in this genus because the
presutural zone of the right tegmen is not clear hya-
line, the curved branches of the cubitus vein are not
connected by cross veins, and the male supraanal
plate lacks a hyaline macula (Roth 1993: figs. 1C,
115
“TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
E). The male genital phallomeres are shown in fig.
DÌ,
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank the Australian Biological Resources Survey
(ABRS) for partial support, and the museums, cura-
tors, and collection managers indicated in the intro-
duction, who loaned me specimens.
REFERENCES
Bruijning, C. F. A., 1948. Studies on Malayan Blattidae. —
Zoologische Mededelingen Leiden 29: 1-174.
Hanitsch, R., 1915. Malayan Blattidae. — Journal of the
Straits Branch Royal Asiatic Society 69: 17-178.
Hanitsch, R., 1923. Malayan Blattidae. Part II. — Journal of
the Malayan Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society 1: 393-
474.
Hanitsch, R., 1925. On a collection of Blattidae from nort-
hern Sarawak, chiefly Mt. Murud and Mt. Dulit. —
Sarawak Museum Journal 3(1): 75-106.
Hanitsch, R., 1928. Spolia Mentawiensia. Blattidae. — Bul-
letin of the Raffles Museum Singapore, Straits Settle-
ments 1: 1-44.
Hanitsch, R., 1929. Fauna Sumatrensis. Blattidae. — Tijd-
schrift voor Entomologie 72: 263-302.
Hanitsch, R., 1932a. Beccari and Modigliani’s collection of
Sumatran Blattidae in the Museo Civico, Genoa. —
Annali del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Genova 56:
48-92.
Hanitsch, R., 1932b. On a collection of blattids from the
116
east coast of Sumatra. — Miscellanea Zoologica Sumatra-
na 62: 1-8.
Hanitsch, R., 1933a. The Blattidae of Mt. Kinabalu, British
North Borneo. — Journal of the Federated Malay States
Museums, Singapore 17: 297-337.
Hanitsch, R., 1933b. On a collection of Bornean and other
oriental Blattidae from the Stockholm Museum. —
Entomologisk Tidskrift 54: 230-245.
Hebard, M., 1929. Studies in Malayan Blattidae
(Orthoptera). — Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia 81: 1-109.
Karny, H. H., 1926. Beiträge zur Malayischen Orthopte-
renfauna. — Treubia 9: 11-291.
Princis, K., 1950. Indomalaiische und australische Blatta-
rien aus dem Entomologischen Museum der Universität
in Lund. — Opuscula Entomologica 15: 161-188.
Princis, K., 1963. Blattariae: Subordo Polyphagoidea, Fam.
Polyphagidae. /n Beier (ed.): Orthopterorum Catalogus
4: 77-172. ’s-Gravenhage.
Princis, K., 1971. Blattariae: Subordo Epilamproidea, Fam.
Ectobiidae. / Beier (ed.): Orthopterorum Catalogus 14:
1039- 1224. ‘s-Gravenhage.
Roth, L. M., 1971. Additions to the oothecae, uricose
glands, ovarioles, and tergal glands of Blattaria. — Annals
of the Entomological Society of America 64: 127-141.
Roth, L. M., 1993. Revision of the cockroach genus Cteno-
neura Hanitsch (Blattaria, Polyphagidae). — Tijdschrift
voor Entomologie 136: 83-109.
Shelford, R., 1906. Studies of the Blattidae. — Transactions
of the Entomological Society of London 1906 (Part II):
231-280.
Received: 15 August 1994
Revised version accepted: 18 January 1995
Louis M. ROTH
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, U.S.A.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CTENONEURA
HANITSCH FROM SABAH (BLATTARIA,
POLYPHAGIDAE)
Roth, L. M., 1995. Description of a new species of Ctenoneura from Sabah (Blattaria,
Polyphagidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 117-119, figs. 1-8, table 1. [ISSN 0040-
7496]. Published 15 June 1995.
A new species of Ctenoneura Hanitsch from Sabah is described. New collection records are giv-
en for two known species.
Dr. L. M. Roth, 81 Brush Hill Road, P.O. Box 540, Sherborn, MA 01770, U.S.A.
Key words. — Ctenoneura; Blattaria, Polyphagidae; cockroaches; new species.
Princis (1963: 101; 1971: 1138) listed 15 species
of Ctenoneura. I (Roth 1993: 83) added 12 new taxa
in revising the genus and also provided a key to dis-
tinguish the adults; in a recent paper (Roth 1995), I
transferred Ctenoneura aberrans Hanitsch to
Homopteroidea. The genus is principally Malaysian,
Indonesian, and Asian.
While my 1993 revision was in press, Dr. Roy
Danielsson sent me a number of specimens of
Ctenoneura from the Zoological Institute, Lund,
Sweden (ZILS), of which at least one is new and is de-
scribed below. Mr. Willem Hogenes of the Zoolo-
gisch Museum, Universiteit van Amsterdam, The
Netherlands (ZMAN) sent me some material. New
records of two known species are also presented be-
low.
SYSTEMATIC PART
Genus Ctenoneura Hanitsch
Ctenoneura Hanitsch, 1925: 100. — Roth 1993: 83 (revi-
sion).
Rediagnosis. — Tegmina and wings fully developed
extending beyond end of abdomen. Right and left
tegmina generally similar in venation and sclerotiza-
tion, major veins not thickened, often densely reticu-
late with numerous cross veins, discoidal sector
oblique (fig. 7). Hind wing usually with an interca-
lary vein (between the radial and media veins), cubit-
us vein with three to eight branches (usually more
than three) that generally are parallel and reach, or al-
most reach the wing margin, and with numerous
small cross veins connecting them (fig. 8). Front fe-
mur Type C,, pulvilli absent, tarsal claws symmetri-
cal, simple, arolia present (small or subobsolete) or
absent. Male: Abdominal terga unspecialized.
Subgenital plate asymmetrical, usually with one sty-
lus, or none. Female: subgenital plate valvular.
Ctenoneura Hanitsch is very close to Homopteroi-
dea. The two genera can be separated by differences
shown in table 1.
Ctenoneura sipitanga sp. n.
(figs. 1-8)
Type material. — Holotype d, Malaysia, SABAH,
Sipitang, Mendolong, T1B/W4, 15.iv.1988, S. Ade-
bratt; in ZILS. — Paratypes. Sabah. ZILS: same locality
and collector as holotype, T6/R, 1d, 8.iii.1989,
T1B/W4, 14, 15.iv.1988 (retained in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University), T4/R,
1d, 3.v.1988.
Description. — Male: Head well exposed, eyes large,
bulbous, (fig. 1), interocular width slightly less than
the distance between antennal sockets, ocellar spots
very small. Pronotum suboval (fig. 1). Tegmina and
wings fully developed extending well beyond end of
the abdomen, the former with nonthickened veins
and oblique discoidal sectors (fig. 7). Hind wing with
an elongated subcostal vein that terminates, along
with about four costal veins, in a swelling; intercalary
vein present, simple, media vein bifurcate distad, cub-
itus vein with five curved, about equally spaced, par-
allel, simple branches (fig. 8). Front femur Type C;;
pulvilli absent from all legs, tarsal claws simple, sym-
metrical, arolia minute. Abdominal terga unspecial-
ized. Supraanal plate transverse, short, with midre-
gion of the hind margin convexly rounded, entire
117
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 1-8. Ctenoneura sipitanga sp. n., males from Sipitang, Sabah: 1. pronotum; 2. supraanal plate (dorsal); 3. cercus; 4. sub-
genital plate (end view); 5. subgenital plate (left lateral); 6. subgenital plate (right lateral); 7. left tegmen; 8. right hind wing.
(fig. 2). Subgenital plate asymmetrical, strongly con-
vex, hind margin on the left side curved dorsad and
forming an apically bifurcate spicular process; the
right side has three dissimilar processes, two of them
contiguous at the mid margin, and the third closer to
the cercus; styli absent (figs. 4-6). Cerci without a ter-
minal spine (fig. 3).
Colour. — Head reddish brown; antennae light
brown. Pronotum with a dark reddish brown macula
that extends from the anterior to the posterior mar-
gins, the wide lateral regions yellowish subopaque or
opaque (fig. 1). Right and left tegmina similar, their
humeral and proximal part of the costal vein zones
118
yellowish, the remainder reddish brown, hyaline (fig.
7). Hind wings with a yellowish tinge. Abdomen, cer-
ci, and legs light brown, subgenital plate yellow its
hind margin that forms the bifurcate process on the
left side very dark brown (figs. 4, 5).
Female: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 5.0-6.5; prono-
tum length X width, 1.6-1.7 X 2.1-2.2; tegmen
length, 6.1-6.5; interocular width, 0.5.
Etymology. — The species is named after the local-
ity, Sipitang [5°05’N 115°33’E].
Comments. — Most of the males of Ctenoneura are
determined by differences in the shapes of their sub-
ROTH: À new species of Ctenoneura
Table 1. Generic differences between Ctenoneura and Homopteroidea
Character Ctenoneura
Tegmina Right tegmen without a
clear presutural zone.
Hind wing Intercalary vein present;
cubitus vein with 3 to 8 branches.
Tarsal claws symmetrical, simple.
Asymmetrical; with one
left stylus or none.
Subgenital
plate (3)
genital plates (key, #7 Roth, 1993: 84). The very dark
apically bifurcate process on the left hind margin of
the subgenital plate (figs. 4, 5) distinguishes sipitanga
from all other known Ctenoneura.
Ctenoneura scutica Roth
Ctenoneura scutica Roth, 1993: 102, fig. 16 (4).
Material examined.- SABAH. ZILS: Malaysia, Sabah,
Sipitang, Mendolong, P11, 1d, 10.iii.1989, S. Adebratt.
Comments. — The species is known only from Sabah.
Ctenoneura major Hanitsch
Ctenoneura major Hanitsch: Roth, 1993: 96, fig. I (9 & 2).
Material examined. — SABAH. ZMAN: Borneo,
Sabah, Kinabalu Nat. Park, sample Sab. 37, montane
forest, understory at light, headquarters area Kiau
View trail, 1560 m, 1d, 18.xi.1989, M.J. & J. P.
Duffels.
Comments. — This male is slightly smaller than the
holotype which is from Mt. Murud, Sarawak. Its
measurements (mm) are as follows: Length, 7.7; pro-
notum length X width, 2.1 X 2.8; tegmen length,
10.2; interocular width, 0.6.
Homopteroidea
Right tegmen with a
clear presutural zone.
Intercalary vein absent; cubitus vein with
2 or 3 branches.
symmetrical, serrated.
Symmetrical; with a
pair of small, similar styli.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank the Australian Biological Resources Survey
(ABRS) for partial support, and Dr. Roy Danielsson,
and Mr. Willem Hogenes who sent me the speci-
mens.
REFERENCES
Hanitsch, R., 1925. On a collection of Blattidae from
northern Sarawak, chiefly Mt. Murud and Mt. Dulit. —
Sarawak Museum Journal 3(1): 75-106.
Princis, K., 1963. Blattariae: Subordo Polyphagoidea, Fam.
Polyphagidae. /n Beier (ed): Orthopterorum Catalogus
4: 77- 172. ’s-Gravenhage.
Princis, K., 1971. Blattariae: Subordo Epilamproidea, Fam.
Ectobiidae. /n Beier (ed.): Orthopterorum Catalogus 14:
1039-1224. ’s-Gravenhage.
Roth, L. M., 1993. Revision of the cockroach genus
Ctenoneura Hanitsch (Blattaria, Polyphagidae). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 136: 83-109.
Roth, L. M., 1995. Revision of the cockroach genus
Homopteroidea Shelford, with redescriptions, and de-
scriptions of two new species (Blattaria, Polyphagidae). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 103-116.
Received: 18 January 1995
Accepted: 29 March 1995
ID)
sjed X
1114
me ivo Me (NCAA À
RN wie Vo
ie
j A i na Pur Wat fu se wrung (i
STU par {ai
Tatler
gep
fi pù fur |
=.
i 27 asti
R. T. SIMON THOMAS
Institute for Systematics and Population biology (Zoological Museum), Amsterdam
NEW AND RARE SPHECIDAE (HYMENOPTERA)
FROM WEST AFRICA
Simon Thomas, R. T., 1995. New and rare Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) from West Africa. —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 121-130, figs. 1-14, tabs. 1-3. [ISSN 0040-7496]. Published
15 June 1995.
Eight new species of Sphecidae from Senegal, Cöte d’Ivoire, Nigeria, and Niger are described:
Liris (Leptolarra) rufula sp. n., L. (Leptolarra) senegalensis sp. n., Nitela (s.s.) miekae sp. n.,
Miscophus rufigaster sp. n., M. senegalensis sp. n., M. wieringi sp. n., M. eburneus sp. n., and M.
pseudochrysis sp. n. In addition a description is presented of the unknown female Miscophus sal-
litus Andrade.
Dr. R. T. Simon Thomas, Institute for Systematics and Population Biology (Zoological
Museum), University of Amsterdam, PO Box 4766, 1009 AT Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Hymenoptera, Sphecidae, West Africa, new species.
The Sphecidae were obtained during a research
program in northern Senegal on the effects of chemi-
cal locust and grasshopper control on other insects.
The area in which the research was executed was ho-
mogenous savannah with sparse trees and shrubs
(Everts 1990). Collecting was carried out on seven
plots (A-G), each with five malaise traps (1-5). The
plots, 2 x 2 and 2 x 3 km, were situated 25-35 km
south east of Richard Toll (fig. 1). The insects in the
malaise traps were collected once a week, five times
before and five times after spraying. Plot C, for refer-
ence, was not sprayed.
By counting the number of different insect species or
groups before and after spraying the effect of the insec-
ticides could be measured (Evers 1990). This paper de-
scribes new species of Sphecidae found in the material.
Through the courtesy of J. W. Evers and K. W. R.
Zwart (LUW) I also had the opportunity of studying
other Sphecidae from Côte d'Ivoire, Nigeria, and
Niger, which are described here too.
Abbreviations of depositories
ZMAN, Institute for Systematics and Population
Biology (Zoological Museum), University of
Amsterdam, The Netherlands ; LUW, Laboratory of
Entomology, University of Wageningen, The
Netherlands; RMNH, National Museum of Natural
History (formerly: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke
Historie), Leiden, The Netherlands.
Abbreviations and symbols
Ocellar measurements (after Andrade 1960): POL -
Distance between the posterior ocelli; OOL -Distance
between a posterior ocellus and the corresponding eye;
SOL -Distance between the anterior ocellus and a pos-
terior one; VOL -Distance between a posterior ocellus
and an imaginary line interconnecting the posterior
corners of the eyes (fig. 2). The microsculpture terms
used in this paper are after Eady (1968).
SYSTEMATIC PART
Liris Fabricius, 1804
This is a large cosmopolitan genus comprising over
260 species, for the greater part found in the tropics.
About 70 species are found in the Ethiopian Region.
Both described species can be assigned to the subge-
nus Leptolarra Cameron, 1900, by having a transverse
row of stout setae on the apex of the pygidial plate,
the surface of pygidium covered with appressed hairs,
and claws untoothed.
Liris (Leptolarra) rufula sp. n.
(fig. 3)
Type material. — Holotype female: Senegal, 25-35
km sud de Richard Toll, piege malaise El, 10.
viii.1989, leg. H. v. d. Valk c.s. (LUW). — Paratypes:
same locality and collector as holotype, piege malaise
I, 2 Dey IS Mi piegeMmalaise AS MOMIE
viii.1989 (LUW); piège malaise C2, 19 8.viii.1989,
piège malaise C3, 1d 20.ix.1989 (ZMAN); piège mal-
aise C3, 19 13.ix.1989 (RMNH).
Description
Female 17 mm. Black; shining apical part of cly-
peus ferruginous. Palpi yellow ferruginous. Mandible
121
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
15°30’W
MAURITANIA
Sam Sam è LY
Lac de
Guiers A
Preis Legend
>= Lake, river
—— Road
[A] Plots with
malaise traps
ferruginous with dark brown apex. Scape, pronotal
lobe, tegula, and propodeal spiracle ferruginous.
Pedicel and flagellomeres I-VIII blackish brown with
ferruginous apical ring. Gaster bright ferruginous.
Apical margin of clypeus faintly undulated.
Mandible monodont with broad, deep emargination
on externoventral margin. Clypeus with central lon-
gitudinal shining spot and shining rim along apex.
Clypeus two and a half times wider than long. All fla-
gellomeres three times as long as wide at apex.
Flagellomere X not flattened. Vertex dull with fine
points. Frons and genae with silvery pubescence. Eyes
with scattered erect hairs. Inner eye margins converge
Fig. 1. Map of Senegal, the plots
| in the research area are indicat-
ed.
16°30’N
SENEGAL
P) e Keur Mor Ibra:
° Mo Poudjié
to vertex (from 40 to 17). Midocellus round.
Pronotum with scarce silvery pubescence, sides of
pronotum faintly obliquely striated. Mesonotum,
scutellum, and metanotum shining with very fine
points. Propodeum wider at the base than long (53 :
43). Dorsum and posterior face of propodeum with
strong transversal striation. Propodeum with some
pubescence along lateral sides. Side of propodeum
with oblique striation.
Gaster with very short silvery pubescence. Pygidium
narrow, shining, with large points, points separated
from each other by twice their own diameter. Pygidial
plate a little more than twice as long as wide, ending
Table 1. Differences in colour and characteristics of the females of the species Liris (Leptolarra) rufula sp. n., L. (Leptolarra)
senegalensis sp. n. and L. (Leptolarra) croesus (F. Smith).
L. (L.) rufula sp. n.
Scape ferruginous
Antennae blackish brown
Flagellomere X round
Pronotal lobe brown, no pubescence
Mesonotum dull and finely punctulated
Lateral part of propodeum strigose with silvery
pubescence
Gaster bright ferruginous
Pygidial plate narrow (38 : 17)
Apex of pygidium 6 satae in one row
Body slender
122
L. (L.) senegalensis sp. n.
brown with silver pubescence
with goldish pubescence
strigose with silvery
pubescence
dark ferruginous
broad (37 : 26)
10 satae in 2 rows
slender
L. (L.) croesus
(F. Smith)
ferruginous black
partly black, partly ferruginous black
flat round
black, no pubescence
with goldish pubescence
punctulated without
pubescence, short ridges
along edges
black
broad (38 : 28)
6 satae in one row
robust
blunt with a row of five stout setae at apex (fig. 3), with
some short reclining hairs and a few upright thin hairs.
Wings hyaline with ferruginous veins. Apex of
forewing beyond the nervation softly fumigated.
Hindwing hyaline.
Legs including coxae ferruginous. Spines of tibiae
II and III black.
Claws untoothed; spines of tarses I dark brown and
pointed at top. Metatarse I with five spines, last spine
not longer than next tarsus. Largest spine of tibia III
0.6 length of metatarse III.
No difference in structure or colour of holotype
and paratypes was found; the sizes of the paratypes are
15 and 10 mm. The number of setae at apex of pyg-
idium varies from 5 to 3.
Male 8-9 mm. Colour and structure largely the
same as in holotype. On exterior side of flagellum a
low carina runs from flagellomeres III-X. No differ-
ence in structure or colour in second male.
Etymology. — The name of the species refers to its
remarkable reddish coloration of gaster and legs.
Comparative notes. — See under L. (Leptolarra) se-
negalensis sp. n.
Liris (Leptotarra) senegalensis sp. n.
(fig. 4)
Type material. — Holotype female, Senegal, 25-35
km sud de Richard Toll, piège malaise El, 2.ix.1989,
leg. H. v. d. Valk c.s. (LUW). — Paratypes: same local-
ity and collector as holotype; piège malaise C3, 19
28.viii.1989 (LUW); piège malaise Gl, 19
WOO SN Mpièse malaise G25) 19 el G:ix- 1989
(ZMAN); piège malaise G3, 19 23.ix.1989 (RMNH).
Description
Female 17 mm. Black; mandibles ferruginous with
apical 0.4 black. Palpi, clypeus, scape, pedicel, and
flagellomere I ferruginous. Flagellomere II ferrugi-
nous with black stripe externally. Flagellomeres III-X
internally ferruginous, externally blackish. Genae and
vertex with short silvery pubescence. Gaster dark fer-
ruginous, apical halves of tergites with very short sil-
very pubescence.
Apical margin of median lobe of clypeus shining
and broadly arched. Clypeus nearly two and a half
times as wide as long (48 : 19). Head dull with tiny
points and some depressed white hairs. Frons and ge-
nae with silvery pubescence covering the underlying
structure. Flagellomere I three times as long as wide at
apex. Flagellomeres III-IV two times as long as wide
at apex. Flagellomeres V-IX one and a half times as
long as wide at apex. Flagellomere X externally flat-
tened. Eyes with scattered erect hairs. Inner eye mar-
SIMON THOMAS: Sphecidae from West Africa
gins converge to vertex (from 43 to 16). Mandible
monodont with broad deep emargination on externo-
ventral margin.
Pronotum with scarce silvery pubescence, apical
half of pronotal lobe ferruginous with rounded top.
Thorax with light yellow pubescence, shining, with
tiny points. Propodeum dull with fine granulation.
Side of propodeum with oblique striation.
Sternites II-V with a few long apical setae.
Pygidium wide, 1.3 times as long as wide at the base
(fig. 4). Dorsal side of pygidium punctulated covered
with short depressed goldish hairs. Apical rim round-
ed with ten setae in two rows.
Forewing yellowish with yellow veins. Apical part
beyond first transverse submarginal vein grey with
brown veins. Hindwing yellowish with yellow veins.
All legs including coxae ferruginous. Claws un-
toothed, apical half black. Spines of tibiae II and III
black. Largest spine of tibia II as long as metatarse
III. Spines of frontleg ferruginous. Metatarse I with
five spatulated spines; apical spine nearly 0.4 longer
than next tarsus. All pecten of the tarsi longer than
next tarsus.
The paratypes do not differ in structure or colour.
Their sizes are between 14 and 15 mm. The apical se-
tae of the pygidium range from 7-12.
Male unknown.
Etymology. — The species is named after the coun-
try in which the material was found (Senegal).
Comparative notes. — Although Liris (Leptolarra)
rufula sp. n. and L. (Leptolarra) senegalensis sp. n. are
much alike. L. senegalensis resembles in structure and
colour L. (Leptolarra) croesus (F. Smith), the first spe-
cies being slender in general appearance and the sec-
ond species more robust. L. rufula differs from all the
other species of Liris (Leptolarra) in having a bright
ferruginous gaster and legs. The light coloration
could be an adaption to strong solar radiation and re-
flection from the sandy soil (Lomholdt 1985). The
differences of the three species are summarized in ta-
ble 1.
Nitela Latreille, 1809
Nitela is a cosmopolitian genus. The Ethiopian
Region has the largest share of the 43 species. The
subgenus Nitela is mostly found in the Old World
and Australia. The described species belong to the
subgenus Nitela Latreille in having bare eyes and
frontoclypeal carine absent or if present not lamelli-
form.
Nitela (s.s.) miekae sp. n.
Type material. — Holotype female, Senegal,
123
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 2-4, 6-14: 2, dorsal view of head of Myscophus, showing the ocellar measurements; 3, Liris rufula sp. n., female, pygidi-
um; 4, Liris senegalensis sp. n., female, pygidium; 6, Miscophus rufigaster sp. n., female, head, anterior view; 7, Miscophus se-
negalensis sp. n., female, head, anterior view; 8-9, Miscophus wieringi sp. n., female - 8, head, anterior view; 9, forewing; 10-
12, Miscophus eburneus sp. n. — 10, female, head, anterior view; 11, male, head anterior view; 12, sternite VII, ventral view;
13, Miscophus pseudochrysis sp. n., female forewing; 14, Miscophus sallitus Andrade, female, forewing.
Ziguinchor, 13.v.1983, mangrove, J. W. Everts
(ZMAN). — Paratypes 1 d 19, same data as in holo-
type (ZMAN).
Description
Female 4 mm. Black; tegula dark ferruginous. First
and basal half of second segment of labial palpi dark
brown, apical half of second segment and the next
two segments light brown. First two and basal half of
the third segment of the maxillary palpi dark brown,
apical half of third segment and the next three seg-
ments light brown. Mandibles basal third black, api-
cal two third ferruginous. Antennae black, flagello-
meres IIl-X ventrally with dense short bluish white
pubescence.
All segments of the palpi with some hairs at the ap-
ical end of the segments. Clypeus wider than high (17
124
: 7), bulging in the middle with narrow and high
midcarina. Clypeus and ventral half of frons with
dense silvery pubescence covering underlying struc-
ture. Dorsal part of frons and vertex finely rugose.
Interocular distance across base of clypeus nearly
twice as wide as across vertex. POL : OOL = 3.5, SOL
: OOL = 2.5, VOL : OOL = 2.0. Along interocular
rim of the compound eyes a line of white scales.
Pedicel length 0.6 of width. Flagellomeres I and II 1.6
times as long as wide. Flagellomeres III-VI 1.4 times
as long as wide. Flagellomeres VII-X 1.2 times as long
as wide. Flagellomeres X somewhat dorso-ventrally
flattened.
Dorsal side of pronotum separated from front side
by a transversal carina showing a triangle in the mid-
dle. Mesonotum transversally finely strigose, punctu-
lated in between. Mesonotum separated from scutel- |
Fig. 5. Distribution of the Miscophus bicolor species group in
the Ethiopian and west Eurasian regions (Lomholdt 1985)
and the species described in this paper. — % M. rufigaster
sp. n., @ M. senegalensis sp. n., À M. wieringi sp. n., I
M. eburneus sp. n., % M. pseudochrysis sp. n., WM. sal
litus Andrade, + M. funebris Honoré.
lum by a crenulated furrow. Scutellum and metano-
tum finely reticulated. Mesopleura strongly rugose
with a glabre, shining hypoepimeral area. Episternal
sulcus and hypersternaulus strongly developed.
Metapleura and sides of propodeum with longitudi-
nal strigose. Dorsal side of propodeum strongly retic-
ulate rugose, propodeal enclosure separated from ver-
tical sides by a carina. Ventral side of thorax with
scattered white hairs.
Tergites and sternites I-V black with apical ferrugi-
SIMON THOMAS: Sphecidae from West Africa
nous rim, tergite VI black without pygidium. Tergite
I nearly twice as wide as long on the dorsal surface.
Apex of sternites with some white hairs.
Wings hyaline with light brown veins and stigma.
All tibiae black with apical and basal brown rings.
All femurs black with apical brown rings. All tarsi
brown.
Male 4 mm. Colour and most of the structure as in
holotype. Apex of scutellum five longitudinal crenulate.
Etymology. — I am pleased to name this species af-
ter my wife Miek, who has helpfully assisted me in
the field and in preparing the manuscript.
Comparative notes. — Nitela (s.s.) miekae sp. n. is
the first species of this genus collected in West Africa,
resembling very much N. (s.s.) mochii Arnold (1940),
which was collected at Wadi Hoff, 60 km south of
Cairo, Egypt. The differences in characteristics of
both species are given in table 2.
Miscophus Jurine, 1807
(fig. 5)
Miscophus is represented by about 150 species in all
regions except Australia. Most species are found in
the Old World, especially the Mediterranean area.
Up till now no Miscophus species were found in West
Africa south of Spanish Sahara (20° N) (Lomholdt
1985). All species described below belong to the di
color species group. The bicolor species group holds
small species, rarely more than 6 mm long; genae
mostly without erect whitish pilosity; apex of fifth
sternite in the females without a complex of very shal-
low large rough puncturation (Andrade 1960).
Fig. 5 shows the known distribution of the bicolor
species group (after Lomholdt 1985) as well as the
collecting places of the new species in West Africa.
The Miscophus species are distinctive sanddwellers
(Honoré 1944). They are found along the desert, but
also around ‘wadis’. Mostly found in spring
(March-June) on the hottest part of the day on the
sand or around the stems of desert plants. Nest in the
soil. Spider catchers.
Table 2. Differences in characteristics of the species Nitela (s.s.) mochii Arnold and N. (s.s.) miekae sp. n.
Nitela (s.s.) mochii Arnold
Clypeus and lower part of face
Nitela (s.s.) miekae sp. n.
pubescence scarce and silvery
pubescence dense and silvery covering
Frons closely punctulated
Mesonotum punctulated
Proportinal length of pedicel and
flagello-meres I and II CORSIVO)
Tergite I
nearly three times as wide as long
underlying structure
finely rugose
transversal finely strigose
DATI
twice as wide as long
125
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Miscophus rufigaster sp. n.
(fig. 6)
Type material. — Holotype female, Côte d’Ivoire,
30-35 km N.Korghogo, mal. tr. 38, 10.11.1980, J.
W. Everts (ZMAN). — Paratypes 1 9, same data as hol-
otype (ZMAN); 1 ®, same place and collector, mal. tr.
25, 17.iv.1980 (LUW).
Additional specimens. — 19, Côte d'Ivoire, Katio-
la-Coton, 13.xi.1980, mal. tr., J. W. Everts (RMNH);
19, same place and collector, malaise, 20.iii.1981
(ZMAN).
Description
Female 7 mm. Black; mandibles ferruginous with
red brown apex after a black ring. Apex of subbasal
notch of mandible red brown. Scape, pedicel, and
gaster light ferruginous. Palpi dark greyish.
All segments of palpi with outstanding hairs. Inner
margins of compound eyes mostly parallel, at vertex
somewhat converging and near clypeus diverging (fig.
6). Median lobe of clypeus bulged, convex with
smooth and shining rim, rest of clypeus with long sil-
very hairs and punctulated. Frons with scarce silvery
pubescence. Apex of scape ending in sloping top; the
0.6 distal internal part of the scape with a shining
translucent area (fig. 6). Pedicel somewhat wider than
long. Flagellomeres I-III three times as long as wide at
apex, flagellomeres IV-X twice as long as wide at base.
Vertex finely and closely punctulated, bulging
between the ocelli. POL : OOL = 1.5, SOL : OOL =
LOS MOL KOOL SS
Pronotum, mesonotum, scutellum, and metano-
tum finely and closely punctulated. Metanotum with
lateral oblique silver pubescens, directed outwards.
Dorsal part of propodeum somewhat longer than
wide (15 : 20) wich minute, oblique strigose and clear
longitudinal midcarina. Posterior face of propodeum
rather abruptly cut‚ forming an angle of about 100
degrees with its dorsum, horizontal striated.
Sixth tergite sharply pointed apically, without pyg-
idium. Sternites II-VI each with two apical outstand-
ing hairs.
Forewing hyaline, somewhat clouded beyond the
nervation. First recurrent vein received by the first
submarginal cell, close to submarginal II, second re-
current vein received by submarginal cell II near the
apical end. Hindwing hyaline, media diverging be-
yond cu-a. Jugal lobe round and small with a very
deep incision.
Legs ferruginous; external side of the femora some-
what darker; coxae black. Tarsi apically brown.
Metatarsus I with two lateral spines. The apical spines
of metatarsus and first tarsus twice as long as the next
tarsus. The apical spine of second tarsus one third
longer than the third tarsus.
Male unknown.
Etymology. — From Latin rufo, meaning red, and
gaster, referring to all segments behind the propo-
deum.
Variation. — One female, Côte d’Ivoire, Katiola-
Coton, malaise, 20.11.1981, leg. J. W. Everts, differs
somewhat from the type in having the last three tergi-
tes and sternites dark brown and the forewing tip
white.
Comparative notes. — Miscophus rufigaster sp. n.
and M. funebris Honoré (1944) are much alike. The
differences in colour and characteristics of both spe-
cies are given in table 3.
Miscophus senegalensis sp. n.
(fig. 7)
Type material. — Holotype female, Senegal,
Ziguinchor, 13.v.1983, malaise, mangrove, J. W.
Everts (ZMAN).
Description
Female 4.5 mm. Black; palpi ferruginous; mandi-
bles dark ferruginous, black ring before amber red ap-
Table 3. Differences in colour and characteristics of the females of the species Miscophus rufigaster sp. n. and M. funebris
Honoré.
M. rufigaster sp. n. M. funebris Honoré
Legs excluding coxae ferruginous black
Last three gastral segments light ferruginous dark brown
Clypeus mostly shining without pubescence silvery pubescence
Pedicel somewhat wider than long somewhat longer than wide
Flagellomeres I-III 3 times as long as wide 2.1 times as long as wide
SOL : OOL 1.9 2.0
VOL : OOL 13 1.0
Dorsal part of propodeum obliquely strigose closely punctulated
Forewing hyaline, clouded beyond nervation basal part somewhat clouded; hyaline over
126
discoidal and submarginal cell, clouded
beyond nervation with white wing tip
ex, black base; apex of median lobe of clypeus brown;
pedicel and first three flagellomeres light ferruginous.
Scape ventrally ferruginous and dorsally dark brown.
Palpi wich scarce short pubescence. Clypeus and
lower part of frons with scarce white pubescence di-
rected apically. Medium lobe of clypeus smooth and
slightly bulging with a few large points. Apical rim of
medium lobe of clypeus smooth, no punctation, sep-
arated from basal part by a crenulated furrow (fig. 7).
Head with close and very fine punctulation. Inner
margins of compound eyes curved, near clypeus and
at vertex converging (17 : 20 : 13). Pedicel 0.9 of the
length of flagellomere I and as long as flagellomere II.
Flagellomeres II-VIII twice as long as wide.
Flagellomeres IX and X somewhat shorter.
Flagellomere X conical. POL : OOL = 3.0, SOL :
OOL = 2.0, VOL : OOL = 0.4.
Pronotal collar rather developed, transition to the
anterior declinity relatively sharp and well defined.
Mesonotum, scutellum, and metanotum very closely
and finely punctulated. Propodeum equally long and
wide at the base, very finely and obliquely strigose
and with longitudinal midcarina. Propodeum with
short silvery forwardly depressed pubescence. Side of
propodeum obliquely strigose. Mesopleuron and
metapleuron shining and finely punctulated. Post-
erior face of propodeum rather abruptly cut, forming
an angle of about 100 degrees with its dorsum.
Apical rim of tergites dark brown. Tergites and
sternites very finely punctulated. Tergite VI rounded
apically without pygidium.
Wings hyaline. Veins along front edge of forewing
dark brown. Other veins light ferruginous. 1m-cu en-
tering submarginal cell I at a distance from submargi-
nal cell II equal to the length of M2. Cul and 2m-cu
not reduced. Jugal lobe round and small equally long
and wide with very deep incision.
Inner side of tibia I, whole tibia II, and tarsi brown.
Other parts of the legs black. Hind tibia with two ap-
ical spines, one spine as long as 0.7 of metatarse III.
Male unknown.
Etymology. — The species is named after the coun-
try in which the type was collected (Senegal).
Comparative notes. — M. senegalensis belongs to the
aenigma species subgroup within the bicolor species
group. The species resembles M. nevesi Andrade,
1952 from Portugal. The differences are found in the
size of the body and the structure of the head. The
clypeus of M. senegalensis is more pointed; the dorsal
view of the head shows a much wider size behind the
eyes; POL : OOL = 3.0 and SOL: OOL = 2.0 in M.
senegalensis and POL : OOL = 1.8 and SOL : OOL =
1.4 in M. nevesi . The inner corners of the compound
eyes at the vertex are nearly right-angled in M. seneg-
SIMON THOMAS: Sphecidae from West Africa
alensis and rounded in M. nevesi . The ocelli are
placed more posteriorly, VOL : OOL = 0.4 in M. se-
negalensis and 1.0 in M. nevesi. Posterior face of pro-
podeum has a different cut, forming an angle with its
dorsum of about 130° in M. nevesi and 100° in M. se-
negalensis .
Miscophus wieringi sp. n.
(figs. 8, 9)
Type material. — Holotype female, Senegal, 25-35
km sud de Richard Toll, piege malaise D3, 31.
viii.1989, leg. H. v. d. Valk (LUW). — Paratype 19,
same place and collector as holotype, piège malaise
C3, 13.ix.1989 (ZMAN).
Description
Female 7 mm. Head black; palpi creamy white,
mandibles ferruginous, apex red, apex of subbasal
notch red. Scape, pedicel, and clypeus light ferrugi-
nous; flagellomeres I and II ventrally ferruginous dor-
sally brown, other flagellomeres ventrally brown and
dorsally dark brown. Pronotum, pronotal lobe, and
tegula ferruginous. Gaster light ferruginous.
External side of palpi with erect hairs. Clypeus
arched with rounded middle part. Clypeus narrow
(19 : 5) with broad translucent ferruginous rim with
some long hairs (fig. 8). Apex of scape ending in slop-
ing top (compare with fig. 6). Distance between com-
pound eyes at vertex half the distance just above cly-
peus POLAOOE=52 SO OOL = 4.0, VOL :
OOL = 2.5. Frons and clypeus with short and scarce
goldish pubescence covering the fine punctulation.
Flagellomere I two and a half times as long as wide.
Flagellomeres II and III twice as long as wide; flagel-
lomeres IV-X somewhat shorter. Flagellomere X con-
ical.
Pronotum rather long, collar half as long as wide,
lateral rounded. Collar finely and longitudinally stri-
gose. Mesonotum, scutellum, and metanotum with
short goldish pubescence and very closely punctulat-
ed. Mesopleuron strigose. Propodeum without pu-
bescence, shining, equally long and wide at the base,
lateral front part obliquely striated, middle apical part
very finely almost transversally striated, with rather
high midcarina. Angle between dorsum of propode-
um and hindslope about 100 degrees. Upper part of
mesopleuron with some goldish pubescence. Lower
part of the mesopleuron and mesosternum with sil-
very pubescence.
Gaster shining, with few small points. Tergites II-
IV translucent. Apex of tergite VI sharp, without pyg-
idium.
Forewing (fig. 9) hyaline with two clouded bands,
one just in front of submarginal cell I and the other
just over the marginal cell and submarginal cell II.
127
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Zone between the two clouded bands milky white
with white veins. Other veins light brown. Forewing
with petiole of submarginal cell II as long as height of
this cell. Cul and 2m-cu reduced. Jugal lobe round
and very small with deep incision.
All legs including coxa light ferruginous with
brown spines. Coxa I ventrally translucent and equal-
ly long and wide at the base.
Male unknown.
Etymology. — I am very pleased to name this spe-
cies after my friend H. Wiering, for his great help in
preparing this manuscript.
Comparative notes. — M. wieringi belongs to the
bicolor species group and resembles M. heliophilus
Pulawski, 1968 closely. Mesonotum, scutellum, and
metanotum are punctulated in M. wieringi and
strongly shagreen in M. heliophilus. The mesopleuron
is closely punctulated in M. wieringi and ridged lon-
gitudinally in M. heliophilus. There is a difference in
the place of the ocelli: POL : OOL = 3.2 and SOL:
OOL = 4.0 in M.wieringi and POL: OOL = 2.4 and
SOL : OOL = 3.0 in M.heliophilus.
Miscophus eburneus sp. n.
(figs. 10-12)
Type material. — Holotype female: Côte d'Ivoire,
30-35 km N.Korghogo, mal.tr. 39, 28.iv.1980, J. W.
Everts (ZMAN). — Paratypes 19, same data as holo-
type; 1d, Côte d'Ivoire, 30-35 km N.Korghogo,
mal.tr. 11, 3.1.1980, J. W. Everts (LUW); 29, same
data as holotype; 16, Côte d'Ivoire, 30-35 km
N.Korghogo, mal.tr. 40, 28.1v.1980, J. W. Everts
(ZMAN); 12, Côte d'Ivoire, 30-35 km N.Korghogo,
malitr 355) 17979) je We Everts; n lidi (Cote
dIvoire, 30-35 km N.Korghogo, mal.tr. 40,
28.iv.1980, J. W. Everts (RMNH).
Additional specimens. — 12, Côte d'Ivoire, Ka-
tiola-Savanne, malaise, 20.11.1981, leg. J. W. Everts
c.s., 12, Senegal, 25-35 km sud de Richard Toll,
piège malaise D3, 27.ix.1989, leg. H. v. d. Valk, 19,
Niger, Niamey, Centre Aghrymet, piége malaise-mil,
26.viii-1.1x.1988, Y. Jongema, 1 Q, Nigeria, savanne-
Côte d’Ivoire, 30-35 km N.Korghogo, mal.tr. 34,
28.1v.1980, J. W. Everts (LUW); 12, Côte d'Ivoire,
30-35 km N.Korghogo, mal.tr. 2, 28.11.1980, J. W.
Everts, 19, Côte d'Ivoire, Katiola, malaise,
20.iv.1980, leg. J. W. Everts, 1d, Ivory Coast, Kou-
dougou 10 km SE Bouaflé, malaise-trap, 16.11.1981,
J. W. Everts, 12, Senegal, 25-35 km sud de Richard
Toll, piège malaise G4, 21.viii.1989 H. v. d. Valk,
19, Senegal, 25-35 km sud de Richard Toll, piège
malaise G4, 30.ix.1989, H. v. d. Valk, 19, Senegal,
128
Vélingara, malaise, 15.v.1989 , J. W. Everts, 19,
Senegal, Ziguinchor, 13.v.1983, J. W. Everts (ZMAN).
Description
Female 5.5 mm. Black; palpi light ferruginous;
mandibles ferruginous, apex of mandible and apex of
subbasal notch red brown. Scape, pedicel, pronotal
lobe, tegula, and apical half of clypeus ferruginous.
Legs including coxae ferruginous; spines of all legs
dark brown. Sternites I and II, tergites I and II, and
lateral side of tergite III ferruginous.
Palpi externally hairy. Clypeus rather low (19 : 5)
with shining translucent apical rim (fig. 10). Clypeus
and frons just above antennal sockets with scarce sil-
very pubescence. Head very finely punctulated.
Frontal line shining. Inner margins of compound
eyes from clypeus up to halfway frons parallel, upper
half converging to apex (fig. 10). POL : OOL = 2.0,
SOL: OOL = 4.0, VOL: OOL = 2.5. Pedicel some-
what longer than wide, flagellomeres I and II four
times as long as wide, flagellomeres III and IV twice
as long as wide, flagellomeres V-X one and a half
times as long as wide.
Pronotum, mesonotum, scutellum, and metano-
tum finely punctulated. Propodeum with transversal
strigose and midcarina. Mesopleuron strigose. Propo-
deum equally long and wide at base (16 : 15). Side of
propodeum obliquely strigose. Mesopleuron finely
and horizontally strigose.
Sternites and tergites shining, very finely punctu-
lated. Tergite VI apically punctulated, without pygid-
ium. Sternite III-VI apically some long hairs.
Forewing somewhat clouded with hyaline band
over submarginal cell I and discoidal cell II. Veins
light brown and in hyaline band nearly hyaline. First
recurrent vein received by submarginal cell I at 0.3
from submarginal cell II. Cul and 2m-cu strongly re-
duced. Hindwing hyaline. In hindwing only medial
and submedial cell present. Jugal lobe small with a
deep jugal excision.
Coxa I and apical half of coxa II and III ferrugi-
nous, basal part of coxa II and III black. Femurs and
tibiae I-III for the greater part ferruginous, femurs I
and II with an apical, external black spot, tibia III ex-
ternally black; all tarsi dark brown. All coxae triangle
formed, 1.3 as long as wide at the base.
Male 5 mm. Colour largely as in holotype. Clypeus
trilobed, with narrow apical rim ferruginous (fig. 11).
Scarce silvery pubescence on basal part of clypeus and
on frons just above antennal sockets. Tarsi of all legs
dark brown. Sternite II with two lateral small round
dark brown spots. Tergite VII rounded apically.
Sternites III -VII apically two or three outstanding
long hairs. Apex of sternite VII straight with a line of
short hairs (fig. 12).
Etymology. — From Latin eburneus, meaning
made from ivory, so named in reference to the coun-
try in which the material was collected (Ivory Coast).
Variations. — The colour of the pronotum varies in
different areas. Some females from Ivory Coast have a
ferruginous spot at the lateral side of the pronotum.
The females of northern Senegal have a complete fer-
ruginous pronotum; all legs including the coxae are
completely ferruginous. The females of southern
Senegal, Niger, and Nigeria have a black pronotum as
in the holotype. In one male from Ivory Coast the
dark spots on the second sternite are missing.
Comparative notes. — The new species M. eburneus
sp. n. is very near to M. mineticus Honoré. The ante-
rior edge of the clypeus of M. eburneus without dis-
continuites is even more straight than the clypeus of
M. mineticus. The legs of M. eburneus are mostly fer-
ruginous and black in M. mineticus. M. eburneus has
no cupreous tinge. Propodeum of M. mineticus is
obliquely ridged with hairs directed forwards, while
M. eburneus has a transversally ridged propodeum
without hairs.
Miscophus pseudochrysis sp. n.
(fig. 13)
Type material. — Holotype female, Senegal, 25-35
km sud de Richard Toll, piege malaise C3,
13.ix.1989, H. v. d. Valk (LUW). — Paratype 14,
27.ix.1989, all other data as in holotype (ZMAN).
Description
Female 5 mm. Shining green; mandibles red
brown with dark green base; palpi brownish; scape
dark brown; pedicel and flagellum black. Tergites II
and III green with cupreous tint. Clypeus with dark
brown apical rim.
Ventral side of the segments of the palpi with two
rows of curved hairs. Clypeus almost straight at apex,
rounded towards compound eye, flat between antennal
sockets. Clypeus low (20 : 5). Lower half of frons very
roughly rugose. Upper half of frons with few large
points on punctulated area; vertex very finely and
closely punctulated. POL : OOL = 3.5, SOL : OOL =
3.5, VOL : OOL = 2.0. Pedicel a little longer than
wide at apex (5 : 4). Flagellomeres I - IV three times as
long as wide at apex. Flagellomeres V-VIII twice as
long as wide at apex. Flagellomeres IX and X a little
longer than wide. Flagellomere X flattened externally.
Pronotum, mesonotum, and scutellum very finely
punctulated, the points arranged in waves, only vis-
ible when strongly magnified. Sides of pronotum hor-
izontally strigose, pronotal lobe shining with some re-
clining white hairs. Dorsal part of propodeum, with
strong midcarina, finely strigose obliquely in front
and almost transversally apically. Propodeum at base
SIMON THOMAS: Sphecidae from West Africa
wider than long (16 : 12). Sides of propodeum
strongly and horizontally strigose. Mesopleuron retic-
ulated. Episternum of mesonotum with short hori-
zontal lines starting at episternal sulcus, rest of epis-
ternum punctated.
Tergites very finely punctulated. Sixth tergite apex
sharp and brown, no pygidium. Sternite V with two
outstanding hairs at apex; sternite VI with some out-
standing hairs at apical half.
Wings hyaline with light ferruginous veins. Veins
Cul and 2m-cu in forewing strongly reduced (fig.
13). Height of second submarginal cell 0.75 of base of
the cell.
All tarsi dark brown. Coxa I almost equilaterally
triangular and bulging. Metatarse I with two apical
spines and one lateral spine in the middle.
Male 4.5 mm. Colour and most characteristics as
in holotype. Base of mandible including basal notch
black, middle part brown, apex black. Scape with
brown ventral spot. Frons with two horizontal carinas
just above antennal sockets. Sternites II-VI with a few
setae along apex.
Etymology. — The species takes its name from its
great resemblance to M. chrysis Kohl, 1894.
Comparative notes. — M. pseudochrysis resembles
very much M. chrysis Kohl, 1894, of which only one
female was collected; a comparison can only be given
for the females. Reticulated part of the frons up to the
midocellus in M. chrysis and only half way in M. pseu-
dochrysis. Episternum of the mesothorax in M. pseu-
dochrysis is horizontally strigose and in M. chrysis re-
ticulated. Sternum of the mesothorax in M.
pseudochrysis is finely punctulated and horizontally
strigose in M. chrysis . The colour of M. chrysis is
bright green-blue and of M. pseudochrysis bright green
and the tergites II and III have a cupreous tint.
Miscophus sallitus Andrade, 1960
(fig. 14)
De Beaumont (1956) mentions a new species of
Miscophus from the Cape Verde Island of Sal. The
single male was later described by Andrade (1960) as
M. sallitus. Three females, collected in 1988 on the is-
land of Sal, were mentioned as belonging to the same
species (Simon Thomas & Wiering 1993). A descrip-
tion of a female is given below.
Description
Female 5 mm. Black; apical half of mandibles am-
ber ferruginous, apical internal side of scape light
brown; pedicel with light brown apical ring. Vertex,
pronotum, mesonotum, metanotum, and tergites
with rather marked cupreous tint.
129
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Clypeus arched with shining rim. Lower part of
face and clypeus with silver pubescence. Upper frons
very finely and closely punctulated. POL : OOL =
1:7, SOL 3 OO = 23, VOL 3 OOC = 20)
Flagellomeres IX and X are missing in all specimens,
VII and VIII on external side with shallow furrow.
Flagellomeres I-IV three and a half times as long as
wide at apex. Flagellomeres V-VII three times as long
as wide at apex. Flagellomere VIII twice as long as
wide at apex.
Pronotal collar, mesonotum, scutellum, and meta-
notum finely punctulated. Dorsal central part of pro-
podeum obliquely striated; side of dorsal part of pro-
podeum striation interrupted and sides of
propodeum obliquely striated.
Tergites extremely finely punctulated. Sternites
with a few long black hairs at apex.
Forewing hyaline, slightly clouded beyond the ner-
vation zone. Veins ending rather far from apex (fig.
14).
Material. - 32, Cabo Verde: Sal: Salinas Pedra da
Lume, 15.x1.1988, T. & M. Simon Thomas (ZMAN).
Miscophus funebris Honoré, 1944
Material. - 19, Niger, Niamey, Centre Agrymet,
piège malaise, 8.vi.1989, leg. J. Hollands (LUW), 16,
same data as female (ZMAN).
This species is new for Niger. Up till now
Miscophus funebris Honoré was only known from
Egypt. In structure the specimens from Egypt and
Niger are very much alike. The Niger specimens dif-
fer in extension of the ferruginous colour on legs and
first two gastral segments from the Egyptian speci-
men. All gastral segments of the Niger specimens are
light ferruginous, whereas the two first gastral seg-
ments of the Egyptian specimen are dark ferruginous.
The gastral segments from III to the apex of the
Egyptian specimen is also ferruginous. The legs of the
Niger specimens are ferruginous with an external
dark stripe on the tibiae, whereas the Egyptian speci-
men has dark brown legs.
130
Only one specimen of Egypt is known (Honore
1944) and one female and one male from Niger. No
specimens have been found in between Egypt and
Niger. From these few specimens it is impossible to
tell the colour variations are a constant characteristic
of the specimens from Egypt and Niger or a variation
in both populations.
Comparative notes. — See under M. rufigaster sp. n.
REFERENCES
Andrade, N. F., 1952. Sphecidae of Portugal. Genus
Miscophus Jurine. - Memorias e Estudos do Museo zool-
ogico da Universidade de Coimbra 211: 1-42.
Andrade, N. F., 1960. Palaearctic Miscophis: bicolor group
and isolated species (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae). —
Memorias e Estudos do Museo zoologico da
Universidade de Coimbra 262: 1-136.
Arnold, [G]., 1940. New species of African Hymenoptera
No. 4. — Annals of the Transvaal Museum 20: 101-143.
Beaumont, J. de, 1956. Sphecidae et Pompilidae (Hym.). —
Commentationes Biologicae 15 (21): 1-7.
Eady, R. D., 1968. Some illusstrations of microsculpture in
the Hymenoptera. — Proceedings of the royal
Entomological Society of London (A) 43: 66-72.
Everts, J. W., 1990. Environmental effects of chemical lo-
cust and grasshopper control. — F.A.O., Rome: 1-277.
Honoré, A.-M., 1944. Materiaux pour une monographie
des Miscophus d’Egypte. — Bulletin de la Societ€ Fouad
ler d’Entomologie 28: 45-79.
Kohl, F. F., 1894. Zur Hymenopterenfauna Afrikas. —
Annalen des naturhistorischen Museums, Wien (series 9)
3: 279-351.
Lomholdt, ©. C., 1985. A reclassification of the larrine
tribes with a revision of the Miscophini of Southern
Africa and Madagascar (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). —
Entomologica scandinavica, supplement 24: 1-183.
Pulawski, W., 1968. Miscophus heliophilus sp. n. (Hym.,
Sphecidae). — Polskie Pismo entomologiczne 38: 285-
DISTA
Simon Thomas, R. T. & H. Wiering, 1993. Notes on the
Cape Verde Islands Fauna of Sphecidae and Apidae
(Hymenoptera). — Courier Forschungs-Institut Sencken-
berg 159: 403-409.
Received: 10 January 1994
Revised version accepted: 12 February 1995
J. van TOL' & Y. NORMA-RASHID*
! National Museum of Natural History, Leiden &° Department of. Zoology, University of Malaya,
Kuala Lumpur
THE GENUS EUPHAEA RAMBUR IN BORNEO
(ODONATA: EUPHAEIDAE)
Descriptions and records of Malesian Odonata, 3 2
The males are the most brilliant of oriental insects, and they are
exceeded by none in elegance of form.
Laidlaw 1924: 298
Tol, J. van & N. Norma-Rashid, 1995. The genus Euphaea Rambur in Borneo (Odonata:
Euphaeidae). Descriptions and records of Malesian Odonata, 3. — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 138: 131-141, figs. 1-40. [ISSN 0040-7496]. Published 15 June 1995.
The genus Euphaea Rambur is revised for the species occurring in Borneo. £. laidlawi Kimmins
of the tricolor species group is synonymized with E. subcostalis Selys. Euphaea ameeka sp. n., a
new species of the impar species group close to E. impar Selys, is described from Brunei. A key
to species of Euphaea occurring in Borneo is provided, and the distribution of all species is il-
lustrated.
Correspondence: J. van Tol, National Museum of Natural History, P.O. Box 9517, 2300 RA
Leiden, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Borneo, Euphaea, new species, revision.
) Part 2: Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 133 (1990): 273-279.
The dragonfly fauna of Brunei was virtually unex-
plored when a few years ago Drs. A. G. Orr and D. J.
Thompson started their studies on ecology and beha-
viour of these insects. A first collection identified by
the senior author revealed more than 80 species
(Thompson & van Tol in press), including several
species new to science. One of these species is de-
scribed in the present paper.
According to present knowledge there are eight
species of Euphaeidae in Borneo, viz. six species of
Euphaea and two of Dysphaea. Euphaea inaequipar
Selys, reported from Borneo by Selys (1859: sep. 7-8)
and Ris (1930), has proved to be a synonym of
Euphaea impar Selys from Sumatra (Lieftinck 1940).
The Euphaea species of Borneo are rather poorly
known, although adequate material is available in col-
lections worldwide, including the Leiden Museum.
One of the reasons is that the species of the complex
tricolor - subcostalis - laidlawi - subnodalis are very dif-
ficult to distinguish. Comparative overviews were
first provided by Laidlaw (1920, 1924), followed by
Ris (1930) who reviewed the species when he de-
scribed E. cora from the Philippines. In his descrip-
tion of E. laidlawi, Kimmins (1936) included sketch-
es of the characteristic seminal vesicles of the first
three species mentioned, and Lieftinck (1940) pro-
vided the same for subnodalis. Euphaea basalis seems
to be a more distantly related species.
The aim of the present paper is to provide an over-
view of all species indigenous to Borneo, and to de-
scribe their distribution. Since most species have been
sufficiently described before, we present a full de-
scription for the newly discovered species only, and
include short diagnoses for the other species.
Terminology of body parts follows Watson &
O’Farrell (1992).
MATERIAL
We have examined the specimens kept in the
Leiden Museum (RMNH), consisting of series of all
species known from Borneo and collected in most
parts of that island. From eastern Kalimantan there
are large series taken by M. E. Walsh-Held, while L.
Coomans de Ruiter collected extensively in the wes-
tern part of the island. Both collectors were active du-
ring the 1930’s. A smaller collection was made in the
central part of present-day Kalimantan, mainly taken
by Nieuwenhuis in the 1890’s. Collections from the
non-Indonesian part of Borneo are from Mt.
Merapok (Dent province, former British North
Borneo, collected at the end of the 19th century; this
131
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
12
Figs. 1-12. Euphaea species, males. — 1, E. ameeka sp. n., thorax in lateral view. Brunei (JvT 8363); 2, E. cora, same. Samar Is.,
Philippines; 3, E. impar, same. Kalimantan (JvT 8362); 4, E. ameeka sp. n., inner view of superior anal appendage (JvT 5016);
5, E. cora, same; 6-12, last abdominal segment and anal appendages, left lateral view, 6, E. ameeka (JvT 5016); 7, E. cora; 8, E.
subcostalis (JvT 8737); 9, E. basalis (JvT 8733); 10, E. impar (JvT 8968); 11, E. subnodalıs, 12, E. tricolor (JvT 8802).
132
locality can be found on map 67 of Anonymus 1905,
see also Anonymus 1925/1926) (this locality is presu-
mably identical to Gn. Lumaku; Merapok is now a
village in the extreme NW corner of Sarawak, just at
the border with Sabah), from Sabah (Kinabalu area,
east and southern Sabah, among others collected by
the senior author), from Sarawak (leg. M. A. Lief-
tinck), and finally recent collections from Brunei,
brought together by Drs. A. G. Orr and D. J.
Thompson. Apart from these series, we were also able
to study single specimens of series kept in other insti-
tutions, obtained in exchange for the Leiden Museum
by M. A. Lieftinck.
SYSTEMATIC PART
Key to the males of Euphaea of Borneo
Keys to the Euphaea species of Borneo have been
published by Laidlaw (1920, 1924) and Ris (1930).
The present key includes some features not used in
those keys, and the new species described in this pa-
per. The males of all Bornean species of Euphaea have
a hyaline fore wing. The genus Dysphaea is characte-
rised by the nodus situated at the middle of the wing
(basal to nodus in Euphaea), and a smoothly rounded
dorsum of abdominal segment 10 (with dorsal pro-
jection in Euphaea). The superior anal appendages are
stronger curved inward in Dysphaea than in Euphaea.
The females are more difficult to distinguish, and are
not further discussed here.
1. Brown opaque area of hind wing at least from no-
dus to tip of wing (in some species area basal to
nodus also opaque to some extent); basal part of
opaque area with distinct metallic blue shine;
thorax brownish black (in life with greenish
tinge), sometimes with some slight yellowish lon-
gitudinal markings along the sutures; seminal
vesicle usually, but not in all species, with sharp
lateral projections, and posterior side broadly
LOUIS (OS 1ER) Ara 2
— Brown opaque area of hind wing confined to ap-
ical one-third, starting approximately halfway
between nodus and pterostigma, without con-
spicuous metallic shine, or hind wing fully hya-
line; thorax matt black with extensive blue lateral
markings; vesicle rounded laterally and posterior-
ly with a more or less conspicuous acute tip (figs.
DEE) en >
2. Hind wing fully opaque, brown, vesicle rounded
(figs. 25-26). Large species, hind wing 27-28
mim MviesKinabalutonly gn enen E. basalis
— Base of hind wing hyaline at least to Ax 10 ..... 3
3. ‘Auricles’ of tergite 2 pale yellowish on dorsal sur-
face, or at least much paler than rest of tergite 2;
opaque area of hind wing starting usually at or
VAN TOL & NORMA-RASHID: Euphaea in Borneo
just basal to nodus, subcostal space hyaline at
least in basal part; seminal vesicle rounded (figs.
27-28). Size variable, with hind wing 25-28 mm.
West, central and northern Borneo, but not in
theNinabalt region nt E. tricolor
— ‘Auricles’ on dorsal surface brownish black, con-
colorous with rest of tergite 2; opaque area of
hind wing distal to Ax 10-15 rather than distal to
nodus or just basal to it; lateral projections of ves-
ICICTACUILE RE een, 4
4. Larger species with hind wing more than 26 mm;
radial space in hind wing hyaline to nodus; vesi-
cle with lateral projections long and sharp (figs.
23-24); ‘auricles long and slender. Northwestern
Borneon me een E. subnodalis
— Smaller, but very variable species, hind wing 22-
24 mm; radial space of hind wing opaque from
same level as rest of opaque distal part; vesicle
very variable from broadly rounded and flat
(laidlawt) (figs. 13-14) to broadly transverse
with long acute lateral sides (‘subcostalis) (figs.
21-22); ‘auricles’ more or less triangular and usu-
ally shorter than vesicle in lateral view … … … … …
alia et: le AE Lo cene nd, CE E. subcostalis
5. Distal one-third to two-fifths of hind wing
opaque, brown without metallic blue shine; la-
brum, mandible and gena with distinct blue and
creamish blue markings … … E. impar
— Hind wing hyaline; labrum, mandible and gena
without, or with very faint, pale markings … … …
EENES Mate TUNE Seen E. ameeka sp. n.
The Euphaea tricolor group
The Euphaea tricolor group, as defined by Ris
(1930) consists of tricolor, subcostalis, subnodalıs,
amphicyana and basalis. Later, Kimmins (1936) ad-
ded Euphaea laidlawi to this group of species. All spe-
cies of this group, except amphicyana from
Mindanao, are endemic to Borneo. The status and
distribution of the Bornean species of Euphaea has
not been discussed since Lieftinck (1940: 343-344,
fig. 2) commented upon £. subnodalis.
The Euphaea tricolor group superficially represents
a homogeneous group of species, of which Laidlaw
(1924) presumes a close relationship to the masoni
group of mainland southeast Asia. On closer exam-
ination, two species are obviously distinct, viz. basalis
and tricolor (see key, and diagnoses below), but the
other three nominal species are closely related indeed.
Subnodalis, however, seems to be definable on its
large size, and the shape of the opaque area in the
hind wing. The seminal vesicle of specimens with this
combination of characters is also without variation,
but this shape, although of smaller size, also occurs in
subcostalis. We have been unable to find any charac-
133
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
ters that can unambiguously delimit a subdivision
among the rest of the specimens of the tricolor group.
Both the shape of the opaque area in the hind wing,
and the shape of the seminal vesicle, appeared to be
most variable. The shape of the vesicle, although fre-
quently considered of taxonomic importance, is also
very variable in both species of the Æ. impar group
discussed below. Consequently, subcostalis and laid-
lawi are here considered to represent only extremes of
a very variable species. Since the variation seems have
a geographical component, we cannot exclude that
microspecies within this complex can be distin-
guished when more material becomes available with
intermediate forms only occurring in narrow zones.
Actually, laidlawi specimens may represent such hy-
brids between ‘typical’ subcostalis and subnodalis. We
suggest a further study of the geographical variation
of this group in Borneo, based on an extensive sam-
pling program throughout Borneo, but particularly in
the northwestern part of the island.
Euphaea basalis (Laidlaw)
(figs. 9, 25-26, 36)
Pseudophaea basalis Laidlaw, 1915: 32 (type locality Kina
Balu).
Pseudophaea basalis. — Laidlaw 1920: 326-327 (Kinabalu);
Laidlaw 1924: 298 (key); Kimmins 1969: 306 (holotype
d).
Euphaea basalis. — Ris 1930: 88-89 (characters); Laidlaw
1931: 241; Laidlaw 1934: 550; Schmidt 1934: plate 17
(1) (pair of wings); Lieftinck 1954: 16 (distribution);
Asahina et al. 1983: fig. 39 (pair of wings).
Diagnosis. — Hind wing dark without basal hyaline
area, blue metallic in basal ca. 16 mm; costal, subcos-
tal and cubital space, and quadrangle black. Semical
vesicle round and rather flat, in lateral view hardly
reaching beyond ‘auricle’ (figs. 25-26); length 1.2
mm. Superior anal appendage (fig. 9) relatively slen-
der with inner ventral scoop-like tubercle visible in
distal three-fifths in lateral view.
Hind wing 27-29 mm.
Female unknown.
Distribution. — Only known from Mt. Kinabalu
(1000-1500 m) (fig. 36). Apparently occurring at low
densities only.
Material examined (RMNH). — 4 à , all from Sabah,
Kinabalu Mt. (Marai Parai, Tahuban river, Silau
Silau river, Liwagu river) (all in RMNH).
VAN TOL & NORMA-RASHID: Euphaea in Borneo
Euphaea subcostalis Selys
(figs. 10, 13-22, 37)
Euphaea subcostalis Selys, 1873: 483 (sep. 19) (original de-
scription, type locality Labuan).
Pseudophaea subcostalis. — Laidlaw 1915: 32-33 (record Kina
Balu); Laidlaw 1920: 326 (records Tampassuh, Sarabas,
Mt. Murud, Ulu Akar).
Euphaea subcostalis. — Laidlaw 1931: 241 (Borneo); Schmidt
1934: plate 17 (3) (pair of wings); Lieftinck 1954: 18
(references, distribution); Asahina 1983, fig. 39 (pair of
wings).
Euphaea laidlawi Kimmins, 1936: 77-78, figs. (original de-
scription, type locality Sarawak, Palawan). — Lieftinck
1954: 17 (references, distribution); Kimmins 1969: 307
(holotype d BMNH [= lectotype]). Syn. n.
Diagnosis. — Hind wing rather short and broad,
with opaque area distal to ca. Ax 12-15, with metallic
blue area extending to Px 6-8, distal margin oblique
to Costas costal space hyaline up to level of Ax 12-15,
but subcostal space brown. Seminal vesicle very vari-
able, see below. Anal appendages with superiors (fig.
10) rather robust, with scoop-like ventral inner tuber-
cle virtually extending from base to tip in lateral view.
Variation. — Kimmins (1936: 77-78) described £.
laidlawi based on two males collected by Everett at
Lawas in 1896. A specimen with the same locality
and collector is kept in the Leiden Museum, but it is
not certain that this represents the para(lecto)type.
The specimen fits the description exactly, including
the low profile of the vesicle in lateral view (figs. 13-
14). Such specimens have not been found on any oth-
er locality in Borneo. On the other hand, all kinds of
intermediates in the shape of the vesicle between this
form and the ‘genuine’ subcostalis can be found (figs.
15-22). The coloration of the wing and the shape of
tergite 10, is, as far as we can see, also very variable
and of no value for distinguishing taxa.
Distribution. — Widespread in lowland Borneo,
but rather scarce in NW part of Sabah, where it is
found only at lower altitudes of Mt. Kinabalu and
mountain ranges extending southward. At higher alti-
tudes it is replaced by £. subnodalis. Forms previously
considered as £. laidlawi are mainly from the coastal
region of NW Borneo (southern Sabah, Sarawak and
Brunei). E. subcostalis is especially common in streams
through lowland rain forest, where it has not been re-
corded above 600 m. The males can be found perch-
ing in high densities in sunny patches along rivulets
running through canopy gaps. Kimmins (1936) men-
Figs. 13-34. Seminal vesicles of male Euphaea species in ventral and lateral view. — 13-22, E. subcostalis. 13-14, Sarawak,
Lawas, paratype of E. laidlawi (JvT 9043); 15-16, Mt. Marapok (JvT 8775); 17-18, Sabah, Kinabalu area, Kamadaian river
(JvT 9153); 19-20, Sarawak, Merirai valley (JvT 8777); 21-22, Sabah, Danum valley, (JvT 8747); 23-24, E. subnodalis,
Sabah, Long Pasia, Maga river (JvT 8750); 25-26, E. basalis, Sabah, Kinabalu Park, Liwagu river (JvT 8735); 27-28, E. tri-
color, Borneo, Kalimantan, Singkawang (JvT 9052); 29-30, E. ameeka sp. n., Brunei (JvT 8375); 31, idem, ventral view on-
ly (vT 8376); 32, E. impar, Kalimantan, Bautau Bessi (JvT 8977); 33, same species and locality (JvT 8978); 34, E. cora,
Samar Is.
155
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
tions habitat segregation with £. tricolor. This obser-
vation is confirmed by Dr. A. G. Orr (pers. comm.)
‘At Kuala Belalong Field Studies Centre E. tricolor is
restricted to the main stream of the Sg. Belalong, and
is abundant. ZE. subcostalis is restricted to small side
tributaries and is also very abundant. The two may
occasionally interact at the mouths of such tribut-
aries’.
Material examined (RMNH). — 101 specimens from
Sabah (Gn Marapok, Kamadaian river, Quioin Hill,
Kalabakan, Danum Valley), Sarawak (Akar river,
Kapit, Matang, Lawas), Brunei (Belalong) and
Kalimantan (Midden Oost Borneo Expeditie, Batau
Bessi, Kariorang, Nunukan, Bengen river). The type
locality (Labuan) is not indicated on the map. This is-
land off the northwest coast of Borneo was an impor-
tant trading centre during the 19th century, and use-
less as an indication of the actual sampling station.
Euphaea subnodalis (Laidlaw)
(figs. 11, 23-24, 38)
Pseudophaea subnodalis Laidlaw, 1915: 31-32 (type locality
Mt. Kinabalu).
Pseudophaea subnodalis. — Laidlaw 1930: 326 (Kina Balu);
Kimmins 1969: 307 (holotype d BMNH).
Euphaea subnodalis. — Ris 1930: 88-89 (key, distribution);
Schmidt 1934: plate 17 (4) (pair of wings); Lieftinck
1940: 343-344, fig. 2 (references, material, compared
with subcostalis and laidlawi, anal appendages); Lieftinck
1954: 18 (references, distribution); Asahina et al 1983:
fig. 39 (pair of wings).
Diagnosis. — Very similar to subcostalis, but larger
and with hind wings relatively narrower. Hind wing
with opaque dark coloration distal to Ax 10-15, but
costal and radial space hyaline between base of wing
and nodus; metallic blue (or blue-green) basal area ex-
tending to Px 10, running only somewhat oblique to
Costa. Length of hind wing 26-28 mm. Seminal ves-
icle 1.1 mm, and profile usually considerably higher
than in swbcostalis, posteriorly broadly rounded and
lateral projections more or less acute and expanded.
‘Auricle’ considerably longer and narrower than in
subcostalis, reaching beyond the vesicle in lateral view
(figs. 23-24). Last abdominal segment remarkably el-
evated. Anal superior appendages with ventral tuber-
cle of more complex nature than in subcostalis, with a
transversal ridge running near base (see also tricolor)
(fig. 11).
Distribution and biology. — NW Borneo (Sabah)
above 1000 m (fig. 38). This species seems to inhabit
larger streams at higher altitudes than £. subcostalis s.].
It was apparently formerly common around 1000 m
on Mt. Kinabalu, but the population density seems to
be much lower today, possibly due to the heavy pres-
sure of urban settlements on river systems below 1500
136
m. In the southernmost part of Sabah, close to the
borders of Sarawak and Kalimantan, this species was
common at ca. 1000 m altitude in 1987, when this
area was still covered with virtually undisturbed sub-
montane rain forest. It occurs sympatrically with E.
tricolor in that area, with tricolor at much lower den-
sities.
Material examined (all RMNH). — 33 specimens
from Sabah (Kinabalu, Gn. Marapok, and various
rivers around Long Pasia).
Euphaea tricolor Selys
(figs. 12, 27-28, 39)
Euphaea tricolor Selys, 1859: sep. 8 (original description,
type locality Saratoga [= lapsus pro Sarawak]).
Pseudophaea tricolor. — Laidlaw 1920: 326 (records Retuh,
Saribas, Baram).
Euphaea tricolor. — Laidlaw 1931: 241 (Borneo); Schmidt
1934: plate 17 (2) (pair of wings); Lieftinck 1954: 18;
Asahina et al. 1983: fig. 39 (pair of wings).
Diagnosis. — Hind wing with opaque area distal to
nodus; blue metallic area from nodus to Ax 12 with
distal margin somewhat oblique. ‘Auricles’ pale
coloured on dorsal surface. Seminal vesicle more or
less diamond-shaped with rounded lateral sides (figs.
27-28). Anal appendages with superiors relatively
short with tip distinctly squarish; in lateral view
superior appendage is broader terminally than basal-
ly.
Distribution and biology. — Widespread in western
and central Borneo, but possibly lacking in the
Kinabalu region and certainly absent from Southeast
Borneo (fig. 39).
Material examined (RMNH). — 27 specimens from
Sabah (Gn. Marapok, Padas river), Sarawak (Dingey
river, Tebang), Brunei (Belalong), Kalimantan
(Mahakkam, Bloe-oe, Penaring, Bengkajang).
The Euphaea impar group
The group of Euphaea impar consists of three spe-
cies, viz. E. impar, E. cora and E. ameeka sp. n. Ris
(1930) considered E. inaequipar as a distinct species,
but Lieftinck (1940) synonymized both taxa. £. cora
has been recorded from the Philippine islands
(Mindanao, Samar) and is not further discussed here
(but see figs. 2, 7 and 34). It seems to be a rather rare
species (M. Hämäläinen, personal comm.). We were
able to study a male and female from Samar from the
collection of Dr. Hämäläinen. In the Leiden Museum
there are two female specimens from the Philippine
Islands (Basilan I., leg. Baker (ex UMMZ, no 2448-
1920), and Tobedo, 300 m, 15 May 1951, leg. H.
Townes) [locality not found].
Den D DR CECCO E
RE
Eee
fun che
Euphaea ameeka sp. n.
(figs. 1, 6, 29-30, 40)
Type material. — Holotype d, ‘BRUNEI Darussa-
lam. Surroundings Ingai base camp along Ingai river.
Stream in freshwater swamp forest running into S.
Ingai, 20 min. walk S of base camp. 4°09°21”N
114°4256E. 12 Sep 1992. D. Thompson’ (in
RMNH) [no 12/9/11] [JvT 4888]. — Paratypes 146
1® (all Brunei Darussalam): Ulu Belai, between
Ingai and Topi rivers, c. 4°08°N 114°43’E, 3 Oct
1992, 15 (D. Thompson) [JvT 5016] in RMNH; Bkt
Teraja, 9 Sep 1993, 2d (A. G. Orr) [JvT 8363/8364]
in RMNH; Belait district, Sg. Mendaram, Sep. 1993,
2d (A.G. Orr) in RMNH [JvT 8374/8375]; Menteri
pools, 28 Oct 1993, 1d (A.G. Orr) in RMNH [JvT
8376]; Belait district, near Labi, Sg. Mendaram, 3
Feb. 1995, 88 19 (A. G. Orr) in RMNH [JvT
9792/9800].
Description
Male holotype. — Head. Labium in ventral view
with base pale coloured, the central part suffused with
brown; lateral lobe and movable hook brownish black
except for the pale base of lobe, median lobe glossy
brownish black with central part pruinose, median
cleft reaching to two-fifth the height of median lobe;
maxilla as far as visible in ventral view pale; labrum,
VAN ToL & NORMA-RASHID: Euphaea in Borneo
Fig. 35. Euphaea ameeka sp. n.
Secondary genitalia in ventral view.
(a) with seminal vesicle round (JvT
8375), and more elongate (JvT
8376).
1mm
mandibles and clypeus glossy brownish black; re-
maining part of head matt black without any pale
markings.
Thorax. Prothorax matt black with a paired elon-
gate transversal marking on middle lobe. Synthorax
(fig. 1) matt black with extensive bright blue (pale
blue in preserved material) coloration covering most
parts; dorsal carina with anterior triangle and ante-
alar region black, mesepisternum blue except for nar-
row line against mesopleural (=humeral) suture and
pre-alar ridge and posteriormost part of mesopleural
suture; mesokatepisternum (= mesinfraepisternum)
brownish black with a small blue spot against mese-
pisternum, and a pale creamish spot near lower side of
mesepimeron; metepisternum above interpleural su-
ture blue, anteriorly leaving only one-fifth black, met-
episternum below interpleural suture black leaving
anterior part up to and inclusive the stigma black, a
small black spot against interpleural suture circa half-
way the blue area; metepimeron black with an elon-
gate blue marking on upper half from anterior one-
fourth to hind margin, the marking widening at
posterior end and axtending along hind margin of
metepimeron.
Legs black. Wings with veins black, an indistinct
yellowish brown lustre; fore and hind wing transpar-
ent without any opaque black marking; fore wings
with 18-19 Ax, 24-26 Px; hind wing with 17 Ax, 20-
197
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Euphaea basalis Euphaea subcostalis
® Euphaea impar
MW Euphaea ameeka
9
138
21 Px; discoidal cell in all wings with one cross-vein;
2-3 Cux; origin of R3 2'/,-3 cells distal to subnodus;
pterostigma dark brown, covering 7-8 cells.
Abdomen. Fully matt black except for a paired sub-
quadrangular blue spot lateral on tergite 1, covering
circa 3/5 of segment length, and a very inconspicuous
longitudinal line on both sides of segment 2; segment
10 with distal half triangularly raised into a dorsal
projection. Seminal vesicle variable, from broadly
rounded (fig. 35a) to more elongate, posteriorly
acute. Appendages with superior (fig. 6) in distal half
with smoothly rounded ventral tubercle.
Measurements. Hind wing 25 mm, abdomen incl.
appendages 32 mm.
Female (paratype JvT 9800). — Pale coloration
darker than in male, dirty yellow (in life dark olive
green).
Head. Labium including lateral lobes yellowish
white, with only tips of middle lobe and movable
hooks glossy black; labrum glossy brownish black
with a paired subtriangular yellowish white spot, each
covering the lateral third, but leaving narrow black
anterior and lateral borders; mandibles glossy yellow-
ish white with a brownish black border dorsally and
anteriorly; clypeus brownish black; remaining part of
head matt black, except yellowish white gena, more
or less extending above clypeus, and an elongate pale
marking between lateral ocellus and antenna.
Thorax. Prothorax matt black, but middle lobe
with triangular dirty yellow markings laterally and
lateral tubercle dirty greyish yellow. Synthorax most-
ly blueish or dirty yellow; mesepisternum blueish, but
leaving black borders against dorsal carina, hind mar-
gin and dorsal one-fourth over mesopleural suture; al-
so a darker central line over dorsal two-thirds of mes-
episternum; rest of synthorax mostly pale coloured,
but dark patches over dorsal part of interpleural and
metapleural sutures, a subquadrangular marking on
mesokatepisternum, and metepimeron brown in cen-
tral part. Wings hyaline, with 19-21 Ax and 20-22 Ax
in fore wing, and 15-16 Ax and 19-20 Px in hind
wing.
Abdomen. Brown, darker on dorsal side, but seg-
ment 1 on lateral side with pale triangular marking
pointed anteriad, widening posteriorly and emargi-
nated on dorsal side; segment 2 with yellow lateral
line, segment 3-7 latero-anteriorly with triangular
pale marking, relatively large on segment 3 and small-
er on each following segment; these segments fol-
lowed by a longitudinal line on segments 3-5, wider
on 3 than on on following segments; lateral lines on
VAN TOL & NORMA-RASHID: Euphaea in Borneo
all segments posteriorly ending against transversal su-
ture.
Measurements: hind wing 24 mm, abdomen 25
mm.
Remarks
Variation. — Males. There is hardly any variation in
the coloration of the paratypes. Wing venation is as
follows: fore wing with 18-21 Ax and 23-26 Px; hind
wing with 15-18 Ax and 19-24 Px.
The shape of the seminal vesicle is variable as in E.
impar. in some specimens it has a distinctly elongate
shape, while in others in is more or less round (fig.
35). Hind wing 24-25 mm, abdomen incl. appendag-
es 29-31 mm.
Differential diagnosis. — Apparently a close relative
of Euphaea impar. Both species are structurally simi-
lar, but differ in the shape of the wing. The coloration
of male head and thorax differs in most characters
rather subtlely. However, the shape of the blue mark-
ings on the mesepisternum (cf figs. 1 and 3), and the
absence of any opaque dark markings in the hind
wing of Euphaea ameeka are distinctive. The blue and
creamish markings on the head of £. impar are hard-
ly visible in ameeka. The female is very similar to the
E. impar, including the markings on the head, but the
central black line over labrum is very narrow in £. im-
par. Dorsal half of mesepisternum brownish black in
E. impar, and with extensive dark olive green mark-
ings in £. ameeka. Pale lateral lines wider and extend-
ing to segment 7 (rather than to 5) in £. impar. E.
ameeka is also a close relative of another species of the
Euphaea impar group as defined by Ris (1930), viz. E.
cora Ris. Since this species also has fully hyaline
wings, the general appearance is very similar. The
structure of the male superior anal appendages of £.
cora (fig. 5), however, differs distinctly from both £.
impar and E. ameeka (fig. 4).
Although we have not found any structural genital-
ic characters, E. impar and E. ameeka are considered
distinct species, since they occur sympatrically in
Brunei. In that region these species show habitat seg-
ragation in the upper courses of streams in Brunei fo-
rests (A. G. Orr, pers. comm.). Despite their sympat-
rical occurrence, no intermediates have been noticed.
Specific isolation of calopterygoids is, as far as known,
especially enforced during the pre-mating phase of re-
productive behaviour. Isolation during copulation,
e.g. by differences in the shape of the secondary geni-
talia, is less common. It is generally only observable
between distantly related species. This phenomenon
Figs. 36-40. Distribution patterns of Euphaea species occurring on Borneo. All species except E. imparare endemic to Borneo.
Based on collection of RMNH Leiden and published records. — 36, E. basalis 37, E. subcostalis, the square is the type locality
of E. laidlawi; 38, E. subnodalis 39, E. tricolor, 40, E. impar (circle) and E. ameeka sp. n. (square).
139
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
is also known in the Calopterygidae and Chlorocy-
phidae. For instance, morphological differences
between the two European species of Calopteryx, C.
virgo (L.) and C. splendens (Harris), are nearly absent,
while hybrids have never been documented.
À comparative study of the reproductive behaviour
of E. impar and E. ameeka would provide an excellent
opportunity to contribute to our understanding of
the speciation processes of the euphaeids.
Etymology. — Named after daughter Ameeka of the
first collector of this species, Dr. D. J. Thompson. A
noun in apposition.
Distribution. — Brunei (fig. 40).
Euphaea impar Selys
(figs. 3, 8, 32-33, 40)
Selected references
Euphaea impar Selys, 1859: sep. 7 [type locality Mt. Ophir,
Malacca].
Euphaea impar. — Laidlaw 1902: 87 (record Aring river,
Peninsular Malysia); Ris 1930: 85-86 (key); Lieftinck
1940: 341-343 (synonymy, references, material);
Lieftinck 1954: 16-17 (references, synonymy, habitat,
distribution Malaya, Anambas, Sumatra, Bangka,
Borneo); Asahina et al. 1983, fig. 39 (pair of wings);
Asahina 1993: 5 (record Thailand); Thompson & van
Tol 1995 (records Brunei).
Euphaea inaequipar Selys, 1859: sep. 7 [type locality
Saratoga [= lapsus pro Sarawak]).
Euphaea inaequipar. — Ris 1930: 86 (key); Lieftinck 1940:
342 (status discussed).
Diagnosis. — Head with significantly more blue
coloration than in E. ameeka. Labrum dark brown
with a large central blue marking, leaving only narrow
dark margins on all sides, blue marking medially
transversed by a dark stripe, which is widest in the
middle; mandibles pale blue with anterior and basal
side dark, clypeus glossy brownish black; remaining
part of head matt black, except for blue coloured ge-
nae below antennae.
Thorax. Prothorax mainly matt black, middle lobe
without blue markings. Synthorax mainly blue
coloured, although blue markings are less extensive
than in £. ameeka. Mesepisternum only blue in ante-
rior lower third (fig. 3), remaining part matt black.
Wings with fore wing hyaline, base of hind wing hya-
line, opaque brown marking in hind wing from Px 12
to tip of wing.
Abdomen. Brownish black to black. Shape of sem-
inal vesicle as variable as in E. ameeka (fig. 32). Anal
appendages with distal half of superior smoothly
rounded ventral tubercle (fig. 10).
Measurements. Hind wing c. 25 mm, abdomen
incl. appendages c. 31 mm.
Geographical variation. — Specimens from Sumatra
140
are similar in structure and markings to those from
Borneo.
Distribution. — Thailand, Peninsular Malaysia,
Sumatra, Borneo.
Material examined (all RMNH). — 214 specimens
from Sabah (Gn Marapok), Brunei (Ingai river),
Kalimantan (Katoergau Mts, Raja Mts, Bengkajang,
Bagak river, Penaring, Poteng Mts, Batau Bessi,
Kariorang, Maloewi, Ampah, Santubang,
Gunungsari, Bengen river), Sumatra (Tanggamoes
Mts, Deli Laut Tador), Bangka Island and West
Malaysia (Penang Island, Kledang Mts, Templer
Park, Mupor river).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We would like to thank D. J. Thompson and A. G.
Orr most cordially for the opportunity to study and
describe Euphaea ameeka. DaveThompson and Bert
Orr also put their field notes of the ecology and beha-
viour of Euphaea species of Borneo at our disposal,
and extensively commented on a draft of this paper.
We also wish to thank Dr. M. Hämäläinen (Espoo,
Finland) for the loan of a pair of Euphaea cora, and
Dr. D.A.L. Davies for comments. Figure 35 was pre-
pared by E. J. Bosch (National Museum of Natural
History, Leiden).
REFERENCES
Anonymus, 1905. Stielers Hand-Atlas. Ed. 9. — Justus
Perthes, Gotha: map 1-100.
Anonymus, 1925/1926. Namenverzeichnis zu Stielers
Hand-Atlas. Ed. 10. [Hundertjahr-Ausgabe]. — Justus
Perthes, Gotha: 1-315.
Asahina, S., 1993. Further contributions to the odonate fau-
na of Thailand based on the recent collection made by
Bro. A. Pinratana and Mr. Yunosuke Kimura. — Tombo
36: 2-11, figs. 1-25.
Asahina, S., Y. Wada & T. Yamasaki, 1983. A revisiting to
North Borneo. Part 3. — Gekkan Mushi no 149: 23-29,
figs. 31-42. [In Japanese].
Coomans de Ruiter, L., 1936. Biologische waarnemingen
over beekjuffers van Borneo (Een groep van mooi ge-
kleurde libellen). — Tropische Natuur 25 (5): 69-78, figs.
1-5, plate 1.
Hämäläinen, M., 1985. Euphaea pahyapi spec. nov. from
peninsular Thailand (Zygoptera: Euphaeidae). —
Odonatologica 14: 341-344.
Kimmins, D. E., 1936. The Odonata of the Oxford
University Sarawak Expedition. — Journal Federated
Malay States Museums 18: 65-108, figs. 1-17.
Laidlaw, F. F., 1915. Contributions to a study of the drag-
onfly fauna of Borneo. — Part III. A collection made on
Mount Kina Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September
and October 1913. — Proceedings Zoological Society of
London: 25-39, figs. 1-5.
Laidlaw, F. F., 1920. Contributions to a study of the drag-
onfly fauna of Borneo. Part IV. A list of species known to
occur in the island. — Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1920: 311-342, figs. 1-4.
Laidlaw, F. F., 1924. A survey of the dragonfly fauna of the
Malay Peninsula, with notes on that of neighbouring
countries. Part II. Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the
Royal Asiatic Society 2 (3): 296-308, plates 3-5.
Laidlaw, F. F., 1931. A revised list of the dragonflies
(Odonata) of Borneo. — Journal of the Federated Malay
Museums 16 (3/4): 234-250.
Laidlaw, F. F., 1934. A note of the dragonfly fauna
(Odonata) of Mount Kinabalu and of some other moun-
tain areas of Malaysia, with a description of some new or
little known species. — Journal of the Federated Malay
States Museums 17(3): 549-561.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1940. Descriptions and records of South-
east Asiatic Odonata (II). — Treubia 17 (4): 337-390, figs.
1-18.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1954. Handlist of Malaysian Odonata. A
catalogue of the dragonflies of the Malay peninsula,
Sumatra, Java and Borneo, including the adjacent small
islands. — Treubia 22 (Suppl): i-xiii + 1-202 + 1 map.
Ris, F., 1930. Vier neue Calopterygiden (Odonata) von den
Philippinen und Palawan. — Mitteilungen der Münchner
Entomologischen Gesellschaft 20: 71-92, plate 4-7.
VAN Tor & NORMA-RASHID: Euphaea in Borneo
Schmidt, E., 1934. Odonata der Deutschen Limnolo-
gischen Sunda-Expedition. I. Imagines. Mit Beschrei-
bungen zweier neuer /ctinus aus Celebes und Neu-
Guinea. — Archiv für Hydrobiologie (Suppl) 13:
316-397, figs. 1-93 + plates 14-17.
Selys Longchamps, E. de, 1859. Additions au synopsis des
Caloptérygines. — Bulletin de l’Académie royale de
Belgique (série 2) 7 (7): sep. 1-16.
Selys Longchamps, E. de, 1873. Troisièmes additions au
synopsis des Caloptérygines. — Bulletin de l’Académie
royale de Belgique (série 2) 35 (5): sep. 1-66.
Thompson, D.J. & J. van Tol, 1995. Dragonflies from four
forest types in Brunei. — Brunei Museum Journal (in
press).
Watson, D. A. L. & A. F. O’Farrell, 1992. Odonata
(Dragonflies and damselflies), p. 294-310, figs. 17.1-
17.23. In: CSIRO, The insects of Australia. A textbook
for students and research workers. Melbourne University
Press.
Received: 23 December 1994
Accepted: 22 March 1995
141
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
BOOK REVIEW
Wiebes, J. T., 1994. The Indo-Australian Agaoninae
(pollinators of figs). — Verhandelingen, Koninklijke
Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen,
Afdeling Natuurkunde (Series 2) 92: 1-208. [ISBN
0-444-85779-6]. Price NLG 85.00.
As a counterpart to the treatment of the African
Agaoninae, as published by Wiebes in 1992 (same se-
ries, volume 89: 1-298), this publication summarizes
the present knowledge of the systematics of the Indo-
Australian Agaoninae. In a short introductory chapter
the challenges for the future are enumerated, partly
consisting of previously described taxa incertae sedis,
and partly of still incompletely understood phyloge-
netic relationships. Wiebes also provides a short his-
tory of the study of the Indo-Australian fig wasps,
starting only in 1883. A special word is devoted to the
work of Girault whose taxa ‘took a long time before a
few of these were recognized, and most had better
been forgotten’. Not a hymenopterist myself, and
looking through the bibliography, I noticed that
these species were described in privately published
brochures with titles as ‘Some gem-like or marvellous
inhabitants of the woodlands heretofore unknown
and by most never seen nor dreamt of and ‘Some
beauties inhabitant not of commercial boudoirs but
of nature’s bossom, notably new insects’. I sincerely
hope that publications with such melodious titles will
142
be referred to for many years to come, since I consider
it very unlikely that articles with such titles will pass
an editor of any ‘serious’ journal now.
The present book, however, qualifies for any high
standard of the 1990’s. The keys are clear and exten-
sive, but not too verbose. The descriptions all follow
the same format, and provide careful enumerations of
relevant characters, as well as data on host fig and dis-
tribution. There is a surprisingly small amount of il-
lustrations.
The quality of printing of the illustrations is also
inferior to that of the text. I presume that only xerox
copies of the original art work have been used for re-
production in the present publication.
All students of Chalcidoidea will very much appre-
ciate the efforts of Wiebes and the publishers. The in-
formation, otherwise only available in many short pa-
pers, can now easily be retrieved from this book. I also
expect that other systematists with interest in co-evo-
lution will start a re-evaluation of the phylogeny of
this group in future (and, of course, of the figs as
well). Previously published authoritive papers by
Wiebes on this topic (e.g. in Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 10:
1-12), and the summaries of basic data as in the pre-
sent volume, provide a sound basis for every student
of this difficult field of research.
[J. van Tol].
A. WELLS' & T. ANDERSEN’
! Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra, Australia &° Museum of Zoology, Bergen,
Norway
TANZANIAN MICRO-CADDISELIES
(RRICGHOMMERA"EMDROPIIEIDAE)
Wells, A. & T. Andersen, 1995. Tanzanian micro-caddisflies (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 143-167, figs. 1-63. [ISSN 0040-7496]. Published 15 June
1995
The genus Tangatrichia is erected for a new species from the West Usambara Mountains in
north-eastern Tanzania, 7. gracilenta. In addition, 24 other new species of micro-caddisflies are
described from north-eastern and central Tanzania: Catoxyethira apicospinosa, C. bombolensis,
C. ciliata, C. crenulata, C. crinita, C. elongata, C. incompta, C. lanceolata, C. ruvuensis,
Scelotrichia glandulosa, Stactobia kaputensis, Dhatrichia cinyra, D. divergenta, Hydroptila bum-
bulensis, H. mazumbaiensis, H. morogorensis, H. tannerorum, H. usambarensis, Ugandatrichia
dentata, U. tanzaniensis, Orthotrichia bisetula, O. hydroptiloides, O. nigrovillosa, O. scutellata.
Two other established species, Catoxyethira ocellata Statzner, 1977 and Orthotrichia barnardi
Scott, 1963, are recorded from Tanzania for the first time and a new record is given for
Hydroptila cruciata Ulmer, 1912, one of the two species known previously to occur in
Tanzania.
The East African Hydroptilidae fauna now totals 36 species; the Tanzanian fauna comprises 29
species in eight genera including three genera in the tribe Stactobiini: Stactobia and Scelotrichia
each with one species and Catoxyethira with ten species. In Hydroptilini, a new monotypic ge-
nus Tangatrichia as well as two species in Dhatrichia, two species in Ugandatrichia, and six spe-
cies in Hydroptila are recorded. For the Orthotrichiini six species are listed in Orthotrichia.
Notes are given on distributions and apparent affinities of new taxa and a key to males of
Tanzanian genera and species is provided.
Correspondence: T. Andersen, Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Musépl. 3, N-5007
Bergen, Norway.
Key words. — Trichoptera, Hydroptilidae, new genus, new species, Tanzania.
Information on caddisflies of the Afrotropical
Region was summarised by Scott (1986) who listed
eleven hydroptilid genera (one endemic), and 49 spe-
cies. Gibon (1985, 1987a, 1987b, 1991) has de-
scribed 21 species from the Ghana, Guinea, Mali, the
Ivory Coast and Togo and Mey (1992) recently de-
scribed a new species from Kenya. For East Africa
alone, six micro-caddisfly genera and nine species
were listed by Johanson (1992), not including the
species described by Mey (1992). In a preliminary ac-
count of part of the Tanzanian fauna studied here,
from the Kaputu stream only, Andersen & Johanson
(1993) recorded eight genera and 12 species. In this
present study, which covers a broader area of north-
eastern and central Tanzania, 28 species are listed in
eight genera, 25 species and one genus being newly
described. New distribution records are given for
three established species, one of which is a widespread
African/Asian species, another a Central African spe-
cies and the third South African.
Of the two hydroptilid subfamilies only Hydropti-
linae has been recorded from the Afrotropical Region;
the more primitive Ptilocolepinae is restricted to the
Holarctic Region. Three tribes are represented: Stac-
tobiini Botosaneanu, 1956, Orthotrichiini Nielsen,
1948 and Hydroptilini Stephens, 1836. Two stacto-
biine genera, Catoxyethira Ulmer, 1912 and Stactobia
McLachlan, 1880 were listed for the East African fau-
na by Johanson (1992), but none for Tanzania. New
Tanzanian species are here described in each of these
genera, and in a third stactobiine genus, Scelotrichia
Ulmer, 1951. One species is referred to each of Scelo-
trichia and Stactobia and nine to Catoxyethira, and a
new record is given for Catoxyethira ocellata Statzner,
1977. The relatively high diversity of Catoxyethira in
tropical Africa, the features of the genus and its pos-
sible relationships with other members of the
Stactobiini are discussed briefly.
Five genera in the Hydroptilini are recorded here
for East Africa. Two of these, Ugandatrichia Mosely,
1939 and Hydroptila Dalman, 1819, were included
by Johanson (1992) in his list for East Africa.
Johanson also listed Argyrobothrus Barnard, 1934
which was synonymised with Oxyethira Eaton, 1873
143
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
by Ross (1948); since Johanson gave no support for
reinstating the name, his action is not accepted here.
The record is based on an unidentified species from
Uganda in a paper by Kimmins (1958). As Gibon
(1987b) notes, Oxyethira is poorly represented in
Africa in comparison, for example, with North
America or Eurasia. De Moor (1993) lists only three
species for South Africa and no Oxyethira males were
found in collections on which the present study is
based. Perhaps when more is known of the biology of
some of the other African genera, it will be found that
other species are filling the filamentous green algal-
feeding niche that Oxyethira species generally occupy
elsewhere.
Two new Ugandatrichia species are described here,
representing the first Tanzanian records of the genus;
other East African records are from Uganda and
Kenya. In Hydroptila, only H. cruciata Ulmer, 1912,
described from Tanzania (Ulmer 1912), was previ-
ously known from East Africa. Five new Tanzanian
species are described here, and a new record is given
for H. cruciata. The fourth Hydroptilini genus re-
corded for Tanzania, Dhatrichia Mosely, 1948, is al-
so recorded for the first time for East Africa. Two new
species are described, bringing the total for this
Afrotropical genus to five. The fifth genus, Tangatric-
hia gen. n., is newly described and monotypic; its af-
finities within the tribe are discussed.
Of the two genera in the tribe Orthotrichiini, only
Orthotrichia Eaton, 1873 is known to occur in East
Africa. The other genus, /thytrichia Eaton, 1873 is
recorded from South Africa, from immatures only
(Scott 1986). Four new species in Orthotrichia are de-
scribed here, raising the total for Tanzania to six spe-
cies, and a new record is given for Orthotrichia bar-
nardi Scott, 1963, known previously from South
Africa only.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
All material studied here was collected in connec-
tion with an expedition by the Museum of Zoology,
University of Bergen, to central and north-eastern
Tanzania during October to December 1990. One
Malaise trap at the Kaputu Stream in the West Usam-
bara Mountains was run by the staff at the Mazumbai
Forest Reserve Station for shorter periods during
January to August 1991. The main collecting sites
along the Kaputu Stream are described in detail by
Andersen & Johanson (1993). They also outline the
main methods used to collect and preserve the speci-
mens. Additional material was taken by sweep-net-
ting and light-trapping at other localities in the West
and East Usambara Mountains in the Tanga region
and at two lowland sites in the Morogoro region.
These localities are listed below; where maps were
144
available, Universal Transverse Mercator Grid (UTM)
reference and accurate altitude are given.
Amani East Forest Reserve, Zigi River (UTM:
37MDE609365), 470 m a.s.l., East Usambara Mts,
Tanga region, 2.xii.1990, sweep net. Fast flowing riv-
er, 10 m wide, with large stones; in lowland rain for-
est area.
Bombole (UTM: 37MDE596388), 830 m a.s.l., East
Usambara Mts, Tanga region, 1.xii.1990, sweep net.
Small rapid river with large stones; in forested area.
Dule, Bumbuli River (UTM: 37MDE403633), 1220
m asl, West Usambara Mts, Tanga region,
26.xi.1990, sweep net. Rapid river, 5 m wide, with
large stones; in a cultivated area.
Gogoi, (UTM: 37MDE378509) 1100 m a.s.l., West
Usambara Mts, Tanga region, 30.xi.1990, sweep net.
Two small streams with waterfalls; in area with rain
forest and cultivated land.
Gologolo, Lushoto (UTM: 37MDE182770), 1860 m
a.s.l., West Usambara Mts, Tanga region, 25.xi.1990,
sweep net. Rapid stream, 1.5 m wide, with stony and
sandy bottom and waterfalls; in rain forest area.
Kimboza, Ruvu River, about 150 m a.s.l., Moro-
goro region, 20.x.1990, sweep net. Large slow flow-
ing river, 20-30 m wide, with sandy base, in parts
with faster flow over stones; banks forested.
Mlesa (UTM: 37MDE6003745), 800 m a.s.l., East
Usambara Mts, Tanga region, 1.xii.1990, sweep net.
Rapid river with large stones and waterfalls; in forest-
ed area.
Shakoi River (UTM: 37MDE404730), 1420 m a.s.l.,
West Usambara Mts, Tanga region, 24.xi.1990,
sweep net. Rapid stream with large stones and heavi-
ly vegetated banks; in cultivated area.
Campus, Sokoine University of Agriculture, about
550 m a.s.l., Morogoro, Morogoro region, 26.x.-
11.xi.1990, light trap. Garden at the foothills of the
Uluguru Mts.
Specimens were prepared for study following the
methods of Wells (1990a). Attempts to associate fe-
males proved difficult and thus only males of new
species are described. All types are lodged in the col-
lection of the Museum of Zoology, University of
Bergen, Norway (ZMBN).
SYSTEMATIC PART
Check list of East African Hydroptilidae
Tribe Stactobiini
Catoxyethira Ulmer, 1912
syn. Sperotrichia Marlier, 1978
1. apicospinosa sp. n., Tanzania.
2. bombolensis sp. n., Tanzania.
ciliata sp. n., Tanzania.
crenulata sp. n., Tanzania.
crinita Sp. n., Tanzania.
elongata sp. n., Tanzania.
incompta sp. n., Tanzania.
lanceolata sp. n., Tanzania.
. ocellata Statzner, 1977, Zaire; Tanzania.
10. pinheyi Kimmins, 1958, Zimbabwe; Uganda.
11. ruvuensissp. n., Tanzania.
Do ND A Do
Scelotrichia Ulmer, 1951
syn. Madioxyethira Schmid, 1960
12. glandulosa sp. n., Tanzania.
13. kenyella (Mey, 1992), Kenya.
Stactobia McLachlan, 1880
syn. Afritrichia Mosely, 1939
14. aurea (Mosely, 1939), Uganda.
15. kaputensis Sp. n., Tanzania.
Tribe Hydroptilini
Dhatrichia Mosely, 1948
16. cinyra sp. n., Tanzania.
7% divergenta sp. n., Tanzania.
Hydroptila Dalman, 1819
18. bumbulensis sp. n., Tanzania.
19. cruciata Ulmer, 1912, Tanzania.
syn. H. hirra Mosely, 1948
20. mazumbaiensis sp. n., Tanzania.
21. morogorensis sp. n., Tanzania.
22. tannerorum sp. n., Tanzania.
23. usambarensis sp. n., Tanzania.
Tangatrichia gen. n.
24. gracilenta sp. n., Tanzania.
Ugandatrichia Mosely, 1939
25. acuta Mosely, 1939, Kenya; Uganda.
26. dentata sp. n., Tanzania.
27. minor Mosely, 1939, Kenya.
28. nigra Mosely, 1939, Uganda.
29. tanzaniensis sp. n., Tanzania.
Tribe Orthotrichiini
Orthotrichia Eaton, 1873
30. aequatoriana Kimmins, 1957, Uganda.
31. barnardi Scott, 1963, South Africa; Tanzania.
32. bisetula sp. n., Tanzania.
33. hydroptiloides sp. n., Tanzania.
34. nigrovillosa sp. n., Tanzania.
35. scutellata sp. n., Tanzania.
36. straeleni Jaquemart, 1956, Zaire;
Uganda.
Tanzania,
Fast Africa, as defined here, comprises the coun-
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
tries Tanzania, Kenya, Uganda, Burundi and Rwan-
da. From Burundi and Rwanda, however, no hydro-
ptilids are recorded. In the list only synonyms applied
to the Fast African species are included.
Key to males of hydroptilid genera and species in
Tanzania
1. Mesoscutellum with transverse suture ............. 2
— Mesoscutellum without suture ........................ 4
Db alispurto mula 0 DAN N ner
N
\N
12%
13:
IR DARLE Scelotrichia glandulosa sp. n.
Jibialispur formulati 3, 4ior 142,40 ee. 3
diibialfspurstormulanl 0A En
DELAIN EN Stactobia kaputensis sp. n.
Tibial spur formula 1, 3, 4 (Catoxyethira Ulmer) 8
@cellifabsen kN as 5
lihreerocelliipreseneer. ne. RER 6
Forewing with jugal lobe, metascutellum penta-
gonal to triangular (Hydroptila Dalman) … … 17
Forewing without jugal lobe, metascutellum rec-
tangular (Orthotrichia Eaton) … … 22
Wings slender, attenuate apically, venation re-
ducedilsecitiesy4,92, 5A) en a Rene 7)
Wings broad, forewing rounded apically, venation
complete (fig. 26) (Ugandatrichia Mosely)....... 27
Antennal flagellar segments with scattered cloth-
ing hair; metascutellum triangular, truncate ante-
riorly (fig. 50) … … Tangatrichia gracilenta sp. n.
Antennal flagellar segments with clothing hair in
basal whorl; metascutellum rounded anteriorly
(DhatrichiaiNosely) Mesen en en. 28
.Abdominal sternite VIII with one pair of stout,
apico-lateral or mesal spines (figs. 12-25) … … 9
ze Abdominal sternite VIII without stout spines
(figs. 8-10)
Abdominal sternite VIII with apico-lateral spines
(ARS DIS RE 10
-Abdominal sternite VIII with mesal spines (figs.
EDs) vie: a see EA UT ent ERP ARS Eee 8 erie. 12
„in ARs Abdominal sternite VIII with cluster of lon
stout setae mid-ventrally (fig. 22) … … … …………
ERWIN SANE Catoxyethira crinita sp. n.
Abdominal sternite VIII without cluster of long,
stoutisetaelmidvenitrally pee. 11
. „Inferior appendages positioned mid-ventrally in a
deep excision in abdominal sternite VIII (see Statz-
ner, 1977, fig. 24) .. Catoxyethira ocellata Statzner
Abdominal sternite VIII without deep excision mid-
ventrali 25)" Catoxyethira ciliata sp. n.
re Abdominal sternite VIII with a shorter, thi
spine between the paired spines (fig. 21)
NE Catoxyethira crenulata sp. n.
..Abdominal sternite VIII with one pair of spines
ONE JA Aen GAREN 13
...Paired spines on abdominal sternite VIII about
equal in length to inferior appendage (fig. 13) ...
145
14.
15:
16.
We
18.
19?
20.
DIE
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
DER OR DE nc Catoxyethira ruvuensis sp. n.
Paired spines on abdominal sternite VIII almost
2 X length of inferior appendage, or longer ...14
Length of paired spines on abdominal sternite
VIII 2.5 to 3 X length of inferior appendage (fig.
een Catoxyethira elongata sp. n.
.... Length of paired spines on abdominal sternit
VIII no more than 2 X length of inferior append-
age (tigs3 14, loro. 15
Paired spines on abdominal sternite VIII straight
in lateral view (fig. 16), curved inwards in ventral
or (Enter MM) Catoxyethira lanceolata sp. n.
.Paired spines on abdominal sternite VIII curved
upwards in lateral view (fig. 14), more or less
stratehesinventraliview (HE LS) PE PU
Scbodndvocenndooonineco906 Catoxyethira apicospinosa sp. n.
Subgenital plate and inferior appendages elon-
gate, subequal in length; inferior appendages cy-
lindricaly(tiest Syl) peewee nn...
EE Catoxyethira bombolensis sp. n.
Subgenital plate about 2 X length of inferior ap-
pendages; inferior appendages broader basally
thankdistallya ss) ne...
en MES A Catoxyethira incompta sp. n.
With pair of sclerotised strap-like structures
above inferior appendages (fig. 48) ................ 18
Without pair of sclerotised strap-like structures
above inferior appendages (figs. 39, 42, 43, 46)
Inferior appendages in ventral view slender,
curved, narrowed slightly towards apex without
black spine apically (see Mosely, 1948, fig. 48)
EN ENGE Hydroptila cruciata Ulmer
Inferior appendages in ventral view stout basally,
apically bifid, with strong, black spine ventrally,
pale, slender spine dorsally (fig. 48) … … … … … …
Po ATER ER PERI Hydroptila bumbulensis sp. n.
Inferior appendage short, sub-glubose in ventral
viewsirregularinsshapen(fio 40) ea
eee RR Hydroptila tannerorum sp. n.
Inferior appendage elongate, cylindrical or some-
what sinuous, with length at least 3X width …
ASI E E e le PTE EEE EE 20
Aedeagus greatly dilated distally, with single
Smallispinesubapicall (ie)
sn det Hydroptila usambarensis sp. n.
Aedeagus slender or weakly dilated distally, with
onetomitworspinestapically ee. 21
Inferior appendages in ventral view dilated in ba-
sal half, tapered and out-turned apically; aedea-
gus with small spine apically (figs. 41, 42) ..........
N EN Hydroptila morogorensis sp. n.
Inferior appendages in ventral view sub-cylindri-
cal; aedeagus divided distally to form a pair of
spimesjinkseries (tips AS AA) nee
ruines oa Hydroptila mazumbaiensis sp. n.
146
DD. Abdominal segment IX laterally with pai
membranous, digitate processes with 1 or 2 apical
setaei (ee PS 5257) Seccccecoocace200d00000900000000006 23
— Abdominal segment IX without paired processes
laterallya(e e81183.5 803) ccovccsacoasocas00000000000000 24
23. Inferior appendages symmetrical (fig. 7) ............
weet Erden Orthotrichia barnardi Scott
— Inferior appendages asymmetrical (fig. 55) .........
tenia on Ann Orthotrichia bisetula sp. n.
24%ibialispurtfo mula 2 Aero Re
LITI pa ae. Orthotrichia hydroptiloides sp. n.
— libial/spurstormula 08 FRA 25
25. Inferior appendages fused, in ventral view rectan-
raul ee (Gel 499) cocesccce Orthotrichia scutellata sp. n.
— Inferior appendages discrete or partially fused, in
fonmyoftwounequalllobes) nen nen 26
26. Inferior appendages rounded, asymmetrical, the
left apically with small sclerotised knob; an elon-
gate process extending distally into a spine at
right apico-lateral angle of segment IX (fig. 61)
en era An Orthotrichia nigrovillosa sp. n.
— Inferior appendages tapered distally, the right one
twisted; a simple, apically rounded process at
right apico-lateral angle of segment IX (see
Jacquema SiR EEA
ee are in Orthotrichia straeleni Jacquemart
27. Inferior appendages set into deep excision in ab-
dominal sternite IX, irregular in shape, with small
inner spur subapically (fig. 28) … …… … nn
RR Ugandatrichia tanzaniensis sp. n.
— Abdominal sternite IX with shallow, ventral exci-
sion; inferior appendages stout, with inner spur at
base (figs. 27, 30) .... Ugandatrichia dentata sp. n.
28. Length of inferior appendages in ventral view
about Zwide SS) en
ee Fehde Dhatrichia divergenta sp. n.
— Length of inferior appendages in ventral view 3 to
4X width (fig. 37)......... Dhatrichia cinyra sp. n.
Stactobia McLachlan
Stactobia McLachlan, 1880: 515. Type species Hydroptila fusci-
cornis Schneider, 1845 by subsequent designation (Mosely
1933). For full generic synonymy see Marshall (1979).
The genus Stactobia was reviewed by Marshall
(1979). It is well represented in the Palaearctic and |
Afrotropical regions and some parts of the Oriental |
region. The larvae are scrapers, feeding on organic |
material in madicolous and hydropetric habitats. One |
species, placed by Marshall (1979) in the vaillanti |
species group, was known previously from East |
Africa, from Uganda. The new species resembles the |
West African S. vaillanti Schmid, 1959 described
from Guinea by Schmid (1959), more closely than |
the East African S. aurea (Mosely, 1939).
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
Figs. 1-3. Stactobia kaputensis sp. n., male genitalia. 1, dorsal view; 2, ventral view; 3, lateral view. — Figs. 4-7. Scelotrichia glan-
dulosa sp. n., male. 4, wings; 5, genitalia, ventral view; 6, genitalia, lateral view; 7, genitalia, dorsal view. — Abbreviations. —
ae: aedeagus; c.gl.: costal gland; inf.app.: inferior appendage; mes.pr.: mesal process; sp.: spine; subg.pl.: subgenital plate;
VIII, IX, X: abdominal segments VIII, IX, X.
Stactobia kaputensis sp. n. trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
(figs. 1-3) 194). — Paratypes: 364 (3 slides) data as for holotype
except loc. 2-11, 30.x.-26.xi.1990; 26 data as for
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga holotype except loc. 7, 1.-8.viii.1991; 2d data as for
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu holotype except loc. 5, 6. xi. 1990, sweep net; 2d
Stream, loc. 9, 1450 m a.s.l., 19.-23.xi.1990, Malaise data as for holotype except Gogoi, 30.xi.1990, sweep
147
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
net; 36 data as for holotype except East Usambara
Mts, Amani Fast Forest Reserve, Zigi River,
2.xii.1990, sweep net; 9d data as for holotype except
East Usambara Mts, Bombole, 1.xii.1990, sweep net;
14 data as for holotype except East Usambara Mts,
Mlesa, 1.xii.1990, sweep net.
Description
Small, and (in alcohol) uniformly brown; antennae
with 18 segments; ocelli 3; tibial spurs 1, 2, 4.
Anterior wing length 1.4-2.1 mm. Genitalia as in figs.
1-3. Abdominal sternite VII with a long straight me-
sal process, reaching posteriorly almost to the apical
margin of segment VIII. Segment IX well developed.
Segment X extending distally in a pair of stout, elon-
gate, sclerotised spines. Inferior appendages broad-
based, forming irregular lobes distally. A distinct lobe
above the inferior appendages and apparent in lateral
view probably represents the subgenital plate.
Aedeagus elaborate and swollen apically, with several
sets of spines.
Etymology. — Named for the Kaputu Stream in the
West Usambara Mountains, Tanzania.
Biology and distribution. — Taken at several sites in
both East and West Usambara Mountains, both
along smaller streams and larger rivers at altitudes
between 470 m and 1650 m a.s.l. In the Malaise traps
along the Kaputu Stream this species was trapped fre-
quently both at sites with slow flow over gravel,
stones and mud, and at sites with fast flow over bed-
rock and stones (see Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Swarming specimens were netted by day mostly in ar-
eas of fast flow over bedrock and stones or near water-
falls.
Remarks. — Stactobia kaputensis sp. n. closely re-
sembles S. vaillanti from which it is distinguished by
the shape of the inferior appendages in lateral view
and the bigger spines on the aedeagus.
Scelotrichia Ulmer
Scelotrichia Ulmer, 1951: 73. Type species: Scelotrichia sa-
ranganica Ulmer, by original designation and monotypy.
See Wells (1990a) for full generic synonymy.
Worldwide, the genus Scelotrichia is represented by
some 29 species, the majority described from SE Asia.
Only two African species were known previously, S.
marshalli (Statzner, 1977) from Zaire and S. kenyella
(Mey, 1992) from Kenya. Both of these species and a
new species described here are relatively conservative
in genitalic form compared to some of the Bornean
and New Guinean species. All lack areas of scent
scales (androconia) on the forewings, but the new
species has a small sac-like costal gland at the base of
148
a tuft of hair in the forewing. At least in the
Tanzanian species, the body vestiture is hairy, not
scaly as in many of the species of the Malay
Archipelago. Conceivably, the African species repre-
sent a relict fauna.
Like Stactobia, some Scelotrichia species are madic-
olous. Others are found living on aquatic mosses on
rocks in fast flowing waters (see Schmid 1960, Wells
1990a, 1990b). No details are known of the biology
of these African species.
Scelotrichia glandulosa sp. n.
(figs. 4-7)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 5, 1650 m a.s.l., 2.-6.x1.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
195). — Paratypes: 334 (5 slides) data as for holotype
except loc. 2-11, 30.x.-26.xi.1990; 14d (4 slides)
data as for holotype except 31.x. & 6.xi.1990, sweep
net; 5d data as for holotype except loc. 8, 5.xi.1990,
sweep net; 254 data as for holotype except Gologolo,
Lushoto, 25.xi.1990, sweep net.
Description
Males relatively large, in alcohol uniformly dark
coloured; antennae 19-segmented, segments elonga-
te; ocelli 3; tibial spurs 0, 2, 4, with a small rounded
knob in the place of the spur on foreleg. Forewing
(fig. 4) with a small sac-like gland adjacent to a tuft of
hair in the proximal costal region; length 2.8-3.5
mm. Genitalia as in figs. 5-7. Segment VIII reduced
ventrally, rounded dorsally. Segment IX (dorsal plate)
appears to be reduced, possibly represented by the
paired sclerotised lobes shown in fig. 7. Inferior ap-
pendages stout, tapered apically and with small serra-
tions on inner margin subapically, fused basally and
extended anteriorly to a pronounced round mesal
structure at the margin of sternites VII and VIII.
Subgenital plate bifid and rugose apically, lobes sepa-
rated by a deep, rounded concavity. Aedeagus simple,
straight, apically bilobed in ventral view.
Etymology. — From the Latin glandulosus, glandu-
lous, referring to the gland in the forewing.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
West Usambara Mountains, where it was taken along
streams at altitudes between 1400 m and 1860 m
asl. In the Malaise traps along the Kaputu Stream
this species was trapped in highest numbers at a site
with fast flow over gravel and stones above a waterfall
(see Andersen & Johanson 1993). Swarming speci-
mens were netted by day mostly near waterfalls.
Remarks. — This species appears to resemble quite
closely the other African congeners, but differs in the
form of the ventral plate and tergite X and in having
fine serrations on inner distal margin of inferior ap-
pendages. Neither Statzner (1977) nor Mey (1992)
mention any glands on the wings or make any men-
tion of anything unusual about the wings of their spe-
cies. Females of Scelotrichia glandulosa sp. n. were
collected with the male and have the usual conserva-
tive form.
Catoxyethira Ulmer
Catoxyethira Ulmer, 1912: 82. Type species: Catoxyethira
fasciata Ulmer, by monotypy.
Sperotrichia Marlier, 1978: 294. Type species: Sperotrichia
mali Marlier, by original designation and monotypy.
Synonymised by Marshall (1979).
Catoxyethira is proving to be particularly diverse in
tropical Africa (see Gibon 1985, 1987a, 1991). This
work adds nine new species to the previous 17 (one
with two subspecies) known from Africa. The only
other members of the genus are a dubious Taiwanese
species known only from immatures and originally
described in Hydroptila (see discussion in Marshall
1979), and a Vietnamese species (Oläh 1989) which
may well be referable to Chrysotrichia Schmid, 1958.
One species has been described from each of South
Africa (Kimmins 1958), Zimbabwe (Morse 1974),
and Mali (Marlier 1978), three from Zaire (Ulmer
1912, Statzner 1977), six from the Ivory Coast
(Gibon 1985) and five from Guinea (Gibon 1987a,
1991);
Catoxyethira shares many features of general body
form with the Holarctic genus Stactobiella Martynov,
1924, the neotropical Bredinia Flint, 1968 and the
SE Asian/New Guinean/northern Australian genus
Chrysotrichia, particularly the very short metascutel-
lum on the adult thorax. Only the spur number dif-
fers, Catoxyethira having a tibial spur formula of 1, 3,
4. The African species fall into two main groups on
the basis of genitalic form: those with and those with-
out a pair of dark spines on abdominal sternite VIII.
Species lacking the spines are scarcely distinguishable
from some of the SE Asian Chrysotrichia. Although
from available information it appears that the larval
forms of Catoxyethira and Chrysotrichia are also simi-
lar, these similarities are probably plesiomorphous.
Members of the two genera probably also occupy
comparable niches, but again the hydropetric niche
may well be plesiomorphic in the tribe.
One African species, Catoxyethira pinheyi Kim-
mins, 1958, is quite widespread, being recorded from
Victoria Falls, Mali and the Ivory Coast. It closely re-
sembles (and may be the senior synonym of)
Catoxyethira ocellata Statzner, 1977 from Zaire,
which is here recorded from Tanzania. Most other
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
species appear to be quite restricted in their distribu-
tions.
Catoxyethira incompta sp. n.
(fig. 8)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 4, 1680 m a.s.l., 20.-26.x1.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
196).
Description
Antennae damaged. Anterior wing length 1.7 mm.
Genitalia as in fig. 8. Abdominal segment VIII long,
produced distally into lateral lobes, spines absent.
Segment IX short, retracted within segment VII.
Segment X membranous, broadly rounded and
slightly concave apico-mesally. Subgenital plate bro-
ad-based, tapered distally to narrow apex; apex bifid,
lobes acute. Inferior appendages short, slender and in
close proximity distally, with paired long setae dorsal-
ly. Aedeagus simple, straight.
Etymology. — From the Latin incomptus, un-
adorned, referring to the relatively simple appearance
of the male genitalia.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality, where the specimen was collected from
a site of moderate flow over fine sand, gravel and
stones (see Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — Catoxyethira incompta sp. n. most
closely resembles C. improcera Statzner, 1977 and C.
mali (Marlier, 1978). It differs in lacking the lateral
processes above the inferior appendages seen in C.
improcera and the paired dorsal structures of C. mali
which are referred to by Marlier (1978) as anal ap-
pendages.
Catoxyethira bombolensis sp. n.
(figs. 9, 10)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, East Usambara Mts, Bombole, 830 m a.s.l.,
1.xii.1990, sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition
(slide, ZMBN No. 197). — Paratypes: 7d (4 slides) data
as for holotype; 16 data as for holotype except Amani
East Forest Reserve, Zigi River, 2.x11.1990, sweep net.
Description
Antennae 18-segmented. Anterior wing length 1.3-
1.5 mm. Genitalia as in figs. 9, 10. Abdominal ster-
nite VIII elongate, without paired spines, with a U-
shaped apico-mesal cleft. Tergite X about half length
of inferior appendages, membranous. Inferior appen-
dages elongate, cylindrical. Subgenital plate forming a
149
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
inf.app.
inf.app.
= inf.app.
Fig. 8. Catoxyethira incompta sp. n., male genitalia, ventral view. — Figs. 9, 10. Catoxyethira bombolensis sp. n., male genitalia.
9, lateral view; 10, ventral view. — Figs. 11-13. Catoxyethira ruvuensis sp. n., male genitalia. 11, dorsal view; 12, ventral view;
13, lateral view. — Figs. 14, 15. Catoxyethira apicospinosa sp. n., male genitalia. 14, lateral view; 15, ventral view.
Abbreviations. — As for figs. 1-7.
pair of straight narrow processes in ventral view; in la- in the East Usambara Mountains, Tanzania.
teral view slightly swollen apically, and curved vent- Biology and distribution. — Known only from East |
rally. Usambara Mountains, from beside rivers with fast
flow over large rocks at altitudes between 470 m and
Etymology. — Named after the village of Bombole 830 ma.s.l.
150
Remarks. — This species groups with Catoxyethira
improcera and C. mali in lacking paired, dark, socket-
ed spines. However, the form of sternite VIII with the
small apico-mesal excision is distinctive.
Catoxyethira ocellata Statzner
Catoxyethira ocellata Statzner, 1977: 396.
Biology and distribution. — Catoxyethira ocellata is
known from Zaire and Tanzania. The Ruvu River at
the site at which the five specimens were collected is
large and slow flowing with a sandy and stony sub-
strate.
Remarks. — This species closely resembles Catoxye-
thira pinheyi Kimmins, 1958 from Zimbabwe, Ivory
Coast and Uganda. It shares with C. pinheyi features
such as inferior appendages set into a deep mid-ven-
tral excision in the apical margin of abdominal ster-
nite VII and dorsal spines on sclerite VIII at apico-
lateral angles. Catoxyethira ocellata has three pairs of
fine setae on each side of the inferior appendages
whereas, according to Kimmins (1958) and verified
in the type by Wells, there is a single slender, acute
spine on each side of the inferior appendages in C.
pinheyi the shape of the inferior appendages also dif-
fers slightly. These differences are probably minor
and the two may be synonyms.
Material examined. — 54 (4 slides) TANZANIA, Mo-
rogoro region, Kimboza, Ruvu River, 20.x.1990,
sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition.
Catoxyethira ruvuensis sp. n.
(figs. 11-13)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Moro-
goro Region, Kimboza, Ruvu River, 150 m a.s.l.,
20.x.1990, sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition
(slide, ZMBN No. 198). — Paratypes: 4d (2 slides) data
as for holotype.
Description
Antennae 18-segmented. Anterior wing length 1.1-
1.3 mm. Genitalia as in figs. 11-13. Abdominal seg-
ment VIII stout, laterally extended into broadly roun-
ded lobes about as long as inferior appendages, spines
ventrally at base of lobes; posterolaterally a pair of
elongate moderately thick setae. Tergite X broadest in
basal half, rounded apically, covered with spinules.
Inferior appendages subrectangular in ventral view, a
pair of thick setae mesolaterally. Subgenital plate ap-
pears to be reduced. Aedeagus simple, straight.
Etymology. — Named after the Ruvu River, origi-
nating in the Uluguru Mountains, Tanzania.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
type locality at Ruvu River, a large slow-flowing river
with sandy and stony substrate.
Remarks. — This species groups with Catoxyethira
pinheyi and C. ocellata in the form of tergite X and
general arrangement of the genitalia. However, the
inferior appendages are only shallowly set into the
posterior margin of segment VIII, and the paired
spines are positioned ventrally beside the inferior ap-
pendages, not apico-laterally.
Catoxyethira apicospinosa sp. n.
(figs. 14, 15)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Dule, Bumbuli River,
1220 m a.s.l., 26.xi.1990, sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania
Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 199).
Description
Antennae damaged. Anterior wing length 2 mm.
Genitalia as in figs. 14, 15. Abdominal segment VIII
stout, short mid-dorsally and ventrally, paired spines
of moderate length, positioned ventro-laterally, cur-
ving upwards in lateral view, slightly curved in ventral
view, and with a number of spinules in apical region.
Tergite X membranous, rounded. Inferior appenda-
ges tapered slightly in distal half. Subgenital plate in
form of a small sclerotised median crescentic structu-
re. Aedeagus straight, simple.
Etymology. — From the Latin, apex, top, and spine,
thorn, referring to the few stout spinules at the apex
of the ventral spines.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality in West Usambara Mountains, from a
river with fast flow and a base of large rocks.
Remarks. — This species closely resembles
Catoxyethira lanceolata sp. n., but abdominal segment
VIII is far wider, the ventral spines curve upwards in
lateral view and have few and stouter spinules near
the apex; the inferior appendages are narrower.
Catoxyethira lanceolata sp. n.
(figs. 16, 17)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, East Usambara Mts, Mlesa, 800 m a.s.l.,
1.xii.1990, sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition
(slide, ZMBN No. 200). — Paratype: 16 data as for
holotype.
Description
Antennae damaged. Anterior wing length 1.6 mm.
Genitalia as in figs. 16, 17. Abdominal sternite VIII
very short, paired spines stout, curved, covered in fine
spinules and arising slightly off centre midway along
151
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
152
the length of the sternite, extending distally beyond
the inferior appendages, inturned apically, in lateral
view slender, straight. Tergite X membranous, broad
in ventral view, triangular in lateral view. Inferior ap-
pendages stoutly ovate in ventral view, in lateral view
about three times as long as wide. Subgenital plate in
ventral view broad with an apico-mesial downwardly
directed sclerotised process, in lateral view appearing
as a small down-turned lobe. Aedeagus simple,
straight.
Etymology. — From the Latin /ancea, light spear,
referring to the lance-like ventral spines on abdomi-
nal sternite VIII.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality in the East Usambara Mountains, from a
small, fast-flowing river with waterfalls and a base of
large rocks.
Remarks. — This species and C. apicospinosa sp. n.
from the same locality show close resemblance, yet
each is quite distinctive. Particularly, in this species
the paired spines are longer and in ventral view are
curved, in lateral view straight and lance-like.
Catoxyethira elongata sp. n.
(figs. 18, 19)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Moro-
goro region, Kimboza, Ruvu River, 150 m a.s.l.,
20.x.1990, sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition
(slide, ZMBN No. 201). — Paratypes: 2d (slides) data
as for holotype.
Description
Antennae 18-segmented, flagellar segments elon-
gate. Anterior wing length 1.5-1.9 mm. Genitalia as
in figs. 18, 19. Abdominal sternite VIII sub-quadra-
te in ventral view; paired spines symmetrical, slen-
der, somewhat sinuous, covered in minute spinules,
arising in close proximity slightly behind antero-
ventral margin and extending beyond tergite X.
Tergite X short, membranous, rounded apically.
Inferior appendages elongate. Subgenital plate
slightly longer and narrower than tergite X.
Aedeagus straight, simple.
Etymology. — From the Latin elongatus, prolonged,
referring to the general shape of the male genitalia.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality at Ruvu River, a large slow-flowing river
with sandy and stony substrate.
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
Remarks. — In general form, male genitalia of this
species resemble those of Catoxyethira lanceolata sp.
n. and C. apicospinosa sp. n., but differ mainly in
that the ventral spines are narrower and more elon-
gate and arise closer to the anterior margin of ster-
nite VIII.
Catoxyethira crenulata sp. n.
(figs. 20, 21)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA,
Morogoro region, Morogoro, Sokoine University of
Agriculture, 550 m a.s.l., 26.x.-11.xi.1990, light trap,
ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 202). —
Paratypes: 114 (3 slides) data as for holotype.
Description
Antennae 17-segmented. Anterior wing length 1.5-
1.8 mm. Genitalia as in figs. 20, 21. Sternite VIII
with paired spines slender, sclerotised, barbed in basal
half, extending posteriorly to just slightly below the
tips of the inferior appendages, basally between the
spines another short spine. Tergite X broad, mem-
branous. Inferior appendages stout, short, with a sub-
apical notch on the inner margin. Subgenital plate
produced and downturned apically. Aedeagus slen-
der, simple.
Etymology. — From the diminutive form of the
Latin crena, notch, and the suffix -atus, provided
with, referring to the small, subapical notch on the
inner margin of the inferior appendage.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality on the campus of Sokoine University of
Agriculture in Morogoro. The university is situated
in the foothills of the Uluguru Mountains and sever-
al small, slow-flowing streams and ditches are found
on the area.
Remarks. — This species closely resembles
Catoxyethira veruta Morse, 1974 from Kariba,
Zimbabwe (as Southern Rhodesia) from which it is
distinguished in ventral view by the more closely
placed ventro-lateral spines, the small subapical
notch on the inner margin of the inferior appendag-
es, and the shape of the subgenital plate, and in lat-
eral view by the irregular shape of the inferior ap-
pendages and of tergite X (dorsal plate). Morse
(1974) likened C. veruta to C. pinheyi. However, re-
semblances between C. pinheyi and C. crenulata sp.
n. are slighter than those of the new species and C.
veruta.
Figs. 16, 17. Catoxyethira lanceolata sp. n., male genitalia. 16, lateral view; 17, ventral view. — Figs. 18, 19. Catoxyethira elon-
gata sp. n., male genitalia. 18, lateral view; 19, ventral view. — Figs. 20, 21. Catoxyethira crenulata sp. n., male genitalia. 20,
lateral view; 21, ventral view. — Figs. 22, 23. Catoxyethira crinita sp. n., male genitalia. 22, ventral view; 23, lateral view. —
Figs. 24, 25. Catoxyethira ciliata sp. n., male genitalia. 24, lateral view; 25, ventral view.
153
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
3 se È
Figs. 26, 28, 29. Ugandatrichia tanzaniensis sp. n., male. 26, wings (scale bar = 1.0 mm); 28, genitalia, ventral view; 29, gen-
italia, lateral view. — Figs. 27, 30, 31. Ugandatrichia dentata sp. n., male genitalia. 27, ventral view; 30, dorsal view; 31, later-
al view. — Abbreviations. — inf.app.: inferior appendage; subg.pl.: subgenital plate.
Catoxyethira crinita sp. n.
(figs. 22, 23)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 5, 1650 m a.s.l., 6.-12.x1.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
203). — Paratypes: 4d (slides) data as for holotype ex-
cept loc. 2-10, 30.x.-3.xii.1990; 1d (slides) data as
for holotype except East Usambara Mts, Bombole,
1.x11.1990, sweep net.
154
Description
Antennae 18-segmented. Anterior wing length 1.5-
2.0 mm. Genitalia as in figs. 22, 23. Sternite VIII
elongate, length about twice width, spines short, at
apico-lateral angles; a cluster of long, stout, dark setae
mesally on sternite. Tergite X broad, a little longer
than inferior appendages, in lateral view stout, apical-
ly truncate. Inferior appendages simple lobes, about
twice as long as wide, rounded apically. Subgenital
plate a narrow, apically rounded lobe. Aedeagus |
simple, slender, straight.
Etymology. — From the Latin crinis hair, and the
suffix -atus, provided with, referring to the meso-ven-
tral tuft of long hair on sternite VIII.
Biology and distribution. — Taken both in the West
and East Usambara Mountains, beside slow to fast flow-
ing streams and rivers flowing over stones, sand, gravel
and mud, at altitudes between 830 m and 1650 m a.s.l.
Remarks. — In the position and form of the lateral
spines on segment IX, C. crinita sp. n. is similar to C.
disymetrica Gibon, 1991 from Guinea. It is distin-
guished, however, from all other African species by
having a cluster of elongate dark coloured setae medi-
ally on sternite VIII.
Catoxyethira ciliata sp. n.
(figs. 24, 25)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 3, 1720 m a.s.l., 20.-29.x1.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
204). — Paratypes: 5034 (8 slides) data as for holo-
type except loc. 2-10, 30.x.-13.xii.1990; 29d data as
for holotype except loc. 7, 4.i.-8.vii.1991; 36 data as
for holotype except Mazumbai Forest Reserve, small
stream at 1480 m a.s.l., 24.xi.-4.xii.1990; 1 Â data as
for holotype except Gogoi, 30.xi.1990, sweep net.
Description
Anterior wing length 1.8-2.1 mm. Genitalia as in
figs. 24, 25. Abdominal sternite VIII with paired spi-
nes unequal, stout, elongate and curved and positio-
ned apico-laterally. Tergite X expanded in basal part,
narrowed sub-apically, slightly expanded distally, ap-
ex almost truncate, covered in fine spinules. Inferior
appendages short, about half length of tergite X,
rounded distally. Subgenital plate membranous.
Etymology. — From the Latin cilium, eyelash, and
the suffix -atus, provided with, referring to the fine
spinules on the tergite X.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
West Usambara Mountains, from streams and rivers
at altitudes between 1100 m and 1650 m a.s.l. In the
Malaise traps at Kaputu Stream this species was
trapped in highest numbers at sites with moderate to
fast flow over gravel, stones and bedrock near water-
falls (see Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — This species is clearly identified by the
stout, unequally curved paired sclerotised spines
which arise mid-laterally.
Ugandatrichia Mosely
Ugandatrichia Mosely, 1939: 36. Type species:
Ugandatrichia minor Mosely, by original designation.
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
Ugandatrichia occurs in Africa, South and South-
east Asia and New Guinea. Scott (1967) described the
hydropetric larva of a species from Zimbabwe and
since similar larvae have been collected from the type
locality of the New Guinean species, life in fast flow-
ing waters is probably the usual niche for the genus.
The two new species described here appear to oc-
cur sympatrically in the Kaputu Stream. Only males
are described here as although a number of females
were collected, they could not be assigned with cer-
tainty to species. They closely resemble the holotype
female of U. acuta Mosely, 1939 in having patches of
black androconia on sternite VIII, but differ in gener-
al genitalic shape.
Ugandatrichia tanzaniensis sp. n.
(figs. 26, 28, 29)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 7, 1535 m a.s.l., 2.-6.xi.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
205). — Paratypes: 164 (3 slides) data as for holotype
except loc. 3-11, 30.x.-29.xi.1990; 16 data as for
holotype except loc. 5, 6.xi.1990, sweep net; 1d data
as for holotype except loc. 8, 5.xi.1990, sweep net;
26 data as for holotype except Gologolo, Lushoto,
25.ix.1990, sweep net; 2d data as for holotype except
East Usambara Mts, Bombole, 1.xii.1990, sweep net.
Description
Large, and in alcohol uniformly dark coloured; an-
tennae all damaged; wings (fig. 26) broad, venation
complete; anterior wing length 3.4-3.7 mm. Male ge-
nitalia as in figs. 28, 29. Segment IX short mid dor-
sally and ventrally, produced laterally to form a lobe
that is stout and apically somewhat truncate in lateral
view, apically acute in ventral view. Segment X bro-
adly rounded in lateral view, in dorsal view broadly
bi-concave apically. Inferior appendages divergent, ir-
regularly divided in distal half, with inner sclerotised
spur on ventral lobe, small digitiform lobe mid-dor-
sally and apically sclerotised process more distally.
Subgenital plate in lateral view forming a pair of scle-
rotised lobes. Aedeagus simple, with titillator.
Etymology. — Named for the country Tanzania.
Biology and distribution. — Known both from the
West and East Usambara Mountains, beside rapidly
flowing streams and smaller rivers at altitudes
between 830 m and 1860 m a.s.l. In the Malaise traps
along the Kaputu Stream this species was trapped
most frequently at sites with fast flow over bedrock
and stones, but also at sites with slow flow over grav-
el, stones and mud (see Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Swarming specimens were netted by day mostly near
155
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
waterfalls or in areas of fast flow over bedrock and
stones.
Remarks. — Both this species and the following, U.
dentata sp. n. group with the other East African
Ugandatrichia species in having tergite IX deeply ex-
cavated dorsally. Ugandatrichia tanzaniensis sp. n.
differs from U. dentata in having sternite IX very
short medially. In this respect it resembles the south-
ern African U. rhodesiensis Scott, 1976, from which it
is distinguished clearly by narrower, longer lateral
lobes on segment IX which appear subquadrate in lat-
eral view.
Ugandatrichia dentata sp. n.
(figs. 27, 30, 31)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 8, 1510 m a.s.l., 5.xi.1990, sweep net,
ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 206). —
Paratypes: 44d (3 slides) data as for holotype except
5.xi. & 6.xi. 1990; 5 data as for holotype except loc.
8, 29.x. & 5.xi. 1990; 156 (1 slides) data as for holo-
type except loc. 5-7, 29.x.-13.xii.1990, Malaise trap;
26 data as for holotype except loc. 7, 4.ii.-8.-
viii.1991, Malaise trap; 84d (5 slides) data as for
holotype except Dule, Bumbuli River, 26.xi.1990;
704 data as for holotype except East Usambara Mts,
Mlesa, 1.x11.1990
Description
Large; body uniformly very dark coloured; anten-
nae dark in proximal third, pale in median section
and dark in distal third; wings broad, anterior wing
length 2.4-4.6 mm. Male genitalia as in figs. 27, 30,
31. Segment IX with deep cleft mid-dorsally and a
pair of small ovoid lobes laterally. Segment X difficult
to discern. Inferior appendages stout, in lateral view
with inner margins almost parallel, closely aligned,
outer margins rounded, with large black spur dorsally
at base on inner margin. Subgenital plate short, roun-
ded apically. Aedeagus simple, titillator present.
Etymology. — From the Latin dentatus, toothed, re-
ferring to the large, black spur on the inner margin of
the inferior appendage.
Biology and distribution. — Taken both in the
West and East Usambara Mountains, beside rapidly
flowing rivers at altitudes between 800 m and 1650 m
asl. In the Malaise traps along the Kaputu Stream
this species was trapped most frequently at a site with
fast flow over gravel and stones above a waterfall (see
Andersen & Johanson 1993). Swarming specimens
were abundant by day mostly near waterfalls or beside
stretches of fast flow over bedrock and stones.
Remarks. — This species groups with Ugandatrichia
156
tanzaniensis sp. n., U. minor Mosely, 1939, U. nigra
Mosely, 1939 and on the basis of similarities berween
females of U. acuta and unassociated females of U. tan-
zaniensis and/or U. dentata sp., n. probably also with
that species. The form of the inferior appendages of U.
dentata is almost identical with that of U. sourya
(Schmid, 1960) from Pakistan. Ugandatrichia dentata
is readily distinguished from U. tanzaniensis by the
short lateral lobes and stouter inferior appendages.
Dhatrichia Mosely
Dhatrichia Mosely, 1948: 78. Type species: Dhatrichia ina-
sa Mosely, by original designation and monotypy.
The genus Dhatrichia was first recorded from the
Yemen and subsequently a second species was de-
scribed from Zaire (Statzner 1977) and a third from
the Ivory Coast (Gibon 1987b). Two new species are
described here and are the first to be recorded from
East Africa. Male genitalia of each are distinctive al-
though conforming in general features with congen-
ers. Ihe two new species were collected together
beside slower reaches of the Kaputu Stream where the
substrata are sand, gravel, some mud and stones.
Dhatrichia divergenta sp. n.
(figs. 33-35)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 7, 1535 m a.s.l., 4.-12.ii.1991, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
208). — Paratypes: 11 4 (9 slides) data as for holotype;
738 (3 slides) data as for holotype except loc. 2-10,
29.x.-29.xi.1990; 16 data as for holotype except
Mazumbai Forest Reserve, small stream at 1480 m
a.s.l., 26.x1.-4.x11.1990.
Description
Small, pale, antennae short, 19-segmented, seg-
ments quadrate; wings as for Dhatrichia cinyra sp. n.,
anterior wing length 1.4-1.8 mm. Genitalia as in figs.
33-35. Abdominal segment IX short mid-dorsally
and ventrally, forming pronounced lobes laterally in
ventral and dorsal views. Abdominal segment X a
short membranous band only. Inferior appendages
short and stout, bilobed and strongly upturned in la-
teral view, the ventral lobe with a slender apical pro-
cess. Subgenital plate membranous, also with a slen-
der projection; the origins of two other lobes seen in
lateral view are unclear.
Etymology. — From the Latin divergens, wide-
spreading, referring to the diverging lobes of the infe-
rior appendages in ventral view.
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
Figs. 32, 36-38. Dhatrichia cinyra sp. n., male. 32, wings; 36, genitalia, dorsal view; 37, genitalia, ventral view; 38, genitalia,
lateral view. — Figs. 33-35. Dhatrichia divergenta sp. n., male genitalia. 33, lateral view; 34, dorsal view; 35, ventral view. —
Abbreviations. — ae: aedeagus; inf.app.: inferior appendage; subg.pl.: subgenital plate; VIII, IX, X: abdominal segments VIII,
IX, X.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from
streams in the Mazumbai area in the West Usambara
Mountains, at altitudes between 1420 m and 1650 m
a.s.l. In the Malaise traps along the Kaputu Stream
this species was most abundant at a site with moder-
ate flow over mud, fine sand and larger stones (see
Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — As with the next species, Dhatrichia
divergenta sp. n. shows similarities in general form
to other congeners. It can be recognised by the
stouter, more robust appearance of the inferior ap-
pendages.
Dhatrichia cinyra sp. n.
(figs. 32, 36-38)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
157
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Stream, loc. 4, 1680 m a.s.l., 1.-6.x1.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
207). — Paratypes: 2514 (8 slides) data as for holo-
type except loc. 2-11, 27.x.-3.xii.1990; 1d data as for
holotype except loc. 7, 4.-12.11.1990; 16 data as for
holotype except Gogoi, 30.xi.1990, sweep net.
Description
Small, uniformly pale fuscous in colour; antennae
short, 19-segmented, segments stout; wings (fig. 32)
slender, tapered to acuminate apices; forewing with
jugal lobe, length 1.7-1.9 mm. Genitalia as in figs.
36-38. Abdominal segment IX well retracted into
VII, with lateral lobes prominent. Segment X for-
ming a short, stout plate, almost truncate apically.
Inferior appendages slender, comprising three lobes,
the ventral-most pair in ventral view in the form of a
harp, being slender and bowed, with slightly out-
turned apices. In lateral view, the subgenital plate ap-
pears to be divided into two lobes, a rounded ventral
lobe and a narrower, upturned dorsal lobe. Aedeagus
straight, tightly constricted medially and tapered dis-
tally to a flared apex, titillator present.
Etymology. — From the Latin cinyra, a kind of
harp, referring to the shape of the ventral-most pair of
lobes of the inferior appendages in ventral view.
Biology and distribution. — Collected along
streams in the West Usambara Mountains, at alti-
tudes between 1100 m and 1650 m a.s.l. In the
Malaise traps along the Kaputu Stream this species
was most abundant at sites with fast flow over gravel,
stones and bedrock (see Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — In general form, males of this species
resemble those of Dhatrichia inasa Mosely, 1948, the
type species from Yemen and D. bipunctata Statzner,
1977 from Zaire, but D. cinyra is sp. n. is clearly dis-
tinguished by the shape of the inferior appendages.
Hydroptila Dalman
Hydroptila Dalman, 1819: 125. Type species: Hydroptila ti-
neoides Dalman, by monotypy. See Marshall (1979) for
full generic synonymy.
Several of the Hydroptila species groups recognised
by Marshall (1979) are represented in Africa, particu-
larly in northern Africa. These include the sparsa, ca-
pensis, occulta and pulchricornis groups. Prior to this
work, however, only the widespread Hydroptila crucia-
ta Ulmer, 1912 (with A. hirra Mosely, 1948 in synon-
ymy), in Marshall’s occulta-group, was recorded from
East Africa (see Johanson 1992). A new record is given
here for this species, and five new species are described.
Two of the new species H. usambarensis sp. n. and HH.
morogorensis sp. n., clearly align with sparsa-group spe-
158
cies and H. bumbulensis sp. n. shares features of the oc-
culta-group. The affinities of Hydroptila mazumbaien-
sis sp. n. and H. tannerorum sp. n. are unclear.
Sites at which Hydroptila species were collected
varied from slow reaches of streams to fast riffles.
Hydroptila usambarensis sp. n.
(figs. 39, 40)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Dule, Bumbuli River,
1220 ma.s.l., 26.xi.1990, sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania
Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 209). — Paratypes: 56
(slides) data as for holotype; 14 (slides) data as for
holotype except East Usambara Mts, Mesa,
1.xii.1990; 38 data as for holotype except East
Usambara Mts, Bombole, 1.xii.1990.
Description
Post-occipital scent organs on head each compris-
ing a cluster of pale androconia beneath inner side of
post-occipital lobes; antennae 24-segmented; flagellar
segments rectangular, with scattered sensilla placo-
dea. Anterior wing length 1.3-1.8 mm. Genitalia as in
figs. 39, 40. Without lateral lobes of the usual form
on abdominal segment IX, but with apico-lateral ang-
les of abdominal segment IX rounded, setose. Tergite
X membranous, quadrate in dorsal view. Inferior ap-
pendages elongate, in ventral view parallel-sided, api-
cally produced slightly on inner side, in lateral view,
irregular in shape. Subgenital plate subtriangular, pai-
red setae basal. Aedeagus dilated in distal half, a small
spine subapically.
Etymology. — Named after the Usambara Moun-
tains, Tanzania.
Biology and distribution. — Taken from rivers both
in the East and West Usambara Mountains, at sites
with fast flow over large stones at altitudes between
800 m and 1220 m a.s.l.
Remarks. — This is probably a sparsa-group species,
although the form of the lateral lobes differs from
others. Hydroptila usambarensis is distinguished by
the unusual shape of the aedeagus which is dilated
distally anterior to a small, subapical spine.
Hydroptila morogorensis sp. n.
(figs. 41, 42)
Type material. — Holotype d , TANZANIA, Morogoro region,
Morogoro, Sokoine University of Agriculture, 550 m
asl, 26.x-11.xi.1990, light trap, ZMB’s Tanzania
Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 210).
Description
Post-occipital scent organs on head small; antennae
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
46
MD subg pl.
Figs. 39, 40. Hydroptila usambarensis sp. n., male genitalia. 39, ventral view; 40, lateral view. — Figs. 41, 42. Hydroptila mo-
rogorensis sp. n., male genitalia. 41, lateral view; 42, ventral view. — Figs. 43-45. Hydroptila mazumbaiensis sp. n., male geni-
talia. 43, ventral view; 44, dorsal view; 45, lateral view. — Figs. 46, 47. Hydroptila tannerorum sp. n., male genitalia. 46, ven-
tral view; 47, lateral view. — Abbreviations. — ae: aedeagus; inf.app.: inferior appendage; subg.pl.: subgenital plate.
159
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
25-segmented; flagellar segments with sparse scatte-
red sensilla placodea. Anterior wing length 1.4 mm.
Genitalia as in figs. 41, 42. Lateral lobes on abdomi-
nal segment IX rounded, setose. Tergite X mem-
branous, in lateral view stout, rounded apically.
Inferior appendages elongate, irregular in shape,
swollen near base, tapered and turned outwards to-
wards apex in ventral view; in lateral view swollen
subapically, upturned distally. Subgenital plate
broad, membranous, apically acute in ventral view, a
triangular medial projection in lateral view. Aedeagus
slender with a small apical spine.
Etymology. — Named after the city of Morogoro,
Tanzania.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality on the campus of Sokoine University of
Agriculture in Morogoro, in an area with several
small, slow-flowing streams and ditches.
Remarks. — This is a sparsa-group species showing
general resemblance to H. usambarensis sp. n., but
differing in detailed shape of genitalic structures, par-
ticularly in having the aedeagus simple and slender,
and inferior appendages in ventral view slightly ex-
panded proximally, slender and out-turned distally.
Hydroptila mazumbaiensis sp. n.
(figs. 43-45)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga re-
gion, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu Stream,
loc. 7, 1535 m a.s.l., 4.-12.11.1991, Malaise trap, ZMB’s
Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 211). —
Paratypes: 1d (slide) data as for holotype; 25 data as
for holotype except loc. 5-10, 30.x.-26.xii.1990.
Description
Post-occipital scent organs on head small, densely co-
vered with setae and in the form of a balloon-like struc-
ture with a central duct which appears to open ventral-
ly, without discernible androconia; antennae damaged;
flagellar segments with sparse sensilla placodea on apical
rim, elsewhere scattered sensilla auricillica. Meso-
scutellum diamond-shaped. Anterior wing length 2.2
mm. Genitalia as in figs. 43-45. Lateral lobes on abdo-
minal segment IX rounded apically, membranous.
Tergite X broad, rounded laterally and in lateral view
produced and upturned apico-laterally. Inferior appen-
dages slender, tapered, apically with a pale spur on inner
margin. Subgenital plate broad in ventral view, paired
setae on apical margin, in lateral view with a median
spur ventrally. Aedeagus with slender apical and subapi-
cal spines, swollen below each spine.
Etymology. — Named after the village of
Mazumbai, West Usambara Mountains, Tanzania.
160
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
Kaputu Stream in the West Usambara Mountains,
where it was taken between 1420 m and 1650 m a.s.l.,
at sites with slow to fast flow over mud, sand, gravel
and larger stones (see Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — The affinities of this species are un-
clear. The ventral spur on the subgenital plate sug-
gests that it may be an occulta-group species. The
form of the aedeagus is distinctive in having distally a
pair of flange-like structures in series.
Hydroptila tannerorum sp. n.
(figs. 46, 47)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 7, 1535 m a.s.l., 4.-12.11.1991, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
212). — Paratypes: 4d (slides) data as for holotype;
75 data as for holotype except loc. 4-8, 30.x.-
13.x11.1990.
Description
Post-occipital scent organs on head small, in the
form of a cluster of black androconia; antennae da-
maged. Anterior wing length 1.9-2.0 mm. Genitalia
as in figs. 46, 47. Abdominal sternite VII with a small
acute mesal process. Abdominal segment IX produ-
ced apico-laterally into broadly rounded lobes.
Tergite X membranous, broad-based, tapered distally
to truncate apex. Inferior appendages short, fused
mesally, forming rounded lobes laterally in ventral
view, in lateral view with a hooked process dorsally.
Subgenital plate wide in ventral view, with paired
setae at sides of a slender apico-mesal cleft. Aedeagus
slender, a short curved spine subapically.
Etymology. — Named after Mrs and Mr Tanner,
who initiated the establishment of the Mazumbai
Forest Reserve.
Biology and distribution. — Collected from the
Kaputu Stream, West Usambara Mountains only,
from stream sites with slow to moderate flow over
sand, gravel and stones and some mud at altitudes
between 1510 m to 1680 m a.s.l. (see Andersen &
Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — Males of this species have the genitalic
structures, particularly the inferior appendages, re-
duced and the antero-lateral angles of segment IX
strongly produced posteriorly. The affinities of this
species are unknown.
Hydroptila cruciata Ulmer
Hydroptila cruciata Ulmer, 1912: 83.
Hydroptila hirra Mosely, 1948: 81; Malicky, 1986: 234.
Biology and distribution. — In Africa this species is
found in Cape Verde, Benin, Guinea, the Ivory
Coast, Niger, Tanzania, Togo, Transvaal and it also
occurs in Yemen and Palestine (see Malicky 1986,
Gibon 1987b). Aspects of the life history were de-
scribed by Botosaneanu & Guidicelli (1981). The
present specimens were taken in a light trap in an ar-
ea with several small slow-flowing streams and ditch-
es.
Remarks. — Hydroptila cruciata is widely distribut-
ed and can be recognised amongst congeners by the
long strap-like spines that intersect mid-ventrally in
the male genitalia. Another prominent feature of the
male is the shape of the post-occipital scent organs
which are large, subrectangular and occupy about one
third of the dorsal head.
Material examined. —8 4 (4 slides), 99, TANZANIA,
Morogoro region, Morogoro, Sokoine University of
Agriculture, 18.x.-11.xi.1990, light trap, ZMB’s
Tanzania Expedition.
Hydroptila bumbulensis sp. n.
(figs. 48, 49)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Dule, Bumbuli River,
1220 m a.s.l., 26.xi.1990, sweep net, ZMB’s Tanzania
Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 213).
Description
Post-occipital caps on head, angular and covering
small tufts of scent hairs; antennae 31-segmented; fla-
gellar segments sub-quadrate with dense scattered
sensilla placodea. Wings slender, elongate; anterior
wing length 2.1 mm. Genitalia as in figs. 48, 49.
Lateral lobes on abdominal segment IX short, mem-
branous. Tergite X broad, membranous. Inferior ap-
pendages in ventral view stout, about twice as long as
greatest width, apico-ventrally with a darkly scleroti-
sed process; in lateral view, inferior appendages great-
ly expanded dorsally in distal half. Below the subgeni-
tal plate, and dorsal to the inferior appendages is a
pair of sclerotised processes which lie across each ot-
her. Subgenital plate narrow medially, with the usual
paired apical seta situated on each side of a small me-
dian cleft. At the base of and between the inferior ap-
pendages is a short, slender, sclerotised median pro-
cess. Aedeagus simple.
Etymology. — Named after the River Bumbuli in
the West Usambara Mountains, Tanzania.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality, the Bumbuli River at Dule in the West
Usambara Mountains. At the collecting site the river
was fast flowing over large stones.
Remarks. — This is an occulta-group species closely
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
resembling Hydroptila cruciata and the Malaysian
species, H. berkait Wells & Huisman, 1992, both in
the occulta-group. It differs from H. cruciata in the
form of the inferior appendages, and the parameres.
Tangatrichia gen. n.
Type species. — Tangatrichia gracilenta sp. n., male,
by present designation.
Diagnostic characters. — Showing strong resem-
blance to the Stactobiini taxa in the form of wings,
and male genitalia, especially the elongate internal ap-
odemes and form of the aedeagus, but groups with
the Hydroptilini genera on basis of presence of post-
occipital lobes on head and absence of suture on me-
soscutellum. In general form of male genitalia resem-
bling Hydroptila, but distinguished by presence of
ocelli, and slender, elongate apodemes on abdominal
segment IX; and by scattered arrangement of vestiture
and absence of sensilla placodea on antennal seg-
ments.
Etymology. — From Tanga region of Tanzania re-
ferring to the type locality, and the Greek trichos, hair.
Description
Adult. Wings (fig. 54) attenuate, with strongly re-
duced venation; forewing with jugal lobe. Head with
3 ocelli; tentoria, including posterior bridge, comple-
te; post-occipital lobes on head, but no associated
scent glands; antennae with segments elongate, clot-
hing hair scattered and sensory structures sensilla au-
ricillica only. Thorax (fig. 50) with mesoscutellum
sub-rectangular, without suture; metascutellum trian-
gular. Tibial spur formula 0, 2, 4.
Genitalia resembling some Stactobiini taxa in gen-
eral form, in having long internal apodemes on ab-
dominal segment IX, but with basic arrangement of
genitalic structures as in Hydroptila. The aedeagus is
slender and straight, with a short straight titillator.
Remarks. — This genus is erected for a single species
that groups with Hydroptila on the basis of presence
of jugal lobe on forewing, form of tentorium, anten-
nal segments, shape of thoracic scutellae, and of male
genitalic structures in general, but not presence of oc-
elli and shape of abdominal segment IX. In these lat-
ter respects, and in having only sensilla auricillica on
the antennal segments this genus shows similarity to
the Australian/Malaysian genus Jabitrichia Wells,
1990 (Wells 1990c, O'Connor & Ashe 1992), from
which it is distinguished by differences in male geni-
talic structures and arrangement of hair on antennal
segments.
The one species referred to this genus was collected
only in the West Usambara Mountains, from streams
161
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 48, 49. Hydroptila bumbulensis sp. n., male genitalia. 48, ventral view; 49, lateral view. — Figs. 50-54. Tangatrichia grac-
ilenta gen. n., sp. n., male. 50, head and thorax, dorsal view; 51, genitalia, lateral view; 52, genitalia, ventral view; 53, aedea-
gus; 54, wings. — Abbreviations. — inf.app.: inferior appendage; mes.sc.: mesoscutellum; met.sc.: metascutellum; p-o.l.: post-
occipital lobes; subg.pl.: subgenital plate.
with slow to fast flow over stones, gravel, sand and
mud.
Tangatrichia gracilenta sp. n.
(figs. 50-54)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 5, 1650 m a.s.l., 2.-6.x1.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
214). Paratypes: 51d (8 slides), data as for holotype
except loc. 1-10, 30.x.-13.xii.1990; 1354 (some
162
damaged) data as for holotype except loc. 7, 4.i.-
8.vi.1991; 3d (2 slides) data as for holotype except
Mazumbai Forest Reserve, small stream at 1480 m
a.s.l., 26.xi.-4.x11.1990; 3d (2 slides) data as for holo-
type except loc. 8, 5.xi.1990, sweep net.
Description
In general features as for genus. Small, pale, wings
as in fig. 54, anterior wing length 1.5-1.6 mm.
Genitalia as in figs. 51-53. Abdominal segment IX
short mid-ventrally, antero-lateral apodemes long and
slender. Segment X membranous, bifid distally.
Inferior appendages simple, elongate rectangular in
ventral view, well separated medially. Subgenital plate
narrowed abruptly in distal half, paired setae apically.
Aedeagus long, slender, slightly twisted distally, with
a short titillator arising at one-third length, but not
twisted as is more usual in hydroptilids.
Female unknown.
Etymology. — From the Latin gracilis, slender, gra-
cile, referring to the general shape of the species.
Biology and distribution. — Collected in the
Mazumbai area in the West Usambara Mountains
only, from streams with slow to fast flow between
1420 m to 1770 m a.s.l. In the Malaise traps at the
Kaputu Stream this species was most abundant at a
site with slow flow over mud, sand, gravel and stones
(see Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — See generic description.
Orthotrichia Eaton
Orthotrichia Eaton, 1873: 141. Type species:
Hydroptila angustella McLachlan, 1865 by original
designation. For full generic synonymy see Marshall
(1979).
Orthotrichia is a diverse genus in tropical Africa.
This work adds four new species to the previous 16
described from Africa. Most species are recorded
from Central Africa, while two are listed in the South
African fauna (de Moor 1993), two others are known
from East Africa (Johanson 1992), including O. strae-
leni Jacquemart, 1956 which is recorded from
Tanzania, as well as Uganda and Zaire, and one from
Mali in West Africa (Marlier 1978). Marshall (1979)
included the African species in the angustella- and cos-
talis- species groups.
The South African species, Orthotrichia barnardi
Scott, 1963, is here recorded from Tanzania for the
first time. One of the four new species, O. bisetula sp.
n., differs only slightly from O. barnardi and the
Central African O. kalengiensis Statzner, 1977 and
another, O. nigrovillosa sp. n., groups with O. straele-
ni, O. spinicauda Kimmins, 1958, from Zimbabwe
and O. nova Marlier, 1978, from Mali. A third, O.
scutellata sp. n., is distinctive and not aligned closely
with any of the other species, although conforming
with congeners. The fourth new species is enigmatic
and is referred tentatively to Orthotrichia as O. hy-
droptiloides sp. n.
Orthotrichia bisetula sp. n.
(figs. 55, 56)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
Stream, loc. 10, 1420 m a.s.l., 20.-26.x1.1990,
Malaise trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide,
ZMBN No. 215). — Paratypes: 19d (3 slides) data as
for holotype except loc. 10-11, 14.xi.-3.xii.1990; 24
(slides) data as for holotype except Shakoi River,
24.xi.1990, sweep net.
Description
Antennae 29-segmented; flagellar segments elonga-
te, with dense sensilla placodea and at least one sensory
pit per segment. Anterior wing length 2.4-2.8 mm.
Genitalia as in figs. 55, 56. Abdominal segment IX
with a pair of unequal, membranous, lateral digitate
processes, each with a pair of setae apically. Tergite X
broadly rounded apically, not sclerotised, covered with
tiny spinules. Aedeagus of typical elongate slender
form. Inferior appendages asymmetrical, left shorter
than right, its inner apical angle produced; dorsal pro-
cess V-shaped, anterior apodeme slender, elongate. A
pair of unequal sclerotised spines dorso-laterally.
Etymology. — From the Latin bis, two and setula,
diminutive for bristle, to describe the paired setae on
the digitiform process in the male genitalia.
Biology and distribution. — Collected from streams
and rivers with slow to rapid flow in the West
Usambara Mountains, between 1400 m and 1420 m
a.s.l. In the Malaise traps at the Kaputu Stream this
species was only taken at the lowermost sites where
the stream is moderate to slow flowing over mud,
sand, gravel and stones (see Andersen & Johanson
1993):
Remarks. — This species, Orthotrichia barnardi and
O. kalengiensis, all have lateral digitate processes on
segment IX. They are distinguished by differences in
the shape of the inferior appendages and lateral
spines.
Orthotrichia barnardi Scott
(fig. 57)
Orthotrichia barnardi Scott, 1963: 470.
Biology and distribution. — Known from South
Africa and northern Tanzania. The present specimens
were taken at slow to fast flowing streams and rivers,
at altitudes between 1220 m and 1400 m a.s.l.
Remarks. — This species closely resembles
Orthotrichia bisetula sp. n. and O. kalengiensis. It is
distinguished by the nearly symmetrical inferior ap-
pendages, see fig. 57.
Material examined. — 14, TANZANIA, Tanga re-
gion, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 11, 13.-14.xi.1990, Malaise trap, ZMB’s
Tanzania Expedition; 14 (slide) as previous except
Dule, Bumbuli River, 26.x1.1990, sweep net.
163
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
164
Orthotrichia scutellata sp. n.
(figs. 58, 59)
Type material. — Holotype 4, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 5, 1650 m a.s.l., 6.-12.xi.1990, Malaise
trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No.
216).
Description
Antennae damaged. Anterior wing length 2.4 mm.
Genitalia as in figs. 58, 59. Abdominal segment IX
without membranous lateral digitate processes, but
with a pair of unequal sclerotised spines. Tergite X re-
duced to a stout spine. Aedeagus of typical elongate
slender form. Inferior appendages fused, rectangular,
with a seta at each apical angle and with a pair of thin
sclerotised lobes dorsally; dorsal process also fused,
quadrate, setae at apical angles; anterior apodeme
slender, elongate. A pair of unequal, sclerotised spines
laterally, the left slender and curved, the right broader
and hooked distally. Internally a pair of short, slender
parameres.
Etymology. — From the Latin scutella, little flat
dish, plate, and the suffix -atus, provided with, refer-
ring to the fused dorsal process of the inferior ap-
pendages, forming a single plate.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality, Kaputu Stream in the West Usambara
Mountains, where it was taken at a site where the
stream is fast flowing over gravel and stones (see
Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — This is a distinctive species, character-
ised by the fused inferior appendages and their dorsal
process in the form of a simple plate.
Orthotrichia nigrovillosa sp. n.
(figs. 60, 61)
Type material. — Holotype 4, TANZANIA, Tanga
region, West Usambara Mts, Mazumbai, Kaputu
Stream, loc. 10, 1420 m asl, 29.x1.-3.xii. 1990,
Malaise trap, ZMB’s Tanzania Expedition (slide,
ZMBN No. 217). — Paratypes: 4d (1 slide) data as for
holotype except loc. 4-11, 12.-29.xi.1990.
Description
Antennae damaged; flagellar segments elongate,
with dense scattered sensilla placodea and one sensory
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
pit per segment. Anterior wing length 2.3-2.4 mm.
Genitalia as in figs. 60, 61. Abdominal sternite VIII
with a mesal process bearing blunt, dark setae.
Abdominal segment IX without lateral digitate pro-
cesses. Tergite X sclerotised, distally in the form of
stout hooks and spines. Aedeagus of typical elongate
slender form. Inferior appendages superficially sym-
metrical save for a small, square sclerotised process
apically on the left inferior appendage; dorsal process
U-shaped, well displaced to right side; anterior apo-
deme slender, elongate. A pair of unequal, sclerotised
processes laterally, the left slender, with long setae dis-
tally, the right with curved setate process basally and
sclerotised spine distally.
Etymology. — From the Latin niger, black, dark,
and villus, tuft of hair, referring to the dark, blunt se-
tae on the mesal process of abdominal segment VII.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
Kaputu Stream in the West Usambara Mountains, at
sites between 1400 m and 1680 m a.s.l. with slow to
moderate flow over mud, sand, gravel and stones (see
Andersen & Johanson 1993).
Remarks. — Orthotrichia nigrovillosa sp. n., O. spir-
alina Statzner, 1977, O. straeleni, O. spinicauda and
O. nova all have a more complex development of lat-
eral processes on segment IX than the above men-
tioned group of species. In O. nigrovillosa this takes
the form of an elongate lobe with setae distally on the
outer side on the left and on the right a similar struc-
ture basally, extended dorsally in a sclerotised spine.
The shape of the inferior appendages differs between
species.
Orthotrichia hydroptiloides sp. n.
(figs. 62, 63)
Type material. — Holotype d, TANZANIA, Moro-
goro region, Morogoro, Sokoine University of Agri-
culture, 550 m a.s.l., 11.xi.1990, light trap, ZMB’s
Tanzania Expedition (slide, ZMBN No. 218).
Description
Ocelli absent. Tibial spurs 0, 2, 4. Meso- and me-
tascutellum subrectangular, metascutellum about half
length of mesoscutellum. Antennae damaged, remai-
ning flagellar segments with scattered clothing hair,
basal whorl of hair and sensilla placodea lacking.
Anterior wing length 1.4 mm. Genitalia as in figs. 62,
63. Abdominal segment IX broad anteriorly, without
Figs. 55, 56. Orthotrichia bisetula sp. n., male genitalia. 55, ventral view; 56, lateral view. — Fig. 57. Orthotrichia barnardi
Scott, 1963, male genitalia, ventral view. — Figs. 58, 59. Orthotrichia scutellata sp. n., male genitalia. 58, lateral view; 59, ven-
tral view. — Figs. 60, 61. Orthotrichia nigrovillosa sp. n., male genitalia. 60, lateral view; 61, ventral view. — Figs. 62, 63.
Orthotrichia hydroptiloides sp. n., male genitalia. 62, ventral view; 63, lateral view. Abbreviations. — d.po.inf.: dorsal process
of inferior appendage.
165
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
spines or digitate processes. Tergite X membranous,
broad. Aedeagus without spiral titillator, swollen and
twisted distally, with divided apex. Inferior appenda-
ges symmetrical, stout, fused basally, in lateral view
expanded distally and broadly rounded apically; dor-
sal process fused, more or less T-shaped, with a setae
laterally on the right side of base; anterior apodeme
slender, elongate and curved.
Etymology. — Named after the genus Hydroptila,
using the suffix -oides, resembling, referring to the
general shape of the male genitalia.
Biology and distribution. — Known only from the
type locality on the campus of Sokoine University of
Agriculture in Morogoro in an area with several
small, slow-flowing streams and ditches.
Remarks. — This species is placed in Orthotrichia
on the basis of general head, thoracic and wing fea-
tures and the form of the male genitalic structures.
The tibial spur formula is aberrant, however, and in
the male genitalia the aedeagus is quite unlike the typ-
ical and generally invariant form, and the anterior,
internal shape of abdominal segment IX is unusual.
The spur formula conforms with that of Hydroptila
and in general appearance the male genitalia resemble
those of H. cortensis Mosely, 1937. However, the
wing lacks a jugal lobe, the thoracic scutellae conform
with those of Orthotrichia and upon close inspection
the genitalia certainly show features typical of
Orthotrichia, with the characteristic form of the infe-
rior appendages, their dorsal process and basal apo-
deme.
Close examination of species of Tricholeiochiton
Kloet & Hincks, 1944 reveals a basal apodeme simi-
lar to, but less distinctive than that of males of most
species in Orthotrichia. The aedeagus of O. hydropti-
loides sp. n. is dissimilar to that of other Orthotrichia,
but shows some resemblance to the form typical of
Tricholeiochiton. However, the arrangement of hair
on the antennal segments appears to be of the form
found in Orthotrichia.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The expedition to Tanzania was funded by The
Norwegian Council for Science and the Humanities
(NAVE). Thanks are due to the staff at the Department
for Forest Biology, Sokoine University of Agriculture
(SUA), Morogoro, Tanzania and to the Norwegian
Agency for Development (NORAD), Dar es Salam,
Tanzania, for their cooperation and support. We also
want to thank the Australian Biological Resources
Study (ABRS) and CSIRO Division of Entomology,
Canberra, Australia for making available facilities for
the laboratory and word-processing aspects of this
study. Robert Scougall, Drafting Office, Australian
166
Nature Conservation Agency very kindly prepared
the bromides from the line drawings.
REFERENCES
Andersen, T. & K. A. Johanson, 1993. Caddis flies
(Trichoptera) from a mountain rain forest in NE
Tanzania. — In Otto, C. (ed.) Proceedings of the 7th
International Symposium on Trichoptera, pp. 59-64. —
Backhuys, The Netherlands.
Botosaneanu, L. & J. Guidicelli, 1981. Observations mor-
phologiques, éthologiques et écologiques sur Hydroptila
hirra Mosely (Trichoptera : Hydroptilidae). — In Moretti,
G. (ed.) Proceedings of the 3rd International Symposium
on Trichoptera, pp. 21-29. — W. Junk, The Hague.
Dalman, J. W., 1819. Nägra nya insekt-genera beskrifna. —
Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar 40:
117-127.
Eaton, A. E., 1873. On the Hydroptilidae, a family of the
Trichoptera. — Transactions of the Entomological Society
of London 1873: 125-149.
Gibon, F.-M., 1985. Recherches sur les Trichoptères
d'Afrique occidentale, II. Stactobiini (Hydroptilidae) de
Côte-d'Ivoire. — Revue Française d’Entomologie (N.S.)
7: 149-155.
Gibon, F.-M., 1987a. Studies on West African Trichoptera.
7. Two new Catoxyethira from Guinea (Hydroptilidae). —
Aquatic Insects 9: 115-118.
Gibon, F.-M., 1987b. Recherches sur les Trichoptères
d’Afrique occidentale, 8 - Hydroptilini (Hydroptilidae).
— Revue d’Hydrobiologie Tropicale 20: 121-130.
Gibon, F.-M., 1991. Trichoptères d’Afrique occidentale
(XIII). Trois nouvelles Catoxyethira de Guinée
(Hydroptilidae). — Revue Française d’Entomologie (N.S.)
13: 125-130.
Jacquemart, S., 1956. Trois Orthotrichia nouveaux du Lac
Kivu (Trichoptera, Hydroptilidae). — Bulletin de
l’Institut Royal des Science Naturelles de Belgique 32 (9):
1-6.
Johanson, K. A., 1992. A catalogue of the caddis flies of East
Africa (Insecta, Trichoptera). — Steenstrupia 18: 113-
141.
Kimmins, D. E., 1958. On some Trichoptera from S.
Rhodesia and Portuguese East Africa. — Bulletin of the
British Museum (Natural History). Entomology Series 7:
359-368.
Malicky, H., 1986. The caddisflies of Saudi Arabia and ad-
jacent regions (Insecta, Trichoptera). — Fauna of Saudi
Arabia 8: 233-245.
Marlier, G., 1978. Sur une collection de Trichopteres de
Afrique occidentale. — Revue de Zoologie Africaine 92:
283-302.
McLachlan, R., 1880. A monographic revision and synopsis
of the Trichoptera of the European Fauna. Part IX, pp.
501-523, with supplement, pp. xiii-Ixxxiv. — London.
Marshall, J. E., 1979. A review of the genera of the
Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera). — Bulletin of the British
Museum (Natural History). Entomology Series 39: 135-
239:
Mey, W., 1992. Beschreibung von vier neuen Köcherfliegen
aus Ostafrika (Insecta, Trichoptera). — Mitteilungen aus
dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 68: 259-265.
Moor, F. C. de, 1993. Factors influencing the distribution
of Trichoptera in South Africa. — In Otto, C. (ed.)
|
|
Proceedings of the 7th International Symposium on
Trichoptera, pp. 51-58. — Backhuys, The Netherlands.
Morse, J. C., 1974. New caddisflies (Trichoptera) from
southern Africa. — Journal of the Kansas entomological
Society 47: 328-344.
Mosely, M. E., 1933. The genus
(Trichoptera). — Stylops 2: 162-165.
Mosely, M. E., 1939. Trichoptera. — Ruwenzori Expedition
(1934-35) 3: 1-40.
Mosely, M. E., 1948. Trichoptera. — Expedition to South-
west Arabia (1937-8) 1: 67-85.
Oläh, J., 1989. Thirty-five new hydroptilid species from
Vietnam (Trichoptera, Hydroptilidae). — Acta Zoologica
Hungarica 35: 255-293.
O'Connor, J. P. & P. Ashe, 1992. Jabitrichia wellsae sp. n.
(Trichoptera, Hydroptilidae) from Tasek Bera, Malaysia.
— Aquatic Insects 14: 255-257.
Ross, H. H., 1948. Notes and descriptions of Nearctic
Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera). — Journal of the
Washington Academy of Sciences 38: 201-206.
Schmid, F., 1959. Le genre Stactobia McL. — Miscelänea
zoolögica 1: 1-56.
Schmid, F. 1960. Trichoptères du Pakistan III. — Tijdschrift
voor Entomologie 103: 83-109.
Scott, K. M. F., 1963. Some new caddis flies (Trichoptera)
from the Western Cape province. IV: Some
Hydroptilidae. — Annals of the South African Museum
46: 469-478.
Scott, K. M. F., 1967. The larval and pupal stages of
Ugandatrichia Mosely (Trichoptera : Hydroptilidae)
Stactobia McL.
WELLS & ANDERSEN: Tanzanian micro-caddisflies
from Rhodesia, with the description of a new species. —
Annals of the Cape Provincial Museums. Natural History
11: 117-127.
Scott, K. M. F., 1986. A brief conspectus of the Trichoptera
(caddisflies) of the Afrotropical Region. — Journal of the
Entomological Society of Southern Africa 49: 231-238.
Statzner, B., 1977. Taxonomische Studien an den
Hydroptilidae-Imagines aus dem zentralafrikanischen
Bergbach Kalengo. — Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift (Neue Folge) 25: 393-405.
Ulmer, G., 1912. Trichoptera aus Äquatorial-Afrika. —
Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Zentral-
Afrika-Expedition (1907-08) 4: 81-125.
Ulmer, G., 1951. Köcherfliegen (Trichopteren) von den
Sunda-Inseln (Teil I). — Archiv für Hydrobiologie,
Supplement 19: 1-528.
Wells, A., 1990a. The micro-caddisflies (Trichoptera :
Hydroptilidae) of North Sulawesi. — Invertebrate
Taxonomy 3: 363-406.
Wells, A., 1990b. The hydroptilid tribe Stactobiini
(Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) in New Guinea —
Invertebrate Taxonomy 3: 817-849.
Wells, A., 1990c. New species and a new genus of micro-
caddisfly from northern Australia, including the first
Australian record of the tribe Stactobiini (Trichoptera:
Hydroptilidae). — Transactions of the Royal Society of
South Australia 114: 107-128.
Received: 3 August 1994
Revised version accepted: 9 January 1995
167
x
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
Volume 138, no. I
Articles
| A. J. de Boer
The taxonomy and biogeography of the cicada genus Papuapsaltria gen. n.
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae).
45 P. E. Bragg
A review of the subfamily Korinninae (Phasmida: Pseudophasmatidae), with the
description of a new species.
51 N. Moller Andersen & P. P. Chen
A taxonomic revision of the ptilomerine genus Rhyacobates Esaki (Hemiptera:
Gerridae), with five new species from China and adjacent countries.
69 N. Nieser
Nine new species of Pseudovelia and a new Xiphovelia (Heteroptera: Veliidae)
from Sulawesi (Indonesia) and Mindanao (Philippines). Notes on Malesian
aquatic and semiaquatic bugs (Heteroptera), V.
89 J. D. Oswald
Revision of the southeast Asian silky lacewing genus Balmes (Neuroptera:
Psychopsidae).
103 L. M. Roth
Revision of the cockroach genus Homopteroidea Shelford (Blattaria,
Polyphagidae)
117 L. M. Roth
Description of a new species of Ctenoneura Hanitsch from Sabah (Blattaria,
Polyphagidae)
121 R. T. Simon Thomas
New and rare Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) from West Africa
131 J. van Tol & Y. Norma-Rashid
The genus Euphaea Rambur in Borneo (Odonata: Euphaeidae). Descriptions
and records of Malesian Odonata, 3.
143 A. Wells & T. Andersen
Tanzanian micro-caddisflies (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae)
Announcements and book reviews
142 J. T. Wiebes, The Indo-Australian Agaoninae (pollinators of figs). [J. van Tol]
© Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging, Amsterdam
Published 15 June 1995 ISSN 0040-7496
VOIUME 150, NO. 4, 1775 pr ISSN 0040-7496
Tijdschrift
voor
Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary
entomology since 1858
Published by the Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
À journal of systematic and evolutionary entomology since 1858
Scope
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ (Netherlands Journal of Entomology) has a long
tradition in the publication of original papers on insect taxonomy and systematics.
The editors particularly invite papers on the insect fauna of the Palaearctic and
Indo-Australian regions, especially those including evolutionary aspects e.g.
phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and ecology as far as meaningful for
insect taxonomy. Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines related to
taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morphology, ethology, ecology and applied
entomology, are requested to contact the editorial board before submitting.
Usually, such papers will only be published when space allows.
Editors
E. J. van Nieukerken (elected 1986) and J. van Tol (1985)
Co-editors
A. W. M. Mol (1990) and R. T. A. Schouten (1990)
Advisory board
M. Brancucci (Basel), N. E. Stork (London) and M. R. Wilson (Cardiff).
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ is published in two issues annually by the
‘Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging’ (Netherlands Entomological Society),
Amsterdam.
Editorial address
c/o National Museum of Natural History,
Postbus 9517, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands.
Correspondence regarding membership of the society, subscriptions and
possibilities for exchange of this journal should be addressed to:
Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
c/o Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie
Plantage Middenlaan 64
1018 DH Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Subscription price per volume Hfl. 300,— (postage included).
Special rate for members of the society. Please enquire.
Instructions to authors
Published with index of volume 138 (1995).
Graphic design
Ontwerpers B.V., Aad Derwort, ’s-Gravenhage
A. J. DE BOER
Instituut voor Systematiek en Populatiebiologie (Zoölogisch Museum), Universiteit van
Amsterdam
ISLANDS AND CICADAS ADRIFT INTHE ,,--
WEST-PACIFIC. BIOGEOGRAPHIC PATTERNS ©’
RELATED TO PLATE TECTONICS 1.1995
Boer, A. J. de, 1995. Islands and cicadas adtift in ane west- idee Biogeographic patterns relat-
ed to plate tectonics. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie | 1387 169-244, figs. 1-56. [ISSN 0040-
7496]. Published 15 November 1995. Li
The cicadas of the Indo-Pacific region (Sulawesi, Maluku, New Guinea, and the East-Melanesian
archipelagos) show an extreme rate of endemism and speciation. Congruent patterns of distribu-
tion lead to the recognition of several areas of endemism in the region. Provided that the cicadas
evolved by vicariant speciation in response to geotectonic changes, cicada phylogeny and distribu-
tion should indicate palaeogeological relationships between the areas of endemism. An 4 priori
knowledge of the tectonic history is therefore essential to realize the importance of many of the
biogeographic data and to interpret them correctly. High endemism found in cicadas makes them
a promising group for area cladistic study. À combination of biogeographic and phylogenetic data
of cicadas might lead to a better insight in the enormously complex geotectonic history of the ar-
chipelagos, which separate the Asian and Australian continents.
These archipelagos evolved at the interaction zone of three converging geotectonic plates, the
Eurasian, Pacific, and Australian plates. Conversion between the Pacific and Australian plates
forced the subduction of the intermediate Tethys Sea plate under the Pacific. This subduction
gave rise to a system of volcanic island arcs along the Pacific plate margin. One of these island
arcs collided at its western end with southeast Asia and fragmented as a result of that collision.
Many of the now existing land masses in the area are of composite geological origin. They re-
sult from various collisions involving fragments of the Pacific island arc, rifted microcontinents
of Australian origin, and the continental margins of southeast Asia and, especially, Australia. A
review of the most recent geological literature is provided in the first chapter and gives a more
or less coherent tectonic history of the area in question.
Biogeographical data of two unrelated monophyletic groups of cicadas are analysed: the subtribe
Cosmopsaltriaria of the family Cicadidae and the sister tribes Chlorocystini and Prasiini of the
family Tibicinidae. Distributional patterns in the various genera of these two groups show that,
even if the distributional ranges of the genera largely overlap, these genera are generally concen-
trated with most, and often endemic, species in different areas. The areas thus recognized largely
coincide with the recognized geological entities as microcontinents or island arc fragments. This
suggests that the various genera evolved in isolation on such geological entities, which can thus be
regarded as the ‘source areas’ of the genera. If this is true, the phylogenetic relationships of the ci-
cada genera should indicate relationships between the presumed source areas of these genera,
which reflect the historic relationships between the corresponding geological entities. To test this
hypothesis the most likely source area for each of the genera is derived from their present-day dis-
tribution patterns. These source areas are substituted for the genera in the generic cladograms of
the two cicada groups and thus two area cladograms are obtained. The taxon-area cladograms are
compared to an area cladogram derived from the geological literature, which shows the alleged
fragmentation sequences of the main historic island arc. Congruencies between the two taxon-ar-
ea cladograms and the geological cladogram suggest that vicariance as a result of fragmentation in-
deed played a major role in the evolution of the Indo-Pacific cicadas. The presumed sequences of
fragmentation of the island arc do coincide with the main branching sequences in the taxon-area
cladograms. Moreover, the cicada area cladograms indicate area relationships that suggest some
more detailed palaeogeographical reconstructions of the various island arcs in relation to some of
the rifted microcontinents than the one obtained from the geological data alone. It is clear that
geological and biogeographical data supplement each other and that their combination will lead
to a better understanding of the evolution of both the earth’s surface and its biota.
A. J. de Boer, Instituut voor Systematiek en Populatiebiologie (Zoölogisch Museum), Univer-
siteit van Amsterdam, P. ©. Box 94766, 1090 GT Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Cicadas, Biogeography, Chlorocystini, Cosmopsaltriaria, Prasiini, palaeogeogra-
phy, west-Pacific, Indo-Pacific.
169
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
CONTENTS
Introduction
General remarks on biogeography … … … … … 170
West Pacific cicadas as object of study … … … 171
Resultstfoßpreviousistudy EE eer neeeeees 172
Eollowsupsstud En 172
Palaeogeographic history of Sulawesi, Maluku, New
Guineayandithenwestermylzaciticu eee eee: 174
Rutvneso AG ON CAR AE 175
Development of an island arc system … … … 179)
NElukwanditheBandaSe nn 183
Western New Guinea, the Birds Head penin-
SIAM RE eci EEE 188
NewiGuinca en 190
ÉaseMelanesianarchipelagos nen 194
Solomon Anse m en ne 198
Vanuatu (New Hebrides) ............................. 199
Fie ea 200
ERI SANA SR benee eeb 200
TORRES irpini 200
Biogeography of the cicadas of Sulawesi, New Guinea
and the west Pacific
New Guineaneicadas c.ca 200
Vicariant patterns versus dispersal patterns ...202
Historical distributions of the genera … … … 203
The New Guinea orientated genera
Coomer STEM RP 05000850 3c05% 204
GVN ON AD AIAS VANS eenen 206
IIICErOPYZAS ta ER RR seste scacetssterovactese 206
Thaumastopsaltria Kirkaldy … … … … … … … … 208
Guineapsa tn DEN Oe ngen 209
aan opp Du EE SR 210
VACACA MAD AIB n 210
BaciunaiStal@ ee een 211
Scoop ana Doe nn nn 216
PDU ADS AI AID Boe EPA 2117
MinabilopsaltnalDe DORE 218
The Australian genera of the Chlorocystini … … 218
The non-New Guinean genera of the Cosmopsal-
(BEIT ARS A RIE ne 219
Accra ee eno 220
Vl oanalN Iers Weeks n en Reo TP 220
INS nen MEE DA
DAD SPE sess nessa ee eee eee DA
BrachylotopycaDutie\spet se ren ee 221
he Oriental raser ERRO 221
CONCUSSIONE ee DID
DISCUSSIONE ER Re I e et DON.
Area cladistics
Arcaicladogiamspe ene 223
Comparison of area cladograms ................... 224
Discussion and paleogeographic reconstruc-
170
OS E A INNO 227
Sulawesi ns 9 eee ee eee 228
Malukutand'Bandam Re 229
New Guinea: Birds Head … …… 231
Northern New Guinea … nennen 232
Central New Guinea ............. rr 232
AUS GTA A ER n Ee 233
PAPUARIPEN INSEE A eee enero 234
IMelanesianvarchipelasos ee 236
Conclusions se 237
Ncknowledeementse ne nn 238
References. eten eenn 238
Sources of illustrations ..eeeeeeeeeaaannnnneeeeennenenenenennn 241
TA ERE RR E E a I Cia 242
Glossary n oi on aed een tee nome 244
INTRODUCTION
This study contains a comparison of the bioge-
ographic patterns found in two unrelated groups of
cicadas from Sulawesi, Maluku, New Guinea, and
East-Melanesia. The observed similarities between
these biogeographic patterns suggest a common un-
derlying geotectonic cause, which indicates that vica-
riant speciation played a major role in the evolution
of the two groups compared.
General remarks on biogeography
Biogeography is the discipline which concerns it-
self with the study of the distribution of species and
higher taxa over the world, and with the search for ex-
planations of these distributions. The occurrences of
completely different communities of animals and
plants in the various parts of the world have intrigued
generations of biologists and have, in the second half
of the 19th century, led to the recognition of so called
floral and faunal regions, in zoogeography beginning
with Sclater’s (1858) avifaunal regions (see for a his-
torical resumé Nelson & Platnick 1981). Most intri-
guing, of course, are those areas in the world where
two such regions meet, and study has long focussed
on the exact determination of border lines between
the regions. Well known in this respect are the lines
of Wallace (1863, 1876, 1910) separating the Asian
and Australian biotas. Later biogeographers have pro-
posed alternative lines, of which those named after
T.H. Huxley, R. Lydekker, and M. Weber are best
known (for a historical resumé see Simpson 1977).
The concept of plate tectonics, which evolved from
earlier theories of Alfred Wegener (1912), became
widely accepted only since the early 1970’s. These
theories enable us to explain the apparent differences
between the various biogeographic regions in terms of
independent evolutions of their isolated biotas. The
border lines separating the regions represent the his-
toric geographical barriers that caused the isolation
between the biotas of the regions. The steady change
of the surface of the earth constantly causes the devel-
opment and disappearance of barriers of all kinds,
causing isolation between populations of species
where they develop, and enabling biotas to mix where
they disappear. Of course, it depends on the nature of
the barrier and the dispersal abilities of a particular
species whether the barrier indeed acts as a mecha-
nism of isolation for the species in question.
Vicariant biogeography is based on the notion that
a geographical barrier arising and separating any two
parts of an area will not only affect one single species,
but might divide the entire biota. The barrier in ques-
tion is therefore presumed to form an effective mech-
anism of isolation for a wide range of species of both
animals and plants. As a result, general patterns of
distribution can be expected to have been formed, in
which taxa of various species groups occurring on
both sides of the barrier show a sister group relation-
ship. It depends on the age of the geological barrier
and the rate of evolution in a particular group wheth-
er these vicarying taxa be species or monophyletic
groups of a higher taxonomic level.
The above line of reasoning is reversed in area clad-
istics as developed by Platnick & Nelson (1978).
Here the phylogenetic relationships between endem-
ic taxa are regarded as evidence for the palaeogeo-
graphical relationships between the distribution areas
of these taxa, always provided the distributions of
these taxa are not the result of dispersals. In other
words, the phylogeny of a monophyletic group re-
veals the order in which geological barriers fragment-
ed a once undivided ancestral area, which theoretical-
ly formed the distribution area of the ancestral species
of that monophyletic group. Of course, this is only
true when the evolution of the species group in ques-
tion was caused by vicariance in the first place. This
becomes the more likely when several groups of spe-
cies comply with one and the same generalized area
cladogram; when several monophyletic groups are
found of which the phylogeny and distribution indi-
cate similar patterns of area relationships. In that case,
we can safely assume that these groups did not ac-
quire their distribution patterns independently by
chance dispersals, but that they responded similarly
to the same geological events. Area cladistic analyses
should therefore always be based on two or more,
preferably unrelated, groups.
The methods of area cladistics are summarised by
Rosen (1978), Humphries & Parenti (1986), and
Wiley (1988). In short, an area cladistic analysis re-
quires two or more taxa occurring in the same area.
These taxa should have many endemic species with
more or less congruent distributions and the phyloge-
netic relationships should be known. A phylogenetic
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
hypothesis is regarded a prerequisite for analysing his-
torical biogeographic patterns (Cracraft 1988). The
methods for reconstructing the relationships between
species were developed by Hennig (1950; 1966). A
phylogenetic reconstruction, expressed in a clado-
gram, is based on shared derived characters, the syn-
apomorphies, that indicate a common ancestor. It
will be clear that widespread taxa, taxa that occur in
all areas of which one wants to study the relation-
ships, are uninformative. In area cladistics, the names
of taxa in a taxon cladogram are simply substituted
for the names of the areas in which these taxa occur,
and a taxon-area cladogram results. A taxon-area cla-
dogram visualizes the relationships between areas as
suggested by the phylogenetic and biogeographic data
of a single species group; these relationships need not
be of a geological nature, they could also indicate
routes of dispersal. Congruencies between the taxon-
arca cladograms of different taxa lead to the recogni-
tion of a general area cladogram. Such a general area
cladogram shows the area relationships which are
supported by the phylogenies and distributions of
more than one species group. A general area clado-
gram is supposed to visualize the palaeogeographical
relationships between the areas; each splitting in a
branch represents the formation of a geological barri-
er, which, translated to the taxon cladogram, led to a
vicariant speciation event.
West Pacific cicadas as object of study
When a study is undertaken with the aim of reveal-
ing a general area cladogram based on the phylogeny
and distributions of monophyletic taxa that can be re-
lated to the tectonic history of the area, the chances of
success increase when a group is selected as a subject
of study that has many endemic species in an area
with an active geotectonic past. The more species are
involved, the more likely it becomes that we will be
able to recognize patterns in their distributions, and a
high rate of endemism facilitates the recognition of
areas of endemism. It stands to reason that the more a
particular area has been subjected to geological chan-
ges, the greater the chance is that some of these chan-
ges gave rise to effective barriers that were followed by
vicariant speciations. It might therefore be expected
that the cicadas of New Guinea and adjacent areas
cannot fail to form an excellent group for study. Not
only is the geological history of New Guinea regarded
as one of the most complex in the world, the cicadas
of the New Guinea region satisfy all our demands of
extensive speciation and endemism. Since several ge-
nera of New Guinean cicadas also either occur or
have their sister groups in adjacent areas such as
Maluku (the Moluccas), Sulawesi (Celebes),
Australia, and the East-Melanesian islands, these are-
as are also taken into account in the present study.
171
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
New Guinea is a composite area, composed of
parts of different geological origin, at the junction of
three converging tectonic plates: the Australian,
Pacific and Eurasian plates. The evolution of the is-
land involved a series of collisions of various parts of
an oceanic island arc and several microcontinents
with the northern craton of the Australian continent.
A review of the geological literature on the formation
of New Guinea and adjacent areas is given in the next
chapter.
Cicadas form a group of insects conspicuous by the
amount of noise the male produces in attracting the
female. The tendency to small distributional ranges
must presumably be explained by the peculiar life cy-
cle of these insects. The following data on cicada biol-
ogy are abstracted from Chandler (1972; 1973),
Dubois (1966), Itô & Nagamine (1974a, b), Kuniata
& Nagaraja (1992), Monsarrat (1966), Moulds
(1990), Nagamine & Teruya (1976), Wilson (1969),
and Wilson et al. (1963). Cicadas usually deposit
their eggs along the mid-ribs of the underside of green
leaves, after some tissue has been curved up by the fe-
male. After an incubation period of 4-8 weeks the lar-
vae hatch from the egg, fall to the ground and dig
themselves in within a few minutes. The insect now
passes through 5 larval stages. These larvae remain
under ground at a depth of generally 20-30 cm,
where they suck on plant roots. After about 2-8 years,
in exceptional cases, (species of the north American
genus Magicicada Davis, 1925) 13 or 17 years, the
last larval stage or nymph emerges, usually after rain
fall, and climbs up a stem where metamorphosis takes
place. The winged adults live for only 1-2 weeks,
which leaves the cicada precious little time to move
about and disperse.
Cicadas are currently subdivided into six families,
but the soundness of this classification is being dis-
puted (Duffels 1993). Each of the largest two of these
families has a large monophyletic group endemic to
the area under study. The subtribe Cosmopsaltriaria
of the Cicadidae (+ 125 species), and a group consist-
ing of the sister tribes Prasiini (# 50 species) and
Chlorocystini (+ 150 species) of the Tibicinidae are
both distributed over Sulawesi, Maluku, New
Guinea, and East-Melanesia to Samoa and Tonga.
Results of previous study
The value of cicadas for recognizing areas of ende-
mism has been demonstrated before by Duffels (1977
and later publications). An area of endemism is deli-
mited by the more or less coincident distributions of
taxa that occur nowhere else (Nelson & Platnick
1981). Duffels’ revisionary work on the subtribe
Cosmopsaltriaria (Cicadidae) showed the extreme
rate of endemism of the Indo-Pacific cicadas. Duffels
(1986) recognized several areas of endemism in the
172
Indo-Pacific region. These areas of endemism are to a
large extent congruent with areas of endemism recog-
nized by other workers, studying several different
groups (Schuh & Stonedahl 1986, plant bugs of the
family Miridae; Kitching et al. 1987, butterflies of the
genus /dea; Holloway 1987, butterflies; Van Welzen
1990, the plant genus Guioa of the Sapindaceae).
The area cladogram of the Cosmopsaltriaria indicates
that such areas of endemism are sometimes closer re-
lated to farther removed areas, than to the immedia-
tely adjacent ones.
In these earlier studies the unexpected area rela-
tionships were explained with the then available the-
ories on the composite geological origin of the New
Guinean region. The island of New Guinea was sup-
posed to have formed after the collision of two, for-
merly widely separated, island arcs: the Inner- and
Outer Melanesian Arcs. The central mountain ranges
of New Guinea were allotted to the continental Inner
Melanesian Arc, which was supposed to continue to
New Caledonia and New Zealand. The northern
mountain ranges of New Guinea were supposed to
have formed a part of an oceanic and volcanic Outer
Melanesian Arc, that, in theory, continued eastward
along the Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands
to Fiji and Tonga, and westward into northern
Maluku. The sister group relationship of the genus
Cosmopsaltria Stàl, 1866, to the genera Aceropyga
Duffels, 1977, Diceropyga Stal, 1870, and
Rhadinopyga Duffels, 1985, was explained in terms of
a vicariant pattern between the Inner and Outer
Melanesian Arcs, and was supposed to reflect the in-
vasion of these two island arcs by ‘vicariant dispersal’
of a common ancestor from southeast Asia (Duffels,
1983 fig. 21). The sister group of the four genera
mentioned above, at that time being only the genus
Dilobopyga Duffels, 1977, is endemic to Sulawesi.
This indicates a sister area relationship between
Sulawesi and New Guinea + East-Melanesia, which
was explained by a similar dispersal event of the an-
cestor of Dilobopyga, but then from southeast Asia to
Sulawesi.
Follow-up study
As explained above, an area cladistic study should
involve two or more unrelated species groups.
Vicariant evolution caused by geotectonic changes
implies that various groups of species should show
congruent patterns of distribution. To test the gener-
al applicability of the hypotheses on the historical
biogeography of the subtribe Cosmopsaltriaria, I star-
ted a phylogenetic and biogeographic study on a
group of tibicinid cicadas centred around the genus
Baeturia Stal, 1866.
The distribution area of Baeturia largely coincides
with that of the Cosmopsaltriaria, although the
Cosmopsaltriaria occur on Sulawesi while Baeturia
does not. Furthermore, preliminary investigations
showed that monophyletic species groups within
Baeturia were indicative for the same areas of endem-
ism as were previously recognized based on the
Cosmopsaltriaria data. Similarities were observed
between the distributions of the Cosmopsaltria mimi-
ca complex and the Baeturia nasuta group (both
mainly occurring in the central mountain ranges of
New Guinea); between the Cosmopsaltria doryca
group and the Baeturia conviva group (both in
Maluku and western New Guinea); and between the
distributions of Aceropyga — Diceropyga and the
Baeturia bloetei group, both occurring in Maluku,
northern New Guinea, the Bismarck Archipelago and
several East-Melanesian island groups, and absent in
Cendrawasih; the Birds Head peninsula of New
Guinea (Duffels & De Boer 1990).
However, the relationships between these areas as
indicated by the phylogeny of Baeturia are in strong
contrast with those indicated by the phylogeny of the
Cosmopsaltriaria (cf. figs 51-52): the phylogeny of
Baeturia does not indicate a vicariant pattern between
an Inner and an Outer Melanesian Arc, since the
Baeturia nasuta group from central New Guinea is
certainly not the sister group of all other Baeturia spe-
cies, which mainly occupy the Outer Melanesian Arc
terranes. A closer comparison of the similarities
between the distributions of Aceropyga — Diceropyga
and the Baeturia bloetei group suggests that these
groups, notwithstanding some obvious similarities,
do not show the same pattern. The relatively small
morphological differences between the East-
Melanesian species of Baeturia suggest a more recent
evolution of the bloetei group compared to the
Cosmopsaltriaria from the same area. Furthermore,
the absence of Baeturia from the Fiji islands, in con-
trast with high endemicity of the Cosmopsaltriaria on
Fiji, could be explained by a more recent invasion of
the west Pacific by Baeturia, which would also imply
a younger age of the Baeturia bloetei group (Duffels
1988a; De Boer 1989; Duffels & De Boer 1990).
If Baeturia in fact is a much younger group than
the Cosmopsaltriaria, the main biogeographic pat-
terns of these two groups should not be compared at
all, since they could not result from the same geolog-
ical events. Apparent similarities in their distributions
then need different explanations. Moreover, it be-
came clear that Baeturia, as then defined, did not
form a monophyletic group. To be able to recognize
the general patterns of vicariance in the
Cosmopsaltriaria we should find and study congruen-
cies in distribution patterns between that group and a
monophyletic group of approximately the same age
and with the same distributional range.
These difficulties could be coped with by extend-
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
ing the group of study. It appeared that all but one
species described in Baeturia, together with several
other New Guinean and several Australian genera, do
indeed form a monophyletic group. This group was
defined as the ‘ Baeturia and related genera complex’
(De Boer 1990) and later identified as the tribe
Chlorocystini (sensu stricto). In sensu stricto, because
several other genera at present included in the
Chlorocystini do not belong to this monophyletic
group and should be reallocated to other tribes (De
Boer 1995d). The Chlorocystini (sensu stricto) cover
approximately the same area as did Baeturia alone;
they range from Maluku to Samoa and Tonga, but, in
contrast to Baeturia, they reach into Australia as well.
Moreover, the oriental Prasiini, [Prasiini (sensu stric-
to)], which form the presumed sister group of the
Chlorocystini (sensu stricto), are mainly distributed
in Sulawesi. This means that the distribution of the
Chlorocystini — Prasiini together is very similar to
that of the Cosmopsaltriaria.
A revision of the ‘Baeturia and related genera
complex’ was carried out by successively revising the
genera and monophyletic groups of species that com-
prise this complex. In the process of re-shaping this
complex into a group of presumed monophyletic
genera, several species have been transferred from one
genus to another, while for other species new genera
had to be erected. The Chlorocystini (sensu stricto)
presently comprise 14 genera. Phylogenetic and bio-
geographic revisions of most of these genera have
been published separately (De Boer 1990; 1991;
KOI MON aM 519959955095 he
large genus Baeturia was subdivided into seven
monophyletic species groups that were revised in sep-
arate publications (De Boer 1982; 1986; 1989;
1992b; 1994a; 1994b; 1994c; 1994d), while the six
genera that are endemic to Australia will be treated in
a combined revision (De Boer in prep).
The distributional patterns of the Chlorocystini
(sensu stricto) in combination with their sister group,
the Prasiini (sensu stricto) show a striking resem-
blance to the patterns found in the Cosmopsaltriaria,
especially at generic level. Several taxa of these two
groups indicate the same areas as areas of endemism
and in several cases the area cladograms of these
groups agree upon the same relationships between
these areas of endemism. We can conclude that the
early evolutionary branchings, leading to the present
generic diversity in these two groups of cicadas are, in
both groups, reactions to the same geotectonic events.
Some of the more recent dispersal events gave rise to
patterns of distribution in species groups that are
strikingly similar to the older vicariant patterns
between the genera.
The recent geological literature provides new data,
which give reason to abandon the aforementioned
173
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
‘two Melanesian arcs theory’ as the means of explain-
ing the observed vicariant patterns. The central part
of New Guinea, formerly supposed to represent a part
of the Inner Melanesian Arc, appears to originate
partly from one and the same island arc as northern
and eastern New Guinea, but is largely construed out
of the Australian continental margin. Furthermore,
some serious doubts arise as to whether the East-
Melanesian island chains (e.g., Solomon Islands,
Vanuatu, Fiji, and Tonga), that always have been re-
garded as of the same geological origin as northern
New Guinea and the Bismarck Archipelago, really be-
long to that same island arc; it appears that the west-
ern terranes evolved on the margin of the Pacific
plate, while the more eastern island groups developed
in connection with the Australian plate. The next
chapter contains a review of the most recent geologi-
cal literature. An attempt is made there to give a more
or less coherent tectonic history of the distribution
area of the cicadas under study.
A new hypothesis on the historical biogeography of
the New Guinean cicadas is developed in the second
chapter. Congruence between the areas of endemism
and the known geological entities like island arc frag-
ments or microcontinents suggests that fragmenta-
tion of the island arc system (or systems) and the sub-
sequent movements of its fragments caused vicariant
evolution on the isolated remnants of that arc system
and on some of the adjacent microcontinents. Most
of the various genera of the Cosmopsaltriaria, the
Prasiini (sensu stricto) and the Chlorocystini (sensu
stricto), are presumed to have evolved on different
fragments of the island arc that had successively
broken away from the arc, others are supposed to be
of microcontinental origin. The fact that many of the
arc fragments reassembled and now form parts of
New Guinea might explain why the New Guinean
genera all concentrate in different parts of the island.
Dispersals after the amalgamation of a particular is-
land arc fragment with New Guinea are responsible
for the fact that the areas of origin or source areas of
the various genera are no longer recognized as strict
areas of endemism for these genera. To test this hy-
pothesis, the present-day distribution pattern of each
of the genera is analysed in an attempt to establish the
most probable source area of each of these genera; the
microcontinent or island arc fragment on which the
genus in question evolved. The concentration of spe-
cies, and especially of endemics, in any of the geolog-
ically determined areas indicates such an area as the
most probable source area for a particular genus.
When various monophyletic subgroups of a genus
concentrate in different areas, a historical proximity
among these areas is supposed and these areas togeth-
er are regarded as the source area. The hypothesis of
vicariance by island arc fragmentation can be tested
174
by area cladistic analysis. The phylogenetic relation-
ships between the genera of cicadas should indicate
area relationships between the presumed source areas
that reflect the historic relationships of these source
areas within, or relative to, the island arcs.
The final chapter contains an area cladistic analysis
of the Cosmopsaltriaria and its presumed sister group
(the genus Meimuna Distant, 1905) and of the
Chlorocystini (sensu stricto) and its presumed sister
group (the Prasiini) and an outgroup (the genus
Muda Distant, 1897). In an attempt to rule out re-
cent dispersal events, the previously established areas
of origin of the genera are substituted for the genus
names in the cladograms of the two groups, and treat-
ed as areas of endemism for these genera. The area
cladograms thus obtained are compared with the pa-
laeogeographical data discussed in the first chapter.
Area relationships as indicated by the phylogeny and
biogeography of the two groups of cicadas suggest
several possible palacogeographical reconstructions.
These reconstructions are more detailed than the one
based on the geological data alone. Moreover, the bi-
ological data sometimes conflict with the geological
data.
Although knowledge of the geotectonic history is
essential for understanding and explaining the bio-
geographic patterns, biogeographic data in their turn
can supply additional information for reconstructing
the geotectonic history.
PALAEOGEOGRAPHIC HISTORY OF SULAWESI,
MALUKU, NEW GUINEA, AND THE WESTERN PACIFIC
The geological province of New Guinea is in terms
of palaeogeography considered as one of the most
complex areas of the world. Its present geography is
the result of the interaction of no less than four major
tectonic plates, numerous microcontinents and sever-
al island arc systems. New Guinea lies at the junction
of three converging plates: the Eurasian plate, the
Australian plate, and the Pacific plate. The collision
of the Indian subcontinent (initially a part of the
Indian-Australian plate, but at present presumably a
separate plate) with Eurasia, however, had such ef-
fects on southeast Asia that it also indirectly affected
the shaping of the New Guinean area. It is no wonder
then that geologists have not yet reached a consensus
on a detailed palaeogeographic reconstruction of the
area, although the modern literature tends to agree
more and more on the main trends. The present
chapter is an attempt to compile the points of view
proposed by various geological study groups. As a
biologist, the author does not feel competent to dis-
cuss and evaluate the geological evidence in corrobo-
ration of the various views. The aim of this chapter is
to present a more or less coherent geotectonic history
Indo China
..
OG
SOUTH CHINA
SEA
Phi lippines
Palawan//”
/ g Yap
SULA è
o d
° BASIN Mindanao Palau?
È -
è
o
© CELEBES
7 SEA
Banggai s@
CE Ps
ala OC
Sulawesi
MESS
PHILIPPINE SEA
JOSEPH
BONAPA
GUF
INDIAN OCEAN
Australia
° Makian?
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
x
S
Sangihe isl.
U
‘e ro Morotai
H “_MOLUCCA 27 7 a
z SEA
2 ?
5 fd 4)
74 May" Ternater lalmahera
(= ‘
Waigeu
Ri (|
- Gag? >> RES
DES Batanta ‘ I} o Sa
op Kofiau Birds Head?) ) GEELVINK
pc ES" 4 =:
a SÉ \ ( Ai
H A
Misool “==. La 4
Sula q Onn 2 \4
MI BANDA % À = —~__ peninsula YU Al
Mariana < eram. ÿ SEN
6 Buru 5 DI u % 5% Lengguru'
H ‘4 Kumaua fo — bat
Ik S.BANDABASIN "" None
I Ts I I SI
. ua e
e on a °
Ù ©. © Gilbert Islands
3 CI had
Caroline Islands ° x
PACIFIC OCEAN
Manus®* ou : ©
Ellice Islands
* SEA sà à .
N Bitain. Ontong Java
SOLOMON SEA ~~ Plateau To
apuan 0 SD \ e
peninsula Q°- bi Ho, Von, do Santa 7
En Core KON > Cruz
B ue a Rotuma e
ri ls Lee N. FIJI BASIN
27 O .
CORAL eg AOBA Wallis. Samoa
SEA lip, BASIN »
#0 2: Fiji
Vanuatu
° Viti Leu de
5 AT
a AS
6 °
ING
New Caledonia
Lauisl. %
SOA
S. FIJI BASIN r
%
z
Fig. 1. Present-day map of southeast Asia and the west Pacific with some of the geographical names used in the text.
of the distribution area of the cicadas under discus-
sion, which is to be compared to the biogeographic
patterns found.
In order to understand the mechanisms leading to
the formation of New Guinea and the west Pacific is-
land chains, we have to consider the break-up of the
southern supercontinent Gondwana. Many of the
geographical names used in the text are compiled in a
present-day map of the area discussed (fig. 1), names
of palaeogeological entities are given in the various
palaeogeographic reconstructions provided.
Rifting of Gondwana
Until about 160 million years ago (Mya) the south-
ern continents (South America, Africa, India,
Australia, and Antarctica) were joined, forming the
supercontinent Gondwana. This continent was large-
ly separated from the likewise joined northern conti-
nents, or Laurasia, by the Tethys Sea (fig. 2). By that
time (160 Mya), or according to Dietz & Holden
(1970) as early as 180 Mya, Gondwana started rifting
apart. First Africa and South America were separated
from the eastward moving India — Australia —
Antarctica (fig. 3). Soon afterwards, if not simultane-
ously (Dietz & Holden 1970), India rifted from
Antarctica and from about 70 to 50 Mya India mo-
ved northward with an average velocity of 150-200
mm a year (fig. 4) (Nishimura & Suparka 1990; Daly
et al. 1991; Veevers 1991). Presumably about 95 Mya
Australia and Antarctica became separated (Audley-
Charles 1987; Daly et al. 1991), while Australia con-
tinued to move mainly eastward.
This major rifting of Gondwana seems to have
been preceded and accompanied by sequences of rift-
ing of smaller parts, or microcontinents, all along its
northern margins. Parts of Turkey, Iran, Tibet,
Malaya, Borneo, and Indo-China all rifted from the
northern margins of India and Australia. These mi-
crocontinents preceded the continents in their north-
ward course, sweeping in waves of ‘island arcs’ across
the Tethys Sea (Audley-Charles 1987; Hutchison
1989; Burrett et al. 1991). The island of Sumatra is
supposed to have rifted from Gondwana in the
Middle Jurassic and might originate from the conti-
nental part of New Guinea, that is the northern part
of the Australian plate (Audley-Charles 1987), while
‘Java is constructed by post Jurassic subduction-relat-
ed processes’ (Hamilton 1979; 1986). The exact ori-
175
"TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
> bu
¢! 4
AA
A
[2
{
er
{
(|
U
(
thalassa
Fig. 2. Palaeogeographic reconstruction of 160 My ago, showing the break-up of Pangea into Laurasia and Gondwana by the
Tethys sea. From Smith & Briden (1977).
gin of Sumatra, however, is poorly constrained from a which one of two converging tectonic plates is forced
longitudinal position and, as Pigram stated (pers. to dip under the other) under Eurasia and replaced by
comm.) just were it originated is anyone’s guess. the newly spreaded sea floor that caused all the afore-
During these rifting processes, the original TethysSea mentioned microcontinents to rift. The original
plate was consumed by subduction (the process in _ Tethys was subsequently replaced by a Tethys II (or
Panthalassa
Fig. 3. Palaeogeographic reconstruction of 120 My ago, showing the break-up Gondwana (arrows indicating the direction of
movement of the major Gondwana fragments). From Smith & Briden (1977).
176
I
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
ze
‘Southeast Le mS
VI
a Q
Ve
SE
Fig. 4. Relative plate motions of India and Australia with respect to a fixed Eurasia (India positions in Chrons, Australia po-
sitions in My). From Daly et al. (1991).
neo-Tethys) and a Tethys III (or the proto Indian
ocean) in the west and by the proto-Pacific ocean in
the east (cf. fig 5). According to Pigram & Pangga-
bean (1984) rifting along the eastern margins of
Australia started as early as 230 Mya and propagated
in a southwestern direction. This timing is consistent
with the opening of the proto-Pacific Ocean, as sug-
gested by Nur & Ben Avraham (1977). Pigram &
Panggabean state that by the end of the Jurassic (ap-
proximately 160 Mya) the northern margin of
Australia faced à newly formed ocean, which prob-
ably linked the proto-Indian Ocean (the Tethys iii of
Audley-Charles 1987) to the proto-Pacific Ocean.
These three new oceans were separated from the old-
er oceans of neo-Tethys and Panthalassa (the ances-
tral ocean that surrounded the former single super-
continent Pangea) by a screen of continents and/or
microcontinents, the chequered blocks in fig. 6.
This screen of continents and/or microcontinents
is probably identical to the lost Pacifica continent of
Nur & Ben Avraham (1977), which these authors
consider to have been rifted off Gondwana, between
225 and 180 Mya. In their scenario, continued
spreading in the proto-Pacific Ocean caused fragmen-
tation of what is considered to have been a single land
mass to the northeast of Australia, which they called
Pacifica, into four major groups of continental frag-
ments. These fragments were presumably carried
along toward subduction zones and finally collided
with the continental margins bordering the Pacific,
thus forming the circum-Pacific Cordillera. Frag-
ments of this Pacifica continent are supposed to have
ended up in Alaska and eastern Siberia, North
America, and South America, but the whole concept
ofa Pacifica continent has fallen out of favour and es-
pecially the idea of fragments of Pacifica in northern
America and Asia is being questioned (Pigram pers.
comm.). In addition the submerged platforms of
Ontong-Java and Manihiki in the southwest Pacific
were considered to be possible fragments of this lost
Pacifica; these fragments show a remarkable confor-
mity with continental crust (Nur & Ben Avraham
177
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Fig. 5. The rifting of micro-
continents from Gondwana
by a successive Tethys II and
Tethys II. From Audley-
Charles (1987).
Southeast Asia
TANIMBAR |. N}
I a
en
. NEW RIFTED CONTINENTAL MARGIN OF NORTHERN AUSTRALIA/NEW GUINEA
FRAGMENTS OF GONDWANALAND DISPERSED DURING JURASSIC
III] AUSTRALIAN GONDWANALAND FLOODED BY SEA IN EARLY CRETACEOUS
sie SPREADING RIDGE (schematic) “4. SUBDUCTION TRENCH _== TRANSFORM
1981). Recent drilling showed that the Ontong-Java
plateau consists of large buildups of basaltic volcanics,
such platforms are now referred to as Large Igneous
Provinces (Coffin & Eldholm 1993). The break-up
of Pacifica is shown in four stages in fig. 7; for a com-
plete list of presumed lost Pacifica remnants is re-
ferred to Nur & Ben Avraham (1981).
Some fragments that rifted from the more western
parts of the northern margin of Gondwana reached
subduction zones at the southern margin of Eurasia
and became squashed between Eurasia and India
when, about 50 Mya, India collided with the
Eurasian continent (Nishimura & Suparka 1990;
178
Rangin et al. 1990a; 1990b; Daly et al. 1991; Veevers
1991). Such parts, like the Kohistan arc, are now in-
corporated in the Himalaya mountains.
The collision between India and Eurasia had an
enormous impact on the further development of New
Guinea and adjacent areas by triggering a train of
events. The force of the collision caused an indenta-
tion of the former southern margin of Eurasia, as a re-
sult of which Indo-China and Sumatra started to ro-
tate clockwise to the south (Hamilton 1979; 1986).
This rotation forced the opening of the Gulf of
Thailand Basin and the Andaman Sea. Somewhat
later, between 32 and 17 Mya, the South China Sea
Eurasia
Cimmerian continent
NEO - TETHYS
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Fig. 6. The screen of conti-
nents and/or microconti-
nents (chequered blocks) that
separated (160 My ago) the
proto-Indian- and proto-
Pacific oceans from the Neo-
Tethys and Panthalassa.
From Pigram & Panggabean
(1984).
PANTHALASSA
microcontinents now In
ER,
DA
À \
\ PROTO
\
N PACIFIC \ OCEAN
\
\
N
Sn
Australia
opened, which again was accompanied by the rifting
and southward migration of Reed Bank, Macklesfield
Bank, and north Palawan from the Chinese coast.
Reed Bank and Palawan collided with Borneo at
about 17 Mya (Lee & McCabe 1986; Daly et al.
1991). Because of this collision a part of oceanic crust
became isolated and now forms the Celebes Sea.
Probably induced by all these changes in southeast
Asia, the Pacific plate changed its course, from initial-
ly NNW to almost westward, at about 42-43 Mya
(Daly et al. 1991). This sub-perpendicular change of
direction can be easily read from the angle between
the Emperor Seamount chain and the Hawaii chain;
these chains result from one single volcanic ‘hot spot’.
The volcanos evolved at the same, stationary, mantle
location and were carried away on the tectonic plate,
which slides over that ‘spot’, so leaving a trace reflect-
ing the plate motion, with the oldest volcano farthest
removed from the ‘hot spot’ or the place of origin.
This change in plate motion, as part of a global plate
readjustment, caused a fracture in the Pacific plate at
about the same time (42 Mya) and, as a result, the
Philippine plate was separated (Nishimura &
Suparka 1990). This, more or less triangle-shaped,
Philippine plate possibly moved northward until
about 3 Mya, but then started rotating clockwise
around a rotation pole near its northern edge (see al-
so Hall & Nichols 1990; Daly et al. 1991), and is
now being subducted at the Philippine Trench.
Along the western margin of this plate, eastward sub-
duction gave rise to volcanic islands that now form
part of the Philippines and West (error? on the ac-
companying maps of that publication northren and
eastern Sulawesi are indicated) Sulawesi (Daly et al.
n
1991). Lee & McCabe (1986) and Hamilton (1986)
consider the latter (= west Sulawesi) to have rifted
from eastern Borneo.
Development of an island arc system
The Australian continent, comprising Australia, the
Arafura Sea, and southern New Guinea (see fig. 9),
had changed its course from eastward to northward
even before the collision (50 Mya) between India and
Eurasia (fig. 4). This change of direction was part of
the above mentioned global plate readjustment and
was accompanied by the opening of the Tasman Sea
(82-60 Mya), which separated Australia from
Antarctica (Daly et al. 1991; Honza 1991). It might
have caused an episode of rapid sea floor spreading in
the Tasman Sea, which occurred coincidently with the
onset of the collision between India and Eurasia
(Nishimura & Suparka 1990). As a result of these
changes and the changes in movement of the Pacific
plate from northward to westward, Australia rapidly
advanced on the Philippine and Pacific plates and the
older and heavier Tethys Sea floor to the north of
Australia was forced to subduct at the western and
southern margins of the Philippine — Pacific plates.
The volcanism accompanying this subduction gave ri-
se to an oceanic island arc on the southern and western
edges of these two oceanic plates. This Indo-
Melanesian arc formed part of a much larger Tertiary
island arc complex, that extended all along the western
margins of the Pacific ocean. A compilation of these
Pacific island arc systems is presented in fig. 8. The
Indo-Melanesian arc was possibly continuous with the
Bonin, Mariana, Yap, and Palau arcs (Honza 1991).
179
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Wy
Fig. 7. Schematic model of the break-up of the Pacifica continent and the destination of its fragments in the circum Pacific
cordillera. Possible ages of the various palaeogeographic reconstructions: a. 225 Mya, b. 180 Mya, c. 135 Mya, d. 65 Mya.
From Nur & Ben Avraham (1977).
Alternatively, it may have been, or may also have been,
connected to the earlier Daito arc and the Ryukyu
Islands. Honza (1991) states that ‘the Daito arc most
likely faced southward as a western trace of the North
New Guinea arc’, which formed a part of what was
called above the Indo-Melanesian arc. The Indo-
Melanesian part of this large Pacific arc system started
to develop at about 40 Mya (Hamilton 1979; Rangin
etal. 1990a; 1990b; Daly et al. 1991). The arc develo-
ped most rapidly in the west where the Australian and
Pacific plates were advancing at almost right angles
and subduction of the intermediate Tethys Sea floor
180
was maximal. Its development gradually slowed down
to the east where the advancement between Tethys
and Pacific was oblique and thus less material was sub-
ducted per time span. Land masses that represent the
present-day remnants of this Indo-Melanesian island
arc are, in order from west to east: the central parts of
the Philippines, parts of northwestern and eastern
Sulawesi, the northern parts of the central mountain
ranges of New Guinea, the greater part of northern
and eastern New Guinea, and the Bismarck
Archipelago. Explicit statements about the origin of
the various parts of Sulawesi are rare in the literature,
ARC?
PLATE
È MARIANA
à TROUGH
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
| ' r
180 170W 160
40 -
PACIFIC
MARIANA
Fig. 8. The Tertiary island arc systems along the southern and western margins of the Pacific plate in their present-day set-
ting. From Honza (1991).
their possible partial island arc origin was inferred
from figures given by Daly et al. (1991) (see figs. 9-
10). This island arc seemingly continues to the
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji and Tonga, but these
latter island groups appear to have a fundamentally
different origin (see below). Only the northeastern
parts of the Solomons might be a continuation of the
arc discussed here. The Indo-Melanesian part of the
island arc system is known by several names (e.g.,
Outer Melanesian Arc, or Sepik Arc, or Vitiaz Arc),
but the various authors usually confine any of these
names to certain parts of the arc system only. The
Outer Melanesian Arc (OMA), as it is generally ter-
med in biogeographic studies (Duffels 1986; Hollo-
way 1979), has been of paramount importance for the
development of the Melanesian biota since it served as
a route of dispersal for southeast Asian, and possibly
Australian, animals and plants invading Melanesia
and Micronesia. Furthermore, as will be discussed in
the next chapter, the ensuing fragmentation of the arc
may have caused vicariant speciation events.
The continuing westward movement of the Pacific
plate carried the OMA towards southeast Asia and
somewhere between 40 and 30 Mya the most western
part of the arc collided with the Asian continent. This
collision is supposed to have enabled the Asiatic biota
to migrate eastward into the island arc. It is not clear
yet, where the first contact between the OMA and
southeast Asia took place, but this possibly happened
either in the Philippine region or just south of the
181
“TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Fig. 9. Palaeogeographic re-
construction of 30 My ago,
showing the approaching col-
lision between an island arc
containing fragments of the
central Philippines and nort-
hern and east Sulawesi with
southeast Asia and Sunda
land. From Daly et al.
(1991).
Indian Ocean
Philippines, that is somewhere near Borneo.
Alternatively, the first contact with Asia could have
been along the Bonin Arc or the Daito Arc, and then
through Japan (cf. fig. 8) (Honza 1991). As a result of
its collision with Asia, and the continued movement
of the Pacific plate, the island arc started breaking up
just east of those parts that are now supposed to form
northwestern and eastern Sulawesi. The western part
of the OMA, the central Philippine fragment and the
Sulawesi fragments, started rotating clockwise, which
led to a collision between the central Philippines and
the continental western Philippines while northwest-
ern and eastern Sulawesi swept past the northwestern
edge of the Australian continent towards the Sunda
Arc and Borneo (figs. 9-10) (Daly et al. 1991). The
more eastern parts of the OMA, starting with a frag-
ment known as the Sepik Arc (see below), continued
their westward course and therefore obliquely ad-
vanced upon the northern craton of the continuously
northward moving Australian continent (fig. 10).
The next decisive event in the formation of New
Guinea occurred at about 30 Mya, when the original
182
A
‘West 5
J Sulawesi <
Borneo
Margin of,
Australian continent
Australia
Tethys Sea was finally consumed by subduction and
the Australian continent entered the subduction zone
at the southern margins of the Philippine and Pacific
plates (Pigram & Symonds 1991). This, as will pres-
ently be explained, resulted in a series of collisions
with fragments of the OMA. However, the rifting of
microcontinents from the northern margin of the
Australian plate (= continental New Guinea) that be-
gan about 230 Mya, continued until after the genesis
of the OMA. Some of these more recently rifted mi-
crocontinents preceded Australia in reaching the sub-
duction zone of the former Tethys Sea and became
incorporated in the OMA. Assuming that these mi-
crocontinents were not submerged, we must con-
clude that the Australian biota could have reached the
OMA long before its various fragments collided with
the Australian continent. The parts of the OMA that
eventually accreted to New Guinea were thus already
of composite geological origin. In fact, Pigram &
Davies (1987) identified no less than 32 tectono-
stratigraphic terranes in the northern and eastern (i.e.,
the accreted) parts of New Guinea (fig. 16). They de-
Ö
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Fig. 10. Palaeogeographic re-
construction of 20 My ago,
showing an island arc contai-
ning fragments of the central
Philippines, northern and
eastern Sulawesi, and central
0 New Guinea (the Sepic Arc).
The Sulawesi fragments ap-
proach western Sulawesi and
Australia approaches the
Sepic Arc. From Daly et al.
(ASH)
Australia
>
120
fine these terranes as ‘internally homogenous geolog-
ic provinces, the stratigraphy, fauna, tectonic style,
palaeomagnetic signature, and history of which con-
trasts with that of adjoining provinces [...] that lie
outboard the craton margin’. Most of these terranes
have oceanic (OMA) ‘affinities’, but in western New
Guinea terranes with a continental ‘affinity’ (micro-
continents rifted from Australia) dominate.
This illustrates the extreme complexity of the ac-
cretion history of New Guinea. The tectonic move-
ments and the effects of the several collisions on the
surrounding areas will from here onwards be dis-
cussed separately for the various areas, from west to
east respectively and beginning with the Maluku-
Banda Sea region.
Maluku and the Banda Sea
The Banda Sea presumably consists of two trapped
parts of oceanic crust, the North and South Banda
basins, that are separated by submerged continental
fragments, the Banda ridges. The southern Banda Sea
is a fragment of the Indian Ocean, the northern
Banda Sea is a part of the Molucca Sea (Silver et al.
1985). Hamilton (1986), on the other hand, assumes
that the South Banda basin resulted from ‘spreading
behind a rapidly migrating Banda Arc’, and expanded
to fill the concavity between New Guinea and
Australia. At present these seas are surrounded by the
islands of the Moluccas and of the Banda Arcs.
Formerly, the Banda basins were continuous with the
Argo-Abyssal plain, which is the sea area to the north
of Australia, the Arafura Sea (Hartono 1990; Lee &
McCabe 1986). According to Lee & McCabe (1986)
the Banda, Celebes, and Sulu basins were continuous
until the Tertiary, probably forming a northern ex-
tension of the eastern Indian Ocean. The islands that
have separated these basins either arrived by middle
or late Tertiary, or were formed in place as a result of
Neogene subduction. There is, however, much con-
troversy about this timing.
As in western New Guinea, the terranes in the
Moluccas are predominantly of continental (probably
Australian) origin (fig. 11). Many of these continen-
tal fragments (e.g., Buton and the Tukang Besi plat-
183
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Fig. 11. Microcontinents in
the Birds Head and the
Maluku area. Reconstructed
after Pigram & Pangabean
(1984) and Silver et al.
(1985).
BUTON
o TUKANGBESI
-8 S
form; the Banda ridges, which are submerged terranes
in the centre of the Banda Sea; Bacan and Obi; Sula,
Banggai, and small parts of eastern Sulawesi) are sup-
posed to be slivers that have become detached from
the northern craton of the Australian continent, in
other words: from the continental part of New
Guinea. It is generally assumed, that these slivers were
sliced off the Birds Head and carried westward along
the Sorong fault (a fault zone across northern New
Guinea), forced by the westward movement of the
Philippine — Pacific plate (Hamilton 1979; 1986;
Silver & Smith 1983; Silver et al. 1985; Pigram et al.
1985; Lee & McCabe 1986; Hartono 1990; Daly et
al. 1991; Smith & Silver 1991). Katili (1989) uses the
term ‘bacon slicer for this process. Silver et al. (1985)
found similarities between the Banda ridges, the
Kemum and Tamrau terranes of the Birds Head and
the Ligu metamorphics on Misool island. However,
Pigram & Panggabean (1984) conclude from strati-
graphic comparison that many of these continental
fragments (including the Birds Head) come from far
more eastward. These authors suppose that Sula and
Banggai, Buton, and Obi and Bacan all originate
from as far east as present-day central Papua New
Guinea and suggest that these fragments became de-
tached in early Jurassic time (approximately 180-195
Mya). Later Pigram & Symonds (1991) realized, that
if these riftings had occurred that early in time, the
fragments in question would by now have reached
southeast Asia. They hypothesized rather that the rift-
ings were related to the opening of the Coral Sea (50-
60 Mya) and to an oblique spreading centre that must
have existed along the northern edge of the Australian
craton. They state that, since spreading in the Coral
184
la oho rr yo De
LI
19392 E
HALMAHERA
WESTERN
IRIAN JAYA
BURU - SERAM
BANDA RIDGES
a
microcontinent
Sea was of short duration and ended in middle
Eocene, these microcontinents could not have been
far removed from the Australian craton before they
were forced to move westward by the approaching
oceanic island arc fragments. Pigram et al. (1985) lo-
cate the origin of the Sula platform in Papua New
Guinea, between 141° and 145° E., basing this hy-
pothesis on the almost identical pre-Cretaceous strat-
igraphic sequences found for these two areas. Daly et
al. (1991) suppose that these continental slivers or
‘tectonic flakes’ (as they call them) were chiselled off
the northern craton of Australia, and pushed west-
ward, by the obliquely colliding Sepik Arc, which is
the first part of the OMA that became accreted to the
Australian continent by 20 Mya. This timing seems
in agreement with the timing of the collision between
the Buton/Tukang Besi fragment and Sulawesi in
middle Miocene ( 17 Mya), and between the
Sula/Banggai fragment and Sulawesi in late Miocene
(8-9 Mya) (Smith & Silver 1991). In a palaeogeo-
graphic computer reconstruction of the middle to late
Triassic Struckmeyer et al. (1993) placed the
Moluccan and Birds Head (see below) microconti-
nents all together as a single continental mass border-
ing the present-day northern and northeastern mar-
gin of the Australian plate, similar to the ‘lost Pacifica’
block of fig 7a, but much smaller.
Silver et al. (1985) proposed that the first frag-
ments that became detached from the Australian
plate and were pushed westward can be found in the
southern parts of the Banda Sea. More recently de-
tached fragments are presumed to have ended up
north of earlier fragments since, due to the continu-
ous northward movement of the Australian conti-
Guinea
Fig. 12. Reconstruction of the Banda Sea region at 5 My
ago, showing the order in which microcontinents (shaded
blocks) are supposed to have invaded the area. Heavy lines =
faults (teeths on upper plate of subduction zones). From
Silver et al. (1985).
nent, the northern craton had reached a position far-
ther north when they became detached. In this way,
Australia overtook its own rifted fragments (see also
Silver et al. 1985; Silver & Smith 1983; Smith &
Silver 1991). The following order in the rifting of
these Moluccan microcontinents is suggested 1) the
Banda ridges, 2) parts of Buru and Seram, 3) Buton
and Tukang Besi, 4) Sula and Banggai (fig. 12). Silver
et al. (1985) do not discuss the origin and nature of
Bacan and Obi as a possible Australian microconti-
nent. Smith & Silver (1991) propose an alternative,
in which Tukang Besi and Sula formed a single mi-
crocontinent that fragmented during its oblique colli-
sion with southeastern Sulawesi (or with Buton
(Fortuin et al. 1990)) in middle Miocene, after which
the Sula platform slid farther northward until its late
Miocene collision with central eastern Sulawesi. The
collision between Sula and Sulawesi is held respon-
sible for the clockwise rotation of the Sulawesi north
arm of about 90° (Hamilton 1979), though part of
this rotation might have been caused by ‘earlier
events’ (Silver et al. 1985).
The origin of Buru and Seram, though certainly
Australian, is still subject to controversy. Hamilton
(1979) suggests that these islands rifted in late
Cenozoic time from present-day northwestern Irian
Jaya (see also Lee & McCabe 1986). Pigram and
Panggabean (1984), however, suppose that they rift-
ed in Jurassic time as a single block from the
Australian continent, somewhere east of Joseph
Bonaparte Gulf, and possibly (based on similarities
with the island of Misool) from as far east as central
Papua New Guinea (see also Struckmeyer et al.
1993). Several other authors again suggest that the
Buru — Seram microcontinent originates from north-
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
TANIMBAR
EUSTATIC SEA LEVEL CHANGES
Fig. 13. Graphs showing the sea level changes and the verti-
cal movements of Buru, Buton, Seram, Tanimbar, and
Timor over the last 20 My. From Fortuin & De Smet
(1991).
western Australia, and that it rotated anticlockwise
for about 90° (starting at about 10 Mya) to its present
position (Silver & Smith 1983; De Smet 1989;
Hartono 1990; Daly et al. 1991). De Smet (1989) has
construed a mechanical model, showing that this ro-
tation could have been accomplished with a mininum
of deformation and sea floor spreading.
The outer Banda Arc islands emerged as a result of
uplift when, about 3 Mya, the northern margin of the
Australian continent entered the subduction complex
bordering the Banda Sea (Hartono 1990; Fortuin &
De Smet 1991). Both Sumba and Timor are general-
ly regarded as being of (Australian) continental ori-
gin, while continental ‘basement’ is also assumed
under Tanimbar (Hartono 1990). These islands are
supposed to have rifted from Australia in Jurassic
time (Hartono 1990). This leaves only the volcanic
islands of the Inner Banda Arc, such as Alor, Wetar,
Damar, and Teun, as islands that were actually
formed in place. These islands are the result of sub-
duction of the Banda Sea (Lee & McCabe 1986) and
were formed since 12 Mya, though the maximum age
of the subduction is put down to 82 My (Hartono
1990). De Smet (1989) supposes that the Kai islands
were formed in late Miocene (8-9 Mya) and
Tanimbar in the Pliocene (2-7 Mya) as a result of a
subduction under the Banda Sea.
However, all the movements of these various ter-
ranes have probably no, or very limited, significance
for the biogeography of Indo-Melanesian cicadas
since most of the islands only very recently emerged.
Fortuin & De Smet (1991) discuss the vertical move-
ments of Buton, Buru, Kai, Seram, Tanimbar, and
Timor. These movements over the past 20 My are
characterized by long periods of subsidence alternated
185
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
—o—4— SUBDUCTION ZONE
A. THRUST
Gt COLLISION ZONE
—
CS CELEBES SEA =" STRIKE-SLIP FAULT
CS BANDA SEA
PS PHILIPPINE SEA
PT Philippine Trench
SF Sorong Fault
M Mindanao MZ Molucca Sea Collision Zone
S Sulawesi NST N. Sulawesi Trench
P Palau Is. CT Cotobato Trench
H Halmahera AT Ayu Trough
IJ Inan Jaya NGT New Guinea Trench
Fig. 14. Alternative tectonic models concerning the southward propagation of the Philippine Trench in relation to
Halmahera. The Philippine Trench either continuing east of Halmahera (A), or west of Halmahera (B, C), or ending near
Halmahera (D), or continuing through Halmahera (E). From Nichols et al. (1989).
186
‘n
us
=
dq
+
5
DI
=
n
SUNDA ARC. ELE
AUSTRALIA
Subduction
Zone
Completed
Collision
Sal E
o
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Thrust
Fault
Strke-shp
Foult
Terrigenous
Sediment
Tronsport
Fig. 15. Schematic tectonic reconstruction of the arc-arc collisions in the Molucca Sea area. From Moore & Silver (1982).
by short periods of uplift (fig. 13). The two final puls-
es of uplift in Timor, of 2.2-2.0 and 0.2 Mya, are
interpreted as the beginning of the introduction of re-
spectively the main slope area and the shelf area of the
Australian continental margin into the Banda arc
subduction zone (De Smet et al. 1990), while the fi-
nal uplift and emergence of Buton is related to its col-
lision with the Tukang Besi platform (Fortuin et al.
1990). For other islands the most important, final,
uplift started no longer than about 5 Mya, and emer-
gence of all these islands occurred less than 1 Mya.
Only Buton (11 Mya) and Seram (5 Mya) might have
been emergent during an earlier period (Fortuin &
De Smet 1991).
Only a part of the northern Moluccas, the
Halmahera arc, is associated with or directly derived
from the OMA. Honza (1991) proposed that the
Halmahera arc was possibly part of a larger arc com-
plex, including the Mariana, Yap, and Palau Arcs,
that was connected to parts of what now forms New
Guinea. He states that ‘the Eocene basement in the
eastern belt of New Guinea is possibly the same se-
quence as is seen in the Yap and Mariana Arcs’ and
that the ‘older basement in the southwestern portion
of the Halmahera Arc, which is considered to be the
same sequence as those in New Guinea, migrated
westward along the left lateral Sorong Faults.’ Hall &
Nichols (1990) found a similarity in age and litholo-
gy between Halmahera, the East Mindanao — Samar
fragment and the Daito Ridge province plateaus, al-
though they presume that these terranes have not
formed a continuous arc. However, the geology of the
northern Moluccas is extremely complex and subject
to much controversy. Eastern Halmahera presumably
forms a continuous terrane with Gebe, Gag, and
Waigeu Islands, and possibly also with the Tamrau
Mountains of the northern Birds Head (Hall &
Nichols 1990), while the island of Morotai is an east-
ern extension of the northwestern arm of Halmahera
(Nichols et al. 1990). The controversy about the ori-
gin of the Halmahera terranes arises from the fact that
no southward extension of the Philippine Trench can
be traced in the Halmahera area. The Philippine
Trench, which is a fault system to the east of
Mindanao, seems to come to a dead end at the East
Morotai Plateau, a submarine microcontinent to the
east of Morotai island that might be another remnant
of Nur & Ben Avraham’s lost Pacifica. Hall &
Nichols (1990) and Nichols et al. (1990) present a re-
vision of the several ideas developed in attempts to
link the Philippine Trench to the Sorong or other
fault systems in the Molucca Sea collision zone (fig.
14) with the Philippine Trench as a southward prop-
agating fault system, continuing either east of
187
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Halmahera, or west of Halmahera, or through
Halmahera. Halmahera is thus either completely or
partly placed on the western edge of the Philippine
sea plate, or placed on a separate plate. It is clear that
Halmahera is moving westward, presumably forced
by a spreading centre in the Ayu Trough (cf. figs.
14d, e) since early or middle Miocene (Honza 1991),
and approaching the Sangihe Arc. The Molucca Sea
dips westward under Sangihe and eastward under
Halmahera (Moore & Silver 1982; Hamilton 1986;
Hall & Nichols 1990; Nichols et al. 1990; Honza
1991). The volcanic arc of west Halmahera results
from this subduction and so do some of the small is-
lands west of Halmahera, (Mayu, Talaud, and
Tifore), which represent emerged parts of ‘com-
pressed forearc sediment wedges, with slivers of
Sangihe forearc basement (Hall & Nichols 1990).
Moore & Silver (1982) and Hamilton (1986) regard
this future Halmahera — Sangihe collision as the
southward propagation of the middle Tertiary colli-
sion that took place between central Mindanao and
east Mindanao including the Samar block. Moore &
Silver (1982) describe this collision as a southward
scissoring between the Sangihe Arc (continuous with
the west Mindanao Arc) and one of the following op-
tions: either 1) a long continuous Mindanao —
Halmahera Arc, or 2) a double Mindanao — Talaud
and a Halmahera Arc, or 3) adouble Mindanao and a
Talaud — Halmahera Arc, or 4) a series of small and
unconnected arc segments (fig. 15). They prefer the
third option. The Philippine fault (the north-south
fault across Mindanao) is thus regarded as the north-
ern, closed, continuation of the Molucca Sea. This
would mean that the Molucca Sea plate has extended
northward and was possibly originally part of the
West Philippine Basin (Honza 1991). However, since
there is no proof of subduction of the Molucca Sea to
the north of Talaud island, Hall & Nichols (1990)
conclude that the Halmahera — Sangihe collision is
not a simple continuation of earlier collisions in
Mindanao, but an effect of these very collisions. They
think that the Moluccan Sea has continued north as
the part of East Mindanao which lies between the
Philippine Trench and the Philippine Fault.
However this may be, it is generally agreed that Hal-
mahera originates from a position far to the east of its
present one. Moore & Silver (1982) and Rangin et al.
(1990a, 1990b) presume that 10 Mya Halmahera lay
approximately 800 km to the southeast of its present
position. Daly et al. (1991) suppose that Halmahera
originates from far to the east in the OMA, while
Honza (1991) concludes that Halmahera has been
part of, or was attached to, arc fragments which now
form part of New Guinea.
Western New Guinea, the Birds Head peninsula
The greater part of the Birds Head of New Guinea
is of continental (Australian) origin. Only the
Waigeu, Arfak, and Tamrau terranes originate from
the oceanic island arc systems (figs. 11, 16). The
Waigeu terrane includes Waigeu Island, numerous
small islands as Batanta, Gebe, Gag, and Kofiau, and
Fig. 16. The allochtonous terranes in New Guinea, which successively accreted to the northern craton of the Australian pla-
te. Lettering: A = Arfak, B = Bowutu, Bb = Benabena, BM = Border Mountains, C= Cyclops, D = Dayman, De =
D’Entrecasteaux, Di = Dimaie, F = Finisterre, G = Gauttier, J = Jimi, Ke = Kemum, Ku = Kutu, L = Lengguru, LS = landslip,
M = Misool, Ma = Maransabadi, Mm = Marum, MT = Mount Turu, My = Menyamya, OS = Owen Stanley, PA = Prince
Alexander, Pm = Port Moresby, R = Rouffaer, S = Sepik, Sc = Schrader, T = Tamrau, To = Torricelli, Wa = Wandammen,
We = Weyland, Wg = Waigeu, Wo = Woodlark. From Pigram & Davies (1987), for a description of these terranes see that
publication.
188
a small sliver of the Birds Head to the east of Sorong
(Pigram & Davies 1987). This terrane is supposed to
form a single block with Halmahera and, possibly,
the Tamrau mountains (see above), although Pigram
& Davies (1987) regard the latter as of continental
origin. The Arfak terrane consists of the Arfak moun-
tains in the northeastern Birds Head, the Tosem
mountains of the northern Birds Head, Num and
Japen Islands, and a part of Biak Island. The Arfak
elements probably are part of the OMA system, and
might be a western continuation of the terranes that
form the northern mountain ranges of New Guinea
(e.g., the Gauttier, Cyclops, and Torricelli terranes)
(cf. fig. 16). The Arfak terrane is supposed to have ac-
creted recently (2 Mya) to New Guinea (Pigram &
Davies 1987). The main part and nucleus of the Birds
Head, however, is of Australian origin. One has re-
garded it either as an integral part of the Australian
craton or one has tried to explain its present position
by rotation rather than accretion. Hamilton (1979)
ee
BISMARCK SEA „I N
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
suggested that the Birds Head rotated clockwise
northward in the Neogene, from a position near the
west coast of Australia, but an anticlockwise rotation
resulting from a presumed spreading centre in the
Geelvink Bay has also been considered (Daly et al.
1991). None of these rotations, however, can explain
the north-south directed mountain chains on
Lengguru, the Birds Neck. The presence of these
mountains can be explained, however, by supposing
that a collision occurred between the Birds Head and
Lengguru. Realising this, Pigram and Panggabean
(1984) argued that the continental part of the Birds
Head consists of two microcontinents (figs. 11, 16):
the northern half of the Birds Head, of which the nu-
cleus is formed by the continental Kemum terrane;
and the southern half, formed by the Misool micro-
continent. The latter includes Misool Island and the
Onin and Kumaua peninsulas. On the basis of strati-
graphic comparison, it was concluded that the Misool
microcontinent rifted in late Lias (approximately 175
LLL
2
GE
N
130°
N
N
\
Australian craton
N
Terranes that had dgcked by 25 Ma
Terranes that had docked by 15 Ma
Terranes that had docked by 10 Ma
Terranes that had docked by 2 Ma
Fig. 17. The accretion history of New Guinea after Pigram & Davies (1987). A. 40 Mya, the pre-accretion outline of the
Australian plate; B. 25 Mya, accretion of the composite Sepic Arc terrane; C. 15 Mya, accretion of the East Papua Composite
terrane; D. accretion of the Birds Head microcontinents, the northern New Guinea terranes, and the Finisterre terrane; E. 2
Mya, accretion of the Arfak, Tamrau, and Waigeu terranes to the Birds Head, and the Cyclops mountens to northern New
Guinea, and the arrival of the Bismarck terrane at New Guinea.
189
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Mya) from central Papua New Guinea, while the
Kemum microcontinent rifted in Aptian times (ap-
proximately 135 Mya), possibly from as far east as
present-day northern Queensland (see also the palae-
ogeographic reconstructions in Struckmeyer et al.
1993). Palaeomagnetic data from the Kemum terrane
show that a large-scale Neogene clockwise rotation
can be ruled out for that microcontinent and support
the theory that Kemum derived from the northeas-
tern margin of the Australian craton (Giddings et al.
1993). Instead, Kemum underwent a 55° anticlock-
wise rotation between Triassic — Early Jurassic and
Middle — late Eocene, which these authors relate to its
rifting off the Australian margin. The two Birds Head
microcontinents were carried westward by the Pacific
plate and joined by the end of the Oligocene (26
Mya). The composite Misool — Kemum terrane then
amalgamated with the Lengguru terrane by late
Miocene (10 Mya), which may or may not have in-
volved the accretion of these terranes to the
Australian craton since it is not clear whether
Lengguru formed an integral part of that craton or
has a history of displacement of its own (Pigram &
Davies 1987).
New Guinea
By 25 Mya Australia entered the subduction zone
at the southern margin of the Pacific and Philippine
plates, where composite terranes had been assembled
(Pigram & Davies 1987). These terranes were com-
posite since fragments that had rifted from the
Australian continent had preceded that continent in
reaching the subduction zone where they had collided
with parts of the oceanic OMA. When Australia
reached this subduction zone, its northern craton col-
lided in the first of a series of collisions with the part
of the composite OMA that is known as the Sepik
Arc (fig. 17b). To this arc fragment belonged the
Sepik terrane in Papua New Guinea, and presumably
the Rouffaer terrane in Irian Jaya (cf. fig. 16).
Volcanism in the Sepik terrane started possibly as ear-
ly as late Cretaceous, but the terrane did not emerge
until the Oligocene (38-26 Mya) (Dow 1977). The
collision between the Australian plate and the Sepik
Arc was oblique, started in the west of present-day
New Guinea and propagated eastward (Daly et al.
1991). It had, apart from the above discussed rifting
and displacement of the Moluccan microcontinents,
three major effects.
First, the collision lead to an inversion of the sub-
duction zone. Prior to the collision, the Tethys Sea
was being subducted northward under the Pacific
plate. After the accretion of the Sepik Arc to the
Australian continent, when the Tethys Sea had been
completely consumed by subduction and due to the
continued northward movement of Australia, a part
190
T = sans arc
Australian plate Tethys Sea plate
a _NNew Guinea
terranes
NT
III
HS
Pacific plate
= JANS Cyclops | terrane
EI IN
4 Pacific plate
ENING WOO
TIP
Australian LE] é Pacific plate
Fig. 18. The accretion history of New Guinea in cross sec-
tions. À. 30 Mya, the Tethys Sea is being subducted under
the Pacific plate and Australia approaches the Sepic Arc; B.
25 Mya, the Sepic Arc has colided to Australia, the subduc-
tion has reversed and the Pacific plate (the Solomon Sea) is
being subducted under under the Australian plate, Australia
approaches the northern New Guinea terranes; C. 10 Mya,
the northern New Guinea terranes have colided to Australia
Australia approaches the Cyclops terrane; D. present, the
Cyclops terrane has collided to northern New Guinea.
of the Pacific plate, the Solomon Sea, was forced to
subduct southward under the Australian plate, or
rather under the newly accreted Sepik Arc terranes
(fig. 18).
Second, the collision initiated orogenesis in what is
now central New Guinea, which resulted in the for-
mation of the central mountain ranges. These central
mountain ranges are thus for the greater part derived
from the Australian craton, but along their northern
slopes they contain parts of Sepik Arc origin. Pigram
& Davies (1987) state that orogenesis started in the
middle or late Oligocene. All older, Eocene, deforma-
tion found in New Guinea resulted from the afore
mentioned island arc — microcontinent collisions that
had preceded the Australia — Sepik Arc collision.
These collisions occurred far away from the
Australian craton.
Third, a foreland basin developed behind (south of)
the collision zone (Pigram et al. 1989). The weight of
the accreted Sepik Arc terranes pushed down the
northern parts of the Australian continent (southern
Fig. 19. The development of a
foreland basin between the New
Guinea orogen (the Sepik Arc
terrane) and Australia. À (top).
Late Eocene, border of the
Australian continent prior to the
Sepik Arc collision; B (bottom).
Early Miocene, an epicontinen-
tal sea covering present-day
southern New Guinea. From
Pigram et al. (1989).
NS?
New Guinea and northern Queensland), causing their
submergence. Southern New Guinea had been emer-
gent before the development of that basin, during
Eocene and Oligocene (Dow 1977). Only a small area,
the Kubor Range in the central mountains of Papua
New Guinea, was not pushed down by the Sepik Arc
terranes. This terrane is also of microcontinental origin
and has a history of displacement (Struckmeyer et al.
1993), but comprises presumably the only part of con-
tinental New Guinea that has continuously been
above sea level (Dow 1977). The foreland basin
stretched as a shallow epicontinental sea over what is
now southern New Guinea from the Coral Sea to the
Indian Ocean. This basin was about 6-700 km across
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Late Eocene
Open ocean
Shallow carbonate
platform
EMERGENT
vera
Early Miocene
EMERGENT
(figs. 18, 19) and existed for 18 million years (Pigram
et al. 1989). The implications for biogeography are ob-
vious. The foreland basin must have formed an impor-
tant barrier for many animals and plants, separating
the New Guinea orogen from the Australian conti-
nent. Sedimentation of erosion products from the de-
veloping mountain ranges in central New Guinea suc-
cessively filled the foreland basin and since about 10
Mya (Pigram pers. comm.) the marshy lowland of
southern New Guinea (re)emerged. During the last
glacial period of about 18 thousand years ago a global
sea level drop of 100-150 m occurred during which
southern New Guinea was continuous with the
Australian mainland (Veevers 1991).
191
TiJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
A _?LATEST CRETACEOUS — 3
BETEN Da D'Entrecasteaux
Woodlark
Bowutu
B EARLY OLIGOCENE
==
Ss
—
East Papuan Composite
< 2 BN 0 à % n°. Be
ie NC ‘Age and separation: m
not known ii
C LATE MIOCENE
=| Continental crust
Fig. 20. The accretion history of the Papuan peninsula according to Pigram & Davies (1987). A. Late Cretaceous (70 Mya),
the East Papuan terranes form an archipelago; B. late Oligocene (26 Mya), the islands of the archipelago have amalgamated
to a single block, the East Papua Composite terrane; C. late Miocene (+ 10 Mya), the East Papua Composite terrane has ac-
creted to New Guinea and Finisterre approaches on New Guinea; D. recent, the East Papua Composite terrane is being dis-
membered by the opening of the Woodlark Basin.
To the east of the Sepik Arc a large composite
block was formed by the amalgamation of several ter-
ranes of diverse origin (fig. 20). Volcanism in this area
started in late Cretaceous (appr. 70 Mya) (Dow
1977). The amalgamation of this block may have
started as early as 52 Mya when the Owen Stanley,
Dayman, and Bowutu terranes collided. In fact, here
we find an example of the older Eocene orogen in
New Guinea, as mentioned above. By late Oligocene
the Menyama terrane had amalgamated with this
composite terrane (Pigram & Davies 1987). Parts of
this composite block are emergent since the
Oligocene (Dow 1977). The formation of this East
Papua Composite terrane, as it is called by Pigram &
Davies, which also comprised the D’Entrecasteaux
Islands, the Woodlark Plateau and the Port Moresby
and Kutu Terranes (cf. fig. 16), was completed by the
end of the Oligocene (26 Mya) and was then separat-
ed from the Australian craton by an oceanic basin.
The Menyamya, Port Moresby, and Kutu terranes
(cf. fig. 16) are possible remnants of this oceanic ba-
sin. This basin was separated from the Coral Sea by a
192
long salient of the Australian craton, which was made
up by the Eastern, Papuan, and possibly the
Louisiade Plateaus (Pigram & Davies 1987). The
Eastern and Papuan plateaus were formed together
with the Queensland Plateau during ‘cretaceous mar-
gin extension and became detached from the
Queensland Plateau by sea floor spreading (Pigram &
Symonds 1991). In middle or late Miocene (appr. 15
Mya), the East Papua Composite terrane, which was
carried westward by the Pacific Plate as part of the
OMA, collided with the aforementioned salient of
the northward moving Australian continent to form
the Papuan peninsula (figs. 16, 17c, 20c). This area
remained long separated from the other parts of New
Guinea by the north-south tending Aure Trough (fig.
20d, 21) (Dow 1977). This Aure Trough, which
marks the eastern edge of the Australian continental
plate, became slowly filled with sediments from the
adjoining developing mountains, but may have exist-
ed until the Finisterre terrane joined New Guinea
(about 2 Mya see below). Dow (1977), however,
states that a connection between the Bismarck Range
of central Papua New Guinea and the Owen Stanley
Range of the Papuan peninsula may have existed
since late Miocene. The eastern part of the East Papua
Composite terrane is currently being dismembered by
the opening of the Woodlark Basin as a result of sea
floor spreading, which incidentally explains why no
other arc terranes have accreted here since (Pigram &
Davies 1987). Instead of approaching, terranes are at
present being pushed away from the Papuan peninsu-
la.
Next, the terranes that now form the northern
mountain ranges of New Guinea (viz., the Torricelli,
Prince Alexander, and Mt. Turu terranes in Papua
New Guinea and the Gauttier terrane, which possibly
is a dismembered portion of the Torricelli terrane, in
Irian Jaya (cf. fig. 16)), accreted to New Guinea after
the consumption of the western part of the Solomon
Sea Basin under the Sepik Arc (figs. 17d, 18b)
(Pigram & Davies 1987; Honza 1991). These ter-
ranes reached New Guinea approximately 10 Mya, at
about the same time that the microcontinents of the
Birds Head collided with western New Guinea. It is
not clear what the exact position of these northern
New Guinea terranes was within the historic island
arc. Since they reached New Guinea later, they may
have come from farther east than the components of
the East Papua Composite, which means that they
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
must have passed north of that block. In this respect,
a remark of Packham (1973) about northern New
Guinea might be significant. He states that: ‘the dep-
osition of clastics (in northern New Guinea) after the
Oligocene orogenesis took place to the north of the
large mafic and ultramafic bodies such as those that
occur in the western Central and Bismarck Ranges.’
The mechanism of this passing is not well under-
stood, but the suggestion of Pigram & Davies (1987)
that the opening of the Woodlark Basin prevented
further accretion to eastern Papua New Guinea, may
be relevant here. Seafloor spreading in the Woodlark
Basin might well have influenced the direction of the
OMA fragments, leading them around the Papuan
peninsula towards northern New Guinea. As a matter
of fact, at present we might see a similar mechanism
at work in the Bismarck Archipelago, where the
Admiralty Islands, New Hanover, New Ireland and
in their rear the Solomon Islands, apparently curve
around New Britain on their way to the north coast
of New Guinea. In their palaeogeographic recon-
struction of the late Eocene, Struckmeyer et al.
(1993) situate the northern New Guinea terranes, the
Finisterre terrane, and part of the Bismarck terrane al-
ready to the north of the East Papua Composite ter-
rane (fig. 56). The northern New Guinea terranes are
doubtlessly younger than the Sepik Arc and the East
(7
ago
Fig. 21. Early Miocene reconstruction of dry land in Papua New Guinea, showing the position of the Aure Trough. From
Dow (1970). The emerged or submarine state of land masses is indicated in their present-day locations. Of course, the actu-
al location of terranes like the Bismarck Archipelago and Finisterre was still far removed from New Guinea in Early Miocene.
193
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Australia
Papuan block; the first volcanism in the Bewani and
Torricelli mountains originates from the Eocene,
while these terranes emerged in early Miocene (Dow
1977). After the northern New Guinea terranes had
accreted they broke off the Pacific plate and the sea
floor to the northeast of these terranes, the Bismarck
Sea, started to subduct (fig. 18c)
Soon after or simultaneously with the accretion of
the northern New Guinea terranes, the Finisterre ter-
rane, which comprises the Finisterre range and the
Huon peninsula of New Guinea (fig. 16), arrived at
the New Guinean coast. This Finisterre terrane might
earlier have formed a single linear island arc segment
with New Britain, New Ireland, Manus island, and
the Solomon Islands (Pigram & Davies 1987).
Accretion of the Finisterre terrane to New Guinea,
along the Ramu — Markham Fault zone, may have
started about 10 Mya in the west (which would mean
at the same time as the other north New Guinea ter-
ranes), propagated eastward, and was completed by
approximately 2 Mya (fig. 17d, e) (Pigram & Davies
1987). However, Silver et al. (1991) presume that the
accretion of Finisterre started much later, less than 3
Mya. Abbot & Silver (1991) state that the southern
part of the Finisterre region was at bathyal depths at
this time and remained so until at least 1.1-1.3 Mya,
194
Fig. 22. Palaeogeographic re-
construction of a continuous
Fast-Melanesian Arc (20
Mya), showing Vanuatu lin-
king the Solomon Islands to
Fiji, and the approaching col-
lision between the Solomon
Islands and the Ontong Java
plateau. From Packham
(1973).
when the continuing collision caused its uplift. The
Finisterre terrane is again younger than the terranes of
northern New Guinea. Although volcanism also
started in Eocene, it suddenly ceased in early
Miocene, and the Finisterre terrane did not emerge
until after Miocene (Dow 1977).
When the accretion of Finisterre was completed,
some smaller terranes had likewise been added to north-
ern New Guinea after parts of the Bismarck Sea had
been consumed by subduction (Biak and Japen Islands,
and presumably the Cyclops Mountains) (fig. 18d) and
to the northern Birds Head (Arfak and Waigeu cf. fig.
16) (Pigram & Davies 1987). The Finisterre terrane,
being the last of the larger blocks that became accreted to
New Guinea does, in this respect, an honour to its name
that has never been thought of.
The Bismarck Archipelago presumably reached
New Guinea in the rear of the Finisterre terrane.
East-Melanesian Archipelagos
To the east ofthe Bismarck Archipelago, the OMA
apparently continues in the Solomon Islands,
Vanuatu (the New Hebrides), Fiji, and in the Lau
and Tonga ridges. The Samoan islands are presuma-
bly hot-spot related, as their westward increasing age
and subparallelism to other chains of hot-spot origin
Bismarck
: Archipelago \ oNTONG
JAVA
PLATE AU
== =
Solomon
Australia
suggest (Ewart 1988). The Samoan chain, however,
shows active volcanism at both its northwestern and
southeastern ends, which apparently opposes the ‘hot
spot hypothesis. Furthermore, there are indications
that, for the last 13.5 My, the Samoan shield volcanos
were formed at approximately the same distance from
the eastward migrating Tonga trench, which indica-
tes that Samoa could, at least partly, be related to the
OMA system (Ewart 1988).
The eastern parts of the OMA developed during
Eocene as a continuous island chain, with Vanuatu
linking the Solomon Islands to Fiji and Tonga (fig.
22) (Packham 1973; Ewart 1988), but remained
mainly submarine until early Miocene (Gill &
Gorton 1973). Similar to the western parts of the
OMA, these eastern parts arose along the margins of
the Pacific plate. Yet, there is a fundamental differ-
ence between these two parts of the arc. The OMA
west of the Solomons, which possibly includes the
northeastern part of the Solomon chain, evolved as
the result of an initially northward subduction of the
Tethys Sea under the Pacific plate. The polarity of
this subduction was reversed after the collision of a
part of the OMA (the Sepik Arc fragment) with the
Australian continent (see above and fig. 18). From
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Fig. 23. Palaeogeographic re-
construction of the disrupted
East-Melanesian Arc (10
Mya) after the collision be-
tween the Solomon Islands
and the Ontong Java plateau.
Vanuatu rotates clockwise to
the south, Fiji becomes isola-
ted, and the Lau and Tonga
ridges separate. From Pack-
ham (1973).
DEN Fiji
Basın
the Solomons eastward, the subduction was initially
south- and westward directed, where the Pacific plate
was being subducted under the South Fiji Basin (fig.
22) (Gill & Gorton 1973; Ewart 1988) and reversed
in the Solomon and Vanuatu region after collision of
the Solomon chain with the Ontong Java Plateau in
the middle or late Miocene (cf. fig. 23) (Packham
1973; Honza 1991). The Ontong Java Plateau, which
is about two thirds the size of Australia, consists of
volcanic rocks and is supposed to have formed about
120 Mya in a very short time (less than 3 million
years). This and similar oceanic plateaus represent
upwellings of magma which erupted as tremendous
floods of lava, they are referred to as Large Igneous
Provinces (Coffin & Eldholm 1993). Before the col-
lision between the Solomon chain and the Ontong
Java Plateau, as Packham (1973) specifically states:
‘the New Hebrides would have behaved as part of the
Australian plate, while now they form part of the
Pacific plate’, and we may conclude that that would
then also have been the case for the (southeastern)
Solomon Islands and Fiji. The initially single
Lau/Tonga ridge also developed in association with
the Australian continent, and rifted eastward since
the late Oligocene opening of the South Fiji Basin
195
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
STAGE!
RIDGE
RG
Seroan
voicances
STAGE U
SOUTH
FIJI
BASIN (gins
Samoan
volcanoes
Fig. 24. Schematic reconstruction of the Break-up of the East-Melanesian Arc. Stage I, late Eocene-Oligocene, Vanuatu, Fiji,
and Tonga form a continuous chain; Stage II, Miocene, Vanuatu starts rotating clockwise to the south; Stage III, Pliocene-
Pleistocene, Fiji gets isolated and the Lau and Tonga ridges separate by the opening of the Lau Basin. From Ewart (1988).
196
NSCA
Naz
N à SX
Mborokuaren > II
N REY AS
Russells
SERS
x
Bellona |. xy
Rennell |.
(Ewart 1988). Burrett et al. (1991) also recognize this
relationship with Australia and assume that the eastern
parts of the OMA, notably the Fiji islands, contain rift-
ed parts of Gondwana origin. The Vitiaz Trench
Lineament, marked by the volcanic Rotuma and
Wallis islands, and the Cape Johnson Trough might be
the remnants of the original, southward directed, sub-
duction site (Gill & Gorton 1973; Ewart 1988). At
present the Pacific plate is being subducted westward at
the Tonga — Kermadec Trench (Ewart 1988).
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Fig. 25. The geological pro-
vinces of the Solomon Islands.
From Hackman (1973).
Ontong Java Atoll
Sikaiana
The collision of the Solomon chain with the
Ontong Java Plateau (approximately 9-12.5 Mya),
which resulted in the reversal of subduction, and the
simultaneous collisions in northern New Guinea, or
collisions with Pacific seamounts (as suggested by
Ewart 1988) may all have caused the disruption of the
eastern part of the OMA (Gill & Gorton 1973). This
disruption may have started directly following these
events, with the clockwise rotation of the New
Hebrides by the opening of the North Fiji Basin and
197
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
the subduction of an ancestral North Fiji Basin (cf.
fig. 24). Dating the onset of the rotation of the New
Hebrides as early as middle Miocene is consistent
with the age of faulting in the New Hebrides (see al-
so Honza 1991) and of an uplift in Fiji. On the
other hand, a change of volcanism on Fiji and in the
New Hebrides suggests that this rotation and dis-
ruption started much later, less than 5.5 Mya (Gill
& Gorton 1973). In that case, the rifting between
Fiji and the New Hebrides would have started si-
multaneously with the opening of the Lau — Havre
Basin at about 5 Mya (Ewart 1988; Honza 1991),
which caused the rifting of the Tonga — Kermadeck
ridge from the Lau — Colville ridge and an anti-
clockwise rotation of Fiji. By 3 Mya these rifting
and rotation events had caused a complete isolation
of Fiji relative to other parts of the OMA (fig. 24)
(Ewart 1988).
Solomon Islands
The Solomon Islands can be divided into four geolo-
gical provinces (fig. 25) (Hackman 1973). The Central
province, of Oligocene — Miocene age comprises Buka,
Bougainville, Choiseul, Santa Isabel, Florida, Guada-
Icanal, and San Cristobal. This central province is flan-
ked in the northeast by the Pacific province (Malaita and
Ulava) and in the southwest by the Volcanic province
(part of Bougainville, the New Georgia group, and part
of Guadalcanal); these two provinces are both of
Pliocene age. The Atoll province, finally, includes the
atolls on the Ontong Java Plateau to the north of
Malaita, and Bellona and Rennell Islands, south of
Guadalcanal. This latter province does not form a geolo-
gical entity. According to Silver & Smith (1983) Malaita
contains a slice of the Ontong Java Plateau, while Honza
(1991) states that the whole Eastern, Pacific, province is
a marginal part of that plateau.
jn 1700
% Torres Is
VE e: Vanuatu
©...
VOLCANIC
EG
=
Pliocene to Recent
Pre — Mid Miocene
Water depth in km
\
ut
Fig. 26. The distribution of
three volcanic belts in Va-
nuatu. From Mallick (1973).
198
Gaua © Merig
2 Mere Lava
a
<<
Late Miocene — Early Pliocene
A
a
m
zm
a
=
N
‚Santa Cruz Is.
Torres Is.
Banks Is.
The basement of the Central province is similar to
the ultramafic belt of eastern New Guinea; this prov-
ince apparently continues to the Santa Cruz group,
north of the New Hebrides (Hackman 1973). The
parallel and younger Pacific and Volcanic provinces
possibly developed and emerged as a result of the col-
lision with the Ontong Java Plateau, and the ensuing
reversal of subduction. The presumed continuity
between the Finisterre terrane of New Guinea, New
Britain, New Ireland, Manus, and the Solomon
Islands that was mentioned above might be restricted
to these younger provinces, but that is not explicitly
stated in the literature.
Vanuatu (New Hebrides)
Mallick (1973) and Honza (1991) recognize three
volcanic belts in the New Hebrides, linked to three
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Fig. 27. The Break-up of
Vanuatu. A (left). Present-
day Vanuatu, B (right). pre
Break-up Vanuatu. From
Gill & Gorton (1973).
periods of volcanism: a pre-middle Miocene Western
belt (Espiritu Santo and Malekula), a late Miocene —
early Pliocene Eastern belt (Maewo, Pentecost and
parts of Epi and Efaté), and a Pliocene to Recent
Central belt consisting of the remainder of the archi-
pelago (fig. 26). The formation of the Eastern belt is
possibly related to the reversal of subduction and to
the onset of rotation of the New Hebrides that fol-
lowed on the Ontong Java collision. The Central belt
results from the fact that the New Hebrides ridge is
currently being split in two. This splitting is expressed
by the Y-shaped configuration of the island group
and by the fault zones across Epi and Efaté (Mallick
1973; Gill & Gorton 1973) and is analogue to the
splitting of the Lau and Tonga ridges, that occurred
in late Miocene. Maewo and Pentecost islands move
eastward, Espiritu Santo and Malekula westward (fig.
199
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
27). The subduction zone to the west of the New
Hebrides is interrupted at Espiritu Santo and
Malekula, where the east-west lineations of the
D'Entracasteaux zone of the Coral Sea Basin abut
against the New Hebrides ridge (Mallick 1973).
These westward moving islands possibly overrode the
subduction zone and filled the trench belonging to
that zone with detritus. The deep Aoba Basin to the
east of Espiritu Santo and Malekula resulted from this
collision with the D'Entrecasteaux ridge (Honza
1991).
Fiji
Seismic activity on Fiji is less intense than in the
surrounding Tonga and New Hebrides arc-trench
systems. The development of Fiji as a landmass ap-
pears to have begun with submarine volcanic erup-
tions upon a segment of ‘quasi-continental’ crust,
‘along structurally determined lines; critical zones of
weakness incepted in the primordial oceanic crust’
(Green & Cullen 1973). The oldest rocks on Fiji are
of Eocene age, which is older than on surrounding is-
land chains. Middle to late Eocene volcanism on the
island of Viti Levu may predate the OMA and be re-
lated to the Norfolk — New Caledonia — D’Entre-
casteaux ridges (Ewart 1988). Burrett et al. (1991)
suppose that part of the Fiji islands rifted from the
Australian part of Gondwana. However, a well evol-
ved OMA, including the Fiji group, existed by mid-
dle Oligocene (Ewart 1988).
Since the opening of the Lau Basin (5 Mya) and
the break-up of the island arc Fiji has rotated anti-
clockwise out of the OMA for 21-60°, and so became
separated from the Tonga — Kermadec ridge (Ewart
1988). The presence of post rotational fractures sug-
gests that this rotation has ceased some considerable
time ago (Green & Cullen 1973). The greater part of
Fiji has probably been emerged since middle Miocene
(Ewart 1988).
Lau islands
The Lau islands include atoll reefs and islands sur-
rounded by barrier and fringing reefs.
The northern islands of Yacata and Nayua are sup-
posed to have formed an extension of the New
Hebrides western volcanic belt during middle
Miocene (Ewart 1988) until the Lau and New
Hebrides ridges commenced to separate. A period of
subsidence of the Lau islands evidently occurred fol-
lowing this separation, as is indicated by the reef
growth, but the older, eroded, volcanos and reefs re-
emerged in late Pliocene to Quarternary (Ewart
1988).
Tonga
The Tonga ridge comprises two parallel chains of
200
islands: a western arc of active volcanos (the Tofua
arc), and an eastern, volcanically inactive, arc compri-
sing the Vava'u, central Ha’apai, Nomuka, and
Tongatapu island groups.
The Tonga chains evolved in middle Eocene as
part of a single Lau — Tonga ridge (fig. 24), possibly
near, or attached to, the Norfolk — New Caledonia
ridge, as the middle Eocene volcanism on the island
of ‘Eua suggests; this volcanism predates the age of
the South Fiji Basin. The Lau — Tonga ridge did not
emerge until late Oligocene, after the opening of the
South Fiji Basin. Most of the Tonga ridge was sub-
merged again during the Miocene until the opening
of the Lau Basin, which separated Lau and Tonga
(fig. 24), initiated a new uplift by the end of the
Miocene (Ewart 1988). The Tonga ridge currently
collides in the east with the Louisville ridge. The
Tofua arc volcanism is of Plio — Holocene age and is
possibly related to this collision and to the subduction
of the Louisville ridge (Ewart 1988).
BIOGEOGRAPHY OF THE CICADAS OF SULAWESI, NEW
GUINEA AND THE WEST PACIFIC
New Guinean cicadas
The cicadas of New Guinea can be classified into
four major groups: 1) the subtribe Cosmopsaltriaria
Kato, 1932 (sensu Duffels 1983), 2) the tribe
Chlorocystini Distant, 1905 (sensu stricto: De Boer
1995d), 3) the oriental Prasiini (sensu De Jong 1985)
of the tribe Prasiini Matsumura, 1917, and 4) the tri-
be Cicadettini Buckton, 1890. The Cosmopsaltriaria
belong to the family Cicadidae, the other three
groups to the family Tibicinidae; these families are
easily distinguished by the presence or absence of
tymbal coverings, sclerotized plates derived from the
second tergite that cover the tymbal organs.
Within New Guinea the Cosmopsaltriaria and the
Chlorocystini are by far the most speciose groups of
cicadas. Both these groups are widely distributed in
New Guinea and the western Pacific, while the
Cosmopsaltriaria extend westward to Sulawesi (com-
pare figs 28 & 29). The oriental Prasiini, the pre-
sumed sister group of the Chlorocystini, are repre-
sented on New Guinea by the small genus Arfaka
Distant, 1905 (3 species in the Birds Head area); by
about ten undescribed and three described species of
the genus Lembeja Distant, 1892; and by some unde-
scribed species with uncertain relationships; but most
species of the oriental Prasiini are endemics of
Sulawesi (fig. 29). The Cicadettini form a large tribe
with an almost world-wide distribution, they are es-
pecially numerous in Australia and New Zealand,
and, in fact, all New Zealand cicadas belong to that
tribe. The phylogenetic relationships within the
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Cosmopsaltriaria
Fig. 28. Distribution of the
subtribe Cosmopsaltriaria and
its presumed sister group the
genus Meimuna (sensu stricto,
De Boer & Duffels in prep).
>
4
Cicadettini are very uncertain, and their monophylet-
ic origin must be considered doubtful. The
Cicadettini are represented on New Guinea by a
small number of species assigned to three genera: the
genus Zoxopeusella Schmidt, 1926 (with four species,
see Boulard 1981); the monotypic genus Auta
Distant, 1897; and presumably by the genus
Pauropsalta Goding & Froggatt, 1904, which is
based on one specimen of P. eyrey (Distant, 1882)
from Sogeri in eastern Papua New Guinea.
AD
A @ N A dî. N
i OS di AC
Chlorocystini
Jacatra
Lembeja
L. harderi group
Artaka
Prasia
Muda
DS RE
\, Chlorocystini s.s.
IN > n
Se PS ©
SS = TESE .
ZN en
QE
— DA
Fig. 29. Distribution of the
sister tribes Chlorocystini
and Prasiini and their presu-
med sister group the genus
NA Muda.
201
“TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
TR
Moluccas
Birds Head
r
South New Guinea,
Fig. 30. Areas of endemism in the southwest Pacific
Furthermore, there are two or three undescribed spe-
cies, that possibly belong to Auta and one that pre-
sumably belongs to Pauropsalta. The New Guinean
Cicadettini presumably have their nearest relatives in
Australia.
The present paper intends to make a comparison of
biogeographical and area cladistic patterns found in
the Cosmopsaltriaria, based on the revisionary work
of Duffels (1977 and later works), and in the
Chlorocystini, based on revisions by the present au-
thor (De Boer 1982 and later works). Revisionary
work on the oriental Prasiini is not completed and, by
lack of a reliable phylogenetic reconstruction, biogeo-
graphic and area cladistic reference to that group
must be restricted to some provisional observations.
Data concerning the oriental Prasiini are derived
from revisionary work of De Jong and Duffels
(1981), De Jong (1982 and later works), and unpub-
lished data of the latter author (see De Boer 1995d).
The oriental Prasiini are included in the phylogenetic
and area-cladistic reconstructions as the presumed
sister group of the Chlorocystini. The Cicadettini are
not included in this study, since their distributional
data are too incomplete and their phylogenetic rela-
tionships are too uncertain to allow any conclusions.
Vicariant patterns versus dispersal patterns
The distributional patterns of the cicada genera oc-
curring on New Guinea show that these genera are
not evenly distributed over the island. The various ge-
nera are, so to speak, differently orientated. They
concentrate, often with endemic species, in different
parts of the island. This can be illustrated best by
202
2a, Solomon Islands
SS
Tonga Islands
comparing the distributions of three genera with a
very similar distributional range over Maluku, New
Guinea, and, in two instances, the Bismarck
Archipelago. The patterns of species distribution of
these genera, however, are very different: Aedeastria
De Boer, 1990 (fig. 37) mainly occurs in western
New Guinea, Cosmopsaltria Stäl, 1866 (fig. 31) is
most abundant in the central mountain ranges of
New Guinea, and Gymnotympana Stâl, 1861 (fig. 32)
appears to be concentrated in Papua New Guinea.
These patterns, and those of other genera from the sa-
me area, indicate the existence of several areas of en-
demism. Congruence between the distributions of
endemic species(groups) led to the recognition of the
following areas of endemism (fig. 30): Sulawesi,
northern Maluku, southern Maluku, the Birds Head
peninsula of New Guinea, northern, central, and
southern New Guinea, the Papuan peninsula, the
Bismarck Archipelago, and the East-Melanesian ar-
chipelagos. Many of these areas of endemism can be
subdivided into areas of endemism of a lower rank;
these are indicated by monophyletic subgroups of the
groups that indicate the undivided area of endemism.
These areas of endemism must have known a period
of isolation in which their endemic biota could evol-
ve. Keeping the geological knowledge discussed in the
previous chapter in mind, one will realise that many
of the areas of endemism recognized, coincide with
geological entities like microcontinents or fragments
of the Outer Melanesian Arc (OMA), areas indeed
that have known a period of isolation.
It is postulated here, that the different patterns of
distribution among the various New Guinean cicada
genera, result from an origin of these genera on these
different geological entities: the microcontinents or
isolated fragments of the oceanic island arcs.
Furthermore, it is postulated that the genera that are
related to the New Guinean genera and that occur on
Sulawesi, in the western Pacific, or in Australia also
evolved in isolation on different fragments of the is-
land arcs. Many of the vicariant events that separated
the sister genera are apparently none others than the
fragmentation events that occurred within the island
arc systems. This paper aims to investigate the evi-
dence for these postulations, and to reveal the links
between the generic evolution of the two groups of
Indo-Pacific cicadas under study and the palaeogeo-
graphic history of their area of distribution.
After the collision of the OMA with East Asia, at
least two cicada species are supposed to have invaded
that island arc: they were the ancestors of the
Cosmopsaltriaria and of the oriental Prasiini plus the
Chlorocystini (sensu stricto) together. How and from
where these ancestors arrived in the arc will be dis-
cussed later. These ancestral species presumably dis-
persed over the entire area of the OMA emerged at
that time. This dispersal was probably not an active
colonisation on the part of the cicadas (the whole
point of selecting cicadas for these biogeographic and
area cladistic studies is, that life cycle and biology of
cicadas oppose to such an active dispersal), but they
were presumably merely carried along in ‘waves’ of
vegetation, and possibly remained quite stationary
relative to that vegetation, a phenomenon which was
called biotic dispersal (Platnick & Nelson 1978). The
OMA must not be regarded as a continuous stretch of
dry land in the ocean, but as a chain of volcanic is-
lands with continuously changing interconnections.
The waves of biota that invaded this arc might thus
have shifted up and down the arc, in response to the
fluctuations that occurred in the connections
between the various parts of the arc. Such fluctua-
tions must already have caused some speciation and
when the arc finally broke up, populations of various
species became isolated on its fragments. These pop-
ulations are supposed to be the ancestors of most of
the genera now occurring on Sulawesi, New Guinea,
and in the western Pacific. Others may have evolved
on rifted microcontinents that had come into contact
with fragments of the arc. As was outlined in the pre-
vious chapter, various fragments of the OMA collid-
ed at different times and at different locations with
the northern craton of the Australian continent, final-
ly shaping New Guinea as we know it today. It fol-
lows that, if our theory is correct, also the various gen-
era of New Guinean cicadas arrived, travelling on
these arc fragments, on New Guinea at different loca-
tions and in different times. And here presumably lies
the reason why we see such marked differences
among the distributional patterns of the various New
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Guinean genera.
After the accretion of a remnant of the OMA to
New Guinea the biotas on that remnant and on the
other, already amalgamated, parts of New Guinea
could, of course, freely be exchanged by reciprocal
dispersions and diffusions. It is not remarkable that
such dispersals and diffusions also occurred among ci-
cadas and that at present the New Guinean cicada
genera are no longer confined to the historic OMA
fragments on which they once evolved. What is re-
markable is that due to some peculiar biological char-
acteristics of cicadas this diffusion and dispersal re-
mained limited to such an extent that the original
patterns of distribution can still be recognized. Five
major terranes are supposed to have accreted to form
modern New Guinea. These are in chronological or-
der: the Sepik Arc, the East Papua Composite terrane,
the Birds Head microcontinents, northern New
Guinea, and the Finisterre terrane (see the previous
chapter). It is to be expected that the original areas of
endemism ofthe New Guincan genera, their ancestral
areas of distribution, coincide with these five terranes.
However, the present-day distributions of the genera
will prove to be the result of a combination of old vi-
cariant events and more recent dispersal events. If the
above outlined scenario is correct, it must be possible
to recognize, up to a certain point, the areas of origin
or ‘source areas of all New Guinean cicada genera,
i.e., the ancestral areas of endemism as microconti-
nents or fragments of the OMA. For the non-New
Guinea genera, furthermore, it must be possible to
determine other parts of the island arc systems (e.g.,
Sulawesi, the Bismarck Archipelago or the East-
Melanesian island chains) as ancestral areas of distri-
bution. To recognize these ancestral areas of distribu-
tion we must decide what features in the present-day
distributions are the result of recent diffusions; we
must distinguish between the old vicariant patterns
and the more recent dispersals.
Historical distributions of the genera
In the remaining part of this chapter the probable
areas of origin of the genera of the Cosmopsaltriaria
and the Chlorocystini (sensu stricto) will be discussed
as far as these can be inferred from their present-day
distribution patterns. First, the areas of origin of the
New Guinean genera will be made plausible. Then
the possible origin of the Australian genera of the
Chlorocystini and the non-New Guinean genera of
the Cosmopsaltriaria will be discussed. Finally, some
remarks will be made on the distribution of the orien-
tal Prasiini.
A concentration of species and especially of endem-
ics of the New Guinean genera in any of the five pos-
sible areas of origin listed above is regarded as an indi-
203
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
d S2
OS
4°
Cosmopsaltria
n8°
"| À 5
N
SUN
men IE T
11129
I I
124° 128° 1322 136°
Di
140° 144° 148° 1529
Fig. 31. Distribution of the species of Cosmopsaltria: doryca (1), lata (2), halmaherae (3), gracilis (4), huonensis (5), gestroei (6),
gigantea (7), mimika (8), aurata (9), signata (10), meeki (11), satyrus (12), personata (13), bloetei (14), emarginata (15), capi-
tata (16), loriae (17), delfae (18), papuensis (19), retrorsa (20), toxopeusi (21), waine (22), kaiensis (23).
cation that the genus in question originates from that
particular area. Species with a relatively large distribu-
tion area are considered less informative, since they
are obviously better dispersers. The occurrence of the
genera outside their presumed area of origin can gen-
erally be explained by recent dispersals. It is not
strange then that these occurrences generally concern
species with a relatively wide distribution. Those gen-
era of which the distributions most distinctly indicate
a certain area of origin will be discussed first. For
other genera where a concentration of endemic spe-
cies is less obvious, a probable area of origin can often
be inferred from a comparison of the similarities and
differences in distribution patterns between these
genera and those showing more lucid patterns. Such a
comparison is allowed since genera that arrived on
New Guinea on the same arc fragment must have had
similar dispersal capacities and might therefore show
similar dispersal patterns. Nevertheless, it will appear
that genera which are supposed to originate from the
same fragment can still show marked differences in
distributions. Such differences must possibly partly
be explained by the fact that these arc fragments
themselves often are of a composite nature and that
different parts of them might, at different times, have
had different connections to other parts of the histor-
ic island arcs. Furthermore, the distribution patterns
of several genera indicate more than one area as the
area of origin, in that various monophyletic sub-
204
groups show a different area of concentration. In such
cases, where the arbitrary classification in genera ap-
parently does not coincide with the main fragmenta-
tion events of the island arcs, these areas together are
regarded as the area of origin. This does not necessar-
ily mean that these genera are non-monophyletic; the
geological events merely caused vicariant speciation
within species groups that are classified as genera.
The New Guinea orientated genera
Cosmopsaltria Stäl
One of the most remarkable distribution patterns
was found for the genus Cosmopsaltria Stäl, 1866 (fig.
31). For exact data on the distribution of the species
see Duffels (1983, 1988c, 1988d) and Duffels & Van
Mastrigt (1991). The genus is, apart from a species
incertae sedis from the Fiji islands (C. vitiensis), res-
tricted to New Guinea, Maluku, and the Bismarck
Archipelago and by far most of its species are restric-
ted to the central mountain ranges of New Guinea.
The distributions of these species often span the
whole length of these mountain ranges, from the
Wissel lakes area in the west to well into the Papuan
peninsula. Only three species (C. gestroei, C. meeki,
and C. loriae) are endemic to the Papuan peninsula.
Several of the central mountain range species have a
wider distribution, extending either to the northern
parts of Cendrawasih (C. papuensis), or to northern
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
6°
Gymnotympana
1329 140°
148° 156°
Fig. 32. Distribution of the species of Gymnotympana: varicolor (1), rufa (2), hirsuta (3), olivacea (4), verlaani (5), montana
(6), viridis (7), dahli (8), strepitans (9), rubricata (10), langeraki (11), nigravirgula (12), parvula (13), stenocephalis (14), mem-
brana (15), minoramembrana (16), phyloglycera (17), stridens (18), subnotata (19), obiensis (20).
New Guinea (C. aurata, C. mimica, C. papuensis), or
to the Bismarck Archipelago (C. mimica). Two small
species groups, the doryca group and the gracilis
group, occur almost exclusively outside the central
mountain ranges. The C. doryca group (C. doryca, C.
halmaherae, and C. lata), being the sister group of all
other Cosmopsaltria species has a western distribution.
C. doryca has a wide distribution in western New
Guinea (including the most western part of the cen-
tral mountain ranges) and Halmahera, C. /ata is en-
demic to Ambon, Buru, and possibly Timor, and €.
halmaherae is endemic to Halmahera island. The gra-
cilis group (C. gestroei, C. gracilis, and C. huonensis) is
the sister group of the ‘mimica complex’ (all
Cosmopsaltria species minus the doryca and gracilis
groups). C. gestroei is distributed in the Papuan pe-
ninsula, C. gracilis occurs in central northern New
Guinea and is recorded with doubt from the eastern
end of the Papuan peninsula, and C. huonensis is
known from a single locality on the Huon peninsula.
Finally, several species of the ‘mimica complex” are
endemic to areas other than the central mountains. C.
kaiensis is endemic to the Kai islands to the south of
New Guinea and the three species of the C. capitata
group almost encircle the central mountains. C. capi-
tata is distributed in north New Guinea and the Birds
Head, C. delfae occurs in southern New Guinea, on
the Birds Head, and on Aru island, and C. loriae is
known from a single locality on the Papuan peninsu-
la.
The concentration of Cosmopsaltria species in the
central mountain ranges of New Guinea, the small
number of endemic species in the Papuan peninsula,
and the fact that the number of co-occurring species
decreases eastward in the Papuan peninsula suggest
that Cosmopsaltria originates from that part of the
OMA that is known as the Sepik Arc, notwithstand-
ing the fact that only very few Cosmopsaltria species
are actually endemic to the Sepik Arc terranes. The
Sepik Arc was the first part of the OMA that collided
with New Guinea (about 25 Mya); its collision result-
ed in the orogenesis of the central mountain ranges
(Pigram & Davies 1987; Daly et al. 1991). The distri-
bution of Cosmopsaltria in other parts of New
Guinea, including the Papuan peninsula, and in the
Bismarck Archipelago, Aru, and the Kai islands is
presumably due to a later dispersal that occurred after
these areas had either successively become accreted to
New Guinea or had become available during periods
of low sea levels. The occurrence of the basal C. dory-
205
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
ca group in Maluku might represent an older pattern,
indicating a historical relationship between a part of
Maluku with the Sepik Arc; but the wide distribution
of C. doryca from the central mountains to Halma-
hera and the recent emergence of the south Moluccan
islands makes a recent westward dispersal equally
plausible. Moreover, the distribution of the C. doryca
group shows much resemblance to that of the
Baeturia conviva group (see below, fig. 39), which in-
dicates that they may result from a similar dispersal
event. Since Baeturia, as will be explained below, is
supposed to have arrived on New Guinea about 15
My later than Cosmopsaltria, its occurrence in
Maluku is almost certainly of a fairly recent date.
Gymnotympana Stàl
Gymnotympana Stäl, 1861 of the Chlorocystini
shows a quite different distributional pattern than
Cosmopsaltria. Apart from two endemic species (G.
hirsuta and G. verlaant) in central Papua New
Guinea, this genus is virtually absent in the central
mountain ranges (fig. 32). For exact data on the dis-
tribution of the species see Moulds (1990) and De
Boer (1995a). Gymnotympana is distinctly concentra-
ted in eastern New Guinea, and more precisely on the
Papuan peninsula. Of the 20 species of Gymnotym-
pana, 15 occur in Papua New Guinea, 9 of which oc-
cur in the Papuan peninsula, while 6 are endemic the-
re. Moreover, one species (G. langeraki) is endemic to
the D’Entrecasteaux islands, which in geological sen-
se form a part of the Papuan peninsula. A monophy-
letic subgroup of three species is restricted to north-
ern Maluku and a monophyletic subgroup of two
species is endemic to northern Queensland. The
Australian species Venustria superba might belong to
the latter group (see the section on the Australian ge-
nera below and De Boer 1995a, d). Three relatively
widely distributed species (G. dahli, G. membrana,
and G. rubricata) occur in northern New Guinea and
the Papuan peninsula, while G. dahli extends even
farther westward to Biak and to Manus and New
Britain.
Gymnotympana presumably originates from the
Papuan peninsula, the East Papua Composite terrane
as defined by Pigram and Davies (1987), although
part of northern Maluku presumably also formed part
of the ancestral distribution area. A presumed origin
on the East Papua Composite terrane seems to be cor-
roborated by the occurrence of the genus on the
D’Enterecasteaux islands, the Louisiade archipelago
and on Woodlark island; these islands are supposed
to have formed part of, or been related to, the East
Papua Composite block. On the other hand the fact
that two of the three species distributed on these is-
lands (G. rubricata and G. strepitans) have a wider dis-
tribution in New Guinea, makes a dispersal into the-
206
se islands, possibly during Pleistocene low sea levels,
equally plausible.
The occurrence of Gymnotympana species (wide-
spread or endemic) in northern New Guinea, central
Papua New Guinea, the Bismarck Archipelago, and
northern Queensland is presumably due to recent dis-
persals, that took place after the accretion of the
Finisterre terrane and the termination of the isolation
of the Papuan peninsula by the closure of the Aure
Trough. The comparatively wide distributions of
those species that occur in northern New Guinea and
the Bismarck Archipelago suggest that they more easi-
ly disperse. The two endemics in the easternmost part
of the central mountain ranges presumably got isola-
ted after a westward diffusion of their ancestors, and
the common ancestor of the two (or three, V. super-
ba) endemic Queensland species possibly reached
Australia during one of the glacial related Pliocene-
Pleistocene sea level falls. In that case, one might ex-
pect to find a Gymnotympana species in southern
New Guinea as well; since large parts of southern
New Guinea are hardly accessible and definitely un-
dercollected such a species might very well exist.
The distribution of Gymnotympana in northern
Maluku did presumably not result from dispersal, but
is supposed to indicate a historical proximity between
the Halmahera arc and the terranes of the Papuan pe-
ninsula. This assumption is based on geological evi-
dence for an eastern origin of Halmahera, the dis-
junction of the Gymnotympana distribution in the
Birds Head area, and the fact that a very similar dis-
junct pattern was found for the genus Diceropyga.
The latter argument indicates that there must be a
common cause for these two distribution patterns
rather than two independent chance disperals.
Diceropyga Stäl
The distribution pattern of the genus Diceropyga
Stäl, 1870 of the Cosmopsaltriaria (fig. 33) is, as far as
its New Guinean and Moluccan species are concer-
ned, very similar to that of Gymnotympana; a similar
origin on the Papuan peninsula (viz., the East Papua
Composite terrane) and part of the northern
Moluccas seems plausible. Within New Guinea, the-
re is a distinct concentration of Diceropyga species in
the Papuan peninsula; in fact all species that occur on
New Guinea are recorded from the Papuan peninsu-
la, and several of them are endemic there. For exact
data on the distribution of the species of Diceropyga
see Duffels (1977, 1988b). Diceropyga, just like
Gymnotympana, is almost lacking in the central
mountain ranges and absent in the northern part of
the Birds Head, but reappears in Maluku with a mo-
nophyletic group of four endemic species, the D. ob-
tecta group. The distribution in Maluku also includes
Buru, Seram, and Sula (D. obtecta). Diceropyga has no
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
126° 130°
BR
an
N
En
w
[=]
N
(©)
eg’
so
ff
I I
158° 162°
Fig. 33. Distribution of the species of Diceropyga: dotted line: obliterans group, noonadani (1), novaebritannicae (2), obliterans
(3); interrupted line: obtecta group, junctivitta (4), bacanensis (5), ochrothorax (6), obtecta (7); uninterrupted line: subapicalis
group, subapicalis (8), n.sp. Numfur (9), n. sp. Biak (10), bicornis (11), auriculata (12), woodlarkensis (13), subjuga (14), bi-
hamata (15), gravesteini (16), major (17), guadalcanensis (18), malaitensis (19), bougainvillensis (20), tortifer (21), rennellensis
(22), aurita (23), triangulata (24), novaeguinae (25), didyma (26).
endemic species in Australia, but D. subapicalis is wi-
dely distributed in southern New Guinea, the Aru is-
lands, and northern Queensland. The fairly wide dis-
tribution of that species suggests dispersal. Two
species (D. bihamata and D. gravesteini) have a fairly
wide distribution in northern New Guinea, while D.
gravesteini extends to the Bismarck Archipelago and
Admiralty islands. Furthermore, like in Gymnotym-
pana, the distribution area of Diceropyga includes the
D’Entrecasteaux islands, Misima island of the
Louisiade Archipelago, and Woodlark island, which
all have formed part of the East Papua Composite ter-
rane.
There are, however, also several differences
between the distribution patterns of Diceropyga and
Gymnotympana. Diceropyga has a monophyletic
group of three species (the obliterans group) in the
Bismarck Archipelago, an endemic species on the
Admiralty islands, and no less than eight endemic
species, often restricted to a single island, on the
Solomon Islands. Furthermore, Diceropyga has unde-
scribed endemic species on Biak and Numfur islands
in the Geelvink Bay (Duffels pers. comm.).
The obliterans group is the sister group of all other
Diceropyga species, which suggests that its occurrence
on the Bismarck Archipelago is not due to recent dis-
persal but results from a historical relationship
between the Bismarck Archipelago and the East
Papua Composite terrane. This suggests that the
Bismarck Archipelago should be included in a pre-
sumed ancestral area of distribution. The relatively
wide distribution of D. gravesteini in the Bismarck
Archipelago, however, should probably have to be ex-
plained by a more recent dispersal event.
The occurrence of the obtecta group on Maluku
must presumably be explained by a historical proxim-
ity between the Halmahera arc and the East Papua
Composite terrane, for the same reasons mentioned
above for Gymnotympana, and the Halmahera arc
should be included in the area of origin of Diceropyga.
The speciation of Diceropyga on the Solomon
Islands too, cannot easily be explained by dispersal.
The Solomon species, which do not form a mono-
phyletic group as was suggested earlier (Duffels 1977)
(Duffels, pers. comm.), are closer related to the New
Guinean species of the subapicalis group than to the
obliterans group of the Bismarck Archipelago. This
suggests that there has been a historical contact
between the East Papua Composite terrane and the
Solomon Islands, in bypassing the Bismarck
Archipelago. At least part of the Solomon Islands
should be included in the area of origin of Diceropyga.
Diceropyga triangulata, a species endemic to the
Admiralty islands, is presumably related to the oblite-
rans group and might have dispersed from the
Bismarck Archipelago. The phylogenetic relation-
ships of the two undescribed endemics of Biak and
Numfur are not known and speculations on their
possible origin either due to dispersal or to a vicariant
event are premature.
Thaumastopsaltria Kirkaldy
Thaumastopsaltria Kirkaldy, 1900 of the Chloro-
cystini is, with only seven species, much smaller than
the foregoing genera. For exact data on the distribu-
tion of the species see Moulds (1990) and De Boer
(1992a). Four of the seven species of Thaumasto-
psaltria occur on the Papuan peninsula (fig. 34), but
207
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Thaumastopsaltria
132° 140°
148° 156°
Fig. 34. Distribution f the species of Thaumastopsaltria: adipata (1), sicula (2), lanceola (3), spelunca (4), sarissa (5), globosa (6),
pneumatica (7).
only one (7. preumatica) is endemic there. The other
three have a comparatively wide distribution, overlap-
ping in the Papuan peninsula and extending to either
southern New Guinea, northern Queensland and
Grootte island (7. globosa), or to New Britain, Buka
and Bougainville (7. spelunca), or along the northern
mountain ranges to western New Guinea (7. lanceo-
la). Thaumastopsaltria has one species restricted to
southern New Guinea (7: sarissa) and one species oc-
curring in northwestern New Guinea and on Waigeu
island (7. sicula). The type-species of the genus (7:
adipata) is presumed to come from the island of
Misool, but this needs confirmation; the locality label
‘M’ on the only specimen known may also stand for
Morotai (De Boer 1995a).
A weak concentration of species of Thaumastopsal-
tria on the Papuan peninsula, and a somewhat similar
pattern of more or less widespread species in northern
New Guinea as found for Gymnotympana and
Diceropyga, and in southern New Guinea and
Northern Queensland as found for Diceropyga, sug-
gest that this genus also originates from the East
Papua Composite terrane. The distribution of
Thaumastopsaltria in other areas than the Papuan pe-
ninsula must probably be explained by recent disper-
sals that occurred since the closure of the Aure
208
Trough. 7. globosa could have reached Australia dur-
ing the Pliocene-Pleistocene low sea levels. Only the
occurrence of 7. adipata on Misool, which is sup-
posed to be most closely related to 7. pneumatica
from the eastern part of the Papuan peninsula, will
presumably need another explanation. Should 7:
adipata come from Morotai, then Thaumastopsaltria
shows the very same vicariant pattern between the
Papuan peninsula and northern Maluku, as was
found for Diceropyga and Gymnotympana. If so, the
occurrence of 7. adipata on Morotai could be ex-
plained by a historical proximity between the
Halmahera arc, of which Morotai is supposed to form
a part, and the East Papua Composite terrane. In this
light it is interesting that also Waigeu where T. sicula
occurs, is possibly a part of that Halmahera arc. T.
adipata and T. sicula, however, are not sister species
so that it can not be said that 7haumastopsaltria has a
monophyletic group in the northern Maluku area.
Guineapsaltria De Boer
Guineapsaltria De Boer, 1993 of the Chlorocystini
is more difficult to trace to its area of origin. For exact
data on the distribution of the species of that genus
see Moulds (1990) and De Boer (1993a). Six of the
eight species of Guineapsaltria occur on the Papuan
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Guineapsaltria |
Fig. 35. Distribution of the
species of Guineapsaltria: fla-
va (1), viridula (2), pallida
I (3), stylata (4), pallidula (5),
Sa 8 pennyi (6), chinai (7), flaveola
i (8).
1322 140° 148°
peninsula (fig. 35), but only two (G. chinai and G.
flaveola) are endemic there. However, apart from G.
flaveola, which also occurs on Sideia island at the eas-
tern tip of the Papuan peninsula, all these species
seem confined to the western half of that peninsula
only. Moreover G. pennyi and G. viridula are recor-
ded only from the most northwestern corner of the
Papuan peninsula.
Five species have a fairly wide distribution in the
northern mountain ranges of New Guinea, including
the Huon peninsula, while two (G. pallidaand G. pal-
lidula) are endemic there. G. viridula extends over
northern New Guinea to New Britain and Manus is-
land, and G. stylata extends from northern New
Guinea to half-way down the Papuan peninsula. G.
flava has an extremely wide distribution compared to
other New Guinean cicada species. That species is dis-
tributed all over New Guinea except for the central
mountain ranges and the eastern part of the Papuan
peninsula, and it also occurs on Aru island and along
the east coast of northern Queensland. G. pennyi, fi-
nally, is restricted to the Huon peninsula and the
northwestern corner of the Papuan peninsula.
Several areas seem equally plausible as area of origin
for Guineapsaltria. Purely on account of the total
number of species and endemics, one would favour
the Papuan peninsula. The distribution of G. flava in
Queensland, which is very similar to that of
Diceropyga subapicalis, Thaumastopsaltria globosa, and
Gymnotympana rufa and G. varicolor seems to corrob-
orate this option, as it could represent a similar dis-
persal event. However, the extremely wide distribu-
tion of G. flava suggests that this species readily
disperses, and the presumption of a similar dispersal
event is therefore not strictly necessary. Furthermore,
156°
the fact that most of the Guineapsaltria species occur-
ring on the Papuan peninsula are only present in the
western half of the peninsula and continue in north-
ern New Guinea, might indicate that they came there
by dispersal, which makes an East Papua Composite
terrane origin less likely. The only species occurring
in the eastern part of the Papuan peninsula (G. flave-
ola) is the sister species of the widely distributed G.
flava and might have reached these eastern parts also
by dispersal. Alternatively, Guineapsaltria could orig-
inate from the terranes forming northern New
Guinea, or from the Finisterre terrane. In the latter
case one would expect a greater variety of species on
New Britain and even on New Ireland, since the
Finisterre terrane is supposed to have been connected
to the Bismarck terranes. A supposed origin of
Guineapsaltria on any of the terranes that now consti-
tute northern New Guinea seems the best choice.
This would mean, that Gwineapsaltria arrived on
New Guinea at about 10 Mya.
Rhadinopyga Duffels
Rhadinopyga Duffels, 1985 of the Cosmopsaltriaria
is a fairly small genus with only four species descri-
bed, but five other species that should be included in
this genus still await their description. For exact data
on the distribution of the species see Duffels (1985;
1986). Rhadinopyga is restricted to the Birds Head of
New Guinea and some adjacent islands (fig. 36). R.
epiplatys is recorded from the northwestern corner of
the Birds Head, and from Misool and Bacan islands.
R. recedens is endemic to Salawati, and R. acuminata
and R. impar are endemic to Waigeu. The five unde-
scribed species have an endemic distribution on the
Birds Head and on Roon island (Duffels 1986).
209
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Fig. 36. Distribution of the
species of Rhadinopyga: epi-
platys (1), acuminata (2), im-
par (3), recedens (4). Black
squares represent localities of
undescribed species.
Rhadinopyga 1
el
Da,
ed.
126°
This distribution area is of composite geological or-
igin; the greater part of the Birds Head consists of two
microcontinents, the Misool and Kemum terranes,
that accreted about 10 Mya as a single block to New
Guinea. Some terranes in the northern Birds Head
are of OMA origin, they accreted fairly recently to
New Guinea, about 2 Mya. The extensive speciation
that occurred in and around the Birds Head suggests
a long history of isolation on any of the two micro-
continents rather than a recent dispersal and evolu-
tion since the accretion of the OMA fragments to the
Birds Head. It is therefore supposed that Rhadinopyga
is of microcontinental origin and evolved either on
the Misool, or on the Kemum terrane, or on both af-
ter these terranes had fused. The occurrence of À. epi-
platys on Bacan might be the result of a recent disper-
sal but could also result from the presumed historical
proximity between the Bacan microcontinent and the
Birds Head terranes. The latter possibility, however,
implies that the Bacan microcontinent was emerged
during its westward displacement, while it is sup-
posed that many similar Moluccan microcontinents
were submerged at that time (see chapter 2).
Aedeastria De Boer
Aedeastria De Boer, 1990 of the Chlorocystini is
widely distributed in New Guinea and the northern
Moluccas, but most of its twelve species are found in
western New Guinea; the Birds Head and, especially,
the islands adjacent to the Birds Head (fig. 37). For
exact data on the distribution of the species see De
Boer (1990; 1993b). Only two species actually occur
on the Birds Head itself: A. cobrops is endemic there
and A. sepia is known from one locality on the Birds
210
128° 130°
132° 134°
Head, from Roon Island, and from one locality in the
Torricelli mountains. The specimens from these three
localities differ considerably, and it is quite possible
that they represent three separate species (De Boer
1990). Aedeastria has several endemic species on the
islands surrounding the Birds Head: A. kaiensis is en-
demic to the Kai Islands, A. obiensis is endemic to
Obi, and A. waigeuensis is endemic to Waigeu Island.
A. cheesmanae occurs only on Waigeu and Misool.
Two species have a somewhat wider distribution in
the northern Moluccas: A. hastulata is recorded from
Bacan, Halmahera and Morotai, and A. moluccensis
from Obi, Halmahera and Ternate. Only four species
occur east of the Birds Head. A. digitata and A. bulla-
ta are endemics of northern New Guinea, both
known from only one locality, and A. dilobata is
known from one locality on the Papuan peninsula. A.
latifrons, finally, has a fairly wide distribution in Irian
Jaya, excluding the Birds Head but including the Aru
Islands, and the western parts of Papua New Guinea.
The species has apparently not been able to reach
Queensland.
Considering the fact that most species of Aedeastria
are found in western New Guinea, and that, just like
the genus Rhadinopyga, several species are endemic to
the islands adjacent to the Birds Head (Aedeastria and
Rhadinopyga are the only two genera that have ende-
mic species on these islands), it is plausible that
Aedeastria also originates from one or both of the mi-
crocontinents that now form the greater part of the
Birds Head peninsula. However, compared to
Rhadinopyga, Aedeastria has notably less endemic spe-
cies on the Birds Head itself.
The occurrence of Aedeastria in Maluku might,
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Aedeastria
—— —— —= I
I
124° 128° 132° 136°
140° 144° 148° 152°
Fig. 37. Distribution of the species of Aedeastria: cobrops (1), sepia (2), digitata (3), kaiensis (4), latifrons (5), waigeuensis (6),
cheesmanae (7), hastulata (8), moluccensis (9), obiensis (10), bullata (11), dilobata (12).
like in Rhadinopyga (fig. 36), either be due to disper-
sal or to the presumed historical proximity between
the Bacan microcontinent and the Birds Head terra-
nes. The latter possibility presupposes that the Bacan
microcontinent had emerged before its westward dis-
placement (see above). The apparent occurrence of
two endemic species in Papua New Guinea is more
difficult to explain. These two species strongly devia-
te and might be the sister group of all other Aedeastria
species together.
Baeturia Stäl
Baeturia Stäl, 1866 of the Chlorocystini is with
about 60 species by far the largest of the cicada gene-
ra occurring on New Guinea. The genus spans an ex-
tremely wide area of distribution, from Timor in the
west, to Samoa and Tonga in the east. Most of the
species of Baeturia are found on New Guinea, and all
of the seven monophyletic species groups, that can be
recognized within Baeturia, are represented on that
island. For exact data on the distribution of the spe-
cies see De Boer (1982, 1986, 1989, 1992b, 1994a,
1994b, 1994c, 1994d) and Duffels (1988a).
Only one of these monophyletic species groups of
Baeturia, the bloetei group (fig. 38) occurs to the east
of the Bismarck Archipelago, and is represented by
eight species on the Solomon Islands, one on
Vanuatu, one on Santa Cruz, one on Rotuma Island,
and one on Samoa and Tonga.
Five species of Baeturia are recorded from west of
New Guinea, and occur in the Maluku-Banda region.
The conviva group (fig. 39) has a subgroup of three
species that is presumed to be monophyletic and
mainly distributed in northern Maluku (B. conviva is
recorded from Bacan and Obi, B. laureli is endemic
to Halmahera, and B. schulzi occurs on Buru, Seram
and Sula). Both other species that occur in Maluku
(B. exhausta and B. macgillavryt) are more widely dis-
tributed in southern Maluku, on the Banda Islands
and on Timor. B. macgillavryi also occurs farther
northward on Halmahera, Morotai, and Talaud (figs
38, 40).
Apart from the conviva and bloetei groups, all
groups of Baeturia center on New Guinea and it is
fairly certain that the genus originates from some part
of that island. Baeturia species are found throughout
New Guinea, but most species are recorded from its
northern parts (the northern mountain ranges and
the Huon peninsula) and a good amount of these spe-
cies are endemic there. Six of the seven monophyletic
species groups are represented by species in northern
New Guinea and three such groups definitely center
there: six of the eight species of the exhausta group
(fig. 40) occur in northern New Guinea, two of them
are endemic to the northern mountain ranges and
two to the Huon peninsula; the viridis group (fig. 41)
is represented by five of its seven species in northern
New Guinea, four of them are endemics; and the gut-
tulinervis group (fig. 39) is practically restricted to
northern New Guinea.
211
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Baeturia bloetei group
166°
178° 176°
Fig. 38. Distribution of the species of the Baeturia bloetei group: macgillavryi (1), bloetei (2), papuensis (3), bismarckensis (4),
manusensis (5), mussauensis (6), brandti (7), sedlacekorum (8), reinhoudti (9), cristovalensis (10), gressitti (11), bilebanarai (12),
mendanai (13), marginata (14), boulardi (15), edauberti (16), rotumae (17), maddisoni (18).
This apparent concentration of Baeturia in north-
ern New Guinea becomes the more clear when its dis-
tribution in other parts of the island is analysed. Only
four or five species are known from the lowlands of
southern New Guinea, while only two (8. lorentzi
and B. brongersmai) are endemic there, although 2.
hartonoi, which is known from only one locality just
south of the central mountain ranges, must possibly
212
also be regarded as a southern New Guinea endemic.
This small number of species is not remarkable consi-
dering the fact that these southern parts of the island
are not of island arc origin and must have received
their cicadas by dispersals. More remarkable are the
comparatively low numbers of species on both the
Birds Head and the Papuan peninsula. Four species
(B. bicolorata, B. parva, B. quadrifida, and B. viridis)
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
124° 128° 1322 136°
H —
140° 1449 148° 152°
Fig. 39. Distribution of the species of the Baeturia conviva and guttulinervis groups: laureli (1), conviva (2), schulzi (3),
quadrifida (4), hardyi (5), inconstans (6), roonensis (7), guttulinervis (8), biroi (9).
are recorded from the Birds Head, but none of them
is endemic there. No less than fourteen species are re-
corded from the Papuan peninsula, but four of these
(B. fortuini, B. gigantea, B. inconstans, and B. wauen-
sis) are recorded from its most northwestern corner
only. Three species, all of the nasuta group (B. lami-
nifer, B. mamillata, and B. nasuta), are distributed in
the Papuan peninsula and the central mountain ran-
ges of New Guinea, while two species (B. papuensis
and B. vanderhammeni) have a wide distribution in
the peninsula and northern New Guinea. The record
of B. papuensis from the Papuan peninsula is conside-
red doubtful (De Boer 1989). Only five Baeturia spe-
cies can be considered as endemic to the Papuan pe-
I
———_—_
124° 128° 1322 136°
Baeturia exhausta group
140° 144° 148° 152°
Fig. 40. Distribution of the species of the Baeturia exhausta group: exhausta (1), bicolorata (2), rossi (3), maai (4),
vanderhammeni (5), colossea (6), wauensis (7), versicolor (8).
215
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Baeturia viridis group |
0°
4°
12°
124° 128° 132° 136°
140° 144° 148° 152°
Fig. 41. Distribution of the species of the Baeturia viridis group: viridis (1), furcillata (2), turgida (3), karkarensis (4), rufula
(5), lorentzi (6), brongersmai (7).
ninsula (B. daviesi, B. gibberosa, B. loriae, B. tenuispi-
na, and B. versicolor), although B. tenuispina has a
slightly wider distribution in the Huon peninsula and
on Normanby Island. It is remarkable that two of
these endemics (B. daviesi and B. lortae) belong to the
loriae group (fig. 42), while a third (B. tenuispina) is
supposed to be closely related to that group. The phy-
logenetic position of the loriae group is regarded
doubtful, since its species share several characters
with species of Gymnotympana (De Boer 1994a;
1995a), which genus seems to be a typical Papuan pe-
ninsula group, presumably originating from the East
Papua Composite terrane (see above). It appears that
the loriae group not only takes an intermediate posi-
tion in a phylogenetic, but also in a biogeographic
sense.
Two of the seven monophyletic species groups of
Baeturia have species distributed in the central moun-
tain ranges of New Guinea. Four species of the loriae
group (fig. 42), the group with the dubious phyloge-
netic relationships, occur in or near the central moun-
tains, and three of these (B. pigrami, B. silveri, and B.
Fig. 42. Distribution of the
species of the Baeturia loriae
group: hamiltoni (1), bemme-
leni (2), wegeneri (3), pigrami
(4), hartonoi (5), silveri (6)
fortuini (7), daviesi (8), loriae
= Dt
(9). 136° 140°
214
. Baeturia loriae group
mer Sr
NG kx
4°
144° 148° 152°
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
124° 128° 1322 136°
4°
Baeturia nasuta group
140° 144° 148° 152°
Fig. 43. Distribution of the species of the Baeturia nasuta group: parva (1), mamillata (2), nasuta (3), bipunctata (4),
arabuensis (5), guttulipennis (6), marmorata (7), splendida (8), retracta (9), laminifer (10), intermedia (11), gibberosa (12).
wegeneri) seem endemic to part of that area. Other
species of the /orize group occur in the Papuan penin-
sula (see above), northern New Guinea and the Huon
peninsula, while B. hartonoi of that group occurs just
south of the central mountains (fig. 42). The nasuta
group (fig. 43) has been regarded as a typical central
mountain range group and was discussed before in
comparison with Cosmopsaltria (De Boer 1982;
Duffels & De Boer 1990). However, four species that
were recently added to this group (De Boer 1994d),
and new biogeographical data on some of the other
species, somewhat changed the general distribution
pattern of the nasuta group. Furthermore, the area
around Araucaria camp and Rattan camp, where two
species of this group are endemic, and which appa-
rently forms part of the Sepik terrane (fig. 16), should
in a biogeographic sense possibly be regarded as part
of northern, rather than central, New Guinea, or at
least as a transition area. Most species from this area
have their nearest relatives in northern New Guinea.
Still, relatively many species of the nasuta group, six
out of twelve, occur in the central mountain ranges,
136° 140° 144° 148°
1 Scottotympana -
n. - - = a
H ‘i, DA "CT GS 4" 8
h 49
8°
Fig. 44. Distribution of the
species of Scottotympana:
12° sahebdivanii (1), biardae (2),
152° huibregtsae (3).
215
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Papuapsaltria 0°
=D
ig “a | 8°
124° 128° 132° 136°
140° 1449 148° 1529,
Fig. 45. Distribution of the species of Papwapsaltria: bidigitula (1), dolabrata (2), phyllophora (3), baasi (4), lachlani (5),
toxopei (6), ustulata (7), novariae (8), dioedes (9), goniodes (10), spinigera (11), brassi (12), plicata (13), stoliodes (14), ungula
(15), angulata (16), nana (17), woodlarkensis (18).
though only two (B. arabuensis and B. intermedia) ap-
pear to be actually endemic there. Others extend to
the Huon and Papuan peninsulas (B. nasuta and B.
mamillata), or have an even wider distribution re-
aching the Bismarck Archipelago and Admiralty is-
lands (B. laminifer and B. retracta). The latter species
also occurs in northern and southern New Guinea.
Of the remaining six species of the nasuta group, one
(B. gibberosa) is endemic to the Papuan peninsula,
two are presumably endemic to northern New
Guinea and one (B. parva) is widely distributed in
Misool, the Birds Head, Biak, northern New Guinea,
the Bismarck Archipelago, and the Admiralty islands.
The nasuta group has thus as many species, and ende-
mics, in northern as in central New Guinea.
The fact that Baeturia has most of its endemic spe-
cies in northern New Guinea and that six out of its
seven monophyletic groups have species in that area,
suggests that Baeturia originates from one of the
OMA fragments that now form the mountain ranges
of northern New Guinea, viz., the Torricelli, Prince
Alexander, Mt. Turu, and Gauttier terranes (fig. 16).
It seems that the Finisterre terrane has to be ruled out
as a possible source area of Baeturia, since if it, as is
suggested, has formed a geological entity with the
Bismarck Archipelago, one would expect a compara-
tively high rate of endemism in the Bismarck
Archipelago as well, but only B. bismarckensis is ende-
mic there.
216
An origin of Baeturia on one of the northern New
Guinea terranes would mean that Baeturia arrived
fairly recently (10 Mya) on New Guinea, and that the
occurrence of Baeturia in other parts of that island is
the result of dispersal since the amalgamation of the-
se terranes. This might explain why the otherwise wi-
dely distributed genus Baeturia is absent in Australia.
When Baeturia reached New Guinea, its southward
dispersal was blocked by the central mountains, and
by the time species of the genus had moved around
this barrier and reached southern New Guinea, the
Torres Straight prevented their crossing to
Queensland. Only some species of the nasuta and lo-
riae groups apparently had the opportunity to disper-
se into the central mountains.
Scottotympana De Boer
Scottotympana De Boer, 1991 of the Chlorocystini
is a very small genus of four species, three of which are
described (fig. 44). For exact data on the distribution
of these species see De Boer (1991). Since all these
species are known of only one or two localities, it is
very difficult to recognize a pattern of distribution.
Nevertheless, the genus seems to be concentrated in
the northern parts of New Guinea; S. sahebdivanii is
recorded from the northwestern corner of Irian Jaya,
S. biardae from northern and central Papua New
Guinea, and S. huibregtsae from a locality just south
of the Huon peninsula and, possibly, New Britain.
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Fig. 46. Distribution of the
species of Mirabilopsaltria:
humilis (1), inconspicua (2),
toxopeusi (3), globulata (4),
viridicata (5), inflata (6).
136° 140° 144°
148°
The undescribed species concerns one specimen from
Humboldt Bay in northern New Guinea. It seems
most plausible that the genus originates from any of
the terranes of northern New Guinea.
Papuapsaltria De Boer
Of the last two New Guinean genera to be discus-
sed, Papuapsaltria De Boer, 1995 and Mirabilo-
psaltria De Boer, both of the Chlorocystini, a mono-
phyletic origin is considered far from certain. And,
curiously enough, these genera are most difficult to
trace to an area of origin. Papuapsaltria De Boer (fig.
45) is distributed throughout the greater part of New
Guinea and is also recorded from the islands of
Normanby, Roon, Waigeu, Woodlark, and Japen.
The record of one of its species from Wetar Island is
considered doubtful. For exact data on the distribu-
tion of the species of this genus see De Boer (1995c).
Papuapsaltria is presumably absent from the Birds
Head peninsula (though several species occur in va-
rious adjacent areas), from the southern parts of cen-
tral New Guinea, and from the western parts of the
central mountain ranges. Most species of Papua-
psaltria are found in Papua New Guinea: of its 18
species, 11 occur in Papua New Guinea, and nine are
endemic there. Four of these endemic species are res-
tricted, or practically restricted, to the Papuan penin-
sula, while P. woodlarkensis is endemic to Woodlark
Island, which has formed a geological entity with the
Papuan peninsula. Furthermore three species are en-
demic to the mountain ranges just south of the Huon
peninsula, bordering on the Papuan peninsula. These
numbers of endemics seem to indicate an origin of
the genus on the East Papua Composite terrane.
Similar to Guineapsaltria, most of the species that ac-
152°
tually occur on the Papuan peninsula are restricted
only to the western half of that peninsula, which for
Guineapsaltria was regarded as an indication that that
genus originated from the northern New Guinea ter-
ranes. However, compared to Guineapsaltria, Papua-
psaltria shows quite a different pattern of distribu-
tion. The Papuan peninsula species of Papuapsaltria
are all species with a very restricted area of distribu-
tion. An East Papua Composite terrane origin of
Papuapsaltria, as proposed here, is also suggested by
the fact that a similarly wide distribution from the
Papuan peninsula to northern New Guinea, as found
for P. phyllophora and P. lachlani, resembles that of
several species of Diceropyga, Gymnotympana, and
Thaumastopsaltria (the three other genera for which
an East Papua Composite terrane origin was propo-
sed). Such distributions can be explained by recent
dispersals from the Papuan peninsula into northern
New Guinea.
However, Papuapsaltria has no less than five en-
demic species (P. baasi, P. dolabrata, P. novariae, P.
toxopei, and P. ustulata) in northwestern New
Guinea, which presumably form a monophyletic
group. Furthermore, P. bidigitula might also be en-
demic to (north)western New Guinea (its record
from Wetar is questionable, the species is not known
from any of the intermediate Moluccan and Banda is-
lands). These endemics cannot easily be explained by
a dispersal from the Papuan peninsula and the origin,
of at least the ancestor of the above mentioned mono-
phyletic group, on the Gauttier, Prince Alexander,
Mt Turu, and/or Torricelli terranes of northern New
Guinea (fig, 16) must be seriously considered. In this
light it is interesting that some of the most parsimoni-
ous phylogenetic reconstructions do not recognize
DAW,
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
the monophyly of Papuapsaltria and regard its north-
western subgroup as a sister group of Guineapsaltria
(De Boer 1995d). Since Guineapsaltria supposedly is
of northern New Guinea origin (see above), a subdi-
vision between a monophyletic group containing
Guineapsaltria and this northwestern subgroup of
Papuapsaltria, and a monophyletic group containing
the remaining species of Papuapsaltria would even
more clearly indicate a subdivision between an East
Papua Composite terrane group and a northern New
Guinea group.
Mirabilopsaltria De Boer
The monophyly of Mirabilopsaltria De Boer,
1995, just like that of Papuapsaltria (see above), is
considered fairly uncertain, and is not based on sound
apomorphic characters. Most species of Mirabilo-
psaltria are certainly closely related, of others the ge-
neric allocation is somewhat doubtful. The most par-
simonious computer analysis shows Mirabilopsaltria
as a paraphyletic group, but it depends on the homo-
logy of a certain clasper character whether this solu-
tion is acceptable (De Boer 1995d).
Mirabilopsaltria of the Chlorocystini is distributed
along northern New Guinea including Biak island, the
Huon peninsula, and the western half of the Papuan
peninsula (fig. 46). For exact data on the distribution
of the species see De Boer (1995b). One species (M.
inflata) is possibly endemic to the Bismarck
Archipelago, though a female from northern New
Guinea might belong to that same species. M. humilis
spans the whole length of the distribution area of the
genus, from Biak Island and the south coast of western
New Guinea to half-way down the Papuan peninsula.
All other species have much more restricted areas of
distribution. Their distribution ranges apparently do
not overlap; the species are fairly evenly distributed
over the area covered by the genus: M. viridicata is en-
demic to the Papuan peninsula, M. globulata to the
Huon peninsula and adjacent areas, and M. inconspi-
cua and M. toxopeusi are known (both from one local-
ity) from northwestern New Guinea. Consequently,
there is no concentration whatsoever of numbers of
species in any particular part of the distribution area.
However, three, possibly four, of the six species occur
in northern New Guinea and an origin of
Mirabilopsaltria in the Gauttier and/or the Torricelli
terranes seems therefore the most plausible.
Should Mirabilopsaltria in fact turn out to be poly-
phyletic, as appears to be the most parsimonious solu-
tion (De Boer 1995d), then the Papuan species of the
genus (M. globulata and M. viridicata) most probably
form a monophyletic group together with the, pre-
sumably Papuan peninsula genus Thaumastopsaltria,
which would even more clearly indicate a subdivision
in an east Papuan group (7haumastopsaltria and these
218
two species), and a northern New Guinea group
which extends to the Bismarck Archipelago (the re-
maining four species of Mirabilopsaltria).
The Australian genera of the Chlorocystini
There are six genera which are assigned to the the
Chlorocystini (sensu stricto), and do not occur on New
Guinea. These genera (Chlorocysta Westwood, 1851,
Cystopsaltria Goding & Froggatt, 1904, Cystosoma
Westwood, 1842, Glaucopsaltria Goding & Froggatt,
1904, Owra Ashton, 1912, and Venustria Goding &
Froggatt, 1904) are all endemic to northeastern or eas-
tern Australia. For more exact data on the distribution
of the species of these genera see Moulds (1990).
The monotypic genus Venustria is endemic to the
southeastern corner of the Cape York Peninsula of
northern Queensland. The systematic status of
Venustria is uncertain, V. superba shares several charac-
ters with the two Australian species of the genus
Gymnotympana, but the species is not included in that
genus since it does not share the supposedly apomor-
phic sexual dimorphism in wing venation of
Gymnotympana (De Boer 1995a). Should V. superba
form a monophyletic group with G. rufa and G. vari-
color, then their common ancestor (as explained above)
presumably dispersed during Pleistocene low sea levels,
from the Papuan peninsula of New Guinea to
Australia. However, should Venustria, which is certain-
ly closely related to Gymnotympana, not be part of that
genus, its presence in Australia must either precede the
arrival of the ancestor of the Australian Gymnotympana
species, or an ancestral Venustria species must have oc-
curred on New Guinea before its dispersal to Australia.
Chlorocysta, Glaucopsaltria, and Owra form a
monophyletic group (De Boer 1995d) of which five
species are described: Chlorocysta has three described
and one or two undescribed species, both other gene-
ra are monotypic. These three genera are discussed
here as a single group. The distribution of this group,
along the eastern coast of Queensland, resembles that
of the Australian species of Diceropyga, Guinea-
psaltria, Gymnotympana, and Thaumastopsaltria, but
the group reaches farther southward, into New South
Wales, with C. vitripennis and G. viridis (fig. 47 after
Moulds 1990). As explained above, the Australian
distribution of Diceropyga, Guineapsaltria, Gymno-
tympana, and Thaumastopsaltria presumably results
from a dispersal from New Guinea, possibly during
the ice age related Pliocene-Pleistocene low sea levels.
The similarity in distribution patterns between the
Australian species of these genera and the group dis-
cussed here does not necessarily have to be explained
by a similar dispersal event; their distributions simply
coincide with the distribution of tropical rain forest
FG I
D
I I I
130° 150° 170°
| Chlorocysta Glaucopsaltria & Owra
Fig. 47. Distribution of the species of Chlorocysta, Glauco-
psaltria, and Owra: C. suffusa (1), C. fumea (2), C. vitripen-
nis (3), O. insignis (4), G. viridis (5).
in Australia. The speciation that occurred within this
monophyletic group of Australian genera, the fact
that the group has no representatives on New Guinea,
and possibly also its larger distribution area, suggest
that its common ancestor either arrived in Australia
by an earlier dispersal event, or that the group has al-
ways been there. In the latter case, it would mean that
the Chlorocystini are of Australian origin, and that its
species entered the OMA from Australia. The geolog-
ical literature does not contradict this possibility,
since rifted microcontinents of Australian origin are
supposed to have become incorporated in the OMA,
long before the OMA broke up and its fragments col-
lided with the Australian coninent. However, the fact
that the sister group of the Chlorocystini is found on
Sulawesi and the nearest outgroup in southeast Asia,
strongly contradicts such an Australian origin and it
seems more plausible that the common ancestor of
Chlorocysta, Glaucopsaltria, and Owra entered
Australia from one of the OMA terranes.
Cystosoma (two species) and Cystopsaltria (one spe-
cies) also form a monophyletic group (De Boer
1995d). The distribution of this group is very similar
to that of the group of three genera discussed above.
Cystopsaltria follows the eastern coast of the Cape
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
re ee
0°
ING nl
AN
N,
no |
= O 112
|
No, oe
5 H24
LI
H36°
LÌ
1 48°
Cystopsaltria & Cystosoma zig
i= =
I I ee I
130° 150°
Fig. 48. Distribution of the species of Cystopsaltria and
Cystosoma: Cystopsaltria immaculata (1), Cystosoma schmelt-
zi (2), Cystosoma saundersii (3).
York Peninsula and Cystosoma is distributed in east-
ern Australia, from the southeastern corner of the
Cape York Peninsula into northern New South
Wales (fig. 48 after Moulds 1990).
The distribution of Cystosoma and Cystopsaltria must
presumably be explained along similar lines as the dis-
tribution of the monophyletic group consisting of
Chlorocysta, Glaucopsaltria and Owra: either their
common ancestor dispersed from New Guinea, pre-
ceding the dispersals to Australia found for Diceropyga,
Gymnotympana, Guineapsaltria, and Thaumasto-
psaltria, or that ancestor has always been in Australia.
The non-New Guinean genera of the
Cosmopsaltriaria
Five genera of the Cosmopsaltriaria are absent
from New Guinea: Aceropyga Duffels, 1977, Brachyl-
obopyga Duffels, 1982, Dilobopyga Duffels, 1977,
Moana Myers, 1928, and a new genus from the
Solomon Islands recently recognized by Duffels (in
prep.), henceforth referred to as new genus 7:
Brachylobopyga and its sister genus Dilobopyga are en-
demics of Sulawesi, the new genus 7. ’is endemic to the
Solomon Islands, and Aceropyga and its sister genus
Moana are restricted to the eastern parts of the OMA.
2119
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Aceropyga
=]
146° 150° 154° 158° 162° 166°
170° 174° 178° 178° 174°
Fig. 49. Distribution of the species of Moana and Aceropyga: M. novaeirelandicae (1), M. obliqua (2), M. aluana aluana (3),
M. aluana torquata (4), M. aluana minima (5), M. expansa (6), A. poecilochlora (7), A. corynetus ungulata, A. distans taveu-
niensis, A. stuarti pallens (8), A. huireka (9), A. acuta, A. corynetus corynetus, A. distans distans, A. egmondae, A. macracantha, A.
philorites, A. pterophon, A. stuarti stuarti, (10), A. corynetus monacantha (11), A. distans lineifera (12), A. albostriata (13).
Aceropyga Duffels
Aceropyga Duffels, 1977 (fig. 49) is recorded from
Vanuatu and Kusaie Island of the Caroline Islands (1
species), Fiji (14 (sub)species), and Tonga (1 species).
For exact data on the distribution of the species of
this genus see Duffels (1977, 1988a). Kusaie Island is
not a part of the OMA. The extensive speciation that
took place on Fiji, suggests that Aceropyga evolved in
isolation on the Fiji islands. Taking into account that
its sister genus, Moana, is distributed in other parts of
the eastern OMA, Aceropyga must have reached Fiji
through this arc before its break-up of about 5 Mya
(Duffels 1988a; De Boer 1989). It is supposed that
the geological event that separated Fiji from the
OMA, also separated the ancestors of Aceropyga and
Moana. The occurrence of Aceropyga outside the Fiji
group might be due to recent dispersals. The wide
distribution of A. poecilochlora in Vanuatu and Kusaie
Island, compared to the strict island endemism of the
Fiji (sub)species, certainly suggests dispersal. On the
other hand, since southern Vanuatu was adjacent to
Fiji before the break-up of the eastern OMA, this dis-
tribution in Vanuatu might also represent an older vi-
cariant pattern.
Moana Myers
Moana Myers, 1928 was recently identified as the
sister genus of Aceropyga and three species, formerly
220
forming the Aceropyga aluana group, were added to
this previously monotypic genus. Moana is now re-
corded from the Bismarck Archipelago (2 species),
the Solomon Islands (1 species with 3 subspecies),
and western Samoa (1 species) (fig. 49). For exact da-
ta on the distribution of the species of this genus see
Duffels (1977, 1993). This distribution does not
readily suggest an origin in any particular part of the
distribution area since there are no concentrations of
cooccurring species. It is supposed though, that
Moana and Aceropyga evolved within the eastern parts
of the OMA, at a time when these parts still formed a
more or less continuous island chain, with the
Vanuatu chain linking the Solomons to Fiji (fig. 22).
The question is, along which route the ancestor of
these two genera reached the eastern parts of the is-
land chain. The most obvious route, along the
Bismarck Archipelago, becomes doubtful, when the
proximity between the Bismarck Archipelago and the
Solomon Islands is, as supposed, of a fairly recent da-
te (the Solomons evolved in connection with the mar-
gin of the Australian plate and advanced from the
south, while the Bismarck islands are supposed to be
part of the Pacific plate and came from the east, see
the previous chapter). It is possible therefore, that the
occurrence of Moana on New Britain and New
Ireland represents a recent westward dispersal from
the Solomon Islands. The distribution of Moana,
reaching to Samoa in bypassing the Fiji group, resem-
bles that of the Baeturia bloetei group (fig. 38), al-
though that group also occurs on Vanuatu and
Rotuma island (see Duffels 1988a; De Boer 1989).
The west Pacific distribution of the B. bloetei group is
presumably of fairly recent date. This group might
have reached Samoa and Tonga along a Vitiaz arc,
which included the island of Rotuma, at a time when
Fiji had already become isolated from the arc (Duffels
& De Boer 1990). Moana might have reached Samoa
by a similar dispersal event, but when Moana had the
same dispersal possibilities as the dloetei group it is
strange that the genus is absent from Vanuatu.
New genus 7’
Duffels recently recognised a new genus of six un-
described species. This genus belongs to the
Cosmopsaltriaria and is probably the sister genus of
Rhadinopyga. The genus, here referred to as new ge-
nus 7, is endemic to the Solomon Islands and presu-
mably evolved on the Solomon arc. Its six species are
mainly island endemics.
Dilobopyga Duffels
Dilobopyga Duffels, 1977 of the Cosmopsaltriaria
is a fairly large genus, with at least 36 species, of
which only 10 are at present described. Most of these
species are endemic to Sulawesi, though the distribu-
tion area includes nearby islands as Banggai, Buton,
Muna, Sangihe, Salayar and Sula, often with endemic
species. One species (D. gemina) occurs with two sub-
species in southern Maluku, on Buru, Gorong,
Sapurua, Seram and presumably on Misool. For exact
data on the distribution of the species see Duffels
(1977, 1990).
Within Sulawesi, the genus seems concentrated in
the northern arm and the central part of the island.
Eight species are endemic to the northern arm of
Sulawesi, nine to central Sulawesi, and five are re-
stricted to northern + central Sulawesi, whereas only
three are endemic to eastern Sulawesi. The apparent
concentration of species in northern and central
Sulawesi could well be influenced by undercollecting
in eastern Sulawesi (Duffels 1990).
Duffels (1990) discussed two possible routes for
the invasion of Sulawesi; Dilobopyga either entered
Sulawesi along the western arc and dispersed into the
eastern arc, or the genus first reached the eastern arc
and dispersed into the western arc. If we suppose that
Dilobopyga originates from the OMA, just as all other
genera of the Cosmopsaltriaria seem to do, then these
two routes appear equally plausible. The northern
arm of Sulawesi, which is part of the western arc, as
well as parts of eastern Sulawesi are supposed to be
fragments of the OMA. The apparent concentration
in the northern arm suggests that the genus originates
De Boer: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
from that part of the OMA. The occurrence of D. ge-
mina in Maluku is presumably due to a recent east-
ward dispersal.
Brachylobopyga Duffels
Brachylobopyga Duffels, 1982 of the Cosmopsal-
triaria is a very small genus, of which only two species
are known: B. montana from central Sulawesi, and 2.
toradja from southwestern Sulawesi. For exact data
on the distribution of these species see Duffels (1982,
1989, 1990). These sparse biogeographical data give
no information as to a possible origin of the genus,
but, since Brachylobopyga is the presumed sister genus
of Dilobopyga, its ancestor, or the common ancestor
of these two genera will, as explained above, probably
originate from the OMA fragments of northern, or
possibly eastern, Sulawesi.
The oriental Prasiini
The oriental Prasiini form a monophyletic group
of about 50 species, attributed to four genera (Arfaka
Distant, 1905, Jacatra Distant, 1905, Lembeja
Distant, 1892, and Prasia Stäl, 1863). A taxonomic
revision of this group was started by De Jong in the
early 1980s, but was unfortunately not finished.
Revisions have been published for the genus Prasia
(De Jong 1985) and for three monophyletic groups of
the genus Lembeja: the foliata group (De Jong 1986)
and the fatiloqua and parvula groups (De Jong 1987).
Two other subgroups of Lembeja were indicated: the
harderi group and the robusta group. The genus
Lembeja is not monophyletic in its present concept;
the harderi group is presumably more closely related
to Prasia and Arfaka than to the other subgroups of
Lembeja. A tentative cladogram of the genera and
subgroups of the Prasiini can be made (fig. 54, see De
Boer 1995d), but the phylogenetic position of many
species and the relationships between several of the
established groups remain uncertain. A well-argu-
mented discussion on the historical biogeography of
the oriental Prasiini is therefore not possible, but so-
me remarks can certainly be made. The exact bioge-
ographical data of most of the species here discussed
can be found in De Jong (1982, 1985, 1986, 1987)
and De Jong & Duffels (1981).
The oriental Prasiini are definitely concentrated on
Sulawesi, where most of its species (28) are endemic.
The small genus Jacatra (J. typica and one unde-
scribed species) is endemic to Java and Sumatra, and
Arfaka (A. fulva, A. hariola, and one undescribed spe-
cies) is endemic to the Birds Head peninsula of New
Guinea and some adjacent islands. Lembeja extends
from Sulawesi to Borneo and Mindanao (L. fatilo-
qua), to some of the Lesser Sunda islands (L. roehli, L.
sumbawensis, and the harderi group consisting of L.
221
‘TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
harderi, and several undescribed species), to New
Guinea (the robusta group consisting of L. papuensis,
L. robusta, and at least four undescribed species), and
Queensland (L. paradoxa and L. vitticollis).
Most of the Sulawesi endemics occur in the north-
ern and western part of the island. Furthermore, the
genus Prasia, which is possibly the sister group of all
other Prasiini, is restricted to Sulawesi and the nearby
Muna island. It is presumed therefore, that, similarly
as in Brachylobopyga and Dilobopyga, the ancestor of
the Prasiini originates from those parts of the OMA,
that now form part of Sulawesi.
The occurrences of several species on the Lesser
Sunda islands and of a species on Borneo and
Mindanao presumably result from dispersals, and also
the distribution of the genus Jacatra on Java and
Sumatra might be the result of an early dispersal event.
These dispersals, or some of them, possibly occurred
during one of the Pliocene-Pleistocene glacial periods.
The occurrence of the Prasiini in New Guinea and
Australia is more difficult to explain, especially since
their distributional patterns often show similarities
with the vicariant patterns found among the New
Guinean genera discussed above. The New Guinean
representatives of the Prasiini certainly do not form a
single monophyletic group (fig. 54; De Boer 1995d),
but, as can be inferred from the now available data, be-
long to at least three different groups: the genus Arfaka,
the Lembeja robusta group, and Lembeja paradoxa of
the L. fatiloqua group. These three groups must have
reached New Guinea separately.
The distribution of the genus Arfaka is very similar
to that of the genus Rhadinopyga, and an origin of
Arfaka on one of the microcontinents that now form
the Birds Head, as was inferred for Rhadinopyga and
Aedeastria, must be considered plausible. Arfaka has
its nearest relations in Sulawesi and on the Lesser
Sunda islands.
One of the two Australian species (Z. paradoxa) has
a distribution in Queensland and southern New
Guinea very similar to that of Diceropyga subapicalis
and Thaumastopsaltria globosa, but where the latter
two species have their nearest relations in eastern New
Guinea, notably the Papuan peninsula, L. paradoxa
apparently belongs to the L. fatiloqua group that is
otherwise distributed in Borneo, Mindanao, Sula-
wesi, Sumba and Sumbawa.
The other Australian species (L. vitticollis) is re-
stricted to the southeastern corner of the Cape York
peninsula, and does have some of its nearest relations
in Papua New Guinea (L. papuensis and L. robusta),
but several undescribed species from northern New
Guinea, the Birds Head and Obi island are presum-
ably also closely related to L. vitticollis and form the L.
robusta group (De Jong pers. comm). The Sulawesi
Lembeja species are the nearest relations of this group.
222
Conclusions
1. — Dilobopyga, Brachylobopyga and the Prasiini all
originate from Sulawesi and presumably from those
parts of Sulawesi that are derived from the OMA.
Part of the Prasiini, however, might have invaded the
OMA parts that originally lay to the east of the
Sulawesi fragments.
2. — Cosmopsaltria originates from the Sepik Arc
fragment of the OMA.
3. — Diceropyga, Gymnotympana, Thaumastopsal-
tria, and presumably at least the greater part of
Papuapsaltria originate from the East Papua
Composite terrane, although the ancestral area of dis-
tribution of Diceropyga and Gymnotympana probably
included parts of northern Maluku and, furthermore,
that of Diceropyga presumably included the Bismarck
Archipelago and parts of the Solomon Islands.
4. — Rhadinopyga and, presumably, Aedeastria orig-
inate from some microcontinental fragments, now
forming the Birds Head peninsula.
5. — Baeturia, Scottotympana, possibly a part of
Papuapsaltria and possibly Guineapsaltria and the
greater part of Mirabilopsaltria originate from parts of
the OMA, now constituting the northern mountain
ranges of New Guinea.
6. — Aceropyga, the new genus 7, and Moana
evolved on the eastern parts of the OMA. The new
genus 7.’ evolved on the Solomon Islands, Moana
presumably also originates from the Solomon Islands,
but possibly in connection with the Bismarck
Archipelago, and Aceropyga evolved on Fiji.
7.— The Australian genera Chlorocysta, Cystopsal-
tria, Cystosoma, Glaucopsaltria, Owra, and Venustria
present a major problem, since they do not occur on
remnants of the former OMA. They presumably
reached Australia by dispersal from the OMA and, as
will be explained in the next chapter, came most
probably from the Sepik Arc terrane.
Discussion
It is curious that Cosmopsaltria is the only genus al-
lotted to the Sepik Arc fragment, and that the
Chlorocystini (sensu stricto), apart from some species
of the Baeturia nasuta group and the B. loriae group,
seem to avoid these terranes, which were the first to
collide with the Australian continental plate and must
have formed the link between the Sulawesi- and re-
maining arc fragments of the OMA. On the other
hand, the Cosmopsaltriaria do not appear to have any
groups originating from northern New Guinea; all
genera that are supposed to originate from these parts
belong to the Chlorocystini. Furthermore, it is remar-
kable that none of the genera seem to originate from
the Finisterre or Bismarck terranes, the OMA frag-
Geological cladogram
ments that most recently reached New Guinea. Only
the genus Diceropyga apparently has an ‘old’ endemic
group of species in the Bismarck Archipelago. A re-
mark of Abbot and Silver (1991) that part of the
Finisterre terrane was below sea level prior to its colli-
sion with New Guinea might indicate an explanation
for the absence of a distinct Finisterre group.
AREA CLADISTICS
As is stated in the introduction of the previous
chapter, it is supposed that the various genera of the
Sulawesi, Moluccan, New Guinean, and East-
Melanesian cicadas, which belong to the Cosmo-
psaltriaria and to the Prasiini — Chlorocystini, evolved
as a result of vicariance following the fragmentation
of an historic island arc, known as the Outer
Melanesian Arc (OMA). It is the aim of the present
chapter to present the corroborative evidence for this
supposition by comparing the phylogenies and bioge-
ographic data of these two groups of cicadas with the
palaeogeographic data of the area as discussed in the
first chapter.
First, the main vicariant events will be related to
geological events by comparing the area cladograms
of the two groups with the presupposed fragmenta-
tion sequences of the island arcs. This comparison
will be accompanied by a discussion of the congruen-
cies and incongruencies between the area cladograms
and the palaeogeographical data.
Second, the area relationships between the areas of
endemism as indicated by the phylogenies of the cica-
das will be discussed. As an interesting result of this
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
East Asia
central Philippines
Sulawesi
central New Guinea
Fig. 50. Geological area cla-
dogram showing the frag-
mentation sequences in the
OMA.
Papuan peninsula
northern New Guinea
Finisterre
Bismarck archipelago
northeastern Solomons
discussion it will appear that the biological relation-
ships supply additional data for a palaeogeographic
reconstruction of the Outer Melanesian Arc and its
connections to adjacent terranes.
Area cladograms
The fragmentation sequences ofthe OMA, as dis-
cussed in chapter 1 are summarised in the ‘clado-
gram-like’ graph of fig. 50. The most basal branching
in this figure represents the collision berween the wes-
tern part of the OMA and the Asian continent, dated
at 40-35 Mya. Subsequent branchings represent frag-
mentation events of the OMA. The timing of the
3rd, 4th, Sth, and 6th branching (25, 15, 10, and 2
Mya respectively) correspond with the supposed ti-
ming of the accretion of respectively the Sepik Arc,
the East Papua Composite terrane, the Torricelli and
Gauttier terranes, and the Finisterre terrane to New
Guinea, though the latter may already have started to
accrete 10 Mya. The actual isolation of these respecti-
ve terranes from other parts of the OMA will have ta-
ken place considerably earlier. Areas of a presumed
different geological origin like Maluku, the Birds
Head, and the East-Melanesian archipelagos are, of
course, not included in this cladogram, since they do
not form a monophyletic group in geological sense
with the other (OMA) terranes.
The genus cladogram of the Cosmopsaltriaria (fig.
51) is taken from Duffels (1993) with the only differ-
ence that the southeast Asian genus Meimuna Distant
is added as a sister group. Meimuna is regarded as the
Meimuna East Asia/Ryukyu
Brachylobopyga Sulawesi
Dilobopyga Sulawesi
Cosmopsaltria central New Guinea
Moana Bismarck/Solomons/Samoa
Aceropyga Fiji
new genus |. Solomons
Rhadinopyga Birds Head
Diceropyga Papuan peninsula/n. Maluku/Bismarck/Solomons
Cosmopsaltriaria
Fig. 51. Taxon-area cladogram of the genera of the subtribe Cosmopsaltriaria, with the genus Meimuna as sister group. After
Duffels (1993). Bold lines correspond with areas in fig. 50; thin lines lead to areas of different geological origin.
223
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Fig. 52. Taxon-area clado-
gram of the genera of the
Chlorocystini sensu stricto,
with the oriental Prasiini as
sister group, and the genus
Muda as outgroup. Bold lines
correspond with areas in fig.
50; thin lines lead to areas of
different geological origin.
Chlorocystini
most likely sister group of the Cosmopsaltriaria
(Duffels pers. comm.).
The phylogeny of the Chlorocystini (sensu stricto)
was discussed earlier (De Boer 1995d) and the genus
cladogram (fig. 52) is derived from the species clado-
gram presented in that publication. Phylogenetic
analysis of the Chlorocystini left room for alternative
positions of the genus Aedeastria and the sister genera
Guineapsaltria — Papuapsaltria in the cladogram,
which are only slightly less parsimonious (De Boer
1995d). These alternatives are given in fig. 53. Area
cladistic implications of the alternatives will be dis-
cussed below.
In these cladograms, the most likely areas of origin
or source areas discussed in chapter 2 (the geological
entities of microcontinental origin or fragments of
the oceanic island arc systems) are added to the genus
names and treated as areas of endemism for the gene-
ra. The resulting figures are ‘source-area cladograms
based on the phylogeny and distribution of the
Cosmopsaltriaria and of the Chlorocystini — Prasiini.
Comparison of area cladograms
The area cladograms of figs. 51 and 52 both show
a striking congruence with the geological cladogram
of fig. 50. The bold lines in figs. 51 and 52 show the
area relationships that completely match the geologi-
cal cladogram. The thinner lines show the area rela-
tionships that do not match up with the geological
cladogram, but one will notice that they all lead to
areas of a different geological origin, which are there-
fore absent in the geological cladogram.
It is remarkable that the area at the base of both
area cladograms includes the Ryukyu islands, to the
south of Japan. This suggests that the ancestors of the
cicadas invaded the OMA in this area through the
Bonin and, possibly, Daito arcs and not along a route
somewhere near the Philippines or Borneo.
The next branch in both area cladograms leads to
224
Muda southeast Asia/Ryukyu
Prasiini Sulawesi
Cystopsaltria Australia
Cystosoma Australia
Aedeastria Birds Head
Thaumastopsaltria Papuan peninsula
Mirabilopsaltria northern New Guinea
Papuapsaltria Papuan peninsula
Guineapsaltria northern New Guinea
Chlorocysta Australia
Owra Australia
Glaucopsaltria Australia
Gymnotympana Papuan peninsula / n. Maluku
Venustria Australia
Baeturia northern New Guinea
Scottotympana northern New Guinea
Sulawesi (Brachylobopyga and Dilobopyga are practi-
cally endemic to Sulawesi and the Prasiini are defi-
nitely most numerous on that island). This branch
corresponds with the third branch of fig. 50. Neither
the Cosmopsaltriaria or one of its sister groups, nor
the Chlorocystini — Prasiini complex or one of its sis-
ter groups have representatives on the Philippines
(apart from one widely distributed and presumably
recently dispersed species of the genus Lembeja). That
both these groups of cicadas have no ‘old’ species
groups centered on the Philippines could imply either
that there has been an island arc connection between
the Asian continent and Sulawesi bypassing the cen-
tral Philippines (the Philippine element of the
OMA), or that this Philippine element, which forms
the most logical link within the OMA island chain
(comp. fig. 55), has been submerged prior to its colli-
sion with the western Philippines.
Concerning the subsequent branching, the two
area cladograms differ. The Cosmopsaltriaria area cla-
dogram gives a group (Cosmopsaltria) centered in cen-
tral New Guinea, which corresponds perfectly with
the fourth branch, the Sepik Arc terrane, in the geo-
logical cladogram (fig. 50). The Chlorocystini clado-
gram, however, is in its most parsimonious solution
from here onwards subdivided into three major
subgroups (viz., Aedeastria to Mirabilopsaltria,
Guineapsaltria — Papuapsaltria, and Chlorocysta to
Scottotympana). It is not clear from the geological data
what event could have caused the subdivision into
these three major subgroups. It suggests, however,
that the OMA to the east of its Sulawesi fragments
(the Sepik Arc) was not a homogeneous terrane but
was divided prior to its accretion to New Guinea and
has possibly consisted of several loosely connected arc
fragments. At the base of two of these three major
subgroups appears a group endemic to Australia. Such
a basal group is altogether lacking in the third sub-
group, the one consisting of Guineapsaltria and
Papuapsaltria. It is apparently lacking, because the vi-
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Muda southeast Asia/Ryukyu
Prasiini Sulawesi
Cystopsaltria Australia
Cystosoma Australia
Thaumastopsaltria Papuan peninsula
Mirabilopsaltria northern New Guinea
Aedeastria Birds Head
Chlorocysta Australia
ESS Owra Australia
Chlorocystini
Glaucopsaltria Australia
Papuapsaltria Papuan peninsula
Guineapsaltria northern New Guinea
Gymnotympana Papuan peninsula / n. Maluku
Venustria Australia
Baeturia northern New Guinea
Scottotympana northern New Guinea
Fig. 53. Taxon-area cladogram of the genera of the Chlorocystini sensu stricto with alternative positions for Guineapsaltria-
Papuapsaltria and Aedeastria.
cariance in that subgroup between the Papuan penin-
sula and northern New Guinea corresponds to the
ultimate branching in both other subgroups (Baeturia
— Scottotympana versus Gymnotympana — Venustria
and Thaumastopsaltria versus Mirabilopsaltria) and to
the next (the 5th and 6th) branchings in the geologi-
cal cladogram. On the basis of that geological clado-
gram and analogue to the Cosmopsaltriaria we would
expect to find species groups in central New Guinea
(the Sepik Arc fragment of the OMA) at the position
where we do find these Australian species groups.
This suggests that these species groups dispersed into
Australia through the Sepik Arc fragment. This prob-
ably occurred after the collision of that fragment with
the Australian craton (about 25 Mya) and prior to the
subsequent development of the forearc basin, which
has long separated the New Guinea orogen from the
Australian mainland. The reason for this dispersal and
the question why the ancestors of these Australian
groups left no descendants in central New Guinea is
open to discussion. We must remember, however,
that the development of the central mountain ranges
was extremely rapid in a geological time scale. The ci-
cadas in the area must have had three options; they
could either adapt to the climatic changes inherent to
this rapid uplift, or move away, or become extinct.
Cosmopsaltria obviously adapted, while the ancestors
of Cystosma — Cystopsaltria and of Chlorocysta —
Glaucopsaltria— Owra presumably moved away. If so,
these ancestors were forced to move southwards to
well into Australia in front of the then developing
forearc basin. This would also explain why the distri-
bution areas of the Australian genera extend farther
southward than the distribution areas of species of the
(mainly) New Guinean genera which reached
Australia more recently (the Australian representatives
of Diceropyga, Guineapsaltria, Gymnotympana, and
Thaumastopsaltria). These were not forced onward by
a developing sea. A hypothetical sister group of
Guineapsaltria— Papuapsaltria might have become ex-
tinct. However, the phylogenetic position of
Guineapsaltria and Papuapsaltria is not based on
sound synapomorphic characters (see De Boer 1995d)
and the alternative phylogenetic reconstruction of fig.
53 (with Guineapsaltria — Papuapsaltria as a sister
group of Baeturia, Gymnotympana, Scottotympana,
and Venustria) is almost equally parsimonious. In the
alternative reconstruction the necessity for a hypo-
thetical and extinct sister group of Guineapsaltria and
Papuapsaltria no longer exists, so this reconstruction
is in a biogeographical sense more parsimonious.
L. fatiloqua group
L. parvula group
L. foliata group
L. robusta group
Jacatra
Arfaka
L. harderi group
Prasia
Chlorocystini
Muda
Fig. 54. Taxon cladogram of the genera and species groups
of the oriental Prasiini.
225
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
east
central Philippines
Philippines
Halmahera
(e)
north /east AN
Sulawesi
East
Sepik Arc
Papua
Composite
Birds
Head
northern New
Guinea Terranesi
central
Philippines
east
Philippines
Halmahera
Arc
i East
Sepik Arc Papua
Composite
Birds
Solomon
Islands
north /east
Sulawesi
The vicariance between the Papuan peninsula and
northern New Guinea is apparent in all three sub-
groups of the Chlorocystini and represents the separ-
ation between the East Papua Composite terrane and
the Gauttier, Torricelli, Prince Albert, Mt. Turu,
and, possibly, Finisterrre terranes. One of these three
subgroups may also indicate a vicariance berween the
Birds Head (Aedeastria) and the Papuan peninsula to-
gether with northern New Guinea (Thaumasto-
psaltria and Mirabilopsaltria). The evidence for this
latter vicariance is rather weak, since the phylogenet-
ic position of Aedeastria (see De Boer 1995d), as well
as its presumed origin from the Birds Head (see
above), are considered very uncertain.
The ensuing branchings in the Cosmopsaltriaria aea
cladogram no longer correspond with the branchings
in the geological cladogram, since the genera of that
subtribe are from here on predominantly distributed in
areas of a different geological origin. Only the genus
226
Finisterre
Terrane
northem
uinea Terrane
Bismarck
Archipelago
Solomon
New
Bismarck north
Terrane Archipelago] | Solomons
Diceropyga occurs in an area that is included in the geo-
logical cladogram; its presumed partial origin on the
Papuan peninsula nicely corresponds with the next
branch in the geological cladogram, which leads to the
Fast Papuan Composite terrane. The area cladogram
of the Cosmopsaltriaria indicates a vicariance between
the East-Melanesian island chains and a cluster of ter-
ranes including the Papuan peninsula, the Birds Head,
Solomon Islands, and Bismarck Archipelago. This
vicariance suggests a historical connection or proximity
between the East Papua Composite terrane and the
Fast-Melanesian islands in bypassing the northern
New Guinea and Finisterre terranes. Since these latter
terranes are supposed to have been located in the OMA
chain between the East Papua Composite terrane and
the Solomon Islands (fig. 55a), this fact forms another
(biogeographical) indication that the East-Melanesian
islands are not a simple continuation of one and the
same island arc.
Fig. 55. Schematic reconstructions
of the OMA, not related to a certain
geological time (the suggested proxi-
mities between the various geological
entities may have existed in different
times). À (top left). reconstruction
with a single central Philippines-
Tonga arc and an east Philippines-
Halmahera arc. B (bottom left). re-
construction based on the most
recent geological literature with a
central Philippines-north Solomon
arc, an east Philippines-Halmahera
arc, and a Solomons-Tonga arc. C
(top right). reconstruction with an
alternative position of the Bismarck
Archipelago north of the northern
New Guinea terranes. D (bottom
right). reconstruction with an alter-
native position of the Bismarck
Archipelago between the East Papua
Composite terrane and the Solomon
Islands.
central
central
Philippines
north /east
Sulawesi
Australia
The branching between Aceropyga and Moana,
which indicates a vicariance between Fiji and the
other East-Melanesian archipelagos, is presumably re-
lated to the collision between the Solomon Islands
and the Ontong Java plateau, which caused the rota-
tion and isolation of Fiji.
The sister group relationship between Rhadinopyga
and the new genus 7. ’indicates a vicariance between
the Birds Head microcontinents and the Solomon
Islands. The Birds Head and the Solomon Islands to-
gether apparently form the sister areas of an area in-
cluding the Papuan peninsula, Maluku, and the
Bismarck Archipelago. The indicated relationship
between the Birds Head and the eastern parts of the
Philippines
north /east
Sulawesi
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
east
Philippines
Halmahera
Arc
: East
Sepik Arc Papua
Composite
Birds
Islands
Bismarck
Archipelago
peer New =D
uinea lerranes errane Solomons
east
Philippines
Halmahera
Arc
A East
Sepik Arc Papua
Composite
northern New
Guinea Terranesi
Finisterre north
Terrane Solomons
Birds
Head Bismarck
Archipelago
Islands
historic OMA, which are possibly also indicated in
the Chlorocystini cladogram (see above the relation-
ships of Aedeastria), correspond with the supposed
eastern origin of the Birds Head microcontinents
(Pigram & Panggabean 1984).
Discussion and palaeogeographic reconstructions
The striking compatibility between the geological
cladogram of fig. 50 and the area cladograms of figs.
51 & 52 clearly suggests that fragmentation of the va-
rious island arcs played a major role in the vicariant
evolution of both our groups of cicadas. However,
many minor details in the cicada distribution and
227
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
phylogeny apparently conflict with the above discus-
sed scenario. Such conflicting data could find their
origin in the still insufficient knowledge of the palae-
ogeographic configurations, or in incorrectnesses in
the phylogenetic reconstructions, or could be due to
some peculiar and inconceivable long distance disper-
sal.
The palaeogeographic knowledge of the island arc
systems is certainly incomplete. The fragmentation
sequences and the order in which the fragments were
included in the OMA can roughly be inferred from
the order in which these fragments accreted to New
Guinea, but it is not clear how large these fragments
were when they formed part of the arc, how far they
lay apart, or whether these fragments themselves ex-
isted as fragments or single blocks. Neither is it
known which of the fragments were simultaneously
emerged.
The most straightforward schematic reconstruc-
tion of the island arc systems, based on the geological
literature alone, is the one presented in fig. 55b. This
reconstruction shows three distinct island arcs: 1) a
central Philippine to Bismarck and northern
Solomons arc, 2) an East Philippine — Halmahera arc
(both related to the Pacific plate), and 3) an East-
Melanesian arc (related to the Australian plate). The
terrane sequences in the Philippine to Bismarck and
northern Solomons arc correspond from west to east
to the fragmentation sequences of the arc (the order
in which these terranes are supposed to have become
isolated) and, for the New Guinea terranes, to the se-
quences in which these terranes collided with the
Australian continent. In several instances the distri-
butions and phylogenetic relationships of the cicadas
suggest area relationships that contradict this recon-
struction. In the following sections, these area rela-
tionships will be discussed per area of endemism.
These relationships often suggest a slightly different
or more detailed palaeogeographic reconstruction of
the island arcs (see figs 55c, 55d). Recently,
Struckmeyer et al. (1993) published some palaeogeo-
graphic reconstructions of the New Guinea —
Bismarck region for different geologic times. A sim-
plified copy of their Late Eocene reconstruction (that
is before the amalgamation of the Sepik Arc) is given
in fig. 56. For the moment disregarding the fact that
at that time most of the arc terranes are supposed to
be submerged, this reconstruction roughly shows the
same terrane sequences as the one of fig. 55b. It dif-
fers in the position of the Birds Head microconti-
nents, which lie already west of the Sepik terrane, and
the northern New Guinea and Finisterre terranes,
which are plotted north of the East Papua Composite
terrane. In some instances this reconstruction better
fits the biogeographical data, in others it strongly op-
poses them.
228
Sulawesi
Of the two monophyletic groups centered on
Sulawesi that are supposed to originate from some
Sulawesi fragments of the OMA (Brachylobopyga —
Dilobopyga and the Prasiini) the first (Brachylobopyga
— Dilobopyga) is almost completely endemic to that is-
land and to some adjacent small islands. The only ex-
ception, D. gemina, ocurs with two subspecies in
Maluku (Buru, Seram, Gorong, Sapurua, and presu-
mably Misool). The occurrence of this species in
Maluku must probably be explained by a recent east-
ward dispersal, since most of these islands only re-
cently emerged (Fortuin & De Smet 1991).
The Prasiini have a much wider distribution.
Although this group definitely has most of its species
on Sulawesi, the distribution area also includes Java
and Sumatra (Jacatra), the Lesser Sunda islands (the
Lembeja harderi group and two species of the L. fati-
loqua group), Borneo and the Philippines (Z. fatilo-
qua), the Birds Head of New Guinea (Arfaka), and
New Guinea and Queensland (the Z. robusta group
and L. paradoxa). The occurrences on Borneo — the
Philippines, the Lesser Sunda islands, and, with a lit-
tle good will, even the occurrence on Java and
Sumatra could possibly be explained away by a diffu-
sion or dispersal from Sulawesi. Distributions of
widespread species(groups) in the Greater Sunda is-
lands are often explained in connection with the gla-
cial periods of the Pliocene and Pleistocene, during
which these islands were connected as a result of low-
er sea levels. Although Sulawesi remained isolated
during the various glacial periods, at times its isola-
tion might have been of a lesser degree and so the gla-
cial periods might have played a role in the dispersal
of the Prasiini to Borneo and the Philippines. The
supposed basal position of Jacatra and the L. harderi
group in the tentative cladogram of the Prasiini (fig.
54) suggests that the vicariant events that separated
these groups happened well before the glacial periods.
This does not necessarily mean that their dispersal to
Java — Sumatra and the Lesser Sunda islands is not ice
age related. The Australian and New Guinean spe-
cies(groups), however, demand a different explana-
tion. The total absence of Prasiini species from
Maluku strongly argues against a recent eastward dis-
persal and, furthermore, the presence of an endemic
genus on the Birds Head, endemic species in Papua
New Guinea, and similarities between the distribu-
tions of L. paradoxa, Diceropyga subapicalis, and
Thaumastopsaltria glauca (in the Papuan peninsula,
southern New Guinea and northern Queensland)
suggest that these New Guinea distributions are rem-
nants of an older pattern, comparable to the vicariant
patterns found for the Cosmopsaltriaria and the
Chlorocystini.
If the above outlined theory on the palaeogeogra-
phy of the Cosmopsaltriaria and the Chlorocystini is
in essence correct, and since there is no geological evi-
dence for terrane movements from Sulawesi towards
New Guinea (on the contrary, all terranes in the
Maluku area move from New Guinea towards
Sulawesi), it stands to reason that some ancestral
Prasiini species must somehow have entered the
OMA terranes that lay east of its Sulawesi fragments.
Only then could these Prasiini have gone through a
development parallel to that of the Cosmopsaltriaria
and the Chlorocystini. This could mean that the ap-
parently monophyletic Prasiini are in fact not mono-
phyletic. In that case part of the Prasiini, notably the
New Guinean — Australian species, would have to be
the sister group of the Chlorocystini, while the re-
maining (mainly Sulawesi) species of the Prasiini
would be the sister group of these two groups com-
bined. This solution, however, is very unlikely since it
would imply that the genus Arfaka and the L. robusta
group are more closely related to each other than to
the Sulawesi species of the Prasiini. Although the ten-
tative cladogram of the Prasiini (fig. 54) is not based
on a thorough phylogenetic analysis of all characters,
a sister group relationship between Arfaka and the L.
robusta group is considered very improbable.
Moreover, L. paradoxa, a species from Papua New
Guinea and Queensland, belongs to the L. fatiloqua
group and is more closely related to Sulawesi species
than to the other New Guinean species of Lembeja
(De Jong 1987).
Alternatively one could suppose that the Prasiini
evolved on some isolated fragments of the OMA that
were to end up in Sulawesi, and that at a period in
which ongoing speciation had already established sev-
eral species within the Prasiini, some part of this an-
cestral distribution area regained contact with the
more eastern parts of the OMA. Then one should as-
sume that representatives of several species that have
now evolved into the various monophyletic groups si-
multaneously (re)entered the OMA. The polyphylet-
ic origin of the New Guinean — Australian Prasiini
would support such a highly speculative theory, but
the question immediately arises why the Cosmopsal-
triaria, in casu Dilobopyga and Brachylobopyga, did
not profit by such a renewed route of dispersal.
Pleading against this scenario is the fact that the to-
tal number of New Guinean Prasiini is very small
compared to that of the New Guinean Chlorocystini
and Cosopsaltriaria, and one would have to assume a
considerable amount of extinction within the
Prasiini, viz., of complete Sepik Arc groups. The New
Guinean Prasiini certainly give the impression of a
relict distribution.
Maluku and Banda
The cicada fauna of Maluku and the Banda islands
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
is very diverse. Five distinct patterns of distribution
can be recognized, each indicating different relation-
ships between (parts of) Maluku and a variety of ot-
her areas. It is supposed that most of these patterns
are of fairly recent date, since many of the islands on-
ly recently emerged (Fortuin & De Smet 1991).
Many of the area relationships are therefore presumed
to be indicative of various recent dispersal routes into
the Moluccas rather than to vicariance events based
on palaeogeographical changes.
Two cicada genera with an alleged Papuan penin-
sula origin, Diceropyga and Gymnotympana, have a
monophyletic group that occurs predominantly in
northern Maluku. Only D. obtecta occurs on Seram
and Buru, but not farther south. A third alledgedly
Papuan genus, Thaumastopsaltria, might also have a
species in northern Maluku (see chapter 2). It is con-
cluded from geological data that northern Maluku
moves westward and that the island of Halmahera, or
parts of that island (the Halmahera arc), originates
from a position far to the east or southeast of its
present one. Furthermore, a continuity has been sug-
gested between the Halmahera arc and northern New
Guinea. The distribution of cicadas indicates an area
relationship between northern Maluku and the
Papuan peninsula, which suggests that at least part of
northern Maluku, viz. the Halmahera arc, evolved
near the East Papua Composite terrane. This need
not contradict the geological data, if we suppose that
the north New Guinea terranes originate from direct-
ly east of the East Papua Composite terrane (fig. 55).
Halmahera presumably evolved on a fracture of the
Pacific plate, to which possibly also the eastern parts
of Mindanao and the islands of Yap and Palau of the
Caroline islands are connected. This fracture, which
resulted possibly from plate tensions as a result of the
Sepik Arc — Australia collision, may have reached the
plate boundary somewhere between the East Papua
Composite and northern New Guinea fragments of
the OMA (see reconstructions of fig. 55). In this re-
spect the biogeographical data strongly oppose the re-
construction of Struckmeyer et al. (1993), where the
northern New Guinea and Finisterre terranes are sit-
uated between the Halmahrea arc and the East Papua
Composite terrane (fig. 56).
Two species of the genus Baeturia (B. exhausta and
B. macgillavryt) have a very similar distribution in
Maluku, the Banda islands, and Timor. B. macgillav-
ryi reaches, with records from Halmahera, Morotai,
and Talaud, slightly farther northward than B. ex-
hausta (compare figs 38 & 40). It is remarkable that
the sister species of both these species (B. bicolorata
and B. bloetei respectively) have a fairly wide distribu-
tion in western New Guinea, which apart from one
229
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
record of B. bicolorata from the northwestern Birds
Head seems to exclude that peninsula. Furthermore,
it is remarkable that in both pairs of species the mor-
phological differences are extremely small, so that in
both cases it is not clear whether the material repre-
sents two distinct species or not. These facts suggest
that B. exhausta and B. macgillavryi are both fairly re-
cent species, possibly even still in the process of speci-
ation.
A very similar distribution in Maluku and the
Banda islands, and also including Timor, was found
for Hamza ciliaris (Linnaeus) (see Duffels 1991).
That species, however, has a much wider distribution
in the Philippines and the Caroline islands and has no
related species on New Guinea: the relatives of H. cil-
iaris are all found in southeast Asia. Only one other
species of the Chlorocystini is recorded from the
southern Banda islands. That species, Papuapsaltria
bidigitula, is fairly widely distributed in western New
Guinea and recorded from Wetar island, just to the
north of Timor (fig. 45). Since this species is not re-
corded from any of the islands that lie between Wetar
and New Guinea, the record from Wetar is consid-
ered doubtful and confirmation is needed before any
biogeographical conclusions should be drawn.
All species that occur in the southern Banda region
seem to have a fairly wide distribution. This is in con-
trast with the northern Molucca species, of which sev-
eral are island endemics. These facts suggest that the
southern Banda islands could only be reached by spe-
cies with good dispersal abilities. Apart from A. cil-
iaris, these species presumably came from New
Guinea east of the Birds Head. The north Moluccan
fauna of Diceropyga and Gymnotympana, which is
supposed to be older than the two Baeturia species
discussed here, has not been able to disperse south-
ward into the Banda region. This cannot be explained
otherwise than by assuming that they disperse less
easily.
Similarities between the distributions of the Bae-
turia conviva and Cosmopsaltria doryca groups have
been discussed before (Dufffels & De Boer 1990).
Both these groups have endemic species in Maluku
that show sister group relationships between north
and south Maluku. Furthermore, in both these
groups the moluccan species have a sister species that
is widely distributed in western New Guinea and the
Birds Head. The B. conviva goup is the sister group of
the B. guttulinervis group that is endemic to northern
New Guinea. The C. doryca group is the sister group
of all other Cosmopsaltria species: the small east and
north New Guinean C. gracilis group and the mainly
central New Guinean C. mimica complex. The simi-
larities between the conviva and doryca groups suggest
a similar and contemporal dispersal event from New
230
Guinea through the Birds Head to Maluku. The rel-
ative positions of these groups in the cladograms
show that the doryca group could be much older than
the conviva group and we must not disregard the pos-
sibility therefore that the occurrence of the doryca
group in Maluku represents an older vicariance pat-
tern between Maluku (the Halmahera arc ?) and arc
fragments of New Guinea (the Sepik arc ?).
The distributions of Aedeastria and, less clearly of
Rhadinopyga, also indicate an area relationship
between Maluku and western New Guinea plus the
Birds Head. Aedeastria has three endemic species on
northern Maluku, and Rhadinopyga has a species that
is relatively widely distributed on the Birds Head and
also recorded from Bacan. The overall distribution
patterns of Aedeastria and Rhadinopyga are very differ-
ent from those of the B. conviva and C. doryca groups,
however. Whereas the latter two groups each have a
single species widely distributed over the Birds Head
and western New Guinea, the former genera each
have several endemic species on the Birds Head
and/or several of the small nearby islands. For these
reasons we may infer that the evolution of Aedeastria
and Rhadinopyga is related to a palaeogeographical
isolation of the Birds Head microcontinents. The
high rate of speciation on the Birds Head at least sug-
gests that the latter pattern, that of Aedeastria and
Rhadinopyga, is older than that of Baeturia and
Cosmopsaltria. The Moluccan species of Aedeastria
and Rhadinopyga might have dispersed westwards si-
multaneously with the B. conviva and C. doryca
groups, or at an earlier event, but it is also possible
that the distributions of these genera represent an old
vicariant pattern related to the westward migration of
the Obi — Bacan microcontinent, which shows a geo-
logical relationship with the Birds Head microconti-
nents. The latter explanation demands that this mi-
crocontinent had emerged before its westward
migration. This might be unlikely, since it contra-
dicts geological data concerning similar microconti-
nents in the Moluccan area, which were all sub-
merged until recently (see geology chapter).
The distribution of Dilobopyga gemina represents
yet another pattern in the Moluccan area; it is the
only species that is restricted to the central part of the
area and has no near relatives in other parts of
Maluku or Banda. The species is recorded with two
subspecies from Buru, Seram, Gorong, Sapurua, and
probably Misool. D. gemina indicates a relationship
between Maluku and Sulawesi. All its relatives are en-
demic to Sulawesi. D. gemina is supposed to represent
a recent dispersal from Sulawesi into the Moluccas,
since there are no indications for a palaeogeographic
relationship between any part of Maluku and
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Fig. 56. Palaeogeographic reconstruction of the New Guinea - Bismarck region in Late Eocene. From Struckmeyer et al.
(1993). Lettering: À = Arfak, AC = Australian Continent, Bb= Bena Bena, Bo = Bougainville, BS = Biak-Supiori, Bu = Buru,
eK = east Kai, EP = Eastern Plateau, EPC = East Papua Composite, eS = east Seram, F = Finisterre, G = Gauttier, Ha =
Halmahera, J = Jimmi, K = Kubor block, Ke = Kemum terrane, M = Misool terrane, NC = North Coral Sea, NI = New
Ireland, S = Sepik Arc, Sa = Salawati, sB = south Bismarck, SP = Sula Platform, Su =Sulabesi, TB = Tukang Besi-Buton, TN
=Tamrau-Netoni, To = Torricelli, T = Tosem, Wg = Waigeu, wS = west Seram, Y = Yapen. Shaded parts supposedly dry land.
Sulawesi, and the greater part of the distribution area
of this species only recently emerged.
New Guinea: Birds Head
The Birds Head peninsula of New Guinea has
comparatively few endemic species. These species be-
long to three genera: Aedeastria, Arfaka, and
Rhadinopyga. It is curious that all three of these gene-
ra are also represented by endemic species on some of
the small islands immediately west of the Birds Head.
Arfaka hariola is endemic to Misool; Aedeastria wai-
geuensis, R. impar, and R. accuminata are endemic to
Waigeu; and À. recedens is endemic to Salawati. Apart
from the dubious record of Thaumastopsaltria adipa-
ta from Misool (see above and De Boer 1995a), no
other genera have endemic species on any of these
three islands. A concentration of species in western
New Guinea and endemism on the Birds Head and
some of the adjacent islands suggest that the three
above mentioned genera evolved on the two micro-
continents of Australian origin, which now form the
Birds Head. These microcontinents, the Kemum and
Misool terranes, originate presumably from some-
where near present day central Papua New Guinea
and northern Queensland (Pigram & Panggabean
1984), and they must have travelled westward, some-
how finding their way between the Australian conti-
nent and some of the advancing OMA fragments (cf.
fig. 3, 55). Struckmeyer et al. (1993) solved this pro-
blem by placing the Birds Head microcontinents
northwest of the Sepik terrane before the Sepik Arc
collision (fig. 56), but such a solution strongly con-
tradicts the biological area relationships of the area.
The sister group relationship between Rhadinopyga
and the new genus 7.’indicates a vicariant pattern
between the Birds Head and the Solomon Islands.
The sister group relationship of these genera together,
with Diceropyga indicates an area relationship between
the Birds Head — Solomon Islands and a cluster of ter-
ranes including the Papuan peninsula, the Bismarck
Archipelago, northern Maluku, and again the
Solomon Islands. These area relationships can of
course have existed in different geological times. The
presumed sister group relationship between
Aedeastria and Thaumastopsaltria — Mirabilopsaltria
indicates a very similar vicariant pattern between the
Birds Head and the eastern parts of the OMA, in this
case with the Papuan peninsula together with north-
ern New Guinea. These patterns can be explained by
supposing a historic proximity between the Kemum
and/or the Misool terrane and these various terranes
as represented in fig. 55b. We must remember, how-
ever, that origin and phylogenetic relationships (cf.
figs 52 & 53) of Aedeastria are very uncertain. The al-
ternative phylogenetic position of Aedeastria (fig. 53)
would indicate a vicariance between the Birds Head
and the same parts of the OMA as discussed above,
but then including the Sepik terrane.
251
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
On the basis of the palaeogeographic reconstruc-
tion given by fig. 55b one would expect that the ge-
nus Arfaka too has its nearest relatives in such terranes
of eastern origin, among which the Papuan peninsula
appears to be the common factor. Although the phy-
logeny of the Prasiini is only partly solved, it is clear
that the genus Arfaka has its nearest relatives on either
Sulawesi (Prasia), or the Lesser Sunda islands (the L.
harderi group), or Java and Sumatra (Jacatra) (see fig.
54). Nevertheless, since as discussed in the above sec-
tion on Sulawesi the New Guinean Prasiini might
represent a relict distribution, an extinct sister group
of Arfaka might well have existed on the Papuan pe-
ninsula or there about.
Northern New Guinea
Several species of cicadas are endemic to northern
New Guinea, that is to the teranes that according to
Pigram & Davies (1987) amalgamated about 10 Mya
(e.g., the Gauttier, Torricelli, Mt. Turu, and Prince
Albert terranes cf fig. 16). Many of these endemic spe-
cies belong to the genus Baeturia, but several other ge-
nera (Aedeastria, Cosmopsaltria, Mirabilopsaltria,
Papuapsaltria, and Scottotympana) are represented by
endemic species in these parts. One area in particular,
the localities of Araucaria camp, Rattan camp, and
Top camp, close to the central mountain ranges in
western New Guinea, appear very rich in endemic spe-
cies. This area presents a major problem, it was visited
by Mr L.J. Toxopeus in 1939. He collected the type
specimens of no less than 12 species there (De Boer
1995b). Most of these species have never been collec-
ted elsewhere. Apart from four species of the genus
Cosmopsaltria, a genus with presumed Sepik Arc ori-
gin, these species apparently are related to northern
New Guinea groups. In biogeographical sense the area
seems to belong to northern New Guinea therefore,
but geologically it might form part of the Rouffaer ter-
rane of the Sepik Arc (cf. fig. 16). The apparently high
rate of endemism in this restricted area is presumably
partly artificial. The immediately adjacent areas like
the Mamberamo valley and the Van Rees mountains
are extremely inaccessible and certainly undercollec-
ted, and only very few cicada specimens of the inland
territories of northwestern New Guinea (ie, the
Gauttier terrane cf. fig. 16) are available.
Many species with an apparent northern New
Guinea distribution are not restricted to the above
mentioned north New Guinea terranes, but continue
into the Finisterre terrane (which includes the Huon
peninsula) and, often, to the northwestern corner of
the Papuan peninsula. The Huon peninsula in itself is
not a notable area of endemism, although there are
several species with a distribution area slightly excee-
ding the size of that peninsula (extending to the
northwestern parts of the Papuan peninsula and the
232
eastern parts of northern New Guinea) that should
probably be regarded as endemic to Huon. The
Huon peninsula forms in geological sense part of the
Finisterre terrane, which is supposed to have been
connected to the terranes of the Bismarck
Archipelago. Although the Bismarck islands also have
their endemic species (the D. obliterans group and a
subgroup of the B. bloetei group), these do not have
sister species endemic to Huon. There is thus no sup-
port in cicada distribution that the Finisterre and
Bismarck terranes together are an area of endemism.
Most of the species endemic to Huon belong to pre-
sumed northern New Guinea groups and the Huon
peninsula seems to form an integral part of northern
New Guinea. This suggests that at least the beginning
of the accretion of the Finisterre terrane might have
coincided with the accretion of the other north New
Guinea terranes (10 Mya), as was suggested by
Pigram & Davies (1987) (fig 17d).
Central New Guinea
The genus Cosmopsaltria is the only group of cicad-
as centred in central New Guinea that presumably
originates from the Sepik Arc fragment of the OMA.
The B. nasuta group, that has several species with a
distribution remarkably similar to that of many of the
Cosmopsaltria species, is supposed to have evolved
more recently and not in connection with an isolated
Sepik Arc terrane. Two monophyletic groups of
Australian genera might have had their origin on the
Sepik Arc, but afterwards they must have become ex-
tinct on New Guinea (see above and the discussion
on Australia below). In the light of a presumed Sepik
Arc origin of Cosmopsaltria, it is curious that a
Moluccan — west New Guinean species group, the C.
doryca group, is the sister group of all other species of
the genus. This could be explained by presuming that
the ancestor of the doryca group was distributed in an
isolated western part of the Sepik terrane and that the
occurrence and speciation on Maluku and the Birds
Head is of recent date and the result of dispersal. In
favour of this supposition is the fact that the doryca
group (viz., C. doryca) does occur in some western
parts of central New Guinea that do belong to the
Sepik terrane, and that its distribution shows similari-
ties with that of the B. conviva group. Since the latter
group is considered to be much younger, it means
that if the similarities in distribution pattern of these
two groups result from the same geological events
(the availability of the same dispresal route) the dis-
persal and speciation of the doryca group must be fair-
ly recent. On the other hand, the similarities with the
conviva group could be pure coincidence, and the dis-
tribution of the doryca group could indicate a vica-
riance between parts of northern Maluku and the
Sepik Arc terranes.
Less easily explained, is the fact that a second sub-
group of Cosmopsaltria, the small gracilis group with
three endemic species in respectively northern New
Guinea, the Huon peninsula, and the Papuan penin-
sula, is the sister group of the mainly central New
Guinean ‘mimica complex’. However, in the light of
the enormous speciation that took place within the
central mountain ranges, this point is regarded as in-
sufficient to reject a Sepik Arc origin for
Cosmopsaltria. A more detailed knowledge of the pa-
laeogeography might provide a solution, possibly
some connections have existed that at present we
know nothing of.
It is remarkable that, though most of the
Cosmopsaltria species occur in the central mountain
ranges (14 out of 23), only one is actually endemic to
the central mountains, while four are endemic to
areas that possibly originate from the Sepik terranes
(see above). Many species that occur in the central
mountain ranges are distributed all along these rang-
es from the Wissel lakes in the west to well into the
Huon and Papuan peninsulas. The number of co-oc-
curring species in the Papuan peninsula rapidly de-
creases eastward and, apart from a questionable
record of C. gracilis from Milne Bay (Duffels 1983),
no Cosmopsaltria species occur in the easternmost
parts of the peninsula. It seems as if many species
evolved in and dispersed over the cental mountain
ranges and that after the closure of the Aure Trough,
that had long separated the Papuan peninsula from
other parts of New Guinea, the Cosmopsaltria species
en masse invaded the montane parts of the peninsula.
The question arises then, why the reverse did not
occur, i.e. why the various genera by then present on
the Papuan peninsula did not en masse enter and dis-
perse over the central mountain ranges. Several spe-
cies of Diceropyga, Gymnotympana and Thaumasto-
psaltria apparently did disperse westward. These
genera, however, avoided the central mountain rang-
es and instead entered the lower northern mountain
ranges and the lowlands of southern New Guinea.
Only two species of Gymnotympana occur in the cen-
tral mountain ranges, but these are endemic to a very
restricted area in the easternmost parts of these rang-
es.
This phenomenon can possibly be explained as fol-
lows. Although Diceropyga, Gymnotympana and
Thaumastopsaltria evolved in the partly montane
Papuan peninsula, the species of these genera princi-
pally remained adapted to lowland. Entering the cen-
tral mountain ranges just was not an option when
northern and southern New Guinea became simulta-
neously available. In this light, it is remarkable that
the two Gymnotympana species from the central
mountain ranges belong to a subgroup of four species
of which the two Papuan peninsula members also
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
have a montane distribution (De Boer 1995a).
The genus Papuapsaltria forms a notable excep-
tion. This presumably Papuan peninsular, or at least
partly Papuan peninsular, genus contains species with
a distinctly montane distribution. Most of its species
have a limited distribution in the western parts of the
Papuan peninsula and in the eastern parts of the cen-
tral mountains. Just like Gymnotympana, the central
mountain range species are all endemic to a very re-
stricted area.
It is suggested here that when Gymnotympana and
Papuapsaltria reached the central mountain ranges,
the circumstances that enabled species of
Cosmopsaltria and the B. nasuta group to disperse all
along these ranges, no longer existed. Whatever these
circumstances were is not clear, but presumably the
Pliocene — Pleistocene vertical vegetation shifts have
played a role. If true, it means that the B. nasuta
group reached the central mountains before
Gymnotympana and Papuapsaltria could do so, which
means before the closure of the Aure Trough (appr. 2
Mya). This again complies with an assumed origin of
Baeturia on the northern New Guinea terranes,
which had accreted to the central New Guinea ter-
ranes long before that time (about 10 Mya).
Australia
The species of the Chlorocystini — Prasiini and the
Cosmopsaltriaria that occur in Australia can be sub-
divided into two categories: species that belong to
monophyletic groups of Australian genera
(Chlorocysta — Glaucopsaltria — Owra and
Cystopsaltria — Cystosoma) and species that belong to
genera which also occur in New Guinea (Diceropyga
subapicalis, Guineapsaltria flava, Gymnotympana rufa,
G. varicolor, Lembeja paradoxa, L. vitticollis, and
Thaumastopsaltria glauca). The position of the mono-
typic genus Venustria in this subdivision is not clear,
since V. superba should possibly be included in
Gymnotympana (De Boer 1995a, d). From comparis-
on of the cladograms it can be deduced for most of
these taxa, that the ancestors of the two groups of en-
demic Australian genera must have reached that con-
tinent earlier (possibly following the Sepik Arc colli-
sion of 25 Mya) than the various species of the non
endemic genera (presumably in the Pliocene —
Pleistocene). In this light it is interesting that the
Australian species of the genera that have their main
distribution in New Guinea are restricted to the Cape
York peninsula of Queensland only, while several spe-
cies of the Australian genera reach much farther
southward into New South Wales.
Such differences in size of the distribution area
might be explained by difference in time of arrival on
Australia. It is considered more likely, however, that
the ancestors of Chlorocysta — Glaucopsaltria — Owra
233
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
and of Cystopsaltria — Cystosoma reached Australia be-
fore the opening of the foreland basin between the
New Guinea orogen and the Australian continent,
and then were forced to move farther southward
when the basin spread. During the existence of this
foreland basin (from 21-3 Mya) large parts of south-
ern New Guinea and northern Australia were sub-
merged. The Australian genera may have migrated
northward again when northern Queensland re-
emerged.
Three of the Australian species that belong to non-
Australian genera (G. rufa, G. varicolor, and L. vitti-
collis) are endemic to the Cape York peninsula, the
others have a wider distribution in southern New
Guinea and the Papuan peninsula. It is remarkable
that all these species of non-Australian genera either
occur on the Papuan peninsula themselves, or belong
to genera for which a Papuan peninsula origin was in-
ferred (Diceropyga, Gymnotympana, Thaumastopsal-
tria), or at least have their nearest relatives on the
Papuan peninsula. G. flava, which belongs to a genus
for which a north New Guinea origin was proposed,
reaches well into the Papuan peninsula, and has its
sister species, G. flaveola, in the eastern parts of that
peninsula. Even the two Lembeja species, which be-
long to a genus otherwise concentrated in Sulawesi,
form no exception. L. paradoxa, which has its nearest
relations (the L. fatiloqua group) on Borneo, the
Philippines, Sulawesi, and on some of the Lesser
Sunda islands (De Jong 1987), occurs in southern
New Guinea and on the Papuan peninsula (De Jong
1982), and L. vitticollis belongs to a subgroup of
Lembeja, which has several species on New Guinea;
its nearest relatives (L. papuensis and L. robusta) are
restricted to east Papua New Guinea, including the
Papuan peninsula (De Jong pers. comm.). The
Australian and New Guinean representatives of the
genus Lembeja possibly represent a relict distribution
(see above) and it cannot be ruled out therefore, that
L. paradoxa has had extinct relatives on New Guinea
and the Papuan peninsula.
It seems that the most recent (Pleistocene) migra-
tion route to Australia was only available for species
from the Papuan peninsula. Neither Aedeastria, with
its predominantly west New Guinea distribution, nor
Baeturia, with its supposedly north New Guinea ori-
gin, have reached Australia. Both these genera have
been able to invade southern New Guinea since its re-
emergence (which started about 10 Mya, that is be-
fore the Pliocene) and they even reached the Aru is-
lands. For the widely distributed genus Baeturia
(Maluku — Samoa) the central mountain ranges of
New Guinea presumably obstructed a rapid south-
ward migration; the genus might have reached south-
ern New Guinea after the last, Pleistocene, connec-
tion with Australia ceased to exist. It is not clear,
234
however, what has prevented Aedeastria from reach-
ing Australia.
A distribution in the Cape York peninsula, south-
ern New Guinea and the Papuan peninsula is a fairly
common one and the migration route worked two
ways. A species of the otherwise endemic Australian
cicada genus Pauropsalta, P. eyrei, is recorded from
Cape York and the Papuan peninsula (Ewart 1989)
and two species of the mainly Australian plant genus
Arytera Blume occur on Cape York and the Papuan
peninsula (Turner 1995).
Papuan peninsula
The Papuan peninsula has by far the richest and
most diverse cicada fauna of all New Guinean OMA
fragments and houses by far the highest number of
endemic species. Phylogeny and biogeography of the
Papuan cicadas suggest that the Papuan peninsula
also has the most complex of area relationships. This
biological complexity reflects the geological com-
plexity of the area, which is fourfold:
1) The Papuan peninsula in itself is of composite
geological origin, as a part of the East Papua
Composite terrane. Prior to the amalgamation of this
East Papua Composite terrane, its components
formed an archipelago of presumably closely related
islands (fig. 20a). The various islands of this archipel-
ago might have had different relationships with the
other parts of the OMA.
2) The East Papua Composite terrane presumably
took a central position in the OMA, forming a link
between the two largest New Guinean arc fragments,
the Sepik Arc, and the north New Guinean terranes.
The location of the East Papua Composite terrane
within the OMA might also have brought this terrane
into contact with the westward migrating Halmahera
arc and the northward migrating Solomon arc (fig.
55b). The East Papua Composite terrane might at
one time have formed the crossroads of several island
arc systems.
3) After the collision of the East Papua Composite
terrane with the Australian continent, the Papuan pe-
ninsula remained separated from other parts of New
Guinea by the Aure Trough (fig. 21). The Papuan pe-
ninsula is therefore probably the part of New Guinea
with the longest history of isolation.
4) The opening of the Woodlark Basin, which is
held responsible for the fact that no other terranes ac-
creted in eastern Papua New Guinea, caused a geotec-
tonic whirlpool in which arc fragments curved north-
ward, sliding past the accreted parts of the East Papua
Composite terrane. During these processes biological
exchange between the various passing terranes might
well have been possible.
Four cicada genera (Diceropyga, Gymnotympana,
Papuapsaltria, and Thaumastopsaltria) are presumed
to have evolved or partly evolved on the Papuan pe-
ninsula. The latter three of these genera indicate a sis-
ter group relationship of that peninsula with the ter-
ranes of northern New Guinea. Since the north New
Guinea terranes were, after the East Papua Composite
terrane, the next terranes to be accreted to New
Guinea, it may be supposed that these terranes lay al-
so the next in order within the OMA island chain im-
mediately to the east of the East Papua Composite
terrane (fig. 55).
Monophyletic species groups of Diceropyga and
Gymnotympana show a vicariance between northern
Maluku and the Papuan peninsula. (The uncertain
locality of 7. adipata possibly obscures such a vicari-
ance for the genus 7haumastopsaltria, see above).
This vicariant pattern must presumably be explained
by a historical proximity between the Halmahera arc
and the East Papua Composite terrane as shown by
the reconstructions presented in fig. 55 (see discus-
sion on Maluku).
Diceropyga and its sister group Rhadinopyga — new
genus ‘/. show a vicariant pattern between eastern
New Guinea (including Maluku, and the Bismarck
and Solomon Islands) and the Birds Head plus the
Solomon Islands. A somewhat similar pattern seems
to be indicated by the presumed sister group relation-
ship between the genus Aedeastria with its mainly
western New Guinea distribution and Thaumasto-
psaltria — Mirabilopsaltria from the Papuan peninsula
and northern New Guinea. These patterns suggest a
historical proximity between the Birds Head and a
cluster of terranes including the East Papua
Composite terrane, northern Maluku, the Bismarck
Archipelago and Solomon Islands, as is discussed in
the above section on the Birds Head and visualized in
figs 55c-d.
The small Diceropyga obliterans group (three spe-
cies), which is endemic to the Bismarck Archipelago,
forms the sister group of all other Diceropyga species.
This suggests an old vicariant pattern rather than a re-
cent dispersal event. Since the occurrence of
Diceropyga in northern New Guinea is supposed to be
due to recent dispersal, and the northern New Guinea
Diceropyga species certainly do not form the sister
group of the obliterans group, this pattern indicates a
vicariance between the Bismarck Archipelago and an
area including the East Papua Composite terrane, the
Halmahera Arc, and part of the Solomon Islands. The
Bismarck Archipelago is supposed to have formed a
continuous arc with the Finisterre terrane of northern
New Guinea. The latter accreted most recently to
New Guinea, following the accretion of the north
New Guinea terranes, and may in theory originate
from a position in the OMA east of these north New
Guinea terranes (fig. 55a). Such a reconstruction
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
places the Bismarck Archipelago far from the Papuan
peninsula, separated from it by the north New
Guinea and Finisterre terranes. The obliterans group,
on the other hand, suggests that there has been a pe-
riod of some contact between the Bismarck
Archipelago and at least part of the East Papua
Composite terrane. Although such a contact might
have been possible after the north New Guinea ter-
ranes had slid past the already accreted Papuan penin-
sula, the sister group position of the obliterans group
suggests an older event. Possibly the OMA fragments
did not form a perfectly linear constellation, and pos-
sibly the Bismarck terrane lay, either with or without
the Finisterre terrane, parallel, in the north or the
south, to some of the north New Guinea terranes (as
schematically drawn in fig. 55c). In this respect the
reconstruction of Struckmeyer et al. (1993) might be
more accurate. In that reconstruction the north New
Guinea and Finisterre terranes lie north of the East
Papua Composite terrane (fig. 56). The position of
the Finisterre terrane is not clear from a biogeograph-
ical point of view. The distribution of cicadas does
not indicate a combined Finisterre — Bismarck ter-
rane as area of endemism and the species endemic to
Finisterre are related to northern New Guinea
groups, rather than to Bismarck groups (see the sec-
tion on northern New Guinea). The fact that none of
the other presumed Papuan genera have an old and
endemic group in the Bismarck Archipelago might
imply that not all parts of the East Papua Composite
terrane have had contact with the Bismarck terrane.
Diceropyga has no less than eight endemic species
in the Solomon Islands. These eight species all belong
to the D. subapicalis group, a group otherwise distrib-
uted in New Guinea and centred on the Papuan pe-
ninsula, and presumably do not form a monophyletic
group (Duffels pers. comm.). This suggests that there
have been several invasions from the Papuan peninsu-
la into the Solomon Islands. It is remarkable that
most of these invasions apparently did not take place
via the Bismarck Archipelago, at present the most
logical connection between New Guinea and the
Solomon Islands. Only some of these Solomon spe-
cies might be closely related to D. gravesteini, which is
distributed in New Guinea and the Bismarck
Archipelago. It is not clear whether or not these inva-
sions are related to a historical proximity between the
Papuan peninsula and the Solomon Islands.
When the closure of the Aure Trough ended the
isolation of the Papuan peninsula, species could mi-
grate into other parts of New Guinea. All four genera
with a presumed East Papua Composite terrane ori-
gin have species with a comparatively wide distribu-
tion along the northern mountain ranges of New
Guinea, and some of these distributions include the
Bismarck Archipelago. Diceropyga and Thaumasto-
235
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
psaltria have species reaching from the Papuan penin-
sula to southern New Guinea and northern
Queensland, while Gymnotympana, which has two
endemic species in northern Queensland, is not re-
corded from southern New Guinea. It is remarkable
that all species from northern Queensland that do not
belong to endemic Australian genera have their near-
est relations in the Papuan peninsula (see the section
on Australia). Only two species of Gymnotympana
and several species of Papuapsaltria have invaded the
central mountain ranges of New Guinea, but all these
species have very restricted areas of distribution in the
easternmost parts of the central mountains only.
Melanesian archipelagos
The eastern parts of the OMA system, the East-
Melanesian archipelagos from the Solomon Islands to
Samoa, form a major problem in the present bioge-
ographic studies. This problem manifests itself in the
great many invasion events necessary to explain the
present-day cicada fauna of that area. Two groups are
distributed throughout these archipelagos: a mono-
phyletic group combining the genera Aceropyga and
Moana, and a part of the Baeturia bloetei group. Two
other groups occur in the Solomon Islands: eight spe-
cies of the genus Diceropyga — which together appa-
rently do not form a monophyletic group — and the
new genus 7. "are endemic to this island chain. Since
Aceropyga — Moana is the sister group of a monophy-
letic group consisting of Diceropyga, the new genus
T. and Rbadinopyga, it is clear that groups of cicadas
have reached the Solomon Islands at at least three sta-
ges in the evolution of the Cosmopsaltriaria: first the
ancestor of Aceropyga — Moana, then that of the new
genus 7., and finally (the ancestors of) several
Diceropyga species. These three groups all show a dis-
persal or vicariance between the Solomon Islands and
eastern New Guinea (the Papuan peninsula), though
in the case of Aceropyga — Moana the Bismarck
Archipelago might be involved as a link between the
Solomons and Papua New Guinea. Only the oldest of
these three groups (Aceropyga — Moana) has been able
to spread eastward beyond the Solomon Islands (fig.
49). The occurrence of the Baeturia species must be
the result of yet another invasion. These species have
their nearest relatives on the Bismarck Archipelago
and northern New Guinea, but (apart from a
questionable record of B. papuensis) not on the
Papuan peninsula. Although this group is considered
much younger than Aceropyga— Moana and presuma-
bly also younger than the new genus 7. , they also ha-
ve reached Samoa and Tonga (fig. 38).
The biogeographic complexity of East Melanesia is
presumably partly due to the supposed, in chapter 2
discussed, different geological origin of the New
Guinean and Fast-Melanesian arc fragments. If the
236
East-Melanesian archipelagos initially evolved as part
of, or in connection with, the Australian plate, the
present apparent continuity: New Guinea — Bismarck
Archipelago — Solomon Islands must be of a fairly re-
cent date. In case of an ‘Australian related’ origin, the
Solomon — Fiji arc must have moved northward with
the Australian plate, while the New Guinean arc frag-
ments moved from east to west on the southern mar-
gin of the Pacific plate.
The distribution and phylogeny of Aceropyga —
Moana seems in agreement with such a dual origin of
OMA fragments. Aceropyga — Moana forms the sister
group of Diceropyga — new genus 7.’— Rhadinopyga.
The latter group shows a vicariant pattern between
the Papuan peninsula (including the Bismarck
Archipelago, Maluku, and Solomon Islands) and the
Birds Head — Solomon Islands. Presuming these cica-
das came here by dispersal along the OMA, the com-
mon ancestor of that group (Diceropyga — new genus
T.’— Rhadinopyga) presumably evolved on the East
Papua Composite terrane (Papuan peninsula), which
is the first part of the area derived from the OMA
they could have reached. The vicariance between
Diceropyga — new genus 7.’— Rhadinopyga and Acero-
pyga — Moana is thus essentially a vicariance between
the Papuan peninsula and the East-Melanesian arc,
and indicates a historical proximity between these ter-
ranes. Such a proximity contradicts a ‘single arc’ the-
ory in which these areas are separated by the northern
New Guinea, Finisterre, and Bismarck terranes as in
fig. 55a. The common ancestor of Aceropyga— Moana
could have reached the East-Melanesian arc terranes
directly through the East Papua Composite terrane
and in bypassing the northern New Guinea,
Finisterre and Bismarck terranes. On the other hand
the common ancestors of Aceropyga — Moana and of
Diceropyga — new genus 7.’— Rhadinopyga could have
simultaneously reached East Melanesia and the East
Papua Composite terrane respectively. Either of these
alternatives would be possible in the reconstruction of
fig. 55b. The occurrence of Moana on the Bismarck
Archipelago might be due to a later westward disper-
sal when the Solomon Islands approached the
Bismarck Archipelago. It could also imply that the
Bismarck islands are part of the Australian rather than
the Pacific arc system, and have always been a north-
ern continuation of the East-Melanesian arc as in the
reconstruction of fig. 55d. As discussed in the section
on the Papuan peninsula, a position of the Bismarck
terranes east of the northern New Guinea and
Finisterre terranes (fig. 55a) is also contradicted by
the phylogenetic position of the Diceropyga obliterans
group.
The collision between the Ontong Java plateau and
the Solomon arc (9-12.5 Mya) caused a reversal of
subduction (see chapter 2) as a result of which the
Solomon arc at present behaves as part of the Pacific
plate and consequently moves westward. Moreover,
this collision led to fragmentation of the East-
Melanesian island arc: Vanuatu rotated (5.5-9 Mya)
southward and Fiji became isolated. This fragmenta-
tion is presumably responsible for the vicariant pat-
tern between Aceropyga and Moana.
The Baeturia bloetei group has a similarly wide dis-
tribution in East Melanesia as Aceropyga and Moana
together, but the former group extends westward to
New Guinea and Maluku, and is absent from Fiji.
The absence from Fiji has been explained by accept-
ing a younger age for the bloetei group. When the
bloetei group invaded the East-Melanesian archipela-
gos, Fiji had apparently already rotated away. Such an
age difference between these two groups is supported
by their relative positions in the cladograms (figs 51
& 52) (which can be compared in a time scale, sup-
posing that Gymnotympana and Diceropyga are of ap-
proximately the same age). Furthermore, the relative-
ly small and few morphological differences between
the species of the bloetei group also indicate their re-
cent evolution. Since the East-Melanesian species of
Baeturia have their nearest relatives in northern New
Guinea and the Bismarck Archipelago, it is presumed
that the bloetei group entered East Melanesia when
the present-day configuration with the Solomon
Islands as a continuation of northern New Guinea
and the Bismarck Archipelago already existed. The
aforementioned small morphological differences
among the b/oetei group species hamper a phylogenet-
ic reconstruction, and the relationships as indicated
by the cladogram presented earlier (De Boer 1995d)
are considered very uncertain, especially as far as the
position of the three Bismarck species is concerned.
Nevertheless, the East-Melanesian species clearly be-
long to two subgroups, one of which is presumably
monophyletic, the other might include the New
Guinean, Moluccan, and possibly Bismarck species of
the bloetei group. These two subgroups have a similar
distribution in the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu,
but one reaches to Rotuma island and the other to
Samoa and Tonga. The distributions of these groups
on the Solomon Islands are strikingly similar, both
subgroups suggest a subdivision between a northern
and southern Solomon arc, which roughly coincides
with the subdivision in geological provinces (fig. 25).
It is remarkable that such a subdivision does not ap-
pear in the older groups like Moana, Diceropyga, and
the new genus 7.’
CONCLUSIONS
The almost perfect congruence between the geologi-
cal cladogram and the source-area cladograms of the
Cosmopsaltriaria and the Prasiini — Chlorocystini indi-
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
cates that fragmentation of the OMA followed by iso-
lation of the fragments, is responsible for the vicariant
evolution of these two groups of cicadas. Cicada distri-
butions and relationships sometimes also indicate his-
toric relationships between areas that are at variance
with the geological data. These incongruencies may
compel us to make some minor modifications and ad-
ditions to a palaeogeographic reconstruction of the
Outer Melanesian Arc systems. Based on the cicada
relationships we can make the following observations:
1. — Part of Sulawesi, central New Guinea, the
Papuan peninsula, northern New Guinea, and the
Finisterre terrane have, in that order, formed a more
or less linear island arc. The Sulawesi element in this
arc is not widely recognized among geologists.
2. — This island arc was connected to Asia via the
Ryukyu Islands. The collision between the OMA and
Asia must have occurred in that region. The geologi-
cal literature is vague about the location of this first
collision.
3. — There are no data in cicada distribution sug-
gesting a role of (parts of) the Philippines in this is-
land arc. It is widely accepted among geologists that
parts of the central Philippines did form part of the
OMA.
4, — Halmahera lay at one time near the East Papua
Composite terrane. Geologists widely agree that
Halmahera originates from far to the east or southeast
of its present position, but no link to eastern New
Guinea has ever been suggested.
5. — Cicada biogeography and phylogeny indicates
that the Finisterre terrane is an integral part of the
northern New Guinea terranes, and not (as indicated
in geological literature) related to the Bismarck
Archipelago. The Finisterre terrane presumably col-
lided with the Australian continent, or started to col-
lide, at the same time as did the northern New
Guinea terranes (10 Mya, as suggested by Pigram &
Davies, 1987). Geological literature often places this
collision much later (2-4 Mya).
6. — The Bismarck Archipelago presumably always
lay near the East Papua Composite terrane and has
not been separated from that terrane by the northern
New Guinea and Finisterre terranes. The latter is of
ten suggested in geological literature, though a recent
palaeogeographic reconstruction of Struckmeyer et al.
(1995) complies with this view.
7. — The East-Melanesian archipelagos (the
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, and Tonga) form a
separate arc system that evolved along the eastern
margins of the Australian plate, of which the northern
part, the Solomon Islands, lay near the East Papua
Composite terrane. The separate evolution of this
chain is widely accepted in the geological literature,
but no connection to the East Papua Composite ter-
rane has been suggested.
DI
‘TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
8.— The Bismarck Archipelago may have formed a
link between this East-Melanesian arc and the East
Papua Composite terrane. Geologists regard the
Bismarck Archipelago as an eastern extension of the
part of the OMA that derived from the Pacific and
suggest a relationship with the Finisterre terrane.
9. — The Birds Head originates from far to the east
of its present position and at one time lay near the
East Papua Composite terrane and the Solomon
Islands. The eastern origin of the Birds Head agrees
with the geological data but a proximity between the
Birds Head and the East Papua Composite terrane or
Solomon Islands has never been suggested in the geo-
logical literature.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The heated discussions on the palaeogeology of
southeast Asia I had with Hendrik Baas are gratefully
acknowledged. I would like to thank Mr. D.A.
Langerak for assistance in preparing the maps and fi-
gures. I am indebted to Dr J.P. Duffels and Prof. Dr
F.R. Schram (Instituut voor Systematiek and
Populatie Biologie, Universiteit van Amsterdam), to
my brother Kees de Boer, and to my friend Willem
Visser for their critical reading and comments on the
manuscript. Dr A.R. Fortuyn (Institute of Earth
Sciences, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam) is thanked
for his help in selecting the relevant geological litera-
ture. I am most grateful to Dr C.J. Pigram (Australian
Geological Survey Organisation) for his comments
on the geological chapter of this publication.
REFERENCES
Abbott, L. D. & E. A. Silver, 1991. Geology of the southern
Finisterre range: A case history of modern arc-continent
collision. p. 1-7. — In: Proceedings of the P.N.G.
Geology, Exploration and Mining Conference. Rabaul
Papua New Guinea.
Audley-Charles, M. G., 1987. Dispersal of Gondwanaland:
relevance to evolution of the angiosperms. p. 1-25. — In:
T. C. Whitmore (ed.), Biogeographical evolution of the
Malay Archipelago. Clarendon Press, Oxford.
Boer, A. J. de, 1982. The taxonomy and biogeography of the
nasuta group of the genus Baeturia Stäl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 32 (4): 57-78.
Boer, A. J. de, 1986. The taxonomy and biogeography of the
conviva group of the genus Baeturia Stal, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 36 (7): 167-182.
Boer, A. J. de, 1989. The taxonomy and biogeography of the
bloetei group of the genus Baeturia Stal, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 39 (1): 1-43.
Boer, A. J. de, 1990. Aedeastria, a new cicada genus from
New Guinea, its phylogeny and biogeography
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae), preceded by a discussion on
the taxonomy of New Guinean Tibicinidae. — Beaufortia
40 (3): 63-72.
Boer, A. J. de, 1991. Scottotympana, a new cicad genus from
238
New Guinea, with the description of three new species,
their taxonomy and _ biogeography (Homoptera,
Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 42 (1): 1-11.
Boer, A. J. de, 1992a. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the genus Thaumastopsaltria Kirkaldy, 1900 (Homo-
ptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 43 (3): 17-44
Boer, A. J. de, 1992b. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the viridis group of the genus Baeturia Stal, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde
61 (3): 163-183.
Boer, A. J. de, 1993a. Guineapsaltria, a new genus of the
Australian-New Guinean region, with notes on its taxo-
nomy and biogeography (Homoptera, Tibicinidae). —
Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde 63 (1): 15-41.
Boer, A. J. de, 1993b. Ten new species of the genus
Aedeastria De Boer, 1990, with notes on the taxonomy
and biogeography (Homoptera, Tibicinidae). —
Beaufortia 43 (9):140-167.
Boer, A. J. de, 1994a. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the loriae group of the genus Baeturia Stäl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 137: 1-26.
Boer, A. J. de, 1994b. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the guttulinervis group of the genus Baeturia Stàl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde
64: (2) 87-100.
Boer, A. J. de, 1994c. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the exhausta group of the genus Baeturia Stäl, 1866
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Beaufortia 44 (5): 127-158.
Boer, A. J. de, 1994d. Four species added to the Baeturia na-
suta group, with notes on taxonomy and biogeography
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 137: 161-172.
Boer, A. J. de, 1995a. The taxonomy, phylogeny and bio-
geography of the genus Gymnotympana Stäl, 1861
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Invertebrate Taxonomy, 9
(LIE
Boer, A. J. de, 1995b. Mirabilopsaltria, a new cicad genus
from New Guinea, its taxonomy and biogeography
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Tropical Zoology, (in
press).
Boer, A. J. de, 1995c. The taxonomy and biogeography of
the genus Papuapsaltria gen. n. (Homoptera, Tibici-
nidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 1-44.
Boer, A. J. de, 1995d. The phylogeny and taxonomic status
of the Chlorocystini (sensu stricto) (Homoptera,
Tibicinidae). Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde 65.
Boulard, M., 1981. Sur trois Toxopeusella nouvelles des col-
lections du British Museum (Hom. Cicadoidea). —
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 117: 129-138.
Burrett, C., N. Duhig, R. Berry, & R. Varne, 1991. Asian
and south-western Pacific continental terranes derived
from Gondwana, and their biogeographic significance. —
Australian Systematic Botany 4: 13-24.
Chandler, K. J., 1972. The incidence and bionomics of the
brown cicada Melampsalta puer (Walk.) in north
Queensland cane feelds. — Proceedings of the Queensland
Society of Sugar Cane technologists. 39th conf.: 249-
255%
Chandler, K.J., 1973. Cicadas damaging sugar cane in
Queensland. — Cane growers quarterly bulletin 37 (2):
46-49.
Coffin, M. F. & O. Eldholm, 1993. Large igneous provinc-
es. — Scientific American 269 (4): 26-33.
Cracraft, J., 1988. Deep-history biogeography: retrieving
the historical pattern of evolving continental biotas. —
Systematic Zoology 37: 221-236.
Daly, M. C., M. A. Cooper, I. Wilson, D. G. Smith & B. G.
D. Hooper, 1991. Cenozoic plate tectonics and basin ev-
olution in Indonesia. — Marine and Petroleum Geology (-
MPGD) 8 (1): 1-21.
Dietz R.S. & J.C. Holden, 1970. The break-up of Pangea.
Scientific American, 223: 30-41.
Dow, D.B., 1977. A geological synthesis of Papua New
Guinea. — Bulletin of the bureau of mineral resources
Canberra, Geology and Geophysics, Australia 201: 41.
Dubois, J., 1966. Influence de certaines modifications
récentes dans la culture de la canne à sucre sur l’évolution
des populations de la cigale Yanga guttulata Sign. —
Agronomie Tropicale Nogent-sur-Marne 21 (6-7): 786-
821.
Duffels, J. P., 1977. A revision of the genus Diceropyga Stäl,
1870 (Homoptera, Cicadidae). — Monografieën neder-
landse entomologische Vereniging 8: 1-227.
Duffels, J. P., 1982. Brachylobopyga decorata n. gen., n. sp.
from Sulawesi, a new taxon of the subtribe
Cosmopsaltriaria (Homoptera, Cicadidae). =
Entomologische Berichten Amsterdam 42: 156-160.
Duffels, J. P., 1983. Taxonomy, phylogeny and biogeogro-
phy of the genus Cosmopsaltria, with remarks on the his-
toric biogeography of the subtribe Cosmopsaltiaria
(Homoptera: Cicadidae). — Pacific Insects Monograph
39: 11-127
Duffels, J. P., 1985. Rhadinopyga n. gen. from the
‘Vogelkop’ of New Guinea and adjacent islands, a new
genus of the subtribe Cosmopsaltriaria (Homoptera,
Cicadoidea: Cicadidae). — Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde 55
(2): 275-279.
Duffels, J. P., 1986. Biogeography of Indopacific
Cicadoidea, a tentative recognition of areas of endemism.
— Cladistics 2 (4): 318-336.
Duffels, J. P., 1988a. The Cicadas of Fiji Samoa and Tonga
Islands, their taxonomy and biogeography (Homoptera,
Cicadoidea). — Entomonograph 10: 1-108.
Duffels, J. P., 1988b. Biogeography of the cicadas of the is-
land of Bacan, Maluku, Indonesia, with description of
Diceropyga bacanensis n. sp. (Homoptera, Cicadidae). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 131: 7-12.
Duffels, J. P., 1988c. Cosmopsaltria halmaherae n. sp. en-
demic to Halmahera, Maluku, Indonesia (Homoptera,
Cicadidae). — Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde 58: 20-24.
Duffels, J. P., 1988d. Cosmopsaltria kaiensis n. sp., a new ci-
cada from the Kai Islands, Indonesia (Homoptera:
Cicadidae). — Entomologische Berichten Amsterdam
48:187-190.
Duffels, J. P., 1989. The Sulawesi genus Brachylobopyga
(Homoptera: Cicadidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
132, 123-127.
Duffels, J. P., 1990. Biogeography of Sulawesi cicadas
(Homoptera: Cicadoidea). /n: W.J. Knight & J.D.
Holloway (Eds) Insects and the Rain Forrest of South
East Asia (Wallacea). (Royal Entomological Society,
London).
Duffels, J. P., 1991 The eye-catching cicada Hamza ciliaris
(Linnaeus, 1758) comb. n. in Indonesia and the Pacific:
taxonomic status, synonymy, and distribution
(Homoptera, Cicadoidea). — Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde
61 (2) 119-130
Duffels, J. P., 1993. The systematic position of Moana ex-
pansa (Homoptera, Cicadidae), with reference to sound
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
organs and the higher classification of the superfamily
Cicadoidea. — Journal of Natural History 27: 1223-1237.
Duffels, J. P. & A. J. de Boer, 1990. Areas of endemism and
composite areas in East Malesia. — In: P. Baas, C.
Kalkman & R. Geesink (eds.), The plant diversity of East
Malesia: Proceedings of the Flora Malesiana symposium
commemorating Professor Dr. C. G. G. J. van Steenis,
Leiden, August 1989: 249-272 (Kluwer Academic
Publishers, Dordrecht).
Duffels, J. P. & H. J. G. van Mastrigt, 1991. Recognition of
cicadas (Homoptera, Cicadidae) by the Ekagi people of
Irian Jaya (Indonesia), with a description of a new species
of Cosmopsaltria. — Journal of Natural History 25: 173-
182.
Ewart, A., 1988. Geological history of the Fiji - Tonga -
Samoan region of the S.W. Pacific and some paleogeo-
graphic and biogeographic implications. Jn: J. P. Duffels,
1988: The Cicadas of Fiji Samoa and Tonga Islands, their
taxonomy and biogeography (Homoptera, Cicadoidea).
— Entomonograph 10: 15-23.
Ewart, A., 1989. Revisionary notes on the genus Pauropsalta
Goding and Froggatt (Homoptera: Cicadidae) with spe-
cial reference to Queensland. — Memoirs of the
Queensland Museum 27 (2): 289-375.
Fortuin, A. R., M. E. M. De Smet, S. Hadiwasastra, L. J.
Van Marle, S. R. Troelstra, & S. Tjokrosapoetro, 1990.
Late Cenzoic sedimentary and tectonic history of south
Buton, Indonesia. — Journal of Southeast Asian Earth
Sciences 4 (2): 107-124.
Fortuin, A. R. & M. E. M. De Smet, 1991. Rates and mag-
nitudes of late Cenozoic vertical movements in the
Indonesian Banda Arc and the distinction of eustatic ef-
fects. — Special Publications of the International
Association of Sedimentology 12: 79-89.
Giddings, J. W., W. Sunata & C. J. Pigram, 1993.
Reinterpretation of palaeomagnetic results from the
Bird’s Head, Irian Jaya: new constraints on the drift his-
tory of the Kemum Terrane. — Exploration Geophysics
24: 283-290.
Gill, J. & M. Gorton, 1973. A proposed geological and geo-
physical history of eastern Melanesia. p. 543-566. In: P. J.
Coleman (ed.) The Western Pacific; island arcs, marginal
seas, geochemistry. (Univ. of Western Australia Press,
Perth).
Green, D. & D. J. Cullen, 1973.The tectonic evolution of
the Fiji region. p. 127-145. Jn: P.J. Coleman (ed.) The
Western Pacific; island arcs, marginal seas, geochemistry.
(Univ. of Western Australia Press, Perth).
Hackman, B. D., 1973. The Solomon islands fractured arc.
p- 179-191. In: P.J. Coleman (ed.) The Western Pacific;
island arcs, marginal seas, geochemistry. (Univ. of
Western Australia Press, Perth).
Hall, R. & G. J. Nichols, 1990. Terrane amalgamation in
the Philippine sea margin. — Tectonophysics 181: 207-
DDD
Hamilton, W.B., 1979. Tectonics of the Indonesian region.
— United States Geological Survey profesional Papers
1078: i-ix, 1-345.
Hamilton, W.B., 1986. Convergent-plate tectonics viewed
from the Indonesian region. p. 655-698. In: Sengor,
A.M.C. (ed.). Tectonic of the Tethyan Region:
Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on
Tectonic Evolution of the Tethyan Region. The Faculty
of mines, Istabul Technical Unversity, Istabul, Turkey,
23 sep-2oct 1985(6?). NATO ASI series; series C:
239
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Mathematical and Physical sciences-Vol. 259. (Kluwer
Acadmic Publishers. Dordrecht).
Hartono, H. M. S., 1990. Late Cenozoic tectonic develop-
ment of the southeast Asian continental margin in the
Banda sea area. — Tectonophysics 181: 267-276.
Hennig, W., 1950. Grundzüge einer Theorie der phylogen-
etischen Systematik. (Deutscher Zentralverlag, Berlin).
Hennig, W., 1966. Phylogenetic systematics. (University of
Illinois Press, Urbana).
Holloway, J. D., 1979. A survey of the Lepidoptera, bio-
geography and ecology of New Caledonia. — Series
Entomologica 15: i-xii, 1-588.
Holloway, J. D., 1987. Lepidoptera patterns involving
Sulawesi: What do they indicate of past geography. p.
103-118. T.C. Whitmore (ed.) /n: Biogeographical evo-
lution of the Malay archipelago. (Clarendon Press,
Oxford).
Honza, E., 1991. The Tertiary arc chain in the western
Pacific. — Tectonophysics 187: 285-303.
Humphries, C. J. & L. R. Parenti, 1986. Cladistic biogeog-
raphy. (Clarendon Press, Oxford).
Hutchison, C. S., 1989. The paleo-Tethyan realm and
Indonesian orogenic system of southeast Asia. p. 585-
643. In: Sengor, A.M.C. (ed.). Tectonic Evolution of the
Tethyan Region: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced
Study Institute on Tectonic Evolution of the Tethyan
Region. The Faculty of mines, Istabul Technical
Unversity, Istabul, Turkey, 23 sep-2oct 1985(6?). NATO
ASI series; series C: Mathematical and Physical sciences-
Vol. 259. (Kluwer Acadmic Publishers. Dordrecht).
Itö, Y. & M. Nagamine, 1974a. Distribution of infestations
of a sugar cane cicada, Mogannia iwasakii Matsumura
(Hemiptera, Cicadidae) in Okinawa Island with discus-
sion on the cause of the outbreak. — Japanese society of
applied entomology and Zoology 9: 58-64.
Itö, Y. & M. Nagamine, 1974b. Population dynamics of a
sugar cane cicada, Mogannia iwasakii Matsumura in
Okinawa Island. — Proceedings XV Congres
International Society of Sugar Cane Technologists.
Durban, 1: 468-474.
Jong, M. R. de, 1982. The Australian species of the genus
Lembeja Distant, 1892 (Homoptera, Tibicinidae). —
Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde 52 (2): 175-185.
Jong, M. R. de, 1985. Taxonomy and biogeography of
Oriental Prasiini 1: The genus Prasia Stàl, 1863
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 128: 165-191.
Jong, M. R. de, 1986. Taxonomy and biogeography of
Oriental Prasiini 2: The foliata group of the genus
Lembeja Distant, 1892 (Homoptera, Tibicinidae). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 129: 141-180.
Jong, M. R. de, 1987. Taxonomy and biogeography of
Oriental Prasiini 3: The fatilogua and parvula groups of
the genus Lembeja Distant, 1892 (Homoptera,
Tibicinidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 130: 177-
209.
Jong, M. R. de & J. P. Duffels, 1981. The identity, distribu-
tion and synonymy of Lembeja papuensis Distant, 1897
(Homoptera, Tibicinidae). — Bulletin zoologisch
Museum Universiteit van Amsterdam, 8 (7): 53-62.
Katili, J. A., 1989. Review of past and present geotectonic
concepts of eastern Indonesia. Proc. Snellius II Symp., —
Netherlands Journal of Sea Research 24: 103-129.
Kitching, I. J., R. I. Vane-Wright & P. R. Ackery, 1987.
The cladistics of /deas (Lepidoptera, Danaidae). —
240
Cladistics 3:14-34.
Kuniata, L.S. & H. Nagaraja, 1992. Biology of Baeturia pa-
puensis De Boer (Homoptera, Tibicinidae) on sugarcane
in Papua New Guinea. — Science in New Guineal8 (2):
65-72.
Lee, C.S. & R. McCabe, 1986. The Banda-Celebes-Sulu ba-
sin: a trapped piece of Cretaceous-Eocene oceanic crust?
— Nature 322: 51-54.
Mallick, D.I.J., 1973. Some petrological and structural vari-
ations in the New Hebrides, p. 193-211. Jm: P. J.
Coleman (ed.) The Western Pacific; island arcs, marginal
seas, geochemistry. (Univ. of Western Australia Press,
Perth).
Monsarrat, A., 1966. Premières observations sur Yanga gut-
tulata Sign. Homoptère Cicadidae, ravageur de la canne à
sucre dans le nord-ouest de Madagascar. — Bulletin de
Madagascar. Tananarive 237: 165-168.
Moore, G. F. &E. A. Silver, 1982. Collision processes in the
northern Molucca sea. The tectonic and geologic evolu-
tion of southeast Asian seas and islands, part 2. —
Geophysical Monograph series 27: 360-372.
Moulds, M.S., 1990. Australian cicadas: 1-217. (New South
Wales University Press, Kensington).
Nagamine, M & R. Teruya, 1976. Life history of Mogannia
iwasakii Matsumura. — Bulletin Okinawa Agricultural ex-
periment Station 2: 15-26.
Nelson, G. & N. Platnick, 1981. Systematics and biogeog-
raphy. Cladistics and vicariance. (Columbia University
Press, New York).
Nichols, G., Hall, R., Milsom, J., Masson, D., Parson, L.,
Sikumbang, N., Dwiyanto, B. & H. Kallagher, 1990.
The southern termination of the Philippine trench. —
Tectonophysics 183: 289-303.
Nishimura, S. & S. Suparka, 1990. Tectonics of east
Indonesia. — Tectonophysics 181: 257-266.
Nur, A. & Z. Ben-Avraham, 1977. Lost Pacifica continent.
— Nature 270: 41-43.
Nur, A. & Z. Ben-Avraham, 1981. Lost Pacifica continent:
a mobilistic speculation. p. 341-358. In: Gareth Nelson
& Donn E. Rosen (eds) Vicariance biogeography, a cri-
tique. (Colombia University Press, New York).
Packham, G. H., 1973. A speculative phanerozoic history of
the south-west Pacific. p. 369-388. In: P.J. Coleman (ed.)
The Western Pacific; island arcs, marginal seas, geochem-
istry. (Univ. of Western Australia Press, Perth).
Pigram, C. J., & P. J. Davies, 1987. Terranes and the accre-
tion history of the New Guinea orogen. — B.M.R. Journal
of Australian Geology & Geophysics 10: 193-212.
Pigram, C. J., Davies, P. J., Feary, D. A. & P. A. Symonds,
1989. Tectonic controls on carbonate platform evolution
in southern Papua New Guinea: passive margin to fore-
land basin. — Geology 17: 199-202.
Pigram, C.J. & H. Panggabean, 1984. Rifting of the north-
ern margin of the Australian continent and the origin of
some microcontinents in eastern Indonesia. — Tectono-
physics 107: 331-353.
Pigram, C .J., Surono & J. B. Supandjono, 1985. Origin of
the Sula platform, eastern Indonesia. — Geology 13: 146-
148.
Pigram, C. J. & P. A. Symonds, 1991. A review of the tim-
ing of the major tectonic events in the New Guinea oro-
gen. — Journal of S.E. Asian Earth Sciences 6: 307-318.
Platnick, N. I. & G. Nelson, 1978. A method of analysis for
historical biogeography. — Systematic Zoology 27: 1-15.
Rangin, G., L. Jolivet & M. Pubellier, 1990a. A simple
model for the tectonic evolution of the southeast Asia and
Indonesia region for the past 43 m. y. — Bulletin de la
Société géologique de France, (8), 6 (6): 889-905.
Rangin, G., Pubellier, M., Azema, J., Briais, A., Chotin, P.,
Fontaine, H., Huchon, P., Jolivet, L., Maury, R., Muller,
C., Rampnoux, J.-P. Stephan, J.-F., Tournon, J.,
Cottereau, N., Dercourt, J. & L. E. Ricou, 1990b. The
quest for Tethys in the western Pacific. 8 paleogeody-
namic maps for Cenozoic time. — Bulletin de la Societe
géologique de France (8), 6 (6): 907-913.
Rosen, D.E., 1978. Vicariant patterns and historical expla-
nation in biogeography. — Systematic Zoology 27: 159-
188.
Sclater, P.L. 1858. On the general distribution of the mem-
bers of the class Aves. — Journal of the Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of London, Zoology 2: 130-145.
Schuh, R.T. and G.M. Stonedahl, 1986. Historical biogeog-
raphy in the Indo-Pacific: a cladistic approach. —
Cladistics 2: 337-355.
Silver, E. A. & Smith, R.B., 1983. Comparison of terrane
accretion in modern southeast Asia and the Mesozoic
north American Cordillera. — Geology 11: 198-202.
Silver, E. A., J. B. Gill, D. Schwartz, H. Prasetyo & R.A.
Duncan, 1985. Evidence for a submerged and displaced
continental borderland, north Banda sea, Indonesia. —
Geology 13: 687-691.
Silver, E. A., L. D. Abbott, K. S. Kirchoff-Stein, D. L. Reed,
& B. Bernstein-Tailor, 1991. Collision propagation in
Papua New Guinea and the Solomon Sea. — Tectonics
10: 863-874.
Simpson, G. G., 1977. Too many lines; the limits of the
Oriental and Australian zoogeographic regions. — Pro-
ceedings of the American Philosophical Society 121: 107-
120.
Smet, M. E. M. de, 1989. A geometrically consistent plate-
tectonic model for eastern Indonesian. — Netherlands
Journal of Sea Research 24 (2/3): 173-183.
Smet, M. E. M. de, A. R. Fortuin, S. R. Troelstra, L. J. Van
Marle, M. Karmini, S. Tjokrosapoetro & S. Hadiwasa-
stra, 1990. Detection of collision-related vertical move-
ments in the Outer Banda Arc (Timor, Indonesia), using
micropaleontological data. — Journal of Southeast Asian
Earth Sciences 4: 337-356.
Smith, A. G., &J. C. Briden, 1977. Mesozoic and Cenozoic
paleocontinental maps. (Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge).
Smith, R. B. & E. A. Silver, 1991. Geology of a Miocene
collision complex, Buton, eastern Indonesia. — Geological
society of America Bulletin 103: 660-678.
Struckmeyer, H. I. M., M. Young, & C. J. Pigram, 1993.
Mesozoic to Cainozoic plate tectonic and palaeogeo-
graphic evolution of the New Guinea region. p. 261-290.
In G.J & Z. Carman (Eds) Petroleum exploration and de-
velopment in Papua New Guinea: proceedings of the sec-
ond PNG petroleum convention, Port Moresby, 31st
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
May-2nd June 1993.
Turner, H., 1995. Cladistic and biogeographic analyses of
Arytera Blume and Mischarytera gen. nov. (Sapindaceae).
— Blumea special suplement 9: 1-230.
Veevers, J.J, 1991. Phanerozoic Australia in the changing
configuration of proto-Pangea through Gondwanaland
and Pangea in the present dispersed continents. —
Australian Systematic Botany 4:1-11.
Wallace, A.R., 1863. On the physical geography of the
Malay Archipelago. — Journal of the Royal Geographical
Society 33: 217-234.
Wallace, A.R, 1876. The geographical distribution of ani-
mals. (McMillan, London).
Wallace, A.R, 1910. The world of life. (Chapman & Hall,
London).
Welzen, P.C. van, 1990. Guioa Cav. (Sapindaceae): Taxo-
nomy, phylogeny, and historical biogeography. (Rijks-
herbarium/Hortus Botanicus, Leiden).
Wegener, A., 1912. Die Entstehung der Kontinente. —
Petermanns Mitteilungen, pp.185-195, 253-256, 305-
309.
Wiley, E.O., 1988. Parsimony analysis and vicariance bio-
geography. — Systematic Zoology 37: 271-290.
Wilson, G., 1969. Cicadas as pest of sugar cane in
Queensland. — Proceedings of the Queensland Society of
Sugar Cane Technologists 34: 141-143.
Wilson, G., B. E. Hitchcock & R. B. Moller, 1963. Ento-
mological investigations. 63rd Annual report of the direc-
tor to the Hon. the minister for agriculture and forestry,
Bureau of Sugar Experiment Station, Brisbane, Queens-
land: 59 63-64.
SOURCES OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Several figures in the geology chapter are reprinted after
minor changes from geological publications, with permis-
sion of the following publishers:
American Geophysical Union, Washington (fig. 15).
The Executive Director, Australian Geological Survey
Organisation, Canberra (figs. 16, 17, 20).
Brill NV Publishers, Leiden (fig. 24).
Butterworth Heinemann Journals, Elsevier Science Ltd.,
Kidlington (figs. 4, 9, 10).
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (figs. 2, 3).
Elsevier Scientific Publishers, Amsterdam (figs. 6, 8, 11, 14).
Geological Society of America Inc., Boulder (figs. 12, 19).
MacMillan Magazines Ltd., London (fig. 7).
Oxford University Press, Oxford (fig. 5).
University of western Australia Press, Nedlands (figs. 22, 23,
DS 271)
Received: 3 April 1995
Revised version accepted: 15 July 1995
241
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
INDEX
The index refers only to text occurrences of scienti-
fic names, geographic and palaeogeographic names.
Figure captions are ignored.
Aceropyga 172, 173, 219, 220, 222, 227, 236, 237
acuminata, Rhadinopyga 209
adipata, Thaumastopsaltria 208, 231, 235
Admiralty Islands 193, 207, 216
Aedeastria 202, 210, 211, 222, 224, 226, 227, 230, 231,
232, 234, 235
aluana group, Aceropyga 220
arabuensis, Baeturia 216
Arfak Mts. 189
Arfak terrane 189, 194
Arfaka DAN 9 VA dg PD), PE EY
Aru Islands 205, 206, 207, 209, 210, 234
Arytera 234
aurata, Cosmopsaltria 205
Aure Trough 192, 206, 208, 233, 234, 235
Australia 169, 171, 173, 175, 177, 179,182, 183, 184,
185,189,190, 195, 200, 203, 206, 207, 208, 216, 218,
219, 225, 229, 232, 233, 234, 236
Australian plate 169, 174, 175, 182, 184, 190, 195, 221,
228, 236, 238
Auta 202
baasi, Papuapsaltria 217
Bacan Island 184, 185, 210, 211, 230
Baeturia 173, 206, 211, 212, 215, 216, 221, 222, 223, 225,
229, 232, 233, 234, 236, 237
Banda Arc 183, 185, 187
Banda Islands 211, 229, 230
Banda ridges 183, 184, 185
Banda Sea 183, 184, 185, 211
Banggai 184, 185, 221
Biak Island 189, 194, 206, 207, 216, 218
biardae, Scottotympana 216
bicolorata, Baeturia 212, 229, 230
bidigitula, Papuapsaltria 230
bihamata, Diceropyga 207
Birds Head 173, 184, 187, 188, 193, 194, 202, 203, 205,
206, 207, 210, 211, 213, 216, 217, 222, 224, 226, 227,
228, 230, 231, 235, 236, 238
Bismarck Archipelago 172, 173, 174, 180, 193, 194, 202,
203, 204, 206, 207, 211, 216, 218, 220, 222, 223, 226,
227, 228, 232, 235, 236, 237, 238
Bismarck Sea 194
Bismarck terranes 209, 223, 228, 232, 236
bloetei group, Baeturia 173, 211, 221, 232, 236, 237
bloetei, Baeturia 173, 211, 221, 229, 232, 236, 237
Bonin Arc 182, 224
Borneo 175, 179, 182, 222, 224, 228, 234
Brachylobopyga 219, 221, 222, 224, 228, 229
brongersmai, Baeturia 212
bullata, Aedeastria 210
Buru 185, 205, 207, 211, 221, 228, 229, 230
Buton 184, 185, 187, 221
capitata, Cosmopsaltria 205
Celebes Basin 183
Celebes Sea 179
cheesmanae, Aedeastria 210
chinai, Guineapsaltria 209
Chlorocysta 218, 219, 225, 233
242
Chlorocystini 169, 172, 173, 174, 200, 202, 203, 206, 207,
208, 209, 210, 211, 217, 218, 219, 222, 224, 226, 229,
230, 233, 237
Cicadettini 200, 201, 202
Cicadidae 169, 172, 200
ciliaris, Hamza 230
cobrops, Aedeastria 210
conviva group, Baeturia 173, 206, 211, 230, 232
conviva, Baeturia 173, 206, 211, 230, 233
Coral Sea 184, 191, 192, 200
Cosmopsaltria 172, 173, 202, 204, 205, 206, 215, 222, 224,
230, 232, 233
Cosmopsaltriaria 169, 172, 173, 174, 200, 202, 203, 206,
209, 219, 221, 223, 224, 226, 229, 233, 236, 237
Cyclops Mts. 189, 194
Cystopsaltria 218, 219, 225, 233, 234
Cystosoma 218, 219, 233, 234
dahli, Gymnotympana 206
Daito Arc 180, 182, 187, 224
daviesi, Baeturia 214
delfae, Cosmopsaltria 205
Diceropyga 172, 173, 206, 207, 208, 209, 217, 218, 222,
223, 225, 226, 229, 230, 231, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237
digitata, Aedeastria 210
dilobata, Aedeastria 210
Dilobopyga 172, 219, 221, 222, 224, 228, 229, 231
dolabrata, Papuapsaltria 217
doryca group, Cosmopsaltria 173, 205, 206, 230, 232
doryca, Cosmopsaltria 173, 205, 206, 230, 232
Fast Melanesia 236, 237
Fast Papua Composite terrane 192, 193, 203, 206, 207,
208, 209, 214, 217, 218, 222, 226, 227, 228, 229, 234,
235, 236, 237, 238
epiplatys, Rhadinopyga 209, 210
Eurasia 174, 176, 178, 179
Eurasian plate 172, 174
exhausta, Baeturia 211, 229, 230
eyrei, Pauropsalta 234
fatiloqua group, Lembeja 222, 228, 229, 234
fatiloqua, Lembeja 221, 222, 228, 229, 234
Fiji Islands 172, 173, 174, 181, 195, 198, 200, 204, 220,
DIN 2273236237
Finisterre terrane 192, 193, 194, 199, 203, 206, 209, 216,
223, 227, 228, 232, 235, 236, 237
flava, Guineapsaltria 209, 234
flaveola, Guineapsaltria 209, 234
foliata group, Lembeja 221
fortuini, Baeturia 213
fulva, Arfaka 221
Gauttier terrane 189, 193, 216, 218, 226, 232
gemina, Dilobopyga 221, 228, 230
gestroei, Cosmopsaltria 204, 205
gibberosa, Baeturia 214, 216
gigantea, Baeturia 213
Glaucopsaltria 218, 219, 225, 233
globosa, Thaumastopsaltria 208, 209, 222
globulata, Mirabilopsaltria 218
Gondwana 175, 177, 178, 197, 200
gracilis group, Cosmopsaltria 205, 230, 233
gracilis, Cosmopsaltria 205, 230, 233
gravesteini, Diceropyga 207, 236
Guineapsaltria 208, 209, 217, 218, 219, 222, 224, 225
Guioa 172
guttulinervis group, Baeturia 211, 230
guttulinervis, Baeturia 212, 230
Gymnotympana 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 214, 217, 218,
Halmahera Arc 187, 206, 207, 208, 228, 229, 230, 235
Halmahera Island 187, 189, 205, 206, 210, 211, 229, 230, 237
halmaherae, Cosmopsaltria 205
Hamza 230
harderi group, Lembeja 221, 222, 228, 232
harderi, Lembeja 221, 222, 228, 232
hariola, Arfaka 221, 231
hartonoi, Baeturia 212, 215
hastulata, Aedeastria 210
hirsuta, Gymnotympana 206
huibregtsae, Scottotympana 216
humilis, Mirabilopsaltria 218
Huon peninsula 194, 205, 209, 212, 214, 215, 216, 218,
232, 233
huonensis, Cosmopsaltria 205
Idea 172
impar, Rhadinopyga 209, 231
inconspicua, Mirabilopsaltria 218
inconstans, Baeturia 213
inflata, Mirabilopsaltria 218
intermedia, Baeturia 216
Jacatra 221, 222, 228, 232
Japen Island 189, 194, 217
Java WSs Wie 955 1975 VISE D2 O22 712281232) 2371
Kai Islands 185, 205, 206, 210
kaiensis, Aedeastria 210
kaiensis, Cosmopsaltria 205
Kemum microcontinent 190
Kemum terrane 184, 189, 210, 231, 232
lachlani, Papuapsaltria 217
laminifer, Baeturia 216
lanceola, Thaumastopsaltria 208
langeraki, Gymnotympana 206
lata, Cosmopsaltria 205
latifrons, Aedeastria 210
Lau Basin 200
Lau Islands 200
Lau ridges 199, 200
Laurasia 175
laureli, Baeturia 211
Lembeja 221, 222, 224, 228, 229, 234
Lengguru 189
lorentzi, Baeturia 212
loriae group, Baeturia 214, 215, 216, 222
loriae, Baeturia 214, 223
loriae, Cosmopsaltria 204, 205
lost Pacifica 177, 184, 187
Louisiade Archipelago 206, 207
Louisiade Plateau 192
macgillavryi, Baeturia 211, 229, 230
Magicicada 172
Maluku 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 183, 202, 204, 206,
207, 208, 211, 221, 222, 223, 224, 228, 229, 230, 231,
233, 234, 235, 236, 237
mamillata, Baeturia 216
DE BOER: Islands and cicadas in the west-Pacific
Mariana Arc 187
meeki, Cosmopsaltria 204
Meimuna 174, 223
membrana, Gymnotympana 206
mimica complex, Cosmopsaltria 173720539230, 233
mimica, Cosmopsaltria 173, 205, 230, 233
Mirabilopsaltria QT 218: 222.224. 226; 232, 235
Misool Island 184, 185, 208, 210, 216, 221, 228, 230
Misool microcontinent 190
Misool terrane 190, 210, 231, 232
Moana 220, 222, 227, 236, 237
Molucca Sea 183, 188
moluccensis, Aedeastria 210
montana, Brachylobopyga 221
Morotai 187, 208, 210, 211, 229
Mt. Turu terrane 193, 216, 218, 226, 232
Muda 174
nasuta group, Baeturia 173, 215, 222, 232, 233
nasuta, Baeturia 173, 213, 215, 216, 223, 232, 233
New Britain 194, 199, 206, 208, 209, 216, 221
new genus J 220, 221, 222, 227, 231, 235, 236, 237
New Guinea 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 178, 179,
182, 183, 185, 187, 188, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 197,
199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210,
211, 21252157 216; 2174 218) 21952205 22222312243)
226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236,
237
New Hebrides (Vanuatu) 195, 198, 199, 200
New Ireland 193, 194, 199, 209, 221
novariae, Papuapsaltria 217
Obi Island 184, 185, 210, 211, 222
obiensis, Aedeastria 210
obliterans group, Diceropyga 207, 232, 235, 237
obliterans, Diceropyga 207, 232, 235, 236
obtecta group, Diceropyga 206
obtecta, Diceropyga 206, 229
Ontong Java plateau 195, 197, 198, 199, 227, 236
Outer Melanesian Arc (OMA) 172, 173, 181, 182, 184,
187, 189, 190, 192, 193, 195, 198, 200, 202, 203, 210,
216, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 227, 228, 229,
231, 232, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238
Owra 218, 219, 225, 233
Pacific Ocean 177, 179
Pacific plate 169, 174, 179, 181, 182, 184, 190, 194, 195,
221, 228, 229, 236, 237
Palau Arc 187, 229
pallida, Guineapsaltria 209
pallidula, Guineapsaltria 209
Pangea 177
Panthalassa 177
Papuan peninsula 192, 193, 202, 205, 206, 208, 209, 210,
213,.,215,2194218722222592262292317232233,
234, 235, 236, 237
Papuapsaltria 217, 218, 222, 224, 225, 230, 232, 233, 235, 236
papuensis, Baeturia 213, 236
papuensis, Cosmopsaltria 204, 205
papuensis, Lembeja 222, 234
paradoxa, Lembeja 222, 228, 229, 234
parva, Baeturia 212, 216
parvula group, Lembeja 221
parvula, Lembeja 221
Pauropsalta 201, 202, 234
pennyi, Guineapsaltria 209
243
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Philippine plate 179, 182, 184, 190
Philippines 179, 180, 182, 224, 228, 230, 234, 237
phyllophora, Papuapsaltria 217
pigrami, Baeturia 214
pneumatica, Thaumastopsaltria 208
poecilochlora, Aceropyga 220
Prasia 221, 222, 232
Prasiini 169, 172, 173, 174, 200, 202, 203, 204, 221, 222,
223, 224, 228, 229, 232, 233, 237
Prince Alexander terrane 193, 216, 218
quadrifida, Baeturia 212
recedens, Rhadinopyga 210, 231
retracta, Baeturia 216
Rhadinopyga W722. 09 210221822592 75 23502 23il6
235, 236
robusta, Lembeja 221, 222, 228, 229, 234
roehli, Lembeja 221
Rotuma Island 197, 211, 221, 237
Rouffaer terrane 190, 232
rubricata, Gymnotympana 206
rufa, Gymnotympana 209, 218, 234
Ryukyu Islands 180, 224, 237
sahebdivanii, Scottotympana 216
Samoa 172, 173, 195, 211, 220, 234, 236, 237
Sangihe Arc 188
sarissa, Thaumastopsaltria 208
schulzi, Baeturia 211
Scottotympana 222, 224, 225, 232
sepia, Aedeastria 210
Sepik Arc 181, 182, 184, 190, 191, 192, 193, 195, 203,
206, 222, 224, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234
Sepik terrane 190, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233
Seram 185, 187, 207, 211, 221, 228, 229, 230
sicula, Thaumastopsaltria 208
silveri, Baeturia 214
Solomon Arc 221, 236, 237
Solomon Islands 172, 174, 181, 194, 195, 197, 198, 199, 207,
211, 220, 221, 222, 227, 228, 231, 235, 236, 237, 238
Solomon Sea 190, 193
Sorong Fault 187
spelunca, Thaumastopsaltria 208
strepitans, Gymnotympana 206
stylata, Guineapsaltria 209
subapicalis, Diceropyga 207, 209, 222, 228
Sula 184, 185, 207, 211, 221
Sulawesi 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 179, 180, 182, 184,
185, 200, 202, 203, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225,
228,229, 231,232 234, 237
Sumatra 175, 178, 222, 228, 232
sumbawensis, Lembeja 221
superba, Venustria 206, 218
Talaud 188, 211, 229
Tamrau Mts. 189
Tamrau terrane 184
Tanimbar 185
tenuispina, Baeturia 214
Tethys Sea 169, 175, 179, 182, 190, 195
Thaumastopsaltria 207, 208, 209, 217, 218, 219, 222, 225,
226, 229, 231, 233, 234, 235, 236
Tibicinidae 169, 172, 200
Timor 185, 187, 205, 211, 230
Tonga 172, 173, 174, 181, 195, 198, 200, 211, 220, 221,
244
236, 237
toradja, Brachylobopyga 221
Torricelli Mts. 194, 210
Torricelli terrane 189, 193, 216, 218, 226, 232
toxopei, Papuapsaltria 217
Toxopeusella 201
toxopeusi, Mirabilopsaltria 218
typica, Jacatra 221
ustulata, Papuapsaltria 217
vanderhammeni, Baeturia 213
Vanuatu 174, 181, 195, 199, 211, 220, 237
varicolor, Gymnotympana 209, 218, 234
Venustria 206, 218, 225
verlaani, Gymnotympana 206
versicolor, Baeturia 214
viridicata, Mirabilopsaltria 218
viridis group, Baeturia 211
viridis, Baeturia 212
viridula, Guineapsaltria 209
Vitiaz Arc 181, 221
Vitiaz trench 197
vitiensis, Cosmopsaltria 204
vitticollis, Lembeja 222, 234
Waigeu Island 187, 188, 194, 208, 210, 217, 231
waigeuensis, Aedeastria 210, 231
wauensis, Baeturia 213
wegeneri, Baeturia 215
Woodlark Basin 193, 235
woodlarkensis, Papuapsaltria 217
Yap Arc 187, 229
GLOSSARY
Accretion — Process in which a landmass merges af-
ter collision to another landmass.
Craton — Structure of precambrian rock, unaffec-
ted by orogenesis. Here the crust of the northern mar-
gin of the Australian plate.
Fault — Fracture along which two parts of tectonic
plates slide past each other.
Hot spot — Weak spot in the earth’s crust through
which magma occasionally wells up.
Lithology — General characteristics of sediments.
Microcontinent — Part of a continent that has be-
come detached by rifting.
Orogenesis — Mountain building.
Rifting — Process in which continental plates are
split by newly formed sea floor.
Sea floor spreading — Process of growth of an oce-
anic plate caused by upwelling of magma along a mid
oceanic ridge.
Subduction — Proces in which one of two colliding
tectonic plates dips under the other.
Terrane — Geotectonic unit of which the geological
properties differ from adjacent terranes.
Trench — Deep sea area marking the place of Sub-
duction.
HERMAN DE JONG
Institute for Systematics and Population Biology, Amsterdam
IAE PAMEOCENMORMEE AE UA CINA UA)
BULLATA AND FALCATA SPECIES GROUPS
(DPI RA IIB OIEIDINE)
Jong, H. de, 1995. The phylogeny of the Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata and falcata species groups
(Diptera: Tipulidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 245-267, figs. 1-76, tabs. 1, 2, ap-
pendices À, B. [ISSN 0040-7496]. Published 15 November 1995.
A phylogenetic analysis of the Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata and falcata species groups (Diptera:
Tipulidae) is presented, based on the examination of 36 morphological characters of the adults
of the currently recognized 20 species within these groups. The distribution of the species of
both groups is briefly outlined. 7. (L.) cirrata is described as new, based on material originating
from south-east Spain.
H. de Jong, Department of Entomology, Institute for Systematics and Population Biology
(Zoological Museum), Plantage Middenlaan 64, 1018 DH Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Diptera, Tipulidae, Zunatipula, bullata group, falcata group, phylogeny, distribu-
tion.
The phylogeny of the species of the Tipula (Lu-
natipula) bullata and falcata species groups is dis-
cussed as part of a research project on the historical
biogeography of the western Mediterranean. Both
bullata and falcata groups primarily contain western
Mediterranean endemics and thus could provide
clues for a better understanding of the historical bio-
geography of the area.
Dividing the huge genus Tipula Linnaeus into
smaller units, Riedel (1913) was the first to distin-
guish a group Falcatae within the traditionally recog-
nized Tipulae Subunicolores. The Falcatae sensu
Riedel were composed of the species bullata Loew,
onusta Riedel, magnicauda Strobl, selenitica Meigen,
and falcata Riedel, five species characterized by the
presence of a sickle-shaped posterior part of the inner
gonostylus [‘App. interm. (pars secunda) sichelför-
mig; Riedel 1913: 11]. Edwards (1931) erected the
subgenus Lunatipula within the genus Tipula to con-
tain ‘most of the European and North American spe-
cies with unicolorous or subunicolorous wings’. Thus
Riedel’s Falcatae, together with other species of
Tipula, were transferred to the subgenus Lunatipula.
On account of the presence of erect setae on the ba-
sal half of male sternite 8, Mannheims & Theowald
(1959: 31) distinguished a bullata group that, besides
bullata and onusta, accommodated the then newly de-
scribed bezzii, buchholzi, and subonusta. Savchenko
(1964) referred to this same unit as the onusta group.
In his standard work on the western Palaearctic
Tipulidae, Mannheims (1963-1968) proposed an ar-
ray of species groups within Zunatipula. Mannheims
arranged the members of the Falcatae sensu Riedel
into two species groups, viz. the bullata and falcata
groups. The bullata group still contained the five spe-
cies originally included in this unit (Mannheims
1967, 1968). According to Mannheims (1963,
1967), the falcata group is characterized by the pres-
ence of a well-developed and mostly long and posteri-
orly produced posterior part of the inner gonostylus,
a definition which reflects Riedel’s concept of the
Falcatae. The falcata group sensu Mannheims (1967)
contained 15 species of which handschini Mann-
heims, trifasciculata Strobl, and zangherii Lacksche-
witz, by the structure of the posterior part of the inner
gonostylus, do not conform to Mannheims’ defini-
tion of the group. Other character states, however, in-
dicate a close relationship of these three species with
the remaining members of the falcata group.
Theowald & Oosterbroek (1990) referred to
Savchenko (1964) to notify the transfer of three Bal-
kan species from the falcata group sensu Mannheims
to the fascingulata species group of Lunatipula.
Actually, Savchenko removed the Balkan inhabiting
pannonia Loew and jordansi Mannheims (both as
subspecies of pannonia) together with the Italian zan-
gherii from the falcata group sensu Mannheims to the
fasciculata (= fascingulata) group. Savchenko placed
the third Balkan species of Mannheims’ falcata group,
viz. bifasciculata Loew, in a miscellaneous group to-
gether with most of the other species of the falcata
group sensu Mannheims. Considering their different
morphology, the removal of bifasciculata, pannonia
pannonia, and pannonia jordansi from the falcata
245
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Lx
Ree
SN 5
vi
<
ee
Ar
&
fi
Fig. 1. Distribution of the Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata species group.
group as such is fully justified. However, as the fascin-
gulata group in its present-day concept is overtly non-
monophyletic, their inclusion in that group does not
contribute to our understanding of the systematics of
Lunatipula. The species zangherii definitely belongs
to the falcata group and is treated as such below.
More recently, the species eyndhoveni (Theowald
1972) and parallela (Theischinger 1977) were added
to the falcata group. In Appendix A, a species of the
falcata group originating from south-east Spain is de-
scribed for the first time. Table 1 lists the species of
the bullata and falcata groups as recognized here.
Phylogenetic analysis of the species of the bullata and
falcata groups shows that both groups most probably
represent monophyletic units.
As noted above, the bullata and falcata groups have
a primarily western Mediterranean distribution, and
most of their species are endemic to the region. Three
species, viz. bullata, longidens, and magnicauda, are
more widely distributed and occur in central Europe
as well. The distribution of the bullata group is given
in fig. 1, chat of the falcata group in fig. 2. More de-
tailed maps with the ranges of the individual species
of the groups will be published in a forthcoming
paper on the historical biogeography of the western
Mediterranean. A summary of the distribution of the
246
species dealt with in this paper is given below. A syn-
opsis of the distribution of all Palaearctic species of
the Tipulidae can be found in Oosterbroek &
Theowald (1992).
MATERIAL, METHODS AND TERMINOLOGY
Material of all species of the bullata and falcata
groups, with the exception of jativensis, was examined
(table 1). Most specimens studied are deposited in the
collection of the Institute for Systematics and
Population Biology (Zoological Museum), Amster-
dam (ZMAN). The material consisted largely of pin-
ned specimens, supplemented by a few alcohol pre-
served specimens. Additional material was borrowed
from the Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und
Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn, Germany. The
present depository of the holotype of jativensis, the
only recorded specimen of this species, is unknown.
Mannheims (1967) studied the at that time well-pre-
served specimen (‘das wohlerhaltene Holotypus’)
from Strobl’s collection and (erroneously) recorded it
for both the collections at Graz and at Admont. Dr
Karl Adlbauer (Graz) and Dr Elisabeth Krasser
(Admont) kindly informed me that the holotype is
not present in the collections under their care.
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
Fig. 2. Distribution of the Tipula (Lunatipula) falcata species group.
Preparations of the male and female terminalia
were made by removing these parts and clearing them
in a nearly boiling 10% KOH solution for about five
minutes. After rinsing with water and 70% alcohol,
the terminalia were transferred to glycerol. Examina-
tion of the specimens and their terminalia was carried
out with a Wild stereo microscope, using a magnifica-
tion of up to 100 X. Drawings were made with the
aid of a drawing tube attached to the microscope.
Illustrations of the genital structures were made from
macerated specimens. For permanent storage, the ter-
minalia were transferred to a microvial containing
some glycerol. The microvial was pinned with the rel-
evant specimen.
The parsimony programs Hennig86, version 1.5
(Farris 1988) and PAUP, version 3.1 (Swofford
1993) were used to analyze the phylogeny. More in-
formation on the procedures followed is given in
‘Discussion of adopted phylogeny’.
The terms for the structures of the Tipulidae as
used in this paper are generally in accord with those
employed by McAlpine (1981), with a few additions
for particular features of Lunatipula. The term frag-
mentum for the structure lateral of the aedeagal guide
is adopted from Rees & Ferris (1939) and Frommer
(1963). Mannheims (1951 et seqq.) designated the
Table 1. The species of the Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata and
falcata species groups as recognized in this paper. + : exami-
ned; — : not examined; u : unknown.
3 2
bullata group
bezzii Mannheims & Theowald, 1959 + +
buchholzi Mannheims & Theowald, 1959 + +
bullata Loew, 1873 + +
onusta Riedel, 1913 + +
subonusta Mannheims & Theowald, 1959 + +
falcata group
cirrata sp.n. + +
eyndhoveni Theowald, 1972 + +
falcata Riedel, 1913 + +
handschini Mannheims, 1967 + u
jativensis Strobl, 1909 = u
longidens Strobl, 1909 + 4
magnicauda Strobl, 1895 + +
parallela Theischinger, 1977 + +
selenaria Mannheims, 1967 + u
selenitica Meigen, 1818 + +
subfalcata Mannheims, 1967 + +
subselenitica Theowald, 1957 - +
trifasciculata Strobl, 1900 + +
zangherii Lackschewitz, 1932 + +
zarcoi Mannheims, 1967 + +
247
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
same structure A9s (appendage of sternite 9). The
substructures of the hypogynial valve of the female are
termed according to Tjeder (1958). The terminology as
adopted here is explained in figs. 4-9, 38, 58, 59, 61,
63. A recent overview of the morphology of the termi-
nalia of Tipulidae was given by Tangelder (1985) to
which paper the reader is referred for more information.
BIOLOGY
As is typical of the majority of species of the subge-
nus Lunatipula, the members of the bullata and falca-
ta groups are adapted to relatively warm and dry en-
vironmental conditions. Species were recorded from
cedar forests (eyndhoveni, Theowald 1972), dry oak
groves (falcata, handschini, longidens, Dufour 1986),
and dry fir woods (magnicauda, Dufour 1986).
Mannheims (1967) supposed that bullata is associa-
ted with beech woods, but, although this preference
to beech woods was confirmed, bullata can be com-
mon also in alder brakes and fir woods (Dufour
1986). Recorded altitudes usually range from about
275 m to 2000 m, with an extreme of 2800 m recor-
ded for selenaria near Oukaimeden in the High Atlas
of Morocco (material in ZMAN). In general, the spe-
cies of the bullata and falcata groups are strong fliers
and hard to catch in the field.
bullata group
4
E
hi
È Sr & en a
o 4 3 E a S =
SoS) eS a a © 2 +
Ss Gao se er AE Ha de UE
® a a = = 3 s N = a © Ki
a è s 3 £ È E I
ge 4G rr a Bs By eae ae aro! in a
+5(1),20,21,
33(1)
di
17(1)
1,8 [16 4
|
subfalcata
The species subselenitica is the only member of the
falcata group of which one of the immature stages,
viz. the pupa, is known. The pupa of this species,
originating from humus in a cleft in the face of a
limestone cliff, was described and illustrated by
Theowald (1957, 1967).
SYSTEMATIC POSITION
The Palaearctic species of Lunatipula have been as-
signed to an array of species groups by Mannheims
(1963, 1965a, 1966, 1967, 1968) and Savchenko
(1964). In a similar way, Alexander (e.g., 1942,
1966, 1967) arranged the Nearctic species of the
subgenus into smaller units. In the course of time,
some of the more conspicuous species groups of
Lunatipula were raised to subgenera of Tipula, viz.
the bistilata group to Lindnerina (Mannheims
1965b, Mannheims & Pechlaner 1963), the impudi-
ca group to Eremotipula (Alexander 1965), the cali-
fornica and streptocera groups to Hesperotipula
(Alexander 1946, 1947), the macrolabis group to
Labiotipula (Alexander 1965), and the triplex group
to Triplicitipula (Alexander 1965). It is nevertheless
clear that some of the above subgenera are more clo-
sely related to species groups that still remain within
Lunatipula rather than to other subgenera of Tipula.
(This situation can be illustrated for instance by the
falcata group
longidens
falcata
magnicauda
handschini
zangherii
cirrata
trifasciculata
selenitica
zarcoi
subselenitica
eyndhoveni
selenaria
22(1)
Fig. 3. Preferred tree of two equally parsimonious trees for Tipula (Lunatipula) cinerella, circumdata, flabellifera, laetabilis, pa-
rarecticornis, recticornis, and the species of the 7. (L.) bullata and falcata species groups. Length 63, consistency index 80, re-
tention index 92. —: synapomorphy; [|
248
: homoplasy; X: reversal.
subgenus Labiotipula and the laetabilis group of
Lunatipula which, judging from the structure of the
aedeagal guide and the intersegmental membrane of
male sternites 8 and 9, are closely related). Another
complicating factor in solving the higher level phylo-
geny of Lunatipula and its allies is the apparent non-
monophyletic character of some of the included sub-
genera and species groups. À phylogenetic analysis of
Lunatipula and its allies should start at the species le-
vel and should include not only the species of the
subgenera listed above, but also those of the subge-
nera Beringotipula Savchenko, Eumicrotipula Alexan-
der, Odonatisca Savchenko, Pectinotipula Alexander,
Pterelachisus Rondani, Ramatipula Alexander, Ser-
ratipula Alexander, Setitipula Alexander, and Vesti-
plex Bezzi. This will indeed be a formidable task as
these taxa together contain about 1200 species, i.e.,
more than a fourth of the total number of described
species of the Tipulidae.
A first attempt to explore the phylogenetic rela-
tionships between larger groups of Palaearctic species
of Lunatipula was published in Theowald & Ooster-
broek (1990). They recognized a group Falcatae,
which contained the bullata, helvola, and falcata
groups, as the most primitive unit within Lunatipula.
Although the majority of species currently attributed
to the (non-monophyletic) helvola group are probably
more closely related to species at present assigned to
the (non-monophyletic) fascingulata group, I agree
with Theowald & Oosterbroek that the bullata and
falcata groups probably represent two of the more
plesiomorphous species groups within Lunatipula.
This conjecture can be inferred from the form of the
aedeagal guide and its appendages, and from the con-
dition of the intersegmental membrane of sternites 8
and 9 in the male. The aedeagal guide in the species
of the bullata and falcata groups is a relatively simple,
upright structure with at most a single posteromedial
and two paired posterolateral appendages (see ‘Char-
acter discussion’, below). This type of aedeagal guide
probably is primitive compared to the aedeagal guide
of the majority of species of Lunatipula, which usual-
ly show additional lateral and midventral modifica-
tions. Within Lunatipula, a relatively simple aedeagal
guide is found also in the species of the /aetabilis, liv-
ida, recticornis, and zimini groups.
In the bullata and falcata groups, the intersegmen-
tal membrane between male sternites 8 and 9 is pro-
vided with two or three setal brushes of which the se-
tae are directly implanted in the membrane (see
‘Character discussion’, below). The intersegmental
membrane of sternites 8 and 9 carries a single medial
or a pair of mediolateral setal brushes in the species of
the /aetabilis, livida, recticornis, and zimini groups. At
present, these groups together contain about 85 spe-
cies. For comparative purposes, six of these, viz. lae-
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
tabilis Zetterstedt (laetabilis group), cinerella Pierre
and circumdata Siebke (livida group), pararecticornis
Savchenko & Theischinger and recticornis Schummel
(recticornis group), and flabellifera Savchenko (zimini
group) were studied and included in the phylogenet-
ic analysis of the present paper.
CHARACTER DISCUSSION
This section presents a survey of the characters
used in the phylogenetic analysis of the bullata and
falcata groups. The character states recognized are
briefly outlined, accompanied by their respective co-
des, after which a more detailed discussion follows.
The data are summarized in the character state matrix
of table 2, where the six supplementary species of the
laetabilis, livida, recticornis, and zimini groups are lis-
ted first, followed by the species of the bullata and
falcata groups in alphabetical order. As the male holo-
type of jativensis, the single known specimen of this
species, was not available for study, jativensis is not in-
cluded in the following discussion. The probable
phylogenetic position of jativensis is indicated in the
‘Discussion of adopted phylogeny’, below. A list of
recognized autapomorphies of the species of the bul-
lata and falcata groups is given in Appendix B.
Head
1. — Nasus: (0) present, long; (1) short or absent.
The presence of a well-developed nasus is a com-
mon feature in the Tipulidae and most probably rep-
resents a plesiomorphy within the family (fig. 10, ar-
row). Among the species studied, flabellifera and a
number of species of the falcata group are distin-
guished by the presence of a very short nasus or the
total absence of this structure (fig. 11). The species of
the falcata group showing this character state are cir-
rata, eyndhoveni, handschini, selenaria, selenitica, sub-
selenitica, trifasciculata, zangherii, and zarcoi.
Male terminalia
2. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, pair of dorsal pos-
terolateral extensions: (0) absent; (1) present.
The aedeagal guide shows a wide variety of forms
throughout Zunatipula and its allies. In the future,
detailed study of this structure will doubtlessly lead to
a better understanding of the actual higher level phy-
logenetic relationships within this group. Formerly,
Theischinger (1977-1987) made extensive use of the
shape of the aedeagal guide to classify his newly de-
scribed species. Simova-Tosic & Vukovic (1983)
underlined the importance of this structure for the es-
tablishment of supra-specific relationships within
Lunatipula. Theowald & Oosterbroek (1990) pre-
sented a cladogram depicting the inferred phyloge-
netic relationships of six main groups of Palaearctic
249
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
tg6 tg7 tg8 tg9-10 ogonst igonst
fr d post lat ext
ie post med ext
> V post lat ext
spmth det
> spmth
ant lat pt
st6 st7 spmpmp st8 st9 o gonst
Figs. 4-9. — 4, 5, 7-9, Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata, 6, T. (L.) eyndhoveni; 4, male terminalia, lateral view; 5, left inner and ou-
ter gonostyli, lateral view; 6, aedeagal guide, posterolateral view; 7, female terminalia, lateral view; 8, right hypogynial valve,
medial view; 9, spermatheca, lateral view.
Abbreviations: aed: aedeagus; aed gd: aedeagal guide; ant pt: anterior part of inner gonostylus; ant lat pt: anterolateral part of
inner gonostylus; cerc: cercus; d post lat ext: dorsal posterolateral extension; d vlv: dorsal valve of hypogynial valve; fragm:
fragmentum; goncx: gonocoxite; hyp vlv: hypogynial valve; i gonst: inner gonostylus; lat scl: lateral sclerotization; o gonst: ou-
ter gonostylus; post med ext: posteromedial extension; post pt: posterior part of inner gonostylus; set br: setal brush; spm
pmp: sperm pump; spmth: spermatheca; spmth det: spermathecal duct; st6 etc.: sternite 6 etc.; sut x: suture x; tg6 etc.: tergi-
te 6 etc.; v post lat ext: ventral posterolateral extension; v vlv: ventral valve of hypogynial valve.
250
Lunatipula that was partly based on the structure of
the aedeagal guide.
With the exception of parallela (fig. 19), all species
of the bullata and falcata groups are distinguished by
the presence of a pair of dorsal posterolateral exten-
sions at the extreme tip of the aedeagal guide (figs. 6,
22
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
16-18, 20, 21, 74). Structures that can be interpreted
as dorsal posterolateral extensions are present also in
flabellifera (fig. 12, horizontal arrow), pararecticornis,
and recticornis (fig. 14, horizontal arrow). In /aetabi-
lis, the apex of the aedeagal guide terminates in a pair
of dorsally directed, laterally placed, and heavily scle-
Figs. 10-25. — 10, 11, contours male head, antennae and mouthparts omitted; 10, Tipula (Lunatipula) subfalcata; 11, T. (L.)
handschini, 12-21, aedeagal guide and appendages, posterolateral view; 12, 7. (L.) flabellifera; 13, T. (L.) laetabilis 14, T. (L.)
recticornis 15, T. (L.) circumdata; 16, T. (L.) bullata; 17, T. (L.) bezzii, 18, T. (L.) onusta; 19, T. (L.) parallela; 20, T. (L.)
subfalcata; 21, T. (L.) handschini, 22, 23, left fragmentum, dorsal view; 22, 7. (L.) trifasciculata, 23, T. (L.) selenitica; 24, 25,
ventral parts of sternite 9 and gonocoxite, lateral view; 24, 7: (L.) parallela; 25, T. (L.) subfalcata.
251
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
rotized triangles that enclose a medial membranous
area (fig. 13, arrow). It remains to be studied whether
these triangles in /aetabilis represent the homologues
of the dorsal posterolateral extensions of the species of
the bullata and falcata groups.
3. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, pair of dorsal pos-
terolateral extensions: (0) short; (1) slender and rath-
er long, dorsally directed.
The dorsal posterolateral extensions are short in the
majority of species studied (figs. 6, 12, 14, 16-18, 21,
74). The species falcata, longidens, magnicauda, and
subfalcata differ from this by the presence of a pair of
slender and elongate, dorsally directed posterolateral
extensions at the tip of the aedeagal guide (fig. 20, ar-
row).
4. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, pair of ventral pos-
terolateral extensions: (0) absent; (1) present.
With the exception of flabellifera, laetabilis, and
pararecticornis, all species studied have a pair of ven-
tral posterolateral extensions to the aedeagal guide
(figs. 6, 14, vertical arrow, 15, arrow, 16, horizontal
arrow, 17, 18, 19, arrow, 20, 21, horizontal arrow,
74). The actual shape of the extensions varies among
these species (see next character).
5. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, pair of ventral pos-
terolateral extensions: (0) ventrally curved, slender;
(1) dorsally directed, slender; (2) blade-like, with ser-
rate posterior margin.
The ventral posterior extensions of the aedeagal
guide are slender and downward curved structures in
the majority of species studied (figs. 6, 14, 15, 19, 20,
74). The species bezzii, buchholzi, bullata, onusta, and
subonusta are characterized by the presence of a pair of
laterally placed, dorsally directed slender extensions
that are probably homologous with the ventral poste-
rolateral extensions of the other species (figs. 16, hor-
izontal arrow, 17, 18). The extensions terminate in an
acute point in bezzii, bullata, onusta, and subonusta,
in buchholzi their tip is rounded off.
The species handschini and zangherii are distinguished
by the presence of a dorsoventrally extended and medio-
laterally compressed pair of ventral posterolateral exten-
sions (fig. 21, horizontal arrow). The posterior margins
of the extensions carry a number of spinous projections,
three in handschini and four or five in zangherii.
6. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, posteromedial ar-
ea: (0) flat or tumid; (1) posteriorly projecting.
The posteromedial surface of the shaft of the aedea-
gal guide is flat to tumid in cinerella, circumdata, lae-
tabilis, pararecticornis, recticornis, trifasciculata, and
zarcoi. In the remainder of species studied it partly
projects posteriorly. The actual condition of the pro-
252
jection differs among the species concerned (see next
characters).
7. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, posteromedial
projection: (0) a dorsoventrally extended, laterally
compressed carina; (1) elongate and slender.
The species bezzii, buchholzi, bullata, eyndhoveni,
onusta, selenaria, and subonusta are distinguished by
the presence of a slender and elongate posteromedial
projection (figs. 6, 16, vertical arrow, 17, 18). The
posteromedial projection is present as a laterally com-
pressed, dorsoventrally extended carina in the other
species that have this part of the aedeagal guide poste-
riorly produced.
8. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, posteromedial ca-
rina: (0) membranous; (1) sclerotized.
The posteromedial carina of the aedeagal guide is
sclerotized in flabellifera (fig. 12, vertical arrow),
handschini (fig. 21, vertical arrow), and zangherii. In
the other species with a posteromedial carina, this
structure is membranous.
9. — Aedeagal guide, apical part, posteromedial
slender projection: (0) about as high as broad; (1)
dorsoventrally compressed.
The posteromedial slender projection of the aedea-
gal guide is dorsoventrally compressed in bezzii (fig.
17) and buchholzi. In the other species with a slender
posteromedial projection, this structure is about as
high as broad (figs. 6, 16, 18).
10. — Aedeagal guide, base: (0) ventromedially sep-
arate; (1) ventromedially fused.
The base of the aedeagal guide consists of a pair of
— usually well-separated — posteroventral extensions
in the majority of species studied (figs. 6, 12-17, 19-
21, 74). As a special feature, the base of the aedeagal
guide forms a broad sclerotized bridge in onusta and
subonusta (fig. 18, arrow).
11. — Aedeagal guide, large two-lobed and com-
pressed gonapophysis: (0) absent; (1) present.
Among the species studied, cinerella, circumdata
(fig. 15), pararecticornis, and recticornis (fig. 14) are
characterized by the presence of a pair of large two-
lobed and mediolaterally compressed gonapophyses
that flank the aedeagal guide. Similar structures are
present in all species of the Lunatipula livida and rec-
ticornis species groups, and in the species of the sub-
genera Eumicrotipula and Pectinotipula.
12. — Fragmentum: (0) variously shaped; (1) ven-
trally produced into slender extension; (2) cone-
shaped, constricted near midheight.
The fragmentum shows a wide range of shapes
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
Figs. 26-35. — 26-29, anterior apices of anterior and anterolateral parts of left inner gonostylus, dorsal view; 26, Tipula
(Lunatipula) bullata; 27, T. (L.) handschini, 28, T. (L.) selenitica; 29, T. (L.) subselenitica; 30-33, left inner gonostylus lateral
view; 30, 7. (L.) handschini; 31, T. (L.) trifasciculata; 32, T. (L.) selenitica; 33, T. (L.) subselenitica, 34, 35, apex of posterior
part, posterior view; 34, T. (L.) bullata; 35, T. (L.) bezzii.
253
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
throughout Lunatipula. It can be low or elongate,
ventrally, posteriorly or dorsally directed, with its
apex pointing posteriorly or medially. Its tip can be
adorned with a pencil of long or short setae, or it can
be covered with spinous points. Among the species
studied, a slender and ventrally produced fragmen-
tum was studied in cinerella, circumdata, pararecticor-
nis, and recticornis. The majority of species of the bul-
lata and falcata groups are distinguished by a
relatively low or evenly conically shaped broad-based
fragmentum (figs. 22, 71). The species eyndhoveni,
selenaria, selenitica, subselenitica, and zarcoi differ
from this by the presence of a cone-shaped fragmen-
tum that is distinctly narrowed in its apical half (fig.
25)?
13. — Gonocoxite, midventral area: (0) tumescent;
(1) with long conical projection.
The midventral area in between the gonocoxites is
membranous and evenly curved without further modifi-
cations in the majority of species studied (fig. 24). The
species cirrata, falcata, longidens, magnicauda, subfalcata,
trifasciculata, and the unexamined jativensis are distin-
guished by the presence of a long and conical extension
in the anterior part of the midventral membrane. The
projection is anteriorly and laterally sclerotized in falca-
ta, longidens, magnicauda, and subfalcata (fig. 25, arrow),
in cirrata and trifasciculata (and probably also in jativen-
sis) it is entirely membranous (fig. 69).
14. — Inner gonostylus, anterior part: (0) short, at
most about 1.5 times as long as high; (1) elongate,
about 2 times as long as high.
The anterior part of the inner gonostylus of the
majority of species studied is a rather short structure
that can be up to about 1.5 times as long as high (figs.
5, 30-32). The species cirrata, eyndhoveni, falcata,
magnicauda, selenaria, and subselenitica have a long
anterior part that is about 2 times as long as high (figs.
33,40):
15. — Inner gonostylus, anterior part, apex (dorsal
view): (0) relatively long and gradually narrowing to-
wards tip; (1) short and broad.
The anterior part of the inner gonostylus in the
majority of species studied is mediolaterally com-
pressed and slender when seen in dorsal view (fig. 26-
28), whereas it is short and plump in eyndhoveni, sel-
enaria, and subselenitica (fig. 29, arrow).
16. — Inner gonostylus, anterolateral part (dorsal
view): (0) relatively narrow, lateral margin moderate-
ly convex to concave; (1) broad, lateral margin
strongly diverging from anterior part; (2) lateral mar-
gin with sharp emargination.
When seen in dorsal view, the anterolateral part of
254
the inner gonostylus appears as a relatively narrow
structure with a moderately convex to concave lateral
margin in most species studied (figs. 26, 29). The spe-
cies handschini and zangherii are distinguished by the
presence ofa broad anterolateral part of which the lat-
eral margin diverges strongly from the anterior part
(fig. 27, arrow). In selenitica and zarcoi there is a rath-
er sharp emargination near the anterior apex of the
anterolateral part (fig. 28, arrow).
17. — Inner gonostylus, posterior part: (0) a well-
developed blade; (1) an elongate structure with later-
ally produced tip; (2) huge, shell-like; (3) small.
The posterior part of the inner gonostylus is a well-
developed blade-like structure in the majority of spe-
cies of Lunatipula. Among the species studied, this
situation is present in cinerella, circumdata, flabellife-
ra, laetabilis, parallela, pararecticornis, and recticornis.
The posterior part is present as an elongate structure
with a laterally produced, and in most cases slender,
tip in bezzii, buchholzi, bullata (fig. 5), eyndhoveni,
falcata, longidens, magnicauda, onusta, selenaria, sele-
nitica (fig. 32), subfalcata, subonusta, subselenitica (fig.
33), and zarcoi. In handschini and zangherii the poste-
rior part consists of a large and laterally concave shell-
like structure (fig. 30). A very small posterior part is
present in cirrata (fig. 70) and trifasciculata (fig. 31).
18. — Inner gonostylus, posterior part, surface: (0)
even; (1) with closely placed parallel grooves.
The surface of the posterior part of the inner go-
nostylus is even in most species studied (fig. 34). Both
bezzii and buchholzi are distinguished by the textured
posterodorsal surface of the conically elongate poste-
rior part which shows a large number of closely placed
parallel grooves (fig. 35).
19. — Outer gonostylus: (0) widening in apical
part, usually short and broad; (1) narrowing in apical
part, remarkably slender.
The shape of the outer gonostylus varies consider-
ably within Zunatipula, but the structure is usually
rather short and broadens in its apical part (fig. 36).
Most species studied conform to this state, with the ex-
ception of laetabilis, onusta, and subonusta. In laetabilis
the outer gonostylus is relatively slender, but widens in
the apical portion. In onusta and subonusta it is elongate
and very slender, and narrows towards its tip (fig. 37).
20. — Sperm pump, posterior apodemes: (0) separ-
ate up to lumen of sperm pump; (1) basally connect-
ed by sclerotized plate.
The species of the bullata group, viz. bezzii, buch-
holzi, bullata, onusta, and subonusta, differ from the
other species studied by the presence of a sclerotized
connection between the bases of the posterior apo-
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
post apod
Figs. 36-47. — 36, 37, left outer gonostylus, lateral view; 36, Tipula (Lunatipula) bezzit 37, T. (L.) onusta; 38, 39, sperm
pump, dorsal view; 38, 7: (L.) bullata; 39, T. (L.) parallela; 40-43, setal brushes on intersegmental membrane sternite 8 and
9, posterior view; 40, 7. (L.) bezzii; 41, T. (L.) onusta; 42, T. (L.) parallela; 43, T. (L.) subfalcata, 44-47, representative seta
from dorsolateral setal brush; 44, 7: (L.) parallela; 45, T. (L.) subfalcata; 46, T. (L.) handschini; 47, T. (L.) cirrata.
Abbreviation: post apod: posterior apodeme.
255
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 48-55. — 48, 49, 51, 52, posterior portion of male tergite 9-10, ventral view; 50, 53-55, male tergite 9-10, dorsal view;
48, Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata; 49, T. (L.) bezzii, 50, 51, T. (L.) subfalcata; 53, T. (L.) longidens, 52, 54, T. (L.) handschini;
55, I. (L.) selenitica.
demes (fig. 38). The posterior apodemes are separate
structures up to the body of the sperm pump in the
other species examined (fig. 39).
21. — Sternite 8: (0) covered with scattered decum-
bent setae; (1) anterior part with concentration of
erect long setae.
Sternite 8 in the Tipulidae is usually covered with
scattered decumbent setae, a character state found
also in the majority of species of Lunatipula and
doubtlessly representing a plesiomorphy (fig. 69).
The species bezzii, buchholzi, bullata, onusta, and
subonusta differ from the remainder of species exam-
ined by the presence of a concentration of long and
erect setae on the anterior half or more of sternite 8
(fig. 4). The erect setae are confined to the ventro-
medial part of the sternite. Most setae are slender,
but in bullata (fig. 4), and to a much lesser extent in
256
bezzii and subonusta, the setae implanted near the
anterior margin of the sternite are stronger than the
others.
22. — Sternites 8 & 9, intersegmental membrane,
setal brushes: (0) one (paired) brush; (1) three brush-
es; (2) four brushes.
The intersegmental membrane in between sternites
8 and 9 is generally adorned with one or more setal
brushes in the species of Lunatipula. Among the
species studied, a single medial brush or one pair of
medial brushes is present in cinerella, circumdata,
flabellifera, pararecticornis, recticornis, bezzii, buchhol-
zi, bullata, onusta, and subonusta (figs. 40, 41). The
species laetabilis is characterized by the presence of
four setal brushes arranged in two pairs. All other
species studied are distinguished by the presence of
three setal brushes on the intersegmental membrane,
consisting of a pair of dorsal brushes and a single ven-
tromedial one (figs. 42, 43, 73; see next two charac-
ters).
23. — Sternites 8 & 9, intersegmental membrane,
setal brushes, area of insertion: (0) oval shaped, later-
ally extended; (1) dorsal brushes ventrally extended,
elongate.
The area of insertion of the setal brushes on the
intersegmental membrane of sternites 8 & 9 is wider
than long and more or less oval in shape in the major-
ity of species studied (figs. 40-42, 73). In falcata, lon-
gidens, magnicauda, and subfalcata the dorsal brushes
are ventrally extended. The ventrally orientated ex-
tensions provide the brushes a V-shaped appearance
when seen in posterior view (fig. 43).
24. — Sternites 8 & 9, intersegmental membrane,
setal brushes, area of insertion: (0) oval shaped, later-
ally extended; (1) ventromedial brush strongly pro-
truding, margin semi-circular.
As noted above, the area of insertion of the setal
brushes on the intersegmental membrane of sternites
8 & 9 is oval shaped in most of the examined species.
A different condition occurs in falcata, longidens,
magnicauda, and subfalcata. In these species, the setae
of the ventromedial brush are arranged in a semi-cir-
cular formation and the brush protrudes as a tongue-
like extension (fig. 43).
25. — Sternites 8 & 9, intersegmental membrane,
setal brushes, condition of setae: (0) slightly curved
and slender; (1) thorn-like (in part); (2) short and
stout (in part); (3) strong (in part).
The setae of the setal brushes on the intersegmental
membrane of sternites 8 & 9 are generally slightly
curved and slender in the majority of species studied
(figs. 44, 45). The species onusta and subonusta differ
from the other examined species by the presence of
one or two pairs of thorn-like setae in the dorsal part
of the setal brushes (fig. 41, arrow). The setae of the
dorsal setal brushes are remarkably short and stout in
handschini and zangherii (fig. 46). The species cirrata,
eyndhoveni, selenaria, selenitica, subselenitica, trifasci-
culata, and zarcoi are distinguished by the presence of
two to four strong lateral setae that are about two
times as thick as the remainder of setae in the ventro-
medial brush (fig. 73).
26. — Sternites 8 & 9, intersegmental membrane,
setal brushes, condition of setae: (0) slightly curved;
(1) frizzled at tip (in part).
The setae of the setal brushes on the intersegmental
membrane between sternites 8 and 9 are usually
slightly curved in the majority of species examined
(figs. 44, 45). However, the setae of the dorsal brush-
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
es are frizzled at their tips in cirrata, eyndhoveni,
handschini, selenaria, selenitica, subselenitica, trifasci-
culata, zangherii, and zarcoi (figs. 46, 47). The extent
to which the apices of the setae are curled is less in
both handschini and zangherii compared with the
other species involved. According to the illustrations
given by Mannheims (1967), the unexamined jati-
vensis also has frizzled setae in the dorsal brushes.
27. — Tergite 9-10: (0) lateral margins evenly
curved, tergite of equal width throughout (dorsal
view); (1) tergite widening towards posterior margin.
Seen in dorsal view, tergite 9-10 appears to be more
or less parallel-sided in the majority of species exam-
ined. The lateral margins are slightly curved, with the
widest portion of the tergite lying at about midlength
(figs. 50, 53, 55, 72). The species handschini and zan-
gherii deviate from this norm by having tergite 9-10 dis-
tinctly widening towards the posterior margin (fig. 54).
28. — Tergite 9-10, posterolateral extensions: (0)
tip rounded (dorsal view), dorsal surface convex; (1)
elongate, tip laterally angular; (2) dorsal surface con-
cave.
Among the species studied, the posterolateral ex-
tensions of tergite 9-10 vary considerably in shape,
but mostly they are relatively short and more or less
rounded (figs. 48-52, 54, 55). The species falcata,
longidens, and magnicauda differ from the remainder
of examined species by the long and laterally acutely
pointed posterolateral extensions of tergite 9-10 (dor-
sal view, fig. 53, arrow).
The dorsal surface of the posterolateral extensions
of tergite 9-10 is convex in the majority of examined
species. Two species of the falcata group, viz. seleniti-
ca and zarcoi, are distinguished by a concave dorsal
surface of the extensions. The concave area covers the
extreme tip of the extensions in selenitica (fig. 55, ar-
row), in zarcoi it extends further anteriorly.
29. — Tergite 9-10, ventral sclerotizations: (0) me-
dially wide apart, relatively long; (1) medially approx-
imate, anteromedial corner produced; (2) short, me-
dially projecting.
In most species examined, the ventral sclerotizations
near the posterior margin of tergite 9-10 consist of a
pair of widely separate and well-developed plates of
which the medial margins run more or less parallel for
some distance (figs. 48, 51). The species bezzzz, buch-
holzi, onusta, and subonusta are distinguished by the
close approximation of the ventral sclerotizations. The
anteromedial corners of the ventral sclerotizations are
anteriorly produced in these four species (fig. 49, ar-
row). The species handschini and zangherii differ from
the other species studied by the short and medially di-
rected ventral sclerotizations (fig. 52, arrow).
257
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 56-68. — 56, 57, sternite 8 and left hypogynial valve, lateral view; 56, Tipula (Lunatipula) circumdata; 57, T. (L.) bezzit;
58-60, right hypogynial valve, medial view; 58, 7. (L.) parallela; 59, T. (L.) subfalcata; 60, T. (L.) subselenitica; 61-64, sterni-
te 8 and hypogynial valves, dorsal view; 61, 7. (L.) bezzii 62, T. (L.) onusta; 63, T. (L.) subfalcat 64, T. (L.) selenitica; 65,
66, spermatheca and base spermathecal duct; 65, 7. (L.) parallela; 66, T. (L.) subfalcata; 67, 68, female sternite 9, ventral
view; 67, T. (L.) longidens, 68, T. (L.) falcata.
Abbreviations: lat scl: lateral sclerotization; med scl: medial sclerotization.
258
Female terminalia
30. — Hypogynial valves: (0) well-developed, tape-
ring towards rounded tip (lateral view), dorsal and
ventral valves separate; (1) tip emarginate; (2) short,
almost parallel sided; (3) dorsal and ventral valves an-
teriorly connected; (4) dorsal and ventral valves enti-
rely fused.
Most species of Lunatipula have well-developed
hypogynial valves in the female, a situation doubtless-
ly representing the plesiomorphous condition within
the subgenus. The hypogynial valves in this state are
usually tapering towards a more or less rounded tip
(figs. 57-60, 75). Among the species studied, both
cinerella and circumdata are distinguished by the
emarginate tip of the hypogynial valves, a condition
that probably represents a synapomorphy for the spe-
cies of the Zivida group (fig. 56, arrow). The species
bezzii, buchholzi, onusta, and subonusta differ from
the other species studied by their short and almost
parallel-sided hypogynial valves (fig. 57). The species
eyndhoveni and subselenitica are unique among the ex-
amined species in having a sclerotized connection at
the base of the dorsal and ventral valves (fig. 60, ar-
row). The female of selenaria remains unknown, but
may also show the latter condition. Complete fusion
of the dorsal and ventral valves is found in falcata,
longidens, magnicauda, and subfalcata (fig. 59).
31. — Spermatheca, base of spermathecal duct: (0)
evenly curved; (1) making a loop.
The spermathecal duct gradually curves away from
the spermatheca in the greater majority of the
Tipulidae, a condition found also in the majority of
species examined (fig. 65). A different condition is
found in cirrata, eyndhoveni, falcata, longidens, mag-
nicauda, selenitica, subfalcata, subselenitica, trifascicu-
lata, zangherii, and zarcoi, where the base of the sper-
mathecal duct shows a clockwise or counterclockwise
rotation (fig. 66, arrow). The direction of the rotation
of the spermathecal duct can vary intraspecifically.
The females of handschini, jativensis, and selenaria re-
main unknown, but may also show a twisted base of
the spermathecal duct.
32. — Sternite 8, lateroposterior apex: (0) tapering
and usually gradually merging with hypogynial valve;
(1) broad, truncate.
Lateroposteriorly, sternite 8 tapers and gradually
merges with the hypogynial valve or terminates in an
acute point that is separate from the hypogynial valve in
the majority of species examined (figs. 7, 56, 75). In bez-
zii, buchholzi, onusta, and subonusta the lateroposterior
end of sternite 8 is broad and truncate (fig. 57, arrow).
33. — Sternite 8, lateral sclerotization: (0) fused
with dorsal valve of hypogynial valve, unmodified; (1)
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
separate from dorsal valve; (2) with cavity.
Within Lunatipula, the dorsal valves of the hypo-
gynial valves are often extended into a sclerotization
that lies lateral within sternite 8. In most species ex-
amined, the dorsal valves are connected with these
lateral sclerotizations (fig. 58). The species bezzii,
buchholzi, bullata, onusta, and subonusta are distin-
guished by the presence of a membranous gap in
between the base of the dorsal valve and the accompa-
nying anterior sclerotization. In bullata the sclerotiza-
tion is short and fused with the anterodorsal part of
the ventral valve (fig. 8), in the four other species the
sclerotization is elongate and lies entirely free from
the hypogynial valves (figs. 61, 62). The lateral scle-
rotization is relatively flat in most of the examined
species, but selenitica and zarcoi show a posteriorly di-
rected cavity in this structure (fig. 64, arrow).
34. — Sternite 8, lateral sclerotizations: (0) separate;
(1) anteriorly fused.
The lateral sclerotizations at the base of the hypo-
gynial valves are separate in most of the examined
species (figs. 61, 63, 64). Both onusta and subonusta
differ from the remainder of species studied by the
presence of a sclerotized bridge that connects the an-
terior tips of the lateral sclerotizations (fig. 62, arrow).
35. — Sternite 8, medial sclerotization: (0) absent;
(1) present.
In the majority of females examined, sternite 8
contains at most a pair of lateral sclerotizations (figs.
61, 62, 64). A unique feature is found in falcata, lon-
gidens, magnicauda, and subfalcata, where an elongate
medial sclerotization stretches anteriorly from its at-
tachment to the anterior margin of the ventral valves
(figs. 59, 63).
36. — Sternite 9, posterior extension: (0) relatively
short, at most 1.5 times width of sternite 9, about as
high as broad; (1) about two times as long as width of
sternite 9; (2) dorsoventrally compressed, broad.
The females of falcata and magnicauda are distin-
guished among the species examined by the elongate
posterior extension of sternite 9. In these two species
the posterior extension is about two times as long as
the width of sternite 9 (fig. 68), whereas it usually is
much shorter in the other species (figs. 67, 76). A few
species of the falcata group are distinguished by the
presence of a disk-like dorsoventrally compressed and
broad posterior extension of sternite 9. The species
concerned are cirrata, eyndhoveni, selenitica, subsele-
nitica, trifasciculata, and zarcoi. The extension is ex-
tremely broad and terminates in an emarginate apex
in cirrata (fig. 76). In the other species with a broad
and flat posterior extension, the structure is less broad
and terminates in an acute tip. Note that the female
of selenaria is unknown, but probably also shows the
259
‘TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
latter character state.
DISCUSSION OF ADOPTED PHYLOGENY
The character state matrix given in table 2 was ana-
lyzed with the parsimony programs Hennig86 and
PAUP. In table 2, unknown characters are coded ‘?
and inapplicable characters ‘- for matters of reference
only. Platnick et al. (1991) discussed the potentially
different treatment of such missing entries by
Hennig86 and PAUP. Maddison (1993) discussed the
consequences of coding inapplicable characters as
missing data. In the analysis presented here, multista-
te characters were treated unordered and all charac-
ters were, by default, given equal weight. The matrix
was run under the ie*; (implicit enumeration) option
of Hennig86 and the branch-and-bound algorithm of
PAUP. Both methods guarantee to find all optimal
trees (Farris 1988; Swofford 1993).
Using Hennig86, the first six species in the matrix,
viz. cinerella, circumdata, flabellifera, laetabilis, para-
recticornis, and recticornis, were selected as the out-
group before the program was run (Hennig86 does
not allow the outgroup to be empty; Farris 1988). A
methodologically more sound procedure was fol-
lowed with PAUP, where the complete matrix was used
to construct unrooted trees that were afterwards root-
ed by outgroup rooting (see Nixon & Carpenter
1993 for a recent discussion on the proper use of out-
groups). Outgroup rooting of the unrooted trees
under PAUP was done in the default fashion, i.e., with
the outgroup taxa forming a basal polytomy with the
ingroup (Swofford 1993). In this case, the first six
species of the data matrix were a posteriori assigned to
the outgroup.
Both methods resulted in two equally most parsi-
monious trees with length 63, consistency index 80
(Hennig86) or 0.810 (PAUP), and retention index 92
(Hennig86) or 0.922 (PAUP). The preferred resulting
cladogram is given in fig. 3 and differs from the other
equally parsimonious solution by the position of par-
allela. Whereas parallela is the sister species of the
clade subfalcata to selenaria in fig. 3, it is the sister spe-
cies of the clade bullata to selenaria in the alternative
solution. The reasons for preferring the cladogram of
fig. 3 will be given below. The results of the phyloge-
Table 2. Character state matrix for Tipula (Lunatipula) cinerella, circumdata, flabellifera, laetabilis, pararecticornis, recticornis,
and the species of the 7: (Z.) bullata and falcata species groups. ?: unknown or not interpretable; — inapplicable.
Character 1 2 3 3
0 0 0 6
cinerella 00-10 O=e=0 11000 00000 00000 00001 00000 0
circumdata 00-10 0-—-0 11000 00000 00000 00001 00000 0
flabelli era 1100— 101-0 00000 00000 00000 0000? 22220 ?
laetabilis 02—0- 0--—0 00000 00000 02000 00000 00000 0
pararecticornis 0100- 0--—0 11000 00000 00000 00004 00000 0
recticornis 01010 0--—0 11000 00000 00000 0000? ICE ?
bezzii 01011 181 NO 00000 01101 10000 00012 01100 0
buchholzi 01011 1110 00000 01101 10000 00012 01100 0
bullata 01011 11-00 00000 01001 10000 00000 00100 0
cirrata 11010 100-0 00110 03000 01003 10000 10000 2
eyndhoveni 11010 11-00 02011 01000 01003 10003 10000 2
falcata 01110 100-0 00110 01000 01110 00104 10001 Il
handschini 11012 101-0 00000 12000 01002 1102? CREDE ?
longidens 01110 100-0 00100 01000 01110 00104 10001 0
magnicauda 01110 100-0 00110 01000 01110 00104 10001 Il
onusta 01011 11-01 00000 01011 10001 00012 01110 0
parallela 00-10 100-0 00000 00000 01000 00000 00000 0
selenaria 11010 11-00 02011 01000 01003 1000? DIR OR ?
selenitica 11010 100-0 02000 21000 01003 10200 10200 22
subfalcata 01110 100-0 00100 01000 01110 00004 10001 0
subonusta 01011 ON 00000 01011 10001 00012 01110 0
subselenitica 11010 100-0 02011 01000 01003 10003 10000 2
trifasciculata 11010 0--—0 00100 03000 01003 10000 10000 ?)
zangherii 11012 101-0 00000 12000 01002 11020 10000 0
zarcot 11010 02220 02000 21000 01003 10200 10200 2
260
netic analysis will be discussed with reference to fig. 3.
A trichotomy uniting flabellifera, the clade /aetabi-
lis to circumdata, and the clade bullata to selenaria, is
found at the base of fig. 3. The clade /aetabilis to cir-
cumdata is supported by the absence of a posterome-
dial projection on the aedeagal guide only (character
6). This character state occurs also in trifasciculata
and zarcoi. Future study of the phylogeny of
Lunatipula must settle the question whether this
character state actually represents an apomorphy at
this level of analysis. The examined species of the rec-
ticornis and livida groups (pararecticornis and recticor-
nis, and cinerella and circumdata, respectively) togeth-
er form a monophyletic group supported by the
presence of the two-lobed and compressed gonapo-
physes (character 11) and the shape of the fragmen-
tum (character 12). Both species of the recticornis
group, however, do not constitute a monophyletic
unit. Considering the fact that Savchenko &
Theischinger (1978) in their revision of the recticornis
group did not distinguish any character state that can
be considered a synapomorphy for all species of the
group, the monophyly of the recticornis group seems
to be questionable. Both cinerella and circumdata are
united on account of the absence of the dorsal poste-
rolateral extensions of the aedeagal guide (character 2)
and the presence of the emarginate apex of the hypo-
gynial valve (character 30). The latter character state
is found in all species of the /ivida group.
Fig. 3 depicts the bullata and falcata groups as two
monophyletic units. The bullata group is substantiat-
ed by four synapomorphies and one homoplasy, the
falcata group by one synapomorphy. The bullata
group as distinguished here is identical to the original
concept of this group as recognized by Mannheims &
Theowald (1959). Within the bullata group, bullata
appears to be the sister species of the remaining four
species, which in their turn can be separated into two
species pairs. Mannheims & Theowald appreciated
the close relationship of bezzii and buchholzi on the
one hand and, as was expressed by the name giving,
that of onusta and subonusta on the other. As can be
inferred from the descriptions of the species given by
Mannheims and Theowald, the postulated relation-
ship of bezzii and buchholzi was primarily inspired by
the form of the elongate and single pointed posterior
part of the inner gonostylus, that of onusta and sub-
onusta by the shape of the posterior margin of male
tergite 9-10 and the extension of the setal area on
male sternite 8. Although these character states are
not employed in the present paper, the results as re-
gards the hypothesized phylogenetic relationships of
the species are the same.
The clade parallela to selenaria represents the falca-
ta group in the sense of the present paper. Mostly be-
cause of the structure of the aedeagal guide,
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
Theischinger (1977) tentatively assigned parallela to
the falcata group with the annotation that the poste-
rior part of the inner gonostylus and posterior margin
of tergite 9-10 isolate parallela so much that no other
species can be regarded as truly closely related. This
opinion is reflected in the phylogenetic position of
parallela in the cladogram adopted here. In the alter-
native equally parsimonious solution of the phyloge-
netic analysis, parallela is the sister species of the bul-
lata and falcata groups combined. In the latter case,
the presence of a moderately developed posterior part
of the inner gonostylus in parallela (character 17) is
considered primitive and the presence of three setal
brushes on the intersegmental membrane of sternites
8 and 9 (character 22) is treated as a homoplasy.
Instead of this, I prefer to interpret the presence of a
moderately developed posterior part of the inner go-
nostylus in parallela as the result of reduction, as,
under reference to fig. 3, must be postulated also to
account for the small posterior part in cirrata and tri-
fasciculata. In the preferred alternative, the three setal
brushes on the intersegmental membrane indicate the
phylogenetic affınity of parallela with the other mem-
bers of the falcata group.
The remainder of species of the falcata group con-
sists of two monophyletic groups, the clades subfalca-
tato magnicauda and handschini to selenaria. The first
group was recognized by Mannheims (1967) on ac-
count ofthe presence of the extension on the midven-
tral area of the gonocoxites (character 13) and the
structure of the posterior part of the inner gonostylus
(character 17). The latter character is employed here
at a different level in the analysis. Mannheims (1967)
did not unequivocally ventilate his views on the inter-
specific phylogenetic relationships of falcata, longid-
ens, magnicauda, and subfalcata. On account of the
shape of the posterior margin of male tergite 9-10
(character 28), the length of the anterior part of the
inner gonostylus (character 14), and the length of the
posterior extension of female sternite 9 (character
36), the relationships as depicted in fig. 3 are postu-
lated.
The clade handschini to selenaria contains species
that are characterized by the absence of a nasus (char-
acter 1) and the presence on the intersegmental mem-
brane of male sternites 8 and 9 of setae with a frizzled
tip in the dorsal setal brushes (character 26).
The first lineage within the clade handschini to sel-
enaria leads to the species pair handschini and zanghe-
rii, a monophyletic group which was already isolated
as a subgroup within the falcata group by Mannheims
(1967). Both species are distinguished here from the
remainder of the falcata group by six synapomorphies
and a single homoplasy concerning the aedeagal guide
(characters 5, 8), the inner gonostylus (characters 16,
17), the shape of setae in the setal brushes (character
261
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
25), and male tergite 9-10 (characters 27, 29).
The sister group of the pair handschini and zanghe-
rii, the clade cirrata to selenaria, is substantiated by
two synapomorphies, one concerning the presence of
strong lateral setae in the ventral setal brush on the
intersegmental membrane of male sternites 8 and 9
(character 25), the other pertaining to the compressed
posterior extension of female sternite 9 (character
36).
Within the clade cirrata to selenaria, the first line-
age contains cirrata and trifasciculata which are con-
sidered sister species on account of the presence of a
small posterior part of the inner gonostylus (character
17). Both species also share the presence of a cone-
shaped extension on the midventral area of the gono-
coxites (character 13), a feature encountered also in
the members of the clade subfalcata to magnicauda
and in the unexamined jativensis (see below for the
presumed phylogenetic position of this species).
Mannheims (1967) grouped the then known spe-
cies of the clade selenitica to selenaria, together with
jativensis, in a subgroup of the falcata group. Mann-
heims supposed that there are close relationships
between jativensis, selenitica, and zarcoi and between
selenaria and subselenitica. The phylogenetic analysis
presented here substantiates the supposed relation-
ship of selenitica and zarcoi, which are combined here
on account of the sharply emarginate anterolateral
part of the inner gonostylus (character 16), the dor-
sally concave posterior extensions of male tergite 9-10
(character 28), and the presence of a concavity in the
lateral sclerotization of female sternite 8 (character
33). The species selenaria and subselenitica also appear
to be closely related, which can be substantiated by
the shape of the anterior apex of the anterior part of
the inner gonostylus (character 15), the length of the
anterior part of the inner gonostylus (character 14),
and possibly by the partly fused dorsal and ventral
valves in the female (character 30; the female of selen-
aria is not known). The later described eyndhoveni
probably is the actual sister species of selenaria, as can
be inferred from the presence of the elongate mem-
branous extension in between the dorsal and ventral
posterolateral extensions of the aedeagal guide (char-
acter 7). Theowald (1972) introduced eyndhoveni
under reference to selenaria.
Although no material was examined of jativensis,
information provided by Mannheims (1967) helps to
allocate the probable phylogenetic position of this
species, which is known from the male holotype only.
According to Mannheims, jativensis has no nasus
(character 1), it has the fragmentum evenly rounded
(character 12), it has a membranous extension on the
ventromedial area in between the gonocoxites (char-
acter 13), while the setae in the dorsal brush of the
intersegmental membrane of sternites 8 and 9 are friz-
262
zled at their tips (character 26). This combination of
character states suggests a sister group relationship of
jativensis and the species pair cirrata and trifasciculata,
thus contradicting Mannheims’ view (1967) that jat-
ivensis is more closely related to species now con-
tained in the clade selenitica to selenaria.
DISTRIBUTION
This section provides a brief account on the distri-
bution of the species of the bullata and falcata groups.
As noted above, more detailed information on the
distribution of these species will be given in a forth-
coming paper on the historical biogeography of the
western Mediterranean. The sequence of taxa in the
summary below follows that of fig. 3.
The bullata group is primarily distributed in Italy
(fig. 2). The most widespread species of this group is
bullata, which is known from the secondary moun-
tain-chains in central Europe. It has been found in
the eastern Ardennes and neighbouring Eifel, south-
eastern France, the Alps and adjacent mountainous
areas. It seems to be absent though from the Pyrenees,
Apennines and Carpathians. Martinovsky (1987) re-
ported bullata for the first time from Slovakia.
The species bezzii seems to be restricted to lower ar-
eas as it occurs along the coast of southern France and
in the valley of the Po in northern Italy. The single
known Swiss specimen of bezzii was captured at an al-
titude of 340 meters (Dufour 1986). The species buch-
holzi is endemic to Italy, where it has been recorded
from the Apennines in the north to Calabria in the
south. About the same range is shown by onusta, which
is also known from Croatia (Simova-Tosic & Vukovic
1981). The species subonusta is endemic to Sicily.
The falcata group is more widespread than the bul-
lata group (fig. 2). As far as available records show,
parallela seems to be distributed over the entire
Iberian Peninsula. The range of subfalcata extends
over central and southern Spain and the Rif moun-
tains of northern Morocco. The species longidens has
a wider range, with the centre of distribution lying in
central and northern Spain. It is also known from a
few localities in central France, western Switzerland,
south-eastern Belgium and eastern Germany. The
distribution area of falcata ranges from the southern
border of Switzerland southward to Calabria and the
eastern tip of Sicily. Its sister species magnicauda is
distributed in the Ardennes in Belgium, the Eifel in
Germany, and the Alps. Martinovsky (1987) record-
ed magnicauda for the first time from Bohemia in the
present-day Czech Republic and also reported the
first find of this species for Poland (Martinovsky in
litt.).
The species pair handschini and zangherii is primar-
ily distributed over Italy, with handschini occurring in
the Alps and southern Italy, and zangherii in northern
and central Italy. A single male of handschini has been
recorded from south-west Switzerland by Dufour
(1986).
The newly described cirrata is known from south-
east Spain, its sister species trifasciculata is distributed
in central and southern Spain. The species selenitica is
known from Portugal, north-west Spain, the
Pyrenees, and south-eastern France. Pierre (1924)
claimed that selenitica also occurred in the environ-
ment of Paris, France. The presumed sister species of
selenitica, zarcoi, is endemic to Spain, where it has
been recorded from several provinces in the central
and southern part of the country. Another endemic
Spanish species with about the same range as zarcoi is
subselenitica. The two remaining species of the falcata
group are endemics to north-west Africa, viz. eyndho-
veni, which is known from the type locality in north-
ern Algeria only, and selenaria, which occurs in the
High and Middle Atlas of Morocco. As far as present-
ly known, there are no species of the bullata and fal-
cata groups recorded from Corsica or Sardinia.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
For the loan of invaluable material I am much in-
debted to Dr Hans Ulrich (Bonn). With pleasure I
acknowledge the original and most effective way Dr
Jaroslav Martinovsky (Olomouc) informed me of the
localities of bullata and magnicauda in the Czech
Republic, Slovakia, and Poland. Dr Karl Adlbauer
(Graz) and Dr Elisabeth Krasser (Admont) kindly
provided information on the holotype of jativensis.
I am grateful to Pjotr Oosterbroek, Günther
Theischinger, Hans Duffels, and Fred Schram for
reading and commenting upon a draft of this paper.
Pjotr Oosterbroek and Cita Hartveld collected the
type material of Tipula (Lunatipula) cirrata sp.n. and
allowed me to describe this species.
The investigations were supported by the Life
Sciences Foundation (SLW), which is subsidized by
the Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research
(NWO).
REFERENCES
Alexander, C. P., 1942. See Alexander 1966.
Alexander, C. P., 1946. Records and descriptions of North
American crane-flies (Diptera) part VI. Tipuloidea of
Arizona, New Mexico and trans-Pecos Texas, I. — The
American Midland Naturalist 35: 484-531.
Alexander, C. P., 1947. Undescribed species of crane-flies
from the western United States and Canada (Dipt.:
Tipulidae). Part VII. — Entomological News 58: 61-67.
Alexander, C. P., 1965. New subgenera and species of crane-
flies from California (Diptera: Tipulidae). — Pacific
Insects 7: 333-386.
Alexander, C. P., 1966. Family Tipulidae. — In: Crampton,
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
G. C. et al. (eds.) Guide to the insects of Connecticut.
Part VI. The Diptera or true flies of Connecticut. First
fascicle. Bulletin of the Connecticut State Geological and
Natural History Survey 64: 196-486b. (Reprint of
Alexander 1942).
Alexander, C. P., 1967. The crane flies of California. —
Bulletin of the California Insect Survey 8: 1-269.
Dufour, C., 1986. Les Tipulidae de Suisse (Diptera, Nema-
tocera). - Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae 2: 1-187, + 1-
149.
Edwards, F. W., 1931. Some suggestions on the classifica-
tion of the genus Tipula (Diptera, Tipulidae). — Annals
and Magazine of Natural History (10) 8: 73-82.
Farris, J. S., 1988. Hennig86, version 1.5 + reference. — Port
Jefferson Station, New York.
Frommer, S. I., 1963. Gross morphological studies of the re-
productive system in representative North American
crane flies (Diptera: Tipulidae). — Kansas University
Science Bulletin 44: 535-626, pls. I-XX.
McAlpine, J. F., 1981. Morphology and terminology -
adults. — In: McAlpine, J. F. et al. (eds.) Manual of
Nearctic Diptera. Volume 1. Research Branch, Agri-
culture Canada, Monograph 27: 9-63.
Maddison, W. P., 1993. Missing data and missing charac-
ters in phylogenetic analysis. — Systematic Biology 42:
576-581.
Mannheims, B., 1951. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaearkti-
schen Region 15, Lieferung 167: 1-64, pls. I-VIT.
Mannheims, B., 1963. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaeark-
tischen Region 15, Lieferung 238: 137-176.
Mannheims, B., 1965a. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaearkti-
schen Region 15, Lieferung 256: 177-212.
Mannheims, B., 1965b. Enumeratio Tipulidarum Fenniae.
— Lounais-Hämeen Luonto 20: 1-3.
Mannheims, B., 1966. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaearkti-
schen Region 15, Lieferung 267: 213-256.
Mannheims, B., 1967. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaeark-
tischen Region 15, Lieferung 270: 257-288.
Mannheims, B., 1968. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaearkti-
schen Region 15, Lieferung 275: 289-320.
Mannheims, B. & E. Pechlaner, 1963. Die Tipuliden
Nordtirols (Dipt.). — Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkun-
de 102: 1-29.
Mannheims, B. & B. Theowald, 1959. Die Tipuliden
Italiens (Dipt., Tipulidae). — Memorie della Società En-
tomologica Italiana 38: 15-54.
Martinovsky, J., 1987. Tipulidae. — Acta Entomologica
Musei Nationalis Pragae 18: 11-14.
Nixon, K. C. & J. M. Carpenter, 1993. On outgroups. —
Cladistics 9: 413-426.
Oosterbroek, P. & B. Theowald, 1992. Family Tipulidae. —
Catalogue of Palaearctic Diptera 1: 56-178.
Pierre, C., 1924. Dipteres: Tipulidae. — Fauna de France 8:
1-159.
Platnick, N. I., C. E. Griswold & J. A. Coddington, 1991.
On missing entries in cladistic analysis. — Cladistics 7:
337-343.
Rees, B. E. & G. F. Ferris, 1939. The morphology of Tipula
reesi Alexander (Diptera: Tipulidae). — Microentomology
4: 143-178.
Riedel, M. P., 1913. Die paläarktischen Arten der Dipteren-
(Nematocera polyneura-) Gattung Tipula L. (Dipt.). —
Abhandlungen des Vereins für Naturwissenschaftliche
Erforschung der Niederrheins- (Bezirksgruppe des deuts-
chen Lehrervereins für Naturkunde.) I. Band 1913: 1-
263
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
122, pls. II.
Savchenko, E. N., 1964. Crane flies (Fam. Tipulidae), sub-
fam. Tipulinae: genus Tipula L. (part 2). — Fauna SSSR
(N.S. 89) Two-winged insects II (4): 1-502. (In Russian).
Savchenko, E. N. (as Savtshenko) & G. Theischinger, 1978.
Die Arten der Tipula (Lunatipula) recticornis-Gruppe
(Diptera, Tipulidae). — Bulletin Zoologisch Museum,
Universiteit van Amsterdam 6: 117-128.
Simova-Tosic, D. & M. Vukovic, 1981. The results of crane
flies (Diptera, Tipulidae) studies in Yugoslavia. — Acta
Entomologica Jugoslavica 17: 113-119.
Simova-Tosic, D. & M. Vukovic, 1983. The significance of
the male genitalia for identification of the crane flies spe-
cies (Tipulidae, Diptera). — Acta Entomologica
Jugoslavica 19: 27-32. (In Serbo-Croatian, English sum-
mary).
Swofford, D. L., 1993. PAUP, Phylogenetic Analysis Using
Parsimony, version 3.1. — Illinois Natural History Survey,
Champaign, Illinois.
Tangelder, I. R. M., 1985. Phylogeny of the Nephrotoma
dorsalis species-group (Diptera, Tipulidae), mainly based
on genital characters. -Beaufortia 35: 135-174.
Theischinger, G., 1977. Neue Taxa von Lunatipula Edwards
aus der mediterranen Subregion der Paläearktis (Diptera,
Tipulidae, 7zpula Linnaeus). — Beaufortia 26: 1-38.
Theischinger, G., 1979a. Neue Taxa von Lunatipula
Edwards aus der mediterranen Subregion der Palaearktis
(Diptera, Tipulidae, Tipula Linnaeus). I. Fortsetzung. —
Beaufortia 28: 121-150.
Theischinger, G., 1979b. Über Lunatipula aus Afghanistan
(Diptera, Tipulidae, 7ipula Linnaeus). — Bulletin Zoolo-
gisch Museum, Universiteit van Amsterdam 6: 145-150.
Theischinger, G., 1979c. Neue Taxa von Lunatipula
Edwards aus der mediterranen Subregion der Palaearktis
(Diptera, Tipulidae, 77pu/a Linnaeus). II. Fortsetzung. —
Beaufortia 29: 275-308.
Theischinger, G., 1980. Neue Taxa von Lunatipula
Edwards aus der mediterranen Subregion der Palaearktis
(Diptera, Tipulidae, 7zpula Linnaeus). III. Fortsetzung. —
Beaufortia 30: 17-29.
Theischinger, G., 1982. Neue Taxa von Lunatipula
Edwards aus der mediterranen Subregion der Palaearktis
(Diptera, Tipulidae, 77pu/a Linnaeus). IV. Fortsetzung. —
Beaufortia 32: 79-96.
Theischinger, G., 1987. Neue Taxa von Lunatipula
Edwards aus der mediterranen Subregion der Palaearktis
(Diptera, Tipulidae, 77pu/a Linnaeus). V. Fortsetzung. —
Beaufortia 37: 99-120.
Theowald, B., 1957. Die Entwicklungsstadien der Tipuli-
den (Diptera, Nematocera), insbesondere der west-pa-
laearktischen Arten. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 100:
195-308.
Theowald, B., 1967. Familie Tipulidae. (Diptera, Nemato-
cera). Larven und Puppen. — Bestimmungsbücher zur
Bodenfauna Europas 7: 1-100.
Theowald, B., 1972. Die Tipuliden Algeriens (Diptera,
Tipulidae). — Entomologische Berichten 32: 3-5.
Theowald, B. & P. Oosterbroek, 1990. Zur Zoogeographie
der westpaläarktischen Tipuliden. IX. Die Tipuliden des
Vorderen Orients. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 133:
85-95.
Tjeder, B., 1958. A synopsis of the Swedish Tipulidae, 1.
Subfam. Limoniinae: tribe Limoniini. — Opuscula Ento-
mologica 23: 133-169.
264
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
Figs. 69-76, Tipula (Lunatipula) cirrata sp.n.; 69, male terminalia, lateral view; 70, left inner and outer gonostyli, lateral view;
71, left fragmentum, dorsal view; 72, tergite 9-10, dorsal view; 73, setal brushes on intersegmental membrane sternites 8 and
9, posterior view; 74, aedeagal guide and appendages, posterolateral view; 75, female terminalia, lateral view; 76, female ster-
nite 9, ventral view.
265
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
APPENDIX A
Tipula (Lunatipula) cirrata sp.n.
(figs. 69-76)
Type material. — Holotype d: Spain, Jaén, Sierra de
Cazorla, Rio Guadalquivir, 900 m, 22.1V.1994, P.
Oosterbroek & C. Hartveld (ZMAN). — Paratypes: 26,
same data as holotype; 36, 19, Spain, Jaén, Sierra de
Cazorla, Rio Aguamula, 700 m, 23.IV.1994, P.
Oosterbroek & C. Hartveld (ZMAN).
Description
Body length 15.5-17 mm (d), 20 mm (9); wing
length 15.5-18 mm (dg), 15.5 mm (2); antennal
length 4.2-4.8 mm (dg), 2.8 mm (9).
Colour. — Ground colour light brown, head and
thorax extensively brownish-grey pruinose. Anterior
part of rostrum and vertex dorsally with dark brown
median vitta. Antenna with scape and pedicel light
brown, dorsolaterally brownish-grey pruinose, first
flagellomere basally light brown becoming darker to-
wards tip, remainder of flagellum dark brown. Palpus
brown, dorsally and apically darker. Pronotum with
dark brown medial vitta. Prescutum with two pairs of
broad dark brown stripes, medial pair separated by
broad lighter stripe. Scutellum and metatergite with
dark brown medial vitta indicated. Wing veins dark
brown, pterostigma dark brown, distinct. Membrane
darkish coloured, except for yellowish subcostal cell
and anterior margin of cubital cell, pale area in front
of pterostigma reaching base of cell m3. Haltere with
light brown stem, knob largely dark brown. Coxae
greyish pruinose, pruinosity less dense on posterior
pairs of legs. Trochanters and base of femora light
brown, femora becoming dark brown towards apex.
Tibiae brown, becoming darker towards tips, remain-
der of legs dark brown. Abdomen light brown, with
broad dark brown continuous medial stripe on ter-
gites 1 to 7 and less distinct dark brown sublateral
stripe on tergites 2 to 6, tergite 8 light brown, accom-
panying sternite and following segments of abdomen
darker brown.
Head. — Rostrum about as long as remainder of
head, nasus absent. Eyes dorsally and ventrally separ-
ated by about 2.5 times diameter of scape. Antenna
with five verticils in whorl at base of flagellomeres, the
two medial ones short, the dorsally and laterally
placed ones longer, longest verticils slightly longer
than length of flagellomere.
Thorax. — Wing fully developed in both sexes,
squama with about ten distinct macrotrichia. Tarsal
claws with medial tooth in male, toothless in female.
Male terminalia (figs. 69-74). — Sternite 8 at poste-
rior margin in intersegmental membrane with single
ventral and pair of dorsal setal brushes. Setae of
brushes about as long as greatest length of sternite 8,
266
those of dorsal brushes curled at tip. Medial setae of
ventral brush wavy at tip, ventral brush laterally with
two setae about twice the diameter of the remainder
of setae (fig. 73). Tergite 9-10 and gonocoxites separ-
ated by membranous zone (fig. 69). Tergite 9-10 (fig.
72) broad and short, with narrow medial membra-
nous area. Anterior margin of tergite 9-10 V-shaped,
posterior margin widely U-shaped, posterolateral ex-
tensions narrow in dorsal view. Posterodorsal part of
gonocoxite incompletely separated from the remain-
der of gonocoxite by sutures, this part of gonocoxite
not produced (fig. 70). Fragmentum a broad sclero-
tized low lobe set with scattered long golden yellow
setae (fig. 71). Midventral area in between gonocox-
ites membranous, lateral margins diverging posterior-
ly, anteriorly carrying membranous conical extension
(fig. 69). Sp2 small, squarish, moderately sclerotized.
Foramen of gonostyli medially very weakly sclero-
tized to membranous. Spl small, V-shaped, separate
from sp2. Outer gonostylus (fig. 70) short and slen-
der, slightly broader at apex. Inner gonostylus (fig.
70) with large anterior part provided with serrate dor-
sal crest, posterior part short, lateral carrying a few se-
tae. Inner gonostylus medially provided with sensory
area at base of posterior part. Proctiger entirely mem-
branous. Aedeagal guide (fig. 74) a compact sclero-
tized structure, at tip with dorsal and ventral pair of
posterolateral extensions. Sperm pump with anterior
and posterior apodemes short, compressor apodeme
dorsally deeply emarginate, lumen well-developed,
body strongly convex. Aedeagus long, slender, tubu-
lar throughout, anteriorly reaching abdominal seg-
ment 1.
Female terminalia (figs. 75, 76). — Cercus in lateral
view with almost straight margins, tapering to tip.
Sternite 8 dorsolaterally near base of hypogynial valve
ending in acute angle. Hypogynial valve strong,
pointed at lower posterior corner (fig. 75). Sternite 9
with broad and dorsoventrally compressed posterior
extension (fig. 76). Three spermathecae, oblong oval,
spermathecal duct rotated at base.
Etymology. — The name cirrata, an adjective in the
nominative singular, refers to the presence of frizzled
setae in the brushes on the intersegmental membrane
of male sternites 8 and 9. Cirratus (Latin) means with
curly hairs.
Remarks. — As the above given phylogenetic anal-
ysis shows, cirrata is closely related to trifasciculata.
Differences are found in the shape of the inner go-
nostylus, which in trifasciculata has a shorter and
dorsally rounded anterior part (fig. 31) compared to
that of cirrata (fig. 70), in the structure of the poste-
rior margin of male tergite 9-10, which in trifascicu-
lata has shorter posterior extensions, in the shape of
the fragmentum, which is higher in trifasciculata
(fig. 22; cf. fig. 71), in the length of the female cer-
ci, which are shorter in trifasciculata, and in the tip
of the posterior extension of female sternite 9, which
is acute in trifasciculata and emarginate in cirrata
(fig. 76).
DE JONG: Tipula bullata and falcata group
APPENDIX B
Autapomorphies of the species of the Tipula
(Lunatipula) bullata and falcata groups
267
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
BOOK REVIEWS
Gäbor Ronkay & Läszlö Ronkay, 1994. Noctuidae Euro-
paeae. Volume 6. Cuculliinae I. — Entomological Press,
Sorg. 282 pp, 10 colour-plates, 218 figs., many maps.
[ISBN 87-89430-03-4]. Price DKK 680 excl postage; sub-
scribers to the series receive 10% discount. Distributed by
Apollo Books, Kirkeby Sand 19, DK-5771-Stenstrup,
Denmark. Fax +4562263780.
Volume 6 is the third volume appearing in this 12
volume series. It is also the first one not written by
Michael Fibiger, editor and organizer of the series (see
also review of vol. 2 in this journal, vol 136, p. 82).
The book shows the same set-up as previous volumes,
each species described with taxonomic notes, diagno-
sis, bionomics and distribution, colour plates of
adults and maps of the distribution. The text is bilin-
gual, english and french, printed alongside. The only
criticism could be that this inevitably makes the
books somewhat more expensive.
This volume deals with the large genus Cucullia
and two genera recently separated from it by the same
authors. It covers 60 species, including one new and
several subspecies, also one new, and many new com-
binations and synonyms. A novelty is the inclusion of
colour plates of the larvae, which are in this group of
noctuids more important because adults of many spe-
cies can only be obtained by breeding the larvae. The
plates show the same high quality as in the previous
volumes. The drawings of the genitalia (the first
shown in the series) are very detailed, based on pencil
and/or ink drawings. Especially the detailed drawings
of the everted vesica and cornuti will be helpful for
the identification of the many similar species.
The book is well prepared, and well printed. The
brothers Ronkay are to be congratulated with this
wonderful volume, a worthy counterpart to the pre-
vious volumes.
[E. J. van Nieukerken]
Rimantas Puplesis, 1994. The Nepticulidae of Eastern
Europe and Asia, Western, Central and Fastern Parts. —
Backhuys Publishers, Leiden. 291 pp, 840 figs on un-
numbered pages.[ISBN 90-73348-29-3]. Price NLG
210.— (US $ 140), excl. postrage. Can be ordered form
Universal Book Services, PO Box 321, NL-2300 AH
Leiden, fax +31-71-5171856.
Nepticulidae are amongst the smallest Lepidoptera
(ca 2-12 mm wingspan), with leafmining larvae.
They are especially known for their characteristic
feeding patterns, mostly gallery mines in leaves. The
book deals with 221 palaearctic species. The title is
somewhat misleading: the area covered is the territo-
ry of the former Soviet Union, but it is understand-
able that the author prefers his more neutral descrip-
268
tion. So in spite of the title, it does not treat species
from Japan (about 30 known) or China (only one
species known at present) nor from any other part of
Asia south of the former Soviet Union.
The book starts with an introduction on methods,
adult morphology, phylogeny and classification, a key
to the genera and a checklist. For all species a diagno-
sis is given and a description of male, female, genital-
ia plus short notes on biology and distribution. The
black and white drawings of adults, genitalia and leaf-
mines are brought together at the end of the book, in
the systematic order. Most drawings are new, some
are copied from previous publications by the author
and a few are redrawn from other sources.
It is to be regretted that the publisher has not spend
more attention to the composition of the plates.
Several rough sketches could better be more reduced
in printing, and the lettering is very coarse. A major
point of criticism is the complete lack of figure cap-
tions on the plates themselves: they are all brought to-
gether before the plates. This is very impracticle when
one tries to identify specimens. In my own copy I
have glued photocopies of the captions on the plates:
something one would not expect doing in a book
with this price.
One could wonder whether it is the right time to
publish a book on a fauna, yet so scanty known. More
than half of the species have been described by the au-
thor between 1984 and 1994, a few in this book, and
many more new species and new data on biology are
expected to be found in the recent future. On the oth-
er hand I think that the author should be praised to
bring together all this material, which mostly was on-
ly described in Russian in separate journals. It is the
first time that a group of Microlepidoptera of this ar-
ea is treated in English from the start: previous books
were translations from Russian. The details of the
genitalia could in many drawings be improved, and
hopefully in a new edition the aedeagus will be drawn
separately so that its details are better seen. Also hope-
fully more details of biology will become known:
many species are now only known from a few light
trapped adults.
The black and white landscape photographs, made
from colour-slides, give a good impression of the very
different habitats in the area covered. It is a pity that
it has not been possible to reproduce them in colour.
In short: a very useful account of a hitherto almost
unknown fauna and a good starting point for future
research of the Palaearctic Nepticulidae. An initiative
to be followed for other insect groups.
[E. J. van Nieukerken]
HERMAN DE JONG
Institute for Systematics and Population Biology, Amsterdam
RAFPENMEOGENMOFMMPEAESUB GENUS YEUTA
(MEDIOTIPULA) (DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE)
Jong, H. de, 1995. The phylogeny of the subgenus Tipula (Mediotipula) (Diptera: Tipulidae).
— Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 269-282, figs. 1-48, tabs. 1, 2, appendices A, B. [ISSN
0040-7496]. Published 15 November 1995.
The phylogeny of the species of the subgenus Tipula (Mediotipula Pierre) (Diptera: Tipulidae)
is discussed, based on the examination of 24 morphological characters of the adults of the cur-
rently recognized 11 species. The synonymy of aragoniensis Theowald under cataloniensis
Theowald is established. A short discussion on the distribution of the species is given.
H. de Jong, Department of Entomology, Institute for Systematics and Population Biology
(Zoological Museum), Plantage Middenlaan 64, 1018 DH Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Diptera, Tipulidae, Mediotipula, phylogeny, distribution.
This paper presents an analysis of the phylogeny of
the species of the subgenus Tipula (Mediotipula
Pierre, 1924) as part of a research project dealing with
the historical biogeography of the western Mediter-
ranean. About half of the species of Mediotipula are
confined to the western Mediterranean and could
provide clues for a better understanding of the histor-
ical biogeography of the area.
Pierre (1924) introduced Mediotipula as a genus to
accommodate his new species fulvogrisea from north-
ern Algeria. As recorded by Theowald (1978), the
study of type material of fulvogrisea enabled Mann-
heims to recognize this species as a member of the
Tipula stigmatella species group sensu Lackschewitz
(1934). Correspondence on these findings with
Mannheims led Theowald (1957) to use the name
Mediotipula for the species of the stigmatella group. In
the text of Theowald’s 1957 paper, Mediotipula was
used in the subgeneric sense, while Theowald’s table
2, which presented a proposal for a new classification
of the western Palaearctic Tipulidae, listed Medioti-
pulaas a genus. Following Savchenko (1961), Medio-
tipula is usually considered a subgenus of Tipula
Linnaeus. Savchenko, dealing with five species of
Mediotipula, distinguished two species groups within
the subgenus. A revision of Mediotipula was provided
by Theowald (1978), who recognized a total of 12
species divided over four species groups. The arrange-
ments of both authors will be commented upon in
the “Discussion of adopted phylogeny’, below. In
Appendix A of the present paper, the synonymy of
aragoniensis Theowald under cataloniensis Theowald
is established, thus reducing the number of valid spe-
cies to 11. A list of the species of Mediotipula as rec-
ognized in this paper is given in table 1.
Mediotipula has a strictly western Palaearctic distri-
bution, with about half of the species being confined
to the western Mediterranean. The general distribu-
tion of Mediotipula is given in fig. 1. More detailed
maps with the ranges of individual species will be pro-
vided in a forthcoming paper on the historical bio-
geography of the western Mediterranean. A short dis-
cussion on the distribution of the species of
Mediotipula is given at the end of the present paper. A
synopsis of their distribution can also be found in
Oosterbroek & Theowald (1992).
MATERIAL, METHODS AND TERMINOLOGY
With the exception of the female of fulvogrisea, ma-
terial of both sexes of all species of Mediotipula was
examined. The majority of specimens studied origi-
nate from the collection of the Institute for Syste-
matics and Population Biology (Zoological Mu-
Table 1. The species of Tipula (Mediotipula) as recognized
in this paper. +: examined; -: not examined.
d Q
anatoliensis Theowald, 1978 + +
brolemanni Pierre, 1922 + +
cataloniensis Theowald, 1978 + +
caucasiensis Theowald, 1978 + +
fulvogrisea Pierre, 1924 + =
galiciensis Theowald, 1978 + +
mikiana Bergroth, 1888 + +
nitidicollis Strobl, 1909 + +
sarajevensis Strobl, 1898 + +
siebkei Zetterstedt, 1852 + +
stigmatella Schummel, 1833 + +
269
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Fig. 1. Distribution of Tipula (Mediotipula).
seum), Amsterdam (ZMAN). This material consisted
of dry pinned and alcohol preserved specimens. A
male paratype and the female paratype of caucasiensis
were borrowed from the Zoological Institute of the
Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, the female para-
type of anatoliensis was borrowed from the Zoolo-
gisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander
Koenig, Bonn, and some material of cataloniensis was
borrowed from the Musée d’Histoire Naturelle,
Neuchätel.
Only two female specimens of fulvogrisea are men-
tioned in the literature (Theowald 1978), viz.,
Pierre’s female paratype in the Paris Muséum and
another female in the collection in Vienna. Both
specimens, however, are in a very bad condition and
without terminalia (Matile in litt. and Contreras-
Lichtenberg in litt., respectively). I did not examine
the remaining parts of these females.
Preparations of the male and female terminalia
were made by removing these parts and clearing them
in a nearly boiling 10% KOH solution for about five
minutes. After rinsing with water and 70% alcohol,
the terminalia were transferred to glycerol. Examina-
tion of the specimens and their terminalia was carried
out with a Wild stereo microscope, using a magnifica-
tion of up to 100 X. Drawings were made with the
270
aid of a drawing tube attached to the microscope.
Illustrations of the genital structures were made from
macerated specimens. For permanent storage, the ter-
minalia were transferred to a microvial containing
some glycerol. The microvial was pinned with the rel-
evant specimen.
The parsimony programs Hennig86, version 1.5
(Farris 1988) and PAUP, version 3.1 (Swofford 1993)
were used to analyze the phylogeny. More informa-
tion on the procedures followed is given in ‘Discus-
sion of adopted phylogeny’.
The terms for the structures of Mediotipula as used
in this paper are generally in accord with those em-
ployed by McAlpine (1981), with a few additions for
particular features of Tipulidae. The terminology as
adopted here is explained in figs. 3-6, 8. A recent
overview of the morphology of the terminalia of
Tipulidae was given by Tangelder (1985) to which
paper I refer the reader for more information.
BIOLOGY
The most comprehensive information on the bio-
logy of adult Mediotipula — and of other adult
Tipulidae occurring in the region — can be found in
Dufour’s 1986 monograph on the Tipulidae of
Switzerland. Three of the four Swiss species of Medio-
tipula, viz., sarajevensis, siebkei, and stigmatella, are
usually found at the colline and montane levels. The
species mikiana occurs primarily at the subalpine le-
vel. The occasional occurrence of mikiana at lower le-
vels either suggests altitudinal movements or the avai-
lability of favourable habitats even at these lower
altitudes. Adults of mikiana can be found at higher le-
vels in moors on slopes and along the banks of rivers.
The greater majority of localities of mikiana in
Switzerland are situated in crystalline domains, and
none on lime. Therefore, Dufour supposed that the
geological substrate plays a determinant role in the
occurrence of mikiana. The species is absent from the
calcareous Alps of northern Tirol (cf. Mannheims &
Pechlaner 1963), while its absence from the Carpa-
thians is possibly related to the essentially sedimenta-
ry nature of the pertaining rock formations. The spe-
cies sarajevensis is associated with open woods and
hedges exposed to the sun, most often in steep ter-
rains. It is seldom found in uniform plains and dark
alpha
hartigiana
ignobilis
anatoliensis
fulvogrisea
mikiana
sarajevensis
[|
>
[18
[14
12,20
DE JonG: Phylogeny of Mediotipula
woods. The few Swiss localities known of the relative-
ly rare siebkei suggest a habitat of deciduous woods
(Quercus, Castanea). The species stigmatella was
found in Switzerland at two localities only, both very
steep woods on thin and gravelly soil, one an oak gro-
ve, the other an Ostrya grove in the so-called Querco-
ostryetum zone. Dufour supposed that the distribu-
tion of stigmatella in Switzerland is determined by the
rarity of suitable habitats. Both sexes of the Swiss spe-
cies of Mediotipula were captured in light traps. The
non-Swiss species of Mediotipula are also found at
colline to montane levels, with recorded altitudes ran-
ging for anatoliensis from 430-1000 m, for broleman-
ni from 1000-1450 m, for cataloniensis from 1035-
2000 m, for galiciensis from 200-700 m, and for
nitidicollis from 350-900 m. The type couple of the
Algerian fulvogrisea was captured on a wall in Mascara
(Pierre 1924). Mascara lies at an altitude of about 600
m. The flight of the species of Mediotipula is swift and
straight.
Theowald (1957, 1967) described and illustrated
Mediotipula
u 2
Ra GR | nee A
= 7 5 n = ©
© - = ai = a E
a sj a ® 2 E Gi
D E oO L (3) Co) _—
= ia =
2 = a ‚© a L a
= a (3) wn oD 2 (3)
7
10,14,19,24(1)
18 22
[18 6,9,13
16
[14
15,18,24(0)
3
5,17
1,2,11,21,23,24(2)
Fig. 2. Cladogram of Tipula (Savtshenkia) alpha, hartigiana, and ignobilis, and the species of Tipula (Mediotipula). Length 30,
consistency index 0.83, retention index 0.93. See ‘Discussion of adopted phylogeny’ for further details. —: synapomorphy;
Ul: homoplasy; X : reversal.
DIEN
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
the larvae and pupae of mikiana (as stigmatella), saraj-
evensis, and (1967) stigmatella (as bidens Bergroth).
The larva and pupa of stigmatella were also treated in
detail by Savchenko (1966a, 1966b; as bidens).
Hôchstetter (1963) described and illustrated the larva
of mikiana (as stigmatella). The information provided
by Höchstetter, Savchenko and Theowald suggests
that the habitats of the larvae and pupae of
Mediotipula species are restricted to moss cushions.
Whereas Theowald recorded both stages of the spe-
cies he dealt with from very moist moss on rocks in
and along brooks, Savchenko characterized stigmatel-
la as an obligate briobiont and xerophil, occurring
under dry moss, especially Brachythecium velutinum
(Hedwig). Höchstetter knew the larva of mikiana
from dry moss in woods only.
Certain authors (e.g., Collin 1954; Stubbs 1992)
referred to the occurrence of larvae of szebkei in rot-
ting wood of alder (Populus tremula Linnaeus). This
report goes back to Zetterstedt’s description of siebkei
(1852; ‘Larva in Populo tremula capta, secundum
Siebke), but, as it has not been confirmed since, this
reference should be considered with reserve.
SYSTEMATIC POSITION
On account of the long and apparently non-verti-
cillate antennae in the male of fulvogrisea, Pierre
(1924, 1926) placed Mediotipula in his first group of
the tribus Tipulini. Besides Mediotipula, this group
contained Habromastix Skuse, Idiotipula Alexander,
Leptotipula Alexander, Longurio Loew, Macromastix
Osten Sacken, Phymatopsis Skuse, and Xenotipula
Alexander. According to Pierre, the presence of 12
antennal segments in Mediotipula should indicate a
close relationship with Leptotipula. However, distinct
verticils among the long pubescence on the flagello-
meres and a minuscule thirteenth apical antennal seg-
ment are actually present in the male of fulvogrisea.
Both character states indicate a relationship with the
more derived Tipulidae as are presently arranged in
the genus Tipula and its near relatives. The structures
of the male and female terminalia also show that the-
re is no direct phylogenetic relationship between
Mediotipula and the other taxa of Pierre’s first group
of Tipulini. With the exception of /diotipula, the re-
maining taxa of this group are at present considered
subgenera of Leptotarsus Guérin (cf. Hutson 1980,
Oosterbroek 1989). Leptotarsus contains about 300
described species and has a primarily southern he-
misphere distribution. The current systematics of
Leptotarsus and its close relatives, which belong to the
phylogenetically more primitive Tipulidae, are unsa-
tisfactory and in need of a cladistic revision. At pre-
sent, the monotypic South African /diotipula is consi-
dered a genus. It is doubtless closely related to
Leptotarsus.
According to Theowald (1957: 300), Mediotipula
takes a rather isolated phylogenetic position among
the western Palaearctic Tipulidae. Theowald consid-
ered the presence of a tooth-like protuberance at the
end of the pupal hypogynial sheaths in Mediotipula
and the subgenus Tipula (Savtshenkia Alexander)
(i.e., the “Tipula rufina-Komplex in Theowald 1957)
a convergence. However, on account of the same
character state, Savchenko (1966a, 1979, 1983) pos-
tulated a sister group relationship between Medio-
tipula and Savtshenkia. Theowald (1978) and De
Jong (1994) accepted this tentative arrangement as a
working hypothesis. Three species of Savtshenkia,
Table 2. Character state matrix of Tipula (Savtshenkia) alpha, hartigiana, and ignobilis, and the species of 7. (Mediotipula).
Character 1 DI 2.
0 0 4
alpha 00000 0000- 01000 00-01 0000
hartigiana 00010 0000- 01000 00-01 0000
ignobilis 00000 0000- 01000 00-01 0000
anatoliensis 11000 0000- 10000 00-00 1012
brolemanni 11111 11011 10111 11110 1111
cataloniensis 11111 11011 10111 11110 1111
caucasiensis A 10010 10101 11100 1010
fulvogrisea 11000 0000- 10000 00-2? 2222
galiciensis err 10011 10111 11110 1111
mikiana 11011 0000- 10000 01000 1012
nitidicollis 11101 0000- 10001 01100 1010
sarajevensis 11101 0010- 10000 01000 1012
siebkei 11111 10010 10101 11100 1110
stigmatella 11111 0010- 10001 11000 1010
DD
viz., alpha De Jong, hartigiana Theowald, Dufour &
Oosterbroek, and ignobilis Loew, are included in the
phylogenetic analysis of Mediotipula given below.
The phylogeny of the species of Savtshenkia was ex-
amined by De Jong (1994).
CHARACTER DISCUSSION
This section provides a discussion of the characters
employed in the phylogenetic analysis of the species
of Mediotipula. The character states recognized are
briefly outlined, accompanied by their respective co-
des, after which a more detailed discussion follows.
Table 2 gives the data set for the three supplementary
Savtshenkia species, which are listed first, and the spe-
cies of Mediotipula. The resultant cladogram (fig. 2) is
discussed in the next section. Autapomorphies recog-
nized for the species of Mediotipula are listed in
Appendix B.
Wing
1. — Discal cell: (0) relatively large; (1) small.
All species of Mediotipula are distinguished by the
presence of a small discal cell that is about 1.5 times
as long as wide (fig. 6). Usually, the discal cell is much
larger in the Tipulidae and has a length-width ratio of
about 2 or more. The latter situation is found in the
majority of species of Savtshenkia (fig. 7), including
the three species added to the present analysis. The
characteristically small discal cell of Mediotipula was
noted before by Mannheims (e.g., in Mannheims &
Pechlaner 1963) and Theowald (1973, 1978).
Male terminalia
2. — Gonocoxite, laterally compressed projection
on posterodorsal corner: (0) absent; (1) present.
All species of Mediotipula are distinguished by the
presence of a laterally compressed projection on the
upper posterior corner of the gonocoxite. As in fulvo-
grisea (fig. 3), the projection is rather small in most
species, but it is dorsoventrally extended as an elon-
gate keel in ritidicollis. A similar structure is absent in
the species of Savtshenkia included in the analysis, but
can be found in a subgroup of that subgenus (De
Jong 1994, character 24, the range fragilina to subsig-
nata cazorla). In these species of Savtshenkia, the pro-
jection is not laterally compressed and is probably not
homologous with the projection present in
Mediotipula.
3. — Gonocoxite, part behind suture x: (0) long; (1)
short.
In the Tipulidae, suture x usually separates a rela-
tively large posterior section of the gonocoxite from
the remainder of the gonocoxite, a situation found in
all species of Savtshenkia. Within Mediotipula, the
DE JONG: Phylogeny of Mediotipula
posterior part of the gonocoxite is relatively long in
anatoliensis, fulvogrisea, and mikiana (fig. 8, arrow).
The remainder of species of Mediotipula are distin-
guished by a short caudal part of the gonocoxite (fig.
9):
4. Gonocoxite, midventral area, ventral extension
at midlength; (0) absent; (1) present.
The midventral area in between the gonocoxites is
unmodified in a minority of the species studied (fig.
3). Savtshenkia hartigiana carries a well-developed
cone-shaped extension at about midlength of the
midventral area (De Jong 1994, fig. 33). Within
Mediotipula the midventral area is provided with a
bulbous extension in brolemanni, cataloniensis, cauca-
siensis, galiciensis, mikiana, siebkei, and stigmatella
(fig. 10). The lobe is relatively small in caucasiensis,
mikiana, and stigmatella, whereas it is more pro-
nounced in the other species listed. The homology of
the extension in Savtshenkia hartigiana and in the
species of Mediotipula is doubtful, but both are scored
‘present’ in the data matrix. In anatoliensis the entire
midventral area is produced as a sclerotized and later-
ally compressed keel.
5. — Inner gonostylus, anterior part, setae on ven-
tral margin: (0) short; (1) long.
The ventral surface of the anterior part of the inner
gonostylus usually carries a vestiture of scattered and
rather short setae in the Tipulidae. This is the situa-
tion encountered in Savtshenkia, including the species
added to the data matrix. Within Mediotipula, short
setae at this part of the inner gonostylus are found in
anatoliensis and fulvogrisea only (figs. 4, 11). In the
other species of Mediotipula, the ventral margin of the
inner gonostylus is covered with strikingly long setae.
There is a rather strong concentration of long setae in
mikiana (fig. 12), nitidicollis (fig. 14), sarajevensis (fig.
13), and stigmatella (fig. 15). In brolemanni (fig. 22),
cataloniensis (fig. 23), caucasiensis (fig. 16), galiciensis
(fig. 20), and siebkei (fig. 18), the setae are more
sparse.
6. — Inner gonostylus, anterior part, elongate, par-
allel sided, tip ‘double’: (0) no ; (1) yes.
Seen in lateral view, the anterior part of the inner
gonostylus in the Tipulidae usually terminates in a
gradually narrowing tip, a character state found also
in the examined species of Savtshenkia. Within
Mediotipula, a gradually narrowing anterior part is
present in anatoliensis (fig. 11), fulvogrisea (fig. 4),
mikiana (fig. 12), nitidicollis (fig. 14), sarajevensis (fig.
13), and stigmatella (fig. 15). The species brolemanni
(fig. 22), cataloniensis (fig. 23), caucasiensis (fig. 16),
galiciensis (fig. 20), and szebkei (fig. 18) have a rostral-
ly stretched anterior part of which the dorsal and ven-
Ds)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
tg7 tg8 tg9-10 sp2 i gonst o gonst ant pt post pt post apod
st7 st8 spmpmp goncx aed aed gd proj
discal cell
MINIME 6
274
tral sides run more or less parallel for some distance.
The tip of the anterior part laterally carries a low ex-
tended rim that gives the apex a two fold appearance
(fig. 16, upward arrow).
7. — Inner gonostylus, posterior part, dorsally di-
rected crest: (0) absent; (1) present.
The dorsal margin of the posterior part of the inner
gonostylus is usually rounded in the species of the
Tipulidae. This situation is present in the studied spe-
cies of Savtshenkia and in most species of Mediotipula
(figs. 4, 11-16, 18, 20). Both brolemanni and catalo-
niensis are distinguished among the members of
Mediotipula by the presence of a dorsally extended
and laterally compressed crest on the posterodorsal
surface of the posterior part at the point where the
posterior parts curves anteriorly (figs. 22, 23, arrow).
The actual size and shape of this crest can vary among
specimens of the pertaining species, a feature that led
Theowald (1978) to recognize the species aragoniensis
and cataloniensis (figs. 23-27; see Appendix A).
8. — Inner gonostylus, posterior part, posterolateral
extension: (0) absent; (1) present.
Two of the species studied, viz., sarajevensis and
stigmatella, are characterized by the presence of a pos-
terolateral extension on the posterior part of the inner
gonostylus (figs. 13, 15, arrows).
9. — Inner gonostylus, posterior part, posteromedi-
al extension: (0) absent; (1) present.
The inner gonostylus of the majority of species ex-
amined is relatively simple and composed of an ante-
rior and posterior part only. The species brolemanni,
cataloniensis, caucasiensis, galiciensis, and siebkei are
distinguished by the presence of a low placed postero-
medial extension on the posterior part (figs. 16, 17,
19-23; see next character).
10. — Inner gonostylus, posterior part, posterome-
dial extension: (0) short; (1) elongate.
The posteromedial extension on the inner gonosty-
lus varies in size between the species that show this
structure. The extension is small in szebkei (fig. 19, ar-
row), somewhat more pronounced in caucasiensis
(figs. 16, 17, downward arrows), and present as an el-
DE JONG: Phylogeny of Mediotipula
ongate structure in brolemanni (fig. 22), cataloniensis
(fig. 23), and galiciensis (figs. 20, 21, arrows).
11. — Sperm pump, posterior apodemes, entirely
fused, forming plate: (0) no; (1) yes.
The sperm pump carries a pair of separate posteri-
or apodemes in the majority of species of Tipulidae, a
situation found also in Savtshenkia, including the spe-
cies added to the matrix. All species of Mediotipula
show the total fusion of the posterior apodemes in the
horizontal plane; a dorsoventrally flat blade connects
the posterior apodemes from the body of the sperm
pump up to their posterior apices (fig. 5).
12. — Sp2, medial margin blackish sclerotized: (0)
no; (1) yes.
All species of Savtshenkia are characterized by the
blackish sclerotized medial margin of sp2 (De Jong
1994). Within Mediotipula, sp2 is moderately, and usu-
ally uniformly, sclerotized throughout (figs. 28-31).
13. — Sp2, dorsal vaulting at anterior margin: (0)
absent; (1) present.
Sp2 usually is present as a relatively flat structure, a
situation found in all species of Savtshenkia. A rela-
tively flat sp2 is present also in about half of the spe-
cies of Mediotipula (fig. 28). The species brolemanni,
cataloniensis, caucasiensis, galiciensis, and siebkei are
distinguished by the presence of a dorsal vaulting at
the anterior margin of sp2. The resulting lobe is rela-
tively low and broad-based in caucasiensis (fig. 29, ar-
row), it is more pronounced and relatively narrow-
based in brolemanni, cataloniensis, galiciensis (fig. 31),
and siebkei (fig. 30, arrow).
14. — Sp2, membranous area on posterior margin:
(0) absent; (1) present.
Sp2 is entirely sclerotized in most Tipulidae that
show this structure, a condition found in the species
of Savtshenkia and in most species of Mediotipula
(figs. 28-30). The posterior margin of sp2 is partly
membranous in brolemanni, cataloniensis, and gali-
ciensis (fig. 31, arrow).
15. — Sternite 8, posterior margin, U or V-shaped
large membranous area: (0) absent; (1) present.
Figs. 3-12. — 3-6, Tipula (Mediotipula) fulvogrisea, 3, male terminalia, lateral view; 4, left inner gonostylus, lateral view; 5,
sperm pump, dorsal view; 6, male right wing, dorsal view; 7, T. (Savtshenkia) grisescens, male right wing, dorsal view; 8, 9, pos-
terior part of right gonocoxite, aedeagal guide and appendages, ventral view (gonostyli omitted); 8, 7. (M.) mikiana; 9, T.
(M.) sarajevensis, 10, T. (M.) mikiana, ventral part of gonocoxite, lateral view; 11, 12, left inner gonostylus, lateral view; 11,
T. (M.) anatoliensis, 12, T. (M.) mikiana.
Abbreviations: aed: aedeagus; aed gd: aedeagal guide; ant pt: anterior part of inner gonostylus; goncx: gonocoxite; i gonst: in-
ner gonostylus; o gonst: outer gonostylus; post apod: posterior apodeme of sperm pump; post pt: posterior part of inner go-
nostylus; proj: projection on posterodorsal corner of gonocoxite; spm pmp: sperm pump; st7 etc.: sternite 7 etc.; sut x: suture
x; tg7 etc.: tergite 7 etc.
25)
“TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 13-22, left inner gonostylus. — 13, Tipula (Mediotipula) sarajevensis, lateral view; 14, 7: (M.) nitidicollis, lateral view; 15,
T. (M.) stigmatella, lateral view; 16, 17, T. (M.) caucasiensis, 16, lateral view; 17, posterior view; 18, 19, 7: (M.) siebkei; 18,
lateral view; 19, posterior view; 20, 21, 7: (M.) galiciensis, 20, lateral view; 21, posterior view; 22, T. (M.) brolemanni, later-
al view.
276
The posterior margin of male sternite 8 is unmod-
ified in the majority of species of the Tipulidae, be-
ing evenly convex and entirely sclerotized. This situ-
ation is present in the Savtshenkia species included
in the analysis and in a few species of Mediotipula
(fig. 32). Within Mediotipula, the posterior margin
of sternite 8 is incised by a deep and broad U or V-
shaped membranous area in brolemanni, catalonie-
nsis, caucasiensis, galiciensis, nitidicollis (fig. 33), sieb-
kei, and stigmatella.
16. — Tergite 9-10, narrow medial longitudinal su-
ture: (0) absent; (1) present.
The medial part of the disk of tergite 9-10 is broad-
ly membranous in Savtshenkia alpha and ignobilis, as
is characteristic of the majority of species of
Savtshenkia. In hartigiana, however, the medial part is
entirely sclerotized. Within Mediotipula, the disk of
tergite 9-10 is evenly sclerotized in anatoliensis, fulvo-
grisea, mikiana, and nitidicollis (fig. 34). In sarajeve-
nsis it is partly membranous as in certain species of
Savtshenkia. The species brolemanni, cataloniensis,
caucasiensis, galiciensis, siebkei, and stigmatella are dis-
tinguished by the presence of a narrow medial longi-
tudinal suture on tergite 9-10 (fig. 35).
17. — Tergite 9-10, posterior margin, medial spi-
nous extension: (0) absent; (1) present.
The majority of species of Savtshenkia, including
the species added to the data set, carry a pair of
spinous caudal extensions on the posterior margin of
tergite 9-10. Within Mediotipula, a similar situation
is found only in anatoliensis (fig. 36). The species
fulvogrisea shows no distinct paired extensions, but
has a widely emarginate posterior margin that is
covered with black spines (fig. 37). The remainder
of Mediotipula is distinguished by the presence of a
medial spinous extension in between the lateral
pair (figs. 34, 35, 38, 39, 40). See also next charac-
ter.
18. — Tergite 9-10, posterior margin, medial spi-
nous extension ventrally produced: (0) no; (1) yes.
The species of Mediotipula that carry a medial ex-
tension on the posterior margin of tergite 9-10 can be
divided in those with a relatively small extension and
those with a relatively large and anteroventrally pro-
duced extension. The first category includes mikiana
(fig. 38), sarajevensis, and stigmatella (fig. 40), the sec-
ond brolemanni, cataloniensis, caucasiensis, galiciensis,
nitidicollis (fig. 39), and siebkei. In the species of the
first category, the medial extension is of about the
same size as the lateral ones, whereas it is much larger
than the lateral extensions in the species of the second
category. The latter condition is unique among the
Tipulidae.
DE JONG: Phylogeny of Mediotipula
Female terminalia
19. — Cercus, almost straight and apex pointed: (0)
no; (1) yes.
The majority of species of Mediotipula are charac-
terized by the presence of a slightly downward curved
female cercus that terminates in a rounded apex (fig.
41), a situation similar to that of the species of
Savtshenkia, including those added to the data set.
Within Mediotipula, brolemanni, cataloniensis, and
galiciensis are distinguished by the presence of a
straight and gradually narrowing cercus that termi-
nates in an acute tip (fig. 42). Theowald (1978) used
this character to separate his brolemanni group from
the remainder of Mediotipula.
20. — Hypogynial valves, dorsal margin blackish
sclerotized: (0) no; (1) yes.
All species of Savtshenkia are characterized by the
blackish sclerotized dorsal margin of the hypogynial
valves (De Jong 1994). Within Mediotipula, the hy-
pogynial valves are moderately sclerotized throughout
(fig. 45).
21. — Hypogynial valves, fused for some length: (0)
no; (1) yes.
The hypogynial valves in the Tipulidae are separate
up to their bases in the majority of species, including
those of Savtshenkia. All species of Mediotipula of
which I examined the female sex, have the hypogyni-
al valves ventrally fused for about one half to two
thirds of their length (figs. 43, 44, valves fused up to
point indicated by upper arrow).
22. Sternite 8, anterior end of membranous area
at base of hypogynial valves: (0) acute; (1) broad,
truncate.
The membranous area of sternite 8 at the base of
the hypogynial valves narrows gradually and anterior-
ly terminates in an acute point in the species of
Savtshenkia and in most species of Mediotipula. The
end of the membranous area is distinctly acute in the
females of anatoliensis, mikiana, nitidicollis, sarajeve-
nsis, and stigmatella. In the female paratype of cauca-
siensis, the only known female specimen of this spe-
cies, it is less distinct (fig. 43, lower arrow). In the
females of brolemanni, cataloniensis, galiciensis, and
siebkei, the anterior end of this membrane is broad
and truncate (fig. 44, lower arrow).
23. — Sternite 8, sclerotization at opening of gono-
pore: (0) absent; (1) present.
All females of Mediotipula studied are distin-
guished by the presence of a sclerotization of the ven-
tral wall of the genital chamber near the opening of
the gonopore. The sclerotization consists of a large
and dorsally concave sclerite that is anterodorsally lo-
DU
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 23-35. — 23-27, Tipula (Mediotipula) cataloniensis, all Canillo, Andorra, 4-23 June 1979, 1500 m; 23, left inner gonos-
tylus, lateral view; 24-27, posterior part of left inner gonostylus, lateral view; 28-31, right sp2, posterolateral view; 28, 7: (M.)
nitidicollis 29, T. (M.) caucasiensis 30, T. (M.) siebkei, 31, T. (M.) galiciensis 32, 33, posterior margin of male sternite 8, ven-
tral view; 32, 7. (M.) sarajevensis 33, T. (M.) nitidicollis 34, 35, male tergite 9-10, dorsal view; 34, 7. (M.) nitidicollis 35, T.
(M.) stigmatella.
cated, and a usually less distinct and smaller postero-
ventral sclerite (fig. 45, arrows). This sclerotization is
absent in the species of Savtshenkia.
24. — Sternite 9, medial part: (0) entirely sclero-
278
tized; (1) membranous over a narrow zone, lateral
with sclerotized cavities; (2) membranous over a
broad zone.
In most Tipulidae, the medial part of female ster-
nite 9 is produced into a sclerotized elongate and
DE JONG: Phylogeny of Mediotipula
Figs. 36-48. — 36-40, male tergite 9-10, posterior view; 36, Tipula (Mediotipula) anatoliensis 37, T. (M) fulvogrisea; 38, T.
(M.) mikiana; 39, T. (M) nitidicollis 40, T. (M.) stigmatella, 41, 42, female tergite 10 and left cercus, lateral view; 41, 7. (M)
siebkei, 42, T. (M.) galiciensis, 43, 44, female sternite 8 and hypogynial valves, ventral view; 43, 7. (M.) caucastensis, ALTE
(M) siebkei; 45, T. (M.) anatoliensis, female sternite 8 and hypogynial valves, dorsal view; 46-48, female sternite 9, ventral
view; 46, T. (M.) anatoliensis, 47, T. (M.) nitidicollis 48, T. (M.) galiciensis.
slender extension. Such an extension is present in the
species of Savtshenkia. Within Mediotipula, none of
the examined females shows an elongate and posteri-
orly produced medial section of sternite 9. The ster-
nite is present as a slender and well-sclerotized struc-
ture in caucasiensis, nitidicollis (fig. 47), siebkei, and
stigmatella. It is medially membranous over a relative-
ly narrow zone and incorporates a pair of lateral scle-
rotized cavities in brolemanni, cataloniensis, and gali-
ciensis (fig. 48, arrow). In anatoliensis, mikiana, and
279)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
sarajevensis the medial part of sternite 9 is broadly
membranous (fig. 46).
DISCUSSION OF ADOPTED PHYLOGENY
The character state matrix of table 2 was analyzed
with the parsimony programs Hennig86 (Farris
1988) and PAUP (Swofford 1993). For matters of refe-
rence, unknown characters are coded ‘?’, inapplicable
characters ‘— in table 2. Platnick et al. (1991) discus-
sed the potentially different treatment of missing en-
tries by the programs Hennig86 and PAUP, while
Maddison (1993) dealt with the consequences of co-
ding inapplicable characters as missing data. All char-
acters were, by default, given the same weight; char-
acter 24, the only multistate character in the matrix,
was treated unordered. The matrix was run under the
ie*; (implicit enumeration) command of Hennig86
and the branch-and-bound algorithm of PAUP. Both
methods guarantee to find all optimal trees (Farris
1988; Swofford 1993).
As Hennig86 does not allow the outgroup to be
empty (Farris 1988), using this program, the supple-
mentary alpha, hartigiana, and ignobilis were a priori
included in the outgroup. À methodologically prefer-
able procedure was employed under PAUP, which is
able to simultaneously resolve the phylogenetic rela-
tionships of all taxa included in the data set and to
compute unrooted trees that can be rooted a posteri-
ori. Outgroup rooting under PAUP was done such that
the outgroup is a monophyletic sister group of the in-
group. In this case, alpha, hartigiana, and ignobilis
were assigned to the outgroup after the analysis was
completed. Recently, Nixon & Carpenter (1993)
gave a compact and clear overview of the proper use
of outgroups in phylogenetic analysis.
Analysis with Hennig86 resulted in two equally
most parsimonious trees with length 30, consistency
index 82, and retention index 92; PAUP computed a
single most parsimonious tree with length 30, consis-
tency index 0.833, and retention index 0.930. Both
programs distinguished Mediotipula as amonophylet-
ic taxon. Fig. 2 shows the cladogram produced by
PAUP when the outgroup is considered the monophy-
letic sister group of the ingroup. (Hennig86 declines
to resolve the most basal node of a tree on account of
implied polarities alone and places the three
Savtshenkia species in a polytomy).
The solution for Mediotipula produced by PAUP is
identical with one of the two alternative trees found
by Hennig86. It is also identical with the strict con-
sensus tree of the two equally most parsimonious
trees computed by Hennig86. The second most par-
simonious tree found by Hennig86 depicts fulvogrisea
as the sister species of a clade anatoliensis to catalonie-
nsis, within which anatoliensis is the sister species of
280
the clade mikiana to cataloniensis which has the same
topology as in fig. 2. The only support for the mono-
phyly of a clade anatoliensis to cataloniensis can be giv-
en by the female characters 21, 23, and 24. As these
characters are unknown in fulvogrisea and only char-
acters that have non-missing values affect the location
of any taxon on a tree in PAUP (Swofford 1993), they
are, contrary to the procedure followed by Hennig86,
not employed by PAUP to distinguish a clade anatolie-
nsis to cataloniensis. Future study of the female termi-
nalia of fulvogrisea could lead to a solution of the ba-
sal trichotomy in Mediotipula. As things are, however,
the few known female specimens of this species do
not allow for such an examination (see ‘Material,
methods and terminology’, above). Additional mate-
rial of the Algerian fulvogrisea is required, but it will
probably take some time before this can be safely
amassed.
Savchenko (1961) divided the species of Medio-
tipula he dealt with into two groups, viz., a siebkei
group containing caucasiensis (as obtusiuscula
Lackschewitz) and siebkei, and a stigmatella group
containing mikiana (as stigmatella), sarajevensis, and
stigmatella (as bidens). Theowald (1978) recognized a
siebkei group of the same composition as the siebkei
group of Savchenko. Theowald divided the species of
Savchenko’s stigmatella group over a stigmatella
group, containing mikiana, stigmatella and the newly
described anatoliensis, and a sarajevensis group, that
besides sarajevensis contained fulvogrisea and. nitidi-
collis. In addition, Theowald recognized a brolemanni
species group containing aragoniensis (here consid-
ered a junior synonym of cataloniensis Appendix A),
brolemanni, cataloniensis, and galiciensis. Fig. 2 shows
that Theowald’s brolemanni group is the only previ-
ously recognized species group that represents a
monophyletic unit. The brolemanni group together
with the species of the szebkei group of both authors,
viz., caucasiensis and siebkei, constitute a well-defined
monophyletic group. On the basis of the shape of the
membranous area of female sternite 8 (character 22),
a monophyletic group containing brolemanni, catalo-
niensis, galiciensis, and siebkei can be tentatively dis-
tinguished, but, as discussed under character 22, the
expression of this character in the female paratype of
caucasiensis leaves some doubts regarding the inter-
pretation adopted here.
DISTRIBUTION
Mediotipula is primarily restricted to the
Mediterranean subregion of the Palaearctic (fig. 1).
The species anatoliensis is known from its type locali-
ty in the Sultan Daglari mountains in the Turkish
province Konya and from a locality in the western
province Izmir. The species fulvogrisea is known from
the type locality Mascara and from Guelt es-Stel in
northern Algeria only. The main distribution of mi-
kiana lies in the Alps. Besides that, it is known from a
few isolated localities in the Czech Republic,
Germany, Poland, and Slovakia. The species saraje-
vensis is widely distributed in the central European
mountains at levels under 1500 m, ranging from
southern England in the west to Rumania and
Bulgaria in the east. The range of nitidicollis is restric-
ted to central and southern Spain. The distribution
area of stigmatella extends over most of central
Europe, the Caucasus and western Turkey. At pre-
sent, caucasiensis is known from a few localities in the
Caucasus only. The widespread distribution area of
siebkei ranges from southern England and southern
Scandinavia over most of the central belt of Europe
and reaches southward to the north-eastern part of
Sicily and Corsica. The remaining species of
Mediotipula, viz., galiciensis, brolemanni, and catalo-
niensis, are confined to the mountainous northern
part of Spain and adjacent southern France. The spe-
cies galiciensis has been found in the Spanish provin-
ces Lugo, Oviedo, and Vizcaya, brolemanni is known
from the French departments Pyrénées Atlantiques
and Hautes-Pyrénées only, while cataloniensis is
known to occur in the Spanish Pyrenean provinces
Gerona, Huesca, and Lerida, in Andorra, and in the
French department Pyrénées-Orientales. At the mo-
ment, no species of Mediotipula have been recorded
from the Balearic islands and Sardinia, nor from the
Rif and Atlas mountains in Morocco. The only spe-
cies known to occur on the Mediterranean islands
Corsica and Sicily is the widespread siebkei.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
For the loan of invaluable material I would like to
express my gratitude to Dr Emilia Nartshuk (St.
Petersburg), Dr Christophe Dufour (Neuchâtel), and
Dr Hans Ulrich (Bonn). Dr Ruth Contreras-
Lichtenberg (Vienna) and Prof. Dr Loic Matile
(Paris) kindly informed me on the condition of the
female specimens of fulvogrisea under their care. The
final text of this paper benefitted from the comments
by Pjotr Oosterbroek, Hans Duffels, Christophe
Dufour, and Fred Schram upon an earlier draft.
The investigations were supported by the Life
Sciences Foundation (SLW), which is subsidized by
the Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research
(NWO).
REFERENCES
Collin, J. E., 1954. Tipula siebkei Zetterstedt (1852), an ad-
dition to the British Tipulidae (Diptera). — Journal of the
Society for British Entomology 5: 72.
Dufour, C., 1986. Les Tipulidae de Suisse (Diptera, Nema-
DE JONG: Phylogeny of Mediotipula
tocera). — Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae 2: 1-187, + 1-
149.
Farris, J. S. 1988. Hennig86, version 1.5 + reference. — Port
Jefferson Station, New York.
Hôchstetter, L., 1963. Beiträge zur Biologie, Oekologie und
Systematik der Tipuliden-Larven (Diptera). — Sitzungs-
berichten der Physikalisch-Medizinischen Sozietät zu
Erlangen 82: 33-112.
Hutson, A. M., 1980. Family Tipulidae. — In: Crosskey, R.
W. (ed.), Catalogue of the Diptera of the Afrotropical
Region: 47-91. British Museum (Natural History),
London.
Jong, H. de, 1994. The phylogeny of the subgenus Tipula
(Savtshenkia) (Diptera: Tipulidae), with special reference
to the western Mediterranean fauna. — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 137: 271-323.
Lackschewitz, P., 1934. Tipuliden-Studien II. (Dipt.,
Nematoc. polyn.). — Konowia 13: 117-144, pl. I.
McAlpine, J. F., 1981. Morphology and terminology -
adults. — In: McAlpine, J. F. et al. (eds.) Manual of
Nearctic Diptera. Volume 1. Research Branch, Agricul-
ture Canada, Monograph 27: 9-63.
Maddison, W. P., 1993. Missing data and missing charac-
ters in phylogenetic analysis. — Systematic Biology 42:
576-581.
Mannheims, B. & E. Pechlaner, 1963. Die Tipuliden Nord-
tirols (Dipt.). — Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde 102:
1-29.
Nixon, K. C. & J. M. Carpenter, 1993. On outgroups. —
Cladistics 9: 413-426.
Oosterbroek, P., 1989. Family Tipulidae. — In: Evenhuis,
N. L. (ed.), Catalog of the Diptera of the Australasian and
Oceanian Regions: 53-116.
Oosterbroek, P. & B. Theowald, 1992. Family Tipulidae. —
Catalogue of Palaearctic Diptera 1: 56-178.
Pierre, C., 1924. Tipulidae nouveaux d’Algerie. — Encyclo-
pedie Entomologique, Serie B II, Diptera 1: 9-12.
Pierre, C., 1926. Diptera, Fam. Tipulidae, Subfam.
Tipulinae. — Genera Insectorum 186: 1-68, pls. 1-5.
Platnick, N. I., C. E. Griswold & J. A. Coddington, 1991.
On missing entries in cladistic analysis. — Cladistics 7:
337-343.
Savchenko, E. N., 1961. Crane flies (Fam. Tipulidae), sub-
fam. Tipulinae: genus Tipula L. (part 1). — Fauna SSSR
(N.S. 79) Two-winged insects II (3): 1-486. (In Russian).
Savchenko, E. N., 1966a. Crane flies. — Fauna Ukraini 14
(1): 1-552. (In Ukrainian).
Savchenko, E. N., 1966b. On the distribution, ecology and
preimaginal phases of the crane fly Tipula (Mediotipula)
bidens Bergr. (Diptera, Tipulidae). — Entomologicheskoe
Obozrenie 45: 286-293. (In Russian, English summary).
English translation in Entomological Review 45: 157-
160.
Savchenko, E. N. (as Savtshenko), 1979. Phylogenie und
Systematik der Tipulidae. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
122: 91-126. (Translation of Savchenko 1966a: 63-88).
Savchenko, E. N., 1983. Crane flies of the family Tipulidae.
General part and beginning of systematic part. Subfam.
Dolichopezinae; subfam. Tipulinae (part). — Fauna SSSR
(N.S. 127) Two-winged insects II (1-2): 1-585. (In
Russian).
Stubbs, A. E., 1992. Provisional atlas of the long-palped
craneflies (Diptera: Tipulinae) of Britain and Ireland: 1-
134. — Biological Records Centre, NERC Institute of
Terrestrial Ecology, Monks Wood, Huntingdon, UK.
281
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Swofford, D. L., 1993. PAUP, Phylogenetic Analysis Using
Parsimony, version 3.1. — Illinois Natural History Survey,
Champaign, Illinois.
Tangelder, I. R. M., 1985. Phylogeny of the Nephrotoma
dorsalis species-group (Diptera, Tipulidae), mainly based
on genital characters. -Beaufortia 35: 135-174.
Theowald, B. 1957. Die Entwicklungsstadien der Tipuliden
(Diptera, Nematocera), insbesondere der west-palaeark-
tischen Arten. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 100: 195-
308.
Theowald, B. 1967. Familie Tipulidae. (Diptera, Nemato-
cera). Larven und Puppen. — Bestimmungsbücher zur
Bodenfauna Europas 7: 1-100.
Theowald, B. 1973. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaearkti-
schen Region 15, Lieferung 300: 321-404.
Theowald, B. 1978. Tipulidae. — Fliegen der Palaearkti-
schen Region 15, Lieferung 318: 405-436.
Zetterstedt, J. W., 1852. Diptera Scandinaviae, disposita et
descripta 11: XII, 4091-4546. Lundae (Lund).
APPENDIX A
Synonymy
aragoniensis Theowald, 1978 = cataloniensis
Theowald, 1978 syn. n.
In his revision of Mediotipula, Theowald (1978)
described three species from northern Spain as new
and assigned them, together with brolemanni, to his
brolemanni species group. In Theowald’s concept, the
brolemanni group contained the species aragoniensis,
brolemanni, and cataloniensis from the Pyrenees and
galiciensis from northern Spain. According to Theo-
wald, a constant character separating aragoniensis and
cataloniensis could be found in the structure of the
posterior part of the inner gonostylus. Its tip should
be more acute in aragoniensisand short and broleman-
ni-like in cataloniensis, whereas the dorsal crest of the
posterior part (‘Buckel’ in Theowald 1978; character
7 in the present paper) should be placed somewhat
laterally on the posterior part in aragoniensis, while it
should have an acute dorsal angle in cataloniensis. The
collection of ZMAN contains a series of 22 identical la-
belled males, giving Canillo in Andorra at 1500 m as
locality and dates of capture 4 to 23 June 1979.
Within this series, the posterior part of the inner go-
nostylus shows a range of forms intermediate between
those considered typical of aragoniensis and catalonie-
nsis. A number of these forms are shown in figs. 23-
27. Considerable variation in the shape of the poste-
282
rior part is observed in other species of Mediotipula as
well (see for instance Theowald 1978 on sarajevensis).
I therefore conclude that both aragoniensis and catal-
oniensis are names that pertain to the same species. At
the moment, the range of this species is known to ex-
tend in Spain from the north-eastern part of Aragön
eastward to the Mediterranean coast of northern
Cataluña. To the north it has been recorded from
Andorra and the French department Pyrénées-
Orientales. As the major part of its range seems to
cover the Pyrenean northern portion of Cataluña, I
prefer to denote this species cataloniensis. The species
is most easily distinguished from the other species of
Mediotipula by the medially curved corners on the
posterior margin of male sternite 8 that are covered
by medially directed strong setae.
APPENDIX B
Autapomorphies of the species of Tipula
(Mediotipula)
anatoliensis. midventral area of gonocoxites present
as a well-developed keel; inner gonostylus anterolate-
rally with a cluster of short setae (fig. 11, arrow).
brolemanni: anterior part of inner gonostylus rela-
tively robust and short compared with that of close
relatives (cf. fig. 22 with figs. 16, 18, 20, 23).
cataloniensis. posterior margin of male sternite 8
with medially directed tips, tips with long and strong
medially directed setae; outer gonostylus with con-
centration of long setae at posterior margin.
fulvogrisea: male antenna extremely elongate.
galiciensis no autapomorphy recognized.
mikiana: shape of posterior part of inner gonosty-
lus (fig. 12).
nitidicollis surface of thorax shining; branched
gonapophysis; gonocoxite ring interrupted.
sarajevensis. shape of low posterior part of inner go-
nostylus (fig. 13).
siebkeï: no autapomorphy recognized.
stigmatella: inner gonostylus about two times as
high as inner gonostyli of other species of Mediotipula
(fig. 15); sensory area on posterior part of inner go-
nostylus instead of dorsally on anterior part as in oth-
er species of Mediotipula; female sternite 8 bulbous.
Received: 6 March 1995
Accepted: 15 June 1995
GER E. E. SÔLI
Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen
SCIOPHILA MEIGEN, 1818 FROM THE ORIENTAL
REGION (DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDAE)
Soli, G. E. E. 1995. Sciophila Meigen, 1818 from the Oriental region (Diptera,
Mycetophilidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 283-289, figs. 1-11 [ISSN 0040-7496].
Published 15 November 1995.
Sciophila bilobata sp. n., S. fistulata sp. n. and S. suthepensis sp. n. are described and male gen-
italia are illustrated; for S. suthepensis also the female. These species are the first three confirmed
species of Sciophila from the Oriental region. It is pointed out that the only species previously
recorded from this region, S. bicolor Brunetti, 1912, should be considered a nomen dubium.
Some tentative remarks are made about the systematical position of the new species.
Geir E. E. Söli, Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Muséplass 3, N-5007 Bergen,
Norway.
Key words. — Diptera, Mycetophilidae, Sciophila, new species, Thailand.
During an expedition arranged by the Museum of
Zoology, University of Bergen, to the montane ever-
green forests in Northern Thailand in April 1991,
more than 1000 specimens of Mycetophilidae (s. str.)
were collected. Among others the material held five
specimens belonging to the genus Sciophila Meigen,
1818, representing three species, all of which proved
to be undescribed.
Species of the genus Sciophila can be identified in
having their wing membrane densely clothed by large,
decumbent trichia, a very short median fork, and a cu-
bital fork branching out very close to the wing margin.
A small, closed cell is present between Rs and R,,,.
These two veins may, however, occasionally fuse.
Altogether 113 species belonging to this genus are
recognized, of which 48 are Nearctic, 34 Palaearctic
(including 2 species from the Canary Island and 5
species from Nepal), 8 Holarctic, 2 Afrotropical, 1
Oriental and 20 Neotropical. The number of
Neotropical species is, however, uncertain as more
than half of the species may belong to other genera
(Papavero 1978). One Australasian species,
Austrosciophila solitaria (Tonnoir, 1929) from
Tasmania, was originally described as a subgenus of
Sciophila, but the subgenus has later been raised to ge-
neric rank (Matile 1989).
The single Oriental species, S. bicolor Brunetti,
1912, is described from Darjiling, India (Brunetti
1912) based on 4 females. The species is not com-
mented on by Edwards (1924) in his review of
Brunetti’s types of Mycetophilidae. Neither, has it
been possible to trace the type specimens, and they
are probably lost. Consequently, S. bicolor should be
regarded a nomen dubium.
The world fauna of Sciophila has not been revised,
but the Holarctic species, which constitute the great-
er part of the genus, are treated by Zaitzev (1982).
METHODS AND TERMINOLOGY
All specimens were cleared and slide mounted in
Canada balsam.
The general terminology follows Vockeroth (1981)
and McAlpine (1981), except for the clypeus and the
female genitalia. Clypeus is here regarded as being
secondarily divided in Mycetophilidae, consisting of
an upper postclypeus and a lower anteclypeus (see al-
so Matile 1990). The interpretation of the female
genitalia is mainly in accordance with Sæther (1977),
and will be further dealt with in a forthcoming paper.
Cubital ratios are given as the length of CuA, and
CuA,, respectively, to the length of CuA-petiole. Two
ratios are given for the fore, mid and hind leg each: the
length of femur to tibia, and the length of tibia to first
tarsomere. The lengths of the tibial spurs are given in
relation to the tibial diameter, measured apically.
Sciophila bilobata sp. n.
(figs. 1 - 4)
Type material. — Holotype d : Thailand, Chiang Mai re-
gion, Doi Suthep, 9.-15.04.1991, G. Söli (Malaise trap)
(ZMBN No. 224).
Diagnostic characters. — Metakatepisternum se-
tose; male gonocoxites with two well developed me-
dioventral lobes.
Etymology. — From Latin, bi, two, and lobate,
with lobes, referring to the two medioventral lobes of
the male gonocoxites.
283
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 1-4. Male terminalia of Sciophila bilobata sp. n. — 1, tergite 9, dorsal view; 2, median lobes of gonocoxite, ventral view;
3, gonostylus, dorsal view; 4, gonocoxite and proctiger, dorsal view.
Abbreviations: aed, aedeagus; epi, epiproct; hypo, hypoproct; gcx ap, gonocoxal apodemes; gcx lb, gonocoxal lobe; | par ap,
lateral parameral apodeme; m par, median paramere.
Description
Male (n=1). — Total length about 3.8 mm.
Flagellum 1.19 mm, or 1.4 times as long as scutum
and scutellum together.
Coloration. Head, incl. antennae and mouthparts,
light brown. Thorax, legs and abdomen yellowish.
Head. Lateral ocelli about twice as large as median,
and separated from the eye margin for a distance of
about 1.5 times their diameter. Frons with 29 setae in
front of ocelli. Frontal suture nearly complete, not
reaching median ocellus. Frontal tubercle broad, bilo-
bate. Stipes with 6-9 setae. Fused face-postclypeus with
10 setae. Anteclypeus ovate, about 1.3 times as long as
broad, with 56 setae. Relative lengths of the palpo-
meres: 1 : 1.2 : 1.3 : 2.7 : 7.5. Sensory pit on third pal-
pomere shallow. Lacinia tapered, about 1.2 times as
long as first palpomere, with a few small trichia.
Thorax. Anepisternum with 12-14 setae situated
anterodorsally. Katepisternum bare. Laterotergite
with 8-9 setae. Mediotergite with 4-5 lateral and 5
posterior setae. Metakatepisternum with 11 setae.
Wings. Wing length 2.39 mm. Length to width
2.3. Sc 0.41 times as long as wing. Sc-r located in
front of Rs. M-petiole about as long as r-m. M-basis
284
0.56 times as long as CuA-petiole. CuA-ratios: 0.71
and 0.51. Anal vein well developed, 1.15 times as
long as CuA-petiole.
Legs. Apical triangular, depressed area on fore tibia
with two distinct rows of setae. Ratio femur to tibia:
0.97; 0.96; 0.85. Ratio tibia to tarsus: 1.17; 1.50;
198 Spurleneths 2 62052935)
Abdomen. Sternite 8 about 0.7 times as long as
sternite 7, and 5.0 times as long as tergite 8.
Terminalia (figs. 1-4). Gonocoxites short, fused
medioventrally for about half of their length; fusion
weakly sclerotized. Two distinct, notched lobes are
formed where the two gonocoxites meet medioven-
trally. Apical half of each lobe with several small,
blunt setae. Gonocoxite with a rounded, flat out-
growth above the gonocoxal apodeme. Gonostylus
with numerous dark, rather short-stalked furcated
megasetae. Apicomedial part of gonostylus with nu-
merous straight, thick setae. Two pairs of parameres
present, the lateral pair less developed than the me-
dian. Lateral parameres short, not protruding beyond
the gonocoxal apodemes; the medians partly fused
with the basal portion of aedeagus, each broad with a
conspicuous bend apically. Aedeagus with a club-
SOLI: Sciophila Oriental region
Figs. 5-6. Male terminalia of Sciophila fistulata sp. n. — 5, tergite 9, dorsal view; 6, gonocoxite, gonostylus and proctiger, dor-
sal view.
shaped head, and well developed aedeagal apodemes.
Tergite 9 about 1.4 times as long as broad. Two long
setae situated posterodorsally. Proctiger situated
above the parameres and aedeagus, distinctly con-
nected to the gonocoxal apodemes. Hypoproct pro-
truding beyond the epiproct, apically bilobed with
numerous setae.
Sciophila fistulata sp. n.
(figs. 5, 6)
Type material. - Holotype d: Thailand, Chiang Mai re-
gion, Doi Suthep, 9.-15.04.1991, G. Söli (Malaise trap)
(ZMBN No. 223).
Diagnostic characters. — Male gonostylus with a
well developed, elongated ventral lobe, and equipped
with several long, pipe-like megasetae.
Etymology. — From Latin, fstulatus, with pipes, re-
ferring to the well developed pipe-like megasetae on
the male gonostylus.
Description
Male (n=1). — Total length about 3.5 mm.
Flagellum 1.36 mm, or 1.8 times as long as scutum
and scutellum together.
Coloration. Head, including antennae and mouth-
parts, light brown. Thorax light brown. Coxae yel-
lowish, hind coxa brownish apically. Abdomen light
brown, somewhat lighter laterally.
Head. Median ocellus slightly smaller than laterals.
Lateral ocelli separated from the eye margin for a dis-
tance of about 2.5 times their diameter. Frons with
14 setae in front of ocelli. Frontal suture short, pro-
duced halfway along the distance from frontal tuber-
cle towards median ocellus. Frontal tubercle broad,
bilobate. Stipes with 7 setae. Fused face-postclypeus
1.4 times as long as broad, with 12 setae. Anteclypeus
ovate, about 1.2 times as long as broad, with 28 setae.
Relative lengths of the palpomeres: 1 : 1.2 : 1.6 : 3.1 :
6.4. Sensory pit on third palpomere shallow. Lacinia
tapered, about as long as first palpomere, with a few
small trichia.
285
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Figs. 7-9. Male terminalia of Sciophila suthepensis sp. n. — 7, tergite 9, dorsal view; 8, gonostylus, dorsal view; 9, gonocoxite
and proctiger, dorsal view.
Thorax. Anepisternum with 15 setae situated ante-
rodorsally. Katepisternum bare. Laterotergite with 7
setae. Mediotergite with 4 lateral and 4 posterior se-
tae. Metakatepisternum bare.
Wings. Wing length 2.43 mm. Length to width
3.0. Sc 0.39 times as long as wing. Sc-r located in
front of Rs. M-petiole about as long as r-m. M-basis
0.54 times as long as CuA-petiole. CuA-ratios: 0.63
and 0.44. Anal vein well developed, 1.20 times as
long as CuA-petiole.
Legs. Apical triangular, depressed area on fore tibia
with one distinct row of setae, and no setae above
these. Ratio femur to tibia: 0.93; 0.88; 0.85. Ratio
tibia to tarsus: 1.11; 1.43; 1.71. Spur lengths: 2.2;
DANI ND ANSI:
Abdomen. Sternite 8 about as long as sternite 7,
and 2.3 times as long as tergite 8.
Terminalia (figs. 5, 6). Gonocoxites narrow and el-
ongated, fused medioventrally for a very short dis-
tance only. Gonostylus with a distinct, elongated ven-
286
tral lobe. Three long and thick tube-like megasetae
situated dorsally, and two more on the apicoventral
surface of the ventral lobe. Apical portion of gonosty-
lus with numerous dark, rather long-stalked furcated
megasetae. One pair of lateral parameres only, very
short, not protruding beyond the gonocoxal apo-
demes; parameral apodemes well developed.
Aedeagus short, aedeagal apodemes apparently form-
ing a transverse bridge between the two parameral ap-
odemes. Tergite 9 about 1.3 times as long as broad.
Two very long setae situated lateroventrally. Proctiger
situated above the parameres and aedeagus, distinctly
connected to the gonocoxal apodemes. Hypoproct
weakly sclerotized, with 2 posterior setae.
Sciophila suthepensis sp. n.
(figs. 7 - 11)
Type material. - Holotype d: Thailand, Chiang Mai re-
gion, Doi Suthep, 9-15.04.1991, G. Süli (Malaise trap)
SOLI: Sciophila Oriental region
Figs. 10-11. Female terminalia of Sciophila suthepensis sp. n. — 10, sternite 8, left: dorsal view, rigth: ventral view; 11, tergite
8 and proctiger, left: ventral view, rigth: dorsal view.
(ZMBN No. 225). Allotype 9 : Thailand, Chiang Mai region,
Doi Suthep, 15.04.1991, J. Kjærandsen (ZMBN). Paratype:
3, as for allotype (ZMBN).
Diagnostic characters. — Third palpomere with a
distinct sensory pit; lateral ocelli widely separated
from eye margin. Males with 4-5 black spine-like se-
tae attached to the posterodorsal portion of tergite 9.
Etymology. — Named after the type locality, the
mountain Doi Suthep.
Description
Male (n=2). — Total length 2.6-3.2 mm. Flagellum
1.22-1.28 mm, or 1.5 times as long as scutum and
scutellum together.
Coloration. Head and antennae brown, mouth-
parts light brown. Thorax and abdomen brown. Legs
yellowish to light brown.
Head. Median ocellus slightly smaller than laterals.
Lateral ocelli separated from the eye margin for a dis-
tance about 4 times their diameter. Frons with 25-34
setae in front of ocelli. Frontal suture complete.
Frontal tubercle broad, bilobate. Stipes with 7-10 se-
tae. Fused face-postclypeus 0.9-1.0 times as long as
broad, with 18-23 setae. Anteclypeus ovate, about 0.9
times as long as broad, with 31-42 setae. Relative
lengths of the palpomeres: 1 : 1.0 : 1.3-1.5 : 2.3-2.8 :
5.1-5.3. Sensory pit on third palpomeres distinct and
deep. Lacinia tapered, about as long as first palpo-
mere, with a few small trichia.
Thorax. Anepisternum with 8-9 setae situated an-
terodorsally. Katepisternum bare. Laterotergite with
6-7 setae. Mediotergite with 6-7 lateral and 2-4 pos-
terior setae. Metakatepisternum bare.
Wings. Wing length 2.07-2.25 mm. Length to
width 2.3. Sc 0.35-0.38 times as long as wing. Sc-r lo-
cated in front of Rs. M-petiole slightly shorter than r-
m. M-basis 0.53-0.55 times as long as CuA-petiole.
CuA-ratios: 0.71-0.76 and 0.54-0.56. Anal vein well
developed, 1.09-1.15 times as long as CuA-petiole.
Legs. Apical triangular, depressed area on fore tibia
with one distinct row of setae, and 4-6 weak, thin se-
tae above these. Ratio femur to tibia: 0.91-0.97; 0.93-
0.97; 0.87-0.88. Ratio tibia to tarsus: 1.18-1.21;
1.58-1.59; 2.02-2.12. Spur lengths: 2.4-2.5; 2.8, 3.3-
RDA 343.0:
Abdomen. Sternite 8 about 0.6 times as long as
sternite 7, and 4.0 times as long as tergite 8.
Terminalia (figs. 7-9). Gonocoxites rather narrow,
separated by a weakly sclerotized area medioventrally.
Fach gonocoxite with a small setose knob ventroba-
sally, and a thin, rounded rim above the gonocoxal
287
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
apodeme. Gonostylus with numerous dark furcated
megasetae, and some longer tube-like setae ventrally.
Two pairs of parameres present, the lateral pair less
developed than the median. Median parameres partly
fused with the basal portion of aedeagus, each thin
and curved. Aedeagus small, not protruding beyond
the median pair of parameres. Tergite 9 about as long
as broad. 4-5 bristle-like setae present posterodorsally.
Proctiger situated above the parameres and aedeagus.
Hypoproct weakly sclerotized, with 8-9 setae posteri-
orly.
Female (n=1). — Total length 3.2 mm. Flagellum
0.89 mm, or about as long as scutum and scutellum
together.
Coloration. As for males.
Head. Position of ocelli as in males. Frons with 29
setae in front of ocelli. Stipes with 10-12 setae. Fused
face-postclypeus 0.9 times as long as broad, with 20
setae. Anteclypeus 0.9 times as long as broad, with 35
setae. Relative lengths of the palpomeres: 1 : 1.0 : 1.3
2 Del 8 Delle
Thorax. Anepisternum with 12 setae situated ante-
rodorsally. Laterotergite with 6-7 setae. Mediotergite
with 5-7 lateral and 3 posterior setae. Katepisternum
and metakatepisternum bare.
Wings. Wing length 2.29 mm. Length to width
2.33. Sc 0.38 times as long as wing. Sc-r located
slightly in front of Rs. M-petiole about as long as r-m.
M-basis 0.60 times as long as CuA-petiole. CuA-ra-
tios 0.83 and 0.68. A well developed, 1.00 times as
long as CuA-petiole.
Legs. Apical triangular, depressed area on fore tibia
with one row of setae, and no setae above these. Ratio
femur to tibia: 0.95; 0.96; 0.88. Ratio tibia to tarsus:
1.16; 1.67; 2.06. Spur lengths: 2.3; 2.6, 3.4; 2.7, 3.6.
Terminalia (figs. 10, 11). Sternite 8 bearing two
large and broad posterior lobes (gonocoxites 8) with
numerous setae. A pair of well developed labia is
present above and in between these lobes. Tergite 8
with some minute setae along posterior margin. Eight
strong protuberances posterior of tergite 8, each with
a very long, curved seta. The spermathecal ducts end
separately in the gonopore. Epiproct reduced; hypo-
proct more or less triangular. A thin plate, sternite 10,
is situated ventrally of the hypoproct. Cercus I elon-
gated and separated to base; cercus II small, rounded.
DISCUSSION
As there have been no attempts to outline the phy-
logeny of the genus, it is difficult to comment on the
systematic position of the three new species. Among
the new species S. fistulata is similar to S. nepalensis
Zaitzev, 1982, from Nepal, in having a well develo-
ped ventral lobe of the gonostylus. Furthermore, both
288
species have strongly reduced parameres. The presen-
ce of distinctly serrated setae along the posterior bor-
der of tergite 9 is acommon feature of Holarctic spe-
cies, present also in the three Nepalese species S.
admiranda Zaitzev, 1982, S. kashmirensis Zaitzev,
1982 and S. propria Zaitzev, 1982, but absent in the
species here described.
Among the 3 new species, S. bilobata and S. suthe-
pensis seem to be most closely related because of the
presence of two pairs of parameres, a ventral protru-
sion where the two gonocoxites meet ventrally, and a
rounded outgrowth close to the gonocoxal apodemes.
Judging from to the present material, collected by
use of sweep net and one Malaise trap operated for
less than one week at one locality, specimens belong-
ing to Sciophila do not appear particularly rare in the
area. Lack of previous records of this genus from the
Oriental region is thus probably best explained by the
limited number of studies dealing with fungus gnats
in this region.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
My sincere thanks to Paul Beuk, Zodlogisch
Museum, Amsterdam, and to E. J. van Nieukerken,
National Museum of Natural History, Leiden, for
commenting upon an earlier draft of the manuscript.
REFERENCES
Brunetti, E. 1912. The Fauna of British India. Diptera
Nematocera (excluding Chironomidae and Culicidae). —
Reprinted (without year), Today & Tomorrow's Printers
& Publishers, New Delhi, 582 pp +12 plates.
Edwards, F. W. 1924. Notes on the types of Diptera
(Mycetophilidae and Tipulidae) described by Mr. E.
Brunetti. — Records of the Indian Museum 26: 291-307.
Matile, L. 1989. Family Mycetophilidae. Pp. 135-145 in
Evenhuis, N. L. (Ed.) Catalog of the Diptera of the
Australasian and Oceanic Regions. — Bishop Museum
Press and E. J. Brill. 1155 pp.
Matile, L. 1990. Recherches sur la systématique et
l’évolution des Keroplatidae (Diptera, Mycetophiloidea).
— Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire Naturelle
(Zoologie) 148: 1-682.
McAlpine, J. F. 1981. Morphology and terminology -
adults. Pp. 9-63 in McAlpine, J. F., Peterson, B. V.,
Shewell, G. E., Teskey, H. J., Vockeroth, J. R. & Wood,
D. M. (Eds.) Manual of Nearctic Diptera. Vol.1. —
Research Branch Agriculture Canada. Monogr. 27.
Ottawa, Ontario.
Papavero, N. 1978. Family Mycetophilidae. — A catalogue
of the Diptera of the Americas south of the United States.
19E: 1-78. Museu de Zoologia, Universidade de Säo
Paolo.
Sæther, ©. A. 1977. Female genitalia in Chironomidae and
Other Nematocera: morphology, phylogenies, keys. —
Bulletin of the Fisheries Research Board of Canda 197: 1-
210.
Tonnoir,
A. L. 1929. Australian Mycetophilidae. —
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
54: 584-614.
Vockeroth, J. R. 1981. Mycetophilidae Pp. 223-247 in
McAlpine, J. F., Peterson, B. V., Shewell, G. E., Teskey,
H. J., Vockeroth, J. R. & Wood, D. M. (Eds.) Manual of
Nearctic Diptera. Vol.1. — Research Branch Agriculture
Canada. Monograph 27. Ottawa, Ontario.
SOLI: Sciophila Oriental region
Zaitzev, A. I. 1982. Fungus gnats of the genus Sciophila
Meig. of the Holarctic. — Akademia Nauk USSR.
Moscow. 76 pp. (In Russian.)
Received: January 1995
Accepted: 15 June 1995
289
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
BOOK ANNOUNCEMENTS AND REVIEWS
M. Olmi, 1994. The Dryinidae and Embolemidae (Hyme-
noptera: Chrysidoidea) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. —
Fauna Entomologica Scandinavica, 30: 1-100, 38 colour
plates, 60 text-figs. E.J. Brill, Leiden etc. [ISBN 90-04-
10224-8]. Price Nlg. 70— (US $ 40).
The 30th volume of this well known series on
North-European insects deals with two families of
primitive Hymenoptera Aculeata: 1 species of Embo-
lemidae and 34 species in Dryinidae. These are curi-
ous small wasps of 1-5 mm, with remarkable chelate
fore tarsi in the females of many Dryinid species: with
these they can grasp the hosts: nymphs or adults of ci-
cadas or leafhoppers (Auchenorrhyncha). The dryinid
larvae develop in or on these hosts.
The introduction deals with morphology, bionom-
ics, classification and evolution. The main part of the
book is devoted to keys and descriptions of the spe-
cies, following the normal lay-out of volumes in this
series. Text figures (by the author and Nicolò Falchi)
show mainly male genitalia and female chelae (tar-
sus), plus some habitus figures. The colour plates in-
clude a few photos of parasitized leafhoppers and
beautiful water colours (by Monica Cirillo and Luca
Palermo) of many species. The book concludes with a
systematic list of hosts and a distribution catalogue.
[E. J. van Nieukerken]
V. I. Tobias, S. A. Belokobylskii & A. G. Kotenko, 1995.
Keys to the insects of the European part of the USSR.
Volume III — Hymenoptera. Braconidae: Part IV.[trans-
lated from Russian]. Science Publishers, Inc., Lebanon,
New Hampshire, USA. [ISBN 1-886106-23-1]. Price US$
147.50. Ditsributed in Europe by Universal Book
Services, PO Box 321, NL-2300 AH Leiden, fax +31-71-
5171856.
This part provides keys for 20 subfamilies of bra-
conids, covering 1700 species belonging to 165 gene-
ra; 123 species have been described for the first time.
Besides species reported for the European part of the
former USSR, the keys . . . includes species known
290
from Western Europe, Kazakhstan, Central Asia and
the Caucasus. For all the species, information is pro-
vided on their geographic distribution and (if avail-
able) synonymy. The introduction briefly outlines
the morphology, biology, general features of geo-
graphic distribution and economic significance of
braconids.
This book is the first compendium since the last
century on the Palaearctic braconids and may be used
for their identification throughout the former USSR
and as a reference book.
[from information provided by the publisher]
Zdenek Lastuvka & Ales Lastuvka, 1995. An illustrated key
to European Sesiidae (Lepidoptera). — Faculty of Agrono-
my MUAF, Brno, 174. pp., 8 colour plates, 105 text-figs
and maps. [ISBN 80-7157-151-2]. Price DM 34.-, post-
age DM 6.-. To be ordered from Dep. of Zoology and
Apiculture, Fac. of Agronomy MUAF, Zemedelskä 1,
CZ-61300 Brno, Czech Republic.
This booklet provides a key to European genera
and species of clearwing moths, 105 in all. For each
species a diagnosis of externals and genitalia is given,
plus notes on bionomics (hostplants, fenology), habi-
tat, and distribution. The male and female genitalia
are illustrated as line drawings, the distribution is giv-
en as black area on a small map of Europe. The colour
plates depict adults of all species in natural size. The
hostplants are also listed in alphabetic order of fami-
lies and species, together with the sesiid species. The
keys are based on external characters.
The book provides the first comprehensive treat-
ment of the European Sesiidae since the beginning of
the century. It is nicely printed, the black and white
illustrations are satisfactorily, the colour plates are re-
asonibly well printed, although the moths are some-
times rather small in natural size.
A very useful and cheap booklet.
[E. J. van Nieukerken]
HERBERT ZETTEL
Naturhistorisches Museum, 2. Zoologische Abteilung, Wien, Österreich
ZWEI NEUE ARTEN DER GATTUNG
HELOTREPHES STÄL AUS CHINA
(HETEROPTERA: HELOTREPHIDAE)
Zettel, H., 1995. Two new species of the genus Helotrephes Stäl from China. — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 138: 291-295, figs. 1-15 [ISSN 0040-7496]. Published 15 November 1995.
Helotrephes jendeki sp. n. is described from Jianxi and H. sausai sp. n. from Yunnan. A key to
the Helotrephes species is provided for the Chinese mainland.
Dr. H. Zettel, Naturhistorisches Museum, 2. Zoologische Abteilung, Burgring 7, A-1014
Vienna, Austria.
Key words. — Helotrephidae, Helotrephes, new species, key, China
Die Gattung Helotrephes Stäl, 1860, wurde nach ei-
ner Art, Helotrephes semiglobosus Stäl, 1860, aus
‘China (Wampoa)’ (heute Guangdong) beschrieben.
Derzeit ist nur eine weitere Art, H. formosanus Esaki
& Miyamoto, 1943, von Taiwan bekannt, welche
mit H. semiglobosus sehr nahe verwandt ist (Polhemus
1990), und deren Unterschiede sehr gering sind:
Beim & von H. formosanus ist die Spitze des Aedaea-
gus feiner als bei H. semiglobosus und die querliegen-
de Apikalplatte schmäler, die hakenförmige Spitze
der rechten Paramere geringfügig stumpfer und die
linke Paramere distal etwas stärker gebogen; beim ©
ist das 7. Sternit distal etwas weniger stark abgesetzt;
die dunkle Zeichnung am Kopf ist bei d und 9 kräf-
tiger entwickelt (nach Untersuchung von Paratypen
im BMNH; siehe auch Esaki & Miyamoto 1943: Abb.
6C, D, G). Helotrephes lundbladi China, 1935, eben-
falls aus China beschrieben (‘Che Kiang Province, co-
ast opposite Tygosan Island’, heute Zhejiang), wurde
von Polhemus (1990) als Synonym zu H. semiglobosus
gestellt. Alle übrigen in der Gattung beschriebenen
Arten wurden von China (1932, 1935) in die
Gattungen Esakiella China, 1932, (afrikanische und
madagassische Arten) und Hydrotrephes China, 1935,
(orientalische Arten) überstellt. Polhemus (1990) be-
schreibt auch die Variabilität einiger Merkmale bei
H. semiglobosus. Ob die Gattung Hydrotrephes, die
sich durch das Fehlen eines Sternalkieles auf den
Abdominalsterniten 4 - 6 von Helotrephes unterschei-
det, tatsächlich als Schwestergruppe von Helotrephes
aufzufassen ist oder in ihrem heutigen Umfang eine
paraphyletische Gruppe bildet, kann erst nach einer
Analyse der zahlreichen, meist noch unbeschriebenen
Hydrotrephes-Arten entschieden werden.
Das derzeit bekannte Verbreitungsbild der Gat-
tung Helotrephes beschränkt sich also auf China ein-
schließlich Taiwan und das nördliche Vietnam (H.
semiglobosus). Allerdings bemerkt Polhemus (1990:
54), daß ihm zwei noch unbeschriebene Arten der
Gattung aus Thailand und Malaysia vorliegen.
Jedenfalls dürfte die Gattung weder Vorderindien,
noch die Sunda Inseln und die Philippinen erreicht
haben.
Zwei bisher unbeschriebene chinesische Helotre-
phes-Arten liegen vor und werden in Folge beschrie-
ben. Freilich ist noch eine größere Zahl unbeschrie-
bener Arten aus China zu erwarten.
Abkürzungen wissenschaftlicher Sammlungen
BMNH = The Natural History Museum, London,
England; cass = Chinese Academy of Sciences, Shen-
yang, VR China; CNT = Coll. N. Nieser, Tiel,
Niederlande; cjP = Coll. J.T. Polhemus, Englewood,
Colorado, U.S.A.; CPC = Coll. P.P. Chen, Beijing,
China; NMW = Naturhistorisches Museum in Wien,
Österreich; UBCB = University of South Bohemia,
Ceské Budejovice, Tschechien.
BESTIMMUNGSSCHLÜSSEL ZU DEN ARTEN DES
CHINESISCHEN FESTLANDES
1. Prosternalkiel hinten tief ausgerandet, zweispitzig
(Abb. 4); Körperlänge über 3,5 mm; Kopfzeich-
nung mit gelber Fläche in der Mittellinie des
Frontoclypeus (Abb. 3); Genitalia des d (Abb.
8): Aedaeagus mit langgestreckter apikaler
Querplatte, rechte Paramere präapikal sehr breit,
linke Paramereeinfachizugespitzte"""...
Mehrere pei dol H. sausai sp.n.
— Prosternalkiel hinten gerade oder ausgewölbt,
recht- oder stumpfwinkelig (Abb. 5, 6); Körper-
linge unter 2,9 mm; Kopfzeichnung anders
291
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
1 mm
Abb. 1-3. — Frontalansicht der Cephalonota von (1) H. semiglobosus (helles Exemplar), (2) A. jendeki sp. n. und (3) H.
sausai sp. n.
(Abb. 1, 2); Genitalia der dd (Abb. 7, 9): 7): Aedaeagus einfach zugespitzt, linke Paramere
Aedaeagus ohne oder mit kurzer Querplatte, einfach abgerundet, rechte Paramere kürzer und
rechte Paramere präapikal schmal ................... D) breiter; 7. Sternit des 2 einfach, gewölbt (Abb.
2. Kiel am 3. Sternit apikal zugespitzt (Abb. 6), am ON er. an H. jendeki sp. n.
6. Sternit des 2 zu einem Körnchen am Vorder-
rand reduziert; Kopfzeichnung mit zwei braunen
Längsflecken in der Mitte des Frontoclypeus
(Abb. 1); laterale Pronotalplatte tief eingebuchtet
(Abb. 13); Genitalia des d (Abb. 9): Aedaeagus
mit einer breiten apikalen Querplatte, linke
Paramere apikal gebogen, rechte Paramere lang Typenmaterial: Holotypus (d, hinterflügelma-
und schlank; 7. Sternit des Q mit einen abgeho- kropter) und 1 Paratypus (©, hinterflügelmikropter)
benen Mittelteil (Abb. 12) ......... H. semiglobosus [CHINA. Yunnan 14.-21.6./ 100 km W Baoshan,
— Kiel am 3. Sternit apikal ausgerandet (Abb. 5), 1993/ Gaoligongshan Nat. Res./ E. Jendek & O.
am 6. Sternit des 9 deutlich ausgebildet; Kopf- Sausa leg.] (NMW).
zeichnung mit schwarzer Mittellinie am Fronto- Weiteres Material: 8 Larven vom gleichen Fundort
clypeus (Abb. 2); laterale Pronotalplatte leicht (NMW, UBCB).
eingebuchter (Abb. 14); Genitalia des d (Abb.
BESCHREIBUNG DER ARTEN
Helotrephes sausai sp. n.
(Abb. 3, 4, 8, 11, 15)
292
a
ZETTEL: Helotrephes aus China
Abb. 4-6. — Ventralkiele der dd von
(4) H. sausai sp. n., (5) H. jendeki sp. n.
und (6) H. semiglobosus (Ansicht von
rechts bei nach oben gerichteten
Venter).
Nie
Yan
Beschreibung
Körperlänge 3,55 - 3,6 mm; größte Körperbreite
über dem Pronotum 2,6 mm; schokoladebraun; Kopf
vorne, um die Augen und entlang der Mittellinie gelb
(Abb. 3); hinterer Bereich des Pronotum, Scutellum
und Hemielytren mit feiner, gelber Sprenkelung;
Pro-, Meso- und Metapleuren und alle Beine ab den
Femora gelb.
Kopf fein punktiert, zwischen den Punkten mit fei-
ner Mikropunktur, die am Vorderrand des Kopfes
runzelig ist; daher ist der Kopf vorne matt; Pronotum
fein punktiert, zwischen den Punkten glatt oder zart
retikuliert, stark glänzend; Scutellum gröber und
dichter punktiert und retikuliert; Hemielytren des d
wie bei allen hinterflügelmakropteren Helotrephiden
mit Clavalsutur, wie das Scutellum skulptiert, aber
die Punktur etwas gröber und die Retikulierung kräf-
tiger, und daher matt; Skulptur insgesamt feiner und
weniger dicht als bei H. semiglobosus.
Sternalkiel wie in Abb. 5, bei d und ® bis zum 6.
Sternit reichend; charakteristisch sind der tief ausge-
buchtete Prosternalkiel und der besonders beim ó
hinten scharf zugespitzte Metasternalkiel; laterale
Prosternalplatte innen weniger tief eingebuchtet als
bei A. semiglobosus; Propleuralplatte innen schwach
abgestutzt (Abb. 15); Metafemora bei d und ? in
der distalen Hälfte schwach dorsad gebogen.
Genitalia des & siehe Abb. 8: Aedaeagus in latera-
ler Ansicht präapikal stark verschmälert und apikal
scharf zugespitzt, mit langgestreckter apikaler Quer-
platte; rechte Paramere präapikal sehr breit dann
plötzlich verschmälert, viel kürzer als die linke Para-
mere; diese einfach zugespitzt.
Subgenitalplatte (7. Sternit) des © sehr breit, hin-
ter der niedergedrückten Basis hochgewölbt (Abb.
11).
Larven (5. Stadium): Körperlänge 2,9 - 3,0 mm;
dunkel schokoladebraun; Kopfränder, hintere Abdo-
minalsegmente und Beine gelb; ‘w-formige’ Cepha-
lonotalsutur in der Mitte fast gerade, also kaum nach
vor gezogen.
Helotrephes jendeki sp. n.
(Abb. 2, 5, 7, 10, 14)
Typenmaterial: Holotypus (d, hinterflügelmi-
kropter) und 42 Paratypen (6 d und ® ®, hinterflii-
gelmikropter) [CHINA: Jiangxi W/ Jinggang Shan/
Ciping env./ 2-14.VI.1994] (Holotypus in NMW,
Paratypen in CASS, CJP, CNT, CPC, NMW, UBCB).
[Zahlreiche Larvenstadien vom gleichen Fundort
können dieser Art nicht eindeutig zugeordnet wer-
den, da 1 Exemplar von H. semiglobosus zusammen
mit H. jendeki sp.n. gefangen worden ist.]
Beschreibung
Körperlänge 2,4 - 2,55 mm; größte Körperbreite
über dem Pronotum 1,8 - 1,95 mm; schwarzbraun;
am Kopf die Augenränder und der vordere Bereich
293
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
0,2 mm
Abb. 7-9. — Genitalia der 6 & von (7) H. jendeki sp. n., (8) H. sausai sp. n. und (9) H. semiglobosus, Details: Ansicht der
Parameren vertikal auf die Seitenfläche der Spitze, Ansicht des Aedaeagus vertikal auf die Spitzenfläche.
Abb. 10-12. - 7. Sternite der 9 ® von (10) H. jendeki sp. n., (11) H. sausai sp.n. und (12) H. semiglobosus (Hinterrand nach
unten gerichtet).
Abb. 13-15. — Ventralansicht der rechten lateralen Pronotalplatten und Propleuralplatten bei (13) H. semiglobosus, (14) H.
jendeki sp. n. und (15) A. sausai sp. n.
mit Ausnahme der immer dunklen Mittellinie gelb
(Abb. 2); hintere Bereiche des Pronotum, Scutellum
und Elytren mit unterschiedlich stark ausgeprägter,
jedoch fast nie (und wenn, dann geringfügig) über-
294
wiegender, gelber Sprenkelung; (bei A. semiglobosus
ist die Oberseite hingegen immer (bräunlich-)gelb,
die braune Fleckenzeichnung nicht so dunkel und
immer flächenmäßig deutlich geringer ausgebildet als
die gelbe Grundfirbung;) laterale Pronotalplatte, Meso-
und Metapleuren gelb; Beine ab den Femora gelb.
Kopf fein und spärlich punktiert, die feine Mikro-
punktur hinten in der Mitte reduziert; Pronotum vor
allem in der Mitte sehr spärlich und fein punktiert,
zwischen den Punkten glatt und stark glänzend;
Scutellum zwischen den groben Punkten schwach re-
tikuliert und glänzend; Hemielytren dichter retiku-
liert, matter als das Scutellum; Skulptur insgesamt
feiner und spärlicher, die Oberseite daher glänzender
als bei H. semiglobosus.
Sternalkiel wie in Abb. 5, bei d d und ® £ bis zum
6. Sternit ausgebildet; Pronotalkiel hinten rechtwinke-
lig; Kiel des 3. Sternit hinten mit einer Ausrandung,
beim © etwas stärker nach hinten gezogen als beim 4;
laterale Pronotalplatte seichter eingebuchtet als bei H.
semiglobosus, Propleuralplatte innen schwach abge-
stutzt (Abb. 14); Metafemora bei dd und ® © in der
distalen Hälfte schwach dorsad gebogen.
Genitalia des d siehe Abb. 7: Aedaeagus in latera-
ler Ansicht präapikal nicht verschmälert und apikal
einfach zugespitzt, ohne apikale Querplatte; rechte
Paramere gleichmäßig zur Spitze hin verschmälert,
apikal schwach umgebogen, wenig kürzer als die lin-
ke Paramere; diese einfach, schmal zugespitzt.
Subgenitalplatte (7. Sternit) des ® einfach, ge-
wölbt (Abb. 11).
Helotrephes semiglobosus Stäl, 1860
(ADD AP GNOME)
Helotrephes semiglobosus Stäl, 1860 Eugenies Resa, Zool. I.,
Ins.: 268. — Polhemus 1990: 54.
Helotrephes lundbladi China, 1935 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,
ser. 10, 15: 599 (synomymisiert durch Polhemus 1990).
Untersuchtes Typenmaterial: Holotypus (à , hinter-
flügelmikropter) von Helotrephes lundbladi. [Type],
[China/ 92-196.], [7785], [Helotrephes/ lundbladi/
China/ TYPE / det.W.E.China.1934] (BMNH).
Weiteres Material (alle Exemplare hinterflügelmi-
kropter): 2 6, 1 2 [HONGKONG (7) 1992/ N.T.- Tai
Po N.Res./ 27.VI. leg. Jäch] (NMw); 1 d [CHINA:
Guangxi, 10 km NE/ Liuzhou,2km E Shanmenjiang/
Forest Farm,150m,10.11./1993, leg. Schönmann
(17)] (NMW); 1 © [CHINA: Guangxi, Bez. Liuzhou/
Shanmenjiang Forest Farm/ 10 km NE Liuzhou/
10.11.1993, 200 m / leg. H. Schillhammer (17)]
(NMW); 1 d, 1 2 [CHINA: SE Guangxi, Yulin/
Liuwan Forest Farm / 350-400 m, 16.11./ 1993, leg.
Schénmann (20)] (NMW); 1 9 [CHINA: SE Guangxi,
Yulin/ Liuwan Forest Farm / 600-700 m, 17.11./
1993, leg. Schillhammer (21)] (NMW); 1 d [CHINA:
SE Guangi, Yulin/ Liuwan Forest Farm/ 500 m,
20.11./ 1993, leg. Schillhammer (26)] (NMw); 1 9
[CHINA: Jiangxi W / JINGGANG SHAN/ Ciping env./ 2.-
14.VI.1994] (NMW).
ZETTEL: Helotrephes aus China
Eine umfassende Beschreibung der Art findet man
bei China (1935), und zwar die Beschreibung des 9
als ‘Helotrephes semiglobosus Stal’ und des d als
‘Helotrephes lundbladi sp. n.’. Es wird deshalb auf ei-
ne neuerliche Beschreibung der Art hier verzichtet.
Als Hilfe für die Unterscheidung von den neube-
schriebenen Arten sei auf die Abbildungen verwiesen.
Die Kopfzeichnung des Helotrephes lundbladi ähnelt
in der Abbildung von China (1935: Fig. 3a) der des
H. jendeki sp. n. Die Untersuchung des Holotypus
konnte diese Abbildung jedoch nicht bestàtigen: Die
dunklen Makeln am Kopf sind nicht schwarz, kleiner
und keineswegs so deutlich abgegrenzt, sondern fal-
len durchaus in die Variabilität des H. semiglobosus.
Bisher bekannte Verbreitung: CHINA: Zhejiang,
Jiangxi, Guangdong, Hong Kong, Guangxi; VIET-
NAM: Tam Dao.
DANK
Meinen slowakischen Kollegen E. Jendek und O.
Sausa (beide Bratislava) danke ich für das Insekten-
material, das den Neubeschreibungen zugrunde liegt,
Frau Dr. J. Margerison-Knight (BMNH) für die leihwei-
se Zusendung der Typen von Helotrephes lundbladi
und H. formosanus, Dr. M. Papacek (UBCB) und Dr.
J.T. Polhemus (Englewood, Colorado) für kritische
Anmerkungen zum Manuskript.
ZUSAMMENFASSUNG
Zwei bisher unbekannte Arten der Gattung Helo-
trephes werden aus China beschrieben: Helotrephes
jendeki sp. n. aus Jiangxi und H. sausai sp.n. aus
Yunnan. Ein Bestimmungsschlüssel zu den chinesi-
schen Arten ist beigefügt.
LITERATUR
China, W. E., 1932. Notes on the African Helotrephidae
(Hemiptera, Helotrephidae). — Entomologist 65: 270-273.
China, W. E., 1935. New and little-known Helotrephidae
(Hemiptera, Helotrephidae). — Annals and Magazin of
Natural History (10) 15: 593-614.
Esaki, T. & S. Miyamoto, 1943. A new species Helotrephes
from Formosa (Hemiptera: Helotrephidae). — Transactions
ofthe Natural History Society of Taiwan 33: 485-494.
Polhemus, J. T., 1990. A new tribe, a new genus and three
new species of Helotrephidae (Heteroptera) from
Southeast Asia, and a world checklist. — Acta
Entomologica Bohemoslovaca 87: 45-63.
Stäl, C., 1860. Hemiptera. Species novas descripsit. In:
Kongliga svenska fregattens Eugenies resa omkring jorden
under befäl af C.A. Virgin aren 1851 - 1853. 2 (Zoologi 1.
Insekter). — Norstedt & Söner, Stockholm, pp. 219-298.
Received: 15 April 1995
Accepted: 1 July 1995
295
dei à ce Karin on a aut
| Plano i a af 6 ara
bb bito ‘Whe = AUDE
lé bac oni eh LE Ne u.
aa Wiel WA fab it MES
È sh mali flo sà lordo) F tabs Pre
mc saps sy '
LEE TU ubi o È SUE Ach, |
Ki Aak wah EL Qui wi LA ET Acme? i DI om
tgn af Sa LY ai ED rer sO
i ta kakt al sei ti Meer
x separi ’
BR. VE: yrsa Ait | ;
ti mami a BN 0 la f
À séries
ere sa
À A ii on ya
lee ar ined by
: av ip part” ar uk ili tI) inl
aM ka; dl *: slt è ai mie TA
ug | TIE AT ri
: : Wine: FA Vi 2 aa
dali dei vl ads ne
AGE pasto ruta | st
‚pet naar ij pia faro fe alt an ma
I, a hr aus IR
to. io cn re ua el
MIE pg de altr E
‘Gab o hege leo pat
suoni M Jut da
dA we beki eert
kad Ursin eee 15 (hot sl en
4 A grits mi i Blind meen Eat i bit oa
ray 1 Avi a
A Lot le erddaderdwanje vecio olie lefls stan! stero 3
$ tel sh mn Me © va gi u
etl iit Au)
lal ite halt ich gls
bi
rei dia # Wir "U oo 4
nA
er U «(21 bank
RALE sits ri er ae
hi into ng ont le he È x
= IN nern gal
its peri jer
fid HA) RUES
as Assia eign wish” 1
} EE ir
nul © È
Nr an a
) NE Le DUN
i tol el ISSN
HNT GOTEN ye AV i tt Of,
per Bere I
m PEU
à + re aardt)
Mut er nm gn
sera edt dek wate
vand ita EUR
A OURS
prie des
ZHI-QIANG ZHANG! & URI GERSON?
I International Institute of Entomology, London, UK.
2Department of Entomology, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot, Israel
EUSTIGMAEUS JOHNSTONI NEW SPECIES (ACARI:
STIGMAFIDAF), PARASITIC ON PHLEBOTOMINE
SANDELIES (DIPTERA: PSYCHODIDAE)
Zhang, Z.-Q., & U. Gerson, 1995. Eustigmaeus johnstoni, new species (Acari: Stigmaeidae),
parasitic on phlebotomine sandflies (Diptera: Psychodidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
138: 297-301, fig. 1-6. [ISSN 0040-7469]. Published 15 November 1995.
Eustigmaeus johnstoni sp. n. (Acari: Stigmaeidae) is described from several species of phleboto-
mine sandflies (Diptera: Psychodidae) in tropical areas. Adult females of this species were found
on Phlebotomus papatasi (Scopoli), Sergentomyia magna (Sinton) and Sergentomyia dreyfussi
(Parrot) in Yemen, on P. papatasi, Sergentomyia africana Newstead and an undetermined spe-
cies of Sergentomyia in Saudi Arabia, on P. papatasi in Cyprus, Israel, and Pakistan, and on
Phlebotomus longicuspis Nitzulescu in Tunisia. Both males and females of sandfly hosts were
parasitized. The new species is eyeless and is separated from other eyeless species of Eustigmaeus
in an artificial key.
Correspondence: Z.-Q. Zhang, International Institute of Entomology, 56 Queen’s Gate,
London SW7 5JR, UK.
Key words. — Asia, Africa, phlebotomine sandflies, ectoparasites, Eustigmaeus johnstoni, new
species, Stigmaeidae
Mites of the genus Eustigmaeus Berlese, 1910
(= Ledermuelleria Oudemans, 1923) (Prostigmata:
Stigmaeidae) comprise a group of globate, red acarines
whose bodies are covered by ornamental armour. In
females this dorsal armour is separated into propodoso-
mal and hysterosomal plates, the latter being often sub-
divided in the males. Females carry 13 variously-
shaped dorsal setae, of which three are often ventrally
displaced: the humerals (c,) laterally and the posterior-
most /, and h, caudally. Most species have one pair of
eyes, located between propodosomal setae ve and sci.
The eyeless species include £. lirella (Summers &
Price), E. coronaria (Kuznetzov), E. parasitica (Chaud-
hri), E. gamma (Chaudhri), E. gorgasi (Chaudhri) and
the new species described in this paper.
The species E. lirella and E. coronaria were collected
from ‘soil and screenings from the nest of woodrat’
(Summers & Price 1961) and from the hollow of an
ash tree (Kuznetzov 1977), respectively. The species E.
parasitica, E. gamma, and E. gorgasi were found asso-
ciated with phlebotomine sandflies (Diptera: Psy-
chodidae) and were presumed ectoparasitic (Chaudhri
1965). This association was challenged by Gerson
(1972) who argued that as some species of Eustigmaeus
feed on mosses (bryophytes), a habitat wherein many
sandflies rest, the mites’ occurrence on the flies might
be only a fortuitous phoretic association.
This argument is no longer tenable in view of the
many additional sandfly-parasitizing specimens of
Eustigmaeus which have since been collected (Abon-
nenc 1970, Lewis & Macfarlane 1982, Martinez-
Ortega et al. 1983). The evidence presented in there
patently shows that these Eustigmaeus mites actually
feed on the flies, leaving feeding wounds or scars on
hosts’ bodies. Abonnenc (1970) has described a new
sandfly-associated species, Eustigmaeus dyemkoumai,
which does have eyes, and herein we describe a new
species which is eyeless. Setal terminology follows
Kethley (1990). All measurements are of the holotype
female and are in micrometers.
‘TAXONOMY
Eustigmaeus johnstoni sp. n.
(Figs. 1-6)
Type material. — Holotype female (ZQZ941012-1a) and
two paratype females (ZQZ941012-1, b &c), YEMEN:
Zabid, ex. female Sergentomyia magna (Sinton), 10.xii.1970,
B. Deringhi. Paratype female (ZQZ941012-2), YEMEN:
Zabid, ex. male Sergentomyia dreyfussi (Parrot), 2.xii.1970,
B. Deringhi. Paratype female (ZQZ941012-6), SAUDI ARA-
BIA, ex. male of Sergentomyia sp., 2.11.1979, W. Biittiker.
Holotypes and paratypes are deposited in the Natural
History Museum, London (BMNH). One paratype is in the
collection of Uri Gerson, Department of Entomology, The
Hebrew University of Jerusalem.
297
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
Fig. 1-6. Eustigmaeus johnstoni sp. n. (Holotype female).
Subcapitulum; 4, Palp and chelicera; 5, Leg I; 6, Leg II.
Other material. — Other examined specimens (all fe-
males) were excluded from the type series because of poor
slide mount. SOUTH YEMEN: Hadramawt, ex. female
Phlebotomus papatasi (Scopoli), D. M. Minter (ZQZ941012-
4). CYPRUS: Larnaca, ex. male P. papatasi, 21.ix.1980, M.
Jennings (ZQZ941012-3). SAUDI ARABIA, ex. P. papatasi,. W.
Büttiker 10.x.1977,1978, 28.11.1978, 2.vii.1976, 16.x.1978,
10.11.1979 (ZQZI41012-5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12), ex. female
Sergentomyia africana Newstead, 10.11.1979 (ZQZ941012-
7). PAKISTAN: Janodola, ex. female P. papatasi, 18.viii.1923
298
1, Idiosoma, dorsal view; 2, Idiosoma, ventral view; 3,
(ZQZ941012-14); Lahore, ex. P. papatası, 29.x.1923
(2QZ941012-15); ex. P. papatasi, 4.xi.1923 (207941012-
16). TUNISIA: Tunis, ex. P. longicuspis Nitzulescu, 19-
26.vi.1969, P.D. Massa (ZQZ941012-17; CIE A4003).
Additional female specimens from P. papatasi (collected by
Y. Schlein in the summer of 1984 in Gilgal, Jordan Valley,
Israel) were examined by U. Gerson.
Diagnosis. — Eyeless species of medium size. Dorsal
setae subequal, each 15-35 long, with 10-15 long
ZHANG & GERSON: Eustigmaeus parasitic on sandflies
Table 1. Measurements (in U) of dorsal setae and setal distances in Eustigmaeus johntoni females from different areas.
Yemen Saudi Arabia Cyprus Tunis Pakistan mean + se n
vi 22- 32 19-723 24 21 21 DIE We) 14
ve 23- 28 19- 21 23 22 21 2129230:8 15
sci 18- 23 15- 20 21 21 19 192307 13
sce 22- 28 199253 21 21 21-23 21.8 + 0.9 14
C, 22- 26 19- 23 Dil 23 21 21505 15
(2 22- 28 19- 23 22 23 22-23 22.6 + 0.6 14
d, 19- 28 19- 21 21 23 21-22 DSE OE 15
d, 19- 26 17- 21 21 21 20-21 20.6 + 0.6 14
e, 22- 28 21- 23 23 21 20-21 22.4 +0.5 15
e 20- 23 19- 23 23 19 20-21 20.8 £ 0.5 14
Mi 24- 35 PIERS 28 24 23-24 DS SEE A 15
h, 22- 32 20- 26 24 21 24 24.4 + 1.0 13
h, 23- 24 19- 23 21 19 21 219109 13
vi-vi 32- 34 23- 32 30 28 26-27 28.8 + 1.0 13)
ve-ve 54- 56 41- 49 47 47 42-50 47.8 + 1.4 13
SCI-SCI 91-295 80- 86 86 86 78-81 85.0 + 1.5 13
sce-sce 112-120 100-114 109 103 105 107.0 £ 1.8 12
GG 51- 60 41- 54 50 50 52-53 50.5 + 1.3 13
d-d, 40- 56 43- 52 54 53 47-52 49.8 + 1.4 13
d-d, 133-140 106-128 126 116 116 122.0 + 3.0 12
6-6, 44- 49 34- 45 43 42 40 DER 12
BEG 110-116 84- 111 100 92 90 99.5 + 3.2 11
“f 56- 59 48- 60 54 50 52-57 54.0 + 1.0 12
h-h, 24- 26 19- 25 23 DI 17-21 22.0 + 0.8 12
h,-h, 56- 71 49- 63 58 54 54 58.2+1.8 11
branches. Intercoxal setae 1a, 3a, and 4a subequal,
each 9-11 long and with 4-6 long branches. Coxal se-
tae similar to intercoxal setae except for the nude 1 4.
Dorsal solenidion (b) on tibia I with a characteristic
bulbous tip.
Description
Female. — Idiosoma 240 long, 160 wide. Dorsal pla-
tes covered with prominent polygonal cells (Fig. 1).
Propodosoma with ten polygonal cells arranged trans-
versely between setae sce and eight or nine cells longi-
tudinally. No eyes present between setae ve and sci on
propodosoma. Hysterosoma with 12-13 transverse cel-
ls between setae 4, and 12-14 cells longitudinally.
Humeral plates large, with 12-14 polygonal cells and
setae c,. Dorsal idiosoma with 13 pairs of setae, each
with 10-15 branches emerging along entire shaft and
not clustered together. Measurements of setae: vi 22;
VEL SRS MCDD CLL ADD ADD A NO 22,
20; f 24; 4, 22; h, 24. Distances between alveoli of
setae: vi-vi 32; ve-ve 55; sci-sci 91; sce-sce 112; c,-c, 51;
d-d 40; d-d, 133; e-e, 49; &-e, 110; ff 56; h-h 24;
h,-h, 65. Variations of setal measurements for speci-
mens from different areas are summarized in Table 1.
On ventral side of idiosoma, intercoxal plate with
weak outlines of polygonal cells, continuous across
mid-ventral line, separated beyond coxae II by trans-
verse striae (Fig. 2). Intercoxal plate between coxae III
and IV with similar weak outlines of polygonal cells,
but divided by longitudinal striae between coxae III.
Intercoxal setae 14, 3a, and 4a subequal, each 9-11
long and with 4-6 branches. Coxal setae similar to in-
tercoxal setae in structure except the nude 14. Three
pairs of aggenital setae present; 4g, (9) slightly shorter
than ag, and ag, (both 10-11). Anal valve with three
pairs of ps setae; ps, longest (17), with longer barbs
than ps, and ps,
Gnathosoma. Subcapitulum with two pairs of ad-
oral setae distally and two pairs of subcapitular setae
proximally (Fig. 3). These setae each very weakly
branched. Palp 64 long from base of femur to tip of
tibia (Fig. 4). Paplfemur with three setae, two dorsal,
strongly barbed, and the third ventral, weakly bran-
ched. Palpgenu and palptibia each with two setae.
Palptibial claw 13 long, almost reaching the end of
palptarsus. Accessory claw 5 long. Palptarsus cylindri-
cal, with seven setae, including subbasal solenidion
and apical trifid sensillum (Fig. 4). Cheliceral base 49
long, 23 wide. Stylet 47 long.
Legs. Each tarsus terminating in a pair of strong
claws and an empodium bearing three paired bran-
ches. Length of legs I, II, III and IV (from base of tro-
chanter to tip of claw) 127, 106, 106, and 121, re-
spectively. Number of ordinary setae and sensillae (in
parentheses) on legs I-IV: coxae 2-2-2-2; trochantera
1-1-1-1; femora 6-5-3-2; genua 3(1)-3(1)-1-1; tibia
5(2)-5(1)-5(1)-5(1); tarsi 12(1)-8(1)-7(1)-7. Dorsal
solenidion on leg I with a characteristic bulbous tip
299
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
and pon leg I about half as long as normal setae on ti-
bia I (Fig. 5). Numerous dorsal setae on podomeres
strongly branched (Figs. 5, 6). Microseta k on leg I
nearly as long as other setae on genu I. Microseta k on
leg II normal, visible only in well preserved and posi-
tioned specimens.
Males and immatures not seen.
Etymology. — This species is named to commemo-
rate our esteemed late colleague, the prominent aca-
rologist Prof. Donald E. Johnston of the Ohio State
University, Columbus, Ohio, USA.
Remarks. — This new species is a very widespread
species, at least present in Yemen, Saudi Arabia,
Israel, Cyprus, Tunis, and Pakistan. Within species
variation in the lengths of and distances between
dorsal seta are evident in specimens from different
countries. This new species shows a striking resem-
blance to E. dyemkoumai, which is parasitic on
Phlebotomus duboscqi Neveu-Lemaire in Upper-
Volta and Mali (Abonnenc 1970). Both species ha-
ve characteristic dorsal setae with long branches and
their intercoxal setae (1a, 3a and 4a) carry similar
structures (Figs. 1-2). E. dyemkoumai was only brie-
fly described, but an examination of a type specimen
revealed that E. johnstoni differs from E. dyemkou-
mai by its relatively larger size, by the absence of ey-
es, by the bulbous tip of on leg I, and by having
more branches on the dorsal setae. Like £. johnstoni,
five other species of Eustigmaeus have also lost their
eyes. They can be separated by using the following
key, which serves to emphasize the lack of other fe-
atures common to these mites. Species found in as-
sociation with phlebotomine sandflies are denoted
by an asterisk.
Key to eyeless Eustigmaeus
1 Dorsal hysterosomal setae c, and 4, short, not
reaching the bases (alveoli) of any neighbouring
SECC a ARE eeen ?
— Dorsal hysterosomal setae c, and 4, long, over-
reaching the bases (alveoli) of at least two neigh-
Dbouringsetach nn 4
2 Distance between alveoli of dorsal setae pairs, ¢,-
Gad Nan dere su DE Wa Nen 3
— Distance c‚-c, and 4-4, subequal, both much less
than e‚-e, (setae e, laterally displaced) … .gamma*
3 Dorsal setae flat, with short barbs on distal 3/4;
all intercoxal setae (la, 3a, and 4a) weakly bar-
Dede a Rat o lirella
— Dorsal setae thin, with long branches through-
out; intercoxal setae (14, 34, and 4a) with long
DEANENES A Rene johnstoni sp. n.*
4E CA UTRIVEWI CE EWONSE TAC eee 5
— Femur IV with three setae ................ parasitica*
5 Dorsal setae c, d, and e, of uniform width, not
300
flattened near the base; setae ps, to ps, subequal
RS ne ARE RUE gorgasi
— Dorsal setae c,, 4, and e, flattened near their bas-
es; length of seta ps, 1.5 times that of ps, or ps,
Eelen coronaria
The fact that four species of Eustigmaeus were
found to parasitize phlebotomine sandflies indicates
that this is not a fortuitous occurrence. This state-
ment is supported by the presence of two additional
undescribed species, one from Phlebotomus cruciatus
Coquillett in Honduras and the other from
Phlebotomus longipes Parrot & Martin in Ethiopia,
in the collections of the Natural History Museum
(they were not described in this paper because only a
single specimen each was available). Although phle-
botomine sandflies are also parasitized by other
mites (Lewis & Macfarlane 1982), no species of
Eustigmaeus have ever been found on other animal
hosts. The nature of Eustigmaeus-sandfly associa-
tion, however, remains obscure. No males or imma-
tures of Eustigmaeus have been collected on phlebot-
omine sandflies, nor have any been found in
alcohol-preserved museum specimens. This suggests
that the phlebotomine-associated Eustigmaeus spe-
cies develop and mate elsewhere, probably in the
habitat where sandflies breed and rest; parasitism
may thus be only one phase in the life history of
these mites.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Mr. Donald Macfarlane for comparing
the new species with E. Krella and for making the type
of E. dyemkoumai available for study, Dr. Sabina of
the Bishop Museum for reviewing the manuscript,
and Prof. Y. Schlein, Hadassah Medical School of the
Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel, for making
mite specimens available to us. The use of facilities by
Z.-Q. Zhang at The Natural History Museum,
London, was made possible by the Keeper of
Entomology, Dr. R. P. Lane.
REFERENCES
Abonnenc, E., 1970. Notes sur les Acariens parasites des
Phlebotomes. — Cahiers L’office de la Recherche Scienti-
fique et Technique Outer-Mer. Serie Entomologie medi-
cale et Parasitologie 8: 89-94.
Chaudhri, W.M., 1965. New mites of the genus Ledermuel-
leria. — Acarologia 7: 467-486.
Gerson, U., 1972. Mites of the genus Ledermuelleria (Pro-
stigmata: Stigmaeidae) associated with mosses in Canada.
Acarologia 13: 319-343
Kethley, J., 1990. Acarina: Prostigmata (Actinedida). — In:
D. L. Dindal (ed), Soil Biology Guide, John Wiley, New
York. pp. 667-756.
Kuznetzov, N. N., 1977. New species of the family Stig-
maeidae from Crimea. — Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 56:
635-638 [in Russian].
Lewis, D. J., & D. Macfarlane, 1982. The mites of Phlebo-
tomine sandflies (Diptera: Psychodidae). — In: E. U.
Canning (ed), Society of Protozoologists Special Publica-
tion No. 1, Allen Press, Kansas. pp. 177-183.
Martinez-Ortega, E., C. E. Conesa-Gallego, D. Macfarlane,
& R. D. Ward, 1983. Ectoparasitic mites on phleboto-
mine sandflies (Diptera: Psychodidae) from Spain. —
ZHANG & GERSON: Eustigmaeus parasitic on sandflies
Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology 77: 545-
546.
Summers, F. M. & D. W. Price, 1961. New and redescribed
species of Ledermuelleria from North America (Acarina:
Stigmaeidae). — Hilgardia 31: 369-387.
Received: 13 January 1995
Accepted: 1 May 1995
301
a Sc SI
pali Pr a
= — 7 si: ne
apr. So + A Manta
eee. € pale Ean A
ON MEK A okt MR ie
“Lie Ta zn que
I ack iy à ber ET
méme. AMER nik hr
> MR zer Aat i
sg ssten HIj mati
5 au : gi eater Le ti
D, D - int
je ‘be oe PR
ss durata nea
sito at 700,
È : N m ah m
sali a 0 AAA RE dee nl
>» mar pines elis. ri nt i
LES
ay as
ce) Su nation ie bu vari 3
à El JON fs Ki lts veh berge à
m wi 1 parma RM We walt re
= et Au ar Fein hg LU,
dl Léna Sam ha af
straat Ta AG nude
Ar on pee Pil af duties ep it
u Wool i Steuer: Whee LEN
s À" TM ua " el K PUO
Pal wats — | x u
ad \ es + nu Per
> an Ne di bs hee <0 pa
‘ = D de LI È nt
iù a 9 di È
A 4 “a — ET hip 3
© se? di ae ad di
BOOK REVIEWS
LEPIDOPTERA CHECKLISTS
Zdenek Lastuvka, 1993. Katalog von Faltern der mährisch-
schlesischen Region. (Lepidoptera). - Agronomická fakul-
ta Vysoké Skoly zemédélské v Brné, Brno. 130 pp. [in
czech and german].
Povilas Ivinskis, 1993. Check-list of Lithuanian Lepido-
ptera. - Ekologijos Institutas, Vilnius. 210 pp. [in english
and lithuanian].
Peter Huemer & Gerhard Tarmann, 1993. Die Schmetter-
linge Österreichs (Lepidoptera). Systematisches Verzeich-
nis mit Verbreitungsangaben für die einzelnen Bundes-
länder. - Veröffentlichungen des Museum Ferdinandeum,
Beilageband 5. 224 pp. [in german].
A. Vives Moreno, [1994]. Catalogo sistematico y sinonimi-
co de los Lepidopteros de la peninsula Iberica y Baleares
(Insecta: Lepidoptera) (Segunda Parte). - Ministerio de
Agricultura, pesca y Alimentacion, Madrid. 775 pp. [in
spanish and french].
In a short time four new lepidopteran checklists of
European countries appeared on my desk. Since one
ofthe authors asked me to review his work, I take the
opportunity to review and compare all these check-
lists together. They treat respectively very different
faunas: from Lithuania (2213 species), Moravia (part
of the Czech Republic) (3087 species), Austria (3963
species) and the Iberian Peninsula (number of species
not given, probably more than 5000).
The aim of local checklists is usually twofold: pro-
viding an up-to-date list of the local fauna and pro-
viding the valid names in the light of the recent views
on systematics. Obviously, as fauna lists all these
books have their own value, and give an up-to-date
account of the various faunas. The lists of Lithuania
and Austria also provide details about the distribution
within the countries, the Austrian one most clearly in
tabulated form. Vives-Moreno only indicates the
ocurrence in Spain, Portugal, Andorra or the Balear
Islands. Ivinskis provides also data on food-plants, al-
beit often taken from foreign literature, including
mistakes. The Moravian list is interesting, because it
presents sources for the inclusion of all species by re-
ferring to a literature reference or a collection by a
number. This important feature is usually lacking in
other checklists. None of the lists here provides detail
about the present status of the species in their coun-
tries (such as extinct, breeding, migrant, import), nor
do they indicate endemism (which is high in the
Iberian peninsula), but Ivinskis provides indications
of abundance (rare, common etc.). Huemer &
Tarmann also provide a list of excluded species.
The second aim of checklists: up-to-date nomen-
clature, is a topic for dispute. Nowadays there are
checklists for most European countries, and new ones
are on their way for France (P. Leraut) and Italy (A.
Minelli ed.) (both in press now) or in preparation
(Greece, Netherlands). Also a European checklist (J.
Razowski ed.) is in press now, but all these lists, in-
cluding the four reviewed here still differ greatly as to
nomenclature of families, genera, species and subspe-
cies. It often seems that authors try to be even more
modern than previous lists by including all nomen-
clatorial and systematical changes which have recent-
ly been published. Unfortunately the quality of pub-
lished systematical works is very different indeed, and
one can wonder about the acceptation of certain
changes in classification. There seems to be little ef-
fort in Europe to reach a common view on some of
these changes, and most lists just follow the personal
preference of the author Some recently published
classifications seem to be more a challenge for new re-
search than a basis for a sound classification. So,
Minet’s new classification of Gelechioidea definitely
raises some interesting questions and tries to solve
some existing problems, but being so radically differ-
ent from former ones, and still based on the cladistic
analysis of one lifestage only, it seems a little too pre-
mature to incorporate such a tentative classification
in checklists to be used by non-systematists as well.
Yet, this classification is completely followed by
Huemer & Tarmann, thereby risking that a next edi-
tion will show yet another family classification. There
are several other examples in these lists of such differ-
ences.
The lists are more consistent in the rejection of the
view of some authors that many of the long-used
Denis & Schiffermüller names are nomina nuda and
should be replaced. Both Vives Moreno and Huemer
& Tarmann suggest a ruling by the ICZN on this
problem. Another hot topic in lepidopteran nomen-
clature is the agreement in gender between genus
name and specific epitheton. Only the Moravian list
tries to completely follow up the agreement in gen-
der, even in names ending in non-latin endings -ella,
-ata, etc. They stand alone in this practice: most lepi-
dopterists treat such names as nouns and keep the
original spelling. This practice will probably become
rule in the next issue of the Code of which a draft is
now circulating for discussion (i.e. on INTERNET).
All the noted differences between lists, issued al-
most at the same time, appeal for a more European
approach of the problem. I would suggest that all lists
combine into one basic European list, which follows
a rather conservative approach as to classification, but
indicates where there are problems and different
views. Such a list should be prepared by specialists
and local faunists in close cooperation. Needless to
say that such lists should be distributed in digitized
303
‘TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
form and become available on internet. It is rather
strange that even in 1993-1994 so many checklists
can appear without an electronic counterpart!
Electronic publishing will also make updating of lists
much easier.
A final word on the four lists:
Ivinskis: Lithuania. — A handy booklet, unfortu-
nately with many inaccuracies in nomenclature.
Gives details about distribution, abundance and host-
plants. No nomenclatorial notes.
Lastuvka: Moravia. — A practical list without many
synonyms and with clear references for each species.
With nomenclatorial notes, also in german.
Huemer & Tarmann: Austria. — The most handy
304
of the four lists with the distribution of ‘Bundes-
länder’ (provinces) in tabulate form and not more
than three synonyms per species. Clear notes. Follows
all recent systematic changes, even if the authors
themselves have a different opinion about these
changes (Huemer pers. comm.).
Vives-Moreno: Iberian peninsula. — By far the larg-
est list. Rather impractible by the large number of
synonyms, which seems partly superfluous to me.
Follows a volume one (partida primera) on Microle-
pidoptera, published in 1992, but these are all repeat-
ed in the present list (partly in changed form).
However, for the faunistic remarks one should refer
to vol. 1. Notes also in french.
[E. J. van Nieukerken]
Volume 138 1995
Tijdschrift
voor
Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary
entomology since 1858
Published by the Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary entomology since 1858
Scope
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ (Netherlands Journal of Entomology) has a long
tradition in the publication of original papers on insect taxonomy and systematics.
The editors particularly invite papers on the insect fauna of the Palaearctic and
Indo-Australian regions, especially those including evolutionary aspects e.g.
phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and ecology as far as meaningful for
insect taxonomy. Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines related to
taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morphology, ethology, ecology and applied
entomology, are requested to contact the editorial board before submitting.
Usually, such papers will only be published when space allows.
Editors
E. J. van Nieukerken (elected 1986) and J. van Tol (1985)
Co-editors
A. W. M. Mol (1990) and R. T. A. Schouten (1990)
Advisory board
M. Brancucci (Basel), N. E. Stork (London) and M. R. Wilson (Cardiff).
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ is published in two issues annually by the
‘Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging’ (Netherlands Entomological Society),
Amsterdam.
Editorial address
c/o National Museum of Natural History,
Postbus 9517, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands.
Correspondence regarding membership of the society, subscriptions and
possibilities for exchange of this journal should be addressed to:
Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
c/o Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie
Plantage Middenlaan 64
1018 DH Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Subscription price per volume Hfl. 300,— (postage included).
Special rate for members of the society. Please enquire.
Instructions to authors
Published with index of volume 138 (1995).
Graphic design
Ontwerpers B.V., Aad Derwort, ’s-Gravenhage
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
Contents of volume 138
Articles
143
169
45
245
269
69
89
103
117
121
283
Andersen, N. M. & P. P. Chen
A taxonomic revision of the ptilomerine genus Rhyacobates Esaki (Hemiptera: Gerridae), with five new
species from China and adjacent countries
Andersen, T.: see Wells, A.
Boer, A. J. de
The taxonomy and biogeography of the cicada genus Papuapsaltria gen. n. (Homoptera, Tibicinidae)
Boer, A. J. de
Islands and cicadas adrift in the West-Pacific. Biogeographic patterns related to plate tectonics
Bragg, P. E.
A review of the subfamily Korinninae (Phasmida: Pseudophasmatidae), with the description of a new
species
Chen, P. P.: see Andersen, N. M.
Gerson, U.: see Zhang, Z.-Q.
Jong, H. de
The phylogeny of the Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata and falcata species groups (Diptera: Tipulidae)
Jong, H. de
The phylogeny of the subgenus Tipula (Mediotipula) (Diptera: Tipulidae)
Moller Andersen, N.: see Andersen, N. M.
Nieser, N.
Nine new species of Pseudovelia and a new Xiphovelia (Heteroptera: Veliidae) from Sulawesi (Indonesia)
and Mindanao (Philippines). Notes on Malesian aquatic and semiaquatic bugs, V.
Norma-Rashid, Y.: see Tol, J. van
Oswald, J. D.
Revision of the southeast Asian silky lacewing genus Balmes (Neuroptera: Psychopsidae)
Roth, L. M.
Revision of the cockroach genus Homopteroidea Shelford (Blattaria, Polyphagidae)
Roth, L. M.
Description of a new species of Ctenoneura Hanitsch from Sabah (Blattaria, Polyphagidae)
Simon Thomas, R. T.
New and rare Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) from West Africa
Soli, G. E. E.
Sciophila Meigen, 1818 from the Oriental region (Diptera, Mycetophilidae)
131
143
291
297
Tol, J. van & Y. Norma-Rashid
The genus Euphaea Rambur in Borneo (Odonata: Euphaeidae). Descriptions and records of Malesian
Odonata, 3
Wells, A. & T. Andersen
Tanzanian micro-caddisflies (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae)
Zettel, H.
Zwei neue Arten der Gattung Helotrephes Stàl aus China (Heteroptera: Helotrephidae).
Zhang, Z.-Q., & U. Gerson
Eustigmaeus johnstoni, new species (Acari: Stigmaeidae), parasitic on phlebotomine sandflies (Diptera:
Psychodidae)
Book reviews
142 J.T. Wiebes, The Indo-Australian Agaoninae (pollinators of figs). [J. van Tol].
268
290
303
Gábor Ronkay & László Ronkay, 1994. Noctuidae Europaeae. Volume 6. Cuculliinae |. @ Rimantas
Puplesis, 1994. The Nepticulidae of Eastern Europe and Asia, Western, Central and Eastern Parts.
[E. J. van Nieukerken].
M. Olmi, 1994. The Dryinidae and Embolemidae (Hymenoptera: Chrysidoidea) of Fennoscandia and
Denmark. @ V. I. Tobias, S. A. Belokobylskii & A. G. Kotenko, 1995. Keys to the insects of the European
part of the USSR. Volume Ill — Hymenoptera. Braconidae: Part IV. @ Zdenek Lastuvka & Ales Lastuvka,
1995. An illustrated key to European Sesiidae (Lepidoptera). [E. J. van Nieukerken].
Lepidoptera checklists [Lithuania, Moravia, Austria, Iberian Peninsula, 1993-1994]. [E. J. van Nieukerken].
Reviewers for volume 138
P. T. L. Beuk (Amsterdam), H. R. Bolland (Amsterdam), C. Dufour (Neuchâtel), S. C. Harris (Clarion,
Pennsylvania), R. Hensen (Utrecht), M. S. Moulds (Sydney), T. New (Bundoora, Victoria), N. Nieser (Tiel), A.
G. Orr (Brunei Darusalaam), C. J. Pigram (Canberra), D. A. Polhemus (Honolulu), J. T. Polhemus (Englewood),
G. Theischinger (Engadine, New South Wales), M. Zandee (Leiden), H. Zettel (Vienna).
Dates of Publication
Volume 138 (1), pages 1-168, 15 June 1995
Volume 138 (2), pages 169-302, i-vii, 15 November 1995
© Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging, Amsterdam ISSN 0040-7496
NEW TAXA DESCRIBED IN TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR
ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138
ACARI
Eustigmaeus johnstoni Zhang & Gerson ............... 297
BLATTARIA
Ctenoneura sipitanga Roth … … … … n 117
Homopteroidea biramiata Roth … … 112
Homopteroidea brachyptera Roth ...................... 114
DIPTERA
SOUS tondo 283
SCHOD sla istulataS Olie. 285
SOD ELAN EP en sis OI 286
Mmpulacırrata.dejong:.... APR RARE 264
HEMIPTERA
elelotnepVesiEnackiZeltc lin men AR 293
ilelotrephesisausaiZettel eee ee 292
OSCURO VELA (MANNI SEI an EE TER A 72
TseudoveharamoplaN es res 72
Pseudovelia argyropardala Nieser............................ 74
Pseudovelia epimekta Nieser ................. eneenenvenn. 76
PseudovelialkalamiNieser. Meene ne 78
PseudoveliamkoutaltiNieserer RR II 79
IseudovehlahmystaxcNieser men AR ANSE, nt 80
BsenaovelialbynokreneiNieser sensed, 80
seudovella sanaiheNieser.. ace 81
Rhyacobates abdominalis Andersen & Chen, ......... 58
Rhyacobates edentatus Andersen & Chen................ 63
Rhyacobates malaisei Andersen & Chen ................. 59
Rhyacobates recurvus Andersen & Chen ................. 59
Rhyacobates scorpio Andersen & Chen................. 62
Kıpbovehaskoteinz.N 1esen en N 85
HOMOPTERA
IDapuapsaltnaiderB Oene 7
Papuapsaltria angulata de Boer … … nnen 10
RapuapsaliniabastdeBoern een Ee RE 31
Papuapsaltria bidigitula de Boer … … … 26
Tapuapsaltmiasbrassade’Boer. ran. 16
RapuapsaltrialaioedesdeB Oer BRANI en 27
Papuapsaltria dolabrata de Boer … … 34
Papuapsaltria goniodes de Boer … … 13
Papuapsaltria lachlani de Boer ............................... 14
Papuapsaltria novariae de Boer … nnn. 39
Papuapsaltria plicata de Boer … … nennen 20
Papuapsaltria spinigera de Boer … … … … 28
Papuapsaltria stoliodes de Boer … … … n 18
RapuapsaltriastoxopeidelBoer sn Weeen 36
Papuapsaltria ungula de Boer................................. Dil
Papuapsaltria woodlarkensis de Boer … 39
HYMENOPTERA
ristrupia simon thomas en 121
Liris senegalensis Simon Thomas … … 123
Miscophus eburneus Simon Thomas … 128
Miscophus pseudochrysis Simon Thomas … 129
Miscophus rufigaster Simon Thomas … 126
Miscophus senegalensis Simon Thomas … 126
Miscophus wieringiimonslhomas vereen. 127
Nitela miekae Simon Thomas …… 123
ODONATA
Euphaea ameeka van Tol & Norma-Rashid ......... 137
PHASMATOPTERA
Kalocorinnis LUCOTLETE DAG CMe pc 47
TRICHOPTERA
Catoxyethira apicospinosa Wells & Andersen … … 151
Catoxyethira bombolensis Wells & Andersen......... 149
Catoxyethira ciliata Wells & Andersen … … … … … 155
Catoxyethira crenulata Wells & Andersen ............ 153
Catoxyethira crinita Wells & Andersen … … … … … 154
Catoxyethira elongata Wells & Andersen … … … … 153
Catoxyethira incompta Wells & Andersen … … …. 149
Catoxyethira lanceolata Wells & Andersen … … … 151
Catoxyethira ruvuensis Wells & Andersen … … … 151
Dhatrichia cinyra Wells & Andersen … … … … …. 157
Dhatrichia divergenta Wells & Andersen ............. 156
Hydroptila bumbulensis Wells & Andersen........... 161
Hydroptila mazumbaiensis Wells & Andersen ...... 160
Hydroptila morogorensis Wells & Andersen .......... 158
Hydroptila tannerorum Wells & Andersen … … … 160
Hydroptila usambarensis Wells & Andersen … … 158
Orthotrichia bisetula Wells & Andersen … … … … 163
Orthotrichia hydroptiloides Wells & Andersen … 165
Orthotrichia nigrovillosa Wells & Andersen … … 165
Orthotrichia scutellata Wells & Andersen … … … … 165
Sclerotrichia glandulosa Wells & Andersen … … … 148
Stactobia kaputensis Wells & Andersen … … … … … 147
Tangatrichia Wells & Andersen. … … … 161
Tangatrichia gracilenta Wells & Andersen … … … 162
Ugandatrichia dentata Wells & Andersen … … … 156
Ugandatrichia tanzaniensis Wells & Andersen .....155
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 138, 1995
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
The Tijdschrift voor Entomologie publishes original
papers dealing with systematic and evolutionary ento-
mology. The editors particularly invite papers on the
insect fauna of the Palaearctic and Indo-Australian re-
gions, especially those including evolutionary aspects
e.g. phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and
ecology as far as meaningful for insect taxonomy.
Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines rela-
ted to taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morpho-
logy, ethology, ecology and applied entomology, are
requested to contact the editorial board before sub-
mitting. Usually such papers will only be accepted
when space allows.
Papers in English are preferred, but papers written
in French or German will also be considered. It is our
policy that papers are reviewed by an external referee.
Authors will generally be notified of acceptance wit-
hin two months.
For the first submission two printed copies are re-
quired, including photocopies of figures, reduced to
A4 format. Diskette and original artwork should not
be sent until the paper is accepted. Manuscripts
should preferably be printed on A4 size paper, on one
side only, double spaced, with a left margin of at least
4 cm. After acceptance of a paper, authors are reques-
ted to prepare a manuscript according to standards gi-
ven in a separate style-sheet. These instructions inclu-
de e.g. the wordprocessing programs we can handle
and the codes that should be included or are allowed
in your files. The editors can handle the most com-
mon wordprocessing programs for Windows, MS-DOS
and Macintosh systems, but prefer Wordperfect (any
version) or MS-Word. It is also possible to submit pa-
pers via e-mail, preferably as UUENCODED wordpro-
cessing file.
Lengthy papers (more than 40 pages in print) are
only accepted when space allows. Publication can be
speeded up by paying a page-charge of NLG 50.
Otherwise no page-charge is asked. Membership of
the ‘Netherlands Entomological Society’ is not obli-
gatory.
Text preparation
A cover page should provide the names of the aut-
hors and a proposal for a running title. The second
page starts with author names (in all capitals), use &
for ‘and’, on a new line the name of institute (as short
as possible), with multiple authors using superscript '
? etc. The title is brief and informative, typed in all ca-
pitals, with order and family of the taxon treated in
parentheses.
The abstract starts with a bibliographical reference
(authors, year, title), see recent issues for layout. Then
the abstract follows, without the word ‘abstract’ and
vi
without indentation. The abstract, written in
English, should be concise, yet cover the main results
of the paper, including new taxa and nomenclatorial
changes. The name and address of one and only one
of the authors follows, if needed preceded by the
word ‘Correspondence:’. This should also be the ad-
dress for the galley proofs. The abstract ends with a
list of key-words.
The text proper starts on a new page, the introduc-
tion (if any) starts without heading. Use a maximum
of three categories of headings, all to be typed left,
and using capitals and lower-case letters. The first ty-
pe may also be typed in small capitals, the second and
third type may be typed in bold. After the heading the
paragraph follows without blank. A fourth category
may be used in descriptions of species, etc. It is sepa-
rated from the following paragraph by a long dash (—)
to be typed as double dash.
New paragraphs should „ot be indented in word-
processors. Scientific names of genera and species
should be typed in zzalics or underlined. No underli-
ning or italics are allowed for any other text.
Abbreviations of museums (‘codens’), computer pro-
grams etc. should be typed in SMALL CAPS, if available.
References
In the text they are given as Lopes (1982a), (Lopes
1982) or (Brown & White 1975: 24). AII cited papers
should be listed alphabetically at the end of the paper
under the heading ‘References’, papers not cited in
the text should be omitted from the list of references.
Examples for format:
Boer, P. J. den, 1970. On the significance of dispersal power
for populations of carabid-beetles (Coleoptera, Carabi-
dae). — Oecologia 4: 1-28.
Karsholt, O. & E. S. Nielsen, 1976. Systematisk fortegnelse
over Danmarks sommerfugle. — Scandinavian Science
press, Klampenborg, 128 pp.
Johansson, R. & E. S. Nielsen, 1990. Tribus Nepticulini. —
In: Johansson, R. et al. The Nepticulidae and Opostegi-
dae (Lepidoptera) of NW Europe. — Fauna entomologica
scandinavica 23: 111-238, pls.
Titles of journals should not be abbreviated. Type
long dashes as double dash ‘- -’, or in WordPerfect use
‘en dash (4,33)’. Do not try to type indentation, just
end each reference with a hard return.
Nomenclature
The latest edition of the ICZN Code should be fol-
lowed. The composition of new names should pre-
ferably be explained in a paragraph ‘Etymology’, in-
cluding indication of gender of generic names and
kind of specific name (adjective, noun in apposition,
etc.). Use standard abbreviations: Sp. n., gen. n.,
comb. n., syn. n., sp. rev., nom. n., etc. For all genus
and species-group names the authority (preferably
with year of description) should be mentioned once.
Author’s names are not abbreviated.
In new taxa the type material should be listed im-
mediately after the name. Only holotype, lectotype,
neotype, paratype and paralectotype are allowed.
Label data should not be quoted literally (except for
primary types), but arranged in a standardized se-
quence. Material should be listed alphabetically or
chronologically under the present day countries or ot-
her geographical units. Long lists of non-type mate-
rial should be summarized. Geographical names
should be written according to present day spelling,
original spelling or label names may be given in
brackets. Use standard transcription for non-latin
scripts (e.g. Pinyin for chinese, BSI for cyrillic, etc.)
or refer to recent editions of the “Times Atlas of the
World’.
Abbreviations (Codens) for depositories preferably
follow Arnett & Samuelson (1986: The insect and sp-
ider collections of the world. E.J. Brill/Flora & Fauna
publications, Gainesville). Otherwise, they should be
listed under “Material and methods’ or in the intro-
duction.
Data for primary types of previously described spe-
cies follow directly the reference to the original de-
scription as:
Elachista subnitidella Duponchel, [1843]: 326, pl. 77: 8.
Lectotype d [designated by van Nieukerken & Johans-
son 1987: 471]: [Austria, Vienna region], Duponchel
coll., Genitalia slide EvN 2522 (MNHN) [examined].
Illustrations
All illustrations, including photographs, graphs,
maps, etc. should be serially numbered as figures. No
subdivision with letters is recommended. Illustrations
are to be reduced to column width (65 mm), 1.5 X
column width (102.5 mm) or text width (135 mm).
Line figures should be mounted in blocks, or are prin-
ted singly. When all figures are mounted in full-page
blocks (after reduction: 135X 195 mm including
caption), they may be printed after the text, otherwise
the approximate place in the text should be indicated
with pencil in the margin of the manuscript. Line-
drawings are numbered with pre-stencilled or pre-
printed figures, which should not be too large after re-
duction, preferably using a font like ‘Garamond’ or
‘Times. Photographs should be unmounted glossy
prints. Numbering of photos should be left to the dis-
cretion of the editors. Captions should be typed on a
separate sheet (or in a separate file), consult a recent
issue for style. Colour plates will only be printed at
the author’s expense. It is possible to submit line illu-
strations as computer files, using well known formats,
such as TIFF.
Tables
Tables should be typed in separate files [or on se-
parate sheets], starting with the captions. When using
a wordprocessor: start with a practical TAB setting,
and use only one [TAB] code for each next column.
No formatting with spaces is allowed. No lines
should be added. Extensive and long tables should be
avoided.
Proofs, reprints
Authors receive one proof only, which should be
corrected and returned immediately. When correc-
tions are few, sending per telefax or e-mail is recom-
mended.
Authors receive 50 reprints free of charge. Additio-
nal reprints can be ordered when proofs are returned.
Members of the Netherlands Entomological Society
receive a considerable discount. Covers can be orde-
red at extra cost.
All correspondence should be addressed to:
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, editors
attn. E. J. van Nieukerken / J. van Tol
National Museum of Natural History
Postbus 9517
NL-2300 RA Leiden
Netherlands
Phone +31-71-5162606 (van Tol) +31-71-5162682
(van Nieukerken)
Telefax +31-71-5133344
vii
ge ei eh: pee
ER saute
5 brusio of En Wrap int
| bain waht ye
EE Ala We
am « ee ieee
| pad mr hè
ct.
a hi
n we: gern rea SL LAS
+ aap Co | dopo ilies 1 3
| : 5 „= Fée, 4 V| mire BILE “ Per
es anta Métiers Vrai [ijt
| U = | Kae
' he Fa: x cer Zz di Mir wi i CR = È
i En u up bise PA di
RK, : |
| D Rt
7 LI bed
. sE 1 j 20 14 î | AR
: Bi ART Urgals
2 JE
; a=
x ber na
mess è
> 2 »
n a
= ï LI i
Ra "ae
fs a .
“pr Premie init |
| UT op i enna
BI INNI vv TT è. sap Beni Her; des Fab vana ln
nn N CAT rr fol TI
aha tae TT
MN Arke a ee,
a ai fa i
BI er eut vi ii nt
are a 4) sn paia Vr tira A RUI!
TAX, > GNS, 46 A
DI A AEN a |A en" i RA |
CL NT Hr sn Hi (lire Hot sn) DE
dead» a en EI mute |
si Die, Ara papere |
AE {al > id
Ar kadıı ==
PRET ne = A aos a gr |
sul DE (nee ramt ‘Damon pe
j QI L di A (te (nds val hina be
ha) LE Di japan di 3 al ih titi PT Wes
N
vs ‘a RAU ii li dj ni i er
B cw, Sw a dire hin ns
Linnell) AS Ere ore ulrive.ertaint ‘
nn Pal brit WIP iA oe hee rtl ail ef te
té Zur + ps Ny (rar BEE ih vbw lies
VO AED TIEN Mos the Opes) iat Be Ihr AIR E.
gut ET) a Aue m alt Me nae lan mn
= N to ef RT ander ‚us ay) LEON
A wi UE qe ya wiht 4
brut rr ff Adel Sent REL
EL
x f # D pen TTL nat Luxe
vi ttt.
ZE wt VA ATA Ra Aichi Be Miah
A sen pages alah gree”
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
Volume 138, no. 2
Articles
169 A. J. de Boer
Islands and cicadas adrift in the West-Pacific. Biogeographic patterns related to
plate tectonics.
245 H. de Jong
The phylogeny of the Tipula (Lunatipula) bullata and falcata species groups
(Diptera: Tipulidae).
269 H. de Jong
The phylogeny of the subgenus Tipula (Mediotipula) (Diptera: Tipulidae).
283 G. E. E. Sôli
Sciophila Meigen, 1818 from the Oriental region (Diptera, Mycetophilidae).
291 H. Zettel
Zwei neue Arten der Gattung Helotrephes Stäl aus China (Heteroptera:
Helotrephidae).
297 Z.-Q. Zhang & U. Gerson
Eustigmaeus johnstoni, new species (Acari: Stigmaeidae), parasitic on
phlebotomine sandflies (Diptera: Psychodidae).
Book announcements and reviews
268 Gábor Ronkay & László Ronkay, 1994. Noctuidae Europaeae. Volume 6.
Cuculliinae |. @ Rimantas Puplesis, 1994. The Nepticulidae of Eastern Europe
and Asia, Western, Central and Eastern Parts. [E. J. van Nieukerken].
290 M. Olmi, 1994. The Dryinidae and Embolemidae (Hymenoptera: Chrysidoidea)
of Fennoscandia and Denmark. @ V. |. Tobias, S. A. Belokobylskii & A. G.
Kotenko, 1995. Keys to the insects of the European part of the USSR. Volume
Ill — Hymenoptera. Braconidae: Part IV. @ Zdenék LaStuvka & Ales Lastuvka,
1995. An illustrated key to European Sesiidae (Lepidoptera). [E. J. van
Nieukerken].
303 Lepidoptera checklists [Lithuania, Moravia, Austria, Iberian Peninsula, 1993-
1994]. [E. J. van Nieukerken].
© Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging, Amsterdam
Published 15 November 1995 ISSN 0040-7496
3 2044 114 196 363
Vies ir
AAA
dupa Peer PR
ENE Et
ONE
horad
unge oh
piste lt
CTI ENTER
x si
hie ed holen rn
HAE
PERCHA
MAD
RE
KEEN
lateral,
CTI)
ni
BEAN SENTRINDEHNE
PEN
Wide Py bd
x
CONTANO
Agi)
DA)
Spire
tot
ONE
ENA ne
RENTEN SERRE
VENUE
AE anche TETE
Nan
ven
edi ae vel
(LR
CPU
REE
ERN
HAE